IMAGE  tVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


// 


1.0 


I.I 


I  JO    '™^= 


2.5 


1^  IM    1 2.2 
12.0 


^    1^ 


1.8 


1-25      U    ||.6 

^ 

6"     

► 

cry    t^w     V      ^ 


^ 


/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


-.■       r-.r^-— -:re&.',Ai>saiiB3iie,;!t^1i>;3a(iS. 


c<? 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  canadien  de  microreproductions  historlques 


O' 


'*Aaw^:lt>v^«:^C^t^.r 


.,  ~^r~    -f^yy.-^  »*  -j^^tyf^b-'  ^r-:-*****'***,.'..'**:-^''^?;)^*?**  "'^;^'  7,'-'  --^'^' 


ffmncvm^nmi^tm'*<*»^V'^^'^^*:"'"'  "  "   '    '*     '"  '     ■•*"  !(<^'' 


lljJII  pilW.pi  Win  llllll  iMIl    y^ljg^fl^jlj 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  6t6  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-Atre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  m^thode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiqu6s  ci-dessous. 


D 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 


□   Coloured  pages/ 
Pages  de  couleur 


D 
D 
D 


Covers  damaged/ 
Couverture  endommag6e 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaur6e  et/ou  pellicui6e 

Cover  title  missing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 

Coloured  maps/ 

Cartes  g^ographiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  init  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 

Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 


D 


B 


Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommag^es 


□    Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pages  restaurdes  et/ou  pellicui6es 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  d6coior6es,  tachet^es  ou  piqu^es 


I — I    Pages  detached/ 


Pages  ddtach^es 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 


□    Quality  of  print  varies/ 
Qualitd  in6gale  de  I'impression 


□ 


Bound  with  other  material/ 
Reli6  avec  d'aritres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  reliure  serr6e  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  le  long  de  la  marge  int6rieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajout6es 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  6tait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  6t6  film6es. 


□    Includes  supplementary  material/ 
Comprend  du  materiel  suppi^mentaire 

□    Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  disponible 


D 


Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  6t6  film6es  A  nouveau  de  fa9on  d 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


D 


Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  suppl6mentaires: 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  filmA  au  taux  de  reduction  indiqud  ci-dessous. 

lOX  14X  18X  22X 


12X 


16X 


20X 


26X 


30X 


M 


24X 


28X 


32X 


tails 

du 
odifisr 

une 
mage 


The  copy  filmed  here  has  been  reproduced  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Library  of  Congress 
Photoduplication  Service 

The  images  appearing  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


L'exemplaire  filmd  fut  reproduit  grdce  d  la 
g6n6rositd  de: 

Library  of  Congress 
Photoduplication  Service 

Les  images  suivantes  ont  dtd  reproduites  avec  le 
plus  grand  soin,  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  et 
de  la  nettetd  de  rexempliaire  film6,  et  en 
conformit6  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
fiimage. 


arrata 
to 


pelure, 
in  d 


n 

32X 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  -^^  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 

Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


1  2  3 


1 


Les  exemplaires  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  imprimde  sont  filmds  en  commandant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
dernidre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  le  second 
plat,  selon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  filmds  en  commen9ant  par  la 
premidre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  dernidre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparaitra  sur  la 
dernidre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbole  —^  signifie  "A  SUIVRE",  le 
symbole  V  signifie  "FIN". 

Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  dtre 
film6s  d  des  taux  de  reduction  diff^rents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  dtre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  cliche,  il  est  film6  d  partir 
de  Tangle  sup6rieur  gauche,  de  gauche  d  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas.  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'images  n^cessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
illustrent  la  m^thode. 


i\1 


i  I  ' 


;       I 


ELDRIDGE'S 


COAST   PILOT. 

ISTo.  3. 

Southern    Section. 

yROM 

CHATHAM  TO  THE  RIO  GRANDE. 


'si 


y     COMPILEP   BY 

GEORGE  ELDRIDGE,  IIydrograper. 


.1-' 
7  <■■ 


P    'I 

('      '  SIGN    OF   THE 

LITTLE    ADMIKAL. 


BUSINESS    ESTABLISHED 
1770. 


ma;;  15  18b,-.  ', 

BOSTON : 
S.    THAXTEE,    AND    SON, 

PUBLISnERS   OF  ELDRIDGE'S  CHARTS. 

AGENTS  FOR  THE   SAI.R  OF  U.  8.  COAST  SVUVEY   CHARTS  ;   IMPORTERS   AND   DEALERS 

IN   CHRONOMETERS,   NArTICAL   IXSTRl'MENTS,   CHARTS, 

NAUTICAL   BOOKS,   ETC. 

laS    STA.TE    STREET. 


'  I 


i 


\i 


■\5 


COPYRIGHT, 
1883, 

By  Oeouge  Eldhidoe,  and  A.  C.  Cushino. 


A  a  Rights  Reserved. 


11 


m 


I 


Wright  &'  Potter  Prinlirg  Company, 

t8  Post  OJ^tci'  Square, 

Boston, 


\     /I 
\ 

( 


\\ 


\[ 


1  ( 


t  :i 


(   V 


\ 


PREFACE 

TO  ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT, 
No.  2. 


After  an  experience  of  more  than  thirty  years  in 
snrveying  and  compiling  Charts  of  different  parts  of 
the  Coast  of  tlie  United  States  for  tlie  use  of  Marin- 
ers, and  also  obtaining  information  from  every  known 
source  of  marine  intelligence  which  the  country  at 
the  present  time  affords,  the  author  is  confident  that 
this  work  will  meet  the  wants  of  a  large  class  of 
seamen  who  have  heretofore  given  his  publications 
the  preference.  His  aim  has  not  been  beauty  of 
style  or  language,  but  clearness  and  accuracy.  The 
shifting  nature  of  certain  parts  of  the  Coast,  together 
with  the  change  in  Buoys,  Lights,  etc.,  may  occasion- 
ally present  deviations  from  the  present  directions. 
"With  these  im2)crfections,  he  presents  "  Pilot,  No.  2  " 
to  the  public,  hoping  that  it  may  long  prove  a  safe 
and  unerring  guide  to  those  who  navigate  within  its 

limits. 

In  a  Avork  of  this  kind  absolute  accuracy  is  nearly 

impossible.  Mariners  are  therefore  earnestly  re- 
quested to  note  all  errors  or  omissions  which  they  may 
discover,  and  forward  the  same  to  the  author. 


GEORGE   ELDRIDGE, 

Ilydrographer. 


Chatham,  Mass. 


IMPORTANT  TO  MARINERS. 


My  exporioncc  during  tlio  last  thirty  years  in  mak- 
ing surveys,  for  the  purpose  of  constructing-  Marino 
Charts,  demonstrates  great  uncertainty  in  the  use  of 
the  Mariner's  Compass,  both  on  sea  and  land.  T  have 
no  doubt  that  many  of  the  shipwrecks  that  are  con- 
stantly occurring,  are  in  consequence  of  its  not  being 
known  that  the  Compass  was  deranged  fi-om  the 
effects  of  the  local  attraction  of  iron  or  other  mair- 
nctic  substances  accidentally  placed  within  the  reach 
of  its  influence  on  the  needle  on  board  the  vessel. 
These  unsuspected  causes  may  also  exist,  and  pow- 
erfully attract  the  Compass  in  the  iron  nsed  in  the 
construction  of  the  vessel,  also  in  cargoes,  such  aa 
iron,  coal,  etc. 

In  the  construction  of  vessels  no  magnetic  mate- 
rial should  be  allovv^ed  within  ten  feet  of  the  Compass, 
and  snperintendents  of  building  should  allow  none 
but  the  purest  non-magnetic  copper  or  composition 
which  has  been  selected  and  carefully  tested  to  be 
placed  within  the  above  mentioned  distance  from  the 
Binnacle. 

Ko  class  of  men  appear  more  ignorant  of  the 
uncertainties  of  the  Magnetic  Needle  from  various 
causes  than  Mariners.     The  most  of  them  make  no 


,'•^5 


ii 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


efTort  to  test  their  Compasses  in  fine  weather,  and 
are  therefore  helpless  in  aseertainhi<^  what  course 
they  are  steering  in  thick  or  bad  weather. 

The  Liquid  Coui])ass,  though  a  superior  instrument 
in  many  respects  (especially  in  its  traversing  quickly 
in  smooth  water,  and  not  oscillating  in  rough  water), 
is  no  protection  as  many  sujipose  from  the  evils  aris- 
ing from  local  attraction. 

From  the  above,  the  intelligent  Mariner  by  inspect- 
ing the  "Pilot"  will  readily  perceive  that  an  error  in 
the  course  may  lead  to  difficulty.  In  order,  therefore, 
to  insure  confidence  and  safety  in  sailing  at  night  or 
in  thick  weather  into  harbors,  rivers,  bays,  and  also 
through  sounds,  his  Compass  should  be  tested  often. 

GEORGE  ELDRIDGE, 

Hydrographer, 


icr,  and 
course 

rument 
quickly 
water), 
ils  aris- 


nspect- 
3rror  in 
3rcfore, 
i^ht  or 
nd  also 
I  often. 

apher, 


INDEX. 


LIGHTHOUSES  AND  LIGHT-SHIPS. 


Ahsecom  Li<^hthouso, 
A.ssatcague  Lighthouse,    . 
Amelia  Island  Main  Lighthouse 
Amelia  Island  Range  Beacons, 
Alligator  Reef  Lighthouse, 
Amei-ican  Shoal  Lighthouse,     . 
Aransas  Pass  Lighthouse, 

Bass  River  Lighthouse,     . 
Bishop  and  Clerks  Lighthouse, 
Brant  Point  Lighthouse,   . 
Bird  Island  Lighthouse,    . 
Brenton's  Reef  Light-ship, 
Beaver  Tail  Lighthouse,   . 
Bristol  Ferry  Lighthouse, 
Borden's  Flats  Lighthouse, 
Bullock's  Point  Lighthouse, 
Block  Island  Northern  Lighthouse, 
Block  Island  Southeast  Lighthouse, 
Block  Island  Range  Lights, 
Blackwell's  Island  Lighthouse, 
Bartlcct's  Reef  Light-ship, 
Bridgeport  Harbor  Lighthouse, 
Black  Roek  Harbor  Lighthouse, 
Bergen  Point  Lighthouse, 


PAQK 

220 
2r>2 
•127 
427 
4-36 
437 
522 

15 

10 

23 

56 

72 

73 

79 

80 

83 

96 

97 

98 

134 

142 

102 

104 

214 


I  -n 


la 


IV 


INDKX. 


B-'nio-,'}!!  Li,i;litli()iisio, 
IJraiulywine  Slioal  Li^lit house, 
IJombiiy  Hook  Li^litlioiise, 
liack  liivcr  LiglitlioiiHo,    . 
1  Jell's  Uoek  Light  lioiiso,    . 
IJovvU'r'H  liofk  LijLJfhthousp, 
.lJhikistone'8  iHland  Lighthouse, 
Uody  Ishuul  Liglithousc,  . 
BuU'h  Hay  Lighthouse,      . 
]JatU'ry  (« hidden  Lighthouse,    . 
Bik)xi  Lighthouse,     . 
Baiataria  Hay  Light liouse, 
Bolivar  Point  Lighthouse, 
Brazos  Santiago  Lighthouse,     . 
Bayside  and  Wilson's  Beacons, 

Cross  Ttip  Light-ship 
Cai)e  Poge  Lighthouse,     . 
Cuttyhunk  Lighthouse,     . 
Clark's  Point  Lighthouse, 
Conimicut  Point  Lighthouse,    . 
Cedar  Island  Lighthouse, 
Cornfield  Point  Light-ship, 
Conover  and  Chapel  Hill  Beacons, 
Corner  Stake  Lighthouse, 
Cape  May  Lighthouse, 
Cape  Ilonlopen  Main  Lighthouse, 
Cape  Hcnlopen  Beacon  Lighthouse, 
Cross  Ledge  Lighthouse, . 
Cherry  Island  Beacon  Range, 
Cohansey  Lighthouse, 
Cape  Charles  Lighthouse, 
Cape  Henry  Lighthouse,  . 


PAOB 

217 
220 
247 
265 
2!)« 
:i()2 
;{()() 
.•J82 

;J9(; 

480 
'188 

noG 

517 
523 
201 

3 

28 
43 
40 
83 
114 
124 
201 
214 
224 
225 
225 
227 
228 
240 
200 
202 


INDKX. 


PAOR 

217 
220 
247 
2G5 
200 
:i()2 
.'U)i) 
.•J82 

;;o(; 

'188 

noG 

.'317 
201 

3 

28 
43 
40 
83 
114 
124 
201 
214 
224 
225 
225 
227 
228 
24G 
2C0 
262 


Covo  Point  UghthouBc,    . 
Cnil<^hill  Chaniuil  Li«;hthouse8, 
Craiu'y  IhIjiiuI  LighthouHo, 
ChorryHtono  Lighthouse,  . 
Crisfioid  Harbor  Lighthouse, 
Chiy  Lslaml  LighthouHc,    . 
Choptank  liiver  Lighthouse, 
Currituck  IJeaeh  Lighthouse, 
CaiJC  Ilatteras  Lighthouse, 
Cape  Lookout  Lighthouse, 
Cape  Fear  Lighthouse,      . 
Cape  Fear  Range  Beacon, 
Cape  Koman  Lighthouse, , 
Charleston  Main  Lighthouse, 
Cockspur  Ishuul  Beacon, . 
Cape  Canaveral  Lighthouse, 
Carry sfort  Keef  Lighthouse, 
Cedar  Keys  Lighthouse,  . 
Cape  St.  George  Lighthouse, 
Cape  San  Bias  Lighthouse, 
Choctaw  Pass  Channel  Beacon  Xo.  H 
Choctaw  Pass  Channel  Beacon  No.  ('> 
Cat  Island  Lighthouse, 
Chandeleur  Lighthouse,    . 
Calcasieu  Pass  Lighthouse, 

Dumpling  Rock  Lighthouse,     . 
Dutch  Island  Lighthouse, 
Dumpling  Lighthouse, 
Delaware  Breakwater  Range  Light, . 
Deepwater  Point  Range  Beacons,     . 
Delaware  Breakwater  Lighthouse,    . 
Deepwater  Shoals  Lighthouse, . 


PAOK 

.  271 
.  273 
.  287 
.  332 
.  317 
.  351 
.  359 
.  381 
.  383 
.  380 
.  391 
.  301 
.  305 
.  308 
.  411 
.  432 
.  436 
.  467 
.  472 
.  474 
.  480 
.  480 
.  401 
.  408 
.  514 

47 
87,03 
.  104 
.  225 
.  228 
.  243 
.  201 


P:!  - 


VI 


INDEX. 


Dutch  Gap  Canal  Lights, 
Danfiiskie  Range  Beacons, 
Dry  Tortugas  Lighthouse, 
Dog  River  Bar  Beacon  No.  1,  . 
Dog  River  Bar  Beacon  No.  2, . 
Dog  River  Bar  Beacon  No.  3, . 
Dog  River  Bar  Beacon  No.  4, . 

Edgartown  Lighthouse,    . 

East  Chop  Lighthouse,     . 

Eel  Grass  Ground  Light-ship,  . 

Eaton's  Neck  Lighthouse, 

Execution  Rocks  Lighthouse,  . 

East  Beacon  Lighthouse  (Sandy  Ilbok), 

Elm  Tree  and  New  Dorp  Beacons, 

Elbow  Beacon, .        .        .        ■ 

Egg  Island  Lighthouse,    . 

Egmont  Key  Lighthouse, 

East  Pascagoula  River  Lighthouse, 


Fuller's  Rock  Lighthouse, 
Falkner's  Island  Lighthouse, 
Fire  Island  Lighthouse,    . 
Fort  Tompkins  Lighthouse, 
Finn's  Point  Beacon  Range, 
Fenwick's  Island  Lighthouse, 
Fort  Carroll  Lighthouse,  . 
Fort  Washington  Lighthouse, 
Fishing  Battery  Lighthouse, 
Frying-pan  Shoals  Light-ship, 
Fort  Sumter  Lighthouse,  . 
Fort  Ripley  Lighthouse,   . 
Fig  Island  Range  Beacons, 


PAOE 

291 
415 

156 
479 

480 
480 
480 

28 
31 
99 
130 
132 
200 
201 
215 
246 
462 
485 

84 
125 
193 
202 
228 
250 
274 
310 
371 
389 
398 
399 
412 


'mik 


PAOE 

291 
415 

156 
479 

480 
480 
480 

28 
31 
99 
130 
132 
200 
201 
215 
246 
462 
485 

84 
125 
193 
202 
228 
250 
274 
310 
371 
389 
398 
399 
412 


INDEX. 

Fowey  Eocks  Lighthouse, 
Fort  Point  Lighthouse,     . 
Fort  MilRn  Bar  Rcangc  Beacons, 
Five  Fathom  Bank  Light-ship, 
Fourteen-foot  Bank  Light-ship, 

Gay  Head  Lighthouse,     . 
Goat  Island  Lighthouse,  . 
Gardiner's  Island  Lighthouse,  . 
Great  Captain's  Island  Lighthouse, 
Great  Beds  Lighthouse,   . 
Greenbury  Point  Lighthouse,  . 
Georgetown  Lighthouse,  . 
Galveston  Light-ship, 

Handkerchief  Light-ship, 

Harding's  Beach  Lighthouse,    . 

Hyannis  Harbor  Lighthouse,     . 

Hen  and  Chickens  Light-ship, . 

Horton's  Point  Lighthouse, 

Highland  (i^avesink)  Lighthouses, 

Hereford  Inlet  Lighthouse, 

Horse  Shoe  Lower  Kange  Beacons, 

Horse  Shoe  Upper  Range  Beacons, 

Hawkin's  Point  Lighthouse, 

Hooper's  Straits  Lighthouse 

Havre-de-Grace  Lightliouse, 

Hatteras  Inlet  Lighthouse, 

Hunting  Island  Lighthouse, 

Hilton  Head  Range  Lights, 

Horn  Island  Lighthouse,  . 

Head  of  the  Passes  Lighthouse, 

Head  of  the  Passes  Jetty  (East)  Lighthouse, 


vn 

PAGE 

435 
517 
229 
223 
226 

40 
74 
112 
129 
211 
272 
394 
616 

3 
12 
17 
44 
125 
199 
222 
229 
229 
274 
345 
371 
384 
403 
406 
483 
500 
501 


VUl 


INDEX. 


Head  of  the  Passes  Jetty  (West)  Lighthouse, 
Half  Moon  Reef  Lighthouse, 
Hog  Island  Lighthouse, 

Jane's  Lighthouse, 
Jordan's  Point  Lighthouse,  . 
Jones  Point  Lighthouse, 
Jupiter  Inlet  Lighthouse, 

Key  West  Lighthouse, 

Lime  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Long  Beach  Bar  Lighthouse, 

Little  Gull  Island  Lighthouse, 

Lloyd's  Harbor  Lighthouse,  . 

Light-ship,  off  Northeast  end  of  Five  Fathom 

Bank, 

Leading  Point  Lighthouse,   . 
Lazaretto  Point  Lighthouse, 
Lambert's  Point  Lighthouse, 
Lower  Cedar  Point  Lighthouse,    . 
Love  Point  Lighthouse, 
Little  Cumberland  Island  Lighthouse, 


Monomoy  Lighthouse,  . 
Muscle  Bed  Shoals  Lighthouse, 
Mystic  Lighthouse, 
Montauk  Point  Lighthouse,  . 
Middle  Ground  Lighthouse,  . 
Maurice  River  Lighthouse,    . 
Mispillion  Creek  Lighthouse, 
Mahon's  River  Lighthouse,   . 
Mathias  Point  Lighthouse,    . 


PAGE 

501 

520 
258 

341 
291 
310 
433 

450 

74 
118 
123 

185 

230 
274 
274 
287 
309 
368 
426 

9 
79 
104 
108 
127 
241 
245 
245 
309 


PAGE 

501 

520 

258 

341 
201 
310 
433 

450 

74 
118 
123 

185 

230 
274 
274 
287 
309 
368 
426 

9 
79 
104 
108 
127 
241 
245 
245 
809 


INDEX. 


Morris  Island  Kange  Beacons, 
Martin's  Industry  Light-sliip, 
Mobile  Point  Lighthouse, 
Merriirs  Shell  Bank  Lighthouse, 
Matagorda  Lighthouse, 


Nantucket  Great  Point  Lighthouse, 
Nobska  Point  Lighthouse, 
Ned's  Point  Lighthouse, 
Norwalk  Lighthouse,     . 
North  Brother  Lighthouse, 
New  London  Lighthouse, 
Newcastle  Range  Beacons, 
New  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse, 
Naval  Hospital  Lighthouse,  . 
Nansemond  River  Lighthouse, 
Northwest  Channel  Lighthouse, 


Old  Gay  Rock  Lighthouse  (Wickford  Har 

bor),       .... 
Old  Field  Point  Lighthouse, 
Old  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse, 
Ocracoke  Lighthouse,    . 
Oak  Island  Range  Beacons, 
Oyster  Beds  Beacon,     . 

Pollock  Rip  Light-ship, 
Palmer's  Island  Lighthouse, 
Prudence  Island  Lighthouse, 
Pomham  Rocks  Lighthouse, 
Point  Judith  Lighthouse, 
Plum  Island  Lighthouse, 
Penfield  Reef  Lighthouse,    . 


IX 

PAGE 

398 
400 
479 
493 
520 

22 
34 
54 

109, 128 
134 
140 

228 
266 
287 
288 
452 


91 

130 

284 
385 
392 
413 

2 

50 
78 
84 
96 
121 
128 


n 


m 


u 


II  !,  i   ) 


i  :■ 


I 


INDEX. 


Princess  Bay  Lighthouse,     . 
Passaic  Lighthouse, 
Port  Penn  Beacon  Range,     . 
Point  Lookout  Lighthouse,  . 
Point  of  Shoals  Lighthouse, 
Pool's  Island  Lighthouse, 
Piney  Point  Lighthouse, 
Paris  Island  Range  Lights,  . 
Pensacola  Lighthouse, 
Pensacola  Bar  Beacon, 
Pass  Christian  Lighthouse,   . 
Pass-a-Loutre  Li,irhthouse,    . 
Point  Isabel  Lighliiouse, 

Rose  Island  Lighthouse, 
Race  Rock  Lighthouse, 
Robbins'  Reef  Lighthouse,    . 
Reedy  Island  Lighthouse,     . 
Rattlesnake  Shoal  Light-ship, 
Round  Island  Lighthouse,     . 

Shovelful  Light- ship,    . 
Succonncsset  Light-ship, 
South  Shoal  Light-ship, 
Sankaty  Head  Lighthouse,    . 
Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship,      . 
Sabine's  Point  Lighthouse,    . 
Sassafras  Point  Lighthouse,  . 
Stonington  Harbor  Lighthouse, 
Stratford  Point  Lighthouse,  . 
Sand's  Point  Lighthouse, 
Stepping  Stones  Lighthouse, 
Saybrook  Lighthouse,   . 


PAGE 

211 
2Kj 
227 
270,  308 
291 
3G9 
309 
407 
477 
478 
495 
499 
523 

74 
123 

202 
228,  248 
397 

485 

3 
7 

24 

24 

43 

83 

84 

101 

126 

131 

132 

147 


PAGE 

211 

21  i' 
227 
270,  308 
291 
3(59 
309 
407 
477 
478 
495 
499 
523 

74 
123 
202 
228,  248 
397 
485 

8 

7 

24 

24 

43 

83 

84 

101 

126 

131 

132 

147 


INDEX. 

Southwest  Lodge  Lighthouse, 

Stamford  Lighthouse,    . 

Shinuccock  Lighthouse, 

Sandy  Hook  Light-ship, 

Scotland  Light-ship, 

Sandy  Hook  Lighthouse, 

Ship  John  Shoa'  Lighthouse, 

Schooner  Ledge  Range  Beacons, 

Schuylkill  Range  Beacons, 

Stingray  Point  Lighthouse, 

Smith's  Point  Lighthouse, 

Sharp's  Island  Lighthouse, 

Sandy  Point  Lighthouse, 

Seven  Foot  Knoll  Lighthouse, 

Solomon's  Lump  Lighthouse, 

Sullivan's  Island  Range  Beacons, 

Sapelo  Main  Lighthouse, 

St.  Simon's  Lighthouse, 

St.  John's  River  Lighthouse, 

St.  Augustine  Lighthouse, 

Sombrero  Key  Lighthouse, 

Sand  Key  Lighthouse,  . 

St.  Mark's  Lighthouse, . 

Sand  Island  Lighthouse, 

Ship  Island  Lighthouse, 

St.  Joseph's  Lighthouse, 

South  Pass  Lighthouse, 

South  Pass  Jetty  (East)  Lighthouse, 

South  Pass  Jetty  (West)  Lighthouse, 

Southwest  Pass  Lighthouse, 

Ship  Island  Shoal  Lighthouse. 

Southwest  Reef  Lighthouse, 

Sabine  Pass  Lighthouse, 


XI 


PAGE 


157 
172 
192 
199 
200 
200 
227 
229 
249 
208,  301 
269,  307 
356, 271 
272 
273 
343 
398 
422 
424 
430 
431 
437 
438 
469 
479 
486 
492 
500 
501 
501 
504 
.507 
509 
515 


xu 


INDEX. 


I 


Tarpaulin  Cove  Lighthouse, 
Throg's  Neck  Lighthouse,    . 
Tucker's  Beach  Lighthouse, 
Tinicum  Island  Range  Beacons, 
Thomas'  Point  Lighthouse,   . 
Thimble  Shoal  Lighthouse,    . 
Too's  Point  Lighthouse, 
Tortugas  Harbor  Lighthouse, 
Turkey  Point  Lighthouse,     . 
Tybee  Lighthouse, 
Tybee  Beacon, 

Tybee  Knoll  Cut  Range  Beacons 
Timbalier  Lighthouse,  . 
Trinity  Shoal  Light-ship, 

AVest  Chop  Lighthouse, 
Wing's  Neck  Lighthouse,     . 
Whale  Rock  Lighthouse, 
Warwick  Lighthouse,   . 
Watch  Hill  Lighthouse, 
West  Beacon  (Sandy  Hook), 
Winter  Quarter  Shoal  Light-ship, 
Wilmington  Lighthouse, 
Wolf  Trap  Lighthouse, 
Windmill  Point  Lighthouse, 
White  Shoal  Lighthouse, 
Watt's  Island  Lighthouse,     . 
Wolf  Island  Range  Beacon, 

York  Spit  Lighthouse,  . 


PAGE 

37 
133 
218 
220 
272 
283 
296 
457 
371 
410 
410 
412 
507 
509 

31 
59 

87 
88,89 
99 
201 
252 
249 
267 
268 
291 
238 
422 

266 


INDEX. 


XIU 


PAGE 

37 
133 

218 
220 
272 
283 
296 
457 
371 
410 
410 
412 
507 
609 

31 

59 

87 

88,89 

99 

201 

252 

249 

267 

268 

291 

238 

422 

266 


HARBORS,  RIVEilS,  BAYS,  SOUNDS,  ETC 


Apponaug  River,     .... 

PAGE 

.        .        91 

Arthur  Kill  River,  .... 

.      213 

Absecom  Inlet,         .         .         . 

.*     220 

Annai)olis  Harbor,  .... 

.       ":     329 

Antciioison  Creek,  .... 

:      305 

Altamaha  Sound,  Ga.,     . 

;      424 

Atchafalaya  Bay,  La., 

.      500 

Apalftchicola  Bay,  Fla., 

.      473 

Aransas  Pass,  Tex., 

.      521 

Bass  River  Harbor, 

14 

Buzzard's  Bay,        .... 

44 

Back  River  Ilarbor  (Buzzard's  Bay),     . 

59 

Bristol  Harbor, 

80 

Block  Island, 

96 

Branford  Harbor, 

.      150 

Bridgeport  Harbor, 

.      162 

Black  Rock  Ilarbor,        .         .         .         . 

.      164 

Byram  River, 

.      176 

Barnegat  Inlet, 

.      216 

Brigantine  Inlet, 

.      220 

Back  River  Harbor,  Va., 

.      294 

Breton's  Bay,  ...... 

.      320 

Big  Annemessex  River,  .         .         .         . 

.      348 

Broad  Creek  (Choptank  Bay) , 

.      3'8 

Back  Wye  River, 

.      367 

Big  Wye  River, 

.      367 

Bohemia  River, 

.      375 

XIV 


INDEX. 


i 


w 


Basil  River,     . 

Back  Hiver,  Maryland, 

Beaufort  Harbor  and  Morehcad  City, 

Bull's  Bay  Harbor, 

Beaufort  Kiver,  S.  C, 

Biloxi,  Miss.,   . 

Barataria,  La., 

Brazos  River,  Tex., 

Brazos  Santiago,  Tex.,    . 

Centreville,  or  New  Harbor, 

Cotuit  Port  Harbor, 

Cuttyhunk  Harbor, 

Cohasset  Narrows, . 

Cataumet  Harbor,    . 

Cutchogue  Harbor, 

Cockenoe's  Island  Harbor. 

Cos  Cob  Hai'bor,     . 

Cohansey  Creek, 

Christiana  Creek,     . 

Chincoteague  Inlet, 

Corrotoman  River,  . 

Coan  River,     . 

Currioman  Bay, 

Cherrystone  Inlet,  . 

Cheseonessex  Creek, 

Cedar  Straits,  . 

Crisfield  Harbor,      . 

Choptank  Bay, 

Choptank  River, 

Coxe's  Creek  (Eastern  Bay),, 

Crab  Alley  Creek  (Eastern  Bay), 

Chester  River, 


N. 


PAGE 

378 
380 
388 
39G 
409 
488 
506 
519 
522 

19 

21 

45 

GO 

G3 

117 

167 

174 

246 

249 

255 

305 

313 

317 

332 

337 

343 

347 

356 

360 

362 

363 

368 


PAGE 

378 
380 
388 
39G 
409 
488 
506 
519 
522 

19 

21 

45 

GO 

03 

117 

167 

174 

246 

249 

255 

305 

313 

317 

332 

337 

343 

347 

356 

360 

362 

363 

368 


Wilming 


ton), 


INDEX. 

Chesapeake  and  Delaware  Canal  (Entrance), 

Capo  Lookout  Shoals, 

Cape  Lookout  Cove, 

Cape  Fear, 

Cape  Fear  River  (Entrance  to 

Charleston  Harbor, 

Calibogue  Sound,     . 

Cumberland  Sound,  Fla., 

Cape  Canaveral  Slue,  Fla., 

Charlotte  Harbor,  Fla.,    . 

Cedar  Keys  Harbor,  Fla., 

Cape  San  Bias  Shoals,  Fla., 

Calcasieu  Pass,  La., 

Corpus  Christi  Pass,  Tex., 

Dartmouth  Harbor, 
Dutch  Island  Harbor, 
Darien  River,  . 
Delancey's  Cove, 
Delaware  Bay  and  River, 
Delaware  Breakwater,     . 
Duck  Creek,    . 
Dona  River,     .         ... 
Dimer's  Ci'eek, 
Dividing  Creek, 
Doboy  Sound,  Ga., . 
Dry  Tortugas  Islands,     . 

Edgartown  Harbor, 
East  Greenwich  Harbor, 
East  Harbor  (Fisher's  Island), 
EHzabethport  Harbor,     . 
East  River  (Mobjack  Bay),    . 


rv 

PAOK 

'.mi 

386 
387 
389 
391 
398 
415 
427 
433 
461 
466 
475 
514 
522 

47 

93 
170 
178 
223 
243 
247 
246 
306 
306 
422 
455 

28 

89 

106 

213 

300 


ftsmSf^!.- 


XVI 


INDKX. 


j 

i 


TAnw 

Enstci-n  Bay,  .... 

.      3(i2 

Elk  Kivcr,       .        .         . 

.      375 

Eu8t  PasH  (St.  Crcorgc's  Souncl), 

Fla.,    . 

.       171 

East  Pascagoula,  Miss.,  . 

.      481 

Fall  River  Harbor,  . 

78 

Fort  Pond  Bay, 

110 

Fisher's  Island  Sound,     . 

98 

Fire  Island  Inlet,     . 

193 

Fairhaven  Landing, 

32G 

Fishing  Bay, 

352 

Front  Wye  Itiver,  . 

307 

Frying  Pan  Shoals  Slue, 

300 

Florida  Keefs, 

435 

Great  Wood's  I  loll  Harbor,     . 

36 

Gardiner's  Bay, 

112 

Gooseberry  Neck  Channel, 

67 

Greenport  Harbor,  . 

118 

Guilford  Harbor, 

151 

Greenwich  Cove,     . 

174 

Great  Captain's  Island  Harbor, 

175 

Great  Egg  Harbor, 

221 

Great  Machipongo  Inlet, 

258 

Great  Wicomico  Iliver,  . 

306 

Guilford  Creek, 

341 

Gunpowder  River,  . 

378 

Georgetown  and  Winyah  Bay,  S. 

c.,  ;   ! 

393 

Grand  Grosier  Isle  and  Isle-au-Breton,  . 

499 

Galveston  Bay,  Tex., 

•      •      < 

516 

Harwich,          .... 

•      •      • 

14 

Ilvannis  Harbor, 

•      • 

16 

Hill 


TAflR 

171 
481 

78 
110 

i)8 
VXi 
32G 
:}52 

:j(i7 

300 
435 

36 
112 

67 
118 
151 
174 
175 
221 
258 
306 
341 
378 
393 
499 
516 

14 
16 


INDEX. 

ITopf  THland  ITarhor, 

Iladley'H  Harbor,     . 

iruiitington  Bay,     . 

Huntington  Harbor, 

Hempstead  Harbor, 

Hart  and  City  Island  Harbor 

Hereford  Inlet, 

Hara|)ton  Creek, 

Herring  Bay,  . 

Hunger's  Creek, 

Hunting  Creek, 

Holland's  Straits, 

Hooper's  Straits, 

Harris'  Creek  (Choptank  Bay), 

Ilongar  River, 

Havre-de-Graee, 

Ilatteras  Inlet, 

Hillsborough  Inlet, 

Indian  River  Inlet,  . 

Jamesport  Harbor,  . 
James  River,  . 
Jupiter  Inlet,  . 

Killingsworth  Harbor,    . 
Kedge's  Straits, 
Kent  Island  Narrows,     . 
Key  West  Harbor, 

Little  Wood's  Holl  Harbor, 
Little  Captain's  Island  Ilarboi 
Lloyd's  Hai'bor, 


XVH 

r.\<iK 

65 
66 
•181 
184 
187 
189 
222 
289 
325 
333 
340 
.■J44 
345 
356 
353 
371 
384 
435 

433 

116 
290 
434 

150 
343 
364 

450 

34 
172 

185 


•ijliJIi'i.v 


«-«t-v-R''<^'«fe;^^r'^^  '--^^—  ' 


•  tt 

XVlll 


INDEX. 


Little  Ni'ok  Bay,     . 

Little  K'^is;  Harbor, 

Little  Araihipoii^o  Inlet, 

Lower  Machodoc  River, . 

Little  Choptank  River,    . 

Leeds  Creek  (St.  MielmerH  River), 

Miiskcj^et  Clianncl, 

Mattapoiset  Harbor, 

Morris  Cove,  . 

Milford  Harbor, 

Manmroneek  River, 

Manhasset  IJay, 

Maurice  River, 

Mispillion  (Jreek,     . 

Mahon's  Ri  /er, 

Metomkin  Inlet, 

Magfothy  TJay, 

Mobjaek  Bay, . 

Mattox  Creek, 

Magothy  Kiver, 

Maehotank  Creek,  . 

Muddy  Creek  and  Messongo  Creek 

Manokin  Kiver, 

Middle  River,  . 

Musquito  Inlet,  Fla., 

Manatee  River,  Fla., 

Mobile  Bay,  Ala.,    . 

Mississippi  Sound,  Miss., 

Mississippi  City,  Miss., 

Marianne  Pass  (Mississippi  Sound) 

Matagorda  Bay,  Tex.,     . 


rAf.K 
ISO 
218 
'J.-.7 
'Mr, 

:\rA 

3G6 


26 
fi4 
1(50 
IGl 
177 
188 
241 
21.') 
215 
256 
281 
297 
318 
331 
336 
341 
349 
380 
431 
464 
479 
483 
490 
493 
519 


I 


.11 


INDEX. 


XIX 


181) 

2r.7 
:Jir, 

3G6 


26 

54 
160 
161 

177 

188 

241 

245 

245 

256 

281 

297 

318 

831 

330 

341 

349 

380 

431 

464 

479 

483 

490 

493 

519 


PAOR 

Nantiickot  Harbor, 22 

Now  Bedford  Harbor, 

49 

No  Man's  Laiul  Channel, 

42 

Nevvpoi-t  Harbor,     . 

72 

Narraj^ansctt  l*u'r,  . 

95 

Nonnk  and  MyHtic  Harbor, 

.      104 

Napcaj^^iio  Harbor,  . 

.      Ill 

N(!vv  London  Hai'l)or, 

.       139 

Niantie  Hay  and  I  [arbor, 

.       145 

Now  Haven  HarI)or, 

.       157 

Norwalk  River, 

.       170 

Nissequaj^o  Kiver,  . 

.      181 

Northport  Harbor,  . 

.      183 

New  Koehelle  Harbor,     . 

.      191 

New  York  Bays  and  Harbor, 

190 

Newark  Bay,  . 

215 

Noi-folk  Harbor,      . 

280 

Nansemond  liiver,  .         . 

.      288 

North  liiver  (Mobjack  Bay), . 

299 

Nomini  Bay,    .... 

310 

Naswaddox  Cieek, 

334 

Nandua  Creel ,         .         .         , 

335 

Nanticoke  River,     . 

351 

Northeast  River,     . 

374 

North  and  South  Santee  River 

•8,        . 

395 

North  Edisto  River,  S.  C, 

401 

Nassau  Sound,  Fla., 

429 

Ngav  River  Inlet,     . 

435 

Northwest  Channel,  Fla., 

452 

Onset  Bay,       .... 

61 

Orient  Harbor, 

120 

Oyster  Bay,     .... 

185 

XX 


INDEX. 


Occohannock  Creek, 
Onaneock  Creek,     . 
Ocracoke  Inlet, 
Ossabaw  Sound,  Ga., 
Oregon  Inlet,  . 

Pocasset  Harbor,     . 
Providence  Kivcr,    . 
Pawtuxet  Harbor  (R.  I.) 
Plum  Gut  Passage, 
Port  Jefferson  Harbor, 
Pelham  Bay  and  Hutchinson's 
Perth  Amboy  Harbor, 
Petersburg  Harbor, 
Poquosin  River, 
Piankatank  River,  . 
Potomac  River, 
Port  Tobacco  River, 
Pawtuxent  River  (Maryland) 
Pmigoteague  Creek, 
Pocomoke  Sound,    . 
Pocomoke  River, 
Port  Royal  Sound,  S.  C 
Pensacola  Bay,  Fla., 
Pass  Christian,  Miss., 
Pass-a-Loutre,  La., 

Quick's  Hole,  . 
Quisset  Harbor, 

Rio  Grande  Entrance, 
Robinson's  Hole, 
Red  Brook  Harbor, 


River, 


rAGK 

335 
337 
385 
417 
382 

62 
83 
91 
121 
179 
192 
212 
294 
295 
300 
307 
323 
324 
336 
338 
340 
405 
477 
494 
499 

39 
65 

523 
39 
62 


INDEX. 


rAcn 

335 
337 

385 
417 
382 

62 
83 
91 
121 
179 
192 
212 
294 
295 
300 
307 
323 
324 
336 
338 
340 
405 
477 
494 
499 

39 
65 

523 
39 
62 


XXI 


PAGK 


Raritan    River   (Entrance   to   Delaware  and 

Riiritan  Canal), 211,  213 

Roekaway  Inlet, 
Reedy  Island  Harbor, 
Rapj)ahannoek  River, 
Rebellion  Roads, 
Rebecca  Shoal, 

Stag-    Harbor  (Outer). 
Stv J:   Harbor  (Inner), 
Succonnesset  Point  Channel, 
Sippecan  Harbor,     . 
Sakonnet  River, 
Stonlnjton  Harbor, 
Sag  Harbor,    . 
Southold  Landing,  . 
Saybrook  Harbor,   . 
Sachem's  Head  Harbor, 
Stratfoi'd  Harbor,    . 
Sheflield  Island  Harbor, 
Stamford  Harbor, 
Southport  Harbor, 
Smilhtown  Bay, 
Stony  Brook  Harbor, 
Shinnecock  Inlet,     . 
Sandy  Hook  Bay,   . 
Sandy  Hook  Cove, 
South  Amboy  Harbor, 
Salem  Creek, 
Schuylkill  River,     . 
Sand  Shoai  Inlet,     . 
Ship  Shoal  Inlet, 
Severn  River  (Mobjack  Bay) 


194 
247 

302 
400 
455 

12 

14 

22 

56 

70 

101 

114 

120 

147 

153 

162 

168 

171 

165 

180 

180 

193 

209 

210 

211 

249 

249 

259 

260 

299 


?i  m 


XXll 


INDEX. 


Smith's  Creek,  or  "Winter  Harbor 

St.  Mary's  lliver,     . 

St.  Clement's  Bay,  . 

South  River,   . 

St.  Michael's  River  (Eastern  Bay) 

Sassafras  River, 

South  Edisto  River, 

St.  Helena  Sound,  S.  C, 

Savannah  River, 

Sapelo  Sound,  Ga., 

St.  Simon's  Sound,  Ga.,  . 

St.  Andrew's  Sound,  Ga., 

St.  John's  River,  Fla.,     . 

St.  Augustine  Harbor,  Fla., 

Straits  of  Florida  (remarks  m 

San  Carlos  Bay,  Fla., 

St.  Catherine's  Sound,  Ga., 

St.  Mark's  River,  Fla.,    . 

St.  Josei)h's  Bay,  Fla.,    . 

St.  Andrew's  Bay,  Fla.,  . 

St.  Rosas  Bay,  Fla., 

Shieldsboro,  Miss., 

South  Pass,  La., 

Southwest  Pass,  La., 

Ship  Island  Shoal,  La.,    . 

Shell  Keys, 

Southwest  Pass  (Vermillion  Bay), 

Sabine  Pass,   . 

San  Luis  Pass, 

Tarpaulin  Cove  Harbor, 
Taunton  River, 
Thimble  Islands  Harbor, 


navigatmg 


La., 


), 


PAOK 

318 

319 

321 

328 

365 

370 

402 

403 

412 

420 

424 

426 

429 

431 

443 

460 

419 

469 

475 

476 

477 

496 

500 

504 

507 

512 

513 

515 

519 

37 

80 

154 


;   • 


m 


mm 


TACK 

318 

319 

321 

328 

365 

370 

402 

403 

412 

420 

424 

426 

429 

431 

443 

460 

419 

469 

475 

476 

477 

496 

500 

504 

507 

512 

513 

515 

519 

37 

80 

154 


INDEX. 

Tcingier  Sound,        .... 
Treadhavcn  Creek  (Choptank  Bay), 
Turtle  Harbor  (Florida  Reefs), 
Tortugas  Harbor,    . 
Tampa  Bay,  Fla.,    . 
Timbalier  Bay,  La., 
Tiinity  Shoal, 
Tiger  Shoal  Slue,    . 

Vineyard  Haven  Harbor, 

"Waquoit  Bay, 

Wareham  liiver, 

Wild  Harbor, 

"Westport  Harbor,  Mass., 

Warren  River, 

Wickford  Harbor, 

Westerly  Harbor,    . 

West  Harbor  (Fisher's  Island), 

Westbrook  Harbor, 

Westport  Harbor,  Conn., 

Watchapreague  Inlet, 

Ware  River  (Mobjack  Bay). 

Wicomico  River,     . 

West  River,    . 

Wye  River  (Eastern  Bay), 

Wassaw  Sound,  Ga., 

York  River,     . 
Yeocouiico  River,   . 


xxui 

I'AOE 

341 
359 
449 
457 
462 
507 
5CS 
512 

31 

22 
57 
64 
68 
82 
91 
104 
107 
149 
166 
256 
299 
350,  322 
327 
366 
416 

296 
314 


XXIV 


INDEX. 


INDEX  TO 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS. 

Bearsc's  Shoal  Channel,    . 


PAOK 

10 


Chcsapoalcc  Bay  (Entrance),    ....  274 

Chesapeake  Bay,  from  Cape  Henry  to  Balti- 
more,         .......  276 

Chesajieake  Ba;y  (Entrance)  North  Channel,    .  279 

Cape  Floi-ida  to  Key  West  (Hawk  Channel),  .  443 

Chatham  to  Pollock  Rip  (in  thick  -feather),     .  8 

Delaware  Bay  and  River,  from  Five  Fathom 
Bank  Light-ship    to    Philadelphia    (Ship 

Channel) 232 

Delaware  Bay  and  River  (Coaster's  Channel),  235 

Delaware  Bay  and  River  (Cape  May  Channel),  239 


Execution  Rocks  to  Riker's  Island,  . 


.     137 


Fisher's   Island   Sound,  from  Watch   Hill  to 

Dumpling  Lighthouse,        ....     100 

Fisher's  Island  Sound,  from  Dumpling  Light- 
house to  Watch  Hill,  .         .         .         .100 

Hampton  Roads, 285 

James  River, 292 

Long  Island  Sound,   from   Point    Judith    to 


Execution  Rocks  (South  Channel), 


135 


PAOR 

.       10 

.     274 

:i- 
.     276 
.     279 

,  .    443 
8 


137 

100 
100 
285 
292 

135 


INDEX. 


XXV 


PAQK 


Long  Island  Sound,  from  Kace  Roclc  Light- 
house to  Execution  Rocks  (North  Chan- 
nel), .,...•••     13G 

Lons:  Island  Sound,  from  Execution  Rocks  to 

Point  Judith  Lighthouse  (South  Channel),     138 

Long  Island  Sound,  from  Execution  Rocks  to 
Little  Gull  Island  Lighthouse  (North 
Channel),  ....... 


Monomoy  Point  Rip, 


139 
11 


Narragansett  Bay,  from  Brenton's  Reef  Light- 
ship to  Providence  (Ship  Channel,  Eastern 

Passage) 84 

Narragansett  Bay  (Western  Passage) ,     .         .86 
Narragansett  Bay,  from   Beaver   Tail   Light- 
house to  Providence  (Western  Passage), .       88 

Shovelful  and  Handkerchief  Shoals,  .         .       10 

Vineyard  Sound,  fi-om  Chatham  to  Light-ship 

off  Sow  and  Pigs  (South  Channel),  .         .         4 

Vineyard  Sound,  from  Sow  and  Pigs  Light- 
ship to  Chatham  (South  Channel),    .         .         5 

Vineyard  Sound,  from  Chatham  to   Sow  and 

Pigs  Light-ship  (North  Channel),     .         .         6 

Vineyard  Sound,  from  Sow  and  Pigs  Light- 
ship to  Chatham  (North  Channel),    .         .         7 

Vineyard  Sound  (Main  Ship  Channel),    .        .        9 


REGULATIONS. 

For  navigating  South  Pass,  La., 


.     503 


'! 


!;il 


Jim 


XXVI 


INDEX. 


INDEX  TO 

ANCHORAGE. 


I 


Annapolis  Roads, 
Anclote  Keys,  Fla.,  . 

Black  Point, 
Bombay  Hook  Roads, 

Chatham  (South  Side), 
Cotuit  or  Deep  Hole, 
Coaster's  Island, 
Crane  Neck  Point, 
Chincoteague,  . 
Cape  Charles,   . 
Cape  Canaveral, 
Chandeleur  Island, 
Cape  May  Lighthouse, 

Falmouth, 


Hammonasset  Point, 
Hampton  Roads, 
Hampton  Cove, 

Key  Biscayne  Bay, 

Lynn  Haven  Roads, 
Legarc  Anchorage, 

Menemsha  Bight, 
Maurice  River, . 


PAGE 

.  331 

.  465 

.  147 

.  247 

11 

.  20 

.  76 

.  180 

.  253 

.  280 

.  433 

.'  498 

.  243 

.  33 

.  152 

.  283 

.  290 

.  446 

.  282 

.  448 

.  41 

.  239 


INDEX. 


147 

247 

11 

20 
76 
180 
253 
280 
433 
498 
243 


Nantucket  (South  Side), 
No  Man's  Land, 

Point  Lookout, 
Pawtuxent  River, 


Quick's  Hole, 


Steward's  Bend, 
Sakonnet  Kiver, 
Stratford  Point, 
Smith's  Island, . 
Ship  Island, 


Throg's  Neck  and  Riker's  Island, 
Thomas'  Point, .... 
Tybee  Roads,    .... 


xxvu 

PAOR 

25 
42 

808 
325 

40 

11 
71 

163 
261 

486 

138 
329 
410 


33 


11 


"i  4wt  iC.*,   -i..  "f 


li 


Jlfi.Vi  ■"'-■ 


XXVUl 


INDEX. 


INDEX  TO 
DANGERS  OFF  THE  COAST. 

PAGK 

Assateague  Lighthouse  to  Hog  Island  Light- 
house,           254 

Branford  Keef, 1^5 

Body  Islaud  to  Cape  Ilatteras,          .        .        .  383 

Cape  Hcnlopen  to  Cape  Charles,       .        .        .  250 
Cape  Henlopen  to  Fenwick's   Island    Light- 
house,          254 

Chesapeake  Bay, 262 

Cape  Henry  to  Currituck  Lighthouse,       .         .  382 
Currituck   Lighthouse  to  Body  Island  Light-' 

house, 382 

Cape  Lookout  to  Cape  Fear,     ....  389 

Cape  Fear  to  Georgetown  Lighthouse,     .        .  393 

Cape  San  Bias  to  Pensacola  Bay,     .         .         •  479 

Chandekur  Island  to  Grand  Grosier  Isle,         .  498 

Calcasieu  Pass  to  Sabine  Pass,         .        .        .  516 

Cape  San  Bias, 475 

Egmont  Key  Lighthouse  to  Cedar  Keys, .        .  469 

Fenwick's  Island  to  Assateague  Lighthouse,    .  254 

Georgetown  to  Cape  Koman  Lighthouse,          .  395 

Galveston  Bank, ^1^ 

Galveston  Bar  to  Matagorda  Bay,    .        .        .521 


PAGK 


.  155 

.  383 

.  250 

it- 

.  254 

.  262 

.  382 

It-- 

.  382 

.  389 

.  393 

.  479 

.  498 

.  516 

.  475 

.  469 

.  254 

.  395 

.  519 

.  521 


INDEX. 


Highlands  of  Navesink  to  Cape  May, 
Hog  Island  Lighthouse  to  Cape  Charles  Light- 
house,          


Montauk  Point, 

Montauk  Point  to  Rockaway  Inlet,  . 
Mobile  Bar  to  Ship  Island  Lighthouse, 

Narragansett  Pier  to  Point  Judith  Lighthouse, 
New  River  Inlet  to  Florida  Reefs,    . 


Ocracoke  Inlet  to  Cape  Lookout  Shoals,  . 

Point  Judith  to  Watch  Hill,      . 
Pensacola  Bar  to  Mobile  Bar    . 


Smith's  Island,  , 

South- West  Cape,  Fla.,     . 

Sabine  Pass  to  Galveston, 


Tiger  Point  to  Calcasieu  Psis, 


Westport  Harbor  to  Sakonnet  Point, 


XXIX 

I'AOK 

222 

254 

109 
195 
497 

95 
435 

387 

98 

482 


.  260 
.  470 
.    519 


.    515 


69 


i^^''        T-^.^''». 


- .'    i    ^att-jajy-iiiS^- 


XXX 


INDEX. 


|l 


INDEX  TO 
CURRENTS. 

Block  Island  and  Point  Judith, 
Chesapeake  Bay  (Entrance),  , 
Delaware  Bay  (Entrance), 
Fisher's  Island  Sound, 


Gulf  of  Mexico, 


Hell  Gate, 


Long  Island  Sound,  . 

Montauk  Point  to  Block  Island, 
Mobile  Bay,       .... 
Mississippi  Sound,     . 
Muskeget  Channel,   . 


Race, 

Race  to  Middle  Ground  Lighthouse, 


PAOK 

.  134 

.  276 

.  241 

.  13-1 

.  524 

.  138 


135 

108 
482 
497 

27 

134 
134 


Yineyard  Sound  and  Nantucket  Shoals, 


44 


INDEX. 


XXXI 


TAOE 

.  134 

.  276 

.  241 

.  134 

.  524 

.  138 

.  135 

.  108 

.  482 

.  497 

.  27 


.   44 


INDEX  TO 
WHISTLING  BUOYS  AT  THIS  DATE  (1882). 

PAOK 

Biizzard'H  Bay, GG 

Block  Island  and  Montauk  Point,     .         .         .     108 
Brigantine  Shoals, 218,  220 

Cerberus  Shoal, 110 

Cape  Ilcnlopen  Channel, 230 

Cape  Charles, 2G1 

Cape  Canaveral, 433 

Fire  Island  Inlet, 194 

Gedney's  Channel  (Sandy  Hook  Bar),     .        .     203 
Galveston  Bar, 517 

Savannah  River  (Entrance),     ....    410 
South  Pass,  La., 502 


Jl 


If 


ELDIUDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Prom  Chatham  Lights  to  Monomoy  Light. 

For  sov'Tiil  years  past  tlu«  fiiiioiis  storm  waves  liavo  been 
woniiii<,'  awny  tlio  IJendi  wliicli  oxteiids  IVoiii  Cliatliam  Nillayo  to 
MonoiiK.y  Li^iiit.  leiivinj,'  dai!-,'eroiis  sand  liars,  which,  nt  tliis'dato 
(is.si)  exteiiil  a  l.iii<f  (listaiieo  from  shore;  lioavy  (lraiif,'Iit  vessels 
boiitid  to  tlic  southward,  atlcr  passing  lh<>  Wiiisllin-r  IJuoy  otl"  New 
Ilarlior  Hars,  sliouUI  givotheao  duiiyers  a  wide  berth. 

Monomoy  and  Nantucket  Shoals. 

From  JI(Mioiiioy  Point  to  Nantuelict  Sontii  Slioal,  and  also  in 
Nantu'ketand  Vineyard  Sounds  theru  are  a  hir^'o  number  oi"  sand 
slioals,  tiio  eurrents  of  botli  flood  and  ebb  set  very  stronjr  aeross 
thcsodan^ers,  and  th(!  depth  of  water  upon  them  elianges,  orpociallv 
dm-ing  heavy  Kast-rly  jrales.  A  better  knoivledrje  of  ^he  location  vf 
these  nhoala  am  he  obtained  b>/  impecting  Eldri(l>ys  Chart  of  Vineyard 
Sound  and  Nantucket  Shoals,  than  by  any  ivritten  descrijition. 

JPollock  Jifj). 

Tho  Eastern  part  of  this  shoal  is  marked  at  this  date  (1881)  with 
a  Red  Huoy.  Chatham  Lights  boar  fr(jm  it  N.  ]4  E.  distaaco  about 
1J4  miles,  Monomoy  Point  Light  W.  by  N.  ^4  N.,  distance  [i% 
miles.  During  the  last  40  years  the  water  upon  this  dangerous 
shoal  has  been  gradually  increasing  in  depth.  In  18:52  some  pai^ 
of  it  was  dry  at  low  tide  ;  in  1842,  the  least  depth  at  low  tide  upon 
itw.nsS  feet;  in  1852,  5  feet;  in  18G2,  0  feet;  in  1872,  7  feet; 
and  in  August,  1880,8  feet.  P>om  1  to  IJ^  miles  to  the  North.' 
ward  of  the  Pollock  Rip  there  are  at  this  date  (1881)  mauj  Ridges 


1 


2 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


of  sand,  or  BrokcMi  Rips,  which  arc  constantly  changing  in  depth, 
and  should  be  avoided  by  large  or  heavy  draught  vessels. 


Broken  Part  of  Pollock  Rip. 

The  centre  of  this  Shoal,  upon  wliich  the  soa  breaks  tromcn- 
dously  during  heavy  easterly  gtdes,  lies  about  -1 1^  mil<^s  E.  by  S-  }i 
S.,  from  Monomoy  Point  Lighthouse.  During  the  last  30  years 
this  broken  ground  has  extended  seaward  about  -*y  of  a  mile  ;  the 
surveys  tliat  have  been  made  across  it  from  time  to  time,  during 
that  period,  show  changes  iu  the  depth  of  water  in  the  Ship 
Channel. 

Ship  Channel. 

In  1852,  on  a  direct  course  E.  by  S.  }i  S.  from  Tollock  Rip 
Light-ship,  not  less  than  30  feet  water  was  found  in  tliis  Channel 
at  "low  tide.  In  18G2,  24  feet;  in  1872,  20  feet;  and  in  August, 
1881,  IG  feet. 

Northeast  Channel. 

The  depth  of  water  in  this  channel  since  1851,  has  been  con- 
stantly changing.  A  careful  survey  in  August  (1882),  shows  not 
less  than  20  feet,  on  a  direct  course  NE.  K  N.  from  Tollock  Rip 
Light-ship. 

PoUock  Rip  Light-ship. 

This  Light-ship,  which  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  across  broken 
part  of  Tollock  Rip,  in  both  Ship  and  Northeast  Cliannels,  at  this 
time  (1882)  sliows  2  Red  fixed  Liglits,  and  has  a  first-elass  steam 
Fog  Signal,  which  in  thick  weather  is  sounded  5  seconds'  duration, 
followed  by  an  interval  of  55  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Pollock  Rip  Lightship,  at 
this,  date   (1882). 

Distance. 

8^^  miles. 


Chatham  Lighthouses,  N.  Ji  E 

Monomoy  Point  Liglilhouse,  NW-  by  W.  ji  W- 

Shovelful  Light-ship,  W-   ji  "N 

Handkerchief  Light-ship,  W.  by  S.  J^  S.      •     •     ■ 
Great  Point  Liglithouse,  (Nantucket)  SW-    }i  S. 
Sankaty  Head  Lighthouse,  S.  by  W.  ^  W.       •     ■ 


>;'4. 

10?3 

155^^ 


ill  depth, 


s  tromon- 

l.i.yS.?4 

:  30  J x'ius 

niile  ;  the 

no,  during 

the    Sliip 


allock  Rip 
s  Ciiannel 
11  August, 


ELDRIDGF/S   COAST  PILOT, 

Red  Buoy  on  Nortlieru  side  of  Sliip 

ClKinnel, SE.  by  E.  ^  E. 

Little  Round  Slioiil, SW.  by  S.  Vi  S. 

Great  Round  Slioal, South      .     .     • 


Distance 

2'^  miles. 
3  " 

5 


Shovelful  Lightship, 

This  Light-ship,  which,  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  Fixed  Red 
Light,  has  a  fog-bell  and  horn,  and  is  intended  as  a  guide  to  vessels 
passing  Stone  Horse  Shoal. 

Bearings   and   Distances    from    Shovelful    Light- 
ship at  this  Date  (1882). 

Pollock  Rip  Light-ship,  .     .     .     .     E.  ^  S.    •     • 
Monomoy  Point  Lighthouse,     .     .     N.  by  E.  yi  E. 
Red  Buoy  otf  Sliovclful  Rip,     . 


Handkerchief  Light-ship, 
Great  Point  Lighthouse, . 


W.  %  N.  .     . 
SW.byW.  J^  W.4 

SW.  by  S.  V^  S. 


Distance. 

3^  miles. 

5,^  " 


m 


been  con- 
shows  not 
'oUock  Rip 


OSS  broken 
els,  at  this 
lass  steam 
i'  duration. 


t-ship,  at 

Distance. 

Sy^  miles. 
3>i      " 

Cji       " 

10?3         " 


JIniidkerchii'f  Liyh t-ship. 

Tills  Light-ship,  wliich,  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  Wliite 
Liglit,  lias^a  fog-bell  and  horn,  and  is  intended  as  a  guide  to  vessels 
passing  Handkerchief  Shoal 

Bearings  and  Distances   from  Handkerchief  Light-ship  at 
this  Date  (1881). 

I)i8tance. 

Shovelful  Light-sliip,  NE-  by  E-  ^4  E ^      »i'l<-'S- 

Red  Buoy  oll'Soutliern  part  of  Handkerchief.  N-  by  E-  ]i      " 

Great  Point  Liglitliouse  (Nantucket),  S.  }4^  W.       •  ^]i       " 
Bass  River  Anchoragu   'u  3   fathoms  water,  N-  by 

W.  /.W »^'i  " 

Bishop  and  Clerks  Liglithouse.  NW-  X  W.  •     •     •  '-^H  '" 

Cross  Rip  Lighi-sliip,  W.  J^  S 10^-^  " 

Great  Round  Shoal,  SE.  by  E.  ^^  E "^'A  "     , 

Cross  Hip  Lightship. 

This  Light-ship,  wliich,  at  this  date  (1881),  sho-vs  a  fixed  White 
Light,  has  a  fog-bell  and  horn,  and  is  intended  as  a  guide  to  vessels 
passing  between  Cross  Rip  and  Horse  Shoe  Slioal. 


4  ELDUIDGK'S  COAST  PILOT. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cross  Rip  Light-ship 
at  this  date  (1882). 

__        _  ,  Dint':iice. 

Handkerchief  Liglit-slnp,  E.  ;:{  N .  10.^fi  miles. 

lUshop  and  Clerks  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  N.  5^N.       .  7^8  " 

Great  Point  Liglithouse  (Nantucket),  SE.  by  E. -78  E.  Iij4  " 

Cape  Poge  Liglithouse,  W-  >6  S. 1%  " 

West  Chop  Liifhthouse,  W.  by  N.  5 8  N \i%  " 

Sueconnessct  Light-ship,  NW.  ^8  N ^\i  " 

Outer  Buoy  off  Nantuciict  Point  Rip,  E.  by  S.  Jb  S.  .  1.">,'4  " 

Buoy  oir  Great  Round  Slioal,  E.  by  S.     .....  17  '  " 

IhioyoirEa'^tcrn  part  of  Tuckernuck  Shoal,  SE.  ,'4  E.  ^li  " 

Buoy  off  SE.  part  of  Horse  Shoe  Shoal,  E.  }i  S.  .     .  2,*jj  " 

Sailing  Directions  from  Chatham  to  Light-ship 
off  Sow  and  Pigs,  by  way  of  Nantucket  and 
Vineyard  Sounds,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Northeastward  at  this  date  (1882),  bring  Pollock  Rip 
Light-siiip  to  bear  SW.  %  S-t  and  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
"Wlien  Nantucket  Great  Point  Liglithouse  is  made,  bring  it  in  range 
of  this  Light-ship,  and  run  for  it  in  range,  carrying  at  this  time 
about  20  feet  water  across  tiie  Broken  Ground  ;  *  leave  the  Pollock 
Ril)  Ligiit-ship  close  to  on  the  Starl)nard  Jiaiul,  and  steer  for  Shovel- 
ful Liglit-ship,  bearing  about  W.  %  N.  ;  tlie  Sand  Ridges  on  the 
Northern  part  of  Stone  Horse  Shoal,  near  Shovelful  Light-ship,  are 
constantly  changing  in  depth  ;  heavy  draught  vessels  sliould  there- 
fore go  through  Butler's  Hole,  which  is  to  the  Northward  of  this  slioal. 
With  Southwesterl}'  winds  vessels  maj'  stand  off  to  the  Eastward 
of  the  Broken  Ground  until  Pollock  Rip  Light-shii)  and  Monomoy 
Lightiiouse  are  in  range  ;  then  run  for  thein  in  range,  bearing  about 
NW.  b^  IV.  li  W.,  carrying  at  this  date  about  IC  feet  water  at 
low  tide  through  the  Ship  Ciiannel ;  leave  the  Pollock  Rip  Light-ship 
close  to  Oh  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  for  Shovelful  Liglit-ship 
bearing  about  W.  li  N.,  leaving  it  close  to  on  tlie  Starboard  hand  ; 
theiiee  SW-  by  W.  %  W.  to  Hankerchief  Light-ship,  leaving 
this  also  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good 
tlie  course  W-  J^  S.  8 '4  miles  to  Red  Buoy  off  SE.  part  of  Horse 
Shoe  Shoal.  In  niuuing  this  last  course  W.  ]/2  S-,  particular 
attention  must  paid  to  the  current,  especially  near  the  full  and 
change  of  tiie  moon,  at  wiiich  times  it  runs  very  strong;  the  Flood 
sets  about  SE.  and  Kl)h  NW- 

*  At  low  tMc  heavy  ilraiiKht  vi'hkoIh  sliuuM  U'c  thin  Chnnnel  with  cnutloii,  ns  the  depth  uf 
water  acruag  the  iiidgiiii  iluriu);  the  lust  M  yeura  bus  been  cuustautly  cbuiiglug. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Masters  of  vessels  at  night  time  or  in  thick  weather,  especially  u-ith 
light  winds,  should  govern  themselves  accordingly,  as  circutnstances 
require.  As  Boon  as  the  Cross  Rip  Liglit-ship  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  W.  by  N.,  and  steer  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  close  to 
on  either  hand.  From  this  last-named  Light-ship  to  West  Chop 
Light  tlic  course  is  W.  by  N-  Sg  N-  ;  distance  \\^^  miles.  In 
ordc.  to  clear  Hedge  Fence  and  S(inash  Meadow  Slioals,  care 
sliould  l)e  talien  to  bring  tliis  last-named  Light  as  soon  as  it  is 
made  to  bear  W.  by  N-  fa  N-  ;  continue  tiie  course  W.  by  N. 
58  N-  lor  West  Chop  Liglit,  until  Nobska  Point  Liglit  bears  NW. 
by  W;  then  steer  for  it  on  this  course,  until  about  midway  tlie 
Sound,  or  Tarpaulin  Cove  Light  bears  W-  ?!  S.  ;  then  make  good 
the  course  W.  by  S.  ^  S.,  leaving  tlie  Middle  Clronnd  well  on 
the  Port,  until  the  Liglit-ship  off  Sow  and  Pigs  bears  W.  ]2  N., 
when  you  may  '•un  Ibr  it  without  danger.  Tlie  above  directions 
from  Chatliam  to  Light-sliip  olT  Sow  and  Pigs,  will  answer  for  day 
or  niglit. 

For  vessels  coming  from  the  westward,  bound  through  Vine5'ard 
and  Nantucket  Sounds,  it  is,  of  course,  only  necessary  to  reverse 
the  foregoing  directions ;  but,  for  convenience,  we  shall  give 
directions  from  Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship  to  Chatham. 


Sailing  Directions  from  Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship 
through  Vineyard  and  Nantucket  Sounds  to 
Chatham,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Leave  the  Liglit-ship  off  Sow  and  Pigs  about  ]^  mile  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  .steer  E.  until  Gay  Head  Liglit  bears  SW.,then 
make  gond  llie  course  NE.  until  Tarpaulin  Cove  Light  bears  about 
W-  ^a  S-,  on  wiiicii  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  about  E.  ^aN-, 
leaving  llie  IMiddle  Ground  well  on  tlie  Starboard.  Wlien  Nobska 
Liglit  biars  NW-  by  W..  in  order  to  clear  the  Hedge  Fence, 
make  good  tlio  course,  especially  with  Light  AViiids  and  Fastern 
Tide,  SE.  by  E.,  until  AVest  Chop  Light  bears  W.  by  N.  -;8  N., 
on  whiili  bciiring  keep  it,  and  steer  E.  by  S.  ?8  S..  for  Light- 
ship oil'  Cross  Rip  ;  leave  (Iiis  Light-.ship  close  to  on  citlior  hand, 
and  in  order  to  clear  the  SE-  part  of  Horse  Shoe,  Stcer  E.  by  S. 
about  2;  J  miles,  thenee  E.  Y^  N.  for  Handkerchief  Light-ship, 
making  allowance  for  the  current  iis  before  mentioned  ;  when  this 
la  made  brii.g  it  to  bear  E.  Jj  N.,  and  steer  for  it  on  this  course. 


6 


ELDKIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  E. 
>4  E.  for  the  Light-ship  of!  tiic  North  part  of  Stone  Horse  Shoal,* 
leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  for  Pollock  Rip 
Light-ship,  bearing  about  E.  l{  S.  If  the  wind  ia  favorable  to  go 
through  the  Northeast  Cimnnel,  get  the  last-named  Light-ship  in 
range  of  Great  Point  Lighthouse,  (Nantucket),  bearing  SW.  }^ 
S.,  and  run  out  with  them  in  range  (NE.  }{  N.)>  carrying  at  this 
date  (1882)  about  twenty  feet  water  at  low  tide  across  the  Broken 
Ground ;  if  the  wind  is  not  favorable  to  go  out  this  last-named 
Channel,  get  the  Pollock  Rip  Light-ship  and  Monomoy  Light- 
house in  range,  bearing  NW.  by  W.  li  W.,  and  run  out  with 
them  in  range  (SE.  by  E.  j4  E.),  carrying  at  this  time  through 
the  Ship  Channel  alwut  16  feet  water  at  low  tide.  These  directions 
will  answer  for  night  or  day. 

By  the  North  Channel. 

[Note.  From  Bishops  and  Clerks  Lighthouse,  to  the  "Western 
part  of  L'Horamedieu  Shoal  by  way  of  North  Channel,  there  are 
several  shoal  spots  in  the  Channol-way  ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for 
heavy  drauglit  vessels  bound  through  Vineyard  Sound,  to  go  by 
way  of  Cross  Rip  Light-ship.] 

Follow  tlie  directions  before  given  from  Chatham  to  Sow  and 
Pigs  Light-ship,  until  up  witli  Handkerchief  Liglit-ship,  which 
leave  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NW., 
with  the  Lighthouse  on  Bishop  and  Clerks  well  open  on  the  Port ; 
leave  this  Lighthouse  about  }'2  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer 
NW.,  leaving  the  Pnoy  off  Ilallctt's  Rockf  about  300  yards  on 
the  Starboard  hand  ,  v  hen  past  this  Buoy,  steer  W.  by  S.  j4  S., 
leaving  the  Bell  Buoy  off  W-SW.  Ledge  on  the  Starboard,  and 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Horizontal  Stripes  off  Middle  Ground  on  the 
Port  hand ;  wlicn  Succonuesset  Light-ship  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
W.  }4  S.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy 
off  the  Northeast  part. 

*  The  Sand  Rklges  on  the  Northern  part  of  Stone  IIor.se  Shoal,  near 
Shovelful  Li,u;ht-sliip  arc  constantly  changing  in  depth;  heavy  draught 
vessels  slioiiUl  therefore  go  through  Butler's  Holt,  which  is  to  the  north- 
ward of  this  Shoal. 

t  Ilallctt's  liock  which  has  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide,  is  marked 
upon  its  western  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
Stripes;  Bisliop  and  Clerk!)  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  S.  by  E.  4  E., 
distance,  IJ  miles. 


which 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT.  7 

of  Horse  Shoe  on  tlic  Port,  and  tho  Red  Buoy  off  Wreck  Shoal 
on  tht)  Starboiud  hand.  Leave  Siicconnesset  Liglit-ship  close 
to  on  the  Starboard,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  3/^  N.,  leaving 
the  buoy  with  Horizontal  Stripes  off  Small  Shoal  on  tlic  Port  hand. 
When  Nobska  Lighthouse  bears  "West,  then  steer  for  it,  leaving  tho 
Black  Buoy  off  the  Western  part  of  L'llommedieu  Shoal  on 
tho  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  Falmoutli  Flats  on  the  Starboard 
hand  ;  after  passing  the  last-mentioned  buoys  the  course  is  W.  by 
S.  ^  S.  through  tlie  Sound,  leaving  the  ^liddle  Ground  well  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  the  Light-ship  off  the  Sow  and  Pigs  bears 
West,  you  may  run  for  it  without  danger. 

If  it  is  night  when  j'ou  come  to  Succonncssct  Light-ship,  you 
should  not  attempt  to  pass  to  the  Northward  of  L'llommedieu 
Shoal,  but  may  bring  tlic  said  Light-ship  to  bear  NE.  by  N.,  on 
which  Oeariiig  keep  it,  and  steer  SW.  by  Sv  which  course  will  take 
you  well  to  the  Eastward  of  L'llommedieu  and  Hedge  Fence 
Shoals ;  continue  the  course  SW^.  by  S-  until  West  Chop  Light 
bears  W-  by  N.  ^a  N.,  then  steer  for  it  without  fear,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  giv(>n. 

For  vessels  coming  from  the  Westward,  bound  through  Vinej-ard 
Sound,  by  wa}'  of  the  North  Channel,  it  is  of  course  only  necessary 
to  reverse  the  above  directions,  but  for  convenience  we  shall  give 
directions  from  Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship  to  Chatham. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship  to 
Chatham,  by  way  of  North  Channel  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Leave  the  Light-ship  off  the  Sow  and  Pigs  about  }(  mile  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  steer  East  until  Gay  Head  Lighthouse  bears  SW.« 
then  make  good  the  course  NE.  until  Tarpaulin  Cove  Lighthouse 
bears  W-  5 8  S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E.  54  N., 
leaving  the  Middle  Ground  well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  give  Nobska 
Lighthouse  a  berth  of  about  i<2  mile,  and  make  good  the  course 
E-NE.  nnlil  it  bears  West,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer 
East,  keeping  a  shari)  lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Western 
part  of  L'llommedieu  Shoal.  Leave  this  buoy  a  short  distance 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  East  until 
Succonncssct  Light-ship  *  bears  E.  ^  S.,  then  run  for  it  on  this 
bearing,  leaving  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 

*  About  i  mile  soutliwist  from  Stii'conues.sct  Shoiil  is  a  Liglil-sliip  wliich 
shows  one  llxed  Wliite  Light;  Bishop  and  Clerks  Lighthouse  be-"  s  from 
this  Light-ship  E.  JN.,  distance,  8f  miles;  Cape  Poge  Lighthoubc,  S.  by 
W.  4  W.,  7  miles. 


8 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Stripes  off  small  shoiil*  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  give  Succonncasot 
Light-ship  a  berth  of  about  200  jards,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  nial<e  good  tlie  course  E-  J4  N..  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off 
Wreck  Slioal  on  the  Port,  an  1  the  Black  Buoy  off  Nortliwcat  part 
of  Horse  Slioe  Shoal,  well  on  the  Starl)oard  hand.  When  abveast 
this  last  buoy,  make  good  the  eourso  E.  by  N.  J4  N.,  passing 
midway  between  the  P>ill  Buoy  off  W-SW.  Ledge  and  tiie  Hori- 
zontal Striped  Buoy  off  Middle  Ground  ;  when  past  these  last  buoys, 
fiteer  more  r^asterly.  leaving  tlie  Bishop  and  Clerks  Ligiithouse 
about  Yz  mile  on  tiie  Starboard,  and  tlie  Horizontal  Striped  Buoy 
off  Haliet's  Bock  on  the  Port  hand.  When  this  last-named  Light- 
house bears  SW-  about  J4  mile,  the  eourpo  is  SE.  for  Handker- 
chief Light-ship  ;  wlien  this  Light-ship  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
SE.,  and  steer  for  it,  when  the  courses  are  as  before  given. 


W\ 


Sailing  Directions  from  Whistling  Buoy  off  Chat- 
ham to  Pollock  Rip  Light-ship  in  thick  weather. 

From  the  Northward  follow  the  Cape  Shore  in  about  1 0  fatlioms 
water,  until  you  hear  the  Wliistling  Bu'>y  off  New  Harbor  Bars. 
t'halliam  Li,u;iits  l.var  from  this  buoy  W-  Va,  S-,  distance  2;^  miles 
Leave  tliis  buov  close  to  on  tlie  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  S-  ^^  W.,  carrying  from  5  to  10  fathoms  water,  nritil  you 
hear  the  fog  signal  at  Pollock  Rip  Light-ship  ;  bring  this  signal,  aa 
soon  as  it  is  heard,  to  bear  SW.  X  S.,  and  atcer  for  it  on  tliis 
course,  when  you  will  cross  the  Broki'u  part  of  Pollock  K'p,  at  this 
date  (1882),  in  not  less  than  20  ft.  water;  wlien  up  w  .  Pollock 
Ril)  Liglit-ship,  whicii  may  be  left  on  either  hand,  make  good  the 
course  W.  \i  N-  for  Shovelful  Light-ship,  and  follow  the  directions 
before  given  from  rihatham  to  Light-ship  off  Sow  and  Pigs. 

If  you  wish  to  cross  the  Broken  part  of  Pollock  Rip  in  Ship 
Channel,  when  abreast  the  Wliistling  Buoy  off  New  ILarbor  Bars, 
make  good  the  course  S.  Y^  E.,  carrying  from  8  to  11  fathoms 
water,  until  tlie  Fog  Signal  at  Pollock  Rip  Light-ship  bears  NW. 
by  W.  Y^  W. ;  you  must  then  run  for  it  on  this  bearing.  At  this 
date  (1882),  there  is  16  ft.  vrater  in  this  channel.  When  abreast 
I'ollock  Rip  Light-ship,  proceed  as  before  directed. 

♦  The  IJuoy  paintetl  in  Keel  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  on  Northern 
part  of  small  shoal  bears  W.  i  S.  from  Succoiinesset  Light-ship,  clistauce 
\\  miles. 


ELDHlDfJE'S  COAST  TILOT.  '.» 

In  running  from  tlio  "Whistling  Rnoj-  off  Chatham  to  Tollock  Rip 
Light-ship,  a  careful  attention  to  tlic  current  is  important.  Tho 
Flood  sets  SW.  by  S.,  aud  that  of  the  ebl),  NE-  I'J  N. 

When  me  rollock  Hip  Light-ship  ta  off  her 

Station. 

If  tlie  rollock  Pip  Light-sliip  shoukl  be  off  hor  station,  bring  Chat- 
ham Lights  to  lu'ar  N.  byW-  J<  W-,  on  which  bearing  keep  them, 
and  steer  S-  by  E.  ^  E-  until  :M(Mioni()y  Light*  bears  NW-  l)y  W-, 
then  run  for  it  on  this  bearing  until  the  Light-ship  off  Stone  ITorsc 
bears  W.  'A  N.,  tlien  follow  the  directions  before  given  fromCliat- 
ham  to  Lightship  off  Sow  an<l  Pigs.  ISIonomoy  Liglit,  bearing 
from  NW.  by  W.  to  NW.  by  W.  }{  W-,  is  tho  best  course  for 
vessels  to  cross  the  broken  part  of  Pollock  Rip,  providing  there  is 
not  any  error  in  their  compasses. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Southern,  or  Main  Ship  Chan- 
nel, in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

The  passage  into  Nantucket  and  Vineyard  Sounds  to  the  South- 
ward of  Great  Round  Shoal,  was  formerly  called  the  Main  Ship 
Channel,  but  at  tliis  date  (1881).  there  arc  neither  Light-sliips  nor 
buoys  to  mark  tho  best  water,  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  vessels 
bound  tlirough  these  Sounds,  to  go  by  way  of  the  northern  channel, 
where  there  are  Light-sliips,  and  also  buoys  to  mark  tho  dangers. 

From  the  Northward,  bring  Nauset  three  lights  to  bear  N-  J  2  W-, 
on  which  bearing  keep  them,  and  run  S.  J2  E.  until  Sankaty  Head 
Light  bears  SW.,  then  run  for  this  last-named  Light  on  this  coarse 
until  Nantucket  Liglit  (Great  Point)  bears  W-  Ji  S-,  the  course  is 
then  W.  by  N.  Ji  N.,  about  21  miles  to  Cross  Rip  Light-ship.  If 
this  last  course  is  mado  gootl,  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Southern  part 
of  Great  Round  Shoal  will  be  left  about  1 }(  miles  on  tlie  Star- 
board,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Nantucket  Point  Rip,  aliout  1  mile 
on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  up  with  Cross  Rip  Light-ship,  the  courses 
are  as  before  given,  fron.  Chatham  to  Light-ship  off  Sow  and  Pigs. 
V -ssels  from  the  Westward,  bound  through  the  Sound,  need  only  to 
reverse  the  above  courses. 


'  Llouoraoy  Lighthouse  at  this  date  (188i;t,  shows  a  flxcd  White  Light. 


10 


ELDKIDGES  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Hearse's  Shonl  Channel, 

VpsscIs  oi*  not  inoro  than  10  fi'ct  draiiglit  nmy  safely,  nt  this  date 
(1881),  pass  tlirongh  this  channel  on  the  first  of  tlio  Western  tide  ; 
it  is  not  safe,  however,  for  this  draught  with  an  Easterly  current. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Boarse's  Shoal  Channel  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  over  tiie  shoals,  should  wlion  past  tlie  Whist- 
ling IJuoy  off  Cliatliam,  l)ring  Mononioy  Light  to  boar  SW-  by 
W.,  and  steer  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  two  or  tlnvo  cables 
length  from  the  slioro,  whidi  they  may  follow  to  tiie  Southward 
until  Monomoy  Light  bears  NW.  by  N.ion  wliicli  bearing  keep  it, 
and  steer  SE.  by  S.,  passing  between  two  buoys,  one  Black,  tho 
other  Red  ;  when  the  water  deepens  to  10  fathoms,  they  are  then  in 
Butler's  Hole,  and  may  steer  for  Shovelful  Light-ship,  and  proceed 
as  before  directed,  from  Cliatliam  to  Liglit-ship  off  Sow  and  Pigs. 

Bearsc's  Slioal,  during  the  last  few  years,  has  been  rapidly  ex- 
tending to  tlie  Northward,  making  the  passage  between  the  Beach 
and  Shoal  at  this  date  (1881),  very  narrow. 

^Passage   between   Handkerchief  and    Shovelful 

Shoals. 

The  Southern  entrance  to  this  channel,  which,  at  this  date 
(1881),  has  a  depth  of  not  less  than  Zy^  fathoms  at  low  tide,  is 
about  3^  mile  to  the  Westward  of  Shovelful  Liglit-ship.  The  cur- 
rent sets  strong  through  this  passage,  and  vessels  of  more  than  6 
feet  draught  should  not  attempt  it  unless  they  have  a  commanding 
breeze,  and  tlie  buoys  can  also  bo  seen. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Passage  between  Hand- 
kerchief and  Shovelful  Shoals  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  tlie  Eastward  should  follow  tho  directions  before 
given  until  up  with  Shovelful  Light-ship,  tlien  steer  for  the  Red 
Buoy  off  Shovelful  Shoal ;  this  buoy  bears  from  tliis  Light-ship,  at 
this  date  (1881),  W.  J^  N.  about  }.  m'le ;  leave  the  last  men- 
tioned buoy  about  200  yards  on  the  S  irboard  hand  and  run  to  the 


ISffi 


ELDUIDGE'b  COAST  PILOT. 


11 


!>t  this  date 
JSttM'ii  tide ; 
rly  current. 

innel  in 
Gather. 

Llio  Whist- 
I-  SW.  by 

liioo  cables 
Southward 
ng  keep  it, 

Black,  the 
arc  then  in 
ud  proceed 
f  and  Pigs. 
rai)idly  cx- 

the  Beach 


hovelful 

t.  this  date 
low  tide,  is 
Tlio  cur- 
lore  than  6 
>imnaudlug 


n  Hand- 
Qe,  with 

ons  before 
or  the  Red 
;ht-ship,  at 
last  mcn- 
l  run  to  the 


Norlhwcstward.  With  light  winds  and  Nortlierly  current,  keep  near- 
est the  Shoveind,  but  if  the  current  is  sotting  to  tlie  Southward 
keep  tiie  Ilandkercliief  best  aboard  ;  as  3011  sail  in,  keep  a  sharp 
lookout  for  tlu!  Black  Buoy  olf  the  Soutlu-ast  part  of  the  Ilandker- 
cliief; when  past  this  last  buoy,  which  is  left  on  the  Port  hand,  make 
good  the  course  N.  y^  W  ,  leaving  the  Buoys  with  Horizontal 
Stripes  on  Roger's  Shoal  on  the  I'ort  liarid.  If  bound  to  llie  West- 
wanl,  when  Monomoy  Light  bears  SE-  %  E.,  steer  W.  by  N. 
%  N. 

See  Kldridge's  Chart  of  Vineyard  Sound  and  Nantucket  Shoala, 
which  is  a  better  guide  than  any  written  directions. 

Monomoy  Point  Rip, 

At  this  date  (1881 ) ,  small  vessels,  of  not  more  than  C  feet  draught, 
by  the  following  directions,  may,  on  tlie  first  part  of  the  Western 
tide,  pass  around  Monomoy  Point  across  this  Rip  without  danger, 
but  should  not  attempt  it  on  the  Eastern  Tide.  Monomoy  I'oint  Rip 
is  liable  to  groat  ciianges,  and  vessels  unacquainted  should  use  thia 
passage  with  caution. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Monomoy  Point  Rip  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  bring  Monomoy  Point  Light  to  bear  SW. 
by  W.,  and  rini  for  it  on  tJiis  course  until  about  two  or  three  cables 
length  from  the  shore,  which  you  may  follow  to  the  Southwestward, 
keeping  about  tiiat  distance  from  it  until  past  the  Rip,  when  the 
course  is  more  Westerlj-.  These  courses  are  reversed  by  vessels 
bound  to  the  Eastward. 

Anchorage  off  Chatham. 

Vessels  may  find  slielter  off  Chatham,  with  winds  from  SW.  to 
N.NW.  by  way  of  Wost-  The  best  anchorage  for  large  vessels 
is  about  one  mile  from  shore,  in  from  Tji^  to  7  fathoms  water, 
Chatham  Lighthouses  bearing  N.NW.,  and  Monomoy  Lighthouse 
SW. 

StewaftVs  Bend  Anchorage, 

Small  vessels,  or  those  of  not  more  than  8  or  10  feet  draught, 
may  anchor  in  what  is  called  Steward's  Bend,  in  from  4  to  5  fath- 
oms water.     Monomoy  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from   this  lost 


12 


ELDUIIKJE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


aiichornge  SW.  %  W.,  distnnco  about  {y,  miles,  Pollock  Rip 
Light-siiii)  SE.  by  S.,  3^/^  miles.  Vessels,  on  leaving  this  last 
anchorage,  may,  on  the  Western  Tide,  pass  through  the  Bearsc's 
Slioal  Channel.     See  directions  bejbre  given. 


OUTER  STAGE  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  at  the  head  of  Chatham  Bay,  is  6  miles 
Northeasterly  from  Monomoy  Lighthouse,  about  three  miles  South- 
westerly from  Chatham  Lighthouses,  and  about  12;^  miles  East- 
Northerly  from  Lighthouse  on  Bishop  and  Clerks. 

Remarks. 

This  Harbor  (in  which  there  is  good  holding  ground)  is  some- 
what exposed  to  Southwesterly  winds,  but  large  vessels  well  found 
in  ground  tackle,  generally  ride  saftly  in  it  during  all  gales.  Small 
vessels,  or  those  of  not  more  than  1 1  feet  draught,  during  South- 
westerly gales  can  find  shelter  in  the  Southern  part  of  this  harbor 
under  the  Ice  of  Common  Flats.  This  last  anchorage  is  called 
Beach  Island  Channel. 


Hnrdtng'8  Beach  Lighthouse. 

Upon  this  Beach  there  has  been  recently  erected  a  Lighthouse, 
which,  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  light.  This  light,  on  a 
range  with  Chatham  Liglits,  leads  clear  of  Kill  Pond  Bar,  and  also 
Common  Flats,  up  to  the  anchorage  in  Stage  Harbor. 

A  channel  buoy  painted  in  white  and  black  i)erpendicular  stripes 
with  bush  on  top,  without  numbers,  has  been  placed  in  about  3^ 
fathoms  water  at  low  tide,  nearly  on  a  line  with  the  northern  Chat- 
ham Light,  and  the  new  light  (recently  erected)  on  Harding's 
Beach;  this  Buoy  bears  W.  by  S.  ^  S.,  nearly  from  the  last 
named  light,  distance  %  mile,  and  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  at 
night-time  up  to  the  anchorage  in  Beach  Island  Channel,  and  also 
Outer  Stage  Harbor. 


KLnuinnns  coast  pilot. 


ollock  Rip 
;r  tliis  last 
ic  Bearso's 


,  is  C  miles 
iles  Soiitli- 
uilcs  Easl- 


)  is  some- 
well  found 
los.  Small 
iiig  Soiith- 
this  harbor 
c  is  called 


-igbthousc, 
iiglit,  on  a 
r,  and  also 

liar  stripes 
about  3^ 
hern  C'bat- 
Harding's 
11  the  last 
I  vessels  at 
1,  and  also 


Sailing  Directions  for  Outer  Stage  Harbor  and 
Beach  Island  Channel,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  14  feet  draught,  from  tho  Eastward,  may 
follow  the  dircetiona  before  given,  for  the  passage  between  Iland- 
kerehief  and  Shovelful  Shoals,  until  up  with  the  lUaek  Buo^',  olf 
Soutlieast  part  of  llandkereiiief.  When  abreast  this  buov,  which 
is  left  on  the  I'ort  hand,  make  good  llic  course  N-  -^i  E.,  leaving 
ho  lied  Buoys  olf  SW-  nnd  NW.  part  of  Common  Flats,  on 
tho  Starboard  hand.  When  tiio  Lit;hthouse  on  Harding's  Beaeii 
and  Chathiini  Liglits  are  in  range,  bearing  E.  by  N-  ji  N.,  run  for 
them  in  range,  keei)ii;  a  shari*  lookout  for  the  Channel  Buoy  with 
bush  on  top ;  vessels  jf  more  than  1 1  feet  draught  may  anchor 
about  "ifjO  yards  to  the  Northward  of  tho  buoy,  in  about  5  fathoms 
water,  good  holding  ground. 

Vessels  of  not  mcjre  tlian  11  feet  draught,  bound  into  Beach  Island 
Channel,  may  leave  the  Channel  Buoy  with  bush  on  top  close  to  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  mid  make  good  the  course  SE.  by  S.  Ja  S., 
about)  J  mile,  and  anchor  a  short  distance  Southeast  from  lied  Buoy 
off  Middle  Ground,  in  about  2J^  fathoms  water  at  low  tide. 

From  tho  Westward,  by  way  of  South  Channel,  when  past  tho 
Buoy  off  SE.  part  of  Horse  Shoo  Shoal,  make  good  the  course 
NE. ;  as  soon  as  the  Light  on  Harding's  Beach  is  made,  bring  it 
in  range  with  the  Northern  Chatham  Light,  and  run  for  them  in 
range,  bearing  E.  by  N.  J4  N.,  and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

From  the  Westward,  by  way  of  tho  North  Channel,  follow  the 
directions  before  given,  from  Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship  to  Chatham 
by  wa}'  of  North  Channel,  until  past  the  Bishop  and  Clerks 
Lighthouse;  bring  the  said  Lighthouse  to  bearW-  )j  S.,  on  which 
bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E.  >4  N-,  leaving  tho  Bed  Bnoj  off  Kill 
Pond  Bar,  well  on  the  Port  hand;  as  soon  as  Harding's  Beach 
Light  is  made,  bring  it  in'rango  with  tho  Northern  Chatham  Light, 
and  rim  for  them  in  range,  bearing  E.  by  N  /^  N.>  and  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 

The  above  directions  for  Stage  Harbor  may  be  used  for  day  or 
night. 


u 


ELDIllUGES  COAST  I'lLOT. 


INNER  STAGE  HARBOR, 

Tliis  liiuhor  lii'H  lu-tween  Chatliam  Lij;litlioiist's  and  Harding's 
Boadi  I-i^'litlioiisi .  Ill  ciili'iiiig  it,  tin-  cliaiiiu'l  is  iiamnv,  ciooivt'd 
and  shallow  ;  from  H  lo  1)  I'l'il  wait"'  can  1)0  cairifd  ia  at  hij;li  tiilo. 
At  tiiis  date  (1881 ),  tlioro  ia  a  Marino  Uailway  nt  tli..i  place.  Ves- 
st'ls  bound  into  Inner  Stagi)  Ilarlujr  HJiould  ani-lior  in  Ik-acli  iHland 
ClianncI  and  talin  rilotH. 

It  is  Iligli  Water  in  Inner  Stage  Harbor  about  30  minutes  later 
thau  at  Boston  ;  conunoii  tides  rise  from  4  to  5  feet. 


HARWICH. 

Upon  tlio  Boutliern  shore  of  the  Sound,  from  2?<|  to  C'^  miles  to 
tlic  Westward  of  Harding's  lieach  Liglitliotiso,  tliere  arc  several 
Wharves,  tlic  first  of  wliieh  ia  called  South  Harwich  landing,  the 
next  Harwich  I'ort,  ftn<l  lastly  West  llarwicli.  Vessels  bound  to 
these  wharves  usually  anchor  in  from  four  to  five  fathoms  a. ater, 
without  the  bars,  an<l  wait  for  high  water.  With  a  good  pilot,  from 
8  to  10  feet  water  can  be  carried  to  these  wharves  at  high  tide. 

High   Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Harwich  about  the  same  time  that  it  ia  at 
Inner  Stage  Harbor. 


'tl 


BASS  RIVEB  HARBOR. 

This  harbor  is  Northcaaterl}' about  \}^  miles  from  Bialiop  and 
Clerks  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W.  VzW-^ii  miles  from  Handkerchief 
Light-ship,  and  NW.  }4  W-  S"-^  miles  from  Monomoy  Light- 
house. 

MemarJea, 

This  harbor,  in  which  there  is  good  holding  ground,  is  somewhat 
exposed  to  Southerly  winds,  but  large  vessels,  well  found  in  ground 
tackle,  generally  ride  safely  in  it  during  all  gales  ;  the  best  anchor- 


(1  Harding's 
•<)w,  crooki'il 
at  lii;;li  tide. 

pllUH'.     Vl'9- 

loadi  iHliuid 
ilimtes  later 


C'^  miK'8  to 
nro  scviTttl 
landing,  tlio 
Is  liuund  to 
Iioms  \.atcr, 
d  pilot,  from 
igh  tide. 


Ibat  it  is  at 


Bishop  and 
landkercliicf 
imoy 


Ligbt- 


is  somewhat 
id  in  ground 
best  ancbor- 


ELDIUUGES  COAST  I'lLOT. 


K) 


ago  fur  largo  vch8«'1m  is  in  aliont  t  fatlionm  water,  witli  Bass  River 
Liglit  lu'ariiig  aliont  N.  »>y  E.  '/■  E.  Sniali  vchm.-Is  may  anchor 
in  about  2  fathoms  watiT  to  tin-  Nortliward  of  IMaiU  Iluoy  olf  tlio 
Norliicastcrn  part  of  Dog  Fish  Bar,  where  tliey  will  lie  notuewbat 
sheltered  In  Southwesterly  winds. 

Hass  Jtii^er  Llf/kthoHfte. 

Tills  Liglilliouso  is  upon  the  Norlliern  shore  of  the  Sound,  and 
at  tbls  date  'ISHH,  shows  a  Ilxed  Liglit. 


93/^  miles 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Bass  River  Lighthouse. 

Dlntanre. 

Monomoy  Lighthouse,  SE.  !i  S.  nearly,       .... 
Ilandkorcbief  r-igiit-sbip,  S-  ''.v  E-  l^  E 
Buoy  olf  SE.  part  of  Horse  Shoe  Siioal,  SW 
Lighthouse  on  Bishop  and  Cleiks,  SW-  ,' 
Red  Buoy  olf  Kill  Bond  Bar.  SE.,        •     ■ 


103/ 


l>vS. 

w., 


•4S.,  12 


Sailing  Directions  for     ass  River  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorablo  winds  ana  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  passing  between  Handkcrcliief  and 
Shovelful  Shoals  (see  directions  for  that  passage),  should,  when 
abreast  the  Black  Buoy,  No.  1,  off  southeast  part  of  Handkerchief, 
make  good  the  course  NW-  Jj  W-,  leaving  tlie  Horizontal  Striped 
Buoys  on  Roger's  Shoal  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off 
NW.  part  of  Handkerchief  on  the  Port  band.  When  Bass  River 
Ligiitbousc  be!Aia  N.  by  E.  Ji  E..  run  for  it  on  this  course  until 
the  water  sboals  to  3  or  4  fathoms  at  low  tide,  then  anchor. 

Veosels  from  the  Eastward  may  follow  the  directions  before 
^iven,  from  Chatham  to  Light-ship  off  Sow  and  Pigs  until  abreast 
Handkerchief  Light-ship,  which  may  be  left  a  short  distance  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  in  order  to  clear  the  Handkerchief  Shoal,  steer 
NW.  about  ^4  mile  ;  tlie  course  is  then  N.NW.  until  Bass  River 
Light  bears  N.  by  E.  J  3  E.,  then  piocced  as  before  directed. 

From  the  "Westward,  hy  way  of  South  Cliannel,  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given,  from  Sow  and  Tigs  Light-ship  to  Chatham  until 
past  the  Red  Buoy  off  Southeast  part  of  Horse  Shoe  Shoal,  tlicn 
make  good  the  course  N-NE. ;  as  soon  as  Bass  River  Light  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  N-  by  E.  ^2  E.,  and  follow  the  directions 
before  given. 


IG 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


From  the  Westward,  by  way  of  North  Channel,  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given,  from  Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship  to  Chatham  by 
way  of  Norlh  Channel,  until  about  lj4  miles  past  the  Lighthouse 
on  Bishop  !ind  Clerks,  then  bring  Bass  River  Light  to  bear  N.  by 
E.  yj  E.,  and  proceod  as  before  directed. 

Vessels  of  light  draught  may  bring  Bass  River  Light  to  bear 
N.NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  when  the  Breakwater  is 
made,  steer  for  it ;  leave  this  Breakwater  about  200  yards  on  the 
I'ort  hand,  and  anchor  about  250  yards  Northeast  from  the  Black 
Buoy  off  the  Northeast  part  of  Dog  Fish  Bar,  in  from  8  to  12  feet 
water  at  low  tide ;  there  is,  however,  very  little  shelter  here  in 
southerly  winds ;  with  a  pilot,  small  vessels  of  light  draught,  at 
high  water,  can  enter  Bass  River. 

Ice  at  Bass  JRiver  Harbor, 

During  severe  winters,  witli  Northerly  winds,  this  harbor  is  n  re 
free  from  ice  than  any  otlier  in  the  Vineyard  Sound,  the  only  dan- 
^^er  to  be  avoided  is  during  Easterly  gales,  when  the  ice  moves  out 
ofCiiathani  Bay  ;  at  such  times,  for  safety,  vessels  should,  if  pos- 
sible, make  Ilyannis  Harbor. 

It  is  high  water  at  Bass  River  Harbor  about  40  minutes  later 
than  it  is  at  Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  4  ft. 


HYANNIS  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  in  which  there  is  a  Breakwater,  is  situated  North- 
westerly 13  miles  from  Handkerchief  Light-ship,  Northwesterly  3;^ 
miles  from  Bishoj)  and  Clerks  Liglithouse,  and  Northeasterly  about 
8^  miles  from  Succonnesset  Light-ship. 

Remarks, 

This  Harbor  is  somewhat  exposed  to  Southerly  winds,  but  vessels 
well  found  in  ground  tackle  generally  ride  safely  in  it  during  all 
winds.    About  IG  feet  water  can  be  carried  into  it  at  low  tide. 

Hisliop  and  Clerks  Lighthouse, 

L'pon  the  northern  point  of  this  Rocky  Shoal  (which  extends 
about  1  mile  North  and  South) ,  a  Lighthouse  has  been  erected. 


How  the  direc- 
>  Chatham  by 
lie  Lighthouse 
;o  bear  N.  by 

Light  to  hear 
Breakwater  is 
yards  on  the 
oin  the  Black 
a  8  to  12  feet 
lelter  here  in 
it  draught,  at 


arbor  is  n  re 
the  onl}'  dan- 
ice  moves  out 
hoiild,  If  pos- 

minutes  later 


;uated  North- 

iwcsterly  ^j4 
asterly  about 


8,  but  vessels 
it  during  all 
low  tide. 


lich  extends 
)een  erected, 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


17 


whicii,  at  this  date  (1881),  snows  a  flashing  white  light.     A  fog  bell 
is  struck  during  thick  weather. 

Bearings  and  Distanoos  from  Bishop  and  Clerks  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Bi.ss  River  Lightliouse,  NE.  ^  E 5  J;^  miles. 

I\Ionom()y  Toint  Lighthouse,  E.  by  S.  j4  S.,  nearly  .  11>4      " 

II:in  Ikcrchief  Light-sliip,  SE.  ^  E 9^      " 

Cro,ss  Rip  Light-ship,  SW.  by  S.  ?<^  S 7;  8      " 

Ilyannis  Harbor  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W-  }{  W.,  nearly  4    *     " 
Succonneoset  Light-ship,  W-   J4  S '•     8^     " 

Hyaniiis  Harbor  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse  is  erected  inside  the  Breakwater,  on  the  main 
land,  and  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Hyannis  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  follow  the  directions  before  given,  from  Chat- 
ham to  Sow  and  Pigs  Lightship,  until  up  with  Handkerchief  Light- 
ship, then  make  good  tlie  course  NW-,  with  the  Bishop  and  Clerks 
Lighthouse  well  on  the  Port  bow,  leave  this  Lighthouse  about  J^ 
mile  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  it  bears  South  make  good  the  course 
NW.,  leaving  the  buoy  with  Horizontal  Stripes  off  Hallet's  Rock 
well  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  continue  the  course  NW-  until  Hyan- 
nis Harbor  Light  bears  N-  by  E-  >^  E-,  then  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  leaving  the  Bell  Buoy  olf  W.SW.  L'jdge  and  Black  Buoy 
off  SW.  Ground  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  Gardner's 
Rock,  and  Spindle  on  Great  Rock,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
the  east  end  of  the  Breakwater,  upon  which  there  is  a  spindle, 
bears  W.  by  N.,  then  haul  upN.  by  W,  or  N.NW,  ruu  % 
mile,  and  anchor  in  about  3  fathoms,  muddy  bottom. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  14  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward,  by 
way  of  South  Channel,  may,  when  about  1  mile  past  the  buoy  off 
Southeast  part  of  Horse  Shoe  Shoal,  make  good  the  course  N.  by 
W- ;  as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse  in  Hyannis  Harbor  is  made,  bring 
it  to  bear  North,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  the  Bishop  and 
Clerks  Lighthouse  bears  SE.,  then  steer  NW.  until  the  harbor  ligl)t 
bears  N-  by  E.  %  E-i  then  run  for  it  ou  this  course,  and  follow  the 


rrRffl 


18 


ELDIIIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


directions  before  given  •  on  these  last  courses  the  Bishop  and  Clerks 
Lightiiouse  will  he  left  on  tlio  Starboan],  and  tiie  buoys  on  the 
Broken  (1  round  and  .Aliddle  Ground  well  on  the  Port  hand.  TTiese 
last  directions  ivill  answer  for  niyht  or  day. 

From  the  Westward,  by  way  of  Nortli  Cli!iuncl,*folIow  the  cirec- 
tions  before  given,  from  Sow  and  Pigs  Light-shii*  to  Chatham  by 
way  of  North  Channel,  until  u;j  with  Succonncsset  Lighf.-ship,  leave 
this  Liglit-ship  a1)ont  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good 
the  course  E.  ^  N.,  lca\-ing  tlie  Red  Buoy  off  Wreck  Shoal  on  the 
Port,  and  the  Black  Buoy  olf  Noithwest  part  of  Horse  Shoe  Siioal 
well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  tliis  last  buoy,  make  good 
the  course  E.  I-y  N.  ^  N.,  leaving  the  Bell  Buoy*  off  W-SW. 
Lodge  on  the  Port  hand.  Wlicn  Ilvannis  IIarl)or  Liaht  bears  N 
bv  E. -     - 


Yz  E. 


fJlow  tlie  directions  before  given. 


If  it  is  niglit,  when  you  are  abreast  Nobska  Vt.  Light,  you 
should  not  attempt  to  pass  to  the  Northward  of  I  'lomniedieu 
Shoal,  but  may  bring  the  said  Light  to  bear  Nvs'  by  W.,  on 
which  l)earing  k-oep  it,  and  steer  SE.  by  E.  until  West  ^.nop  Ligjit 
bears  W.  l>y  N.  >^  N.,  then  make  good  tlie  course  E.  by  S.  I2  S. 
When  Succonnesset  Light-ship  bears  NE.  by  N.,  tlien  run  for  it 
on  this  course,  leaving  the  :icdge  Fence  and  L'llommedleu  Slioalg 
well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  leave  Succonnesset  Light-shii)  a''out  200 
yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  E.  J^  N.  about  2  miles,'  when 
the  course  is  E.  I)y  N.  %  N.  until  Hyannis  Harbor  Ligiit  bears  N. 
by  E.  y^  E.,  then  run  for  it,  kee[)ing  a  sliarp  lookout  for  the  Spin- 
dle on  the  Eastern  end  of  the  Bre  .kwater  ;  after  passing  this,  haul 
up  N.  by  W.  or  N-NW.,  and  run  aljout  %  mile,  and°  anchor  in 
about  3  livtlioms  water,  at  low  tide,  muddy  bottom.  In  boating  into 
Hyannis  Harbor,  wlien  abreast  tlie  Buoy  off  tlic  SW.  Ground,  do 
not  approach  at  low  tide  nearer  than  2]^  fathoms  water  to  either 
shore. 

In  passing  to  the  Northward  of  Bishop  and  Clerk's  Lighthouse, 
in  order  to  avoid  the  Gazelle  Rock,  and  Senator  Slioal°(in  thick 
woatiier  or  niglit  time),  do  not  appioach  Pt.  Gammon  in  less  than 
;}  fathoms  water.  The  former,  wliich  has  but  5  feet  upon  it  at  low 
tide,  bears  S.  by  E.,  about  y*^  mile  from  Point  Gammon;  the 
latter  which  has  7  feet  water  upon  it,  bears  about  SE.  by  S.,  ^ 
mile  from  this  point.  '  '  ** 


♦  This  is  a  Spar  Buoy  in  winter. 


a 

10 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


19 


In  order  to  avoid  the  Bishop  and  Clerks,  in  thick  weather,  do 
not  approach  thoni  in  loss  than  .'JJ^  fathoms  water. 

Tl)cre  are  many  rocks  and  shoals  in  tlic  vicinity  of  the  Bishoi) 
and  Clerks,  I'oint  Gammon,  and  Ilyannis  Harbor,  relative  to  the 
position  of  wliicii,  sou  Eldridgo's  Chart  of  Vineyard  Sound  and  Nan- 
tucket Shoals  on  a  largo  scale. 

Hiffh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Ilyannis  llaihor  53  minutes  later  than  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  o}^  feet. 


OENTREVILLE  OR  NEW  HARBOR. 

The  centre  of  this  harbor  lies  about  2}^  miles  to  the  westward 
of  Ilyannis  Breakwater. 

Heninrh'fi. 

In  entering  Centrevillo  Harbor  there  are  many  Rocks  and 
Ledges,  most  of  which  are  marked  at  this  time  with  beacons  and 
buoys.  About  i)  feet  water  can  be  taken  in  at  low  tide.  The 
Harbor  is  somewhat  exposed  to  Southerly  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Centreville  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
Ilyannis  Harbor  until  about  one  mile  past  the  Bishop  and  Clerks 
Lighthouse ;  then  bring  tliis  Ligiithouse  to  bear  E.SE  ,  and  make 
good  the  course  W-NW.,  leaving  the  Bell  Buoy  olf  W-SW. 
Ledge,  and  the  Horizontal  Striped  Buoy  off  Ilodgca  Rock,  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  continue  the  course  WNW.,  until  Centreville 
Spire  IS  on  a  range  witii  the  Garnet  Rocks,*  bearing  about 
N.  }(  W.,  then  run  in  on  this  range,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off 
Bcaibo's  Rook  close  toon  the  Starboard,  andthe  Beacon  on  Colliers 
Ledge,  and  buoys  on  the  Rocks  well  on  the  Port  hand ;  give  the 
Garnet  Rocks  a  berth  of  about  ys  mile,  leaving  them  on  the  Star- 
board h:ind,  when  abreast  these  rocks  run  N.  j4  W.  about  ^ 
mile,  and  anchor  in  about  S^^  fathoms  water,  sticky  l.ottom. 

*  Garnet  Itocks  are  always  above  water. 


20 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


From  the  Westward,  follow  the  diroetions  before  given  until  up 
with  Siicconnesset  Light-ship,  which  leave  about  200  yards  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  make  goou  the  course  E.  Yz  N.  about  two  miles 
leaving  the  Red  Huoy  off  Wreck  Shoal  on  the  Port  hand,  then  steer 
E-  by  N.  yi  Nm  until  Centreville  Spire  is  on  a  range  witii  the 
Garnet  Rocks,  then  follow  the  directions  before  iriven. 

High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  Centreville  harbor  about  the  same  time  that 
it  is  at  Ilyannis  Harbor. 


DEEP  HOLE  OR  COTUIT  ANCHORAGE. 

This  Hole,  or  Cotuit  Anchorage,  lies  about  5J^  miles  South- 
westerly from  Hyannis  Breakwater,  7^  miles  West  Northerly 
from  liishop  ami  Clerks  Lighthouse,  and  Northeasterly  3^  miles 
from  Succounessct  Light-ship. 

JteinarJis. 

Large  vessels  generally  anchor  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water  to 
the  Eastward  of  the  buoy  off  Lone  Rock  ;  but  vessels  of  not  more 
than  8  feet  draught,  may  anchor  in  soft  bottom  about  ^  mile  to  the 
Northward  of  this  buoy,  in  what  is  called  Deep  Hole. 

These  anchorages  are  somewhat  exposed  to  -  inds,  blowing  on 
the  Northern  shore  of  the  Sound,  especially  the  latter  at  high  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Deep  Hole  or  Cotuit  Anchor- 
age in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  the  Bishop  and  Clerks  Lighthouse 
about  ^2  mile  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  it  bears  South  make  good  the 
course  W.  by  N.  %  N.,  leaving  the  buoys  off  W-SW.  Ledge,  and 
Colliers  Ledge  Beacon  well  on  the  Starboard  hand,  when  past  this 
Beacon,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Bell  Buoy*  off  Lone  Eock. 
This  buoy  is  painted  in  Red  and  Black  horizontal  stripes,  and  is 
placed  off  the  Southern  side  of  the  Rock,  which  has  about  3  feet 

*  This  is  a  Spar  Buoy  in  winter 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT 


21 


»n  until  lip 
irds  on  the 
two  miles 
tiicn  stoer 
3  witii  the 


time  that 


RAGE. 

iles  South- 
Noithcrly 
3^  miles 


IS  water  to 
'  not  more 
mile  to  the 


ilowing  on 
high  tide. 


Anchor- 
lud  fair 

Jighthonse 
e  good  the 
Licdge,  and 
1  past  this 
one  Fock. 
les,  and  is 
)out  3  feet 


water  upon  it  at  low  tide  ;  as  soon  as  the  buoy  Is  made,  vessels  of 
more  than  8  feet  draught  should  bring  it  to  bear  W-  by  N.,  and 
run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  anchor  a  short  distance  to  the  East- 
ward of  It  in  about  3  fathoms  at  low  tide.  Vessels  of  less  than 
H  Cect  draught  may  steer  for  the  Bell  Buoy  bearing  W.  by  N.  until 
they  make  the  buoys  marking  the  passage  into  Deep  Hole,  thcii 
run  in,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  on  the  Starboard  and  Jie  Black  Buoy 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  in  from  8  to  9  feet  water  at  low 
tide,  soft  bottom.  If  the  buoys  marking  this  channel  should  be 
missing,  strangers  should  anchor  a  short  distance  to  the  Northeast 
of  tiie  Bell  Buoy. 

Vessels  from  the  Westward,  of  not  more  than  10  feet  draught,  may 
follow  the  directions  before  given  from  Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship  by 
the  North  Channel,  until  up  with  Succonncsset  Light-ship  ;  then 
leave  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Eastern  i)art  of  Succonncsset  shoal, 
which  bears  about  N.  by  W-  }i  W.  yi  mile  from  the  Light- 
ship, close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  courso 
NE. ;  as  soon  as  the  Bell  Buoy  off  Lone  Rock  is  made,  keep  it 
well  on  the  Port  bow  and  anchor  to  the  Northeast  of  it,  as  before 
directed. 

Vessels  of  more  than  10  feet  draught,  from  the  "Westward,  should 
follow  the  directions  before  given  for  the  North  Channel  until  up 
with  Succonncsset  Light-ship,  which  leave  about  200  yards  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  E.  }4  N.  about  2  miles  ;  the 
course  is  then  E-  by  N.  >^  N.  until  the  Beacon  on  Colliers  Ledge 
is  on  a  range  with  Centreville  Spire  bearing  N.  by  E-  J^  E-,  then 
haul  ill  N.NW.,  which  will  take  you  to  the  Eastward  of  the  shoals 
called  the  Fishing  K.ps;  continue  the  course  N-NW.  until  the 
Bell  Buoy  off  Lone  Rock  bears  W-  by  N-,  then  proceed  as  before 
directed. 


COTUIT  PORT. 

Small  vessels  of  light  draught  bound  to  Cotuit  Port,  should 
anchor  off  the  Bell  Buoy  on  Lone  Rock,  and  wait  for  high  water 
and  a  pilot. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Deep  Hole  or  Cotuit  Bar  about  55  minutes 
later  than  at  Boston. 


22 


ELUlilDGKS  COAST  PILOT. 


SUOOONNESSET  POINT  CHANNEL. 

At  low  lido,  VCSS0I3  of  noL  inoro  tluiu  7  feet  draught,  from  the 
Eastwiird  or  "Westward,  ina^-  by  keeping  from  Yi  io  }i  mile  fiom 
shore,  safely  pass  this  point  in  about  8  feet  water.  In  order  to 
clear  the  flats,  which  extend  from  the  Northern  shore  of  the  Sound, 
vessels  bound  to  the  Eastward  should,  when  Succonncssct  Light- 
ship bears  SE.,  steer  E.  ^2  N. 


m 


11 


WAQUOIT  BAY. 

About  2  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Succonncssct  Toint,  lies  the 
entrance  to  Waijuoit  Bay,  which  will  only  admit  small  vessels,  at 
high  water,  of  not  more  than  4  feet  draught.  The  tides  rise  and 
fall  but  very  little  at  this  place. 


NANTUCKET  HARBOR. 

The  Bell  Broy  off  the  entrance  to  this,  harbor  bears  S.  by  W- 
^  W.  from  Handkerchief  Light  Ship,  distance,  11  miles,  and 
SE.  by  S.  1 1  ?<;  miles  from  Cross  Rip  Light-ship. 

Nantucket  Great  Point  Lighthouse. 

On  Great  Point,  Northern  part  of  Nantucket  Island,  is  a  Light- 
house, which,  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fix-ed  light,  which  is 
intended  to  guide  vessels  through  the  Sound,  and  also  to  Bell  Buoy 
off  Nantucket  Bar. 

Nantucket  (Great  Point)  Lighthouse  bears  from 


Monomo}'  Point  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  S.  ^  S. 
Shovelful  Light-ship,  SW.  by  S.  Ys  S.        .     . 

Handkerchief  Light-ship,  S.  %  W 

Bishop  and  Clerks  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  S.  )<•  S. 
Cross  Kip  Light-ship,  SE.  by  E.  ->8  E-       •     • 
Brant  Point  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  N.  Vs  N.      . 


Distance. 

101^  miles. 

8%      " 

14^      " 
llj^       " 

&y3    " 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


23 


Brant  Point  Lfffhthouse. 

ThisLightliouse  is  erected  on  Brant  Point,  West  side  of  entrance 
to  Nantucket  Harbor,  anu  at  this  date  (1881)  siiows  a  fixed 
Light ;  it  bears  from  the  Bell  Buoy,*  which,  at  this  time,  is  placed 
otf  the  Bar  iu  three  fathoms  water,  S.  J^  E-,  distance  l'^  miles. 

Jietnarh's. 

The  Ilarlior  of  Nantucket  is  difficult  of  access,  on  account  of  a 
Sand  Bar  which  extends  across  its  entrance ;  the  dcptli  and  loca- 
tion of  tlie  Channel  is  constantly  changing,  and  tliore  are  not 
usually  more  than  4  or  5  feet  water  in  it  at  low  tide.  A  Bell  Buoy 
in  summer  is  placed  in  .3  fathoms  water,  off  the  Bar,  about 
N.  ^  W.  from  Brant  Point  Lighthouse,  distance  1>4  miles,  which 
marks  the  entrance.  At  night.  Range  Lights  are  employed,  but 
these  cannot  be  auccessfully  used  only  by  those  actpiaintcd  with  the 
location  of  the  Buoys.  Under  the  existing  circumstances,  it  is 
therefore  advisable  for  strangers  in  vessels  of  more  than  o  or  7  feet 
draught  to  take  pilots. 

Since  tiie  above  was  written,  an  appropriation  hns  been  made  by 
the  United  States  Government,  for  the  purpose  of  improving  this 
harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Nantucket  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  of  not  more  than  7  feet  draught, 
when  past  Shovelful  Light-ship,  may  m.ake  good  the  course 
SW.  by  S.,  with  Nantucket  (Great  Point)  Lighthouse  well  on  the 
Port  bow  ;  give  this  Lighthouse  a  berth  of  about  a  mile,  leaving  it 
on  the  Port  hand ;  when  it  bears  E.  by  S.,  ste(!r  about  SW.  by 
S.  %  S.,  when  you  will  soon  make  the  Bell  Buoy  off  Nantucket 
Bar ;  then,  a  little  before  High  Water,  run  in,  leaving  the  outc  Bar 
Buoy,  which  is  Red,  with  a  bush  on  top,  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand  ;  after  passing  this  Buoy,  leave  the  Red  Buoys  on  the  Star- 
board, and  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port  liand ;  haul  round  Brant 
Point  at  a  distance  of  100  yards,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  steer  about  SW.  for  the  anchorage  off  the  wharves. 

From  the    Westward,    bring    Cross    Rip    Light-ship    to    bear 


*  This  is  a  Spar  Buoy  with  bush  on  top  in  winter. 


g 


24 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


NW.  J^  W.,  distanco  y.  niilo,  and  make  good  the  cours5o 
SE.  Yi  E.  ')  inilos  to  the  lilat'k  Buoy,  off  tlio  Eastern  part  of 
Tufkormick  Slioal ;  leave  this  buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboanl  hand, 
and  steer  S.SE  fi^  miles  to  Hell  Buoy,  off  Nantucket  Bur,  and 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Hifjh   Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Nantucket  Harbor  about  one  hour  later  than 
at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  3  (  feet. 


NEW  SOUTH  SHOAL. 

Tlie  centre  of  tiiis  Shoal  l)ears  S.  J4  E.  nearly  from  Sankaty 
Head  Light,  distance  I'J^^  miles;  least  depth  of  water  found 
upon  it  August,  1875, 8  feet.  About  3  miles  to  the  Southward  of  the 
above  Siioal  there  has  been  placed  a  Light-ship,  which  shows  at 
this  date  (1881),  2  fixcil  White  Liglits,  and  has  a  bell,  horn,  and 
gun,  which  arc  used  as  signals  in  thick  weather. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  New  South  Shoal  Light-ship. 

DlitniK'c. 

Southern  part  of  Fishing  Rip,  East,       .... 

Sankaty  Head  Light,  N.  Yi  W.,        

Block  Island  Soutlieast  Lighthouse,  W-NW-, 
Sandy  Hook  Liglit-ship,  West,  nearly  .... 


17      miles. 

78  " 

186  " 


Hiyh  Watev. 

It  is  high  water  on  Nantucket  Shoals  about  J^  hour  later  than 
at  Boston  ;  sonnnon  tides  rise  from  3  tt)  4  feet. 

Currents, 

The  current  of  flood  sets  strong  to  the  Northeastward  across  the 
shoals,  and  that  of  the  ebb  to  the  Southwestvvard. 

For  a  better  idea  of  tlieso  shoals,  sec  Eldridge's  Chart  of  Vine- 
yard Sound  and  Nantucket  Shoals  on  a  large  scale. 

Sanknty  Head  Liyhthonse, 

Upon  Sankaty  Head,  the  eastern  extremity  of  Nantucket  Island, 
is  a  Lighthouse,  which  shows  within  the  circle  of  12  miles  a  fixed 


B 


KLDUIDCK'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


25 


li<ilit  varied  liy  fluslios,  beyond  that  distance  it  is  a  flashing  li<4ht, 
with  Hashes  of  10  seconds  dunitioii  once  in  every  minute,  tlie  fixed 
liglit  not  being  seen.  Tiiese  flashes  can  be  seen  in  cU-ar  weiither 
from  tiie  deck  of  a  common  vessel  about  20  miles,  and  sometimes 
much  farther. 


Bearings  and  Distances  fVoin  Sankaty  Head  Lighthouse 

nistniice. 

Pollock  Rip  Light-sliip,  N.  by  E.  ^  E.,    ....     1;> 58  miles. 

Monomoy  Lighthouse,  JH,  ^  E., Ifi^,       " 

Shovelful  Light-ship,  N.  ^-2  E l.*) 

Handkerchief  Light-ship,  N.  >4  W., 13  J^      " 

Nantucket  (Great  Point)  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W.  j  j  W.     7>^ 
South  Shoal  Light-ship,  S.  ^-a  E., 22>4      " 

Anvhoraye  off  the  Southeastern  jKtrt  ofNantneket 
between  Sankaty  Head  LiyJifhoiise  and  Tom 
Ifever*H  Head. 

If  a  vessel  should  be  comi)elled,  during  heavy  Northerly  winds, 
to  seek  slielter  under  Nantucket  Island,  she  siioiild  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given  from  C'liatliam  to  Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship  until 
about  %  mile  past  Shovelful  Liglit-ship,  then  make  good  the  course 
South,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  ofT  the  southern  part  of  Stone 
Horse  on  the  Port,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Nantucket  I'o.  it  Uip 
well  on  Starboard  hand.  Nantucket  (Great  Point)  Liglithouse  bears 
from  this  buoy  SW-  by  W.  Yz  W-  3  miles  ;  when  this  last  Light- 
house bears  W.  by  N.,  you  arc  then  past  tlie  Rip,  and  may 
haul  more  Westerly,  following  the  shore,  and  keeping  about  j4  mile 
from  it  to  Sankaty  Lighthouse;  after  passing  this  Lighthouse,  if 
daytime,  keep  &  sharp  lookout  for  the  Pochick  Rip,  which  extends 
off  from  the  shore,  nearly  abreast  Siasconset  village  ;  the  best 
water  across  this  shoal  at  this  date  (1881),  is  17  feet,  which  is  about 
}(  mile  from  shore  ;  there  are  several  small  spots  without  this 
channel  at  this  time,  having  from  6  to  9  feet  water  upon  them  ;  in 
heavy  weather  these  may  be  avoided,  b}-  keeping"  a  sharp  lookout ; 
when  past  this  Rip  continue  the  course  to  the  Southward  until  the 
water  becomes  smooth,  then  anchor  ;  from  this  anchorage  you  can 
pass  to  the  Northward  or  Southward  of  Nantucket  Island,  as  cir- 
cumstances require. 


m 


20 


r.LDIMDCr.S  COAST   I'lI.Ol'. 


riicic  is  good  unc'lioras'-'  about  y^  mile  from  slioro,  liptwconToin 
Ntvi'i's  Ili'iul  iiiiil  tin'  Old  Miin'n  Shoid  ;  witliwimls  from  NW-  t') 
NE.  this  nii('lior!v;j;c  may  bf  tiscd  iti  tlic!  wiiilor  acasou  by  vomscIs 
uniiiid  to  tliL'  Noi'tbc'astwtu'd. 


MUSKEQET  CHANNEL. 

Tills  cluiimcl,  wliiv  li  lias  a  dcplii  of  iiboiit  .'5  fathoms  water  at  low 
tide,  lies  between  Cliai)i)a(iniddick  Island  on  tiic  West  and  Muske- 
get  Island  on  the  East,  find  has  many  sand  shoals  in  it,  wiiich  are 
constantly  (•!ian;^injj;  in  dei)tli  and  location  ;  the  cnrrentsof  flood  and 
ebl»  set  slronjj;  in  and  out  this  passage  ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for 
stran-fi'rs,  in  vessels  of  more  than  8  or  10  feet  draught,  to  not 
attempt  this  eluvnuel  without  a  pilot. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Muskeget  Channel  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  tveather. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  i,,,  with  Cross  Rip  Light-ship,  make 
goo. I  til.'  course  W-  ' .»  N.  until  Cape  Poge  Lighthouse  liears  SW., 
I'll  11  run  for  it  on  tliis  cour.se  until  about  1  }(  miles  from  it,  or  t!ie 
water  shoals  to  about  Ij)^  fathoms,  then  follow  the  slun-e  to  the  Soutii- 
ward,  keepin.o;  bi  about  .'5  fathoms  water,  leaving  the  Black  Buoys 
off  Cape  Poge  a  id  Tom's  Shoal*  on  he  Starboard,  and  tiie  Black 
and  Keil  Buoys  off  Ilawcs'  Slioal  on  the  I'ort  hand.  After  passing 
the  Black  Buoy  off  Tom'a  Shoal,  bring  Cape  Poge  Light  to  !»  ar 
North,  and  make  good  the  course  South,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for 
Skiffs  Lsland  Sh(.:'l,  which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  As  soon 
as  the  buoy  off  llie  Western  [lart  of  Mutton  Slioal  is  made,  run  for 
it,  bearing  about  South  ;  leave  this  last  buoy  close  to  on  the  Port, 
and  make  good  the  course  S.SW.,  which  will  take  a  vessel  to  sea 
clear  of  all  dangers. 

From  the  Westward,  brirg  AVest  Chop  Lighthouse  to  bear  W. 
by  N.  yi  N.,  and  make  good  the  course  E-  by  S.  '/^  S.  until  Cape 
Poge  Lighthouse  bears  SW-,  then  proceed  according  to  directions 
before  given. 


*  Till!  IMack  Buoy  olT  Tom's  Shoal  liears  S.  }  E.  from  Cape  Poge,  dis- 
tance 2'i  miles. 


'twpon  Tom 
in  NW.  t') 

by  vfss'jis 


i-ator  ;it  low 
iiul  Muskc- 
t,  wliich  are 
of  flood  iiiul 
Ivisalik!  for 
'All,  to  not 


in  Day- 
ather. 

-sliip.  make: 
licars  SW., 
u  it,  or  t!io 
otlu'  Sontli- 
Uack  iJiiovs 
1  tlic  Hhu'k 
rtor  passinjf 
gilt  to  1"  ar 
)  lookout  for 
I.  As  soon 
ade,  run  for 
)n  the  Port, 
3ssel  to  sea 

Lo  boar  W. 

I.  until  Cape 
to  directions 


pe  Poge,  dis- 


KU)HI1)0E8  COAST  IMLOT. 


27 


Coinin'j;  from  sea  bound  tliroufrb  ^lu^kcgot  niaiincl.  as  soon 
as  ('a|i('  I'ouc  Li^ihthousf  is  made,  liriiifj  it  (o  bi'iir  Nortli  ;ind 
run  for  it  on  tliis  coiu'so,  kcepiii;^  a  sliarp  lookout  for  SkilPs  Island 
Slioal*  an<I  tlic  Kcd  Hiioy  olf  the  AVcstprn  part  of  Mutton  Shoal ; 
Cape  Vitirv  Lifiiitliousc  licars  from  this  last  liiioy  North,  distance  C, 
miles;  as  soou  as  the  Buoy  is  made,  briny  it  to  bear  North,  and 
nni  for  it  on  this  coin-so,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboanl  and 
Skill's  Islaml  Shoal  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  fjood  the  course  N. 
'-•  E-.  •■>':(  niilcs  to  IMack  Huoy  olf  Tom's  Shoal,  which  is  left  on 
the  Port  hand  ;  from  this  last  liuoy  make  j^o  )d  the  course  N.  ''v  "E. 
to  Vineyard  Sound,  leaving  the  Ked  and  lilack  Iluoys  olf  Ilawcs' 
Shoal  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Between  SkitPs  Island  Shoal  and  .Mutton  Shoid  the  passa^'e  is 
narrow,  and  the  current  r.-ipid  ;  in  the  channel  between  them  there 
arc  from  20  to  ;>()  fathoms  water ;  stranners  should  therefore  n.)t 
ultempt  to  pass  through  this  channel  in  thick  weather  or  lU'^hi  time. 

At  this  date  (IHSl),  there  is  a  cliannel  of  12  feet  water  at  low 
tide,  between  SkilPs  Island  Shoal  and  Was(iuo  Point,  relative  to  the 
position  of  which  see  Khiridgo's  Chart  of  Vineyard  Sound  and 
Nantucket  Shoals  on  a  large  scale. 

Vessels  from  the  Kastward  of  not  more  than  S  or  ',i  foot  draught  may 
follow  the  directions  before  given  until  Caiie  Poge  Lighthouse  bears 
N.  by  W.  li  W-.  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  steer  S-  hy  E.  li 
E. ;  on  this  course  they  will  pass  the  rips  betwoon  the  buoys  off 
Mutton  Shoal  and  Rocky  Uip  in  not  less  than  10  feet  water,  at  this 
date  (1881).  These  hand  ridges  have,  during  the  last  20  years, 
been  constantly  changing  in  depth.  Vessels,  therefore,  using  this 
channel,  should  procee<l  with  caution.  Cc^ming  from  sea,  it  is  only 
necessary  to  reverse  these  courses. 

Currents, 

The  current  of  flood  sets  strong  to  the  Northward  through  Mns- 
kcget  Channel,  and  that  of  the  ebb  to  the  Southward. 


*  In  1875  Skirs  Island  Shoal  was  dry  at  low  tide. 


•P 


I 


'illp 


28 


KLDiniXlF/S  COAST   I'lI.OT. 


EDGARTOWN  HARBOR. 

This  hiirhor  lies  West  Soiitlicrly  iilioiit  1 1  inili's  from  CroHH  Rip 
Lijilil-sjiip,  ami  Soiithcastcriy  iilioiit  '.'  miles  from  WcslCliop  Li<;lil- 
hoiisc  ;  iiltoiit  l.'i  II.  water  eaii  lie  turrietl  into  the  Inner  llurhor  4t 
low  lido, 

Cnpe  Po(/e  JAyhthoune, 

Upon  Cape  I'ogc,  the  northern  extremity  of  Chappminidilick 
Island,  iH  ii  Lij^hthonsc,  whieh  lit  this  date  (1H«1),  shows  u  llxed 
light,  which  is  intended  to  gniih"  vessels  tin-ough  Vineyard  Sound, 
and  also  inio  Kdgartown  harhor. 

Capo  Pogo  Light  Boars  'rom 

Cross  Rii.  LiL'lit-sliii..  W.  'h  S 7>^  miles. 

Snefonnesset  Liglit-siiip.  S.  1).V  W-  I2  W.,      ...       7  *' 

KuHt  Choi)  Lighthouse,  SE.  %  E.  nearly    ....       6^       " 


Eflf/ft  i'to  wtt  TJfffi  thou  He. 

This  Lighthouse  is  erected  upon  tiie  northern  side  of  entrance  to 
this  iiarl.or,  and  .-it  this  date  (IHHl),  shows  a  fixed  light.  Kdgar- 
town Lighthouse  hears  from  Capo  I'ogc  Lighthouse  SW.  I'y  W. 
?/^  W. ,  distance  3  miles. 

Renin  i'h'». 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  lo  feet  drauglit  msiy  enter  the  Inner 
Harbor  at  low  tide,  and  lie  nhove  the  Lighthouse  secure  from  all 
winds.  The  outer  harbor  is  exposed  to  Northerly  and  Northeast- 
erl}'  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Edgartown  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  follow  the  ilircctions  before  given,  from 
Chathvm  to  Sow  and  Pigs  until  up  witli  Cross  Hip  Light-ship,  then 
bring  it  to  bear  E-  ]2  S  ,  f^n  whicli  bearing  keei)  it  "•  \  steer  W. 
Yi  N.  ;  as  you  draw  near  Cape  Toge  Ligiithouse,  kcei)  a  sharp 
lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  otr  the  fiats.     Cape   Toge    Lighthouse 


in  CroBs  Rip 
('ln»|)  Li^lil- 
T  llurltor  4t 


ippn(|tiiiIiliL'k 
llOWH  11  11x(m1 
ytud  Smiiitl, 


If/i  miles. 

7 

6t^       " 


f  entrance  to 
SW.  l.y  W. 


iter  Ihe  Inner 
euro  iVora  all 
rid  Northeast- 


or  in  Day- 
reather. 

!  given,  from 

i:ht-slii|),  tlicii 
r-  1  slccr  W. 
keep  fi  sharp 
;n    Liiilithonso 


EI.UUIDOK'S  COAST  ril.nr. 


29 


bears  from  this  Buoy  SW-  l-y  S.  about  Y^  mile ;  when  liiis  Ibioy 
is  made,  lotivo  it  a  Hliort  dislatte.-  on  the  l'..rt  band,  and  steer  alu.at 
W.  l»y  S.  iiiitil  Hdjiartowii  Li^diUioiise  b.'iUH  SW.  Jj  S-,  Hk'H  run 
in  about  SW.  I'V  S  •  ^  S.,  bavin-  llu-  UlaeU  Ibu.ys  on  the  IV.rt 
and  IJe.l  Ibioyson  llie  Starboard  liand  ;  wl»ei»  tlio  Red  Ibioy,  win.'li 
liears  about  SE.  .'•  E.  fn.in  the  last-name.l  Lij^i.tbouse,  dislanco 
•i(  mile,  is  maile,  leave  it  a  short  dislanec  on  tlie  Slariioard  hand 
and  run  in  and  anchor  in  Mi.i-(  hannel  above  tl.o  li-ht.  If  intend- 
in-,'  to  anchor  above  tlie  upi)er  wharf,  keep  near  the  wliarsvs  to 
avoid  the  Shoal  olf  Chapi)a(iuiddirk  Toint. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passin-  West  Chop  LiKlithouse,  brinj? 
it  to  bear  W.  I'vN.  y^  N.,  and  make  good  the  course  E-  hy  S- 
y,  S-  imtil  Cape  I'o-e  l/iglilhousc  bears  SE-  by  S.  ].[  S-  Hien 
Hteer  for  it  on  tliis  course,  leaving  the  IJlaek  Huoy  olf  the  KasU-rn 
part  of  S.iuash  Meadow  Shoal,  wU  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  in 
order  to  avoid  the  Rndcs  which  He  on  the  Western  side  of  the  Chan- 
nel, continue!  the  course  for  Cape  Pog*;,  until  the  water  dcepensto 
about  8  fathoms,  then  with  Ivlgartown  Lighthouse  bearing  SW- 
y^j,  S.,  steer  SW-  I'y  S-,  heaving  the  Outer  Ibioy  wiiieli  is  IMaek,  well 
on  the  Starboard  hand;  continue  the  course  SW-  hy  S-,  leaving 
tlie  niaek  Buoys  on  the  I'ort,  and  the  Red  Ibioys  on  tlie  Starboard 
hand;  leave  the  lied  Buoy  (whi.^h  bears  SE.  ]',  E.  about  % 
mile  from  the  last-named  Lighthouse)  a  short  distant"  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 

Vessels  from  the  Wi'Stward  may  pass  to  tli(!  Westward  or  within 
Squa.h  Jleadow  Shoal  by  the  following  directions :  Wiien  past 
AVest  Chop  Lighthonse,  run  for  the  Black  Ibioy  olf  Kast  Chop, 
leavii."  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  for  Cape  Togo 
Lhdilhoi.se,  bearing  about  SE.  ;  on  this  course  the  Black  I'.uoys  on 
Sduash  Meadow  Slioal  will  be  left  on  the  Port  hand  ;  continue  the 
course  SE.  until  Edgartown  Light  bears  SW-  Ji  S-,  then  in 
about  8  fathoms  water,  run  in  about  SW-  hy  S..  leaving  the  Outer 
Ibioy  (Black)  well  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Edgartown  Harbor  at 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  8  or  9  feet  draii-ht,  from  the  Eastward, 
may  bring  Cross  Ship  Light-ship  to  bear  E.  by  S-,  on  whiel^ear- 
in-  keep  it,  and  run  W.  by  N-  until  Edgartown  Light  bears  SW-  I2 
S.°  then  run  for  it  on  this  bearing  under  short  sail  until  Cape  Poge 


MM 


M 


m 


iuiii 


•li 


i 


H' i  ^ 


80 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Liglit  bears  E.  by  S.,  then  steer  S-SW.,  until  Edgartown 
Light  bears  W.  Yi  S.,  then  run  in  leaving  the  last-named  Light 
about  250  yards  on  the  Starboard  liand  ;  wlien  this  Light  boars 
North,  haul  ui;  W.  by  N.  or  W-NW.,  until  it  bears  E.NE., 
then  anchor  in  from  3  to  S^^  fathoms  water,  where  you  may  lie 
secure  from  all  winds. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  8  or  9  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward, 
may,  after  passing  West  Chop  Light,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  N.  Yz 
N.,  and  malie  good  the  course  E.  by  S-  Vi  S.,  until  Cape  Poge 
Light  bears  SE.  by  S.  Ys.  S.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course  until 
Edgartown  L'ght  bears  SW.  Y-z  S-,  tlien  in  about  8  fatlioms  water 
run  for  this  last-mentioned  Light  on  this  course,  and  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 

At  night,  vessels  of  not  more  than  1 1  feet  draught  from  the  East- 
ward or  Westward,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given  until 
Edgartown  Light  bears  W-  by  S-,  then  anchor  in  from  4}^  to  6 
fathom  water,  sticky  bottom,  and  if  possible  wait  until  daylight 
before  entering  the  Inner  Harbor.  At  this  anchorage,  during  heavy 
Northerly  and  Northeasterly  gales,  there  is  a  sharp  sea,  but  the 
holding-ground  is  excellent,  and  large  vessels  well  found  in  ground- 
tackle,  generally  ride  safel3'  in  all  winds. 

It  sometimes  happens  that  vessels  of  more  than  8  or  9  feet 
draught  are  compelled  to  enter  Edgartown  Inner  Harbor  at  night. 
To  sucli  the  following  may  be  of  great  advantage  : 

Edgartown  Light  bears  from  the  Red  Buoy,  which  is  intended  to 
be  left  on  the  Starboard  liand  in  entering  the  Inner  Harbor,  NW- 
Yt,  W.,  distance  about  Y\  ™il<3  OJ*  ^*^0  yards ;  but  vessels  of  12 
feet  draught  can  at  this  date  (1881)  pass  100  yards  within  it ;  and 
vessels  of  not  more  than  8  or  9  feet  draught,  250  yards  within  it. 
In  entering  the  Inner  Harbor  at  night,  the  eye  niust  therefore 
measure  the  distance  from  this  Buoy  to  the  Light. 

Heating  into  Edgartown  Harbor  at  Night. 

In  beating  into  Edgartown  Harbor  at  night,  after  passing  Cape 
Poge  and  the  Outer  Buoy  off  the  Flats,  make  use  of  the  lead,  and 
tack  when  the  bottom  changes  from  soft  to  hard  ;  on  the  Western 
side  of  the  Channel  tlie  water  shoals  suddenly  from  5  fathoms  to 

12  feet. 

High   Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Edgartown  Harbor  46  minutes  later  than  at 

Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  2  feet. 


h 


% 


i 


Edgartown 
lamcil  Light 
Light  boars 
lis  E.NE., 
j'oii  may  lie 

!  Westward, 

Cape  Poge 
course  until 
tlioms  water 
d  follow  the 

om  the  East- 
given  until 
om  4:%  to  6 
itil  daylight 
luring  heavy 
sea,  but  the 
d  in  ground- 

8  or  9  feet 
bor  at  night. 

>  intended  to 
irbor,  NW. 
cssels  of  12 
ithin  it ;  and 
rds  within  it. 
ist  therefore 


Night. 

)assing  Cape 
he  lead,  and 
the  Western 
5  fathoms  to 


ater  than  at 


ELDUIDGES  COAST  TILOT.  31 

VINEYARD   HAVEN    OR  HOLMES 
HOLE  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor  lies  West-Northerly  about  11  miles  from  Cross  Rip 
Light-ship,  and  East-Northerly  about  20  miles  from  Sow  and  Pigs 
Light-ship. 

West  Chop  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Western  side  of  entrance  to  Vineyard  Haven  Harbor,  is 
a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1H81),  shows  a  fixed  White  Ligiit, 
which  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  througli  Vineyard  Sound,  and 
also  into  this  Harbor.  At  this  tiuio  a  Steam  Whistle  is  placed 
near  this  Lighthouse,  giving  Blasts  of  3  seconds,  with  intervals  of 
27  seconds. 

West  Chop  Lighthouse  bears  from 

Cross  Rip  Light-ship,  W.  by  N-   5  8  N 

Buoy  with   Red   and    Black   Horizontal  Stripes  off 

Eastern  end  of  Hedge  Fence,  W-  ->4  N.        ... 
Buoy   with    Red  and  Black   Horizontal   Stripes  off 

Western  end  of  Hedge  Fence,  SW.  by  W.  J^  W.       2 
Buoy  off  East  end  of  Middle  Ground,  SE.  nearly       .         Y^     " 

East  Chop  Lighthouse. 

This  Lighthouse,  which  is  erected  on  East  Chop,  Eastern  side  of 
entrance  to  this  Harbor,  shows  at  this  date  (1881),  a  fixed  Red 
Light,  which  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  through  Vineyard  Sound, 
and  also  into  this  Harbor. 


DiBtancc. 

14^  miles. 

AH     " 


■Oislance. 


East  Chop  Lighthouse  bears  from 
Buoy  with  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  East- 
en  part  of  Hedge  Fence,  AVest ^y'z  miles. 

Black  Buoy,  off  West  part  of  Scjuash  Meadow  Shoal, 
W.NW I'/i    " 

Meniarks. 

From  3  to  5  fathoms  water  can  be  carried  into  Vineyard  Haven 
Hnr])or  at  Low  Tide,  but  it   is  exposed  to  winds  from  North  to 

E.  NE. 


4  ' 


1      i'l 


82 


ELDKIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


i 
! 

11 


Sailing  Directions  for  Vineyard  Haven  Harboi  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  tlie  Eastward,  I'oUow  ;  •  diroctious  bcl'ore  givtM,,  from 
^Imthara  to  Sow  and  Pigs  Ligu:  aliip,  until  up  with  Cross  K.p 
>^iglit-ship,  then  muive  good  the  course  W.  by  N.  s/a  N.  ;  and,  in 
order  to  clear  .S(iuash  Mi  ado w  and  Hedge  Fence  Shoals,  as  soon  as 
West  Chop  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W-  by  N-  >^  N-,  and 
run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  when  the  Harbor  oi)cns,  shorten  sail  fnid 
run  in  about  midway  between  the  two  Lights  (course  about  SW. 
by  S.),  "»il  anchor  in  from  3J{  to  V/,  fathoms  water  at  low  tide  ; 
the  best  anchorage  is  in  T,'^  fathoms  water,  with  East  Chop  Ligiit 
bearing  about  East.  The  above  directions  will  answer  for  day  or 
uight. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given,  until 
abreast  Tarpaulin  Cove  Light,  then,  in  order  to  clear  the  Middle 
Ground,  bring  this  last-named  Light  to  bear  W-  >2  S.,  on  which 
bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E-  ^^  N.  until  the  Red  Light  on  East  Chop 
bears  S.  by  E.  li  E. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Kcd 
Buoy  on  the  flat  Ground*  off  West  Chop  well  on  the  Stiirboard 
hand  :  when  about  midway  between  the  lights  on  the  Eastand  West 
Chops,  shorten  sail,  and  runin  (course  aboutSW.  by  S.),  ui-til  East 
Chop  Light  bears  East,  then  anclior  in  about  S}(  fathoms  water  at 
low  tiilc.    The  last  directions  will  answer  for  day  or  night. 

Beating  into  Vineyard  Haven  Harbor. 

In  beating  into  this  harbor  at  night  time,  when  abreast  the  Light 
on  f:ast  Chop,  be  careful  to  avoid  the  Eastern  side,  which  is  very 
bold,  and  you  will  have  5  fathoms  water  at  one  cast  of  the  Lead, 
and  be  ashore  at  the  next  before  you  can  tack,  but  you  may  boldly 
stand  into  3  fathoms  on  the  Western  side  without  danger. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Vineyard  Haven  (or  Holmes  Hole  Harbor) 
15  minutes  later  than  at  Boston;  mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides  1  ;4 
feet. 


*  In  oiiloring  this  Ilarlior,   especially  at  iii^'ht,   heavy  draught  vessels 
sliould  give  tlio  flat  ground  otT  West  Ciioii  a  wide  berth. 


arbor  in 

reather. 

;ivLM,,  fium 
Cross  R.p 

N-  ;  uiid,  in 

I,  as  60011  us 
y2  N.,und 

ten  ?ail  nud 

about  SW. 

at  low  tide ; 
Cliop  Light 

ir  for  dii}  or 

given,  until 
1-  tlie  Middle 
».,  on  which 
n  East  Chop 
ring  the  Kid 
e  Starboard 
I  stand  West 
),  ui'til  East 
)ins  water  at 
jht. 

)or. 

ist  the  Light 
rhich  is  very 
3f  the  Lead, 
I  may  boldly 
cor. 


lole  Harbor) 
of  tides  1  ^4 


caught  vessels 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


33 


South  Channel  between  Middle  Ground  and  West 

Chop. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward  coay  pass  to  the  South- 
ward of  the  Middle  Ground  by  the  following  directions :  From 
the  Eastwanl,  leave  the  Buoy,*  painted  in  Rid  and  lilack  Horiz- 
ontal Stripes,  off  East  end  of  Middle  Ground,  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  W-  by  S-,  keeping 
about  Vi  mile  from  the  Vineyard  Shore ;  when  abreast  the  Buoy 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  olf  West  end  of 
I^Iiddle  Ground,  steer  more  Southerly,  leaving  the  next  Buoy  olf 
Lucas*  Shoal  on  either  hand,  and  run  out  of  the  Sound. 

From  the  Westward,  when  past  the  Buoy  on  Lucp.s'  Shoal  (which 
bears  S.  Vz  E.  from  Tarpaulin  Cove  Light,  distance  2'^  miles), 
steer  NE-  by  E-  for  the  Horizontal  Striped  Buoy  olf  West  end 
of  Middle  Ground  ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
steer  about  E- bv  N.,  keeping  about  Vi  i"il«  <■»•''"»  the  Vineyard 
Shore  ,  as  soon  as  the  Buoy  otf  the  East  end  of  Middle  Ground  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  about  E-  by  N-,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course  ;  leave  this  last-named  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

About  4  fathoms  water  can   be  carried  through  this  passage  at 

low  tide. 


FALMOUTH  ROADS. 

The  best  anchorage  for  heavy  draught  vessels  in  these  Roads  is 
in  about  4>^  fathoms  waicr,  sticky  bottom,  with  Nobska  Light  on  a 
range  with  Tarpaulin  Cove  Light,  bearing  W-  by  S-  ^  S-,  and 
West  Chop  Light  S.  by  E, ;  small  vessels,  in  order  to  avoid  the 
current,  may  anchor  nearer  the  shore,  in  about  3  fathoms  water. 

Remarks. 

Falmouth  Roads  are  exposed  to  Southeasterly  Winds,  but  the 
holding  ground  is  excellent,  and  large  vessels,  well  found  in  ground 
tackle,  may  ride  safely  in  Ihem  during  all  gales  ;  they  may  also  be 
left  at  night  or  day,  by  vessels  bound  East  or  AVest. 


*  West  Chop  Light  hears  from  Buoy  olT  East  end  of  Mitldle  Ground 
about  SE.,  distance  i  mile. 


34 


ELUUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Falmouth  Roads  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  P^astward,  when  abreast  Cross  Rip  Light-ship,  follow 
the  directions  before  given,  from  Chatham  to  Sow  and  Pigs  Light- 
ship, until  West  Chop  Light  bears  S  by  E  ,  on" which  bearing 
keep  it,  and  steer  N-  b}'  W-,  until  Nobska  Lighthouse  is  on  a  range 
with  Tarpaulin  Cove  Lighthouse,  then  anchor  in  about  4J^  fathoms 
water,  good  holding  ground ;  small  vessels,  in  order  to  avoid  the 
current,  ma}'  go  nearer  the  shore,  and  anchor  in  about  3  fathoms 
water. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given,  from  Sow 
and  Pigs  Light-ship  to  Chatham,  uutil  Nobska  Light  bears  NE-, 
then  run  in,  leaving  the  last-mentioned  Light  about  ^  mile  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  anchor  as  before  directed,  in  about  4^  fathoms 
water,  with  West  Chop  Lighthouse  bearing  S.  by  E.,  and  Nc'jska 
Lighthouse  on  a  range  with  Tarpaulin  Cove  Lighthouse.  Heavy 
draught  vessels,  in  crossing  tiic  Sound,  bound  to  and  from  Fal- 
mouth Roads,  should  be  careful  to  avoid  a  shoal  having  but  14 
feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide  ;  West  Chop  Liglithouse  bears  from 
the  centre  of  this  danger  SW.  by  S-,  distance  2}^  miles.  Buoy  on 
Western  end  of  Hedge  Fence  S-SE-,  distance  about  1  mile.  Buoy 
off  the  Western  end  L'Hommedieu  Shoal,  NE.  by  E.,  about  J4 
mile. 


LITTLE  WOODS  HOLL  HARBOR. 

This  harbor  lies  Northwesterly  about  3^  miles  from  West  Chop 
Lighthouse;  West-Northerly  10 J^  miles  from  Succonnesset  Light- 
ship ;  East-Northerly  5  miles  from  Tarpaulin  Cove  Lighthouse ; 
and  J4  mile  Northwesterly  from  Nobska  Point  Lighthouse. 


i\-    I 


N^ohska  Point  Lighthout*e. 

Upon  Nobska  Point,  Eastern  side  of  enorance  to  Woods  HoU 
Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed 
White  Light,  and  has  a  Fog  Bell  near  it ;  this  bght  is  intended  to 
guide  vessels  through  the  North  Channel,  and  also  into  Woods  HoU 
Harbor. 


fl 


ELDUIDGES  COAST  I'lLOT. 


35 


)aytime, 
er. 

liip,  follow 
i'igs  Light- 
ah  bearing 
on  a  range 
%  fathoms 
3  avoid  the 
3  fathoms 

,  from  Sow 
lears  NE-i 
mile  on  the 
■^  fathoms 
nd  Nc'jska 
e.  Heavy 
L  from  Pal- 
ing but  14 
bears  from 
.  Buoy  on 
lile.  Buoj- 
.,  about  }4 


JOR. 

West  Chop 
isset  Light- 
iighthouse ; 
se. 


roods  Holl 
jws  a  fixed 
intended  to 
rVoods  Ho!l 


N 


Nobska  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from 

Succonnesset  Light-ship,  W- la  N 

Buoy  oir  West  end  of  L'llouunedifu  Slioal,  W-  5 
Buoy  off  West  end  of  Hedge  Fence.  W-NW- . 
West  Chop  Lighthouse,  NW.  >i  N-       ... 
Tarpaulin  Cove  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N-  H  N.   • 


Dixtanco. 

10      miles. 


Hemar/cs. 

Small  vessels,  of  not  more  tha  i  G  or  7  feet  draught,  may  find 
shelter  in  this  harbor  from  all  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Little  Woods  Holl  Harbor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  wir-  Is  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  haul  round  Nobska  Point  at  a  distance  of 
about  yi  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  the  Ligltt- 
houae  bears  North,  steer  about  NW- ;  as  you  sail  in,  you  will  see 
on  the  Port  hand  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Eastern  part  of  CoiTm's 
Rock,  and  nearly  ahead  the  Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  side  of  Lone 
Rock;  the  former  bears  W.  by  S.  H  S-,  from  Nobska  Light, 
distaucc  Vi  mi.e  ;  the  latter  about  W-  by  N.,  distance  yi  mile. 
In  order  to  cloCi-  the  Rocks,  which  extend  off  from  the  sliore  on  the 
Starboard  side,  bring  the  last-mentioned  Buoy  (off  Lone  Rock)  to 
bear  NW-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy 
off  Collin's  Rock  \;-.ll  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past  the  Red  Buoy 
ctT  Lone  Rock  (which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand) ,  the  Harlior 
will  l)e  oi)en,  bearing  about  N.  ^  E.,  when  you  may  run  in,  keep- 
ing about  midway,  and  anchor  above  the  wharf  in  from  6  to  8  feet 
water  at  low  tide. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given,  until 
Nobska  Light  bears  NE.,  then  make  good  the  course  for  it,  until 
about  y'i  mile  from  the  Light  or  the  water  shoals  to  \  fatlioms  ; 
you  will  then  sec  the  Black  Buoy  off  CoOin's  Rock,  and  farther  in 
the  Red  Buoy  off  Lone  Rock,  then  proceed  according  to  directions 
b.'fore  given. 

Beating  into  Little  Woods  Holl  Harbor. 

In  beating  into  this  Harbor,  care  should  be  taken  to  avoid  the 
Rocks,  which  lie  near  the  shore,  one  of  which  has  but  little  water 
on  in  at  low  tide,  and  bears  about  West  from  Nobska  Light,  dis- 
tance 350  yards ;  at  this  date  (1881),  it  is  not  buoyc.l. 


36 


ELDUIUGES  CLASr  riLOT. 


High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  i.=t,tle  Woods  IIoll  Harbor  2h.  44m.  before  it 
is  at  Boston  ;  mean  rise  and  full  of  tides  1  ^  feet. 


if 


GREAT   WOODS  HOLL  HARBOR. 

This  Ilarbar,  which  lies  abont  \%  miles  Northwebtorly  from 
Nobska  Point  liightlioiisc,  is  well  sholteied  from  all  winds  ;  with  a 
good  pilot,  about  1!)  feet  water  ean  be  taken  in  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Great  Woods  HoU  Harbor, 
in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  past  the  Biio}-  off  the  Ea-t  end  of 
Middle  C.ronnd,  bring  AVest  Chop  Lighthonsc  to  bear  SE.  Yz  E  , 
on  v.-liich  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  NW-  Ja  W. ;  as  jou  approach 
the  Noith  sliorc,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  lii'.oys  ninrking  the 
entrance  of  the  harb'  r  ;  as  soon  as  tl.ese  are  in:,de,  and  tiie  passiige 
is  fairl}-  open,  bearing  alxnit  N*.  by  W.,  then  run  in  on  tliis  last 
course,  passing  between  the  Black  Bnoy  olf  >'onnanies^et  Point, 
and  the  Red  Ikioy  olf  the  W<<stern  part  of  Great  Ledge  ;  when  about 
midway  between  these  two  buoys,  make  good  the  course  about 
North  S/q  mile  to  Red  Buoy  olf  Parker's  flats  (wlueh  is  left  close 
toon  the  Starboard);  when  past  this  Buoy,  continue  the  course 
North  about  3o0  yards,  thence  about  NW-  by  W-,  i)assing  be- 
tween the  Hcd  and  Black  Buoys  olf  Railway  Levlge,  and  Grassy 
Island  ;  when  about  300  yards  past  these  Buoys  you  may  anchor 
in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water,  and  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 

From  the  "Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given,  until 
Nobska  Light  bears  NE-  by  E.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoys  of  Nonnamesset  Point  and 
Great  Ledge  ;  when  these  are  made,  run  in,  as  bef'^  j  directed. 

Vessels  of  less  than  8  feet  draught  from  the  Eastward  may  enter 
Great  Woods  IIoll  Harbor  by  the  following  directions  : 

Give  Nobska  Point  a  bertli  of  about  y'i  mile,  leaving  it  on  the 
Starboard  hand ;  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  steer  about 
NW-  ;  as  yoii  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Port,  the  Black  I>uoy  off 
the  Eastern  part  of  Coffin's  Rock,  and  nearly  ahead  the  Red  Buoy 


ELDRIDGF/S  COAST  PILcri'. 


37 


.  before  it 


OR. 

A'lly  from 
Is ;  with  a 

le. 

Harbor, 
ad    fair 

:i^t  cud  of 

E.  Yz  E  , 

I  iii)proach 
mrking  the 
lu'  passage 

II  this  liist 
ist't  I'oiut, 
.vlun  jiboiit 
irsc  about 
s  left  close 
llie  course 

passing  be- 
iiul  Grassy 
nay  anchor 
(Is. 

iven,  until 
his  course, 
Point  and 
rccted. 
I  may  enter 

;  it  on  tlie 
steer  about 
•k  r>uoy  off 
!  Kcd  Buoy 


off  the  Soutlnvestorn  side  of  Lone  Rock.  Uring  the  last-mentioned 
Buoy  to  bear  NWm  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  wlien  abreast  of 
this  Buoy,  wliicii  is  left  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  make  good 
the  course  W.  by  N-  ;  crossing  the  flats  in  abcnit  8  feet  water, 
couutir.ue  t!  .  course  W-  by  N-,  until  tlie  water  deepens  to  4 
fatlioins,  or  the  Red  Buoy  oil'  Parker's  Flats  bears  N-  by  W-,  then 
run  in  according  to  directions  before  given. 

In  sailing  into  llie  Ilarlior  of  Great  Woods  IIoU,  particular  at- 
tention  nuist  lie  paid  to  the  current,  which,  in  some  places,  runs 
strong.  Strangers,  with  a  favorable  and  commanding  breeze,  may 
safely  enter  this  harbor  by  the  above  directions,  but  should  not 
attempt  to  beat  in  without  a  pilot.  It  is  advisable,  however,  for 
large  or  heavy  draught  vessels  to  take  pilots. 

The  passages  leading  from  Vineyard  Sound  to  P)Uzzard  Bay, 
between  the  ^Elizabeth  Isles,  are  Quick's  Hole,  Robinson's  Hole, 
and  Woods  Hole.  The  Harbors  Groat  and  Lillle  Wo.-.ls  Hole  have 
been  named  AVoods  IIoU,  but  the  p  issage  through  still  retains  its 
original  name  Woods  Hole. 

At  this  date   ( 1.^8 1 ),  there   is  an  extensive  .Guano  Factory  at 

Great  Woods  IloU  Harbor. 

Jlif/h  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Great  Woods  IIoU  Harbor  3h.  30m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  4  feet. 

Improvements  have  recently  been  made  in  the  Channel  leading 
through  Woods  Hole  to  Buzzard's  Bay,  but  it  is  advisable  for 
strangers,  bound  through  this  dangerous  passage,  to  take  pilots. 


TARPAULIN  COVE   HARBOR. 

This  Cove  lies  about  4}^  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Woods  Hole  ; 
West-Northerly  about  7  miles  from  West  Chop  Lighthouse  ;  about 
iy^  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Quick's  Hole;  and  East-Northerly,  12 
miles  from  Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship. 

Tarpaulin  Cove  Lighthouse. 

This  Lighthouse  is  erected  upon  the  Western  side  of  entrance  to 
this  Cove," and  at  this  date  (1881),  sho\s  a  fixed  White  Light, 
varied  by  flashes. 


1 


^1: 


1 


88 


ELDRinCK'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Tarpaulin  Covo  Lighthouse  boars  ft-om 

UUtanco. 

Slioalcst  part  of  Middle  (J rouiiil,  W-  j;(  N C      miles. 

Buo.v   oil'  West   r.m\  of  Jliddle    Ground,    NW.  by 

W.   ;^   W '23/^       .' 

Buoy  off  Luciis' Slioiil,  N.  l^  W ^H     '' 

Gay  Head  Ligli*"iouv',  NE.  Jl  N 8_J.§     " 

MemarJcs, 

Tariv.,  . '  <  a.Tords  good  ancliorago  in  Westerly  and  Northerly 
Winds,  1.,  ,,  expo-,.  ,  to  Easterly  and  Southerly  Winds,  especially 
heavy  E.SE.  galos,  iv,  ieli  bring  in  a  siiarj)  sea.  The  holding 
ground  is  excellent,  and  large  vessels,  well  found  in  ground  tackle, 
may  ride  safely  in  all  winds;  at  such  times,  if  possible,  small 
vessels  should  make  a  harbor  at  Woods  lioll. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Tarpaulin  Cove  Harbor   in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  tlic  Eastward,  bring  Tarpaulin  Cove  Light  to  bear 
W.  y2  S.,  and  run  for  it  on  tliis  course  ;  when  the  harbor  is  lairly 
open,  run  in,  and  anchor  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Buoy  off  Single 
Rock,  about  midway  the  Covo,  in  from  2J^  to  3  fathoms  water. 
Large  or  heavy  draught  vessels  siiould  anchor  in  about  5>^  fathoms 
water,  with  Gay  Head  Lighthouse  just  open  with  Liglitliouse  Point. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Quick's  Hole,  give  the  North 
Shore  a  bertli  of  at  least  i^  mile,  until  Tarpaulin  Cove  opens,  then 
run  in,  leaving  tlie  Black  Buoy  off  Cove  Rock  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  auclior  to  the  p:astward  of  the  Buoy  off  Single  Rock  in  from 
2^  to  3  fathoms  water. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Night  time. 

From  the  Eastward,  at  niglit,  bring  Tarpaulin  Cove  Light  to  bear 
W.  y^  S-.  and  rim  for  it  on  tliis  course,  under  short  sail,  until  the 
water  shoals  to  about  8  fathoms,  then  run  in  about  N.NW.,  and 
anchor  in  from  5  to  3  (tithoms  water. 

From  tlie  Westward,  at  niglit,  give  Tarpaulin  Cove  Light  a  berth 
of  about  3  j  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Westward  ;  and,  iu  order  to  clear 
Cove  Rock  (wliich  bears  E.  by  N.  'A  N.,  from  tlie  Light,  distance 
;6    mile),  do  not  approach  the  Lighthouse  Point  nearer  thau  6 


ELDIIIDOK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


39 


DIstaiico. 

(j      luiius. 


8>6 


(I  Northerly 
I,  especially 
riie  holding 
lund  tackle, 
iiblc,    small 


fathoms  water,  when  the  Light  bears  SW.,  tlien  anchor  in  about 
3  fathoms  water. 

Beating  into  Tarpaulin  Cove. 

In  b«'ating  in,  the  principal  dangers  are  Cove  Rock,  and  Single 
Reck,  both  of  which  lie  on  the  Western  side,  and  are  marked  with 
Buoys  ;  there  is  also  a  sunken  Rock,  having  but  little  water  upon 
it,  which  bi-ars  about  NE.  by  N.  from  the  Lighthouse ;  this  Rock 
lies  off  about  liOO  yards  from  the  Northeastern  side  of  tlie  Cove, 
and  at  this  date  (1881),  is  not  buoyed. 

Ifigli  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Tarpaulin  Cove  3h.  and  2  Im.  before  h  '^  , ' 
Boston ;  common  tides  rise  and  fall  about  2^4  i'eet. 


irbor  in 
reather. 

it  to  bear 
)or  is  lairly 
y  off  Single 
loms  water. 
ij^a  fathoms 
ouse  Point. 
!  tlie  North 
jpens,  then 
Port  hand, 
ack  in  from 


ight  to  bear 
il,  until  the 
NW.,  and 

gilt  a  berth 
Icr  to  clear 
it,  distance 
rer  than  6 


ROBINSON'S  HOLE. 

Z'uc  first  passage  from  Vineyard  Sound  into  Buz>.  :d  j  Bay 
(which  lies  about  214  miles  to  tlic  Westward  of  Tarpaulin  ■  Cove 
Lighthouse),  is  called  Robinson's  Hole;  its  entrance  boars  N-NE. 
from  Gay  Head  Lighthouse,  distance  about  G  miles.  The  currents 
run  strong  through  this  passage,  and  there  are  several  sunken  Rocks 
in  tlie  Channel ;  strangers  should  uot,  therefore,  attempt  to  puss 
throu":h  it. 


QUICK'S  HOLE. 

This  passage,  which  loads  from  Vineyard  Sound  into  Buzzard's 
Bay,  is  about  ^'^  mile  wide,  and  has  a  deptli  of  from  5  to  7  fathoms 
water ;  it  lies  about  4  miles  to  tlie  Westward  of  Tarpaulin  Cove 
Lighthouse,  and  its  entrance  bears  N.  yi  E.  from  Gay  Head 
Lighthouse,  distance  about  5  miles.  There  is  a  rapid  current 
through  tiiis  passage,  but  the  dangers  arc  marked  with  Buoys ; 
heavy  draught  vessels  can,  therefore,  with  favorable  and  command- 
ing breezes,  safely  pass  through  tliis  Channel. 


40 


ELDUrXJ.yS  COAST  riLOT. 


.!.i 


^4 


Shrlfcr  in   WcstrrJif  WfiitJM. 

Vos^cU  nmy  find  <;n().l  slicHcr  in  (>iii<k's  Hole,  with  winds  from 
S.  liy  W.  toNW.  )'y  N.  '»y  way  of  West;  llii!  Ixst  anclioriii;(? 
for  liir"-t'  vi'ssols  in  siicli  winds  is  in  iihfiiit  4  futlionis  wafer,  witli 
the  Ucd  r.iioy  oir  tlio  Loil<;c 'Ijoiuin!;  ENE-,  distance  »)  mile. 
Sniidl  vessels,  in  order  to  avoid  tlie  currents,  mny  anclionieiircr  the 
shore,  in  about  15  fathoms  water. 

Shelter  hi  Easterhj  finlos. 

Vessels  eompelled  to  seek  slielter  in  (Quick's  Hole  durinjj;  heavy 
Easterly  or  Northeasterly  <?a!es,  siiould  iinch'ir  in  alioiit  AJ  <  talhoms 
water,  with  the   Red   Huoy  olf  (iuiek's  Hole  Ledge  bearing  about 

E.NE. 

Sailing  Directions  for   Quick's   Hole  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  J-astward,  intending  to  pass  through  Quick's  Hole  into 
Buzzard's  liay,  follow  the  directions  before  given,  from  Ciiatham 
to  Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship,  until  Gay  Ileail  Lighthouse  bi-ars 
S.  by  "W.,  then  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  IMaek  Buoy,  which 
marks  the  Shoal  water,  which  extends  olf  fi'oin  the  Southeast  part 
of  Nashawena  Island  ;  when  this  last-named  Ijuov  is  laadi',  leave  it 
about  200  yards  on  the  I'ort  hand,  and  steer  about  N-  ;j  W- 
through  tiic  passage,  leaving  tlie  Red  Buoy  oil"  Quick's  Mob-  Ledge 
on  the  Starlioard  hand  ;  continue  the  course  N-  l^  W.,  keeping  in 
the  middi"  of  the  passage,  when  you  will  soon  sec  nearly  ahead  the 
Buoy  off  Lduc  Rock,  which  may  be  left  ]i  mile  on  either  hand  ; 
when  past  the  last-named  buoy,  if  bound  to  Now  Bedford,  see 
directions  for  that  Harbor. 

At  Night. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  this  passage  at  night,  unless  ne- 
cessity compels  ;  in  such  eases  keep  the  Western  shore  best  aboard. 

Gay  JTead  LifjJifhonse. 

Upon  Gay  Head,  the  Western  end  of  ]Martha's  Vineyard,  a 
Lighthouse  has  been  erected,  which  at  this  date  Cl«i^l),  shows 
every  10  seconds  a  flashing  Light,  every  fourth  flash  being  Red. 
In  clear  weather  this  Light  should  be  visible  about  20  miles. 


'H'i 


ELDIUDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


U 


I  winds  from 
it  aut'lioniiio 
water,  with 
ncc  I'i  mile. 
or  •noiircr  the 


hiriiif^  houvy 
i.lK  tiilhoins 
leiuinj;  about 


Daytime, 
thor. 

k's  IIiilo  into 
•0111  Chatliam 
thouse  b;'ar3 

l?ii(n-,  which 
oiitli'jast  part 
;i!i(li',  k'uvo  it 
t  N.  ;.  W. 
s  H()!(!  Ivodgo 
^,  Ivcopiiig  in 
rly  aliead  the 

oithor  hand  ; 
Bedford,  see 


it,  unless  ne- 
i  best  aboard. 


Vineyard,  a 
1881),  shows 
h  being  Red. 

3  miles. 


Bearings  tnd  Distanooa  from  Gay  Hoaa  ^Jg^^thouflo. 
Tarpaulin  Cove  Lighthouse,  NE.^:(N..  nearly      .     .     8;^  ™'/;«- 
Quick's  llolf,  entruiK'.':  N-  ?i  E.,  nearly  .     ...     •     Va 
Light-ship  oir  Sow  and  I'.gs,  NW.  by  W-  J<  W^      •      'li 

IMock  Island  (Southeastern  Lighthouse),  W.  '»  S-     •  -5^.4 

Block  Island  (Northern  Lighthouse),  W-  In  S.      •     •  3^ 

Point  Judith  Lighthouse,  W- 'O'N ^J 


It 

it 
It 
tt 


DevlVs  BHdf/e. 

This  dangerous  Reef  (some  parts  of  which  arc  bare  at  low  tide) 
extends  off  more  than  /.  mile  from  the  Nortlu^rn  sulc  of  flay 
Head.  It  is  marked  on  its  outer  part  with  a  Black  IJi.oy  Gaj 
IIea.l  Liglithouse  bears  from  this  liuoy  SE-  by  S-  /.  S-,  distance 

about  li  mile.  ,  , 

The  Devil's  Bridge  is  very  dangerous  in  thick  weather  or  when 
the  Li-ht  cannot  be  seen,  the  only  sure  gui.lo  at  such  times  is  to 
use  the  Lead  and  not  approach  it  in  less  than  10  fathoms  water. 


MENEMSHA   BITE. 

This  Bite,  in  which  vessels  mny  fin<l  shelter  (especially  in  sum- 
mer) with  winds  from  East  to  W-SW-  by  way  of  South,  lies 
East-Northerly  about  2/a  m^vH  from  Gay  Head  Lighthouse.  The 
best  anchorage  for  largo  vessels  is  in  from  7  to  9  fathoms  water, 
sticky  bottom,  with  Gay  Head  Light  bearing  ^''""t  W-  by  S- ; 
small  vessels  may  anchor  nearer  the  shore  in  about  5  fat horns 
water.  A  strict  watch  should  be  kept  while  lying  here,  an.  the 
Bite  should  be  left  (especially  in  winter)  on  the  first  nul.cations 
of  Northerly  or  Northwesterly  win.ls,  which  bring  in  a  heavy  sea. 

Channel   between   2fo  3lnn's  Land  and  Squip- 

nocket  Point. 

This  passage,  which  is  about  1  /.  miles  wide,  has  a  depth  of 
about  5  fathoms  water  at  low  tide  ;  the  principal  dangers  to  be 
avoided  are  Old  Man's  Ledge  and  Lone  Rock,  both  of  which  at  this 
date  (1881)  are  marked  with  buoys. 


42 


ELDKIIXiK'S  COAST   PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions. 

From  Ihc  Kastwanl  or  Sciiwanl,  iiilciuliii;;  Id  pnss  Iictwccn  No 
Man's  Liiiitl  nnd  tlic  Sontlicru  ptul  of  Jliutlm's  Viiio.viinl.  wlipii 
Gay  Ilciiil  Li<j;liUi()iif('  is  niailc,  Itriiig  it  to  licnrN.  I'.v  W-  'j  W- 
unit  run  fur  it,  Icaviii;,'  tlii'  Kastrrn  part  of  No  Man's  Laml  well  on 
till'  Tort  hand;  wlicn  past  lliis  yon  will  s(>o  on  tlic  Port  hand  tlio 
r.lack  lUioys  of  the  Kastcrn  parts  of  Old  Man's  Lodytc  nnd  Lone 
Rock,  nnd  on  tlic  Starboard,  llin  Rctl  Buoy  wliidi  lies  ofT  llio 
Southwest  part  of  SqiiipiKvi.rt  Toint  Shoal;  when  past  the  lilack 
llnoys  (which  are  left  on  the  Port  hand)  steer  nioro  Westerly,  nnd 
if  bound  into  Vineyard  Sound,  leave  the  linoy  off  the  Devil's 
Bridjfc  well  on  the  Starlioard  hand  and  follow  the  directions  l)eforc 
given. 

From  the  Vineyard  Sound  leave  the  Buoy  ofT  the  Dc\  il's  Bridge 
about  ?:f  mile  on  the  Port  li:iiid,  and  when  it  bears  NE.  steer 
ttbout  S.SE.  keeping  about  :':^  mile  from  shore  ;  when  from  2  to  3 
miles  past  (!ay  Head  Light  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  tiie  Black 
Buoys  oir  Lone  Rock  and  the  Old  Uiiw'h  Ledge,  when  these  arc 
made  leave  them  about  '/j  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  make 
good  the  course  SE.  by  S-  which  will  clear  all  dangers. 


NO  MAN'S  LAND  CHANNEL. 

Tht  Old  Mnr/s  Ledg",  which  has  about  6  feet  water  upon  it  at 
low  tide,  is  marked  off  its  Eastern  part  with  a  Black  P.iioy,  No.  1. 
This  Buoy  bears  from  the  East  end  of  No  Man's  Land  N.  ,'4  W., 
distance  about  IJ^  mi'.cs.  Vessels  boimd  East  or  West  through 
this  Channel  may  imss  about  midway  between  this  Buoy  and  the 
Island  ;  about  4  fathoms  water  may  be  carried  through  this  passage. 

Artchornge  inulet'  No  Man's  Land. 

Vessels  may  find  shelter  on  the  Northwestern  side  of  No  Plan's 
Land  in  Southerly  or  Southeasterly  winds.  The  best  anchorage  is 
in  about  4  fathoms  water,  with  the  West  end  of  the  Island  bearing 
W.SWm  distance  about  J/,  mile.  A  strict  watch  at  all  seasons 
of  the  year  should  be  kept  while  lying  liere,  and  the  anchorage 
should  be  left  on  the  first  indications  of  Northwesterly  winds. 


ELDRinaE'S  COAST   riLOT. 


43 


lotwoen  No 
'Viiril.  wlioii 

W.  '/:  w. 

,!ill(l  well  oil 
rt  liiiiid  tlio 
B  niul  Lono 
lies  f)flr  l!io 
it  the  Hlack 
I'stt'ily,  ami 
tlu'  Dovil's 
•lions  luforo 

'vil's  Bridge 
NE.  steer 
from  2  to  3 
•  t'nc  Black 
n  these  arc 
\  and  nmko 


3L. 

r  upon  it  at. 
liiov.  No.  1. 

N.  ,'^  W., 

est  through 
11  oy  and  the 
his  passage. 

id, 

if  No  Man's 
[inchorage  is 
land  bearing 
all  seasons 
ic  anchorage 
winds. 


Cuttyh II n k  Llyli  th o use. 

On  tho  Western  part  of  Cuttyhunk  Island  Is  a  Lighthouse  wiilch 
at  tills  datn  (1881)  shows  a  fixed  Light,  whicli  is  Intended  to  guide 
vessels  into  Vineyard  Sound  and  Buzzard's  Bay. 

Bearings  and  Distanoos  from  Cuttyhunk  Llghthouso. 

DlaUiicp. 

(Jay  Head  Lighthouse,  SE.  ,'4  S.,  nearly      .     .     .     .  C;i  miles. 

Sow  and  Pigs  Light-shiii,  SW.  liy  W.,  nearly  .     .     .  2>4 

Hen  and  Chiekens  Light-ship,  NW.  ,'4  W 3J^ 

Buoy  oirSowaiid  rigs,  SW.  liy  W.  Jj  W.      .     .     .  \% 

Buoy  olf  Northwest  part  of  Ribbon  Ueef,  NW.  }iN.  V/i 


Sow  mid  Plf/s  Jteef. 

This  dangerous  Beef  (which  is  bare  in  some  places)  extcmls  oflT 
about  V/i  miU'S  SW-  l>y  W.  from  Cuttyhunk  Lighthouse.  On  its 
Western  end  is  placed  a  Red  Can  Buoy,  No.  2,  with  the  words  Sow 
and  rigs  on  its  head.  Tiiis  Buoy  marks  the  Western  part  of  Sow 
and  J'igs  Beef  for  vessels  bound  into  liuzzard's  Bay,  and  is  not 
intended  for  a  guide  through  tlu;  ^'ineyard  Sound.  In  thick 
weather,  to  avoid  the  Sow  and  Pigs,  do  not  approach  them  in  less 
than  10  I'atiioms  water,  especially  on  the  Northwestern  part  where 
they  are  verv  bold,  uuU  this  depth  will  take  a  vessel  very  near 
tbcm. 

Vine  yard  Sound,  oi'  Sew  and  JPi'ffs  Lightship. 

This  Light-ship  is  placed  about  a  mile  to  the  Southwestward  of 
the  outer  end  of  tlie  Beef  and  marks  I'le  Western  entrance  to  Vine- 
yard Sound.  At  this  date  (1881 )  it  shovs  two  fixed  white  Lights, 
and  has  a  powerful  steam  Whistle,  which  1.^  thick  weather  gives 
blasts  of  6  seconds  duration  at  intervals  of  45  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship. 

Dlitance. 

Cuttyhunk  Liglithouse,  NE.  by  E.  nearly  .... 
Gay  Head  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  E.  %  E.,  nearly  .     . 

Hen  and  Cliiekens  Light-ship,  N.  Y^  W 

Brenton'fe    Jeef  Light-ship,  W.  by  N.  ^  N.  .     .     . 

Point  Juditfi  Lighthouse,  W.  5  8  N 

Block  Island  Northern  Lighthouse,  W.  ^i  S.  .  . 
Block  Island  JMUithcast  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S.  J^^  S. 
Buoy  off  Western  part  of  Sow  and  Pigs,  NE.  %  N. 


'2%  miles. 

1%  " 

3%  " 

17^  " 

22^  " 

28  " 

28>^  » 

1  » 


44 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


OUBRENTS  AND  TIDES 

In  Vineyard  Sound,  and  across  Moiiomoy 
and  Nantucket  Shoals. 

It  is  hic^h  water  between  Gay  Head  and  Cuttyhunk  Island 
(cntranco  to  Vineyard  Sound)  Oh.  45in.  before  it  is  at  Pollock 
Rip  •  it  is  tliercforc  evident  tliat  the  main  body  of  tlic  current  of 
flood  must  run  to  tlie  Eastward,  and  tliat  of  the  Elb  to  tlie  West- 
ward, tlirough  Vineyard  Sound,  and  across  Mouomoy  and  Nan- 

tticltet  oiioals. 

In  ord-r  to  obtain  a  correct  knowledge  of  the  time  when  the 
current  turns  in  this  Sound,  see  ^WncZc/e's  Tide  and  Current  Ta- 
blea,  loliich  are  published  annually. 


BUZZARD'S  BAY. 

Hen  and  Chickens  Reef. 

This  dano-crons  Reef,  some  part  of  which  is  dry  at  about  half 
tide,  extendi  off  Soulheastcrly  about  1  ]i  miles  from  Goosebeny 
Neck,  North  side  of  entrance  to  Buzzard's  Buy  ;  the  outermost  dry 
Rock  upon  tiiis  Reef  is  called  the  Old  Cock,  upon  which  is  placed 
an  Iron  Spindle,  3G  feet  high,  with  open  Cage  Work  ;  the  outer  part 
of  this  Reef  is  also  marked  with  a  Black  Buoy,  wliich,  in  entc-mg 
Buzzard's  Bay,  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

ITen  and  Chickens  Light- ship. 

About  one  mile  SE.  by  S-  from  Spindle  on  the  Old  Cock,  is 
placed  a  Light-ship  which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  white 
Light,  which  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  into  Buzzard's  B.-.y. 

About  one  mile  Southwest  from  this  Light-ship  is  placed  a 
Whistling  Buoy. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


45 


loiiomoy 


,hunk  Island 
is  at  Pollock 
he  current  of 
to  the  West- 
oy  and  Nan- 

me  when  the 
I  Current  Ta- 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Hon  and  Chickens  Light-ship. 

Ul8t;;m'c. 

Win<,^'s  Nock  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  E.  >^  B.      •     •     •  21^miles. 

Dinnpling  Rock  Lighthouse.  NE.  )<  E 6^  " 

Huoy  with  Horizontal  Stripes  olf  South  side  Wilkes' 

Ledge,  NE.  by  E.  ^  E 6  " 

Black  Buoy  off  South  i)art  of  Mishaura  Ledge,  NE. 

byE 3;^  " 

Buoy  painted  in  Horizontal  Stripes  off  North  side  of 

Ribbon  Reef,  SE.  >4  E 2>^  " 

Cnttyhunk  Lightiiouse,  SE ■^  " 

Sow  and  Tigs  Light-ship,  S.  ->^  E 3^  " 

Red  Buoy  oir  South  part  of  Schuyler  Lodge, *W..?<|N.       8 

Brcnton's  Reef  Light-ship,  W.  >2  N I614  " 

Point  Judith  Lighthouse,  W.  34:  S 21 1^  " 

Block  Island  North  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S.  ^  S.      •  2Sy^  " 

Block  Island  Southeast  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  W.'/z  W.  29 ]4.  " 


mil 


'  at  about  half 
)m  Goosebcny 
I  outermost  dry 
I'hich  is  placed 
;  the  outer  part 
ich,  in  entc-ing 


16  Old  Cock,  is 
(vs  a  fixed  white 
;ard's  B.-.y. 
Iiip  is  placed   a 


OUTTYHUNK  HARBOR. 

This  harbor,  which  is  near  the  Northeastern  part  of  Cnttyhunk 
Island,  lies  East-Southerly  about  5  miles  from  Hen  and  Chickens 
Light-ship,  anil  ■\Vest-Southerly  about  3  miles  fvom  the  Northern 
entrance  of  Quick's  Hole. 

Hemarhs. 

In  approaching  this  harbor  from  the  "Westward  there  arc  several 
dangers,  most  of  which  at  this  date  (1881 ) ,  are  marked  with  buoys  ; 
it  is  well  sheltered  for  small  vessels  in  winds  from  ESE.  to  W. 
by  N.  by  way  of  South,  but  is  open  to  Northeasterly  w^nds  ;  from 
ly^  to  4  fathoms  water  may  be  taken  into  it  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cnttyhunk  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastwaul  follow  the  Northern  shore  of  Nashawena 
Island  to  the  Westward,  keeping  about  Yz  uiile  from  it ;  as  you  sail 


*  Schuyler  Luil,i,'c,  which  has  about  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide,  lies 
about  4  mile  South  from  Sakounet  Koclis. 


f^ 


46 


ELDIIIUGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


in  you  will  seethe  buoys  at  the  cnti-ancc  of  the  harbor  ;  the  first  i3 
Black,  and  is  left  on  the  Starboard  Imiul ;  when  abreast  this  buoy,  or 
it  bears  N-NE.,  haul  up  about  SW.  by  S.  J4  S.,  and  anchor  in 
about  S}i  fathoms  water,  the  upper  buoy,  which  is  Red,  'ocaring 
about  W.  by  S. 

Beating  into  Cnttyhunh  Harbor. 
In  bcatincr  i„to  this  harbor  (from  the  Eastward)  the  only  dan- 
gers to  be  avoided  are  Gull  Island  Ledges,  which  arc  marked  with 
Black  Buoys,  both  of  which  are  left  to  the  Northward. 

From  the  AVestward  bring  Cuttyhunk  Lighthouse  to  bear  from 
East  to  SE.  by  E-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  when  about  Y^ 
mile  from  it,  follow  the  shore  (which  is  quite  bold)  to  the  North- 
eastward, keeping  about  that  distance  from  it,  when  you  will  soon 
iiiake  the  buoys  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor.  When  the  Red 
Buoy*  off  the  is^ortlieru  part  of  Whale  Rock  boars  E  SE-,  then  run 
for  it,  and  leave  it  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when 
past  this  buoy  you  will  see  a  short  distance  to  the  Southenstward  a 
Bnoy  painted  in  Horizontal  Stripes,  this  lies  ofT  U.c  Northeast 
part  of  Edwaatd's  Rock  ;  leave  this  last-ufimed  buoy  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  haul  ui,  S.  by  E- or  S-SE.,  and. anchor  in 
about  ^li  fathoms  water.  _ 

June,  1873,  the  centreboard  of  the  schooner  engaged  ni  the  sur- 
vey of  Cuttyhunk  harbor  struck  a  rock  about  NW-  by  N.  ]i  mile 
from  Red  Buoy  off  Northeast  part  Whale  Rock.  We  searched  for 
this  Rock  several  times  without  success. 

From  the  Westward,  another  way  to  enter  this  harbor  is  to  liring 
the  Hen  and  Chickens  Light-ship  to  bear  W-  >'y  S-  and  steer  E. 
by  N    for  Penikese  Island ;    when  this  Island  is  made,  bring  its 
Southern  point,  which  is  bold,  to  bear  East,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course  ;  leave  it  about  300  yards  on  the  Fort  hand,  and  steer  Y^t 
until  the  point  bears  N-NW-,  then  make  good  the  course  S-SE., 
passincr  about  midwav  between   the   Buoy  painted  in  Horizontal 
Stripes  on  Middle  Ledge,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Southwest  part  of 
Gull  Led-e  ;  when  past  these,  the  Buoy  with  Horizontal  Stripes  off 
Edward's"  Rock  will  be  seen  ;  leave  this  last-named  buoy  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


fa      W        i 


•  The  lied  Buoy  ofT  Wluilc  K.,ck  bears  about  E.  by  N.  i  mile  from  the 
Northeastern  part  of  Cuttyhuck. 


ill 


the  first  is 
lis  l)uo}',  or 
1  anchor  in 
h1,  'jcaring 


le  only  dan- 
narked  witli 

)  bear  from 
■n  about  J^ 
3  the  North- 
on  will  soon 
lion  tlie  Rod 
E.,  then  run 
hand  ;  wlicn 
.lieastward  a 
c  Nortlioast 
)so  to  on  the 
id. anchor  in 

id  in  the  sur- 
V  N.  H  mile 
searched  for 

^r  is  to  bring 
ind  steer  E. 
ido,  bring  its 
"or  it  on  this 
d  steer  East 
nirse  S-SE., 
n  Horizontal 
hwest  pa.-t  of 
tal  Stripes  ofT 
buoy  on  the 


mile  from  the 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


47 


Hifjh   Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Cuttyhunk  Harbor  3h.  40m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  3^  feet. 


DARTMOUTH  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  harbor  is  Northwesterly  about  2j4  miles 
fV  )iii  Dumpling  Rock  Lighthouse,  and  West-Southerly  about  2  miles 
from  Lighthouse  at  Clark's  Point. 

DuftipUny  RocJc  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Dumpling  Rock,  off  Round  Hill,  Northwest  side  of  Buz- 
zard's Bay,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed 
wliite  Light,  which  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  into  Buzzard's  Bay, 
and  also  New  Bedford  and  Dartmouth  Harbors.  At  this  date 
(1881),  a  fog-bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 


Dumpling  Rook  Lighthouse  bears  from 


Distance, 

334  miles. 


Red  Buoy  off  West  Island  Ledge,  W.  by  S.  %  S. 

Black  Buoy  off  East  part  Great  Ledge,  W.  }i  N. 

Red  Buoy  off  Northwest  part  Sand  Spit,  N-NW.     .       Yi       " 

Horizontal    Striped   Buoy    otT    South  part  Wilkes' 

Ledge,  N.  J^  W 13/(       " 

Black  Buoy  off  South  part  Mishaura  Ledge,  NE-  ]i  E.     3>^       " 

Cuttyhunk  Lighthouse,  N.  by  E.  ^  E 7-5^       " 

Light-ship  off  Hen 'and  Chickens,  NE.  J^  E.       •     •     6^       " 

MeinarJcs. 

In  approaching  Dartmouth  Harbor  there  are  many  dangers,  most 
of  which,  at  this  date  (1881),  are  marked  with  Buoys.  With  a 
favorable  wind  about  8  feet  water  can  be  taken  into  this  harbor  at 
low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Dartmouth  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  Quick's  Hole  (wiicn  past  the  Buoy  oflT  Lone  Rock)  make 
good  the  course  N-  by  W-  until  Dumpling  Rock  Lighthouse  boars 


l! 


^# 


48 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


W.NW.,  llien  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Buoys  off 
Great  Letlge  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  lied  Buoy  off  the  Sand 
Spit,  wliich  lias  7  feet  water  upon  it,  well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  continue 
tlic  course  W-NW.  fur  the  Light  until  about  J^  mile  from  it,  you 
will  then  see  to  the  Northwestward,  about  J^  mile  from  shore,  a  small 
Rocky  Islet,  about  10  or  15  feet  above  water  ;  this  is  White  Rock. 
"When  this  Rock  bears  N.NW-,  run  about  N.  Y-z  W-,  leaving  it 
well  on  the  I'ort  hand  ;  wiien  al)reast  this  Rock  you  will  sec  on  the 
port  the  Black  Buoy  olf  tlie  Eastern  part  of  Ilussey's  Rock  ;  con- 
tinue the  course  aljout  N-  J^  W-,  leaving  the  last  named  Buoy  on 
Ihe  Port,  and  the  Horizontal  Striped  Buoys  on  JNIiddle  Ledge,  and 
Lone  Rock  on  the  Starboard  hand;  when  past  the  last  nar.icil 
Buoys  steer  about  NW.  by  N-,  entering  about  midway  tlie  River  ; 
leave  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  West  side  of  Dartmouth  Rock  about 
100  feet  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  alircast  it,  make  good  the 
course  N.  by  W-  Jj  Wvii'i^il  the  end  of  the  Wharf  bears  Kfi.  by 
N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  which  will  take  you  in  the  ("  i.;.'- 
est  water.  When  about  20!)  yards  from  the  W'«;irf  the  (haniu]  '» 
very  narrow ;  it  is  therefore  necessary  to  proceed  witi;  c  .ution. 

From  the  Westward  leave  the  Light-ship  olf  Ilea  and  CMokens 
Reef  close  toon  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good   ihe  dui   ^  NE. 
byE-  ;{>E.,  leaving  tlie  Blacic  Buoy  oil  the  South  part  uf  ?'"  haum 
Ledge,  wiiicli  has  7   feet  water  upon  il,  well  on   t!i"  Poit   cud. 
When  Dumpling  Rock  Lightliouse  bca'--  N.NE.  iti'  a  run  fo ;  i.  on 
this  course,  leaving  the  Puoy  painted  in  Red  aiul  !5!ack  IIor;;outal 
Stripes  olf  the   Soui!.    oir.-  of  Wilkes'   Ledge,  whic'i  has   7  feet 
water  upon  it,  and  the  Rcii  B-u.v  uiF  the  Western  part  of  Sand  Spit, 
which  has  7  feet  water  upo!)  il,  In;!  1'    ^\\  the  Starboard  \yi.\v\\    the 
ktter  bears  S-Siil.  Horn   '•^MiiV;  1;^.  Rock  Lighthouse,  Jistanc^',  Y-z 
mile.     As  you  ai>proach  this  Ligiithouse,  you  will  see  a  short  dis- 
tance to  tiie  Southward  of  it  a  Black  Buoy  ;  pass  about  mid\\ity 
between  this  last  named  one  and  the  Buoy  off  the  Sand  Si)it,  anl 
steer  NE-   by  N.  until  White  Rock    (l)efore  mentioned)    bears 
N.NW.,  then  steer N.  Y^  W-,  and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

There  are  many  dangers  in  approaching  this  harbor,  it  is  there- 
fore not  advisable   for  strangers  to  attempt  to  beat  in  without  a 

pilot. 

For  a  better  knowledge  of  the  dangers  in  ai)proaching  and  enter- 
ing Dartmouth  Harbor,  see  Hldridye's  Chart  of  Buzzard's  Bay  on 
a  large  scale. 


1  Buoys  off 
ff  the  Sand 
.1 ;  continuo 
Toiii  it,  you 
lorc,  a  small 
V'hite  Rock. 
.,  k'aving  it 
.1  sec  on  the 
Rock  ;  con- 
led  Buo}'  on 
Lcdyo,  and 
last  nar.K'd 
)•  the  River  ; 
Rock  about 
ikc  go.id  the 
;ars  KE-  by 
in  the  (■..■ep- 
ic (hauiKj  'is 
c'.ution. 
ud  r'Mokc'is 
CiU!   ^  NE. 
uf  y  haum 
VoiL.  Aum\. 
n\n  in  •  i.  on 
k  Ilor'zoutal 
1  has   7  feet 
f  Sand  Spit, 
I  lia'j'i ;   the 
,  i^'istanci:  J^ 
a  short  dis- 
)out  niid>\ity 
nd  Si)it,  and 
oned)    bears 
0  directed, 
r,  it  is  there- 
in without  a 

ng  and  cntcr- 
ird's  Bay  on 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


49 


High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Dartmouth  Harbor  3h.  20m.  before  it  is  nt 
Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  ^%  feet. 


NEW  BEDFORD  HARBOR. 

Tlie  entrance  to  this  harbor  is  West-Northerly  about  1 1  miles 
from  Wood's  Hole,  North  about  9  miles  from  Quicii's  Hole,  North- 
easterly about  3-5:^  miles  from  Dumpling  Rock  Lighthouse,  and 
Northeasterly  about  1 1  miles  from  Hen  and  Chickens  Light-ship. 

Clark's  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Fort  at  Clark's  Point,  AVest  side  ol"  entrance  to  New 
Bedford  Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1S81),  shows 
a  lixed  White  Light. 

Dangers. 

In  approaching  New  Bedford  Harbor  there  are  many  dangers, 
which  at  this  time  are  marked  with  Buoys. 


Clark's  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from 

Black  Buoy  off  South  part  West  Island   SE.  Ledg^, 

which  has  3  feet  water  upon  it,  NW.  by  W.  ^^W. 
Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  part  West  Island  S  W.  Ledge, 

which  is  nearly  dry  at  low  tide,  NW.  ]i  W. 
Red  Buoy  off  South  part  Mosher  Ledge,  Avhich  has  6 

feet  water  upon  it,  NW-  ^  N 2^ 

Horizontal  Striped  Buoy  off  West  side  Henrietta  Rock, 

which  has  11  feet  water  upon  it,  NW-  %1S.       .1' 
Red  Buoy  off  West  side  of  Packet  Rock,  whicli  has  4 

feet  water  upon  it,  NW *  i  j 

Horizontal  Striped  Buoy  off  Ilursell's  Rock,  which  has 

14  feet  water  upon  it,  N.  by  W.  ^  W.       •     •     • 
Black  Buoy  off  East  side  Pliinney's  Rock,  which  has 

10  feet  water  upon  it,  N.  ]■!.  W 

Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  side  Church  Rock,  which  h; 

8  feet  water  upon  it,  N.  ]i  W-     ...... 


Distance. 

4 '4  miles. 

3   1  u 

I  (I 


(i 


i'A 


m 


2/8 


►*f|^. 


m 


f  f ' 


m. 


50  ELDiunnirs  coast  pilot. 

Ri'd  Buoy  off  West  si(:o  Decatur  Ruck,  whicli  Ikis  5     ni-t*nce. 

IV'ot  water  upoii  it,  N.  ,'4:  W 1  H  ""l«s. 

Black  Buoy  ot!"  East  side*  Norlli  L('il<>;o,  which  lias  5 

feet  water  upon  it,  N.  by  W.  ){(  W ^Va       " 

Black  Buoy  off  East  side  (Ireat  Ledge,  which  has   3 

feet  water  u[)on  it,  N.  J2  E ^'I'i 

Buoy   with   Horizontal   Stripes  off  SE,   side    INIiddle 

Led'fc,  which  has  3  feet  water  upon  it,  N.  by  E. 

^  E 2;^     " 

Buoy  with  Horizontal  Strii^is  off  Northeast  side  Inez 
Ledge,  which  has  7  feet  water  '.ii)on  it,  N.  by  E. 

3^  E 13/4     " 

Buoy  with  Horizontal  Stripes  off  South  side  Lone;  Rock, 

whieli  has  2  feet  water  upon  it,  NE-  l>y  N.  >2  N.     2^      " 
Red  Buoy  off  South   side   Bent's  Ledge,  which  has  3 

feet  water  upon  it,  NE.  by  N.  j:i:  N ^^i      " 

By  a  close  inspection  ot  Eldridge's  Chart  of  Biizz.ard's  Bay  (on 
a  large  .scale)  a  better  knowledge  can  be  obtained  of  the  depth  and 
location  of  the  above  dangers  than  by  any  written  description. 

Palmer's  Island  Lighthouse. 

On  tlic  Northeast  extremity  of  Palmer's  Island,  West  side  of  en- 
t-  ance  to  New  Bedford  Inner  Ilaroor,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  at  this 
date  (IHcil),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

New  Bedford  Outer  Harbor. 

Tlu.-j  harbor  lies  between  Clark's  Point,  Palmer's  Ishmd  and 
Sconticut  Neck,  and  affords  good  shelter  with  winds  from  SAV.  to 
E.SE.  by  way  of  North;  about  T'J  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be 
carried  in  as  far  as  the  Beacon  on  Egg  Island  Flats,  and  about  17 
feet  Yi  mile  above  this  point. 

New  Bedford  Inner  Harbor. 

This  harbor  of  refuge,  wiiieh  lies  above  Palmer's  Island,  is  one 
of  the  best  on  the  coast  of  the  United  States  ;  vessels  of  1  i  feet 
draught  at  low  tide  can  go  aljout  %  mile  above  Palmer's  Island 
Lightliouse,  from  this  point  about  1 1  feet  can  be  carried  up  to  the 
Bridge.     In  approaching  New  Bedlord  there  arc  generally  three 


» 


!l^ 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Platance, 

1  ^4  miles. 

U4     " 


•V4 


2;i    " 


13^         " 


2xV      " 

m   " 

Vs  B:iy  (on 
1  (U'ptli  uiul 
iripUon. 


sirlti  of  en- 
liieh  at  this 


Island  and 
oin  SAV.  to 
ti(U;  c:ui  bo 
id  aljoiit  17 


land,  is  one 
Is  of  1  I  feet 
iner's  Island 
'd  lip  to  the 
lerally  three 


passages  used,  called  Dumpling  Rock  or  West  Channel,  Middle 
Chasinel  and  Ship  Channel-,  the  lirst  two  mentioned  should  not  be 
attempted  by  strangers  at  night,  or  when  tlu;  IJuoys  cannot  be  seen. 
Providing  tliere  is  no  error  in  the  compns;s  and  Clark's  I'oint  Light 
is  visible^  ihe  Eastern  or  Shii)  Channel,  can,  with  favorable  winds, 
bf  safely  entered  at  night  by  strangers. 

Bi/  the   West  Channel. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  Bedford  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  tiie  Light-ship  off  Hen  and  Chickens 
close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  I'y  E. 
'/i   E  ,  leaving   the   Black  P.uoy  off  the  South  side  of  Mishaum 
Le^lge,  ^vhieh  has  7  feet  water  upoii   it,  well  on  the  Port  hand; 
when  i)unipling  Hock  Light  InaisN.NE-,  then  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  leaving  the  Buoy  with  Horizontal  Stripes  olf  Soutli  part 
Wilkes'  Ledge,  which  has  7  feet  water  U[)on   it,  on  the  Starboard 
hand  ;  as  yen  approach  Dumpling  Rock  Lighthouse  you  will  see  the 
Red  Buoy  off  the  Western  part  of  Sand  Spit,  which  has  7  feet 
water  upon  it,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Dumpling  F  W  ;   the  Light- 
house b.'ars  from  the  former  N-NW-,  distance  %  nn'e  ;   the  latter 
Buoy  lies  but  a  short  distance  from  tiie  Light.   Pass  aboi'.*^.  midway 
between  these  two  last  named  Buoys,  and  make-  good  the  course 
NE.  by  N.  unl  il  Clark's  Point  Lighthouse  bears"  NW-  by  N.  >4 
N.,  the  course  is  then  about  N-  '/z  E-    As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see 
on  the  Port  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Eastern  part  of  the  Rock  called 
Old  Bartlcray,  which  lies  but  a  short  distiince   to  the  Eastward  of 
the  Fort  at  Clark's  Point,  and  farther  in  the  Black  Buoy  olf  the 
Eastern  part  of  Butler's  Flats,  botli  these  last  named  Buoys  are  left 
on  the  Port  hand ;  on  the   Starboard  will  bo  scon  the  Beacon  on 
the  Southwest  part  of  Egg  Island  Flats,  and  also  a  Red  Buoy  a 
short  distance  Southeast  from  the  Beacon,  these  last  named  are  left 
on  the  Starboard  hand.     Leave  the  Black  Buoy  off  Butler's  Flats 
close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  ^  W.,  when  you 
will  soon  sec  the  Buoys  which  mark  the  narrow  channel  between 
Palmer's  Island  and  Fort  Flats,     When  up  with  the  first  Black 
Buoy  (which  is  left  on  the  Port  hand)  the  course  is  more  Northerly, 
leaving  the  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  ones  on  the 
Starboard  hand.     When  past  Palmer's   Island  Light  steer  about 


52 


ELDUIDGKS  COAST  I'lLOT. 


ir 


North  until  tho  outer  pint  of  the  first  Wharf  on  tlio  Eastern  si.lo 
of  the  hiulior  bears  SE.  U  E.,  on  wliieli  bearing  Iveep  it  and  steer 
N.W.  }i  W-  for  Tabcr's  Wharf;  this  hist  course  will  take  a  M'.h- 
sol  iu  the  deepest  water,  about  1 1  feet  at  low  tide. 

At  low  tide,  it  is  advisable  for  vessels  of  more  than  11  feet 
draught  to  anehor  in  about  ^ji  fathouis  water,  Avilh  Palmer's  Island 
Light  bearing  about  SW.  by  S-,  distance  300  yards,  and  wait  for 
flood  tide. 

Jif/  the  Middle  Channel. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  Bedford  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  Quick's  Hole  may,  when  past  the  Buoy  olT  South 
part  of  Lone  Rock,  make  good  the  course  N.  %  W-  ;  as  soon  as 
Clark's  Point  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  North  and  run 
for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Buoys  off  Great  Ledge  well  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Phinney's  Rock,  and  Red  Buoys 
on  Church  and  Dccatin-  Rocks  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  cositinuc 
the  course  for  Clark's  Point  Lighthouse,  bearing  Nortii  until  about 
u  mile  from  it,  then  steer  more  Easterly,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  olT 
the  Eastern  part  of  North  Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when 
the  Black  Buoys  offOld  Bartlemy  Rock  and  Butler's  Flats  are  maik>, 
then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

This  last-mentioned  Channel  should  not  be  .attempted  at  night,  as 
a  slight  deviation  from  the  course  may  lead  to  difFiculty. 

Bu  the  Eastern  or  Ship  Channel. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  Bedford  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  the  Light-ship  off  the  Hen  and 
Chickens  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course 
E.  by  N.  ^/i  N.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  South  part  of 
Mishaum  Ledge,  which  has  7  feet  water  upon  it,  and  the  Buoy 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Wilkes'  Ledge, 
which  has  7  feet  water  upon  it,  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When 
Dumpling  Rock  Lighthouse  Jiears  NW-,  steer  about  NE.  by  N-, 
leaving  the  Buoy  with  Ilorizont.al  Stri^jes  ofl  Hursell's  Rock  on  the 
Port  hand;    when    Clark's    Point  Lighthouse    bears  NW.   by 


'Lt^ 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


53 


astern  side 
t  and  stocr 
tuko  a  viis- 

an  11  feet 
ler's  Island 
id  wait  for 


<c  in  Day- 
ither. 

)}•  off  South 

;  as  soon  as 

rth  and  run 

well  on  the 

Rod  IJuoys 

1 ;  continue 

until  about 

K'lv  Buoj-  olf 

land  ;  when 

Ls  are  made, 

at  night,  as 


)r  in  Day- 
sather. 

e  Hen  and 
1  tlio  course 
)uth  part  of 
id  tlie  Buo3' 
Ikes'  Ledge, 
anil.  When 
NE.  by  N., 
llock  ou  the 
s  NW.   by 


N-  'j  Nm  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  off 
Mosher's  Ledge,  Henrietta,  and  Backet  R(jeks  on  the  Staiboard, 
and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Eastern  part  of  North  Ledge  on  tiiu  Tort 
hand.  Continac  the  course  for  Clark's  Point  Light,  bearing  NW. 
by  N.  }.'■  N-,  until  about  a  mile  from  il :  then  steer  about  N.  K' E., 
leaving' the  Black  Buoy  od'  Butler's  Flats  close  to  on  the  Port  band, 
ami  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Fr(jm  (Juick's  Hole,  when  iiast  the  Buoy  off  South  part  of  Lone 
Rock,  steer  N.  by  E.  until  Chirk's  Point  Lighthouse  is  made,  then 
bring   it  to  bear  NW-  by  N.   'y<   N.,  and  follow  the  directions 

before  given. 

From  Woods  Hole,  when  past  the  Buoy  off  Wepcckot  Shoal, 
steer  W-NW.  until  Clark's  Point  Liglithouse  bears  NW.  by 
N.  J^  N.,  then  proceed  according  to  dir.-ctions  before  given. 

JS//  Slii2>  Channel. 

SaiUng  Directions  for  New  Bedford  Harbor  at 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Vessels  at  night,  from  the  Westward,  bound  to  New  Bedford, 
must  bring  the  Light-ship  off  the  Hen  and  Chickens,  to  bear  W. 
by  S.  K'  S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E-  byN-  Yz  N-, 
until  Dumpling  Rock   Liglit  bears  NW-,  then  steer  NE.  by  N-, 
until  Clark's  Point  Light  bears  NW-  by  N.  yi  N-,  then  run  for  it 
on  this  course,  until  about  a  mile  from  it;  then,  in  A^    fathoms 
water  at  low  tide  (soft  bottom),  with  Dumpling  Rock  Light  bearing 
SW.  /.  S.,  and  Palmer's  Island  Light  N-  ->4  W-,  steer  N.  by  E. 
until  Palmer's  Island  Light  boars  N.  by  W.%  W-,  then  run  for 
it,  keeping  a  sharp  look  out  for  the  Buoy  off  Butler's  Flats,  which  is 
left  on  the  Port  iiaiid.     AVhen  about  half  way  from  Clark's  Point 
Light  to  Palmer's  Island  Light,  anchor  in  about  3  fathoms  water, 
and  wait  for  daylight ;  at  low  tide,  when  Clark's  Point  Light  bears 
W.SW.,  it  is  advisable  for  vessels  of  more  then  12  feet  draught  to 
anchor  in  from  3i^  to  4>^  fathoms  water. 

Beating  into  New  Bedford  Harbor. 

The  best  guide  for  beating  into  New  Bedford  Harbor  is  Eldridge's 
Chart  of  Buzzard's  Bay  on  a  large  scale. 


54 


ELDUIDGKS  COAST  PILOT. 


Hluh  Wafer, 

It  is  high  water  in  New  Ilcdford  Harbor  3h.  7m.  before  it  ia  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  4  feet. 


'i^. 


m 


MATTAPOISET  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor  lies  Northeasterly  l.lj^  miles  from  Light-ship  off 
Hen  and  Chickens  ;  Nortlieasteily  H].{i  mik's  from  Dumpling  Ilock 
Light ;  and  Northeasterly  about  '.t;^  miles  from  Woods  Hole. 

Ned's  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Ned's  Point,  East  side  of  Mattai)oiset  Harbor,  Nortliwest 
side  of  Buzzard's  Bay,  is  a  Lighthouse,  wliich  at  this  date  (1881), 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  wliich  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  into 
Mattapoiset  Harbor,  and  also  up  Buzzard's  Bay. 

Memarka, 

This  harbor  affords  good  shelter,  with  winds  from  S.SW.  to  East 
by  way  of  North,  but  is  exposol  to  Southeasterly  winds  ;  about  15 
feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  carried  up  as  far  as  the  Lighthouse, 
and  above  this,  anchorage  may  be  found  in  from  7  to  12  feet 
abreast  of  the  village. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Mattapoiset  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bring  the  Light-ship  off  Hen  and  Chickens 
to  bear  W.  by  S.  J^  S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E.  by 
N.  }i  N-,  until  Dumpling  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  NW-,  then 
make  good  the  course  NE.  J^  E.  ;  on  these  two  last  courses  the 
Ledges  off  the  Northern  shore  of  Buzzard's  Bay  will  be  left  well  on 
the  Port  hand  ;  continue  the  course  NE.  >4  E.  until  Ned's  Point 
Lighthouse  (on  the  Eastern  side  of  Mattapoiset  Harbor)  bears 
NW.  by  N.  J2  N-,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the 
Horizontal  Striped  Buoy  on  Nye's  Ledge,  and  r>lack  Buoy  off 
Southeast  part  of  Mattapoiset  Ledge,  both  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when 
past  these  two  last  buoys,  several  more  will  be  seen  on  the  Port ; 


eforo  it  la  at 


ight-ship  ofT 
ipling  Hook 
Hole. 


r,  Northwest 
late  (1881), 
veasela  into 


SW.  to  East 

Is  ;  about  1 5 

Lighthouse, 

7  to  12  feet 


r  in  Day- 
lather. 

.m\  Chickens 
I  stoer  E.  by 
NW.,  then 
t  courses  the 
3  left  well  on 
Ned's  Point 
irbor)  bears 
,  leaving  the 
ck  Buoy  off 
,  hand  ;  when 
on  the  Port ; 


ELDUIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


(^T 
ii«i 


the  first  i.  Bluck,  and  lies  near  C'.allatin  Rock  ;  when  th.s  I  uoy  boars 
NW,  ru.lor  it  on  this  course,  and  leave  It  about  100  yards  on 
Uu-  Port  hand;  continue  tho  course  NW.  passing  about  nndway 
be.^een  two  15noys,  one  Bla.k,  the  other  Red  ;  when  the  L.ght- 
on"  bears  N-NE-,  .teer  N-  by  W-  V.  W.,  leaving  tho  Buoy 
w  I  o,  .unul  Stri  .OS,  oil  Barstow  lloek,  well  on  the  Starboard 
Tnd  •  when  the  Ligl.thouso  bears  NE-  hy  E-,  thenanehor  n,  Irom 
2«4  toaiatlionis  water,  sotlboUom. 

At  low  tide,  about  7  feet  water  can  be  carried  up  to  tl>e  Long 
Wharf  Vessels  bound  to  Mattapoi.et  (may,  therefore,  at  low  tide), 
when  past  the  Horizontal  Striped  Buoy  off  Barstow  Uoek  steer 
NW.  by  N.  K.  N..  nutil  the  water  shoals  to  about  two  fathoms; 
then  anchor  and  wait  for  higii  tide. 

At  Ntght. 

Small  vessels  of  not  more  than  8  fe.'t  draught  (may,  at  low  tide) , 
follow  the  directions  before  given,  until  the  Light  at  Ma  tapo.se 
Harbor  bears  N-NW-,  then  run  for  it  on  th.s  ^-;- ""^^^;; 
/3  mile  from  it,  then  haul  in  about  NW-  by  W.,  or  W-NW-,  and 
anchor  in  from  2>^  to  3  fathoms  water,  soft  l,ottom  ;  tho  L.ght  bears 
from  tliis  anchorage  NE.  by  E. 

The  Lighthouse,  in  its  present  location  (1881),  ^^  no  any  gu  dc 
on  a  direct  course  for  the  deepest  water  into  Mattapo.sot  Harbor. 

Boating  into  Mattapoiset  Harbor. 

In  approaching  and  entering  this  Harbor,  there  arc  many  Sunken 
Rois  and  Ledgl,  most  of  which,  at  this  date  0««\)'  ^^  ^-J'^^^^' 
In  beating  in,  strangers  can  obtain  a  bettor  knowledge  of  hose 
danget,  by  inspecting  Eldridge's  Chart  of  Buzzard's  Bay,  on  alarge 
scale,  than  by  any  written  directions. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Mattapoiset  Harbor  3h.  14m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  4  feet. 


1 


iCff' 


50 


KLDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


SIPPICAN  HARBOR. 

This  Ilmhor  lies  Northnnstorly  1»>4  miles  from  Lijilit-ship  off 
Ilni  and  Chiikoiis  ;  Knst-Northcil.v  8^.  miles  from  tl.o  City  of  New 
Bedford;  North  nhout.  11 ,'.{  miles  from  ontr.im'e  to  Woods  Hole  ; 
and  Northwesterly  about  2 '4'  miles  from  I'.ird  Ishmd  l.ijrhtlioiisc. 

Bird  Island  Lighthouse. 

Tp.masm;dl,  low  isU't,  culled  I'.ird  Island,  Kast  of  ontranco  to 
Sii)i)iean  Harbor,  West  sido  of  Iluzzard's  Bay,  is  a  LiiihthoUHC, 
whiehat  tliis  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  Light,  varied  by  white 
(lashes;  this  Li},dit  is  intended  to  guide;  vessels  into  Sippiean, 
Wareham,  and  also  np  the  Bay. 

Bird  Island  Lighthouse  boars  from     p,^|^^_.^ 

Horizontal  Striped  Buoy  off  Nye's  Ledge,  NE.  yi  E-      4      miles. 
Black    Buoy    oil'    Southeast    part     Bowbell      Ledge, 

NE.?;iE *^- 

Ked  Buoy  oir  Southern  part  of  SW.  Ledge,  NW-  by 

W.  J.(  w ^<^ 

Red   Biiov    otr  Northern   part   SW.    Ledge,    W.    by 

N.  ;^  N ^'j 

Wing's  Nrck  Lighthouse,  W.  J4^  S 25a 

Black   Bnoy  olf  South  part   Abi-d's   Ledge,   W.  by 

g_  3/  g 2.3.^       " 

Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  part  Dry  Ledge,  SW.      .     .  "^i^ 

Beniarh's. 

In  entering  this  Harbor,  when  past  the  first  Wharf,  the  Channel 
is  narrow  and  crooked,  and  there  arc  several  Sunken  Bocks,  which 
at  this  date  (18S1).  are  not  buoyed;  about  12  feet  at  low  tide 
may  be  taken  up  abreast  the  second  Wharf,  but  only  9  feet  can  be 
carried  to  the  Village,  and  about  4  feet  to  the  upper  Wharf. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Sippican  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  AVestward,  follow  the  directi.nis  before  given  for  IMat- 
tapoiset  Harbor  until  Bird  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  then  bnngit 
to  bear  NE-  by  N-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  when  you  wiU 


#4' 


\^. 


;ht-Hliii)  o(r 
\{\  of  New 
)<)(ls  Hole  ; 
;litlioiisc. 


Mitninco  to 

.i^lithoUHC, 

il  liy  wliitc 

Sii)[)ican, 


Dlsl.incc. 

4      miles. 


1/3 


2;i 


2J.< 

2-/8 


2xV 


U 


U 

u 


Llic  Clianncl 
oeks,  which 
lit  h)\v  tide 
feet  can  be 
uirf. 

Daytime, 
ler. 

■cp.  for  IMat- 
,hc!i  bring  it 
lien  you  will 


Ksgl 


BMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


I  !^  Ilia 

If    i;£    12.0 


1.4 


1.6 


6f^ 


V^''W 


'/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14580 

(716)  872-45C3 


P 


m> 


y^y 


,V 


'^>^ 


"^h 


V 


4S> 


^ 


'^^ 


^^ 


m 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


i 


*-■^7**^^*-:;=:;i^v:/'T:■-■*-^'■■:^.^?j*■■^fcl*J■^:^*^  i<"'^**fl<-^6^»^»<3rf#:-— ^pv-§i!>, 


';"?^*^w"***w!i*i 


■■;aiii..iia^n  nwj.i 


ELDUTDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


57 


see  the  Black  Buoy  ofTtho  Southeast  part  of  BowboU  Ledge  ;  Bird 
Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  last-named  Buoy  NE.  ^  E., 
distance  V^  miles;  leave  the  Buoy  off  BowbcU  Ledge  about  >^ 
mile  on  the  Tort  hand,  and  steer  N- by  E.  }^  E-,  until  the  next 
Black  Buoy  off  Charles  Neck  boars  N-  by  W-  }<■  W-,  then  run 
for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  50  yards  on  tlie  Tort  hand  ; 
when  past  the  last-mentioned  Buoy,  continue  the  course  N-  by 
W.  'A  W.,  when  von  will  see  tlie  Buoy  off  Black  Bock,  winch 
bears  S-SE-  from  the  outer  end  of  Nye's  Warf,  distance  about  175 
yards  •  leave  the  last-named  Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Tort 
hand,  and  anchor  between  Nye's  Warf  and  lilack  Rock  Buoy  in 
about  dyi    fathoms  water.     Strangers  should  not  go  above  this 

without  a  pilot. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  this  harbor  at  night. 

HlffJi  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Sippican  Harbor  3h.   15m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  ci  uimon  tides  rise  about  4  feet. 


WAREHAM  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  Northeasterly  about  21  miles  from 
Light-ship  off  Hen  and  Chickens;  \2}i  miles  Northeasterly  from 
Woods  Hole  ;  3  miles  Nortlieasterly  from  Bird  Island  Lighthouse  ; 
Northwesterly  3J{  miles  from  Wing's  Neck  Lighthouse. 

Remarks, 

From  Cromeset  Point,  Western  side  of  entrance  to  this  River,  the 
distance  to  Wareham  Village  is  about  -l-i  miles.  The  Ledges  and 
Flats  which  obstruct  it  at  this  date  (1881),  are  well  buoyed,  and 
by  the  following  directions  vessels,  at  high  water,  of  not  more  than 
8  feet  draught,  with  a  favorable  and  commanding  breeze,  may  safely 
run  up  to  Wareham  without  a  pilot. 

Appropriations  by  the  United  States  Government  have  bceii 
made  from  time  to  time,  for  the  purpose  of  improving  the  Channel 
in  this  River,  and  we  learn  that  at  this  date  (1881),  about  7  feet 
water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  carried  up  to  Wareham  Village. 


58 


ELDUIDGF/S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Wareham  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  file  "Westward,  bring  the  Light-ship  off  Hen  and  Cliiclvens 
to  boar  W.  bj-  S.  ]i  S-,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  steer  E.  by 
N-  %  N.,  until  r)umi)ling  Roclf  Ligiit  bears  NW.,  tlienniake  good 
tiie  course  NE.  H  E.  for  Wing's  Neck  Liglitliouse,  distant  r:\% 
miles  ,  on  those  two  last  courses,  the  Ledges  off  the  Nortiiwestern 
shore  of  Buzzard's  Bay  will  be  left  well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  continue 
the  course  NE.  Yz  E.,  for  Wing's  Neck  Light,  and,  as  j-ou  sail 
in,  Bird  Island  Lighthouse  will  be  seen  on  the  Port,  and  nearly 
ahead,  the  Lighthouse  on  Wing's  Neck  ;  give  the  former  a  bcrtli  of 
about  a  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Northward,  when  you  will  see  to  the 
Northward  a  large  Hotel  which  is  built  on  the  Eastern  part  of 
Great  Hill ;  when  this  Hotel  bears  N.  %  W.,  then  haul  in  about 
North,  and  leave  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past  it, 
you  will  see  the  Red  Buo}'  od"  Western  part  of  Great  Flats,  which 
is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  this  last-mentioned  Buo}'  bears 
about  North  from  the  Hotel,  distance  yi  mile  ;  when  past  this  last- 
named  Buoy,  the  course  is  about  N-  by  W.  to  Black  Buoy,  off 
Eastern  part  of  Weweant'c  Flats,  which  is  left  on  the  Port  hand  ; 
from  this  last  Buoy  steer  about  N.  b}-  E.  }i  E.,  passing" between 
four  Buoys,  two  Black  and  two  Red  :  continue  the  course,  Kavina 
the  two  next  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port,  and  Beach  Point  on  the 
Starboard  hand ;  after  passing  this  Point,  the  course  is  more 
Easterly,  leaving  4  Black  Buoys' on  the  Port,  and  one  Red  Buoy  on 
the  Starboard  hand  ;  after  passing  these,  keep  about  in  the  middle 
of  the  River  to  the  Village,  leaving  the  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port, 
and  Red  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

When  the  Hotel,  on  the  Eastern  part  of  Great  Hill  bears  NW., 
distance  about  %  mile,  it  is  advisable  for  strangers  in  vessels  of 
more  tlian  8  feet  draught,  to  anchor  in  from  2j4  to  3  fathoms 
water,  and  take  pilots  to  Wareham. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Vessels  bound  up  Buzzard's 
Bay  at  Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Providing  there  is  no  error  in  the  compass,  vessels  may,  by  the 
following  directions,  safely  run  up  Buzzard's  Bay  in  Night-time. 
Bring  the  Light-ship  off  tiie  Hen  and  Chickens  to  bear  W.  by 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


59 


I  Daytime, 
ither. 

ami  Cliickens 
(1  steer  E.  l>y 
en  make  good 

distant  i;i?i^ 
Nortliwestein 
xnd ;  continue 
1,  as  3'ou  sail 
L,  and  nearly 
ler  a  berlli  of 
n-ill  see  to  the 
istern  part  of 
liaul  in  about 
when  past  it, 
t  Flats,  which 
I  IJuo}'  bears 
past  this  last- 
ack  Buoy,  off 
le  Port  hand ; 
ssing"  between 
jurso,  Kaviiig 

I'oiut  on  the 
urse  is  more 
Red  Buoy  on 
in  the  middle 
1  on  the  Port, 

bears  NW., 

in  vessels  of 

to  3  fathoms 


Buzzard's 
is  and  fair 

s  may,  by  the 
^ight-time. 
)  bear  W.  by 


S  %  S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E.  by  N-  %  N.,  until 
i)um[)liiiLT  Rock  Ligiit  bears  NW-,  then  make  good  Die  course 
NE  Yi  E.,  until  Bird  Island  Light  (Flashing)  bears N-NE-,  then 
)!in  for  this  last-named  Light  on  this  course,  until  Wing's  Neck 
Light  bears  NE.  by  E.  J^  E.,  then  steer  for  it  on  this  bearing, 
until  Bird  Lsland  Light  bears  NW-,  then  haul  in  N.  'A  E-,  and 
anchor  when  AVing's  Neck  Light  bears  E.SE.,  in  from  3>-^  to  4 
i'athoms  water. 

Tlic  above  courses  made  good  from  Light-ship  off  Hen  and 
(  liickens,  pass  \}i  miles  to  the  Southward  of  Mishaura  Ledge,  1>^ 
miles  to  the  Southward  of  Wilkes'  Ledge,  \%  miles  to  the  South- 
ward of  Nye's  Ledge,  \],i  miles  to  tlie  Southward  of  Bird  Island 
Lioht,  and  about  one  mile  to  the  Northward  of  the  buoy  off  South- 
ern part  of  SW.  Ledge  ;  this  Inst-named  buoy  bears  from  Bird 
Island  SE.  by  E-  ^  E-,  distance  2].i  miles. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Wareham  River  3h.  11m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  4'^  feet. 


BACK  RIVER  HARBOR. 

This  harbor  lies  Northeasterly  about  24  J^  miles  from  Light-ship 
off  Hen  and  Chickens  ;  East-Northerly  14>^  miles  from  the  City  of 
New  Bedford  ;  12  miles  Northeasterly  from  the  entrance  to  Wood's 
Hole  ;  and  3  miles  Northeasterly  from  Wing's  Neck  Lighthouse. 

Wing's  Neck  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  extreme  Western  part  of  Wing's  Neck,  East  aide  of 
entrance  to  Back  River  Harbor,  near  the  head  of  Buzzard's  Bay,  is 
a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light, 
whicli  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  up  the  Bay,  and  also  into  Back 
River  Harbor.  This  LiglUhouse  bears  from  Red  Buoy  off  Southern 
part  of  SW.  Ledge  NE.  by  N-  %  N.,  distance  1>^  miles;  from 
Black  Buoy  off  Southern  part  of  Abial's  Ledge,  SE.  by  S-  ]4.  S.i 
y^  mile ;  from  Bird  Island  Lighthouse  E.  %  N.,  distance  2^8  miles. 


''■i 


'W^ 


60 


KLDIIIDOIVS  COAST  I'lLOT. 


RemarlcH, 

At  this  date  (1881),  at  low  tide,  about  9  feet  water  can  be 
cnrriod  up  to  Back  River  Harbor,  tiio  slioalost  water  being  a  short 
distance  Soulli  from  tiie  Soutlicru  point  ofMashnce  Island. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Back  River  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Follow  tlie  directions  before  given  for  Wareham  River,  until  Bird 
Island  l.iglitlionsc  bears  NW-,  about  one  mile  distant,  tlicn  steer 
about  NE-  ]'z  Em  with  Wing's  Neck  Lighthousr  well  on  tlic  Star- 
board bow  ;  on  tliis  course  the  buoys  off  tlie  Nort'itcrn  and  Southern 
part  of  SW.  Ledge  will  be  left  well  on  tlic  Starboard  hand  ;  as  you 
sail  in,  the  P.lack  Buoy  off  tlio  Soutliern  part  of  Abial's  Ledge  will 
be  seen  ;  tliis  last-named  buoy  bears  NW.  by  N.  ]i  N-  from 
Wing's  Neck  Lighthouse,  distance  ^  mile.  Tass  about  midway 
between  the  last-named  buoy  and  Wing's  Neck  Liglit,  and  follow 
the  sliorc  to  tlie  Eastward,  keeping  but  a  short  distance  from  it 
(in  not  less  than  4  fathoms  water),  when  you  will  soon  see  the 
Black  Buoy  off  tlie  Southern  part  of  Wing's  Flats ;  leave  this  buoy 
close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  ^  N., 
crossing  the  Flats  between  Tobey's  and  ^Lasllnee  Islands,*  in  about 
9  feet  water,  at  low  title  ;  then  leave  the  Red  Buoys  on  the  Star- 
board, and  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand,  until  past  the  Red  Buoy 
off  the  Northern  part  of  a  bare  Rock  called  the  Old  Cow  ;  then 
anchor  at  the  mouth  of  Back  River  in  from  2J^  to  3  fathoms  water. 

High  Wator. 

It  is  Wgh  water  in  Back  River  Harbor  3h.  12m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  4>^  feet. 


OOHASSET  NARROWS. 

These  Narrows  lie  about  \^/i  miles  Northeasterly  from  Back 
River  Harbor,  and  the  Channel  which  leads  up  is  narrow,  and  has 

*  A  lloc.k  having  about  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide,  lies  midway  t)e- 
twccn  Masluioo  and  Tol)ey's  Islands  ;  vessels  of  7  fc.-ot  drauglit  or  upwards 
passiii.g  betwix'U  these  Islands  will,  therefore,  proceed  at  low  tide  with 
caution. 


t  water  can  be 
r  being;  a  short 
Island. 

)or  in  Day- 
weather. 

iver,  until  Bird 
ant,  tlicn  stocr 
gU  on  tiic  Star- 
1  and  Southern 
il  hand  ;  as  you 
ial's  Lcdgo  will 
J.  ]4  N-  IVom 
about  midwa}' 
jht,  and  follow 
istanee  from  it 
•ill  soon  see  the 
leave  tliis  buoy 
•se  NE.  34  N., 
ands,*  in  about 
^•s  on  the  Star- 
it  the  Red  Buoy 
Old  Cow  ;  tlicn 
1  fathoms  water. 


.  before  it  is  at 


s. 

3rly  from  Back 
narrow,  and  has 

c,  lies  midway  be- 
•aiight  or  upwards 
I  at  low  tide  with 


ELDUID0E8  COAST  PILOT. 


61 


at  low  tide  a  depth  of  about  5  feet  water ;  at  this  date  (1381),  the 
Flats  are  well  buoyed  ;  it  is  advisable  for  yissds  of  more  than  (,  or 
7  feet  draught,  bound  to  Cobusact  ^■  arrows,  to  take  pilots  at  Back 
llivcr  Harbor. 


ONSET  BAY. 

This  small,  shaUow  Bay  lies  Northeasterly  about  V/^  miles  from 
Win.r's  Neck  Lighthouse.  Vessels  boiuul  to  Back  Uiver  Harbor 
and  "Cuhasset  Narrows,  leave  Mashnee  Island  on  the  Port,  while 
those  bound  to  Onset  Bay  leave  it  on  the  Starl)oard  hand.  About 
6  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  carried  up  the  Bay  to  the  Wliarf. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Onset  Bay  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  7  feet  draught,  bound  to  Onset  Bay, 
may,  at  about  y.  Hood,  follow  tlie  directions  before  given  for  Back 
lliver  Harbor,  until  past  the  Black  Buoy  olf  the  Southern  part  of 
Win.''s  Neck  Flats,  tlien  steer  N-NE-,  until  the  Black  Buoy,  whicli 
lies  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward  of  JMashnee  Isknd,  bears 
N  by  W.,  then  run  for  this  last-named  Buoy,  leaving  it  close  to 
on'  the  Port  hand,  and  carrying  al)out  9  feet  water  Uirougli  the 
narrow  Channel ;  when  past  tliis  Buoy,  liaul  gradually  to  tlie  East- 
ward, passing  in  mid-channel  througli  tlie  Narrows,  and  leaving 
the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Western  part  of  Hog  Island,  close  to  on  the 
Starl)oaid  hand,  and  the  next  lUack  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port. 
Wlien  past  tlie  last  Buoy,  the  course  is  about  NW.  ^2  N.,  leaving 
a  Red  Buoy,  which  lies  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward  of  a  small, 
hio-h  Island  (called  Wicket's Islrad),  close  to  on  tlie  Starboard  hand, 
au°d  run  for  llie  Wharf,  ben.ing  about  N.  by  W-,  and  carrying  8 
feet  water  to  its  outer  end. 

High  Water. 

It  is  hisb  water  in  Onset  Bay  3h.  12m.  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
common  tides  rise  about  4J^  feet. 


HI 


G2 


ELDIUDOES  COAST  IMLOT. 


POOASSET  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  harbor  (which  is  on  the  Southern  aide  of 
Winer's  Ncclv)  bears  E.  by  S-  from  Wing's  Neclt  Liglithouse,  dis- 
tance' 3^  mile.  At  low  tide  about  10  feet  wat(!r  can  bo  taken  into 
it,  but  only  2  or  3  feet  can  be  carried  up  to  the  wharf;  at  this  date 
(1881),  the  channel  is  well  buoyed. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Pocasset  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Wareham  River  in  day- 
time, leaving  Bird  Island  Lighthouse  a  mile  on  the  Fort  hand  ; 
when  abreast  this  Light  steer  for  Wing's  Neck  Lightliouse,  bearing 
NE.  by  E.  Vi  E.,  leaving  the  Buoys  off  the  SW.  Ledge  well  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  When  about  Yz  mile  from  the  last-named 
Lighthouse,  steer  E.  by  S.  until  tlie  Red  Buoy  at  the  entrance  of 
the  harbor  bears  E.  by  N.  The  passage  will  then  be  fairly  open, 
and  you  may  run  in,  leaving  the  Buoy  on  the  Starboard  hand  and 
keeping  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  narrow  Channel,  and  anchor  in 
about  2'/^  fathoms  water  a  short  distance  to  the  Southwest  of  the 
first  Black  Buoy.  If  bound  to  the  Wharf,  wait  at  tiiis  anchorage 
until  nearly  high  water ;  then  leave  the  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port 
and  Red  Buoys  on  the  Starboard  hand,  as  they  arc  set  to  mark  the 
narrow  Channel  up  to  the  Wharf.  At  this  date  (1881),  about  6>4 
feet  water  at  high  tide  can  be  carried  to  this  Wliarf. 

IJlgU   Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Tocasset  Harbor  3h.  12m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;   common  tides  rise  about  4  feet. 


RED  BROOK  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  lies  Southwesterly  about  %  mile 
from  the  Wharf  in  Pocasset  Harbor.  About  6  feet  water  can  be 
taken  through  this  passage,  but  only  3  or  4  feet  can  be  carried  into 
the  brirbor  at  low  tide.  There  is  another  very  narrow  passage  lead- 
in«r  into  Red  Brook  Harbor  between  the  Southern  Point  of  Bassett  3 


thern  side  of 
^lithousc,  cUs- 
1)0  taken  into 
' ;  at  this  date 

1  Daytime, 
ther. 

River  in  day- 
c  Port  hand  ; 
louse,  bearing 
Ledge  well  on 
he  last-named 
he  entrance  of 
be  fairly  open, 
oard  hand  and 
and  anelior  iu 
itliwest  of  the 
this  anchorage 
i  on  the  Port 
ct  to  mark  the 
$1),  about  6>4 


)cfore  it  is  at 


about  %  mile 
;t  water  can  bo 
be  carried  into 
y  passage  lead- 
int  of  Bassett's 


ELDRIDOES  COAST  PILOT. 


63 


Island  and  Scraggy  Neck,  through  which  about  4  feet  water  can  be 
carried  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Red  Brook  Harbor 

Vessels  of  not  more  tha.i  5  or  G  feet  draught  may  at  high  water, 
follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Pocasset  Harbor  until  the 
narrow  passage  between  the  Northern  Point  of  Bassett  s  Island  and 
h  Mainland  opens,  then  run  in,  leaving  the  Buoy  with  Horizontal 
Strip  3  otr  the  Northern  side  of  Channel  Rock  a  short  distance  ou 
eitle  hand.  After  passing  this  Buoy  the  harbor  will  be  open, 
wll  you  may  run  in  and  anchor  in  about  5  feet  water  at  low 
tide. 


OATAUMET  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Buzzard's  Bay,  lies  Northeasterly  about  20  miles  from  Lightship 
oTilTnard  Chickens;  U  miles  East-Northerly  from  Dumphng 
Rock  Lighthouse,  about  8  miles  Northeasterly  from  entrance  to 
Wood's  Hole,  and  about  3  miles  Southeasterly  from  Bird  Island 
Lighthouse.  MemarkH. 

Cataumet  Harbor  is  a  large  cove  lying  between  Scraggy  Neck  on 

the  North  and  Nye's  Neck  on  the  South,  and  afforc^  anchorage  n 

fVom  2  to  3  fathoms  water.    A  bar  extends  across  the  entranc   to 

^harbor,  having  about  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  t:de     At  h.gh 

water  this  harbor  is  somewhat  exposed  to  Westerly  wir-^-^- 

SaiUng  Directions  for  Cataumet  Harbor  in  Day- 
ti^^e,  ^th  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Ware- 
ham  River  in  daytime  until  Wing's  Neck  Lighthouse  is  made  ;  ther 
briL  tW  Liohhouse  to  bear  NE-,  and  run  for  it  on  tins  course 
^Z  M^nd  Lighthouse  bears  NW,  by  N.;  the  e.«o 
the  harbor  wiU  then  be  fairly  open,  bearing  E-  V^^'^^^^^^^l^ 
n.ay  run  in  on  this  last  course.  As  you  sad  m  on  Uie  l^oi^wdl  be 
seen  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Southern  part  ^'^'l-J^^^fV^^^ 
farther  in,  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Southern  side  of  S  vile  Ledge 
Sof  wiich  are  left  ou  the  Port  hand.     On  the  Starboard,  near 


G4 


ELDUIDGK'S  COAST  I'lLUT. 


tho  Soiithorn  side  of  tlic  IuiiIk)!',  will  lie  socmi  llie  Ucd  Buoy,  wliicb 
lies  oil'  tlio  Nortlieni  wide  of  Cuttuuuet  Lcdgo  ;  louvo  this  last-naiiu'd 
Buoy  ubout  200  yards  on  the  Starlxjiird  luiiid,  and  Htoor  E-  by  Nm 
loaviii^f  tiio  Hliiclv  Hiioy  oil'  tho  Sontiu'i'ri  point  of  ScraggN  Neck 
well  on  the  I'oit  hand.  On  this  last  course  you  will  cross  tlio  bar 
in  about  8  feet  water  at  low  tide.  Continue  tho  course  E.  by  N. 
until  the  water  deei)en8  to  2^  or  .'J  fallionis,  then  anchor. 

If  Itound  up  to  the  Wharf  wait  at  this  anclioiage  until  about  higii 
water;  then  run  in,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  olf  South  side  of  Chan- 
nel Kock  (which  ia  awash  at  half  tide)  on  the  Port,  and  Red  Buoy 
off  Nye's  Flats  close  to  on  tiic  Starboard  hand,  aud  run  for  tho  cud 
of  tho  Wharf,  bearing  about  SE. 


High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Catauniet  Harbor  3h.  14in.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  abuut  4  feet. 


WILD  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Buzzard's  Bay,  lies 
about  1  mile  to  the  Southward  of  Cataumet  Harbor. 

Memarks, 

Wild  Harbor  is  a  small  (nearly)  circular  Cove,  a  little  more  than 
y^  mile  in  diameter,  and  there  are  no  dangers  in  entering  it.  This 
Cove  also  affords  good  anchorage  in  from  2)^  to  3  fathoms  water, 
with  winds  from  N  NW-  to  S.  by  E.  by  way  of  East,  but  is  open 
to  Southwesterly  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Wild  Harbor  in  Daytime. 

Vessels  bound  to  Wild  Harbor  may  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Wareham  River  in  daytime,  until  Bird  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  NW-,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  steer  SE.  for  Nye's 
Point ;  give  this  Point  a  berth  of  about  ^  mile,  leaving  it  on  tlie 
Port  hand.  When  the  harbor  is  fairly  open,  bearing  about  E.NE., 
then  run  in,  keeping  abo"^  midway  between  the  two  points,  and 
anchor  in  from  2^  to  3  fatuoms  water. 


1  Buoy,  wliicU 
lis  lust-imini'd 
vi-E.  byN., 
Scragg)  Neck 
'.  cross  tlie  bar 
irisc  E.  b}-  N. 
•lior. 

ilil  about  high 
siilu  of  Cliaii- 
iiul  Red  Buoy 
ia  for  the  cud 


)cforo  it  is  at 


ird's  Bay,  lies 


ttlc  more  tlian 
ring  it.  This 
atlioms  water, 
it,  but  is  open 


L  Daytime. 

ectioiis  before 
lid  Liglitliouse 
SE.  for  Nye's 
.ving  it  on  tlio 
ibout  E.NE., 
JO  points,  and 


ELDUIIKJK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


HOG  ISLAND  HARBOR. 


65 


Tlio  entrance  to  this  nhallow  Cove,  wliicli  is  on  tliu  Eastern  side 
ijf  Bii/./.ard's  B:iy,  lies  East- Northerly  about  10  miles  from  l.iglil- 
sliii)  oil  Hen  and  Chirkeiis,  i>li  miles  NorlheaMerly  from  entranee 
lo  Woods  Hole,  and  SE.  by  S.  ^j  S.  about  T)  miles  from  Binl 
I.-.laud  Lighthouse. 

Ileiunrh's. 

Hog  Island  Harbor,  which  is  only  navigable  for  boats  at  low 
tide,  is  well  sheltered  from  all  winds.  About  0  feet  can  be  taken 
into  it  at  high  water. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Hog  Island  narbor  in  Day- 
time. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  4  or  T)  feet  draught  bound  to  Ilog  Island 
Harbor,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Wareham  River 
in  daytime,  until  Ned's  Point  Lighthouse  (on  Northeast  siile  of 
Mattapoiset  Harbor)  is  on  a  range  with  Angelica  Point,  bearing 
NW.  by  W. ;  then  run  SE-  by  E-  for  this  harbor;  when  it  is 
fairly  open  (a  little  bi'fore  high  water),  run  in  about  midway,  leav- 
ing the  Red  Buoys*  olf  Hog  Island  Ledge  and  Hog  Island  Point, 
boUv  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  the  Eastern  part  of  Hog 
Island,  anchor  anywhere  in  the  harbor,  where  you  will  lie  aground 

at  low  tide. 

High   Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Hog  Island  Harbor  3h.  13m.  before  it  is  at 

Boston ;   common  tides  rise  about  4  feet. 


QUISSET  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  small  harbor,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Buzzard's  Bay,  lies  East-Northerly  about  17  miles  from  Liglit-ship, 
off  Hen  and  Chickens  ;  about  2  miles  Nortlieasterly  from  entrance 
to  Wood's  Hole,  and  about  4  miles  Southwesterly  from  entrance  to 
Hog  Island  Harbor. 


1 


*  Since  the  above  was  written  wc  k-urii  tliat  the  Buoys  at  the  entrance  of 
the  harbor  have  been  cliscoutiuued. 


IT 


OG 


KLDUIDGK'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Jtemnt'h's, 

In  entering  this  harbor  the  C'liiiniu'l  is  vc'ry  narrow  and  crooked, 
and  tlicrc  arc  st'vcrul  dani^croiiH  Itoilcs  and  Loilgcs  l^ing  in  it. 
Al)oiit  C  feet  water  can  1)0  carried  into  it  at  low  tide.  It  is  udvis- 
ublo  for  Htrungera  bound  to  this  pluco  to  take  i)ilot3. 


l'.\ 


HADLEY'S  HARBOR. 

This  smiill  Harbor  lii-s  on  the  Western  side  of  entrance  from 
IJuzzard's  Way  to  Wood's  Hole. 

Jiemarks, 

In  entering  this  harbor,  a  Lodge,  which  is  covered  at  high  water, 
lies  nearly  in  mid-channel,  forming  two  passages  into  it,  both  of 
which  are  very  narrow. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Hadley's  Harbor  in  Daytime. 

Small  vessels  from  Buzzard's  Bay  may  leave  the  Black  Buoy  olf 
the  Western  entrance  to  Wood's  Hole  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  steer  Southeasterly,  keeping  the  Red  Buoy  off  Long  Neck 
Hock  well  on  the  Tort  bow  ;  leave  the  last-mentioned  Buoy  about 
200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  NE.  make 
good  the  course  SW.  for  the  Northern  part  of  Nonaraesset  Island, 
leaving  the  Buoy  with  Horizontal  Stripes  olf  Hadley's  Kock  well  on 
the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  SW.,  keeping  a  sharp  look- 
out for  the  Ledge,  until  al)out  100  yards  from  shore  ;  then  haul  to 
the  Westward,  leaving  this  Ledge  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when 
past  it,  anchor  in  about  mid-channel,  off  the  Wharf,  in  from  2}4  to 
3  fathoms  water. 

Vessels  entering  Buzzard's  Bay  in  Thick 
Weather— Whistling  Buoy. 

At  the  entrance  of  Buzzard's  Bay,  about  one  mile  Southwest  from 
Light-ship  off  IIcu  and  Chickens,  at  this  date  (1881),  is  a  Whist- 
ling Buoy. 


and  crooked, 
s  lying  ill  it. 
.     It  is  ucIvIh- 


ciitranco  from 


at  high  wator. 
iito  it,  both  of 


a  Daytime. 

Miifk  lUioy  olf 
ii'buard  hand, 
ff  Long  Nock 
d  I'jiioy  about 
s  NE.  make 
raesset  IsUiud, 
3  Kock  well  on 
a  siiarp  look- 
;  thtn  haul  to 
I  hand  ;  when 
in  from  2>^  to 


Thick 

iouthwest  from 
I),  is  a  Whist- 


ELDllIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


67 


Boarlngs  and  DistanooN  from  this  Buoy. 

Dlitnneu. 

Row  and  I'i^'H  I,i-4lit  Siiip,  S.SE n>{  miles. 

Hiioy  oir  Northwestern  side  of  Ilibhon  Hecf,  E.  by  S.     -','4  " 

liuoy  off  South  8t(l(' Mishanm  Lcdgi',  NE.   '4' E.  .     .     4'^  " 

Buoy  oir  South  «!.!<•  Wllki-H*  Lodge,  NE   by  E.  ''  "R.     7j^  " 

Du-npling  H.-ek  I-ightiiouso,  NE-  HE 8 

Hhu'k  IJuoy  otf  Soiitli  side  Wist   Ishuid    SK.  Ledge, 

NE.  byE.   '(E l-"f  " 

Wing'H  Neek  J.ighUiouHe,  NE.  by  E.  ;:(  E.      ...  'ii'/j  " 

In  thick  weather,  vessels  bound  up  Ihizzard's  Bay  making,  or 
lieariug,  tiiis  Wiiislling  Buoy  at  tlie  cntran<'e,  may  leave  it  elose  to 
on  eitlu'r  hand,  and  make  g  )()d  tlie  course  E-  by  N-  ^  N-,  about 
9  miles;  the  course  is  then  NE-  I2  E-  about  11  miles  to  Wing'a 
Neck  Lighliiouse. 

By  inspeeling  l':idridge's  Chart  of  Buzzard's  Bay  on  a  largo  scale 
a  better  idea  can  lie  obtained  of  tlie  numerous  UiK-ks  and  Ledges 
in  it,  and  also  of  the  depth  of  water  upon  them,  than  by  any  writ. 
ten  description. 

Channel  between  Hen  and  Chickens  and  Goose- 
berry Neck. 

Small  vessels  of  not  more  liian  8  feet  draught,  with  favorable 
winds,  may,  at  low  tide,  by  the  following  directions,  safely  iiass 
through  this  channel. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Gooseberry  Neck  Channel 

in  Daytime. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  ^lishaum  Point  (which  is  the  first  to 
the  Southwestward  of  Dumpling  Rock  Lighthouse)  about  }i  mile 
to  the  Northward,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  by  S-  for  the 
outer  point  of  Gooseberry  Neck,  distant  about  4  J^  mil'-'s.  On  this 
course,  the  Buoys  olf  the  Southern  side  of  Wilkes'  and  Mlshaum 
Lodges  will  be  left  well  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you  draw  near  the 
Neck,  you  will  sec  about  J^  mile  Southeasterly  from  it  the  Red  Buoy 
which  marks  the  Northern  part  of  Hen  and  Chickens ;  leave  this 
Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  ami  steer  about  SW.,  carrying 
not  less  than  12  feet  through  this  channel  at  low  tide. 


S,'; 


-i^ 


68 


ELDUIDGK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


I  1 


From  the  Westward,  luing  the  outer  part  of  Gooseberry  Necik 
to  bear  NE.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  As  you  draw  iieai  this 
Neck,  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  part  of  Luinhar 
Rocks,  and  also  the  Red  Buoy  off  tlie  Northern  part  of  Hen  and 
Ciiickens ;  tlie  former  lies  about  fa  mile  Southwest  from  tho  outer 
part  of  Gooseberry  Neck,  the  latter  Southeasterly  from  this  Neck 
.'ibout  J-2  luih'-  Leave  the  Red  Buoy  off  Lumber  Rocks  ahout  }{ 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  East  until  the  Red  Buoy  ofl  the 
Northern  part  of  Hen  and  Chickens  bears  NE. ;  then  run  for  it  on 
this  counc,  leaving?  it  on  tiie  Starboard  hand,  carrying  not  less 
than  12  feet  water  at  low  tide  through  this  channel. 


WESTPORT  HARBOR. 

Tlie  entrance  to  this  harbor,  which  is  narrow,  lies  between  Horse 
Neck  Beach  on  the  East,  and  u  remarkable  higli  Rocky  KnubJjle 
(or  Point  of  Rocks)  on  the  "West ;  this  entrance  is  N-NW-,  8 J/2 
miles  from  Liglit-ship  off  Sow  and  Pigs  ;  5  miles  NW.  by  N.  %  N. 
from  Light-ship  off  Hen  and  Chickens  ;  and  East  Northerly  G  miles 
from  Dr}-  Rocics  off  Sakonnet  Point. 

Hewarlk's. 

In  approaching  and  entering  Westport  Harbor,  there  arc  several 
dangers,  some  of  Avhich  at  this  dale  (1881),  are  marked  with 
spindles  and  buoys. 

At  low  tide,  about  8  feet  water  can  be  taken  in  as  far  as  the 
Middle  (i round,  ami  from  this  about  7  feet  through  a  narrow 
Channel  to  Westport  Point.  From  the  Southern  end  of  this  Middle 
Ground,  which  lies  about  ){  mile  Northwesterl}-  from  Point  of  Rocks 
(Western  side  of  entrance),  tlie  Channel  is  generally  staked  out  to 
Wcslport  I'oint ;  in  some  places  both  sides  are  Jinrkcd,  so  that 
vessels  maj-,  with  a  favorable  and  commanding  breeze,  follow  the 
Channel  up  to  this  point.  At  the  entrance  of  this  Harbor  the  Car- 
rent  sets  out  and  in  very  strong ;  strangers  sliould  not,  tlierefore, 
attempt  to  enter  it,  unless  they  have  a  favorable  and  commanding 
breeze. 


N 


ELDIUDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


69 


ebeny  Necik 
raw  iieiu  this 
.  of  Lnmhar 
of  Hon  and 
in  th(3  outer 
in  thi^  Neck 
■ks  nboiit  i^ 
3iio_v  ofl  the 
run  for  it  on 
ing  not  less 


twecn  Ilorse 
•ky  KnubJjIe 
■.NW.,  Sj4 
by  N.  y.  N. 
lerl}-  G  niik's 


3  arc  several 
larked    with 

s  far  as  the 
h  a  narrow 
'  this  Middle 
)int  of  Kocks 
italvcd  out  to 
kod,  so  that 
3,  follow  the 
bor  the  Cur- 
t,  tlicrefore, 
3ommanding 


Sailing  Directions  for  Westport  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  tiien  7  feet  draught,  from  tiic  Kaslwaid,  with 
a  favorable  and  conunanding  l)rce2:c  ma}',  at  about  3^  Hood,  leave 
tho  Light-sliii)  off  Hon  and  Cliickens  Reef,  about  JX  "''1^'  to  tlic 
Eastward,  and  make  good  tiio  course  NW.  by  N.  jj  N.,  leaving 
tlie  Hod  lUu)y  oil"  tiio  Soutiiorn  part  of  Lumber  Hocks,  about  y^ 
mile  on  the  Starboard  hand;  tliis  buoy  bears  about  NW-  l>y  N. 
from  the  spindle  on  Old  Cock,  distance  1  mile  ;  when  past  tiie  last- 
named  buoy,  tlio  course  is  more  Northerly  ;  as  you  sail  in  you  will 
SCO  tiie  Black  Si)indle  on  Two  Mile  Rock,  and  farther  in  tiic  Black 
Buoy  otr  Dog  Fisli  Ledgi- ;  leave  the  Black  Spindle  abcjut  '2bO  yards 
on  tlie  Tort  iiand,  and  steer  N.  J  j  W-,  when  the  Red  Buoy  off 
West  part  of  Half  Mile  Siioal  will  be  seen,  and  about  300  yards  to 
the  Westward  of  it,  two  bare  Rocks,  which  are  quite  l)()ld  ou  tiieir 
Eastern  part  (these  are  called  Half  Mile  Rocks).  When  tiioso 
Rocks  bear  NW.  by  W.,  then  haul  up  about  NW..  passing  al)out 
midway  between  them  and  the  Red  Buoy  olf  Half  INIilo  Shoal; 
when  well  past  Half  Mile  Rocks,  the  entrance  to  the  harbor  will  be 
fairly  open,  bearing  about  W-NW.,  when  yon  may  run  in,  keeping 
the  Western  si(h>  of  Point  of  Rocks  best  aboard,  and  anchor  in  the 
narrow  Channel,  on  the  Western  side,  above  the  Wharf,  in  about  12 
feet  water  at  low  tide. 

If  bound  up  to  Westport  Point,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Middle 
Ground  (after  passing  the  Point  of  Rocks  on  the  Western  side  of 
entrance)  keep  the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard,  and  pass  the  stakes 
as  the}'  are  set  to  mark  the  narrow  channel  np  to  town. 

From  the  Westward  when  the  Light-ship  off  the  Hen  and  Chickens 
is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  about  Ii^ast,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course 
until  about  3  miles  from  it,  then  haul  in  about  NE.,  and  when  the 
Red  Buoy  olf  Lumber  Rocks  is  made  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Westport  Harbor  3h.  31m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  connnon  tides  rise  about  3j/(  feet. 

The  Coast  from  Sakonnet  Point  to  entrance  of 
Westport  Harbor. 

From  Sakonnet  Point  to  entrance  of  Westport  Harbor  there  are 
many  dangerous  Rocks  and  Shoals,  some  of  which  extend  off 


f.  ■'; 


70 


ELDIJIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


nourly  a  mile  from  shore  ;  heavy  draught  vessels  should  therefore, 
especially  at  night,  giv^  this  part  of  the  coast  a  wide  berth. 


i     ! 


SAKONNET  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  between  Sakonnet  Point 
(the  mainland)  on  tlie  East  and  Sachuost  Point  (Rhode  Islanii) 
on  the  West,  lies  Northwesterly  about  \\j4  miles  from  Light-ship 
off  Sow  iind  Pigs,  about  9  miles  Wcst-?,''ortiiorly  from  Liglit-ship  off 
lion  and  Chickens,  loja  miles  East-Northerly  from  Point  Judith 
Lighthouse,  and  7J^  miles  East-Northerly  from  Light-ship  off 
Brenton's  Reef. 

Memarh's, 

The  course  of  this  River  from  Sakonnet  Point  to  Mount  Hope 
Bayi3  about  N.  ^4  E.,  distance  12j^  miles.  Its  width  at  the 
entrance  is  about  2^2  niiles,  gradually  diminisliing  to  Fogland 
Point,  C)l4  miles  above  Siikonnct  Point,  whore  it  is  onl}-  ^^  mile 
wide,  then  expanding  to  the  width  of  more  than  a  mile,  and  again 
contracting  to  J^  mile  at  the  Stone  Bridge,  tlu'ough  which  narrow 
passage  it  leads  into  Jlount  Hope  Htxy.  About  3  fathoms  water 
at  low  tide  can  be  taken  through  it  to  Mount  Hope  Bay,  and  the 
principal  obstructions  in  navigating  it  are  the  Cormorant  Reef,  which 
lies  on  the  "Western  side  of  entrance,  and  the  Flats  wliich  extend 
off  from  both  shores,  no  dangers  being  found  in  the  channel- waj- ; 
the  greatest  difficulty  experienced  is  in  passing  the  draws  thrmigh 
which  the  current  runs  ver}-  strong.  In  this  River  vessels  can  find 
good  shelter  from  all  winds  above  Fogland  Point,  which  is  on  the 
Easb  side  about  G  miles  from  tlie  entrance,  and  good  anchorage 
maj-  be  found  in  the  Coves  near  the  entrance  in  both  Easterly  and 
Westerly  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Sakonnet  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  by  way  of  Vineyard  Sound,  leave  the  Light- 
ship off  the  Sow  and  Pigs  a  short  distance  on  either  hand,  and 
make  good  the  course  NW.  by  W.  Vj  W-  10  miles  to  Red  Buoy 
off  Southern  part  of  vSchuyler's  Lodge ;  this  Ledge  lies  about  }4 
mile  to  the  Southward  of  Sakonnet  Rocks  and  lias  about  7  feet 
water  upon  it  at  low  tide.     When  this  buoy  is  made,  leave  it  a 


'*''  i^it 


ELDUIDGFS  COAST  1  .LOT. 


71 


uld  therefore, 
berth. 


ikonnet  Point 
Hiode  Islaiui) 
)m  Light-sliip 
Liglit-ship  olf 
Point  Judith 
Light-ship   ofl' 


Mount  Hope 
width  at  the 
5  to  Fogland 
.  onl}-  ^  mile 
ilo,  and  again 
which  narrow 
fathoms  water 
Bay,  and  the 
lit  Reef,  which 
whicli  extend 
channel-waj' ; 
Iraws  through 
issels  can  find 
liicii  is  on  the 
od  ancliorage 
>  Easterly  and 

1  Dasrtime, 
Lther. 

ivc  the  Light- 
ler  hand,  and 
1  to  Red  Buoy 
lies  about  J^ 
s  about  7  feet 
lIc,  leave  it  a 


«hovt  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  stoor  NW-  by  N-  Vz  N- 
lb.  ut  1  mile,  when  the  River  will  be  fairly  open  ;  then  run  up  about 
ISr    ...',  E.,  passing  about  midway  between   tlie   Blacc   buoy   oil 
Hint's  Point  and  Red  Buoy  off  Church's  Flats  ;  after  p  .ssing  these 
buoys  keep  the  middle  of  the  River  as  you  sail  up ;  when^  nearly 
.breast  Sandy  Point,  which  lies  on  the  West  sule  and  is  bobl,  ym, 
will  see  nearly  in  the  nuddle  of  the  River  a  Red  Buoy,  wlnc.MS  left 
on  the  StarbJard  hand  ;  when  past  this  buoy  keep  in  the  muklc  of 
the  River  and  anchor  above  the  next  Point,  on  ^1-  l-«t-n  sule   m 
about  5  fathoms  water.     Vessels  of  not  moi;e  than  8  or  9  fee 
drauc^ht  may  leave  this  last  point  about  )i  mile  on  the  Staiboaid 
h.nd"  and  haul  in  and  anchor  above  it,  near  the  Eastern  shore,  in 
^om  10    o  12  feet  water  at  low  tide.     If  bound   to  Mount  Hope 
C  when  past  the  Red  Buoy  off  Sandy  Point,  keep  the  Eastern 
shore  best  aboard,  when  you  will  see  a  small  Island  lying  nearly  in 
the  middle  of  the  River;  pass  about  midway  between  this  Island 
and  the  Eastern  shore,  and  in  order  to  safely  pass  through  the 
Bridcres  anchor  and  wait  for  slack  water. 

Fi-om  Buzzard's  Bay  leave  the  Light-ship  off  Hen  and  riuckens 
close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  cour  W.  3^ 
N.  for  Red  Buoy  off  Schuyler's  Ledge,  distance  8  miles  ;  when  this 
is  made,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

From  the  Westward,  bound  to  Sakonnet  River,  when  past  Point 
Judith,  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  W-  by  S-,  on  winch  bearing 
U  ep  i  andLer  E-  by  N- ;  when  the  River  is  faiHy  open  run  in 
about  midway,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  South  side  of 
Cormorant  Reef  well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  this  last-named  Reef,  which 
is Ze  in  some  places,  lies  S.  by  W-  about  ^A  mile  from  Sachuest 
Point,  West  Bide  of  entran^o  to  this  River;  when  past  this  last- 
named  Buoy  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

From  Newport,  or  Narraganset  Bay,  leave  the  Liglit-ship  ofT 
Brenton's  Reef  a  short  distance  on  either  hand  and  ma^e  good  he 
eonrse  East,  keeping  a  sharp  look-out  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  the 
Soutbern  side  of  Comorant  Reef,  and  proceed  as  before  d,reeted. 

Anchorage  near  the  Month  of  Salzonnet  Miner. 

In  Eastcrl  /  or  Northeasterly  winds  vessels  may  find  good  shelter 
in  Church's  Cove,  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance  to  Uus 
River,  and  is  free  from  dangers.  The  best  anchorage  is  in  from  b 
to7  fathoms  water  about  I/3  n.iles  above  Sakonnet  Point ;  heR  d 
BuoyoffChurch'sPointbearsfromthisanchorageN.bj  W.  ^miie. 


1? 


72 


ELDIIIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


In  Westerly  or  Northwesterly  winds,  by  leaving  the  Black 
Buoy  on  tlio  Port  imnd,  vessels  may  find  shelter  in  tlie  first  Cove 
on  tlie  Western  side  oC  entrance.  In  tliis  Cove  tlie  FlaL'^  extend 
some  distance  from  sliore,  it  is  therefore  advisable  in  cnt-ring  to 
use  the  Lead  before  anchoring. 

High   Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  tlie  entrance  of  Sakonnet  River  3h.  4401. 
before  it  is  in  Boston  ;   common  tides  rise  about  31^  feet. 


NEWPORT  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  Beaver  Tail  Point 
on  the  West  and  Brenton's  Point  on  the  East,  lies  West-Northerly 
18  miles  from  Liglit-ship  olf  Sow  and  Pigs  ;  16  miles  West-Nortli- 
erly  from  I/ight-ship  oil'  Hen  and  Chickens,  and  about  7  miles 
Northeasterly  from  Point  Judith  Lighthouse. 

Brenton's  Reef. 

In  approaching  this  Harbor,  the  principal  danger  is  Brenton's 
Reef,  v\hich  extends  olT  about  Yz  mile  from  tlie  Southwc>«tern  part 
of  Rhode  Island ;  some  parts  of  this  Reef  are  bare  at  low  tide  and 
breaks  with  a  little  motion  of  the  sea.  In  thick  weather  or  i..ght-- 
time  the  Lead  gives  no  warning  in  aiiproaching  it  from  the  West- 
ward. 

Iirenton\s  lieef  Light-ship. 

In  the  middle  of  the  entrance  to  Newport  Harbor,  about  a  mile 
from  the  Southwest  end  of  this  Reef,  is  placed  a  Light-ship, 
which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  two  fixed  White  Lights,  and  lias  a 
bell  which  is  rung  in  thick  weather. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Brenton's  Keef  Light-Ship. 

Distance. 

Light-ship  off  Sow  and  Pigs,  E.  by  S.  ?4  S.      .     •     .  1  7^4  miles. 
Light-ship  off  Hen  and  Cliickens,  E.  J<2  S '^^%      " 


Red  Buoy  off'  Schuyler's  Ledge,  E.  ^  S. 
Black  Buoy  off  Southern  \mt  Cormorant  Reef,  E.  J^  N. 
Beaver-Tail  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  N-  >^  N-  .  .  . 
Point  Judith  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  W.  J^!  W-  .  .  . 
Block  Island  Northern  Lighthouse,  SW-  ]i  W.  .  • 
Block  Island  Southeast  Lighthouse,  SW.  yi  S.      .     . 


8 
G 
1/2 

173^ 


"ijii; 


(ijai*'»-'*»  "^-^ 


iig  the  Black 
tlie  first  Cove 

!  Flats  cxLoiid 
in  cnt'.iiiig  to 


Liver  3h.  44m. 
feet. 


wcr  Tail  Point 
Vest-Northerly 
s  West-North- 
about   7   miles 


?r  is  Brcnton's 
thwestern  part 
it  low  tide  and 
athor  or  ii.glit-- 
i'om  the  Wcst- 


r,  about  a  mile 

a   Light-ship, 

5hts,arul  has  a 


Light-Ship. 

Distance. 

.  Mi^  i"iles. 

.     8 
f.     G 

.  m 

.    173^ 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


73 


Beaver-Tail  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Bcavor-Tail,  South  Point  of  Conaniciit  Island,  between  the 
two  entrances  to  Narrnganset  Bay.  is  a  Lighthouse,  wliidi  at  this 
date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  White  Liglit,  wliicii  is  intended  to  guide 
vessels  into  Newport  and  Dutch  Island  harbors.  A  Steam  Whistle, 
giving  Blasts  of  fi  socimds  each  at  intervals  of  10  and  50  seconds, 
is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Beaver-Tail  Lighthouse. 

Distance, 

Goat  Island  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  E.  Ji  E 4J4  miles. 

Red  Buoy  off  outer  part  Brenton's  Pvccf,  E  SE.      .     .     1  J^      " 
Brenton's  Reef  Liglit-ship,  SE.  by  S.  ^^  S.       .     .     .     \%      " 

Buoy  off  Newton's  Rock,  SW.  by  S Yi  mile. 

Dutch  Island  Lighthouse,  N-  >^  E 2^g  miles. 

Jones' Ledge,  NW.  /  N 1>^      " 

Whale  Rock  Lightliouse,  W-  J4  S 1>3      " 

Point  Judith  Liglithouse,  SW.  nearly (>]/2      " 

Block  Island  North  Lighthouse,  SW.  /  S 15?^      " 

Block  Island  Southeast  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  S.  ]i  S.  18>^      " 

Dangers. 

In  entering  Newport  Harbor,  after  passing  Brenton's  Reef,  there 
are  several  dangers  lying  near  the  shores. 

Wash  Ball, 

The  first  met  with  is  a  small  bare  Rock  off  Castle  Hill  Point 
called  tlie  Wash  Ball,  about  l.")0  yards  from  sliore.  Tliis  danger 
may  be  avoided  by  keeping  at  least  I3  mile  from  the  Eastern  shore. 

Kettle  Bottom  Bock. 

On  the  Northern  side  of  the  Channel,  1-)^  miles  above  Beaver- 
Tail  Light,  about  yi  mile  from  shore,  is  a  small  Bare  Rock  called 
Kettle  Bottom  Rock.  It  is  bold  on  its  Southern  and  Southeastern 
parts.  Vessels  should  not  attempt  to  pass  to  the  Northward  of 
this  Rock.  At  night-time,  in  order  to  avoid  Kettle  Bottom  Rock, 
vessels  should  not  shut  in  Goat  Island  Light  l)ehind  Fort  Dumpling, 
or,  in  other  words,  this  last-named  Light  should  be  visible  on  either 
tack. 


74 


ELDRIDGDS  COAST  PILOT. 


T1^e  DumpUnffs, 

These  are  a  clnstor  of  Rocky  Islets  always  above  water  ;  they  O'o 
vciy  bold  on  their  Eastoni  part,  and  lie  on  the  Western  side  of  tlie 
paspage  nearly  opposite  Fort  Adams.  In  l)eating  in  at  night,  ii\ 
order  to  avoid  these  Rocks,  when  nearly  abrcist  Fort  Adams  the 
tlie  Red  Light  on  Rose  Island  should  not  bear  to  tlic  Eastward  of 
NE.  by  N. 

Lime  Hock  Lighthouse. 

On  a  small  Rocky  Islet,  South  side  of  entrance  to  Newport  Inner 
Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light, 
which  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  at  night  by  the  South  channel 
into  Newport  Inner  Harbor.  Vessels  at  night-time,  of  about  10 
feet  draught,  may  safely  at  low  tide  approach  this  Light  on  its  Nor- 
thern side  within  75  yards,  but  there  is  no  passage  on  its  Southern 
side. 

Goat  Island  Lighthouse. 

From  the  Northern  part  of  Goat  Island  there  extends  ofT  about 
400  yards  in  a  Nortlierly  direction  a  stone  Breakwater ;  on  the  ex- 
treme outer  end  of  this  Breakwater  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this 
date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  Wliite  Light.  This  Light  is  intended 
to  guide  vessels  at  night  into  Newport  Inner  Harbor  by  the  Nor- 
thern channel.     A  Fog  Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Hose  Island  Lighthouse. 

On  the  Southwestern  part  of  Rose  Island  is  a  Lighthouse,  which 
at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light,  which  is  intended 
to  guide  vessels  up  the  Narraganset  Bay  (Eastern  passage)  and 
also  into  Coasters'  Island  Harbor.  Goat  Island  Light  bears  from 
Rose  Island  Light  E.  by  S-  }i  S.  about  ji  mile.  Lime  Rock  Light- 
house,  SE.  by  S-  %  S.,  distance  Ij^  miles. 


NEWPORT  OUTER  HARBOR. 

The  depth  of  w.ater  in  entering  Newport  Outer  Harbor  is  sufficient 
to  admit  vessels  of  the  heaviest  drauglit,  even  at  the  lowest  tides. 
With  an  ebb  tide  and  light  winds,  or  winds  ahead,  the  harbor  is 
difficult  of  access,  on  account  of  the  current  which  sets  out  strong. 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


76 


tor;  theyov<! 
•n  sido  of  tlic 
I  at  night,  in 
•t  Adnms  the 
!  Efistwai'd  of 


fcwport  Inner 
I  Fixed  Light, 
soutli  cliannol 
,  of  about  10 
lit  on  its  Nor- 
i  its  Southern 


jnds  oflT  about 
er  ;  on  tlie  cx- 
which  at  tliis 
it  is  intended 
ir  by  the  Nor- 
house. 


ithouse,  wliich 
:\i  is  intended 
passage)  and 
lit  bears  from 
le  Kock  Light- 


OR. 

bor  is  sufficient 
e  lowest  tides, 
,  the  harbor  is 
ets  out  strong. 


Tlic  shores  in  entering  are  very  bold,  and  the  lead  gives  but  little 
wiirning  in  approacliing  thera. 

Newport  Inner  Harbor. 

Thid'harbor  has  two  entrances:  the  Southern  entrance,  the  one 
most  fieciuently  used  by  coasters,  lies  between  the  Southern  point 
,)r(;oat  Island  and  Lime  Rock  Lighthouse.  About  14  feet  water 
;it  low  tide  can  be  taken  into  the  harbor  through  this  (thannel,  which 
is  narrow.  The  Northern  entrance  lies  between  the  Lighthouse  on 
tlie  outer  end  of  the  Ureakwater  and  the  City  of  Newport,  and  has 
a  width  of  about  %  mile.  At  low  tide  about  1')  feet  water  can  be 
.•;uTied  through  this  last-named  passage,  until  past  Long  Wharf, 
wlien  the  depth  diminishes  to  about  15  feet.  In  Ncwpo:t  Inner 
Harbor  the  holding  ground  is  said  to  be  bad,  especially  near  the 
wharves. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Newport  Outer  Harbor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  by  way  of  Vineyard  Sound,  you  may  bring 
the  Light-ship  off  S  nv  and  Tigs  to  bear  E.  by  S-  K'  S.,  on  which 
bearing  keep  it  and  steer  W-  hy  N.  J2  N. ;  when  the  Light-ship  otf 
Brenton's  Reef  is  made,  run  fov  it  bearing  about  W-NW. ;  leave 
this  last-named  Light-ship  a  short  distance  on  cither  hand,  and 
steer  about  N.  by  E. ;  as  you  sail  in  you  will  see  the  Red  Uuoy  off 
the  outer  end  of  Brenton's  Reef,  which  on  this  course  will  be  left 
well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  continue  the  course  N.  by  E.  until  the 
entrance  to  the  harbor  is  fairly  open,  then  keep  about  niidwa/  the 
channel.  AVhen  Goat  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  E.  siner 
for  it  on  this  course  until  the  Lighthouse  on  Rose  Island  beais 
about  N.NW.,  then  run  N-NE-  about  }{  mile  and  anchor  to  the 
Westward  of  Goat  Island  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Westward  leave  Point  Judith  Lighthouse  about  one 
mile  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  about  NE.  J^  E.  for  Brenton's 
Reef  Light-ship,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Newport  Inner  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward  follow  the  direction  before  given 
for  Newport  Outer  Harbor,  until  past  Fort  Adams  (which  is  on  the 
Southern  side  of  the  entrance)  ;  if  the  wind  is  favorable  to  go  to  the 


n 


i 


I 


ki,i)Kii)(;k'S  coast  pilot. 


SoiiUiwiinl  of  (loat  IsImiuI,  briiij^  Lime  Kock  Li^litlio'iso  to  boar 
SE.  ^j  Sm  iiiid  run  for  it  on  this  uomse  until  the  IJliick  Buoy  oil" 
lilt!  Sontli  [lail  ol"(io:it  iHhiml  bears  about  East,  tlicn  run  for  it  and 
Icavt'  it  about  .'»()  yards  on  tlic  Port  iiund  ;  after  passing  this  Inst- 
Uiuncd  liuoy,  sU-cr  about  NE.  by  N.  ^3  i"il*N  nnd  auolior  to  tlio 
I':aslwai(l  of  tlio  Steamboats'  track  in  aliout  2}^  fathouis  water  at 
low  tide. 

If  you  intend  to  yo  to  the  Nortliward  of  (!oat  Island, you  may  eon- 
tinue  the  course  NE.  by  E-  for  <'0!it  Ishmd  Lightliouse  until  about 
'4  mile  from  it,  tlien  steer  more  Northerly  and  haul  round  the  lasl- 
liiuned  Li^lithouse  at  a  distance  of  300  yards,  leaving  it  to  the  SouUi- 
ward  ;  when  past  tliis  Lighthouse  keei)  in  mid-chjinnel  course  about 
SouUi  uulil  about  ^  mile  past  the  Long  Wluirf,  whci.  you  may 
aiichor  to  tlie  Eastward  of  the  Steamboats'  track  in  about  2Ja 
fathoms  water  at  low  tide. 

Coasters'  Island  Anchorage. 

This  anchorage,  in  which  there  are  from  .'5  to  5  fatlioms  water, 
lies  'N.  by  E.  about  }{  mile  from  Coat  Island  Lightliouse ;  this 
anchorage  is  somewhat  exposed  to  Southwest  and  Northwest  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Coasters'  Island  Anchorage 
in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

I'ollow  tlic  directions  before  given  for  Newport  Outer  Harbor  until 
about  Ji  mile  from  Coat  Island  Lighthouse,  then  steer  about  NE. 
by  N.,  and  anclior  in  from  4  to  G  fathoms  water,  the  last-named 
Lighthouse  bearing  about  S-  j^  W.  distance  yj  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Newport  Outer  Harbor 
at  Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  by  way  of  Vineyard  Sound,  bring  Sow  and 
Pigs  Light-ship  to  bear  E.  by  S.  J4  S.,  on  wliicii  bearing  keep  it, 
and  steer  W.  by  N.  Vz  N. ;  when  the  Light-ship  off  Brenton's  Reef 
is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W-NW.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  ; 
leave  this  Light-ship  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  N.  by  E.  ji  E.  until  Goat  Island  Liglit  is  well  open,  bear- 
ing about  NE.  by  E  ,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  about 
uiivhvay  the  passage,  until  the  Red  Fixed  Light  on  the  Southwest 


i  ;    :p 


H-j^: 


KLDUUKiKS  COXST   IMLOT. 


77 


thonse  to  boar 
Illiick  liiioy  oir 
1  run  for  it  and 
ising  this  last- 
anclior  to  tiic 
thoins  water  at 

(l,yoii  may  (mhi- 
)iisc  until  aliout 

round  tlie  last- 
it  to  the  Soulh- 
i'\  course  aliout 
whci.  you  niMv 

in  about  2Jj 


fathoms  water, 
ifjithouse ;  this 
orthwest  winds. 


Anchorage 
and   fair 


tcr  Harbor  nnlil 
;eor  about  NE- 
the  last-named 

Ic. 

ter  Harbor 
is  and  fair 

bring  Sow  and 
bearing  keep  it, 
'  Brenton's  Reef 
on  this  course  ; 
make  good  the 
well  open,  bear- 
3,  keeping  about 
11  the  Southwest 


part  of  Rose  Island  bears  N-NW.,  U.en  anchor  in  the  Outer  Ilar- 
hor  in  about  10  fathoms  water. 

From  tlie  Westwanl,  as  soon  as  the  Light-ship  off  Hrenton  s 
Reef  i8  made,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  ; 
when  abreast  this  Light-ship  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

SaiUng  Directions  for  Newport  Inner  Harbor 
at  Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Follow  the  directions  before  given  fur  Newport  Outer  Harbor 
milil  Lime  Rock  Light  oi.ens,  then,  if  you  intend  to  enter  the  Inner 
Harbor  bv  the  passage  to  the  Southward  of  Goat  Island,  bru.g 
Lime  Rock  Light  to  bear  SE-  V^  S-  and  run  for  it  uud-T  short  sad 
until  about  200  yards  fr.Mu  it,  or  the  water  shoals  to  i)  fathoms  at 
low  tide,  then  steer  E-  ]i  S.  untU  this  light  bears  SW.»>>- S-  J{ 
S.,  on  wliich  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  NE.  by  N-  }.i  N-  about 
'/i  mile  an.l  anchor  in  about  2li  falhoius  water,  Clout  Island  Light 

bearingN.  byW.  ^2  W.  x-    u     f 

If  you  inteud  to  enter  the  Inner  Harbor  by  the  passage  ^orth  of 
Goat  Ishtn.l,  run  for  Goat  Island  Liglit,  bearing  N-E-  by  E-,  ">>til 
the  Red  Li-ht  on  Rose  Island  bears  N-  by  W-,  tlieu  steer  NE. 
lA  N  nnd  under  short  sail  haul  round  Goat  Island  Light  at  a  dis- 
tance of  200  yards,  leaving  it  to  the  Soutliward ;  when  p;.st  this 
Li^bt  keep  ill  mid-channel  (course  about  South)  until  past  the  Long 
Wharf,  then  steer  more  Easterly  and  anchor  in  about  iji  fathoms 
water  at  low  tide.  Lime  Rock  Light  bears  SW-  by  S-  }{  S.  from 
this  anchorage. 

Beating  into  Newport  Harbor  at  Night.* 

When  past  the  Wash  Ball  Rock,  which  lies  about  L^O  yards 
Southwest  from  Castle  Hill  Point,  the  So- itl.eus.ern  shore  is  very 
bold;  it  is  therefore  advisable,  after  pass  ng  this  danger,  to  keep 
this  side  best  aboard,  an.l  when  past  Fort  Adams,  which  is  left  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  anchorage  may  be  found  to  the  Westward  of 
Goat  Island  in  from  C.  to  10  fothoins  water.  In  order  to  avoid 
Kettle  Bottom  Rock  and  other  dangers  which  lie  near  the  Western 


♦  Vessels  of  more  than  13  feet  drau-ht  Iieating  into  Newport  or  Casters' 
Isliiml  Aiichoni;ie  shoukl  be  careful  to  avoid  a  sunken  Kock  which  bears 
SE.  by  E.  4  E.  about  i  mile  from  liose  Island  Lighthouse. 


78 


lCLUUIl)(iK'S  COAST   I'lLOT. 


Hlioro,  i\,  is  ttdvisr.blo  to  not  shut  float  Island  Light  in  bchiiul  Fort 
Diiinpliiig. 

In  onU'iing  Nc^wport  Ilivrlior  tlio  sliorcs  arts  vory  bold,  tho  lead 
llu'ivforc  givi'H  but  litllo  warning  in  ni)i)roa('hing  tlicnj. 

Thiek  Weather. 

At  this  date  (IHSl ),  there  is  u  Steam  Wliistlo  at  llcavor-Tuil 
Lighthouse,  and  a  Fog  HoU  at  (loat  Island  Lighlliouse.  Vessela 
making  llrcnton's  Reef  Light-ship  in  tliick  weather  may  leave  it 
close  to  on  either  hand  and  make  good  the  eoursi!  N-  I'V  E-  ^4  E. 
about  1  ^4  miles,  or  until  tiie  Fog  Signal  at  Ileaver-'rail  Lighthouse 
bears  W.  by  S.  ^j  S-,  the  course  is  tlien  NE.  by  E-  into  tiio 
Outer  Harbor.  It  is  advisable,  however,  aller  passing  tlio  Wash 
Ball  Roek  (before  described)  to  keep  the  Kastcru  shore  best 
aboard. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Newport  Outer  Harbor  3h.  44m.  before  it  ia 
at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  4  feet. 


1^    \ 


FALL  RIVER  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  Is  situated  near  the  moutli  of  Taunton  River, 
is  r.)'^  miles  Northeasterly  from  Brenton'a  Reef  Light-ship,  and 
16  miles  Northeasterly  from  West  Island,  by  way  of  Sakonnet  River. 

Semarka. 

At  this  date  (1881),  about  16  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be 
carried  through  Moimt  Hope  Bay,  up  to  the  City  of  Fall  River ; 
good  anchorage  may  be  found  off  the  City  in  from  3  to  5  fathoms 
water,  good  holding  ground. 

Prudence  Island  Lighthouse. 

On  Sandy  Point,  East  side  of  Prudence  Island,  is  a  Lighthouse, 
which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Bristol 
Ferry  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Lighthouse  NE.  j/i  "E.,  ''>  miles. 


!'      ■ 


n  bchiiul  Fort 

hold,  tlio  luud 
II. 


it  llcttvor-Tull 
)ii!i('.  Vcssi'ls 
•  iiiiiy  have  it 

.  I'vE.  ;XE. 

nil  Liglillioiiso 
y  E-  into  tlio 
iiiig  liu)  AVasli 
u   sliuri)    best 


m.  before  it  is 


'aunton  River, 
,iglit-ship,  and 
idcoimet  llivcr. 


V  tide,  can  be 
of  Fall  River ; 
}  to  5  fathoms 


a  Ligbtliouse, 
jight.  Bristol 
/i  "E.,  o  miles. 


KLDIUnOF/S  C0A8T  PILOT. 


liristol  Forry  Lighthouse. 


79 


On  Bristol  Ferry  Point,  Nortli  side  of  eiitruiice  to  Mount  Hope 
Bay,  is  a  Lighthouse,  whieh  at  tliis  date  (1H81),  shows  a  llxcd 
White  1-igiit;  the  Liglitliouse  on  Muselc  Bed  Shoals  bears 
S.  li  Wm  '/j  mile  from  tliis  Lightliouse. 

Muscle  Bed  Shoals  Lighthouse. 

On  Southeast  side  of  Channel,  opposite  to  Bristol  Ferry,  is  a 

l.iglithonse,  whieh  at  this  date  (18H1),  bIiows  a  fixed  Red   Light. 

rnideiiee  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Liglitliouse  SW-  by 

W.,  distaiiee  2^^  mile.     A  Fog  Bell  at  this  date  (1H81),  is  plaeed 

'near  Muscle  Bed  Lighthouse. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Brenton's  Reef  Light-ship 
to  Fall  River  Harbor  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

Leave  the  Light-ship  off  Brenton's  Reef  close  to  on  cither  hand, 
and  make  good  the  course  N-  by  E.  H  E-,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy 
oir  the  outer  end  of  Brenton's  Reef  well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ; 
continue  the  course  until  the  entrance  to  Newport  Harbor  is  fairly 
open,    then     keep     about     mid-channel,    until     the    Lighthouse 
on  the  Southwest  part  of  Rose  Island*  bears   N.  by  E    'A  E., 
then  run  for  it  on  this   course,   leaving    the    Dumpling    Rocks 
well  on   the   Port   hand;  when    about   '4    mile   from    Rose    Is- 
land Lighthouse,  haul   gradually  to  the   Westward,  and  leave  it 
about  li  mile  on  tlic  Starboard  hand.     Wiieu  this  Lighthouse  bears 
East,  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  N.  J^  N.,  7  miles  to  Prudence 
Island   Lighthouse  ;  as  you  enter  the  Narraganset  Bay   on  thia 
course,  you  will  sec  on  the  Starboard,  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  North- 
ern part  of  Rose  Island,  the  Red  Buoy  off  Bishop  Rock,  the  Red 
Buoy  oir  the  Sisters,  and  also  Dyer's  Island  (off  the  Southwest  part 
of  whichis  a  Red  Buoy)  ;  all  these  are  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  On 
the  Port  Avill  be  seen  Gould's  Island,  which  is  bold,  and  farther  in 
the  Black  Spindle  on  Halfway  Rock,  and  lastly  Prudence  Island 
Lighthouse  ;  these  last-named  arc  left  on  the  Port  hand.     From  the 
Southern  Point  of  Prudence  Island  to  tiio  Lighthouse,  the  shore  is 
very  bold  ;  it  is,  therefore,  only  necessary  to  keep  but  a  short  dis- 
tance from  it. 


*  Rose  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Northern  part  of  Fort  Adams 
N.  iW.,  distance  about  i  mile. 


1 


i; 


nr 


n,! 


80 


i;i.I)liII)(ii;'H  COAHI'   PILOT. 


Prom  Prudonco  Island  Lighthouso  to  Pall  llivor. 

Alltr  pnMHliifr  Prmlfiicc  Islmid  Lifrlitlioiisc,  luiii;;,'  it  to  hear 
SW.  '4  WmOii  vvliich  IxMiriiin;  Ii«M'|)  it,  ntid  stocr  NE.  ^4  E.  for 
Hristol  I''ciTy;  iim  yon  iippmacli  tliis  Forry,  yuii  will  sec  on  llio 
Starlxmnl.  the  Ki'd  I'.noy  olf  Coal  .Mmu'  Flats,  and  also  the  Li;,dit- 
lioiiHi)  oir  Musolo  Hod  Shoals;  on  the  I'ort  will  ho  HCcn  the  lllnck 
Hiioy  oir  !Io^'  Island  Flats,  ami  also  tlif  Li;,'lillintisc  near  Bristol 
Ferry;  };ivi'  Uw  UlucU  lUmy  olF  the  Southern  part  of  Ilo^r  Is- 
land  Shoals  (whieh  hears  W.  hy  S.,  I'j  ni'le  from  the  Li^rl,il,„iiso 
on  the  Muscle  Hed  Shoals)  a  small  herth,  Icavin;,'  it  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  pans  Hristol  Ferry  aliout  midway  between  the  two  Li;ilit- 
honscs.  When  past  the  Ferry,  .steer  NE.  l)y  E.,  '>'/j  miles,  whiuli 
course  will  take  yon  in  about  IT)  Cent  water  ncross  the  Flats  In 
Mount  Hope  Hay  to  the  City  of  Fall  Kiver.  where  you  may  anchor 
between  the  Wharves  and  J.ij,dith(jnse»  onlJurdon's  Flats,  in  about 
5  fathoms  water,  good  holding;  j^round 


Jfif/fi  Water. 

It  is  liijrh  water  in  Fall  River  Harbor  3h.   19m.  before  it  is  at 
lloston  ;  eoiiunon  tidijs  rise  about  4J:^  feet. 


TAUNTON  RIVER. 

There  are  in  any  dan^'ers  in  Taunton  Kiver;  strangers,  therefore, 
must  not  attempt  to  pass  beyond  the  City  of  Fall  Kiver  without  a 
pilot.  

BRISTOL  HARBOR. 


':'■    f 


This  Harbor  lies  1.5  miles  Northeasterly  from  Brenton's  Reef 
Light-ship;  11  miles  from  Goat  Island  Lighthouse  (North entrance 
to  Newport  Inner  Harbor);  and  11  miles  Southeasterly  from  the 
City  of  Providence. 

Memarks. 

In  entering  this  harbor,  there  are  two  Channels ;  the  Western 
Channel,  which  is  the  widest,  leads  in  between  Hog  Island  on  the 

♦  Upon  Borden's  Flats,  opposite  tlie  city  of  Fall  River,  is  a  Lijjlitliouso, 
which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  Attached  to  this 
Liglithouse  is  a  Bell,  which,  la  thick  weather,  Is  struck  at  Intervals  of  15 
seconds. 


j'all  llivor. 

iii;  it  to  l)('iir 
NE.  '(  E.  for 
will  M'f  on  Iho 
jilso  till'  Li;j;lit- 
Hcvn  tli<>  I  Hack 
sc  near  Hristol 
rt  of  Ho;;    Is- 

tllC   Li<r|ltllUlli)0 

it  OH  the  I'ort 
tlio  two  lA<iht- 
Ij  iiiiics,  wliioli 
iSH  the  Flats  in 
Mil  may  anclior 
riuts,  iu  about 


boforc  it  is  iit 


gcrs,  tluM-efore, 
iiver  witlioiit  a 


Rreiiton's  Reef 
North  cntruncc 
sterlv  from  tin," 


i ;  the  Western 
',  Island  on  the 

is  a  LljjhtliousG, 
attached  to  this 
t  intervals  of  15 


KLDUIUOE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


81 


r.asl,  and  ropnsqunsli  Neck  on  Ih.'  V^rnl  ;  aWoiit  ■\  fathoniH   water, 
111  low  tide,  can  be  <arrud  through  this  piiHSUiJe  up  to  Iho  lower  part 

of  tlie  town. 

The  Kastern  Channel,  whleh  leads  in  between  Bristol  Neck  on 
tiic  Kiist,  ami  lion  Island  on  the  West,  is  narrow,  and  lun  a  d.'plli 
at  low  tide  of  from  12  feet  to  4  fathoms  w.iti'r. 

Sailing  Diroctiona  for  Bristol  Harbor  In  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  woatlior. 

Follow  the  directions  before  ^^iven  IVoni  Hrenton's  Heef  Liglit- 
sliil),  10  Fall  Uiver  Harbor,  until  abreast  l'rudei\ue  Island  Li','lit- 
hoiise  (which  may  be  lell  about  '4  mile  on  the  Port)  ;  tlien  steer 
N.  t'V  E-  K-  E  ,  Ucepinp;  a  sharp  lookout  for  tho  Ked  lluoy  olF  I  lie 
Souliiwcst'partof  11.)^  Island;  h'uve  this  bm)y  (wliicli  bears  NE. 
bv  N.  yi  N.  from  rrudcnec  Island  Lii^hlhouse,  distance  \^4  miles) 
about  200  yards  on  tho  Starboard  hand,  and  conlinuc  the  course 
N.  by  E.  >-^  E  ,  leaving,'  the  Black  Buoy  oil'  Fopivsipiash  I'oiiit  well 
on  the  Fort,  and  the  Beacon  on  Castle  Ishuul  Shoal  on  the  Star- 
board hand.  When  abreast  this  last-iiamed  Beacon,  you  will  see 
two  buoys.  The  one  painted  in  lied  ami  Black  Horizontal  Stripes 
lies  oir  the  North  end  of  Middle  (hound  ;  the  other  Black  Buoy  lies 
otr  the  Eastern  part  of  Usher's  Rocks  ;  pass  midway  l)etween  these 
last-named  buoys,  and  run  up  about  N-  by  E-  K-  E-,  and  anchor 
oir  the  Wharves  in  about  2>^  fathoms  water.  Heavy  draught 
vessels,  when  past  the  Buoy  on  the  Middle  Ground,  should  anchor 
a  short  distance  from  it  in  about  \lji  fathoms  water,  at  low  tide. 

Coming  from  Fall  River,  or  through  Sakonnet  River  (sec  direc- 
tions for"  that  River),  boand  to  Bristol,  give  the  Red  Buoy  off 
Pearce's  Rock  (which  lies  about  400  yards  West  from  Bristol 
Ferry  Lighthouse)  a  berth  of  about  },  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Stor- 
board  hand,  and  steer  N-  by  W-,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  on  the 
Western  side  of  the  channel,  and  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black 
Horizontal  Stripes  off  Northern  part  of  Middle  Ground,  both  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  past  this  last-immed  Buoy,  run  up  and 
anchor   off   the  Wharves   iu    sticky  bottom  with  good   holding 

ground. 

Iliffh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Bristol  Harbor  .^h.  24111.  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  4  4  f^ct. 


I 


82 


'  I' 


i'>-   i 


ELDIIIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


WARREN  RIVER. 


The  entrance  to  this  River  is  1 7  miles  Northeastcrl}-  from  Bren- 
ton's  Reef  Liglit-sliip  ;  C  miles  Northeasterly  from  Prudence  Island 
Lighthouse,  and  8^  miles  Southeasterly  from  the  City  of  Provi- 
dence. * 

Memarks. 

From  the  mouth  of  this  River  to  the  Town  of  Warren,  which  i^ 
situated  upon  its  Eastern  bank,  the  course  is  Northeasterly  about 
Ij.'s  miles.  Tlic^re  are  many  obstructions  in  this  River,  but  the 
channel  at  this  date  (1881),  is  well  marked  with  Buoys.  With  a 
good  pilot,  about  11  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  taken  up  to  the 
Wluirves  ;  il  is  advisable,  however.  Cor  vessels  of  much  size  bound 
up  this  River  to  take  pilots,  especially  with  unfavorable  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Warren  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Follow  the  directions  before  given  from  Brenton's  Reef  Light- 
ship to  Fall  River  Harbor,  until  abreast  Pru'lonce  Island  Light- 
house,  which  may  be  Ml  about  }{  mile  on  the  Port  hand  ;  then 
steer  about  N.  ^  E.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  part  of 
Hog  Island  (which  bears  NE.  by  N.  yi  N.  aom  Prudence  Island 
Lighthouse,  distance  1 3/^  miles)  well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when 
past  this  last-named  Buoy,  run  about  N.  by  W.,  leaving  the  Black 
Buoy  off  Popasquash  Point  well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past 
this  last  Buoy,  follow  the  Eastern  ohoro  (which  is  bold  and  free 
from  dangers) ,  keeping  about  J/S  mile  from  it,  until  you  make  the 
Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  which  is  the 
first  at  the  entrance  of  the  River.  Leave  the  last-named  Buoy 
about  2.50  yards  on  the  Port,  and  steer  about  N  NE.,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoys  and  Beacon  on  the  Port,  and  Red  Buoys  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  anchor  off  the  Wharves  in  from  10  to  15  feet 
water,  hard  bottom. 

From  Providence  River,  when  past  Conimicut  Point  Lighthouse, 
bring  it  to  bear  NW.  ^4  N-,  and  make  good  the  course  SE.  % 
S.,  until  Warren  River  is  fairly  open ;  then  run  in,  leaving  the 
Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  which  is  the 
first  at  the  entrance  of  the  River,  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given. 


^.J. 


ELDIUDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


88 


■I}'  from  Bren- 
udencc  Island 
[,'ity  of  Provi- 


High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Warren  River  3h.  24ra.  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
comuion  tides  rise  about  4^  feet. 


irren,  which  i^ 
easterly  about 
iliver,  but  the 
oys.  With  a 
iken  up  to  the 
ich  size  bound 
)lc  winds. 

1  Daytime, 
ather. 

's  Reef  Light- 
Island  Light- 
rt  hand  ;  then 
thwtst  part  of 
udoncc  Island 
d  hand ;  when 
viiig  the  Black 
id  ;  when  past 
bold  and  free 
you  make  the 
s,  which  is  the 
st-named  Buoy 
3.,  leaving  the 
rs  on  the  Star- 
10  to  15  feet 

nt  Lighthouse, 
course  SE.  yi 
n,  leaving  the 
I,  which  is  the 
ad,  and  follow 


PROVIDENCE  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  between  Conimicut  Toint  on 
the  West  and  Navat  Point  on  the  East,  lies  lf.>4  miles  Northeasterly 
from  Boav(M--Tail  Ligril.ousc  ;  14  miles  Northeasterly  from  the  City 
of  Newport ;  Northwesterly,  7  miU'S  from  Prudence  Island  Light- 
house ;  Noi theasteilv,  V/^  miles  from  Warwick  Point  Lighthouse, 
and  Southeasterly,  0;^  miles  from  the  City  of  Providnice. 

Conimicut  Point  Lighthouse. 

This  Lighthouse,  which  is  eroctccl  on  tlie  outer  end  of  Conimicut 
Shoal  Wi^st  side  of  entrance  to  Providence  River,  is  painted  Gray, 
and  shows  a  lixed  White  Light.  At  this  date  (1H81),  a  Fog  Bell  is 
struck  at  this  Lighthouse  at  intervals  of  12  seconds.  Vessels  m.ay 
aiiproach  tliis  Lighthouse  on  its  Eastern  side,  within  50  yards,  with- 
out danger. 
Bearings  and  Distances  from  Conimicut  Point  Lighthouse. 

Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  otf  Southern 
part  Ohio  Ledge,*  S-  by  E.  J^  E  ,  distance  2./3  miles;  Buoy 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off  Northern  part 
Prudence  Island,  S.  by  W.  ]i  W-  distance  2/3  miles. 

Bullock's  Point  Lighthouse. 

About  N.NW.,  1  Yz  miles  from  Conimicut  Point  Lighthouse,  on 
the  Eastern  side  of  the  channel  and  a  little  more  than  Vi  mile 
Southwesterly  from  Bullock's  Point,  is  a  Lighthouse  painted  Drab 
color,  which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light. 

Sabine's  Point  Lighthouse. 

About  N.  34  W. ,  1  ^  miles  from  Bullock's  Point  Lighthouse,  on 
the  Eastern  side  of  the  channel  and  a  little  less  than  }i  mile  South- 


♦  Ohio  Ledge  has  about  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide. 


vh. 


84 


ELDIilDGK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


westerly  from  Sabine's  Point,  is  a  Liijjhtlionse  painted 'White,  which 
at  this  date  (ISHl),  shows  a  fixed  White  Liglit. 

Pomham  Rocks  Lighthouse. 

About  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.,  1^^  mile  from  Sabine's  I'oint  Light- 
iioiise,  on  the  Eastern  side  of  tlio  channi;!,  on  a  liigh  lloek  and  near 
tlie  Ii^astern  Sliore,  is  a  Liglitiioiise  painted  White,  which  at  this 
date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  Ked  Light. 

Puller's  Rock  Lighthouse. 

About  N.  by  W.  ji  W-,  a,  little  more  than  a  mile  from  Pomham 
Rocks  LiglUhousi  ,  on  tlic  Eastern  side  of  the  channel,  near  the 
shore,  is  a  Lighthouse  painted  White,  which  at  this  date  (1881), 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Sassafras  Point  Lighthouse. 

About  NW-,  ^4  ii^ile  from  Puller's  Rock  Lighthouse,  on  the  West 
side  of  the  channel,  on  Sassafras  Point,  is  a  Lighthouse  painteil 
White,  which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  This 
last-mentioned  Lighthouse  is  located  about  yi  mile  below  the  Cit}' 
of  Providence. 

MeinarJt's. 

From  Conimitut  Point  Lighthouse  at  the  entrance  of  the  Eiver  to 
Providence  City  the  distance  is  6^  miles.  The  cliannel,  which  in 
some  places  is  narrow,  is  well  marked  with  Buoys.  Strangers,  in 
small  vessels  in  daytime,  with  favorable  winds,  ma^-  safely  pass  up 
this  River  without  danger.  It  is,  however,  advisable  for  heavy- 
draught  vessels  to  take  pilots.  At  this  date  about  1 4  feet  water 
at  low  tide  can  be  taken  up  to  Providence. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Brenton's  Reef  Light-ship 
to  Providence  City  by  Ship  Channel  (or  Eastern 
Passage)  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

Leave  the  Light-ship  off  Brenton's  Reef  close  to  on  either  hand, 
and  make  good  the  course  N.  by  E.  ^  E.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  otf 
the  outer  end  of  Brenton's  Reef  well  on  tiie  Starboard  hand  ;  when 
the  entrance  to  Newport  Harbor  is  fairly  open,  tlien  run  in  about 
raid-channel  until  the  Lighthouse  on  Southwest  part  of  Rose  Island 


ELDKlDGIi'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


85 


■Wbito,  which 


Point  Light- 
[lock  and  near 
which  at  this 


from  Pomham 

inel,  near  the 

date  (1881), 


0,  on  the  West 
lioiise  paintPtl 
I  Light.  This 
jelow  the  Citj' 


5f  the  River  to 
nncl,  which  in 

Strangers,  in 
safely  pass  np 
l)le  for  hoavy- 

]  4  fi'ct  water 


Light-ship 
or  Easteru 
winds  aud 

>n  either  hand, 
>  Red  liuoy  otf 
d  hand ;  wlion 
run  in  ahont 
af  Rose  Island 


s 


bears  N.  by  E-  J4  E-,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the 
Dumpling  Rocks  well  on  the  Port  hand  ;    when  ai)out  >i  mile  from 
Rose  Ishmd  Lighthouse,  haul  gradually  to  the  Westward,  and  leave 
it  about  ji  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  this  last-mentioned 
Li-'hlhouse  bears  East,  make  good  the  course  NE-  by  N.  J^  N.  7 
miles,  which  will  bring  you  up  with  Prudence  Island  Lighthouse  ; 
on  this  last  course,  when  past  Rose  Island,  you  will  sec  on  the  Star- 
board the  Red  Buoy  off  its  Northern  part,  the  Red  liuoy  off  IVishop 
Rock,  the  Red  Buoy  o'?  the  Sisters,  and  lastly,  Dyer's  Island  off 
the  Southwest  part  of  which  is  a  Red  Buoy,  -  all  these  are  left  on  the 
Starboard  hand.    On  the  Port  will  be  seen  Gould's  Island,  which  is 
bold,  and  farther  in,  the  Black  Spindle  on  Halfway  Rock,  and  lastly. 
Prudence  Island  Lighthouse, —  these  last-named  are  left  on  th: 
Port  hand.     From  the  Southern  Point  of  Prudence  Island  to  the 
Lighthouse  the  shore  is  very  buhl ;    it  is,  therefore,  only  necessary 
to  keep  but  a  short  distance  from  it.     Leave  Prudence  Island  Light- 
house about  yi  mile  on  the  Port  hand  and  make  good  the  course 
N.  yi  E.  about  11^  miles,  or  until  abreast  the  Red  Buoy*  off  South- 
west partof  II.  g  Island  (which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand),  then 
steer  N.  ^  W.  3  miles,  which  will  bring  you  up  with  the  Buoy 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Southern  part  of 
Ohio  Ledge  ;  Conimicut  Point  Lighthouse,  which  stands  on  West  side 
of  entrance  to  Pi^  vidence  River,  bears  from  the  Buoy  off  this  Ledge 
(which  has  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide),  N-  by  W-  }i  W-, 
distance  2' 3  miles.     AVhen  the  last-named  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it 
about  yi  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  N.  ^  W.  until 
Conimicut  Point  Lighthouse  bears  NW-  j4  N-,  then  run  for  it  on 
this  couse. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Providence  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Leave  Conimicut  Point  Lighthouse,  which  stands  on  the  AVest  side 
of  entrance  to  the  River,  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make 
good  the  course  NW.  by  N-  with  Bullock's  Point  Liglithouse  on 
the  Starboard  bow  ;  when  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse 
(which  may  be  left  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand) ,  the  course  is 
then  N.  ji  W.  to  Sabine's  Point  Lighthouse ;  on  this  last  course 

Thn  Kod  Buoy  off  Southwest  part  of  Hog  Ishmd  bears  from  Prudence 
Island  Liglithouse  NE.  byN.  i  N.,  distance  IJ  miles. 


86 


ELDUIDGK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Pawtuxent  Beacon  will  be  left  well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  give  Sabine's 
Point  Lighthouse  a  berth  of  about  200  yards,  leaving  it  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  continue  the  course  about  }i  mile  past  it,  or  uiit.l 
the  Red  liuoy  otf  the  Oyster  Beds  bears  NE.  by  E-,  the  course  is 
then  about  NE.,  leaving  the  last-named  Buoy  on  the  Starboard  i>.nd 
a  Black  Buoy  on  the  Port  hand  ;  conlinue  the  course  NE.  until 
Pomhani  llock  Lighthouse  bears  N-  NE,  then  steer  for  this  Light- 
house on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  lOU  jards  on  the  Starboard, 
and  Pomhain  Beacon  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  abreast  this  last- 
named  Lighthouse  the  course  isN.  ^i  W-,  leaving  a  Black  Buo}-  on 
the  Port,  and  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripe^ 
on  Bulkhi  ad  Rock  on  the  Starboard  liand  ;  continue  the  course, 
passing  between  two  Buoys,  one  Black,  the  other  Red  ;  when  past 
these  Bunys  the  course  is  more  'Westerly-,  leavizig  Fuller's  Rock 
Lighthouse  ahout  100  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  this 
last-named  Lighthouse,  steer  about  NW-  ^  N.,  passing  between 
the  Red  Buoy  olf  Sassafras  Shoal  and  the  Lighthouse  ;  when  past 
Sassafras  I'oint  Lighthouse,  the  course  is  about  N.  b}-  W.,  leaving 
the  Buoys  as  thev  are  set  to  mark  the  channel  to  the  city. 

In  navigating  Providence  River,  particular  attention  should  be 
paid  to  the  color  of  the  Buoys,  as  there  is  but  little  water  in  many 
places  ou  each  side  of  the  cbanneL 


t'ii 


NARRAGANSETT    BAY    (Western 
Passage). 

Beaver-Tail  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Beaver-Tail,  South  Point  of  Conanicut  Island,  between  the 
two  entrances  to  Narragansett  Bay,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this 
date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  which  is  intended  to  guide 
vessel"  into  Newport  and  Dutch  Island  Harbors,  and  also  up  the 
Westeia  passage  of  Narragansett  Baj-.  A  Steam  Whistle  is  placed 
near  this  Lighthouse,  which  gives  blasts  of  6  seconds  at  intervals  of 
10  and  50  seconds. 


Vg'  .1 


iBiBe.Wtf  y=*r«=>  •> 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


87 


;  give  Sabine's 

it  on  the  Stur- 
)ast  it,  or  uiit.i 
1.,  the  eouise  is 

Starboard  i>.nd 
irse  NE.  until 

for  this  Light- 
the  Starboard, 
oast  this  last- 
Black  Buo^-  oi) 
izontal  Stript's 
lue  the  course, 
!(1 ;    when  past 

Fuller's  Rock 
when  past  this 
issing  between 
ie  ;  when  past 
y  W.,  leaving 
city. 

ion  should  be 
water  in  many 


estem 


i,  between  the 
,  which  at  this 
?n(lc(l  to  guide 
id  also  up  the 
listle  is  placed 
at  intervals  of 


Dangers  in  Entering  Narragansett  Bay  by  the 
Western  Passage. 

Newton  s  Rock, 

This  Rock,  on  which  it  breaks  if  there  be  any  sea,  lies  about  }i 
mile  SW.  by  S.  from  Beaver-Tail  Lighthouse.  This  Rock  is 
niirked  ofl'  its  Southwest  part  with  a  Buoy  having  Red  and  Black 
ilorizontiil  Stripes. 


Whale  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  above  water,  is  bold  on  all  sides,  and  lies  on 
the  Western  side  of  the  passage  ;  it  is  easily  recognized  in  the  day- 
time on  account  of  its  being  whitewashed.  Beaver  Tail  I !  ^hthouse 
bears  from  Whale  Rock  E.  }4  N.,  distance  \%  miles  " 


Jones*  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  the  passage,  has 
about  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide ;  it  is  now  marked  on  its 
Eastern  side  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
Stripes,  which  bears  from  Beaver-Tail  Lighthouse  NW.  Yi  N.  1>8 
miles. 


Dutch  Island  Lighthouse. 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  stands  upon 
the  Southern  part  of  Dutch  Island,  and  is  intended  as  a  guide  for 
vessels  bound  up  Narrauansot  Bay  by  the  Western  passage,  and 
also  into  Dutch  Island  llarbur.  A  Fog  Boll  at  this  date  (1881) ,  is 
placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Dutch  Island  is  bold  on  all  sides,  and  may  be  approached  within 
}i  mile  without  danger.  Boavor-Tail  Lighthouse  bears  from  Dutch 
Island  Lighthouse  S  J4  W.,  distance  2J^  miles. ^ 

*  Since  the  above  was  written  a  Lighthouse  has  been  erected  on  Whale 
Uork,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  Fixed  Kod  Light.  ^  B.ll  at  h.s 
time  is  attached  to  this  Lighthouse  which,  in  thick  weather,  is  struck  two 
blows  in  quick  succession,  at  Intervals  of  20  seconds. 


Eli 


88 


ELURIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


li 


.III 


M-1 


<S'  : 


Warwick  Lighthouse. 

Thi<i  Lightliouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  situated  on 
the  Southorn  extremity  of  Warwick  Neck,  and  is  intended  as  a  guide 
to  East  Greenwich  Harbor  and  Western  passage  of  Narragaiisett 
Bay. 

Dutch  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Warwick  Lightlioust!  S.  by 
W.  Yz  W.  \0%  miles. 

Remarks, 

Vessels  from  the  Southwcstward,  bound  to  Providence,  usnall}' 
use  tlio  Western  passage  of  Narragansctt  Bay,  which  is  well  buoyed  ; 
about  1.')  foct  water  at  low  tide  on  a  direct  course,  at  tiiis  date,  can 
be  carried  up  through  it  to  the  entrance  of  Providence  River. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Western  Passage  of  Nar- 
ragansctt Bay  from  Beaver-Tail  Lighthouse  to 
Conimicut  Lighthouse,  entrance  to  Providence 
Hiver,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Southeastward,  Southward  or  Southwcstward,  may 
bring  Beaver-'iail  Liglitliouse  to  bear  from  NW.  to  NE.  by  N.,  and 
run  for  it  witliout  danger  ;  leave  this  Liglitliouse  about  '^  mile  on  tiio 
Starboard  liand  and  steer  about  N.  by  E.  %  E.  2^  miles,  whicli 
will  bring  you  up  with  Dutch  Island,  which  is  bold,  and  may  be  left 
about  i^  mile  to  tlio  Eastward  ;  when  past  tiiis  Island  run  about 
NE.  by  N.  Yz  N.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy  off  Plum 
Beach  Slioal ;  this  last-named  Slioal,  which  extends  a  long  distance 
from  the  Western  shore,  is  marked  on  its  outer  part  with  a  Black 
Buoy,  which  bears  from  Dutch  Island  Lighthouse  N-  by  E.,  2  miles  ; 
when  the  Black  Buoy  off"  Plum  Beach  Shoal  is  made,  leave  it  dose 
toon  the  Port  hand,  and  mako  good  the  course  N.  by  E.  Jj  E. 
^Y  miles  to  Warwick  Lighthouse.  As  you  sail  up  on  this  course, 
when  abreast  tlio  Northern  part  of  Conanicut  Island,  you  will  see 
on  the  Starbo.Ti'd  and  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  passage,  Hope 
Island,  which  is  small,  and  farther  in,  Prudence  Island,  and  lastly 
Patience  Island,  the  Northwestern  point  of  which  lies  Southeast  a 
little  more  than  J^  mile  from  Warwick  Lighthouse,  —  all  these  last- 
named  islands  are  left  on  the  Starboard  hand  On  the  Port  will  be 
seen  old  Gay  Rock  Lighthouse,  entrance  to  Wickford  Harbor,  the 


KLDHIIXilVS  COAST  TILOT. 


80 


it,  is  situated  on 
?ndc(l  p.s  u  guide 
of  Narragausett 

-ighthouso  S.  by 


ividenee,  usuall}' 
1  is  well  I)uoyed  ; 
it  this  date,  can 
ICO  River. 

sage  of  Nar- 

ghthouse  to 

ProvidencG 

ads  and  fair 

Uiwcstward,  may 
NE.  l)yN.,and 
ut  }^  mile  on  tiie 
2^  miles,  wliioh 
and  may  be  left 
sland  run  about 
e  Buoy  oflf  Plum 
3  a  long  distance 
[irt  with  a  Black 
■  byE.,2  miles; 
dp,  leave  it  dose 
N.  by  E.  y,  E. 
p  on  this  course, 
md,  you  will  see 
B  passage,  Hope 
iland,  and  lastly 
lies  Southeast  a 
—  all  those  last- 
i  the  Port  will  be 
ford  Harbor,  the 


Beacon  and  buoys  on  tlie  Lodj;os  to  tlie  East  ward  of  llii^  Lioililhouse. 
and  ftxrther  in,  the  Bladv  Buoy  off  Quonsot  Point,  and  Lastly  tlie 
Spindle  on  Crack  Rock ;  Wnrwick  Toint  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  Spindle  NE-  by  E-  ]i  E.,  'h  mile. 

After  passing  Quonset  Point  and  Hope  Island,  bring  Warwick 
Lighthouse  to  bear  N  by  E.  J  <  E..  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  ; 
when  about  one  mile  from  it,  you  will  cross  tlu^  Shoal  Ground  in 
about  15  feet  water  at  low  tide;  continue  the  course  N- by  E. 
'4  E.  for  Warwick  Lighthouse,  until  about  '  .i  mile  from  it;  then 
in  about  Gyi  fathoms  water,  steer  about  ENE.,  passing  about 
midway  between  Warwick  Lighthouse  and  Xorthwestern  part  of 
Patience  Island  ;  when  past  Warwick  Lighthouse,  keep  a  sliarj) 
lookout  for  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Strii)es,* 
which  lies  about  }^  mile  from  the  Northern  part  of  Prudence 
Island  ;  when  this  Buoy  is  m.ade,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard, 
and  run  about  NE.  by  N..  crossing  the  Shoal  Ground  in  about  16 
feet  water  low  tide,  and  leaving  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black 
Iloi-izontal  Stripes  on  Ohio  Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard,  and  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Eastern  part  of  Conimicut  IMiddle  Ground  on  the 
Port  hand,  'then  Conimicut  Point  Lighthouse  at  the  entrance  of 
the  River  bears  NW.  J  j  N.  ;  then  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Providence  River. 

Iliffh  Watet'. 

It  is  high  water  in  Providence  River  about  3h.  20m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  A^  feet. 


EAST  GREENWICH  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor  is  North  about  1.3  miles  in  a  direct  lino  from  Beaver- 
Tail  Lighthouse  ;  Southwesterly  about  9j^  miles  from  the  City  of 
Providence,  and  West-Southerly  about  3  miles  from  Warwick 
Lighthouse. 

Warwick  Lighthouse. 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  situated  on 
the  Southern  extremity  of  Warwick  Nock,  Northern  side  of  entrance 
to  Greenwich  Ba}'. 


*  Warwick  Lifththouse  Xvnu-a    from  this  Bimy  off  Northern  part  of 
Prudence  Island  W.  by  S.,  distance  li  niilt-s. 


11 


•I  m 


1 


I  i 


90 


KLDUIDGK'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


JtemnrJk's. 

At  low  tido  nhoiit  9  feet  of  waUT  csui  ho  carried  to  Iho  nnclior^'go 
off  East  OroiMiwich  ;  but  tlio  chaiuii'l  in  some  paH^  of  the  IJay  is 
narrow,  it  is  tliercforo  necessary  at  low  tide  for  vessels  (-f  much 
size  to  proceed  with  caution. 

Sailing  Directions  for  East  Greonwicli  Harbor  in 
Daytime  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Bound  to  East  Greenwich  by  the  Western  passage,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  from  Beaver-Tail  Lightiiouse  to  Conimicut 
I.ighthouso  (entrance  to  Providence  River),  until  Warwick  Light- 
house boars  N.  by  E.  li  E.,  distance  yi  mile  ;  then  in  about  6j^ 
fathoms  water,  with  tlie  Spindle  on  Crack  Rock  bearing  W.  by  S- 
ji  mile,  make  good  the  course  NW.  ;  fvs  you  sail  in  you  will  sec  on 
the  Port  the  Black  Buoy  off  Sandy  Point  Shoal,  leave  this  Buoy 
close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  about  NW. 
by  W.  J  J  mile,  when  the  Black  Buoy  on  Sally  Rock  will  be  seen 
on  tiie  Port ;  haul  round  this  last-named  Buoy,  leaving  it  a  short 
distance  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  in  about  W.SW.  for  the  town, 
leaving  the  Red  Buoys  on  the  Starboard  and  Black  Buoys  on  tlic 
Port,  and  anchor  in  from  8  to  10  feet  feet  water  off  the  town.     It 
is  advisable  for  strangers  in  vessels  of  much  size  bound  to  East 
Greenwich  to  take  pilots. 

From  Newport,  bound  to  East  Greenwich  Harbor,  leave 
Rose  Island  Lighthouse  about  }{  mile  on  tlie  Starboard  hand, 
and  steer  N.  ^/i  E-  ;  as  you  sail  in  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard 
Gould  Island,  which  is  bold,  and  farther  in  the  Spindle  on 
Halfway  Rock,  and  lastly  the  Southern  end  of  Prudence  Island, 
which  are  all  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  On  the  Port  will 
be  seen  the  Eastern  i)art  of  Conanicut  Island,  and  farther  in  Hope 
Isla'ul,  with  a  small  Islet  lying  near  its  Northern  part ;  this  last  is 
Despair  Island ;  all  the  last-mentioned  Islands  are  left  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  past  Despair  Island  (which  bears  about  South,  3^ 
miles  from  Warwick  Lighthouse),  steer  aijout  NW-  by  N.  until 
this  last-named  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  E  >4  E. ;  then  run  for  it 
on  this  course  and  follow  the  directions  given. 

High  Watef. 

It  is  high  water  in  East  Greenwich  Harbor  3h.  27m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  4  J^  feet. 


Iho  nnchorpgo 
of  tlio  IJa)'  is 
jscld  of  much 


Harbor  in 
weather. 

;;c,  follow  tlio 

to  Coaimiciit 

arwick  Light- 

i  in  about  6^ 

ing  W.  by  S. 

)-oii  will  see  on 

ivc  this  Buoy 

3  about  NW. 

k  will  bo  seen 

ing  it  a  short 

.  for  the  town, 

15uoys  on  the 

the  town.     It 

bound  to  East 

Harbor,  leave 
arboard  hand, 
the  Starboard 
3  Spindle  on 
udence  Island, 
the  Port  will 
xrthcr  in  Hope 
rt ;  this  last  is 
eft  on  the  Port 
)ut  South,  3^ 
W.  by  N.  until 
then  run  for  it 


7m.  before  it  is 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


APPONAUG  RIVER. 


91 


In  the  extreme  Northwest  part  of  Croenwich  Ray,  about  3j^ 
miles  Northwest  from  "Warwick  Lighthonsr. 'los  the  entrance  to 
Api)onaug  River,  whicli  has  but  little  wr.u:r  in  it  at  low  tide. 
About  Y^  mile  from  its  mouth  is  the  village  of  Apponaug. 


PAWTUXET  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  u  long  shallow  Cove,  lies  on  the  Western 
side  of  Providence  River  about  'A^  miles  above  Conimicut  Light- 
house. 

Light  draught  vessels  bound  to  Pawtuxet  may  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given  for  Providence  River  until  up  with  Sabine's 
Point  Lighthouse ;  it  is  then  advisable  to  anchor  near  Pawtuxet 
Ileacon  and  take  pilots. 


WIOKPORD  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  lies  on  the  Western  side  of 
Narragansctt  Bay,  is  Northwesterly  about  7^  miles  from  Beaver- 
Tail  Lighthouse  ;  Northwesterly  about  T)  miles  from  Dutch  Island 
Lighthouse,  and  Southwesterly  6%.  miles  from  Warwick  Light- 
house. 

Old  Gay  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Old  Gay  Rock  (which  lies  upon  the  Southern  side  of  the 
channel  in  entering  Wiekford  Harbor),  at  this  date  (1882),  a 
Lighthouse  is  in  course  of  construction. 

Remarks. 

In  entering  Wiekford  Harbor,  there  are  many  Shoals,  Rocks  and 
Ledges,  most  of  which  at  this  date  (1882),  are  marked  with  Bea- 
cons and  Buoys.  At  low  tide,  about  13  feet  water  can  be  carried 
up  abreast  the  Lighthouse,  and  from  this  not  more  than  9  or  10  feet 


1 


02 


KI-DUIDOK'S  COAST  I'lI-OT. 


can  1k'  taken  through  a  narrow  clmimel  to  the  Long  Wharf  at  the 
Kastern  eutl  of  the  village. 

SaiUng  Directions  for  Wickford  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

VoHScls  lionn.l  to  Wickford  may  follow  the  directions  heforo 
given  for  the  Western  passage  of  Narragansett  Bay,  from  B<'tiver- 
Tail  Lightiiouse  to  Conimlcut  Lighthonse,  entrance  to  rroviilenuc 
Uiver,  until  the  Lightiiouse  on  Old  Gay  Rock,  entrance  to  Wick- 
for<l  Harbor,  hears  NW.  l>y  W.  ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  it  about  75  yards  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  abreast  the 
Lighthouse  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  olf  to  the  South- 
ward of  Charles'  Rock  ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  steer  about  NW-  by  W.  until  the  harbor  is  well  open  ; 
then  under  sliort  sail  run  for  the  end  of  Long  Wharf,  bearing  about 
SW.  by  S.,  carrying  about  9  feet  water  at  low  tide.  From  the 
Lighthouse  on  Old  Gay  Rock  to  Long  Wharf  the  channel  is  very 
narrow  ;  it  is  therefore  necessary,  after  passing  this  Lighthouse,  to 
proceed  with  caution. 

Vessels  front  Newport,  bound  to  Wickford  Harbor,  may  leave 
Rose  Island  Ligiithouse  about  }^  mile  on  tlie  Starboard  hand  and 
make  good  the  course  N-  ^  E. ;  leaving  (iould  Island,  which  is 
bold,  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand,  haul  round  the 
Northern  part  of  Conanieut  Island  at  a  distance  of  yj,  mile,  and 
run  about  W-SW-,  leaving  all  tiie  Buoys  on  the  Ledges,  and  also 
White  Rock  Beacon  well  on  the  Starboard  hand;  continue  the 
course  W  SW-  "util  Old  Gay  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  W.NW- ; 
then  run  f.a-  it  on  this  course,  and  follow  the  directions  before 

given. 

Vessels  may  anchor  in  Wickford  Outer  Harbor,  from  three  to  six 
hundred  yards  E-  by  S  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Old  Gay  Rock,  in 
about  13  feet  water  at  low  tide. 

It  is  advisable  for  strangers  iu  vessels  of  much  size,  bound  into 
the  Inner  harbor,  to  take  pilots. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Wickford  Harbor  3h.  29ra.  before  it  is  at 
Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  4^  feet. 


n<i  Wharf  at  the 


bor  in  Day- 
:  weather. 

lirpctioiis  l)pr()ro 
y,  IVoin  Bciiver- 
'0  to  rroviilcnco 
itraiu'o  to  Wic'k- 
t  on  tliis  coiirsp, 
lien  abreast  tlus 
tr  to  the  South- 
)n  the  Starboard 
jor  is  well  open  ; 
rl",  bearing  about 
tide.  From  the 
c  channel  is  very 
is  Lighthouse,  to 

irbor,  maj'  leave 
rboarcl  hand  and 
Island,  which  is 
haul  round  the 
!  of  j/j  mile,  and 
Ledges,  and  also 
d ;  continue  the 
bears  W.NW- ; 
directions  before 

from  three  to  six 
)ld  Gay  Rock,  in 

I  size,  bound  into 


n.  before  it  is  at 


KI,I)Ull)(iKS  COAST   I'lI-OT. 


DUTCH  ISLAND  HARBOR. 


OB 


This  Harbor,  which  lies  on  the  Kiistern  side  of  (lio  Western 
passage  of  Narragansctt  Hay,  is  Northcaslcrly  :\  mik-H  from  Heaver- 
Tail  Li"hthoiice  and   10  miles  Southwesterly  from  Warwick  Light- 


house, 


Dutch  Island  Lighthouse. 


On  the  Southern  point  of  Dutih  Island  is  a  I.ighthouse,  which 
at  this  date  (18M2),  shows  a  (Ixcl  White  Light.  A  Fog  Hell  is 
placed  near  this  Lighthouse.  Dutch  Island  is  bold,  and  vessels  of 
17  feet  draught  nuiy  apijroach  any  part  of  it,  as  near  as  2J0  yards, 
without  danger. 

Iteniarlk's. 

This  Harbor,  which  has  two  entrances,  alTords  excellent  anchor- 
age in  from  2  to  «  fathoms  water,  with  good  holding  gromid.  About 
G  fathoms  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  in  by  the  Southern  pas- 
satrc,  and  about  i\}^  by  the  Northern  one.  The  only  danger  iu  en- 
t.  ling  it  are  the  Flats,  which  extend  from  Heaver  Head.  Thi'sc 
Flats  arc  marked  on  their  Northern  part  with  a  Red  Huoy,  which 
bears  from  Dutch  Island  Lighthouse  E.  by  S.  Jj  S.,  distance  j{ 
mile.  Dutch  Lsland  Harbor,  at  many  times,  is  of  great  iiuportancc, 
as  vessels  can  make  it  with  strong  Northeast  wiud-J  and  an  i:i)b 
Tide,  when  at  such  times  it  would  be  imi)08sible  to  get  int(j  New- 
port. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Dutch  Island  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Southeatttward,  Southward  or  Soutliwcstward 
may  bring  Beaver-Tail  Lighthouse  to  l)car  from  NW.  to  NE.  by 
N.  and  run  for  it  without  danger ;  leave  tliis  Lightiiouse  about  )^ 
mile  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  steer  about  N.  by  E.  U  E.,  keep- 
ing al)out  midway  the  passage  and  leaving  the  I'.uoy  otf  Jones' 
Le(lge  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When  you  are  about  J(  mile  fioin 
Dutch  Island  Lighthouse,  steer  more  Easterly,  leavuig  the  Light- 
house about  2."»0  yards  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Huoy  olf  Hea^ cr 
Head  Shoal  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  this  Huuy,  anchor 
in  from  I  to  G  fatlioms,  g  >od  holding  ground,  or  haul  up  for  the 
head  of  the  harbor,  and  anchor  iu  from  "2;^  to  ^  fathoms  water. 


I! 


i' 


M 


r,i.i)Uii)iii;'s  (OAST  PILOT. 


■1 


Boating  into  Dutch  Island  Harbor. 

'I'lic  KiiHtiMii  imil  of  D'ltcli  Isliuul  is  vory  bold,  nml  vessels  in 
Itfiitiii;^  into  tiif  Iciilior  imiy  ai>i»foucli  tliis  «!«!«'  ol'tiic  Isliiiid,  willi- 
ill  ."lO  Minis,  willioiiL  (lander.  Tlu!  Noitiu-ni  ciilniiu'i'  tt»  this  Inir- 
Ixtr  lias  11  widlli  of  inoi-o  tliiiii  '/j  iniii- ;  in  lioatiij;r  in,  it  is  tii^n'runi 
advisaltic!  for  lar^o  vt-sscls,  witii  Noiliicast  winds,  to  pass  to  tlio 
Westward  of  Dnlcli  Islaml,  and  Htiind  in  ilosi'-liniilid  until  tlu-y 
('.•III  fetch  in.  Heavy  dianjiht  vessels,  in  eiitiMinj;  tlie  Norliiern 
paxsngi-,  sliuiild  Ivoep  near  tlio  Northeast  jtart  of  tliis  Island,  which 
is  hold. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Dutch  Island  Harbor  at 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Al.  iii^;ht,  vessels  from  tlie  Soiitiiward  or  SoiitlieustwMrd  may 
lirliijr  Beaver-Tiiil  Li^jjit  to  l)ear  fioni  NW.  I'v  N-  to  N-NE-  and 
run  fir  it;  us  yon  draw  near  this  MjJ,lit,  lianl  };i'adiially  to  tlio 
Westward,  and,  in  order  to  avoid  Wliale  Uoeii  (on  wiiieli  lli^re  is  a 
Lif^lithonso  liiiildin;.';)i  imd  .Jones'  Ledi^e  hefure  deseiihed,  do  not 
leave  Heaver-Tail  Li;;ht  more  than  7^  mile  to  the  Ka^tward  ;  when 
the  last-named  lA'^Ut  hears  E.  hy  S-  alioiit  J  j  mile,  steer  N.  l»y  E- 
until  Dntch  Island  Lij^iitlionso  bears  N-  l)y  E.  ,'j  E.  ;  tlien  run 
for  it  on  this  course,  wiiieh  will  taive  yon  nearly  i;i  tiie  ni'ddU^  of 
the  p.'issajfe  ;  continue  tlie  eonise  for  tliis  I.i;i'it  nniil  alioiit  .'!0() 
■■•••Is  from  it;  then  Imn!  to  tlie  Kiislward,  liaviie^  it  elo-e  to,  or 
not  more  than  10!)  yards  on  tlie  I'oil  liaiid  ;  wlien  t!»is  Light  hoars 
W-  by  S.,  make  good  tlic  eoiirse  E.  by  N.  about  33  mil-,  or  until 
the  wat'r  shoals  to  0  fathoms;  then  nneiior  in  stielvy  liottom  with 
good  holding  ground.  There  is  good  nneliorage  during  Kasterly 
g.'iles  for  large  v(!ssels  in  the  Western  passage  of  N.-irragansett  Hay, 
betwi'cn  Iieaver-Tail  Liglit  and  Diiteli  Island  L'glit.  Care  shoiilil 
be  UNed  in  entering  to  avoid  Whale  Ilock  and  Jones'  Ledge  before 
mentioned. 

SaiUng  Directions  for  Thick  Weather. 

At  this  date  (1882),  th-re  is  a  Steam  Whistle  at  Beaver-Tail 
Liglithonse,  a  Lighthouse  at  Whale  Roek,  and  a  Bell  at  Dutch 
Island  Lighthouse  ;  vessels,  therefore,  in  thick  weather,  bound  to 
Dutch  Island  Harbor,  will,  as  soon  as  the  Fug  Signal  at  Beaver- 


KLDUIDOF/S  COAST  I'lI.OT. 


9-) 


rbor. 

il,  mill  vcHHcIs  in 
the  IslaiKl,  willi- 
iiiu'c  to  this  hiir- 
in,  il  is  tiii'rcrDro 

4,  to    pIlHS    to    tllO 

allied  until  they 
n;;  tlic  Nuitlicrii 
his  Island,  which 

I  Harbor  at 
s    and    fair 

itlicustwMid  may 
r.  l«  N.NE.  and 
(■railiially  to  tho 
I  wliirli  Ih'Ti)  is  a 
li'.s('iil)fd,  do  not 
Ivi'itwai'd  :  wlicii 
'.  slocr  N.  l»y  E. 
,'j  E.  ;  tlicn  mil 
i;i  tlic  in'ddli!  of 
iiiiti!  alioiit.'iOO 
ig  it  clo-c  to,  or 
I  t!»is  Light  hoars 
y'i  mil",  or  until 
ii'lvy  liottom  Willi 
■  during?  Kastcrly 
larrag.'insftt  Bay, 
lit.  Care  should 
K's'  Lodgo  bi'lbro 


Gather. 

!  at  Beaver-Tail 
a  Bell  at  Dutch 
cather,  bound  to 
igual  at  Bcavcr- 


Tall  is  heard,  hriiii^  it  to  hear  N  NE  ""(/  ini<h-r  sliort  mil  run  fur 
it  on  this  roiirsc  ;  in  ordi  r  to  avoid  Ncwtoii  Kock  (which  lies 
SW-  hy  S  •-'■'iO  yards  from  tho  Lighthouse)  use  the  Lead,  and 
when  llie  water  shoals  to  H  ("ithoms  Hticr  NW-  by  N-  until  tho 
signal  bears  E.  by  S.,  the  ((mrse  is  then  N  by  E-  H  E.  and  dis- 
tance H  miles  to  Diiteh  Island  Lighthouse;  when  tin!  Fog  IVll  at 
(he  last-named  Lighthouse  is  heard,  bring  it  to  bear  N-  by  E.  ,',i  E  , 
and  run  {"'r  it,  leaving  it  not  moni  than  100  yards  on  the  I'ort  hand  ; 
when  abreast  this  Liglit  Htcc"  B-  I'V  N  about  J-''  '"''«'•  "'"'  »"'••>•>'' 
ill  from  l  to  G  fatlioms  water;  good  holding  ground. 

After  passing  Newton  Hock  (before  descrilied)  the  Kastern  shore 
of  the  Western  passage  of  Narragans^ett  Bay,  from  Beaver-Tail 
Lighthouse  to  Beaver  Head,  Kastern  nido  of  entrance  to  Duteh 
Island  Harbor,  is  bold,  and  ihero  are  no  dangers  c  xeeptiiig  tlioso 
lying  near  the  shore  ;  when  past  Whale  Bock  and  .Fones'  Ledge,  tho 
latter  of  which  bears  NW-  J.-  N.  Ijfi  '"'I'^^s  ''•""  Hf'aver-Tail 
Lighthouse,  the  Western  slioro  of  this  passage  to  Dutch  Island  Is 
qu-te  bold,  and  iua\  l)e  safely  ap|)roaehed  by  vessels  of  lo  feet 
draught  us  near  us  aoO  yards  without  danger. 

Jfiyh  Water, 

It  Is  high  water  in  Dutch  Islaud  Harbor  3h.  42m.  before  it  U  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  4  feet. 

Narragansect  Pier. 

This  settlement  which  is  built  on  a  bend  of  the  Eastern  shore  of 
Point  Juditli  Neck,  and  noted  as  a  watering  place  and  summer 
resort,  bears  about  W.  by  S.  J-4  S.  from  Beaver-Tail  Lighthouse, 
distanec  2^  miles. 

Anchorage  opposite  the  upper  Tier,  in  from  4  to  7  fathoms  water, 
may  be  found  during  heavy  Westerly  gales,  but  the  hokliug  grouud 
is  said  to  be  bad. 

Coast  from  Narragansett   Pier   to  Point  Judith 

Lighthouse. 

There  are  many  dangers  lying  off  the  coast  from  Narragansett 
Pier  to  Point  Judith  Lighthouse;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for 
strangers,  in  thick  weather  or  niglit-tiine,  to  not  approMcli  t'  is  part 
of  the  coast  nearer  than  y^  mile  or  in  less  than  10  fathoms  water. 


96 


ELDUIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


if  i  '^ 


IN-; 


Point  Judith  Lighthouse. 

On  tlio  Southeast  extremity  of  Point  Judith  is  a  Lighthouse 
whieii,  at  this  date  (1SS2),  siiows  a  flasliing  White  Light.  A  Fog 
Signal  is  placed  near  tliis  Lighthouse  which,  at  this  date  (1882), 
scuuds  blasts  of  G  seconds  at  intervals  of  40  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Point  Judith  Lighthouse. 

Dlatancc. 

Cay  Head  Lighthouse,  E-  hy  S 29     miles. 

Snwand  I'igsLiglit-ship,  E.  ?"a  S 22^  " 

lien  and  Chickens  Light-ship.  E.  Ji  N 21>^  " 

l?renton'sRcefL!ght-ship,  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.    ...       G>^  " 

Beaver-Tail  Lighthouse,  NE C>4  " 

Watch  II ill  Lighthouse,  entrance   to   Fisher's  Island 

Sound,  W.  ':(  S 17>^  " 

Little  Gull  Isliind  Lighthouse,  Eastern  entrance   lo 

Long  Island  Sound,  W-  3/(  S 30  " 

Gardiner's  Island  Lighthouse,  W-  by  S-  ^  S.       .     .  33  " 

Montauk  Point  Lighthouse,  SW.  3^  W 24  ^j;." 

Blork  Inland  Northern  Liglithouse,  SW.  y+  S-      .     .       0%  " 

Block  Island  Soutlioast  Lighthouse,  S.SW.       ...  13  " 


BLOCK  ISLAND. 

This  Island,  which  lies  in  a  S-SW.  and  N-NE.  direction,  is 
about  5  miles  long,  and  3  miles  wide  at  its  Southern  end,  from 
which  pr)iiit  the  width  gradually  diminishes  to  its  Northern  end, 
which  is  a,  low  point,  known  as  Sandy  Point. 

Block  Island  Northern  Lighthouse. 

About  500  yards  to  the  Southward  of  the  Northern  extremity  of 
Sandy  Point  (Block  Island)  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date 
(1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Block  Island  Northern 
Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Black  Buoy  off  Northern  part  Block  Island,  N-  ^  E.       1  j4  miles. 

Cay  Head  Lighthouse,  E.  >8  N 34         " 

Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship,  E.  ^  N 28         " 


ill.    PR: I 
t'l 


3  a  Lighthouse 

Light.     A  Fog 

lis  dace  (1882), 

3. 

Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

.     29     miles. 


md 


lo 


22  }i 

21/3 

17  y^ 


u 


30 

33 

24  yi 

9/8 

13 

E.  direction,  is 
A\ern  end,  from 
s  Northern  end. 


)use. 

!ru  extremity  of 
ich  at  this  date 

Northern 


B. 


Distance. 

lyi  miles. 
34         " 
28         " 


f 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT.  97 

Distance. 

Hen  and  Chickens  Light-ship,  E.  by  N.  J4  N.     •     •  28 »;(  miles. 

Bienton's  Reef  Light-ship,  NE.  J3  E 151^  " 

Beaver-Tail  Lighthouse,  NE.  Ji  N 15^  " 

Point  Judith  Lighthouse,  NE.  J^  N 9>^  " 

Watch  Hill  Lighthouse  (entrance  to  Fisher's  Island 

Sound),  NW.  by  W.  ;5^  W ^^'A  " 

Little  Gull  Island  Lighthouse   (Eastern  entrance  to 

Long  Island  Sound),  W-   /  N 241^^  " 

Moutauk  Point  Lightnouse,  SW.  by  W.  34  W.   .     .  15 J^  " 

Block  Island  Southeast  Lighthouse. 

On  Crawford's  Head,  Southeast  extremity  of  Block  Island,  is  a 
Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

At  this  date  (1881),  a  Fog  Signal,  giviiig  bl.asts  of  4  seconds  at 
intervals  of  30  seconds,  is  placed  near  tiiis  Lighthouse. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Block  Island  Southeast 
Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

New  South  Shoal  Light-ship,  E.SE 78      miles. 

Gay  Head  Lighthouse,  E.  ^  N 34  J^  " 

Sow  and  Pigs  Light-ship,  E.  by  N.  >^  N 28^  " 

Hen  and  Chickens  Light-ship,  NE.  by  E.  /  E-  •     •  20}i  " 

Brcnton's  Reef  Light-ship,  NE.  ^  N 17^  " 

Beaver-Tail  Lighthouse,  NE-  by  N-  J4^  N 18>^  '' 

Point  Judith  Lighthouse,  N.NE ^^'A  " 

Montauk  Point  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S 1^^  " 

Memarks. 

A  Rocky  Shoal  extends  off  about  a  mile  from  Sandy  Point,  the 
Northern  extremity  of  this  Island.  A  Black  Buoy  is  placed  close 
to  the  Northern  end  of  this  Shoal ;  Block  Island  Northern  Light- 
house bears  from  this  Buoy  S.  H  W-,  distance  !?/&  miles.  There 
are  no  other  dangers,  excepting  those  lying  near  the  shores.  In 
order  to  avoid  Block  Island  in  thick  weather,  do  not  approach  it 
nearer  than  8  fathoms  water. 

Block  Island  Basin. 

On  the  Eastern  part  of  Block  Island,  about  I'/a  miles  from  the 
Southeast  Lighthouse,  is  an  artificird  Harbor,  constructed  by  the 
United  States  Government,  called  Block  Island  Basin  ;  this  Basin 


m 


98 


ELDUIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


is  125  yards  square,  aiul  has  in  it  a  depth  of  about  7  feet  water 
at  low  tide;  the  entrance,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side,  is  about 
75  feet  wide.  In  t!;is  Basin,  vessels  moor  head  and  stern,  where  it 
i?  said  they  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 

Range  Lights. 

The  entrance  to  this  Basin  is  marked  at  night  by  two  Reci  fixed 
Lights.  In  entering,  bring  these  Lights  in  range,  and  run  for 
them,  which  will  take  you  to  the  outer  end  of  the  Pier. 

Block  Island  Roads. 

These  Roads,  which  lie  outside  the  Basin,  have  from  2'^  to  10 
fathoms  water  in  them;  vessels  may  find  good  slieltcr  here  in 
Westerly  winds,  and  it  is  said  that  when  the  Breakwater  is  com- 
pleted, these  Roads  will  afford  good  siiclter  in  nearly  all  winds,  for 
vessels  which  draw  too  much  water  to  enter  the  Basin. 


High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Block  Island  Basin  4h.  05m.  before  it  is 
Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  3  feet. 


at 


Squid's  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  are  as  little  as  12  feet  water  at  low 
tide,  extends  nearly  North  and  South  about  }i  mile.  The  Southern 
part  of  this  danger  (which  at  this  date  is  not  buoyed)  bears  from 
Point  .Judith  Lighthouse  W-  M  Sm  distance  1'^  miles.  Between 
this  Ledge  and  Shore  there  is  a  channel  about  %  mile  in  width, 
having  19  feet  water  in  it  at  low  tide. 

Coast  from  Point  Judith  to  Watch  Hill  Lighthouse. 

When  past  Squid's  Ledge,  there  arc  no  dangers,  excepting  those 
lying  near  the  Shore  ;  heavy  draugiit  vessels  should  not,  however, 
approach  nearer  than  %  mile  to  this  part  of  the  coast,  or  in  less 
than  5  or  6  fathoms  water. 


FISHER'S  ISLAND  SOUND. 

The  Eastern  entrance  to  this  Sound,  which  lies  between  Napatreo 
Point  on  the  North,  and  the    Eastern  Point  of  Fisher's  Island  on 


"'J  -i 


ut  7  feet  water 

side,  is  about 

stern,  where  it 


two  Reci  fixed 
;,  aud  ruu  for 
;r. 


from  2'^  to  10 
licltcr  here  in 
kwater  is  com- 
,•  all  wiuds,  for 
n. 


before  it  is  at 


et  water  at  low 

Tiie  Southern 

ed)  bears  from 

lies.     Between 

mile  in  width, 

Lighthouse. 

excepting  those 
I  not,  liowevcr, 
!oast,  or  in  less 


STD. 

Lween  Napatreo 
sher's  Island  on 


ELDKIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT.  99 

the  South,  is  about  2  miles  to  tlic  Westward  of  Watch  Hill  Light- 
house. 

Keniarks. 

There  arc  many  Rocks,  Ledges,  and  Shoals  in  this  Sound,  which 
in  the  channel-way  are  ail  niaiked  with  Buoys,  Beacons,  and 
Spindles,  a  better  knowledge  of  whith  may  be  obtained  by  inspect- 
ing Eldridge's  Chart  of  Long  Island  Sound  than  by  any  written 
directions.  On  a  direct  line,  about  19  feet  water  can  be  taken 
through  this  Sound  at  low  tide. 

Watch  Hill  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Watch  Hill,  >'orth  si<le  of  entrance  to  Fisher's  Island 
Sound,  is  a  Lighihotise,  which  shows  a  fixed  Whito  Light,  which  is 
intciule.l  to  guide  vessels  through  the  Sound,  and  also  into  Ston- 
ington  Harbor. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Watch  Hill  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Point  .Judith  Lightlouse,  E.  J-i  N 1 7 1^  miles. 

Block  Island  Northern  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  E.  %  E.     V^Vz  " 

Montauk  Point  Lighthouse.  S.  by  W ^^ 

Gardiner's  Island  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  W-  V2  W.    •   \^]i  " 

Little  Gull  I^^land  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S.  ->^  S.       •     -125^^  " 
Whistling  Buoy  otf  Middle  Ground  or  Cerberus  Shoal, 

SW.  /2  S. ' ^  " 

Eel-Grass  Ground  Light-ship. 

Otr  the  Southern  end  of  Eel-Grass  Shoa',  in  the  middle  of  Fisher's 
Island  Sound,  is  placed  a  Light-ship,  which  at  this  date  (1881), 
shows  one  fixed  White  Light,  which  is  intended  to  guide  vessels 
through  this  Sound. 
Bearings  and  Distances  from  nel-Grass  Qrov  ad  Light-ship. 

Cistanee. 

Watch  Hill  Lighthouse,  E.  by  S.  ]i  S 4     miles. 

S^onington  Lighthouse,  E-NE 2J|  " 

Spindle  on  Latimer's  Reef,  SE.  by  E.  J^  E M  *' 

Red  Buoy  of.  Soutii  part  Ram  Island  Reef,  W.  J2  S.  1^  " 

Dumping  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S 3>^  "^ 

Bvacon  on  Patter's  or  Sea  Flower  Ledge,  West      .     .  4 

Bartlett's  Reef  Light-ship,  W-  >^2  S 8J^  " 


100 


ELDllIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


M 


I        I: 


Sailing  Directions  for  Fisher's  Island  Sound  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  In-ini?  Watch  Hill  Llj^litliousc  to  btvir  W- 
by  Nv  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  as  you  draw  near  tills  Lighl- 
liouse  keep  a  sharp  iooliout  for  the  Red  Buoy  olT  tlie  Soutluuu  part 
of  Gangway  Rocli  *  ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  Ji  N.,  leaving  the  next  Ked 
Buoy  off  Napatrce  Point  a  short  distance  on  tlie  Starboard  iiand  ; 
when  past  this  last-named  Buoy  continue  the  course  W.  Ja  N-, 
leaving  the  Black  Buoys  and  Si)ind!es  on  tlie  Bocks  and  Ledges 
which  lie  to  tlie  Northward  and  Eastward  of  Fisher's  Island,  well 
on  the  Port  hand  ;  as  you  enter  the  Sounilyou  will  see  on  the  Star- 
board the  Red  and  Black  Spindle  on  Latimer's  Reef,  the  Liglil-sliip 
off  the  Southern  part  of  Eel-Grass  Ground,  and,  farther  in,  the 
Spindle  and  Red  Buoy  off  South  part  of  Ram  Island  Reef;  the  last- 
named  Buoy  bears  W.  ^2  S.  from  the  Liglit-ship,  distance  1 ;/ 
miles ;  all  these  last-mentioned  are  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  about  ?^  mile  past  the  Buoy  off  Ram  Island  Reef,  make  good 
the  course  W-  3/^  S.  for  Bartlett's  Reef  Liglit-ship,  leaving  the 
Lighthouse  on  tlie  North  Dumpling  about  j{  mile  on  the  Port,  and 
the  Beacon  on  Potter's  or  Sea  Flower  Ledge  on  the  Starboard 
hand. 

From  the  Westward,  bound  through  Fisher's  Island  Sound,  leave 
the  Light-ship  off  Bartlett's  Reef  close  toon  tlie  Port  hand,  and 
make  good  the  course  E.  by  N-,  leaving  Sea  Flower  Reef  Beacon 
well  on  the  Port  and  the  Dumpling  Lighthouse  about  300  yards  on 
the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  abreast  tliis  Lighthouse,  steer  for  the 
Light-ship  olf  Eel-Grass  Ground,  bearing  E.  by  N.  As  you  enter 
the  Sound  you  will  see  on  the  Port  bow  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  South 
part  of  Ram  Island  Ledge  ;  the  last-named  L!glit-slii[)  bears  from 
this  Buoy  E.  }'2  N.  1  }i  miles  ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand  and  make  good  the  course  E.  by  S.,  witli  Watch  Hill  Light 
a  little  on  the  Port  bow,  and  leaving  the  Red  Spindle  on  Latimer's 
Reef  well  on  the  Port  hand,  and  the  Clumps  of  Rucks  and  Black 
Buoys  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  the  Spiiulle  on  Latimer's 
Reef,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  otf  Napatree  Point 


*  Gangway  Rock,  on  which  there  is  but  little  water  at  low  tide,  bears 
aljout  S.  4  W.  from  Watch  Hill  Lighthouse,  distance  i  mile. 


nd  in  Day- 
treather. 

to  bo'ir  W. 
ir  this  Liglil- 
Soutlioni  pait 
he  Starbotiril 
the  next  Keil 
rboiird  liaiid  ; 
icW.  J8  N., 
I  ami  Liidj^es 
3  Island,  well 
e  on  the  Star- 
Ai.e  Liglit-ship 
arther  in,  the 
leef ;  the  last- 
distance  1 1£ 
,1'board  hand. 
ef,  make  good 
,  leaving;  the 
the  Tort,  mid 
the  Starboard 

I  Sound,  leave 

jrt  hand,  and 

Reef  Beacon 

300  yards  on 

steer  for  the 

As  you  enter 

•  off  the  South 

|)  bears  from 

to  on  the  Port 

•h  Hill  Light 

on  Latimer's 

vs  and  Black 

on  Latimer's 

ipatrce  Point 

low  tide,  bears 


ELDRIDGE-S  COAST  PILOT. 


101 


(Watch  Hill  Light  bears  from  this  last-named  buoy  E.  }s  S.  about 
1 }(  miles)  ;  when  this  is  made  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  steer  about  E.  by  3-,  leaving  the  Rod  Buoy  off  Gangway  Rock 
abmt  100  yards  on  the  Port  hand;  when  past  this  last  Buoy  the 
course  is  about  East  to  Point  Judith  Lighthouse. 

Vessels  of  more  than  10  feet  draught,  bound  in  or  out  of  the 
Eastern  part  of  Fisher's  Island  Souml,  should  beware  of  a  Ledge 
which  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel,  between  the  Il?d  Buoy  off  Gang- 
way Rock  and  Black  Spindle  on  Watch  Hill  Reef. 

There  is  a  rapid  current  in  Fisher's  Island  Sound,  and  also  many 
dangers  ;  it  is,  therefore,  not  advisable  for  strangers  to  attempt  this 
Sound  at  night-time,  or  when  the  Buoys  and  Spindles  cannot  bo 
seen. 


STONINGTON  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor  lies  about  2-%  miles  Northwesterly  from  Watch  Hill 
Lighthouse,  and  East-Northerly  5^  miles  from  Lighthouse  on  North 
Dumpling. 

Stonington  Harbor  Lighthouse. 

This  Lighthouse  is  located  on  the  East  side  of  entrance  to  Ston- 
ington Harbor,  and  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Stonington  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Spindle  on  Latimer's  Reef,  SW-  >^  W.  •     •     •     •     •     1/8  miles. 
Light-ship  off  Eel-Grass  Ground,  W.SW ^'A     '' 

Remarks. 

Stonington  Harbor,  at  the  best,  is  a  narrow  and  contracted  place, 
open  to  Southerly  and  Southwesterly  winds,  and  is  only  fitted  for 
small  vessels ;  by  keeping  close  to  the  outer  end  of  the  Break- 
water, about  12  feet  water  can  be  carried  into  it  through  a  narrow 
channel.  When  the  new  Breakwater  (which  extends  off  from 
both  sides)  is  completed,  Stonington  Harlior  will  then  be  enlarjied 
to  a  considerable  extent,  and  good  shelter  may  be  found  opposite 
the  town  for  vessel.'^  of  12  feet  draught  and  upwards. 


Il 


102 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


I 


Sailing  Directions  for  Stonington  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  bring  Watch  Hill  Lighthouse  to  bear  W.  i)y 
Nm  aiul  run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  as  you  draw  m-ar  this  Lightliouse 
Icucp  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Ilt'd  Buoy  off  the  Southern  part  of 
Gangway  Rock  ;  leave  this  buoy  (which  bears  about  South  from 
the  Liglithousc,  distance  }i  mile)  close  to  on  tlie  Starlward,  and 
steer  W.  ^4  N.  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Napatrco  Point,  distance  1 J^ 
miles;  on  this  last  course  the  Black  Buoy  and  Spindles  on  llio 
Lodges  will  be  IcR  well  on  the  Port  liand  ;  when  past  the  Red 
Buoy  off  Napatrce  Point,  steer  about  NW-  by  W-,  leaving  Hie 
next  buoy,  No.  6,  Red,  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  wlien  past 
the  last-named  buoy,  for  the  deepest  water,  make  good  the  course 
N.NWm  until  Stonington  Lighthouse  boars  NE.,  then  run  for 
the  outer  end  of  tiic  Breakwater,  bearing  about  NE-  by  N-  J4  N., 
double  close  round  it,  and  anchor  just  far  enough  to  swing  clear  of 
it,  in  about  12  feet  water  at  low  tide.  When  past  the  Breakwater, 
s!t.all  vessels  may  haul  over  towards  the  Western  shore  outofthe  way 
of  steauihoats,  and  anchor  n.ider  Wamphassuck  Point  Breakwater, 
about  y&  mile  from  shore,  and  nearly  opposite  the  steamboat  wharf. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  10  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward, 
may  leave  tlie  Lighthouse  on  the  Nortli  Dumpling  about  ^.i  mile  to 
the  Soutliward,  and  make  good  the  course  E.  j4  N.,  leaving  the 
Rod  Buoy  off  tiie  '^->uthern  part  of  Ram  Island  Reef,  on  tlie  Port, 
and  the  West  Clu...j,  IMiddle  Clump,  and  East  Clump  well  on  the 
Starboard  hand  ;  continue  tlie  course  about  E.  J4  N  ,  leaving  the 
Liglit-ship  off  the  Southern  part  of  Eel-Grass  Ground  about  200 
yards  on  tlie  Port,  and,  when  a  short  distance  past  it,  steer  for 
Stonington  Lighli;ouse,  bearing  NE.  by  E.  %  E-,  leaving  the 
Red  Buoy  with  Cage  on  top,  off  Noyes'  Rock,  well  on  tiie  Port  hand ; 
when  tlie  outer  end  ofther>rcakwater  bears  about  NE.  by  N.  >4  N., 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Stonington  Harbor  at  Night- 
time,* with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  9  or  10  feet  dr-mght,  from  tlie  East- 
ward, may  leave  Watch  Hill  Light  about  }(  inlie  to  the  Northward, 

*  In  oiiteriug  Stonington  IIarl)or  at  night,  a  sliHvp  lookout  should  tx- 
kept  for  the  Xcw  BrcaivWiiter  which  is  now  in  course  of  construction  on 
the  Eastern  side  of  the  channel. 


I'  i^  * 


■     »-  -'--i^^HF^ 


KLDRIDGES  COAST  I'lLOT. 


103 


or  in  Day- 
leather. 

Lo  bear  W.  by 
bis  LigbthouMe 
tutborn  part  of 
it  Soutb  from 
■ituiiward,  niul 
L,  distance  1  yi 
pindlcs  on  llie 
past  tbi'  IJod 
57".,  leaving  ibc 
11(1 ;  wiic'ii  past 
ood  tlio  coiusc 
.,  tlicn  run  for 
by  N.  yi  N., 
swing  clear  of 
jc  Breakwater, 
joutoftbe  way 
lit  Breakwater, 
;amboat  wharf, 
tlie  AVestward, 
jotit  l,i  mile  to 
U,,  leaving  tbe 
>f,  on  tlic  Port, 
np  well  on  the 
N"  ,  leaving  tlie 
md  about  200 
st  it,  steer  for 
3.,  leaving  the 
tbe  Port  hand ; 
l.byN.J^N., 

or  at  Night- 
weather. 

from  tlie  East- 
ibe  Northward. 

okoiit  should  1)1' 
coustructloa  on 


l)y  so  doing,  they  will  pass  about  midway  between  the  Liglitiiousc 
Mud  SpimlU!  on  Watch  Hill  Ueef.  When  Watch  Hill  Light  bears 
NNE.,  niakc  good  the  course  W-  H  N-,  until  Stonington  Light 
bears  North,  then  haul  up  NW.  by  N  ,  unlil  this  last-named  Liglit 
bears  NE-,  wben  you  may  then  steer  NE.  by  N.  Jj  N  ,  keeping 
a  slKup  lookout  for  the  outer  end  of  the  Breakwater,  and  anchor 
as  before  directed.  If  the  niglit  is  so  dark  tliat  it  is  dimcult  to 
make  the  Brcalcwater,  it  is  advisable  lo  anciior  wiien  Stonington 
Light  bears  East  in  about  1.')  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  and  wait  for 

daylight. 

At  night,  vessels  of  not  more  than  10  feet  draught,  from  the 
Westward,  mny  run  for  the  Ked  flxed  Light  on  the  North  Dump- 
ling, bearing  E.  by  N.  Leave  this  Light  about  300  yards  to  the 
Southward,  and  make  good  the  course  East,  until  the  Light-ship 
off  the  Southern  part  of  Eel-Grass  Ground  bears  E.  by  £i.  V2  N-, 
then  steer  for  it  on  this  course  ;  leave  this  Light-ship  about  100 
yards  on  the  Port,  and  make  good  the  course  East  aliout  ]{  mile,  or 
until  Stonington  Light  bears  NE.  by  E.  V,  E-,  then  run  for  this 
last  named  Light  on  this  course,  until  '1  mile  from  it;  the  outer 
end  of  the  Breakwater  will  then  bear  N-NE-,  distance  ^  mile. 
If  the  night  is  so  dark  that  it  is  diflleult  to  make  the  Breakwater, 
it  is  advisable  to  anchor  here  in  about  15  feet  water,  and  wait  for 

davlight. 

The  current  sets  strong  througb  Fisher's  Island  Sound,  therefore 
with  light  winds,  the  courses  cannot  be  relied  upon.  IMasters  of 
vessels",  bound  to  Stonington,  should  not,  therefore,  attempt  to  pass 
through  this  Sound  at  night,  unless  they  have  a  favoraljle  and  com- 
manding breeze. 

Between  "Watch  Hill  Reef  and  the  Eastern  end  of  Fisher's  Is- 
land there  are  several  passages  between  the  Pocks  and  Ledges 
which  lead  into  Fisher's  Island  Sound.  Strangers,  bound  through 
this  Sound,  or  into  Stonington  Harbor,  should  not  attempt  these 
Channels,  as  they  can  only  be  safely  navigated  by  those  acquainted 
with  the  ranges. 

High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  Stonington  Harbor  2h.  20m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  r'c'it  2^  feet. 


104 


ELDRIDOE'S   COAST    PILOT. 

WESTERLY. 


The  enlrance  to  Pawcatnck  River  bears  E.SE-  from  Stoiiiiigton 
Li<'htli()iiso,  ilistaiice  about  2  miles.  From  the  eutrance  of  (his 
River  to  Westerly,  tlie  course  is  Nortiieasterly,  and  distance  about 
3^  miles.  Small  vessels,  of  light  draught,  at  high  water,  can  pass 
up  to  Westrley  ;  it  is,  liowever,  advisable  for  strangers,  in  all  cases, 
to  take  pilots,  as  the  water  in  botli  Little  Narragansett  Bay  and 
I'awcatuck  River  in  many  places  is  sliallow. 


NOANK  AND  MYSTIC  HARBORS. 

The  entrance  to  these  harbors  lies  Northeasterly  from  the  Light- 
house on  tiie  North  Dumpling,  distance  about  2  miles  ;  and  V/est- 
Korthorly  about  2  miles  from  Light-sliip  off  Soutli  part  of  Eel- 
Grass  Ground. 

Mystic  Lighthouse. 

Upon  morgan's  Point,  "West  side  of  entrance  to  Noank  and 
Mj'stic  Harbors,  is  a  Lighthouse,  whidi  at  tliis  date  (1881),  shows 
a  fixed  "Wliite  Light.  North  Dumpling  Lightlinusc  licars  from  this 
Light  SW.  ji  W.,  distance  2^^;  miles;  Light-ship  olf  Southern 
part  of  Kel-Grass  Ground  SE.  by  E.  yi  E.,  2  miles. 

Dumpling  Lighthouse. 

At  the  Western  entrance  of  Fisiier's  Island  Sound,  upon  an 
Island  called  North  Dumpling,  is  a  Liglitiiouso,  which  at  tliis  date 
(1881),  sliows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  A  Fog  Bell  is  placed  near  this 
Lighthouse,  which  is  struck  at  intervals  of  15  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Dumpling  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Eel-Grass  Ground  Light-shii),  E.  by  N 3'^  miles. 

Red  Buoy  off  South  part  of  Ram  Island  Reef,  E.  by 

1)1.  }i'lH :.     .     .     .  2li  " 

Spindle  on  Latimer's  Reef,  E.  -3b  N 4  " 

Mystic  Lighthouse,  NE.  }(  H 2>4  " 

Beacon  on  Pottor's  or  Sea  Flower  Ledge,  NW.  }(  N.       J:(  " 
Buo}'  painted  in  Red  ami  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  on 
SW.   Ledge,    entrance  to  New   London,  NW.  bj- 

W.  ;4:  W 2^  " 

Bartlett's  I\      '  Light-ship,  W.  J4  S 6>^  ' 


"^Jg  ^ 


ELnniDOES  COAST  PILOT. 


105 


Vom  Stouiiigton 
iutran','c  of  tliLs 
1  distance'  about 
water,  can  pass 
Brs.  in  all  cases, 
jansctt  liay  and 


IBORS. 

from  the  Light- 
lies ;  and  Wcst- 
Lh  part  of  Eol- 


to  Noank  and 
c  (1881),  shows 
!  hears  from  tills 
lip  otr  Southern 

2S. 


ioimd,  npon  an 
lich  at  this  date 
placed  near  this 
ids. 

jighthouse. 

Distniico. 

.     .     3l4  miles. 


1'y 


N. 
,  on 

•  I'y 


Vi 


m 


H 


23^ 

5yi 


ItcmnrkH. 

The  Channel  leading  into  Noank  and  Mystic  Harbors  is  both 
crooked  and  narrow,  but  the  dangers  on  each  side  of  it,  as  far  as 
Mystic  Lighthouse,  at  this  date  (1881 ),  arc  well  marked  with  Buoys 
and  Spindles  ;  with  a  good  pilot,  about  1 1  feet  water,  al  low  tide, 
can  bo  carried  through  a  narrow  Channel  as  far  up  as  Mystic  Ibidgc. 
Large  vessels  shouM  take  pilots  outside,  Imt  small  vessels  ol"  not 
more  than  8  feet  draught  may,  by  the  n)llowiiig  directions,  enter  as 
far  as  the  village  of  Noank ;  above  this  it  is  not  prudent  to  go 
without  a  pilot. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Noank  and  Mystic  Harbors 
in  Da3rtime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  with  a   favorable  and  commanding 
breeze,  may  follow  the  directions  before   given  for  Fisher's  Island 
Sound,  until  the  Red  Buoy  otf  South  part  of  Ram  Island  Lcdgo  is 
made  ;  this  Buoy  bears  from  the  Light-ship  off  Eel-Grass  Ground 
W.  '^  S-,   1  }i  miles ;  leave  this  buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand,   and  steer  about  W-NW.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  tlio 
outer  buoy  (Red)  which  bears  about  S.SW.,  ?i  mile  from  Mystic 
Lighthouse  ;  when  this  last-na'-ied  buoy  is  made,  haul  round  it  at  a 
distance  of  about  100  yards,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
steer  about  NE.  by  N.  ;  as  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  nearly  ahead,  a 
Channel  Buoy,  painted  with  Perpendicular  Stripes,  and  farther  in, 
the  Red   Siiiiullc  on  Whale  Rock  ;  the  form(!r  may  be  MX  close  to 
on  either  hand  ;  the  Spindle  must  lie  XoiX  on  the  Starboard  hand  ; 
when  past  the  Red  Spindle  on  Whale  Hock,  a  Black  Spindle  and 
Rod   Buoy  will  be  seen  a  short  distance  to  the  Eastward  of  the 
Lighthouse;  the  Channel,  which  is  but  100  yards  wide,  leads  in 
between  them.     When  past  the  last  Spindle  and  Buoy,  steer  more 
Northerly,    and  follow  the   Western    Shore,    keeping  not    more 
than  85  yards  from  it,  until  abreast  the  village  of  Noank.     If  bound 
farther  up,  a  pilot  is  necessary. 

Vessels  from  the  Westward,  with  a  favorable  and  commanding 
breeze,  may  leave  the  Light-ship  off  Bartlett's  Reef  close  to  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  E.  by  N-,  passing  about 
midwikj  between  Dumpling  Lighthouso  and  the  Beacon  on  Potter's 
Reef;  the  latter  bears  from  Dumpling  Lighthouse  NW-  }i  N-, 


106 


ELDniDGF/9  COAST  riLOT. 


(Ustfttico  ^(  milp;  oontinnc  tho  ronrso  E-  1>j'  N-,  until  Mystic 
Lij^htiiouso  l)(':us  NE-  I'y  N.,  tli<'i»  run  for  it  on  tliis  oonrHC,  koop- 
h)'^  11  uliarp  ioolvout  for  tlin  outer  Hetl  Hiioy  olF  Rum  Islund  FliitH  ; 
wlicn  tliis  is  nuidc,  leave  itnl>out  100  yards  ou  tho  Starlioi-nl  huml, 
anil  follow  tlie  directions  before  given. 

Al)out  ?:;  mile  to  the  Northward  of  tlio  Lij,'lit-ship  in  Fislier'H 
Island  Sound,  there  is  another  tliannel  leadinj^into  Mystie  Harbor, 
liavinn;  about  8  feet  water  in  it  at  low  tide.  Tiiis  channel,  wliich  is 
narrow  and  croolvcd,  is  considered  too  intricate  for  strangers. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  atNoank  Harbor  2h.  09m.  before  it  la  at  Boston ; 
comtnou  tides  rise  about  2}{'  feet. 


iU. 


EAST   HARBOR. 

This  is  a  small  Cove  of  very  irregular  shape,  lying  on  tho  North- 
ern side  of  Fisher's  Island,  and  a  little  more  than  a  mile  from  its 
Eastern  end. 

Iteinnrks, 

About  12  feet  water  can  be  carried  into  this  harbor  at  low  tide, 
and  there  is  good  aucliorago  in  it  in  from  8  to  12  feet.  In  catering 
tliorc  is  a  dangerous  Rock  lying  nearly  midway  tho  cliannel,  which 
is  awash  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  East  Harbor  in  Daytime. 

Small  vessels,  from  tho  Eastward,  may  follow  the  directions  be- 
fore given  for  Fisher's  Island  Sound,  until  the  Light-sliip  off  the 
Southern  part  of  Eel-Grass  Ground  bears  N.  U  E.,on  which  ])car- 
ing  keep  it,  and  steer  S.  ^i  W-,  wliioli  will  lead  to  the  entrance  of 
the  Harbor ;  continue  the  course  S.  J4  W-,  until  the  water  shoals  to 
3  fathoms,  then  anchor,  and  if  possible,  ascertain  the  position  of 
the  Rock,  which  lies  nearly  n:idway  the  entrance  ;  when  this  is  done 
you  maj'  run  in,  and  anchor  in  from  8  to  12  feet  water,  at  low  tide. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  on  the  North  Dump- 
ling about  }i  mile  to  the  Southward,  and  make  good  the  course 
E.  ji  N-,  leaving  the  West  Clump,  Middle  Clump  and  East 
Clump  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  Ram  Island  well  on 


I 


.,  until  Mystic 
is  course,  koop- 
n  IhIuikI  Flats ; 
Itarliornl  liuiul, 

hip  ill  Finlid'H 
Mystic  1 1  alitor, 
laiiiicl,  wliicli  is 
strangers. 


it  is  at  Boston ; 


ig  on  tlio  North- 
I  a  mile  from  its 


rlior  at  low  tide, 
'Ct,  In  catering 
3  cliaiinel,  which 

1  Daytime. 

lie  directions  be- 
.ight-sliip  oirtlic 
.,on  wliich  hcar- 
)  the  entrance  of 
le  water  shoals  to 
n  the  position  of 
when  this  is  done 
ater,  at  low  tide, 
he  North  Dump- 
good  the  course 
[!lump  and  East 
im  Island  well  on 


EI-nniDOF/8  COAST  PILOT. 


10" 


llic  Port  hand  ;  when  the  Li<^ht-slii|i  in  Tislior's  Island  Sound  hcarH 
N.  ^^  E.,  Ilit'ii  make  good  llie  course  S.  }i  W.,  and  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 

Hiffh  Water. 

Il  is  high  water  in  East  Harbor  2h.  10m.  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
connnon  tides  rise  about  2}^  feet. 


WEST  HARBOR. 

This  largo  Cove,  which  makes  in  on  the  Northern  side  of  Fisher's 
Island,  lies  about  2  miles  Nortlicasterly  from  tlio  SW.  point  of  s:ud 
Island,  and  Southeasterly  about  l/^  miles  from  Dumpling  Light- 
house. 

Heniarks. 

Snndl  vessels  may  find  good  anchorage  in  this  Harbor  in  from  8 
to  1)  feet  water,  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  West  Harbor  in  Daytime. 

Small  vessels  of  not  more  than  H  or  0  feet  draught,  from  the 
Eastward,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Fisher's  Isl- 
and Sound,  until  the  Light-sliip  off  the  Eel-Grass  Ground  bears 
NNE-,  then  make  good  the  course  S-SW- ;  on  this  last  course 
^ou  will  pass  between  the  Black  Buoy  olF  Young's  Uock  and  the 
East  Clump  of  Rocks ;  continue  tlie  course  S.SW.  until  a  con- 
8[)icuous  hill  near  the  Northwestern  part  of  Fisher's  Island  is  on  a 
range  with  Clay  Point,  ♦  then  run  W.  J^  S.,  doubling  round  this 
last-named  Point  within  300  yards  ;  continue  the  course  until  the 
harbor  is  fairly  open,  bearing  about  SW.  by  S.  >^  S.,  then  run  in, 
keeping  the  Western  side  best  aboard,  and  anchor  in  from  7  to  9 
feet  water,  at  low  tide. 

From  the  Westward,  bring  the  Light-ship  off  Bartlett's  Reef  to 
br:.r  West,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  East ;  as  you  draw 
near  the  Northwestern  part  of  Fisher's  Island  keep  a  sharp  lookout 
for  the  Black  Buoy,  which  lies  off  the  outer  part  of  a  Ledge  which 

*  Clny  Point,  which  is  bold  and  free  from  tlangcrs,  lies  on  the  Eastern 
side  of  entrance  to  West  Harbor;  Diinipling  Liglitliouse  boars  from  this 
Point  about  W.NW.,  distance  If  miles. 


108 


ELDUinOKH  COAST   PILOT. 


(>xtoii(lHol7  from  the  NortliwoHt  pnit  of  Fisher's  Tsland  ;  when  tliis 
IJiioy  '\H  nindi',  Iciivc  it  oIohc  to  on  tlic  Sturboiird  Imnd,  nnd  iiisiko 
(i5o<»d  !iio  course  SE.  by  E.,  until  llio  Harbor  is  fairly  opuu,  tl>cn  run 
in  lis  iK'fori;  ilin-ctod 

V»!88('ls  <»f  10  or  11  feet  difuifrlit  mny  nn<'hor  near  the  mouth  of 
tho  Harbor  in  about  '2|^  fiithoms  wiUcr  ivt  low  tide. 

JHf/h  Water. 

Tt  is  lii{?h  wiiter  in  West  Hiirbor  2h.  Ol'tm.  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
coininon  tides  rise  about  '2^4  ^^'*''* 

Montauk  Point  Lighthouse. 

On  the  extreme  Kiistern  end  of  Loiijf  Island,  ealli-d  Montauk 
Point,  is  11  lofty  tower  painted  White,  whieh  ut  this  date  (1881), 
siiows  tt  fixed  White  Lij^ht,  which  (lashes  evi'ry  2  minutes;  tlio 
flashes  are  visible  from  .T  to  5  miles  farther  than  the  fixed  Light, 
HO  that  when  first  made  it  will  appear  as  a  Revolving  Light. 

Fog  Signal. 

Near  this  Lighthouse  is  n  Fog  Trumpet,  whieh  at  this  date 
(1881),  gives  Blasts  of  12  seconds,  at  intervals  of  50  seeonds. 

Setting  of  the  Current  between  Montauk  Point  and 

Block  Island. 

Mid-channel,  between  Montauk  Point  and  the  Southwest  part  of 
Block  Island,  the  current  turns  Northwesterly  (or  in)  about  T)  hours 
and  30  minutes  after  the  time  for  high  water  in  Boston.  In  order 
to  avoid  Block  Island,  vessels  in  thick  weather  (especially  with 
liorht  winds)  should  make  allowance  for  this  current,  whieh  runs  in 
very  strong,  near  the  full  and  change  of  the  Moon. 

The  current  runs  in  to  the  Northwestward  between  Block  Island 
and  ISIontauk  Point,  about  .'{  hours  and  G  minutes  after  it  is  high 
water  on  the  shore  of  Block  Island,  and  about  2  hours  after  it  is 
high  water  at  Montauk  Point. 

Whistling  or  Warning  Buoy. 

In  order  to  warn  vessels  sailing  between  Montauk  Point  and 
Block  Island,  a  Whistling  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  Southwest  Ledge. 
Block  Island  Northern  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  NE.  % 
N-  >^  miles ;  Block  Island  Southeast  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  E.  j4 
E-  i'jja  miles,  and  Montauk  Point  Lighthouse,  W-  y^  S.  9>^  miles. 


slnnd  ;   wlion  this 

Imnd,  nnd  iiiitko 

ly  oiifti,  tlieu  run 

near  the  month  of 

B. 


0  it  ia  at  Boston  ; 


le. 

,  ealK'd  IMontnuk 
thiM  date  (1881), 
y  2  luiiiiitcH  ;  tlio 
n  tlio  llxod  Light, 
i'ing  Light. 

iiic'h  at  this  date 
jf  50  seconds. 

Eiuk  Point  and 

Southwest  part  of 
•  in)  about  T)  hours 
Boston.  In  order 
r  (espcoiall)'  with 
•ent,  whioh  runs  in 
)n. 

ween  Block  Island 
tcs  after  it  is  high 
)  2  hours  after  it  ia 


loy. 

ontauk  Point  and 
T Southwest  Ledge, 
his  Buoy  NE.  j4 
se,  NE.  by  E.  y2 
V.  Yi  S.  9>^  miles. 


EI.DnmOKS  CO.VST  I'lLOT. 


lUU 


Boaringa  and  Dintancoa  from  Montaiik  Point  Lighthouse. 

South  Shoal  Li-jiht-shlp,  E.  by  S.  j:;  S 01  ^i  miles. 

(i:iy  Iliiid  Lighlhouac,  E.  by  N.  nearly       ....  '1'.)  " 

Block  Island  SoMtlieast  Lightluniso,  E.  by  N.  .     .     .  11)^  " 

Block  Island  N(. I  them  Lig!ithou8e,NE.l>yE.  34  E.    .  l-tV^  " 

Toint  Jiiilith  Ligiithousc,  NE.  ?^  E 2IJ^  " 

Watdi  Hill  Lightliousc,  N.  by  E H  " 

llace  Rock  Li-hll»ousc,  NW.  by  N.  ;.(  N.     .     .     .  i;i,'^  " 

LittloGiillIslund  Ligiitlionso,  NW V.\1'^  " 

Gardiner's  Island  Liglithotisc,  NW.  by  W.  V2  W.  .  13ja  " 

Banicg:it  Lighllionsc,  SW.  l>y  W.  J<  W VM  " 

Five  I-'athouj  Bank  Light-ship  olf  Cape  Jlay,  SW- 

J4  W 189  " 

Winter  (Quarter  Ligiit-ship  off  Chincoteague  Shotds, 

SW.  nearly 21t  •« 

Capo  Henry  Lighlhou.si',  SW.  nearly 320  " 

Dangers  off  Montauk  Point. 

Montauk  Shoal. 

This  Rocky  Shoal,  upon  which  not  li'ss  tlian  22  feet  water  has 
been  foimd,  bears  from  Montauk  Point  Lighthouse  S.  by  E.  about 
2^  miles.  In  strong  winds  from  seaward,  tlio  sea  breaks  on  this 
danger.  Heavy  draught  vessels  should  give  this  Shual  a  good 
berth,  especially  in  rough  weather. 

I*helps*  Ledge. 

This  in  a  Rocky  Shoal  extending  nearly  a  mile  North  and  South. 
It  is  marked  olf  its  Soiilhern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  which  bears 
from  Montauk  Point  Liglitliuusc  East,  distance  about  1 J:^  miles ; 
not  less  than  IG  feel  water  at  this  date  (1881),  has  been  found  on 
this  danger.  There  is  a  g(xxl  channel  for  small,  or  light  draught 
vessels  between  this  Ledge  and  Montauk  I'oint,  but  heavy  draught 
vessels  should  give  it  a  wide  berth  in  rough  weather. 

Washington  Shoal, 

This  Sand}'  Shoal,  upon  which  there  arc  about  12  feet  water  at 
low  tide,  extends  NW.  by  W.  '/i  W.  and  S3,  by  E.  '/z  E.  .'ibont 
\y^  miles  ;  its  bhoakst  part  bears  from  Montauk  Point  Liglitliouse 


110 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  I'lI-OT. 


NW-  2^i  miles.  There  is  a  narrow  channel  of  4  fiithoms  water 
between  this  shoal  and  the  shore,  but  large  vessels  should  not  at- 
tempt to  i)as3  through  it. 

Shagwong  Reef. 

This  Ro(!f,  on  which  there  are  about  4  feet  water,  extends 
N.NW.  and  S.SE.  Yi  mile  ;  it  is  marked  off  its  Eastern  pait 
with  a  Black  Buo}-,  which  bears  from  Montauk  Toint  Lighthouse 
NW.  by  N.,  distance  3)^  miles.  Between  this  Reef  and  Wash- 
ington Shoal  there  is  a  channel  about  >^  mile  in  width,  having  from 
3j^  to  0  lalhoms  water  in  it.  » 

3Ilddle  Ground,  or  Cerberus  Shoal. 

This  dangerous  Rocky  Shoal,  which  is  small  in  extent,  has  ai;ont 
12  feet  water  ui)on  it  at  low  tide  ;  at  this  date  (IH81),  it  is  marked 
off  its  Southeast  part,  in  7  fixth.-us  water,  with  a  Wliistling  Buoy. 
The  current  sets  strong  aitross  this  danger,  and  iieavy  drauglit  ves- 
sels passing  near  it  in  light  winds  should  proceed  wiih  caution. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Whistling  Buoy  ofT  Cerberus 

Shoal. 

Distance. 
Montauh  Toiut  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  S.  H  S-      •     •     •     7/3  miles. 

Gardiner's  Island  Lighthouse,  W.  '^  S ^ 

Little  Gull  Island  Lighthouse,  NW-  by  W.  ^  W.  .  T'A  " 
Race  Rock  Liglithouse,  NW.  by  N.  nearly  .  .  .  .  G  " 
AVatch  Hill  Lighthouse,  NE.  ->^  N '•>         " 


FORT  POND  BAY. 

This  Bay,  which  is  about  I'/s  miles  in  wi(ltli,lies  on  the  Northern 
side  of  Long  Island,  about  5  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Montauk 
Point  Lighthouse.  This  Bay  has  a  depth  of  from  5  to  8  fathoms, 
and  affords  good  shelter  in  Southerly  or  Easterly  winds.  The  hold- 
ing ground  is  excellent,  and  there  arc  no  dangers  in  entering,  it 
being  only  necessary  to  keep  about  '/■  '"''^  *'i"*^"^  either  shore.  It 
is  advisable  for  vessels  anchoring  here  (except  in  summer)  to  keep 
a  strict  watch,  and  leave  this  Bay  on  the  first  indication  of  North- 
westerly winds. 


\ 


ortis  water 
uld  not  ut- 


!r,  oxtcnds 
istcni  pint 
Lighthouse 
and  Wtish- 
iivinjf  from 


ll. 

:,  hns  ai;ont 
t  is  marfteil 
tlin<i  IJnoy. 
riiuglit  ves- 
caulion. 

'  Cerberus 

Dlstanco, 
lyi  miles. 
9 

lyi    - 

G  " 


lie  Northern 
[)f  Montauk 
>  8  fathoms, 
The  hold- 
entering,  it 
r  shore.  It 
ler)  to  keep 
u  of  North- 


"'V't 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Ill 


Sailing  Directions  for  Port  Pond  Bay  in  Daytime. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  1 1  feet  draught,  fro:n  the  Southward 
or  Eastward,  may  leave  Shagwong  Point  (which  lies  Northwesterly 
about  2]i  miles  from  Montauk  Point  Lighthouse),  about  1  mile  to 
the  Southw.ard,  and  follow  the  shore  to  tho.  Westward,  keeping 
about  ^2  mile  from  it,  until  Fort  Pond  Bay  is  well  open  ;  then  haul 
in  about  midway,  and  anchor  near  the  liead  in  from  6  to  8  fathoms 
water.  It  is  advisable  for  heavy  draught  vessels  bound  into  this 
Ray  to  koop  without  Phelps'  Ledge  and  Shagwong  Reef  (before 
di'scribed)  until  well  past  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Eastern  part  of 
this  last-named  Reef;  then  haul  in  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 
Fort  Pond  Bay  is  exposed  to  winds  from  W.  by  N.  to  N.NE. 


NAPEAGUE  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  lies  on  tlic  Northern  shore  of  Long 
Island,  about  4  miles  to  the  Westwf.rd  of  Fort  Pond  Bay  and  South 
41^  miles  from  Plain  Point,  the  Eastern  part  of  Gardiner's  Island. 
Napcague  Harbor  is  a  shallow  Cove,  of  irregular  shape,  nearly  a 
mile  in  diameter;  near  its  entrance  is  a  sandy  Islot  about  fa  mile 
in  length,  called  Golf's  Island  ;  the  channel,  in  whicii  there  are 
about  7  feet  water  at  low  tide,  leads  into  the  Eastward  of  this 
Island.  When  into  this  Harbor,  vessels  may  lie  in  from  8  to  12 
feet  water,  secure  from  all  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Napeague  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  7  feet  drauglit  from  the  Eastward  may 
leave  Shagwong  point  (whicii  lies  Norlb westerly  about  '!]{  miles 
from  Montauk  Point  Lighthouse)  to  the  Southward,  and  follow  the 
shore  to  the  Westward,  keeping  about  >^  mile  from  it,  until  the 
narrow  passage  leading  into  Napeague  Harbor  is  fairly  open  ;  then 
run  in,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Northeast  part  of  Gr)frs  Island 
close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  this  Buoy,  steer  for  the 
Eastern  part  of  GotFs  I.-^land  and  enter  about  niidwav  the  passage  ; 
when  past  the  narrows,  keep  n  't  more  than  200  yards  fioin  tlie 
Eastern  side,  and  anchor  near  the  head  of  the  Harbor  in  from  8  to 
12  feet  of  water. 


li 


fi 


t 


112 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


From  Long  Island  Sound,  when  past  Little  Gull  Island,  bring 
the  Lighthouse  on  said  I.-land  to  bear  N.  by  W-,  on  which  bearing 
keep  it,  and  steer  S-  by  E.,  leaving  I'lain  Point,  the  Eastern  part 
of  Gardiner's  Island,  about  one  mile  to  the  Westward;  when 
abreast  this  Point,  steer  about  S.  li  W.  until  you  make  the  nar- 
row passage  which  loads  into  the  Harbor,  then  Ibllow  the  directions 
before  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Napeague  Harbor  21i.  50m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  2^  feet. 

Passage  between  Gardiner's  Island  and  Long 

Island. 

Strangers  in  vessels  of  more  than  4  feet  draught  should  not 
attempt  to  pass  i.;,o  Gardiner's  Bay  to  the  Southward  of  Ram 
Island  without  a  ^1  .,  as  the  channel  is  narrow,  crooked  and 
shallow. 


GARDINER'S   BAY. 

This  Bay,  which  lies  between  Gardiner's  Island  on  the  East  and 
Shelter  Island  on  tiie  West,  has  an  average  diameter  of  aliont  6 
miles,  the  depth  of  water  throughout  its  length  and  breadth  is  from 
3  to  8  fatlioms ;  there  are  but  few  dangers  in  this  Bay,  and  in 
entering  there  is  ample  l)eating  room  for  the  largest  vessels. 

Gardiner's  Island  Lighthouse. 

On  the  extreme  Northern  point  of  Gardiner's  Island,  South  side 
of  entrance  to  Gardiner's  Bay,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date 
(1881),  shows  a  fixed  Wliite  Light,  which  is  intended  to  guide  ves- 
sels into  Gardiner's  Bay. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Gardiner's  Island  Light- 
house. 

nistnnco, 

.  135i  miles. 


Jlontaiik  Point  Lighthouse,  SE-  by  E.  J^  E.  .  . 
Blofl<  Island  Northern  Lighthouse,  E.  li  N.  •  • 
WMtdilliULighthousc,  NE.  byE.  ;4  E ^^'A 


PiiK't!  Pvoc'k  Lighlhouse,  NE.  }i  E- 


7/3 


land,  bring 
icb  bearing 
lastoru  part 
aid  ;  when 
io  tlic  nar- 
2  directions 


)rc  it  is  at 
I  Long 

should  not 
rd  of  Ram 
oolced  and 


le  East  and 
of  about  G 
id  til  U  from 
3ay,  and  ic 

isels. 


,  South  side 
at  this  date 
)  guide  ves- 

i  Light- 

DIstnnce. 

135i  miles. 

16X     " 

7>4     " 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


113 


Dlatancc. 

Little  Gull  Island  Lighthouse,  NE.  hy  N 4^  miles. 

Plum  Lsland  Lighthouse,  NW.  ji  W 3>^      " 

Long  Beach  Lighthouse  (entrance  to  Greenpcrt),  W. 

US :;<    - 

Cedar  Island  Lighthouse  (entrance  to  Sag  Harbor) , 

SW.  ^W 7^     " 

Dangers  in  Entering  Gardiner's  Bay. 

Constellation,  and  Breeze  Mocks. 

In  entering  Gardiner's  Ba}',  in  the  channel-way,  there  are  no 
dangers  for  small  vessels ;  but  heavy  draught  vessels  should 
take  care  to  avoid  Constellation  and  Breeze  Rocks  ;  the  former  has 
about  20  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide,  the  latter,  which  lies  nearly 
'4  mile  South  from  the  former,  has  about  22  feet  water  upon  it, 
and  Jit  tiiis  date  (1881),  is  marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buoy 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes.  Gardiner's  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW.  U  W.,  distance  23/^  m^ics  ; 
heavy  draught  vessels  entering  Gardiner's  Bay  should  leave  this 
Buoy  to  the  Northward. 

Bedford  Beef. 

This  Reef,  which  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  channel,  has  12 
feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide  ,  Gardiner's  Island  Lighthouse  bears 
from  its  centre  S.  by  W.,  2j4  miles ;  the  current  sets  strong 
across  this  Reef,  and  heav}'  draught  vessels  with  light  winds,  beat- 
ing in  or  out  of  Gardiner's  Bay,  should  beware  of  this  danger. 

Crow  Shoal. 

This  dangerous  Shoal,  upon  which  there  are  but  5  or  6  feet 
water  at  low  tide,  extends  from  Crow  Head,  the  "Western  part  of 
Gardiner's  Island  ;  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
Stripes  marks  the  outer  or  Southwestern  part  of  this  Shoal.  Gar- 
diner's Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  NE.  by  N.  Yz  N., 
distance  4  miles ;  Crow  Head,  the  Western  part  of  Gardiner's 
Island,  NE.  by  E-  ^  E.,  l^  """^^  ;  Long  Beach  Bar  Lighthouse, 
entrance  to  Greenport,  NW.  by  W.  /2  W.,  ^'/i  miles;  Cedar 
Island  Lighthouse,  entrance  to  Sag  Harbor,  W.  by  S.  J+  S.,  4;i 
miles.  Vescls  of  not  more  than  10  or  12  feet  draught,  by  keeping 
about  ^  mile  from  Crow  Point,  can  pass  across  the  Shoal. 


lU 


ELDKIDGK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Gardiner's  Bay,  with  favor- 
able winds  and  fair  weather. 

There  Is  good  anchonige  uiuUt  Gardiner's  Island  in  P^asterly 
winds.  In  order  to  avoid  Constelliition  and  Breeze  Rocks  (before 
described),  heavy  drauglit  vessels  from  the  Eastward  must  bring 
Gardiner's  Island  Liglit  to  bear  W.SW-.  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course  ;  haul  round  the  Northern  Point  of  Gardiner's  Island  at  a 
distance  of  J<;  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Southward ;  wiien  the  Light 
bears  E-NE- ;  haul  up  about  S-SE.  until  it  bears  NE. ;  then 
auehor  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water,  good  holding  ground.  Ves- 
sels of  not  more  than  19  feet  draught  may  go  farther  in  and  anchor 
with  the  light  bearing  from  N.  by  E.  to  N-NE.  This  anchorage 
is  called  Bostwick's  Bay. 


SAG  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  Southwest  about  8  miles  from 
Gardiner's  Islaad  Lighthouse. 

Cedar  Island  Lighthouse. 

On  Cedar  Island,  Southeast  side  of  entrance  to  Sag  Harbor,  is  a 
Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 
This  Lighthon°'^  bears  from  Gardiner's  Island  Lighthouse  SW.  ]4 
W-,  distance  about  7J^  mile;  from  Plum  Island  Lighthouse  SW. 
byS.  H  S.,8  ^rC  miles. 

Jiemarks. 

A  sand  Bar  extends  across  the  entrance  to  this  Harbor ;  on  this 
Bar  there  are  usuall}'  at  low  tide  about  fourteen  feet  water ;  this 
depth  can  be  carried  in  past  the  Beacon  on  the  sand  spit,  and 
from  this  about  10  feet  at  low  tide,  to  the  end  of  the  Long  Wharf. 
At  this  date  the  channel  leading  into  Sag  Harbor  is  well  marked 
with  Buoys  and  Beacons ;  it  is,  however,  advisable  for  large  ves- 
sels to  take  pilots  off  the  Bar. 

Sailing  Directions  for   Sag  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  may  leave  Gardiner's  Island  Light- 
house about  ^(  mile  to  the  Southward,  and  when  past  it,  steer 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


115 


ti  favor- 

1  Easterly 
ks  (before 
oust  bring 

it  on  tliis 
sland  iit  a 

tlie  Light 
IE.;  then 
md.  Ves- 
lud  anchor 
anchorage 


niles  from 


arbor,  is  a 
hitc  Light. 
e  SW.  ^ 
ousc  SW' 


5r ;  on  tliis 
yater ;  tliis 
1  spit,  and 
)ng  Wharf, 
ell  marked 
large  ves- 

)aytiine, 
ler. 

land  Light- 
,st  it,  steer 


about  SW-  Yi  S-  for  Cedar  Island  Lighlhoiiso,  leaving  the  Buoy 
off  Crow  Shoal  well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  this  last-naircd  Light- 
house is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  SW.  by  W.  J 2  W.,  and  steer  for 
it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  outer  Bar  Buoy 
(Red)  ;  Cedar  Island  LighthouoC  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW.  by  W- 
yi  W.,  distance  1^^  rviles ;  leave  this  last-named  Buo}'  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  by  S.  >2  S., 
leaving  two  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand  ;  haul  round  the  Light- 
house at  a  distance  of  %  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Eastward  ;  when 
this  Liiihthouse  bears  East,  steer  about  S.  by  W. ;  when  abreast 
Mashoiinick  Point,  which  is  on  the  AVest  side,  and  bears  about  S. 
W.  by  Sm  one  mile  from  tliC  Lighlhouso,  you  will  seo  on  the 
Northern  side  of  the  channel  the  Beacon  and  Red  Buoys,  the  latter 
marks  tlie  Southern  part  of  sand  8i)it ;  on  the  Southern  side  will 
be  seen  the  Black  Buoys,  which  mark  the  Northern  side  of  the 
Barcelona  Bank  ;  pass  about  midway  between  these  Buoys,  and  in 
order  to  avoid  the  Rocks  which  lie  off  about  150  yards  to  the 
Northward  of  a  small  Islet  on  the  Port  side,  steer  W.  by  N., 
when  you  will  see  to  the  Southwestward  a  Red  Buoy  ;  continue  the 
course  W.  by  N.  until  this  Buoy  bears  SW.  Yi  S.,  then  run  for 
it,  and  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  this 
last  Buoy,  continue  the  course  SW.  Y  S.  until  the  outer  end  of 
the  Long  AVharf  bears  S.  by  W.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
which  will  take  you  in  the  deepest  water. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Sag  Harbor  in  Night-time, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  at  night  bound  to  Sag  Harbor  may  leave  Gardiner's 
Island  Light  about  ^  mile  to  the  Southward,  and  when  past 
it,  steer  about  SW.  Y^  S. ;  when  Cedar  Island  Light  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  SW.  by  W.  Ja  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  ; 
as  you  approacii  this  Light,  use  the  lead,  and  as  soon  as  the  water 
shoals  to  3  fatlioms  on  the  Bar,  then  run  in  W.  by  S-  until  the 
Light  bears  SW.  by  S. ;  then  run  for  this  Light*  on  this  course 
under  short  sail ;  haul  round  it  a  distance  of  200  yards,  leaving  it 
to  the  Eastward  ;  when  abreast  this  Light  or  it  bears  East,  steer  S. 
by  W.  until  it  bears  N-NE. ;  then  make  good  the  course  S.SW-, 


f 


*  Cedar  Island  Light  may  be  approached  on  its  Northern  and  AVestern 
sides  by  vessels  of  12  feet  draught  wiLliiu  1>"0  yards  without  danger. 


116 


ELDKIDGKS  COAST  PILOT. 


and  with  Northerly  winds  haul  to  the  Westward,  and  apchor  close 
in  undor  Mashomuck  Point  in  from  3^4  to  4  fathoms  water,  and 
wait  for  daylight ;  in  fksterly  winds  anchor  when  past  the  Light  in 
from  4  to  G  fathoms  water. 

Mashomuck  Point  bears  about  SW.  by  S.  from  Cedar  Islaad 
Light,  distance  about  one  mile,  or  it  is  the  first  Point  on  the  West 
side  alter  passing  the  Light.  Tiiis  Point  is  bold  on  its  Southeast- 
ern side,  and  may  be  approached  within  250  yards  without  danger. 

Beating  into  Sag  Harbor. 

In  beating  into  this  Harbor,  a  better  itlca  of  the  channel  can  be 
obtained  by  insi)ceting  Eldridge's  Chart  of  Long  Island  Sound 
than  by  any  written  directions. 

s 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Sag  Harbor  Ih.  24m.  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
comDion  tides  rise  about  2}4  feet. 


JAMES  PORT  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  at  the  head  of  Great  Pecouic  Bay,  lies 

West-Southerly  about  IG  miles  in  a  direct  line  from  Cedar  Island 

Lighthouse. 

Hcmarks. 

There  are  two  Passages  leading  into  Great  and  Little  Peconic 
Bays,  one  by  the  way  of  Sag  Harbor  entrance  (South  of  Shelter 
Island) ,  the  other  by  way  of  Greenport  entrance  (North  of  this  last- 
named  Island) .  It  is  advisable  for  vessels  bound  to  James  Port 
or  any  other  place  in  these  Bays,  with  Northerly  winds,  to  go  by 
way  of  Greenport;  but  with  Southerly  winds  by  way  of  Sag  Har- 
bor entrance.  About  10  feet  water  can  be  carried  up  abreast  the 
Village  of  James  Port  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  James  Port  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  10  feet  draaghu,  with  Southerly  winds, 
bound  to  James  Port,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
Sag  Harbor  until  abreast  ISIashomuck  I'oint  before  de'scribcd  ;  haul 
rouud  tills  Point  at  a  distance  of  not  more  than  300  yards,  leaving 


ELDRTDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


117 


it  to  tlic  NorlliwanJ,  aud  tlic  Beacon  on  Sand  Spit  Slioal  well  to 
the  Soutlivvard  ;  when  past  this  I'oint,  haul  up  about  NW-  by  N. 
liceping  al)Out  midway  of  Slicltcr  Island  Sound,  until  the  narrow 
part  of  the  Sound  between  Hog  Neck  and  Shelter  Island  is  well 
open,  bearing  about  W.  hy  S.  i  then  run  through  this  passage  in 
about  niid-ehannel,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  on 
Southern  end  of  West  Neck  Shoal ;  leave  this  last-named  Buoy 
.  close  to  on  the  Starboard,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  by  S-, 
leaving  tiie  Black  Buoy  off  Jessup's  Neck  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand ;  when  past  this  Buoy,  stecjr  about  SW.  4  }^  miles  across 
Little  I'econic  Bay,  which  will  bring  you  up  with  the  Black  Buoy 
off  the  Southeast  part  of  Bobbins'  Island  ;  leave  this  last-named 
Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  SW-  by  W.  >i  W., 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  channel  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and 
White  perpendicular  Stripes,  which  lies  off  the  Southwest  part  of 
Robbins'  Island  ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  make 
good  the  course  W-  ^  S.  33^  miles  across  Groat  IVconic  Bay  to 
Red  Buoy,  which  lies  abom,  IJ^  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  James 
Port ;  leave  this  last-named  Buo}'  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when 
past  it,  you  will  sec  a  short  distance  from  James  Port  two  Buoys, 
one  Black,  the  other  Red,  pass  between  these  Buoys  and  anchor  off 
the  village. 


leaving 


OUTOHOGUE  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  to  the  Northward  of  Robbins'  Island,  is 
a  large  shallow  cove  of  irregular  shape  ;  anchorage  may  be  found 
in  it  in  from  12  to  14  feet  water,  sheltered  from  all  winds.  It  is, 
however,  not  advisable  for  vessels  of  more  than  8  or  9  feet  draught 
to  attempt  to  enter  it  without  a  pilot,  as  the  Harbor  at  this  date 
(1881),  is  not  buoyed. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cu:cliogiie  Harbor  in  Daj< 
time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  8  or  9  feet  draught  bound  to  New 
Siitrolk  or  Cutchogue  Harbor,  may  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  James  Port  Harbor,  until  up  with  the  Black  Buoy  off 
the  Northern  part  of  Jessup's  Neck  (before  mentioned)  ;  leave  this 
Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port,  and  make  good  the  course  SW.  }2  W^. 


;  4- 


'  ■  iv 


118 


ELDUI1)GE"S  COAST  PILOT. 


3^  miles,  which  will  bring  you  up  with  the  Rod  Buoj'  ofT  South 
Point  of  Little  ilog  Neck  ;  leave  this  last-mentioned  lluoy  close  to 
on  the  Starboard,  and  run  u[^  about  NW-  by  N.,  until  the  Villuge 
of  Nev  Suffolk  bears  W-  lo  N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course  and 
anchor  near  it. 

Jliyfi  Water, 
It  is  hii;h  water  in  James  Port  and  Cutclioguc  Harbors  about  ]') 
minul  8  before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  2^  feet. 


GRBENPORT  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  Long  Kcach  Point 
on  the  North  and  Shelter  Island  on  the  South,  lies  W.  H  S-  ^^^^^ 
IVi  miles  fi'cnu  (iardiner's  Island  Lighthouse. 

Long  Beach  Bar  Lighthouse. 

On  Long  IJcaeh  Bar,  Northern  side  of  entrance  to  Greenport 
Harbor,  in  about  .')  feet  water,  a  Lighthouse  has  been  erecited, 
which  at  this  date  (1«S1),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light,  and  has  a  Fog 
Bell  attached  to  it.  Gardiner's  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Long 
Beach  Bar  Lighthouse  E.  Y2  N-,  distance  7^  miles. 

liemarks. 

About  21  feet  water  can  be  taken  into  Greenport  Harbor  at  low 
tide,  but  the  channel  to  the  Southward  of  the  Lighthouse  is  narrow  ; 
heavy  draught  vessels,  ?n  entering,  should  therefore  proceed  with 
caution. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Greenport  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Shijf  Channel. 

Heavy  draught  vessels  from  the  Eastward,  bound  to  Greenport, 
must  bring  Gardiner's  Island  Lighthouse  to  bearW-SW-,  and  run 
for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Breeze  and  Constellation  Rocks  (be- 
fore described)  well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  give  Gardiner's  Island 
Lighthou-^e  a  berth  of  about  ^  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port,  and 
wirenit  bears  S.SE.  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  W-,  nntil 
Long  Beach  Bar  Lighthouse  bears  WNW-,  then  run  for  it  on  this 


ELnniDr.R's  coast  pilot. 


119 


courso  ;  as  yon  nppror.oh  tlio  Lighthouse,  koop  a  Blinrp  lookout  for 
tlio  Channel  lUioy,  pahited  in  Bluik  and  Wiiite  Perpendicular 
Stripes  ;  lenve  this  last  Buoy  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  make  good 
the  course  W.  hy  N.  until  the  Lightliou'^e  bears  N.  hy  W.,  then 
in  about  10  futhonis  water  haul  up  NW.  hy  N-,  passing  about 
midway  between  the  Black  Buoy  and  the  Lighthouse,  in  not  less 
tli|in  7  fathoms  water;  when  past  this  last-named  Bm>y,  you 
will  see  the  Black  Buoy  olf  Hay  Beach  Point,  which  may  be  loft  a 
short  distance  on  the  Tort  hand  ;  from  this  last  Buoy  steer  about 
SW.  by  Wm  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Sheep  Head  Hocks  well  on 
the  Star))oard  hand  ;  when  past  Sheep  Head  Rocks,  haul  in,  and 
anchor  oir  the  town  of  (iroonport  in  from  5  to  12  fathoms  water. 
Heavy  draught  vessels  should  not  attempt  to  enter  this  Harbor  at 
night  without  a  pilot. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Greenport  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

At  night,  vessels  of  not  more  than  10  feet  draught  may  make  a 
harbor  inside  Long  Beach  Bar  Light,  by  the  following  directions : 
Run  for  Gardiner's  Island  Light  on  any  bearing  from  SW.  to  W.  by 
S.,  leaving  it  about  3^  mile  to  the  Southward  ;  when  this  last- 
named  Light  bears  S.SE.,  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  W., 
until  the  Red  Fixed  Liglit  at  the  entrance  of  Greenport  Harbor 
bears  NW.  yi  W.,then,  under  short  sail,  run  for  it  on  this  course  ; 
as  you  approach  the  Light  use  the  lead,  and  when  you  are  about  a 
mile  from  it,  the  water  will  dec[)en  to  Tja  fathoms  ;  you  arc  then 
in  the  channel- way,  and  mny  steer  ab  jut  W.  by  N.  yi  N.,  carry- 
ing not  less  than  10  fathoms  water,  un.il  tlic  Light  bears  N.  by  W., 
then  haul  up  NW.  by  N.,  carryii^g  not  less  than  9  fathoms,  until 
the  Light  bears  N  by  E.,  then  gradually  haul  to  the  Eastward, 
leaving  this  Light  not  more  than  2U0  yards  on  the  Starboard  ;  when 
past  it,  or  it  bears  E.  by  S.,  st'  jr  up  North,  and  anchor  when  the 
water  shoals  to  3  fathoms  at  If  r  tide,  and  wait  until  daylight. 

In  leaving  this  anchorage,  L-  md  to  Greenport,  in  order  to  avoid 
a  Shoal,  which  extends  off  from  the  Western  shore,  do  not  go  to 
the  Westward  of  the  Light  bearing  S.SE.,  until  about  yi  mile  from 
it,  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Beating  into  Greenport  Harbor. 

In  beating  into  Greenport  Harbor,  a  better  idea  can  be  obtained 
(of  the  extensive  Flats  which  make  off  from  both  sides)  by  inspect- 


-il 


1 


120 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


ing  Eldridgc'a   Chart  of  Long  Island  Sound,  than  by  any  written 
description. 

Sailing  Directions  for  James  Port  Harbor  by  way 
of  Groenport  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

with  Northerly  winds,  follow  the  directions  boforo  given  for 
Grecnport  lliirbor  until  abreast  this  town,  then  run  to  tiic  Southwest- 
wiinl,  k(>oi)iiipj  midwiiy  the  pnssage ;  nsyou  sail  in,  you  will  see  on 
tlie  Starboard  the  Red  Ibioy  off  Fanning's  Point,  which  is  tlio  first 
after  passing  fJrcenport,  and  farther  in  Conkling's  Point;  on  tho 
Port  vill  bo  seen  Rocky  Point,  which  is  about  2}^  miles  from  tho 
town  ofCIreeiiport ;  haul  round  this  last-named  point  at  a  distance 
of  400  yardh,  leaving  it  on  the  Port,  and  steer  about  S.  by  E-,  1  )^ 
milea  across  Southold  Bay,  whieh  will  bring  you  up  with  the  Red 
Buoy  off  ITallock's  Point ;  leave  this  last  Buoy  about  200  yards  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  S.  by  E.,  keeping  a  fharp 
lookout  on  the  Starboard  for  tiie  Black  Buoy  off  the  Northern  part 
of  Jessup's  Neck  ;  vhcn  this  last  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  if  bound  to  James  Pent  or  Cutchogue  Harbors,  follow 
the  directions  before  given  for  James  Port  Harbor  by  way  of  Sag 
Harbor. 


SOUTHOLD  LANDING. 

Tlii^  T-anding  is  on  the  Northwestern  side  of  Southold  Bay,  about 
3^  miles  Southwesterly  from  Greenport.  Vessels  bound  to  this 
Landing  may  follow  tho  directions  before  given  for  James  Port 
Harbor  by  wa}'  of  Greenport  until  abreast  Rocky  Point,  then  run 
about  SW.  by  S.  about  a  mile,  and  anchor  off  the  Landing  in  from 
3  to  4  fathoms  water,  and  wait  for  high  water. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Greenport  Harbor  about  2h.  06m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  2yi  feet. 


ORIENT  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor  lies  North  about  1 J^  miles  from  Long  Beach  Bar 
Lighthouse,  entrance  to  Greenport  Harbor. 


ly  written 

by  way 
)  winds 

given  for 
wuliiwest- 
i^ill  8i!(;  on 
is  tlio  first 
it ;  on  tbo 
3  from  ilit! 
a  (Ji.stanco 

y  E.,  i}{ 

1  tlie  Red 
)  yards  on 
g  a  Hliarp 
llicrn  pint 
>n  tlie  Port 
rs,  follow 
ay  of  Sag 


?ay, about 
nd  to  this 
imcs  Port 
,,  then  run 
ig  in  from 


fore  it  is  at 


Beach  Bar 


ELDninoKS  COAST  riLor. 


121 


JtemnrA'M, 

About  IT)  foot  water  can  bo  cirricd,  at  low  ficK-,  up  abreast  the 
village.  At  tlic  entraneo  of  this  l!:ui)or  an  extensive  Slioal  makes 
olT  a  long  distance  from  the  Western  shore;  shoal  ^^•atl^  also  ex- 
tends from  tlie  Eastern  sliore,  nuking  the  ciianncl  in  entering  not 
more  Hum  'j  mile  in  widlii. 

SaiUng  Directions  for  Orient  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  into  Orient  Harbor  may  follow  the  directions  for 
Groenport  Harbor  until  abreast  the  Lijjhtlionse  on  Long  Ileacli 
Rar;  give  this  Lighthouse  a  berth  of  about  200  yards,  leaving  it  on 
the  Starboard,  and  make  good  tlie  course  ?i .  J^  E.,  and  anchor  off 
the  village  in  about  2j4  fatlioms  water  at  low  tide. 

At  Night-time. 

Vessels  may  enter  this  Harbor  at  night-time,  by  following  the 
directions  before  given  for(»recnport  Harbor. 

irtgh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Orient  Harbor  2h.  10m.  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
common  tides  rise  about  i'/t  feet. 


PLUM  GUT  PASSAGE. 

This  Passage,  which  lies  between  Plum  Island  on  the  East  and 
Oyster  Pond  Point  (the  Northern  extremity  of  Long  Island)  on  the 
West,  is  about  l}i  miles  in  width. 

Plum  Island  Lighthouse. 

On  the  Western  part  of  Plum  Island  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at 
this  date  (1881),  shows  a  Flashing  White  Light,  which  is  intended 
to  guide  vessels  through  Plum  Gut  Passage,  and  also  through  Long 
Island  Soimd. 

A  Fog  Bell  at  this  date  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  which,  in 
thick  weather,  is  struck  at  intervals  of  15  seconds. 


122 


ELDIlinOF/S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Soarings  and  Diatanoos  from  Plum  Island  Lighthouso, 


flimliiuM's  I.slund  I.islitlioiiso,  SE.  J(  E-      .     •     ■ 

lliirllcll's  Hci'f  LiKlil-Hliip.  NE.  Jj  N 

Saybniok  Li'^htlioiisf,  NW.  "4  N «/j 

CoViillcM  I'niiit  Li^'ht-Hliip,  NW.  I'.V  W.  y.i  W.    . 
Fulkru'i'a  Isluml  Liglithousc,  W.  l>,v  N-  '/j  N.       . 


Dlttnnct. 
^l4   IIlill'H. 


H/, 


w 


Itemnrks, 

AlthoMjih  Plnin  Ciiit  PivHsngo  from  shoro  to  elioro  is  n1)oiit  IJ/fi 
miles  wiilc,  yet  tiu>  cliaiincl  is  l)iit  little  over  J^^  mile  in  wiiltli ;  this 
is  on  nccoiintc)!'^  dan^jcroiis  llcof  which  extends  oir  from  Oyster 
Pond  Point,  the  Western  side  of  the  passage  ;  the  outer  part  of  this 
Reef  is  m  irlvcd  iit  this  date  with  a  Beacon  ;  Plum  Island  Lif,'lithouse 
boars  from  this  Beiicon  NE.  Yt  E.,  distance  T,i  mile  ;  tliere  arc 
also  several  slioal  spots  in  the  channel-way,  having  from  IG  to  20 
feet  water  upon  tliem,  wliieh,  at  tliis  time,  arc  not  marked  with 
Buoys ;  hi-avy  draught  vessels  sliould  not,  therefore,  attempt  this 
passage  ;  vessels  of  not  more  than  12  or  14  feet  drauglit  may,  with 
a  favorable  and  commanding  breeze,  pass  througli  this  channel, 
hut  should  not  attempt  it  witli  liglit  winds,  as  the  current  sets  with 
great  strcngtli  and  velocity  across  tlie  Reef. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Plum  Gut  Passage  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Southward  or  Eastward,  with  a  favorable  and 
commanding  breeze,  intending  to  pass  tlirough  this  Gut,  must  bring 
Plum  Island  Lighthouse  to  bear  North,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  leaving  tiie  Beacon  on  the  outer  part  of  tiie  Reef  well  to 
tho  AVestward ;  when  about  J4  mile  from  the  Lighthouse,  haul 
gradually  to  tiie  Westward,  leaving  it  about  Yi  mile  on  the  Star- 
board, and  pass  into  Long  Island  Sound  ;  vessels  from  Long  Island 
Sound,  witli  commanding  and  favorable  winds,  bound  through  this 
passage,  may  bring  Plum  Island  Lighthouse  to  bear  SE-,  and  run 
for  it  on  tliis  course,  until  about  %  mile  from  it,  Ihcn  gradually 
haul  to  tho  Southward,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  and  also  a  dangerous 
Rock,  which  lic.^  about  200  yards  Northwest  from  it,  well  on  the 
Port  '.land,  and  tlic  Beacon  off  the  Eastern  part  of  the  Reef  well  on 
the  Starboard  hand. 


EMVitlDr.K'S  COAST   PILOT. 


128 


Littio  Gull  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  T.iUlo  (lull  Islainl,  South  hidi!  ol"  iiiiiiii  I'litraiici' to  Loiij^  I>1- 
mill  SoiiinKisa  I-igiitlunisc,  wliicli  nt  this  (lati!  ( IKSl ),  kIiows  ii  llxcd 
Whito  Lifiht.  A  l'\y^  Si;j;iitil  Ih  phiccd  lu-iir  tliis  Lij^litiiousc,  which 
at  this  tiiuo  gives  bhiHU  of  r>  Hccoiicb  nt  intorvalH  of  10  suooiula. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Gull  Island  Lighthouse. 

Iililnrico. 

Block  Island  Northern  Lij:hthouH(>,  E.  Ji  S.       ...  21  ;^  miles. 
Point  .Iiiilith  Lit^hthonso,  E.  ?;  N.       .     .     . 

Montank  Point  Lif^hthousp,  SE 

Watch  Hill  Li-jhthonso,  E.  hy  N.  H  N.  .     . 
(lardincr'H  Island  LijJihthoiisc,  SW.  l>y  S.     • 
Race  Uock  Li^dithousc,  NE.  1>.V  E.  ,'.{  E.     . 
New  London  Lii^hthonsc,  N.  •'}■  E.  jj  E. 
Hartlett'8KcpfLi«rht-.ship,  N.  )<  W.    .     •     . 
C;orii(lcld  Light-ship,  W.  hy  N.  ]i  N. .     .     • 
Falkncr's  Island  Lighthouse,  W.  ''.v  N.  nearly 
Stradford  Point  Lighthouse,  W.  ,'j  N.  nearly 
M  iddl(!  Ground  Lighthouse,  W.  ^48.       .     . 


.30 

1234 


4.')'/ 


n 
it 
tt 


2U 

/4 


Bearings  and  Distances  of  Dangers  f^om  Littio  Gull  Island 

Lighthouse. 

DUtanno. 

Whistling  Buoy  o(T  .Southern  part  of  Middle  Ground  or 

Cerberus  Shoal,  SE.  by  E.  ?4  E TH  ""'•'-'S- 

Buoy  off  Southern  part  of  Constellation  and  Brcczo 

Rocks,  S.  by  W.  J^  W 

Buoy  off  Western  part  of  Valiant  Rock,  E-NE.       .     .     2  J  a 

Centre  of  Bedford  Reef,  SW.  by  W '^}i 

Old  Silas  Rock,  W.  by  S.  J^  S 2 

One  Foot  Rock,  E.  >4  JJi f 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  pass  betwech  Plinn  and  Great 
Gull  Islands. 

Race  Hock  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Race  Rock,  Northern  side  of  entrance  to  Long  Island 
Sound,  19  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  Flash- 
ing Red  and  White  Light.  At  this  date  a  Fog  Bell  is  attached  to 
this  Lighthouse,  which  is  struck  two  blows  in  quick  succession 
every  20  seconds. 


It 

ii 


■  mm  HI-  LI  mmmmmff9' 


:^»iHf.* 


ll 


I ' 


i): 


in 


121 


ELDIUDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Race  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 


Point  Judith  Lighthouse,  E.  ^  N. 
Block  Island  Northern  Lighthouse,  E.  1'}'  S. 
Montauk  Point  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  S.  }i  S 
Watch  Hill  Lighthouse,  E.  I'V  N.  14:  N.  . 
Gardiner's  Island  Lighthouse,  SW-  Vs  W 
Little  Gull  Island  Lighthouse,  SW.  l>y  W. 
New  London  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W.  H  W. 
Bartlett's  Reef  Light-ship,  NW.  by  W.  }( 
Cornfield  Point  Light-ship,  W-  ^2  N. 
Falknor's  Island  Lighthouse,  W.  J2  N-    . 
Stradlbrd  Point  Lighthouse,  W.  H  N.    • 
Middle  Ground  Lighthouse,  W-  fa  S.     • 


>8 


s. 


w. 


w. 


2GJ^  niilss. 

2154  " 

O  1/  (4 

434  " 

4'  " 

!')>-<  " 

2ljji  " 

47>^  " 

48^  " 


Meniarlcs. 

Race  Rock  is  very  bold,  and  the  Lighthouse  may  be  approached 
close  to  on  all  sides ;  there  is  a  good  channel  of  5  fathoms  about  ^ 
mile  in  width,  between  this  Lighthouse  and  the  Buoy  olf  the  South- 
west part  of  Fisher's  Island. 

Cornfield  Point  Light-ship. 

This  Light-ship,  which  '"s  placed  off  the  Southern  side  of  an  ex- 
tensive  and  dangerous  Shoal,  called  Long  Sand  Shoal,  shows  at 
this  date  (1881),  one  fixed  Red  Light,  and  has  a  Bell  and  Horn. 

Ifemarks, 

This  Shoal,  which  is  marked  with  Horizontal  Striped  Buoys  on 
both  ends,  is  quite  narrow  in  some  places,  and  extends  East  and 
West  about  5  miles,  aiul  has  as  little  as  6  feet  water  upon  it  in  some 
places  ;  in  thick  weather  and  Uuht  idnds,  vessels  bound  to  the  West- 
ward with  flood  tide  sho  M,  after  pa.^.sing  Cornfield  Point  Light- 
ship, beiuare  of  the  current  which  sets  strong  to  the  Northwestward 
between  this  Shoal  and  Falkner's  Island. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cornfield  Point  Light-ship. 

Diftnnce. 


Race  Rock  Lighthouse,  E-  Jj  S 

Little  Gull  Island  Lighthouse,  E  by  S.  H  S. 


l')]2  miles. 


Bartlott's  Reef  Light-sliip,  E.  Ji  N 12 


Saybrook  Lighthouse,  NE.  ji  E. 


3>4 


>use. 

>i8tancc. 

^  nillss. 

%    " 

1/       u 
/- 

3/      " 


/2       - 
V2       " 


^ 


)proaclied 
;  about  Yi 
he  South- 


of  an  cx- 

,  shows  at 
;l  Horn. 


Buo3's  on 

\  East  and 
it  in  some 
» tlie  West' 
tint  Liglit- 
Ihwesticard 


Lt-ship. 

Diftnuce. 

')]i  miles. 

2 

3>4     •' 


ELDIUDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT.  125 

niHtance. 

Horton's  Point  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  S.  ?  8  S.   .     •     .    8  J^  miles. 

Falkncr's  Island  Lighthouse,  W.  ^  N 12  " 

Lighthouse  on  Middle  Ground,  W-  U  S-      ....  34  " 
Horizontal  Striped  15uoy  off  Western  i)art  of  Long 

Sand  Shoal,  W-  hy  N ^'A  " 

Horizontal  Stripo'l  Buoy  off  Eastern  part  of  Long  Sand 

Shoal,  E.  by  N ^!{  '' 

Black  Buoy  off  the  Northern  part  of  Orient  Shoal, S-SE.     !'>}{  " 

Horton's  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Horton's  Point,  South  side  of  Long  Island  Sound,  is  a 
Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light, 
which  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  through  this  Sound.  Between 
Horton's  Point  and  Old  Field  Point  Lighthouse,  shoal  water  ex- 
tends off  in  some  places  from  the  Southern  shore  nearly  2  miles. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Horton's  Point  Lighthouse. 

Pittance. 

Cornfield  Point  Light-ship,  NE.  by  N.  s^  N.    .     .     .     8^^  miles. 

Falkner's  Island  Lightiiouse,  NW.  M^  N 12  " 

Lighthouse   on   Soutiiwest  Ledge,    entrance   to   New 

HavcnHarbor,  NW.  byW.  J8  W 23  " 

Stradford  Point  Lighthouse,  W.  by  N.  ^a  N.  ...  30  " 

Middle  Ground  Lighthouse,  W.  ^N 29  " 

Old  Field  Point  Lighthouse,  W.   }i  S.  nearly   .     .     .  30 J^  " 

Palkner's  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Falkner's  Island,  Northern  side  of  Long  Island  Sound,  is 
a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light 
varied  by  White  Flashes.  A  Fog  Whistle  is  placed  near  this  Light- 
house, giving  blasts  of  8  seconds  duration,  at  intervals  of  r)2 
seconds;  Falkner's  Island  Light  is  intended  to  guide  vessels 
through  Long  Island  Sound. 

Hetnarks. 

Falkner's  Island  is  nearly  surrounded  In'  shoal  water.  A  Reef  of 
Rocks,  dry  at  low  tide,  extends  off  to  the  Northward  of  the  Light- 
house about  '2  mile,  and  is  marked  on  its  Northern  part  with  a 
Black  Buoy  ;  shoal  water  also  extends  off  to  the  Eastward  about 


it 


|&  if'V 


12G 


ELDIUDGH'S  COAST   PILOT. 


li 


the  same  dislancc,  and  to  the  ^Ycstwara  nearly  a  mile,  uniting  with 
another  small  Island  called  Goo  3  Island  ;  this  last-named  Island, 
wbi'-h  lies  about  a  mile  W-  V2  S-  from  the  Lighthouse,  is  also  sur- 
roM  \  bv  a  Reef  of  bare  Rocks.  Tliore  is  a  passage  for  small 
VOSS..3  between  l^alivner's  and  Goose  Islands;  in  going  tlirough 
keep  nearer  tlie  former. 

Falkner's  Island  Liglithouse  may  be  approached  within  K  !«»« 
on  any  bearing  from  NW-  to  NE.  witliout  danger. 


Bearinp;3  and  Distances  from  Palkner's  Island  Lighthouse. 

.   2GJ:^  miles. 
.  24'/      " 


New 


12 
12 

113^ 

25 

20 


(( 
(( 


Race  Rock  Lighthouse,  E.  >2  S 

Little  Gull  Island  Liglithouse,  E.  by  S-  nearly 

Cornfield  Toint  Light-ship,  E-  J2  S 

Horton's  Point  Liglithouse,  SE-  K  S.       .     •     • 
Lighthouse   on   Southwest  Ledge,  entrance   to 

Haven  Harbor,  W-  by  N.  V-z  N.      •     •     •     • 
Old  Field  Toint  Lighthouse,  SW-  by  W.  J 3  W. 
IMiddlc  Ground  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S.  ?8  S.     • 
Stradford  Point  Lightliousc,  West  nearly   .     . 

Falkner's  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from 

Branford  Reef  Beacon,  E.  by  S.  J^  S 6^  .    " 

Horizontal  Striped  Buoy  of  Northern  part  of  Kimber- 

ley's  Reef,  W.  ^  S ^^^ 

Stradford  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Stradford  Point,  Northern  side  of  Long  Island  Sound,  is 
a  LiUthouse,  wliich  at  this  date  (18«1),  shows  a  Revolving  White 
Li^ht  A  Fo<r  Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick 
we'ather,  is  s^-uck  at  intervals  of  15  seconds.  Stradford  Point 
Li-ht  is  inten.led  to  guide  vessels  through  the  Northern  channel  of 
Long  Island  Sound. 

Beniarhs. 

Shoal  water  extends  off  Southwesterly  from  Stradford  Point 
more  than  1 '/,  miles  ;  the  Southwestern  part  of  tliis  Shoal  is  marked 
^■ith  a  Red  Buoy  ;  large  or  heavy  draught  vessels  should  give  this 
Point  a  wide  berth;  with  this  Light  hearing  West,  vessels  of  lu 
feet  draught  may  approach  it  within  ]i  mile  witliout  danger. 


i 


ELDUIDOE'S  COAbT  TILOT. 


127 


ing  with 
I  Island, 
tilso  sur- 
br  small 
through 

1  J/(  mile 


ithouse. 

istiincc. 

?y^  miles. 


H 


% 


Sound,  is 
ng  White 
h  in  thick 
ord  Point 
channel  of 


ord  Point 
is  marked 
tl  give  this 
;sels  of  15 
<ier. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Stradford  Point  Lighthouse. 

Dlotancc. 

Race  Rock  Lighthouse,  E.  'A  S 47;^  miles. 

Little  Gull  Island  Lighthouse,  E.  |j  S 44^:^  " 

Falkncr's  Island  Lighthouse,  East  ne.-uly     ....  20  " 
Southwest  Ledge  Lighthouse,  entrance  to  New  Haven 

Harbor,  E.  by  N.  3/^  N 'J-)4  " 

Ilorton's  Point  Lighthouse,  E.  by  S.  5  a  S.  •     •     •     •  3U  " 

Middle  Ground  Lighthouse,  S.  3{^  W '>H  " 

Old  Field  Point  Lighthouse,  S.  by  W.  nearly        .     .  10>^  " 

PenfieldReefLighthouse,  W.  by  S.  ^3  S ^H  " 

NorwiilkLighthouse  W.  by  S. -3i  S 1''>'3  " 

Eaton's  Neck  Lighthouse,  SW-  by  W.  >^  W.      .     .    18  " 

Lighthouse  on  Execution  Rocks,  W.  by  S.  Jh  S.  nearly  33  " 
Red  IJiioy  on  outer  part  of  Shoal,  off  Stradford  Point, 

SW Ifs     " 

Middle  Ground  Lightliouse. 

Upon  a  Shoal  (midway  Long  Island  Sountl) ,  called  the  Middle 
Ground,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1881) ,  shows  a  Flash- 
ing White  Liglit.  A  Fog  Trumpet  is  attached  to  this  Liglitliouse, 
giving  blasts  of  6  seconds  duration  at  intervals  of  21  seconds. 

MeinarJcs, 

Largo  or  heavy  draught  vessels  should  not  approach  this  Light- 
house nearer  than  ^^  mile,  except  on  its  Western  side,  where  it  is 
quite  bold.  Vessels  of  more  than  5  feet  draught  passing  South  of 
this  Light  should  give  it  a  berth  of  at  least  J  3  '"ilt^' 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Middle  Ground  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Race  Rock  Lighthouse,  E-  ?a  N 48?^  miles. 

Little  Gull  Island  Lighthouse,  E.  ,!i  N i">H  " 

Cornfield  Point  Ligiit-ship,  E.  ->i  N 34  " 

Falkncr's  Island  Lighthouse,  E-  l»y  N.  H  N-    •     •     •  21i^  " 
Southwest  Ledge  Lighthouse,  entrance  to  New  Haven 

Harbor,  NE.  3,^  E ^^'A  " 

Stradford  Point  Lightliouso,  N.  34  E ^H  " 

Bridgeport  Harbor  Lighthouse,  N.NW C?^  " 

Black  Rock  Lighthouse,  NW.  Jj  N '''A  " 

PcnficklRcefLighthouse,  NW. -;8  W C;^     " 


m' 


;^4## 


128 


ELDHIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


niatanee. 

Nonvalk  Lightliouso,  W.  ij  N 14;^  miles. 

Groat  Captain's  Island  Liglitliouso,  W-  J4  S.     .     .     .  24  " 

Horton's  Point  Liglitlioiise,  E   f8  S 29         " 

01(1  Field  Point  Lighthouso,  S.  by  W-  Jj  W.  ...     5  " 

Eaton's  Neck  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S.  ^j  S 14'^      " 

Penfield  Reef  Lighthouse. 

On  the  Eastern  extrjuiity  of  this  Reel"  a  Liglithonso  has  been 
erected,  which  at  this  date  ( 1.S81 ) ,  shows  a  Flasliing  lied  Light.  A 
Fog  Bell  is  attached  to  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  wcallier  is 
struck  two  blows  in  quick  succession  at  intervals  of  20  seconds. 

Jtemarh's, 

Penfield  Reef  Lighthouse  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  to  the 
Harbors  of  Bridgeport  and  Black  Rock,  and  also  through  the 
Northern  channel  of  Long  Island  Sound  ;  shoal  water  extends  to 
the  Southwest  more  than  i-^  mile  from  this  Lighthouse  ;  about  I/3 
mile  Northeast  from  it  lies  the  dangerous  Reef  called  the  Cows, 
which  arc  marked  on  their  Eastci-n  part  with  a  Beacon,  wiiich  is 
left  on  the  Port  Hand  by  vessels  bound  to  Black  Rock  or  Bridge- 
port Harbors. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Penfield  Reef  Lighthouse. 

Dixtunce. 

Stradford  Point  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N.  Yq  N.     .     .     .  b^^  miles. 

Middle  Ground  Lighthouse,  SE.  -'8  E Q}i  " 

Bridgeport  Harbor  Lighthouse,  NE.  J4^  E 3  " 

Black  Rock  Lighthouse,  N.  by  E.  >^  E l^^  " 

Old  Field  Point  Lighthouse,  S.  by.  E.  ?/(  E.     .     .     .  ^%  " 

Eaton's  Neck  Lighthouse,  SW.  }:(  W Vl]^  " 

Norwalk  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S.  >^  S 10  " 

Lighthouse  on  Execution  Rocks,  W-SW 21%  " 

Red  Buoy  off  Stradford  Point,  East 41^3  " 

Beacon  off  P^astcrn  part  of  Cows  Reef,  NE.  by  E  %  E.  %  " 
Red  Buoy  o!F  Southeast  part  of  Norwalk  Islands  Shoal, 

W.  by  S.  Ji  S 5  }i  " 

Norwalk  Lighthouse. 

Upon  (he  Southwest  part  of  Shcinold  Island,  one  of  the  Norwalk 
Group,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed 


11 
(t 

(( 

(1 
u 
it 


KLDKIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


129 


"White  Light,  varied  at  intervals  of  one  minuto  1)\'  Red  Flashes ; 
this  Light  is  intomlod  to  guide  vessels  into  Norwalli  lliver,  and 
also  through  Long  Island  Sound. 

Meinat'Jcs, 

In  ui^proaching  Norwalk  Eiver  the  channel  is  very  narrow, 
crooked  rnd  full  of  Rocks  and  Shoals,  few  of  which  at  this  time  aiu 
buoyed;  tiierc  is,  however,  excellent  anchorage  under  Slieflield 
Island  In  all  winds  and  weathers  for  vessels  of  from  10  to  1-' 
feet  draught.  Thi;  principal  danger  in  entering  is  Green's  Ledge, 
wliich  extends  off  "West-Southerly  from  the  Lighthouse  about  1 J^ 
miles,  and  is  bare  in  some  places  at  low  tide  ;  tiiis  Ledge  is  marked 
off  its  "Wesiern  part  willi  a  Red  Buoy  ;  Norwalk  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Buoy  E.  by  N.  '/>  N-,  distance  1;^  miles.  Vessels  of 
more  than  7  feet  draught  should  in  no  case  attempt  to  pass  between 
this  Buoy  and  the  Lighthouse. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Norwalk  Lighthouse. 

Diolunce. 

Middle  Ground  Lightnousc,  E.  ><  S 1!jXi"11'JS. 

Str.ndford  Point  Lightliouse,  E.  by  N.  5^  N.     •     •     -L'.'^      " 

Pcnfield  Reef  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N.  }^  N 10 

Eaton's  Neck  Lighthouse,  S-  J^  E 

Execution  Rocks  Lighthouse,  SW-  byW  ^  W-  •     •   1^^ 
Red  Buoy  off  AVestern  part  of  Green's  Ledge,  "W-  by 


^H 


S. 


1/ 


1: 


r>!i 


Red  Buoy,  off  South  part  of  Bare  Ledge,  called  the 

Cows,  W.  by  S.  34  S 

To  avoid  this  last-named  Ledge  in  beating  through  the  Sound, 

vessels  should  not  stand  to  the  Northward  of  Norwalk  Lighthouse 

bearing  NE.  by  E.  %  E..  '^r  Captain's  Island  Lighthouse  W. 
Budd's  Reef,  on  whicli  there  i^:  21  feet  water,  bears  from  Norwalk 

Light  SW.  H  S.  l-;8  iiiilos. 

Great  Captain's  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Eastern  end  of  Great  Captain's  Island  (North  side  of 
Long  Island  Sound),  is  a  Lighthouse,  vhich  at  this  dato  (1881), 
sliows  a  fixed  White  Light ;  this  Light  is  iulended  to  guide  vessels 
into  Great  Captain's  Island  Harbor,  and  al.-;o  througli  Long  Island 
Sound. 


I:; 
i;; 


'  tj 


130 


ELDHIDGKS  COAST  TILOT. 


Ite  marks, 

CJrcat  Captain's  Island   is  nearly  surrounilod  hy  Sliouls,  and  can 

only  bo  ai)i)roachcd  ou  its  Southern  side  within  J^   i"''^'  witliout 

danger. 

Benrings  and  Distances  from  Groat  Captain's  Island  Light- 
house. 

Dislanee. 

Middle  fi  round  Lighthouso,  E.  ji  N 21       miles. 

Old  Field  Point  Lightiiouse,  E.  Ja  S '^m     " 

Eaton's  Neck  Lighthouse,  E.l'yS.  ^a  S H))4      " 

Execution  Rocks  I.iglithonse,  SW.  ]i  W 8}a     " 

Red  Bnov  off  Ronthern  part  of  Bare  Ledge,  calUid  the 

Cows,E.  34  N 434     « 

Old  Field  Point  Lighthouse 

Upon  Old  Field  Toint,  South  side  of  Long  Island  Sound,  is  a 
Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1.H81),  shows  a  fixed  Wlr'tc  Light, 
which  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  through  the  South  Channel  of 
this  Sound. 

He  marks. 

Between  Old  Field,  and  Ilorton's  Point  Lighthouses,  a  distance 
of  more  than  30  n  I'.es,  shoal  water  in  several  places  extends  olf  a 
long  distance  ;  large  or  heavy  draught  vessels,  sailing  through  the 
Sound,  should  give  the  Southern  shore  11  wide  berth. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Old  Field  Point  Lighthouse. 

l)\»ta\iCQ. 

Horton's  Point  Lighthouse,  E.  J4  N 30'4  miles. 

Middle  Ground  Lighthouse,  N.hyE.  K' E ^  " 

Norwalk  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  W.  ?4  W 14/4^      " 

Eaton's  Neck  Lighthouse,  W.  Ji  N ^m      " 

Great  Captain's  Island  Lighthouse,  W.  J^  N.  .     •     •  22?^      " 
Black  Buoy  off  Northern  part  Mt.  Misery  Shoal,  E.  5  s  N.    1  ?<;      " 

Fi^ton's  Neck  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Eaton's  Neck,  South  side  of  Long  Island  Sound  (and  East 
side  of  entrance  to  Huntington  Bay),  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this 
date  (1S81),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  which  is  intended  to  guide 
vessels  into  Huntington  Bay,  and  also  through  the  Sound.  A  Fog 
Signal  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  giving  blasts  of  9  seconds 
duration,  at  intervals  of  35  seconds. 


ELDIilDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT 


131 


Memarh's. 

A  Shoal  cxtomls  olT  to  the  Nortliwanl,  nearly  a  milo  from  tho 
Lighthouse,  and  is  m:iike(l  on  itsXortlicrn  part  with  a  I'.lack  llnoy  ; 
hoa\y  draught  vessels  should  not  go  the  Southward  of  this  Buoy  ; 
without  this  Buoy  there  are  several  Rocky  Shoals,  havin.g  in  some 
places  not  more  than  10  feet  water  upon  them  ;  Eaton's  Neck 
Lighthouse  bears  from  the  outer  Shoal  S.  byW-,  distano)  2;^ 
miles  ;  in  order  to  avoid  this  danger,  large  or  heavy  draught  vessels 
should  keep  nearer  Norwalk  Lighthouse. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Eaton's  Neck  Lighthouse. 

Distance, 

Stradford  Point  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  E.  /-S  E.  .     .     .    18     miles. 
Middle  Ground  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N.  ji  N.       .     .     •  1 15^     " 

Peuficld  Reef  Lighthouse,  NE.  J4;  E 1'-^J5  " 

OW'^ield  Point  Lighthouse,  E.  J4:  S 12^  " 

Norwah-  Lighthouse,  N.  '4  W ^H  '' 

Great  Captain's  Island  Lighthouse,  W-  by  N.  5  a  N.  .  10>^  " 
Black  Buoy  off  Northern  part  of  Eaton's  Pt.  Shoal, 

N.  -H  E ?'8     " 

Black  Buoy  off  Lloyd's  Neck  Shoal,  W.  ?+ N.       •     •     ijA     " 

Sands'  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Sands'  Point,  South  side  of  the  channel,  is  a  Lighthouse, 
which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  Flashing  White  Liglit. 

Meniarks. 

A  Reef  extends  off  Northwesterly  from  this  Lighthouse  nearly 
^  mile,  and  is  marked  on  its  Northern  side  with  a  Black  Buoy ; 
Shoal  water  also  extends  off  Northeasterly  about  i^  mile,  ^'cssels 
bound  to  the  Westward  should  keep  nearest  the  Lighthouse  on  the 
Execution  Rocks. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Sands'  Point  Lighthoiiso. 

Distance. 

GreatCaptain'sIslandLighthouse,  NE.  J^N.   .     •     .    8/4:  miles. 

Norwalk  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  E.  )^  E 17-)^" 

Execution  Rocks  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W-  H  W-      •     •       "/s     " 
Stcppiug  Stones  Lighthouse,  SW.  >2  W.      •     •^-     •     *^'+ 
Black  Buov  off  Northern  part  Sands'  Pt.  Reef,  K"vv  ,  by 

N.  /2N li     ' 

Black  Buoy  off  Northern  part  Gangway  Rock,  W-iSW-       "/i     " 


If 


sarf' 


BP' 


<s 


132 


ELDRinr.lVS  COAST  PILOT. 


Execution  Rocks  Lighthouse. 


Upon  one  of  tliose  l)tirc  rocks,  which  lie  on  llic  Northern  side  of 
the  cliunnel,  a  Liglithousc  has  been  crcetcd,  whicli  at  this  date 
(18S1),  shows  a  fixed  White  Liglit.  A  Fog  Triinii)ct  is  attadh'd 
to  this  Light,  giving  blasts  of  7  seconds,  at  intervals  of  43  seconds. 

lleniarks. 

The  Execntion  Ilocl<s  are  partly  bare  and  partly  sunken ;  they 
extend  N-NE.  and  S-SW.  ul)oiit  J;^  mile,  and  are  marked  on  their 
Nortlieru  ci-.d  witii  a  lUatk  Hiioy,  and  npon  their  Southern  part 
with  a  Red  IJuoy  ;  tlie  Lighthouse  stands  about  li  mile  from  the 
Soutliwestern  end  ;  large  or  heavy  draught  vessels  may  approach 
these  Rocks  witliin  ]l  mile  on  their  Southern  and  Southeastern 
parts  without  danger.  There  is  a  good  channel  on  the  Northwest- 
ern side  of  these  Rocks,  with  not  less  than  7  fathoms  in  it;  but  it  is 
rarely  used. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Execution  Bocks  Lighthouse. 

DiBtiince. 

Norwalk  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  E.  ?^  E 

Great  Captain's  Island  Lighthouse,  NE.  J;(  E       .     . 

Sands'  Point  Lighthouse,  S-  by  E.  J:i!  E 

Stepping  Stones  Lighthouse,  SW-  li  S 

Throg's  Neck  Lighthouse,  SW.  ?^  S 

Buoy    ofT    the    Northeast  part  of  Execution  Rocks, 

N.NE 

Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  part  of  Execution   Rocks, 

SW.  Y2W 

Black  Buo}'  off  Northern  part  of  Sands'  Point  Reef, 

S.  by  E.  J^  E 

Black  Buoy  otf  Northern  part  Gangw.ay  Rock,  S.SW. 
Southern  part  Hart  Island,  SW.  ^^  S 

Stepping  Stones  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northwestern  extremit}'  of  a  dangerous  Reef  called  the 
Stc))ping  Stones,  is  a  Lighthouse,  whicli  at  this  date  (1881),  shows 
a  lixcd  Red  Light.  A  Fog  Bell  is  attached  to  this  Lighthouse, 
which  is  struck  in  thick  weather  at  intervals  of  20  seconds. 


18 

miles 

8% 

(( 

% 

n 

S% 

(( 

5 

(( 

% 

(( 

H 

(( 

n 

(( 

^H 

u 

23A 

(( 

*  This  Duoy  has  bueu  chuuged  to  lied  aud  Black  Horizontal  Stripes. 


I 


ELDIUDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


133 


1!! 


•    i 


u 


liemarlcs. 

This  Roof,  which  extends  from  the  Long  Islnnd  shore,  has  •  i<o,  y 
rocks  upon  it,  some  of  which  arc  awash  at  low  tide.  Vcs.  Is' 
slionld  in  no  case,  therefore,  attempt  to  pass  to  tiie  Southward  of 
this  Lighthouse  ;  it  may,  liowever,  1)C  approached  on  its  "Wosteru 
and  Northwestern  parts  within  75  yards  without  danger.  In  ordfu- 
to  avoid  tlie  Gangway  Rocl<,  vessels  from  the  Eastward,  when  past 
tiie  Ligiithonae  on  Execution  Rocks,  sliould  tack  when  the  Stepping 
Stones  and  Throg's  I'oint  Lights  arc  in  range. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Lighthouse  on  Stopping 

Stor-^". 

DiMnncc. 

Execution  Rocks  Lighthouse,  Nk    J'4     ; 3j^  miles. 

Throg's  Neck  Lighthouse,  SW     i  S        11^      " 

South  Toiiit  Hart  Island,  N.3^r& 1 '/      " 

BlackBuoyotf  Gangway  Re     ,  ::f j.    y^H.       .     .     .  2-)^      " 

Throg's  l^eck  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Northeast  side  oi  ''  ochuyler  and  Southeast  end  of 
Throg's  Neck,  is  a  Ligiithouse,  which  at  this  date  (1S81),  sliows  a 
fixed  "White  Light.  A  P'og  Lell  is  i)laced  near  this  Lighthouse, 
which  is  struck  in  tiiick  weather  at  intervals  of  15  seconds.  This 
Lighthouse  marks  the  Northwest  side  of  entrance  to  East  River, 

Jteniarks. 

Shoal  water  extends  off  about  200  yards  from  the  Southeast 
extremity  of  Throg's  Neck,  and  is  marked  on  its  outer  part  with  a 
Red  Buoy  ;  shoal  water  also  extends  off  from  the  opposite  shore, 
and  vessels  bound  East  or  West  should  keep  nearer  Throg's  Neck  ; 
shoal  water  extends  nearly  on  a  line  from  the  South  part  of  City 
Island  to  Throg's  Neck  Lighthouse.  Vessels  beating  up  or  down 
should  not  stand  to  the  Westward  of  Throg's  Neck  Lighthouse, 
bearing  SW-  by  S  J4  S. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Throg's  Neck  Lighthouse. 

Di«tancc. 

Stepping  Stones  Lighthouse,  NE.  J^  N 1 J^;  miles. 

Red  Buoy  of  Southeast  part  of  Throg's  Neck  Shoal, 

S.  Ji  E %     » 

Black  Buoy  off  College  I'oint,  West 2}^      " 


nl 


''% 


il  \ 


\'i 


1 


134 


ELDRIDGF/S  COAST  PILOT. 


North  Brothor  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southwest  ciul  of  (he  North  IJiotlicr  is  a  Li^jhthouae, 
whidi  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  AViiito  Li<;ht. 

Itcniarks, 

Tiio  channel  between  the  Brothers  is  about  100  yards  wide,  with 
a  deptli  of  about  4  fatiioms  water.  Vessels  bouml  throu;j;!i  tliis 
pass!ij;c  should  keep  nearer  the  Lighthouse.  The  ehauuel  to  the 
Northward  of  the  North  Brother  is  iu  no  phicc  less  than  200  yards 
wide,  and  from  10  to  12  fathoms  water  in  it.  Throw's  Neck  Light- 
house bears  from  Nortli  Brotlier  Lightliouse  E.  %  S.,  distance  5 
miles.     Entrance  to  Ilell  Gale  SW.  by  W.,  distance  1 J4  miles. 

Blackwell's  Island  Lighthouse. 

Fpon  the  Nortiieastern  end  of  lUackwell's  Island  is  a  Lighihonsc, 
which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows  a  fixed  lied  Light,  which  is 
maintained  by  the  City  of  New  York. 

Turning  of  Currents  between  Block  Island  and 

Point  Judith. 

IHid-channel  between  Block  Island  and  Point  Judith  the  current 
turns  Easterly'  and  Westerly  about  55  minutes  before  it  does  in  the 
Race. 

Turning  of  Currents  in  the  Hace. 

In  the  middle  of  the  Race  the  current  turns  to  the  Eastward 
about  "20  minutes  after  the  time  of  high  water  in  Boston  ;  and  turns 
to  the  Westward  aljout  G  hours  and  30  minutes  after  the  time  of 
high  water  at  this  last-mentioned  place. 

Turning  of  the  Current  between  the  Race  and 
Middle  Ground  Lighthouse. 

Between  the  Race  and  Middlo  Ground  Lighthouse  in  mid-channel 
the  current  turns  Easterly  and  Westerly  about  the  same  time  that 
it  does  in  the  Race. 

Turning  of  the  Current  in  Fisher's  Island  Sound. 

The  current  connnenccs  running  Eastcrl}-  and  Westerly  tln'ou^h 


Fisher's  Island   Sound 
out  of  the  Race. 


a  short  time  before  it  begins  to  set  iu  and 


m 


1 1 


ELDIlIDCirS  COAST  PILOT. 


135 


Jtemarh'H  on  Currents  or  Tides. 

If  a  vcssi'l  lake  lit-r  dtipdrtiiro  from  Cull  Island  (tlio  Lifllit  bonr- 
in<?  South)  on  tlio  first  of  llio  Western  tido,  and  inovo  thront,di  tli« 
water  in  sliip  clianncl  at  tlif  rale  of  t.Mi  i.iid  ono-lialf  miles  an  lumr, 
she  wonhl  liave  tlio  einrent  seltin;j;  witli  iier  to  Saudi'  Toint  a  dis- 
tiinec  of  77  nautieal  miles,  or  she  would  liol''  the  tide  with  her 
ubout  G  hours  mid  20  mimites. 

On  the  other  hand,  if  a  vessel  hound  throu.^'h  Long  Island  Sound 
take  her  departure  from  Sands'  Point  on  Uie  first  of  tlie  Eastern 
tide,  It  would  ho  necessary  lor  her  to  move  lhroii|,di  the  water  nt 
the  rate  of  al)out  \-2]^  miles  an  hour  in  order  to  have  the  current 
running,'  with  her  to  the  Kace,  or  she  would  hold  the  tido  with  lier 
about  5  lioiiis  and  10  minutes. 

Advice  to  Coasters. 

Vessels  with  the  current  ninnin<;  a-;ainst  them,  hound  (Easterly 
or  Westerly)  in  the  Eastern  iiait  of  Long  Island  Sound,  hy  keei)- 
ing  in  shore,  will  have;  the  current  running  with  tlicin  from  one  to 
two  hours  before  it  turns  in  mid-channel ;  the  greatest  advantage 
will  be  found  on  the  Northern  shore  of  the  Sound  (especially)  be- 
tween New  London  and  New  Haven. 

The  tairrent  commences,  near  the  Western  part  of  Fisher's 
Island,  to  run  in  and  out  of  the  Kacc  al)oiit  one  hour  before  it 
docs  near  Cull  Island;  vessels  therefore  bound  out  or  into  Long 
Island  Sound,  with  the  current  running  against  them,  should  keep 
nearest  Race  Roek  Lighthouse. 

For  a  blotter  knowledge  of  the  current  in  Long  Island  Sound,  sec 
Eldridge's  Tide  Tables. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Point  Judith  Lighthouse 
to  Execution  Rocks  (by  the  South  Channel),  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Leave  Point  Judith  Lighthouse  about  1  Ji  miles  to  the  North- 
ward, and  make  good  the  course  W-  ?4  S. ;  as  soon  as  Race  Rock 
Lighthouse,  is  m.ade  bring  it  to  boar  W-  by  N.  '/,  N-,  and  run  for 
it  on  this  course  ;  leave  the  last-named  Lighthouse  a  short  distance 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  W-  -;8  S.  'l^K 
miles,  which  will  bring  you  up  with  the  Lighthouse  on  the  ISIiddle 
Ground  ;  leave  this  last-named  Lighthouse  not  less  than  >^  mile  on 


m 


i;)() 


KI.DIMDfilVS  COAST  I'U.OT. 


tho  Starboard  Imnd,  niiil  innkc  j^ood  tlio  coiirso  W.  ,'j  S.  until 
Grout,  ('iipl.'iiti's  I^limd  IJiilitlionso  hears  W-NW.  ;  llif  coiirHO  is 
then  W'SW.  mid  distiiiicc  1<)^;(  miles  to  tiio  Li^iitlioiisc  on  tlio 
Execution  Uocks ;  iis  soon  ns  this  I<ighllions(!  is  iniidf  hiinL,' it  to 
hi-jir  WSW.,  nnd  stcor  for  it  on  this  coin'so  ;  If  it  sliould  bo  thiok 
wouthcr  so  tiiut  tlio  Lij^litlioiiso  on  ilioso  Rocks  ciiiinot  bo  seen  but 
:i  sliort  distance,  bo  oarclul  and  not  approach  Malinlcock  I'oint  in 
li'ss  than  6  or  7  fathoms  wator. 

In  running  these  courses  from  tho  Middle  (iround  Lij^hthouso  to 
t!io  Isveoutiou  Rocks,  laigo  or  hoavy  draujxht  vessels  should  bo 
careful  to  avoid  the  Rocky  bottom  olf  Katon's  Nock;  for  informa- 
tion rt'lativo  to  this  sec  doscriptiou  of  Eaton's  Nock  Lighthouse. 

These  directions  from  Point  Judith  to  Execution  Rocks  will 
answer  for  night  or  daj'. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Race  Rock  Lighthouse  to 
Execution  Rocks  (by  the  North  Channel),  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Leave  Race  Rock  Li^dlthou90  a  short  distance  on  tho  Starboard 
hand  and  make  good  tho  course  W-  Jj  N.  l/ij-j  miles,  which  will 
bring  you  up  with  C'ortilield  Point  Ligiit-ship  ;  leave  this  Light-ship 
a  tiliort  distance  on  tho  Starboard,  and  make  good  the  course 
W.  }i  N,  Pi  miles  to  Falkner's  Island  Lighthouse.  In  -thick 
weather,  especially  with  liglit  \vinds,  after  passing  Cornfield  Point 
Light-ship,  allowance  should  bo  made  for  the  current  of  Hood 
which  sets  iu  to  tho  Northwest  very  strong ;  when  abreast  Falk- 
ner's Island  Lighthouse,  which  may  be  left  about  1  mile  to  the 
Northward,  tho  course  is  al)out  W.  Ji  S.  and  distance  20  miles  to 
Str.adford  Point  Lighthouse  ;  shoal  water  extends  olf  Southwesterly 
more  than  IJ^  miles  from  this  Point.  The  Southwest  part  of  this 
shoal  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buo}- ;  large  or  heavy  draught  vessels 
should  therefore  give  this  Point  a  wide  berth.  Leave  the  Red 
lUio^-  olf  Stradford  Point  o;i  the  Starboard  hand  and  make  good 
the  course  W.  by  S.  ji  S.  31 '^  miles  to  Lighthouse  on  Execntior 
Rocks.  In  running  from  Stradford  I'oint  on  this  last  course  W.  ' 
S.  3/.^  S.  (in  thick  wealhcr),  a  slight  deviation  from  it  may  brin: 
you  near  Llo^-d's  and  Matinicock  Points;  it  is  therefore  advisable 
to  use  tho  lead  and  not  approach  either  of  those  Points  in  less 
than  7  faliioms  water.  When  t!io  Light  on  tho  Execution  Rocks  is 
made  bring  it  to  bear  from  W-  by  S.  ^  S.  to  W-SW.  and  run  for 


1 


Kr.DUIDOKH  COAST   I'lLOT. 


i:{7 


it  witlioiit  (InnjitT.     These  diiiHitions  from  Rncc  Uock  I,ij;IitlioiiHO 
to  K\i'<iitioii  Koclis  will  iiiiHWiT  Cor  (l:iy  or  ni;;lit. 

Duriiij;  a  Nt»rtlieiiHt  jitalc,  if  a  vi'msi-I  should  fiilir  tlic  Uiicc,  ami 
thou  ho  coinpcUcd  to  run  ii[)  tiio  Sound,  it  is  advisiii)li)  to  Icavo 
Uacc  Uocit  LiglaliouHi!  a  aliort  distnnco.on  thi;  Slarljoard  Iwind  and 
steor  Wost  for  Strfidl'ord  I'oint,  distance  IT^^  niih's  ;  if  tlioro  l)o  no 
deviation  from  tliiscoursi!  yon  will  U-ave  Corntlcld  Point  I-iglit-wliiit 
about  \'/2  miles  to  tho  Northward,  Falktier's  Island  Lit?ht  i'/j  miles 
to  the  Northwanl,  and  Stradfonl  Point  Li};lit  about  2  miles  on  tho 
same  hand  ;  in  l>!is),in>^  this  last-named  I'oint  use  tlie  lead  and  do 
not  apiMoaeh  it  nearer  than  l^j  miles,  or  in  less  than  iJ  fallioms 
water;  when  past  this  I'oint  there  is  good  aneiiora^e  in  Northeast 
jjales  in  from  8}^  to  4  fathoms  water.  Sec  dircctioua  for  IJiidgo- 
port  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Lighthouse  on  Execution 
Kocks  to  Riker's  Island,  in  Daytime,  with  favor- 
able winds  and  fair  weather. 

Run  for  tho  Lighthouse  on  Execution  Rooks,  as  before  direotod, 
passing  about  midway  between  it  and  the  IJlaok  IJuoy  olF  Sands' 
Point;  when  the  former  bears  N.  by  W-  steer  about  SW., 
leaving  tlie  IMaek  Buoy  off  Gangway  Rock  well  on  tlie  Port  hand, 
and  tho  Lighthouae  on  tho  Northwestern  part  of  tho  Stepping 
Stones  a  short  distance  on  the  Port ;  when  past  this  last-mentioned 
Lighthouse  steer  more  Southerly,  and  haul  round  Throg's  Neck 
Lighthouse  at  a  distance  of  400  yards,  leaving  the  Rod  IJuoy  olf 
the  Fort  on  tho  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  this  Buoy  keep  about  in 
the  middle  of  the  River,  course  al)outW.  '/^  "N.^^ji  miles  to  Riker's 
Island  ;  on  this  course  tlie  Black  Buoy  otf  College  Point  la  left  on 
the  Port  hand. 

Sailing  Directions  from  tho  Lighthouse  on  Execu- 
tion Rocks  to  the  East  River,  at  Night-time,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  at  night-time  may  run  for  the  Light  on  tho  Execution 
Rocks,  bearing  W.SW-,  leaving  it  about  400  yards  on  the  Star- 
board ;  when  past  this  Light,  or  it  bears  N.  by  W.,  bring  the  Red 
fixed  Light  on  the  Northwestern  part  of  tlie  Stopping  Stones  on  a 
range  wHh  Throg's  Neck  Light,  bearing  about  SW-  Vz  S.,  then  run 
for  them  in  range,  leaving  the  Red  Light  on  the  Stepping  Stones 


•■      t      'Vi 


1 


:l*-f 


m 


138 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


: 


1 


close  to  on  the  Tort  hand  ;  whon  past  lliis  last  Light  steer  more 
Southorly,  aiul  lisuil  round  Throi^.s  Neck  Light  at  a  distance  of  500 
yards  and  nin  up  W-NW-  about  7^  niilo,  and  anchor  close  in  under 
Throg's  Neck  in  fVoui  f)  to  S  fathoms  water. 

Anchorage   Between    Throg's    Neck   and    Riker's 
Island,  in  Daytime. 

If  yon  Avish  to  anchor  between  Throg's  Neck  and  Riker's  Island, 
follow  llie  dh-ections  before  given  until  past  Throg's  Neck  Light- 
house, tlien  keep  al)Out  in  the  middle  of  the  River  (course  about 
W.  J->  N.)  ;  as  3-ou  sail  in  keep  a  sharp  lookout  fortlicLlack  llnoy 
off  College  Point,  whicli  is  about  2^^  miles  from  Throg's  :^.eck 
Lighlliouse  ;  when  tliis  buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Tort, 
and  run  in  SW.  Jj  W-,  ji  mile,  and  anchor  in  Flushing  Bay  in 
from  3  to  8  fathoms  water,  soft  bottom.  In  entering  this  Bay  the 
channel  is  very  narrow;  it  is,  therefore,  advisable  when  past  the 
Buoy  to  use  the  lead.  On  the  Northern  side  of  the  River,  about  1 
mile  above  Throg's  Neck  Lighthouse,  good  anchorage  may  be  found 
in  from  3»^  to  8  fathoms  water ;  there  is  also  anchorage  for  a  few 
small  vessels  in  from  6  to  12  feet  water,  l)etween  Riker's  Island  and 
the  South  Brother.  The  north  end  of  this  last-named  Island  bears 
about  East  from  this  anchorage. 

Hell  Gate. 

No  suitable  directions  can  be  given  for  navigating  this  dangerous 
place  ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  masters  of  vessels  unaccpiainted 
with  it  to  employ  a  steam-tug  or  pilot. 

Turning  of  the  Current  in  Hell  Gate. 

The  current  turns  to  the  Westward  through  Hell  Gate  about  1 
hour  and  23  minutes  before  the  time  for  high  water  in  Boston,  and 
commences  running  to  the  Eastward  through  this  dangerous  place 
about  4  hours  and  19  minutes  after  the  time  given  for  high  water 
at  this  last-named  place. 

Sailing  Directions  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Execu- 
tion  Rocks  (by  the  South  Channel)  to  Point  Judith 
Lighthouse  in  Das^time,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

Leave  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Execution  Rocks  about  j^  mile  on 
the   Tort  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  E-NE.,  leaving  the 


EI.DUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


1:3!) 


Black  Buoy  ofT  IMatinicofk  Point  woU  on  tho  Starboard  luiiid. 
"Wlicn  Ch-cat  Caplain's  Inland  Liglitliousc  bears  W-NW-,  and  tho 
Black  Buoy  off  the  Northern  part  of  Lloyd's  Neck  SE.  hvE-  Ji  E. 
about  lj{:  miles,  the  course  is  then  E.  5^  N-,  20  miles  to  the 
Lighthouse  on  Middle  f! round  ;  in  running  this  last  course,  large 
or  heavy  draught  vesK'ls  shoidd  be  careful  to  avoid  tlie  Rocky 
bottom  o(T  Eaton's  Neek  Lighthouse ;  for  information  relative  to 
this,  see  description  of  Etiton'.s  Neek  Lighthouse.  Leave  tiie  light- 
house on  t!ie  Jliddle  dround  al)out  ?4  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
make  good  the  course  E.  -;8  N-,  -10  miles  ;  then,  with  Guil  Island 
Lighthouse  bearing  South  about  ?4  mile,  steerE-  by  S.  J  j  S-,  pass- 
ing between  the  Black  Buoy  which  lies  off  a  short  distance  from  it, 
and  the  Buoy  on  Valiant  Rock  *  ;  continue  the  courr.o  E.  by  S.  li 
S.,  until  the  last-named  Lighthouse  bears  W.  U  S-,  the  course  is 
then  E.  yi  N-,  to  Point  Judith  Lighthouse. 

Sailing  Directions  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Execu- 
tion Rocks  (by  the  North  Channel)  to  Little  Gull 
Island  Lighthouse  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

Leave  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Execution  Rocks  about  j{  mile  on" 
the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  E.  by  N.  }i  N.  33 
miles  ;  on  this  course  tho  clangors  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  Sound 
will  all  be  left  well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  Stradford  Point  Light- 
house bears  North  about  lj4  miles,  the  course  is  E  Ja  N.,  21 
miles  to  Falkner's  Island  Lighthouse.  Leave  this  last-named 
Lighthouse  about  one  mile  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  E.  ji  S. 
\ly2  ii>ili's,  which  will  bring  j'ou  up  wi'h  Cornfield  Light-shii) ; 
from  about  ]'',  mile  South  of  it  make  good  the  course  E.  by  S.  13 
miles  to  Gull  Island  Lighthouse,  and  if  bound  East  follow  tho 
directions  before  given. 


NEW  LONDON  HARBOR 

This  Harbor  lies  West-Northerly  27}i  miles  from  Point  Judith 
Lighthouse  ;  8  miles  Northeasterly  from  Little  Gull  Island  Light- 
house ;  and  East-Northerly  about  05  miles  in  a  direct  line  from 
the  City  of  New  York. 

*  Tlif!  Buoy  Oil  Viiliimt  Hock,  w'.iich  has  17  foct  water  upon  it,  bears 
E.NE.  from  Gull  Ishiml  Liylitliouse,  distance  2  miles. 


■;! 
''A 


n. 


M() 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


New  London  Lighthouse. 

Oil  the  West  side  of  entrance  to  Now  London  Harbor  is  a 
Lightliouse,  wliicb  at  this  date  (1881),  sliows  a  fixed  White  Light. 
A  Fog  .Signal,  giving  blasts  of  C  seconds,  at  intervals  of  11  seconds, 
is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  New  London  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Dumpling  Lighthouse,  SE.  ?4  E 35  g  miles. 

Race  Rock  Lighthouse,  S.  by  E.  J4  E 

Little  (;uU  Island  I  ighthonse,  S.  by  W-  %  W.     . 
Bartlett's  Reef  Light-ship,  SW.  J2  S 


4?4 


In  approaching  and  entering  New  London  Harbor  there  are 
many  dangers,  all  of  which,  lying  in  the  channel-way,  at  this  time 
are  marked  with  Light-ships,  Beacons  and  Buoys. 

Sea  Flower  or  Potter's  Reef. 

This  Reef,  which  lies  nearly  in  thu  middle  of  the  Western  en- 
trance to  Fisher's  Island  Sound,  is  about  200  j'ards  in  diameter, 
and  in  some  places  is  nearly  bare  at  low  tide  ;  on  its  shoalesL  p.irt, 
wiiicli  is  near  its  "Western  end,  is  a  square  Beacon,  whieh  at  this 
dtite  is  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  and  sur- 
mounted by  a  Spindle  with  a  barrel-shaped  Cage  on  top ;  vessels 
should  not  .'ipproach  this  Be.icon  nearer  than  300  yards,  especially 
on  its  Eastern  side.  New  London  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Beacon  NW.  J  a  W .  distance  2^^  miles.  Beacon  on  Black 
Ledge  NW.  by  W.  ]i  W.,  m  miles. 


is 


Black  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  has  but  little  M'ater  upon  it  in  some  places,  is 
about  COO  yards  iu  length,  and  .^uO  yards  wide  ;  at  this  time  it  is 
marked  on  its  Nortliwestern  part  with  a  lieacon,  surmounted  by  a 
Spindle  and  Cage,  both  of  which  are  painted  Black  ;  OiTits  E.asteru 
part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  and  off  its  Southwest  part  with  a  Red  Buoy. 
New  London  Lighthouse  boars  from  this  last-mentioiud  Buoy, 
NW-  Vi  N-,  distance  1  l^f  miles  ;  Buoy  painf"d  iu  Rod  and  Black 
Horizontal  Stripes  off  Southwest  Ledgo  NW.  by  W-  j+  W., 
about  ][  mile 


1 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


141 


Southwest  Ledge. 

This  Ledgo,  which  is  small,  lies  ik aily  midway  the  entrance  to 
New  London  Harbor,  and  has  about  6  feet  water  on  it  at  Ion-  tide  ; 
it  is  very  1)old  on  sdl  sides,  and  in  tliiek  weather  or  ni<rht-tinic  the 
lead  gives  no  wiU'ning  in  approaching  it.  In  order  to  avoid  this 
Ledge,  in  beating  in,  vessels  sliould  not  stand  to  the  Eastward  of 
New  London  Lighthouse  bearing  N.NW.  At  this  date  South- 
west Ledge  is  marked  oil'its  Westcnn  pait  with  a  Ihioy  pMinled  in 
Re.l  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  ;  New  London  Lighthouse  boars 
from  this  Ikioy  NW.  l)y  N.  }(  N.,  I  mile  nearly. 

Goshen  Reef  and  Rapid  Rock. 

This  Reef,  on  which  there  is  but  little  water,  is  marked  off  its 
Southeast  part  with  a  Black  Buoy  ;  a  short  distance  Southeast  from 
this  Buoy  is  Rapid  Rock,  wliich  has  al)out  10  feet  water  upon  it  at 
low  tide  ;  this  Rock  is  marked  off  its  Southeast  part  witii  a  liuoy 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  ;  New  London  Light- 
hous(i  bears  Irora  this  last-named  buoy  NE.  by  N.  U  N-,  distance 
1^  miles;  Bartlett's  Reef  Light-ship  SW."  %  W.,  1?8  miles; 
Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  oil'  Sarah's 
Ledge  NE.  WE-,  s/^  mile;  heavy  draught  vessels,  bound  into 
New  London,  should  leave  the  Buoy  off  Rapid  Rock  well  on  the 
Port  hand. 

Sarah's  Ledge,  or  Mercer's  Rock. 

This  Ledge,  which  has  about  13  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide, 
lies  on  the  West  side  of  the  ship  channel,  and  at  this  date  (1«S1)  is 
marked  ou  its  Western  side  with  a  Buoy,  painted  in  Red  and  Black 
Horizontal  stripes.  New  London  Liglitiiouse  boars  from  this  Buov 
N.  by  E.,  1  Ji  miles,  liuoy  off  Southwest  Ledge  (before  described") 
NE.  by  E  J3  E.,  J^  mile.  To  avoid  this  Ledge,  in  beating  in,  do 
not  stan<l  to  the  Westward  farther  than  to  bring  Now  London 
Lighthouse  to  bear  No'-tii. 

Cormorant  Rock. 

This  Rock,  which  has  about  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide,  lies 
on  the  Western  side  of  the  channel  about  }<  mile  from  shore,  and 
is  marked  on  its  Eastern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy  ;  Rocks  extend 
from  this  Buoy  to  tiie  shore,  and  vessels  should  in  no  case  pass 
within  it ;  New  London  Liglitiiouse  bears  from  tliis  lUioy  off  Cor- 
morant Rock  NE.  by  N.  3^;  N.,  distance  nearly  a  mile. 


1 


142 


ELDIUDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


i  i 


Prank's  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  small,  lies  on  the  Eastern  siclo  of  the  ship 
channel  and  has  about  12  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide  ;  it  is  marktd 
with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Strii)es,  which  is 
placed  on  the  Ledge  ;  New  Londou  Lighthouse  bears  from  thi? 
Buoy  NW.  by  W-,  distance  ^  mile. 

Black  Bock. 

This  is  a  small  Rocky  Islet  lying  about  400  yards  from  t;ie  East- 
ern shore  ;  New  London  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Rock  W.  ^A 
Nm  distance  %  mile. 

Quinnipeag  Rocks. 

These  Rocks,  which  are  above  water,  lie  about  ^  mile  above  the 
Lighthouse  near  the  Western  shoro. 

Hog'is  B  ick. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  a.ho\^t  aJh  ivV.-s  above  the  Lighthouse,  lies 
on  the  Western  side  of  the  channi;!,  and  is  awash  at  low  tide. 

MQltotvs  Lsdge. 

Melton's  Lcdj,'e,  which  is  a  rush  at  low  tide,  lies  near  Powder 
Island  on  the  'Western  side  o)  -  channel ;  this  Ledge  is  marked 
off  Us  Eastern  part  ■•  it'-  .;  E!;v.-.<  Jinoy;  New  London  Lighthouse 
bears  from  thin  Buoy  S-  by  W-  1  Js  miles. 

rartlett's  Reef. 

Tptv-  the  Western  side  of  entrance  to  New  Londou  Harbor  is  a 
very  d,!  ..i;erous  Rocky  Shoal,  -.vhich  is  bare  in  some  parts  at  low 
i;.'  ;  t. is  is  called  Bartleit's  Reef;  this  danger  extends  S.  by  E. 
and  N.  by  W.  about  1  ^  miles,,  and  is  marked  off  its  Southern 
part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  and  also  a  LIgiit-ship,  which  is  called  Bart- 
lett's  Reef  Light-ship. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Bartlett's  Reef  Light-ship. 

Distance. 

Dumpling  Lighthouse,  E   J^  N 5>^  miles. 

Race  Rock  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  E.  Ji  E 4 

Little  Gull  Island  Lighthouse,  S.  ^  E ^H     '' 

Plum  Island  Lighthouse,  SW-  Ji   S 6^     " 

Cornfield  Point  Light-ship,  W.  J4^  S -12 

Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off 

Southeast  part  Rapid  Rock,  NE.  J^  E 1^     " 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


143 


Remarks. 

New  London  Harbor  is  the  best  on  the  Ncrthern  ore  of  Long 
Isliuul  Sound  ;  about  24  feet  water  eun  be  carried  up  to  tlie  anchor- 
age abreast  tlie  city,  at  low  tide  ;  large  or  heavy  draught  vessels 
with  Northerly  or  "Westerly  gales  can  find  good  shelter  olf  the 
Lighthouse  in  about  5  fathoms  water. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  London  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  Eace  Rock  Lighthouse  is  made, 
run  for  it,  bearing  about  W-  by  N.  >j  N.,  give  it  a  bertli  of  about 
]l  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  for  New  Lon- 
don Lighthouse,  bearing  N-  by  W-,  distance  4  3^  miles;  as  you 
approach  it  you  will  see  on  .he  Starboard,  the;  Beacon  and  Buoys 
on  Black  Ledge,  and  also  tlie  Buoy  olf  Southwest  Ledge  (liefore 
described) ,  and  farther  in  the  Buoy  off  Frank's  Ledge  ;  on  the  Port 
will  be  seen  the  Buoys  olf  Goshen  Eeef,  Sarah's  Ledge  and  Cor- 
morant Reef;  contiiuic  the  course  for  New  London  Lighthouse, 
bearing  N.  by  W-  until  about  ^  mile  from  it,  or  the  Beacon  on 
Black  Ledge  bears  East;  the  course  is  then  about  N-  M  E., keep- 
ing tiie  Eastern  shore  best  aboard,  leaving  the  Thioys  on  the  South- 
west and  Frank's  Ledges  well  on  Uic  Starlond,  and  the  lilack 
Buoy  off  IMelton's  Ledge  well  on  the  Port  band,  and  anchoi-  oif  the 
city,  according  to  draught,  in  from  2  to  5  fathoms  water. 

By  Way  of  Fisher's  Island  Sound, 

Vessels  bound  to  New  London  Ilarb  i  "'V  way  )f  Fi  her's  island 
Sound  may  follow  the  directions  before  gi\ea  for  i'l-.t  Sound,  until 
abreast  the  Dumpling  Lighthouse  ;  then  sV  er  about  W-  I'V  N.  leav- 
ing the  Beacon  on  Sea  Flowc  r  Potter's  Reef  voll  on  the  Star- 
board hand  ;  when  New  Lomb  lighthouse  beats  N.  by  W-  follow 
the  directions  before  given.  ^ 

Pine  1  )and  Channel. 

This  channel,  which  lies  Vntwecn  the  Beacon  on  Black  Ledge  and 
Pine  Island,  is  frequentc  '  vessels  from  Fisher's  Island  Sound 
bound   to  New   London  bor ;   it    is,  howe\cr,   advisable   for 

strangers  not  to  attempt  thi.s  channel. 

From  the  Westward  leave  Cornfield  Light-ship  about  )4  mile  on 


lU 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


the roit, and  mako  good  the  course  E.  ^  N.,  until  Bartlott's  Roof 
Liylit-ship  id  niado  ;  tlieu  li^ave  lliislasL  niciiUoiicd  Liglit-sliipdoso 
to  on  the  Port,  and  steer  about  NE.  b}-  E.  li  E.  ;  on  this  last 
course  the  Buoys  oil"  Rapid  Rociv  and  Sarah's  Lodge  will  be  loft 
well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  continue  the  course  NE.  b^'  E.  Jj  E.  un'il 
New  London  Lighthouse  bears  North,  then  run  i\  r  it  on  tliis  ciunvie 
until  th(!  Beacon  on  Black  Lcdgi;  boars  Last ;  the  course  is  thou 
about  N.  by  E.,  keeping  the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard,  and 
anchor  olf  the  city  according  to  directions  before  given. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  London  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  past  Point  Judith,  bring  the  Light  to 
bear  E-  Ji  N.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  steer  W-  Ji  S-  until 
Race  Rock  Light  bears  W.  by  N,  y.  N.  ;  then  run  for  this  last 
named  Light  on  tliis  course,  leaving  it  about  j(  m'xh  on  the  Star- 
board, and  run  for  New  Loudon  Light,  bearing  N-  by  W.  until 
j-ou  judge  that  you  are  about  J^  mile  from  it ;  then,  in  about 
4]4  fathoms  water,  gradually  haul  to  the  Northeastward,  leaving  it 
not  more  than  ji  mile  to  the  Westward  ;  wlion  this  Light  bear^i 
West  you  are  tlien  past  all  the  Leilgos  on  the  Eastern  siile  of  the 
chan  •  1,  and  may  steer  about  N.  >^  E.  keeping  the  Eastern  shore 
best  ai)oaid  ;  if  the  night  is  very  dark,  wlien  past  the  Light  shorten 
sail  and  use  the  lead,  and  do  not  go  into  loss  than  3}^  fathoms 
•wauor  until  you  reach  the  anchorage  off  the  city. 

From  the  Westward  leave  Cornfield  Point  Light-ship  about  i<^ 
mile  to  tlie  Northward,  and  make  good  the  course  E.  J4  N. ;  as  soon 
as  Bartlett's  Reef  Light-ship  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  E.  ji  N.  and 
run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  leave  the  last  named  Light-ship  close  to 
on  the  Port  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  E.  J'3  E.  until  New 
London  Light  bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

Beating  in  at  Night. 

In  beating  into  New  London  Harbor  at  night,  in  order  to  avoid 
the  Ledges  on  both  sides  of  the  channel,  bring  the  light  to  bear 
from  N.  14  E.  to  N.  by  W-^i  W-  ;  when  this  light  boars  W-  by 
N.  you  are  then  past  the  Lodges  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  channel 
and  may  stand  farther  to  the  Eastwanl ;  when  past  the  Light  keep 
the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard,  and  tack  when  the  water  shoals  to 


it 

fi 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


145 


^yy  f;itlio7iis ;  in  beating  in,  it  is  advisable  for  large  or  heavy 
ilrauglit  vessels  to  anclior  abreast  tlic  Liglit  in  from  A^j  to  f)'^. 
fathoms  water,  and  wait  for  daylight.  The  above  direeliona  will 
answer  for  day  or  night. 

Thick  Weather. 

At  this  date  (1881 ) ,  tiiere  is  a  Fog  Hell  at  Race  Rock  Light  honsc. 
which  is  struck  two  blows  in  quick  succession  every  20  seconds  ;  a 
Fog  Signal  at  Little  Gull  Island  Lighthouse,  giving  blasts  off)  soc- 
oruls,  at  intervals  of  40  seconds,  and  a  Fog  Trinnpet  at  New  London 
LigUthoiisc,  giving  blasts  of  6  seconds,  at  intervals  of  It  seconds. 

Vessels  therefore  from  the  Eastward  making  or  hearing  tlie  Voix 
Bell  at  Race  Rock  Lighthouse  must  bring  it  to  bear  S.  by  E.  }(  E. 
and  make  good  tlie  course  N.  by  W-  ^^  W. ;  as  soon  as  tlie  Fog 
Truuipi-t  at  Now  Loudon  Lig'itliouse  is  heard,  bring  it  to  boar  N. 
by  W-,  and  run  f(jr  it  until  5-ou  judge  you  are  about  y.  mile  from 
it ;  then  gradually  haul  to  the  Northeastward  and  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given 

Vessels  fro;,i  the  Southward  or  Eastward,  making  or  hearing  tiie 
Fog  Signal  nt  Little  T-^  '■  Tsland  Liglithousc,  may  bring  it  to  bear 
S-SW.  and  make  gooii  '.<  coursoN  NE. ;  as  soon  as  the  Fog  Trum- 
pet at  New  London  Liglitlioicio  is  made  or  heard,  bring  it  to  bear 
K".  by  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  i)roceed  as  before 
d)Vo'cted. 

Vessels  from  the  AVestward,  making  or  hearing  the  Bell  at  Bart- 
Ictt's  Reef  Ligiit-ship,  must  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port  and  make 
good  the  course  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.  until  the  Fog  Trumpet  at  New 
London  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course 
and  follow  the  directions  before  given.  Vessels  bound  to  Norwich 
should  take  a  pilot  at  New  London. 

Ilifjh  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  New  London  Harbor  2h.  5m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  2%  feet. 


NIANTIO  BAY  AND  HARBOR. 

This  Bay  lies  about  5  miles  to  tlic  Westward  of  the  entrance  to 
Now  London  Harbor,  and  Northwest  about  4  miles  from  Bartlett's 
Reef  Light-ship. 


i®?f^ 


fimZl  mx 


146 


ELDRIDGIi'S  COAST  PILOT 


Ileinarks, 

Niaiitio  Bay,  wliich  is  va^y  of  access,  is  one  of  tlio  boat  Harbors 
of  refuge  on  the  Northern  shore  of  Long  Island  Sound,  with  winds 
Irom  West  to  East,  by  way  of  North  ;  about  20  fuet  water  can  he  car- 
ried  in  past  White  Rock,  and  vessels  may  anchor  according  to  draught 
near  the  hiad  of  the  Bay  in  from  12  to  15  feet  water.  This  Bay 
is  sometimes  of  great  importance,  as  vessels  can  make  it  in  day- 
time with  Vieavy  Northeasterly  gales,  when  it  wouUl  be  impossible 
to  get  into  New  London  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Niantic  Bay  in  Daj^imo, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Eacc  Rock  Lighthouse  about  ji  mile 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  NW.  by  W-  for  Bartlett's  Reef 
Light-ship ;  leave  this  Light-ship  about  }(  mile  on  the  Starboard, 
and  make  good  tiie  course  NW.  by  N.,  leaving  the  first  Buoy 
(Red)  off  Bartlett's  Reef  well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  as  you  sail 
In,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  bow  a  Red  Buoy,  and  a  little  far- 
ther in  a  small  Rocky  Islet ;  the  ibrmer  lies  off  Little  Rock,  which  is 
bare  ;  the  latter  is  White  Rock,  which  is  bold  on  its  Western  side  ; 
leave  both  these  rocks  about  l.JO  yards  on  the  Starboard  fiaud,  and 
when  past  White  Rock,  run  in  about  J4  mile  NW.  by  N.  }i  N-, 
and  anchor  in  about  3>4  fathoms  water,  good  holding  ground; 
small  or  light  draught  vessels  may  go  farther  up  and  anchor  in 
about  2}i  fathoms. 

By  way  of  Fisher's  Island  Sound. 

Vessels  coming  through  Fisher's  Island  Sound  may  follow  tho^ 
directions  before  given  for  that  passage  until  up  with  Bartlett's  Reef 
Light  Ship,  then  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Vessels  from  the  Westward  may  leave  Cornfield  Toint  Light- 
ship about  T{  mile  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  about  E.  jd  N- 
until  past  Cornfield  Shoal,  or  Saybrook  Lighthouse  bears  NW., 
then  haul  in  E-  by  N.  '/z  N.,  leaving  Black  Point  (which  is  on  the 
West  side)  about  ]^  mile  to  the  Northward,  when  Niantic  Bay  is 
well  open  run  np  about  N-  by  E.  and  anchor  to  the  Northwestward 
of  White  Rock  as  before  directed. 

Beating  into  Niantic  Bay. 

In  beating  into  this  Bay,  the  only  danger  on  the  Western  side, 
excepting  near  the  head,  is"3-Fcet  Rock  ;  this  rock  lies  about  ^^  mile 


^Jii 


"m 


"'^r'^rjiiT 


KLDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


147 


\ 


from  the  Wcstfrn  slioro,  uiiil  at  tlii.s  date  (1881),  U  marked  on  its 
Eastoiii  sido  willi  ii  r.liu:!<  IJuoy,  which  boars  from  'Whito  Rock  W. 
1)3'N.  J  J  N.,  distance  oiu!  mile  ;  vessels  can,  tlicrerore,  wlieii  alircast 
Black  Point,  stand  into  3  latiionis  on  tlic  Western  side  Avithout 
danger. 


\  TWO  TREE  ISLAND   CHANNEL. 

\  Tliis  passage,  wliicli  leads  into  Niantic  Raj-,  is  to  the  Northward 

\  of  Bartlett's  Reef,  Two  Tree  Island  and  White  Rock  ;  tliia  cliaimel 
is  not  recommended  for  strangers,  especially  with  light  winds,  an 
the  cnrrent  sets  stroni;  in  some  parts  on  the  Ledges. 


ANCHORAGE  UNDER   BLACK    POINT. 

Ill  heavy  Kasterl}'  gales  when  you  cannot  fetch  into  Niantic  Bay, 
you  may  find  shelter  under  Black  I'oint. 

Sailing  Directions. 

When  you  make  Black  I'oint,  whicli  bears  W.NW.  '(^jj  iiuies 
from  Bartlett's  Reef  Light-ship,  leave  it  about  }(  mile  to  tlie  East- 
ward, as  you  sail  in  you  will  see  (on  the  Port)  the  Red  Buoy  on  the 
Southern  part  of  Black  Buoy  Ledge ;  anchor  (to  the  Eastward  of 
this  I>uoy)  close  in  under  the  Point  in  about  4  fathoms  water  ;  Kian- 
tic  Bay  is  a  nuich  bettci  Harbor,  this  anchorage  should  therefore 
only  be  used  in  case  of  emergenc3^ 


•■'J, 


SAYBROOK  HARBOR,  or  CONNECTI- 
CUT RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  and  River  is  about  1 1 J^  miles  to  the 
Westward  of  New  London  entrance,  1 1  miles  Northwesterly  from 
Little  Gull  Island  Lighthouse  and  26  miles  to  tlie  Eastward  of  New 
Haven  entrance. 

Saybrook  Lighthouse. 

On  Lynde  Point,  West  side  of  entrance  to  Saybrook  Harl)or  and 
Connecticut  River,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1881),  shows 


118 


ELDniDGE'S  COAST   I'lLOT 


u  flxi'il  "Wliito  Li^ht ;  si  Fo'r  Si<,niiil  is  [jlacod  near  tlic   Lighthoiiso 
which  is  strudi  in  Ihiclt  weather  at  intervals  of  12  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distancos  from  Saybrook   Lighthouse. 

I)l8tllllC0. 

Burtlett's  Reef  Light-abip,  E.  'a  S !»;<  miles, 

llace  li(jek  Llglitliouse,  E.  !>}•  S.  '/j  S l^Ji  " 

Littlo  Gull  Island  Lij,'hthou;se,  SE.  by  E.  J2  E.      .     •  11,'.(  " 

(  orniield  Point  Light-ship,  SW. /i  W '^>'A  " 

UimI  lluoy  oir  .SouthcuHt  part  of  Hatchet's  Reef,  E.  by 

S.  J<S 3>4  " 

Horizontal  Striped  IJiioy  off  Eastern  part  of  Long  Sand 

Shoal,  S.  by  E.  ;i  E 2  " 

IteutnrJcs. 

A  very  dangerous  Bar  of  Slufting  Sand  extends  across  the  en- 
trance to  Saybrook  Harbor  and  Connecticut  River;  this  lUtr,  which 
shifts  with  every  gale  and  freshet,  extends  off  Southeasterly  from 
the  Lighlhouso  about  2  miles.  In  enteririg,  there  are  two  channels, 
the  Southeast  dianuel  and  the  Western  or  main  channel ;  the 
former  usually  lias  at  low  tide  from  4  to  6  feet  water  in  it;  the 
latter,  Avhieh  has  recently  bi'cn  improved  by  artificial  Pitas  or 
Jetties,  has,  it  is  said,  at  this  date  (1881),  about  7  feet  water  in  it 
at  low  tide  ;  this  last-named  or  AVesteru  elianuel  is  the  best  for 
strangers. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Saybrook  Harbor  and  Con- 
necticut River  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

A  little  bef(irc  high  water,  vessels  from  the  Eastward,  of  not  more 
than  7  feet  draught,  bound  into  Saybrook  Harbor  or  np  Connecti- 
cut River,  must  bring  Saybrook  Lighthouse  to  bear  NW.  j-i  W. 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  as  j-ou  approach  this  Lighthouse  keep 
a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Channel  Buoy  which  lies  on  the  outer  edge 
of  the  Bar  and  is  painted  in  Black  and  White  rcrpendieular  Stripes  ; 
Saybrook  Li-hthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy,  at  this  date,  NW.  }i 
W.,  distance  2  miles  ;  leave  tliis  buoy  close  to  on  cither  hand  and 
run  for  the  Lighthouse,  bearing  NW-  'A  W.  ;  as  you  sail  in  you 
will  see  nearly  ahead  (and  a  short  distance  Southeast  from  the 
Lighthouse),  a  Stone  Beacon,  which  may  be  left  about  100  yards 
on  the  Tort  hand  ;  when  past  this  Beacon,  run  up  about  N-NW-, 
keeping  the  Western  shore  best  aboard,   and    anchor    ^i    mile 


ELDIIIDOE'S  COAST  IMLOT. 


119 


({ 


iihovc  the  Slcniubodt  Docks  in  nltoiit  2  fatlioni.s  water.     Jf  hound 
up  the  Kivir  it  is  ndvisahlo  to  take  ii  pilot  here. 

Vessels  from  tlu-  AVostvvanl,  l.,mi,l  to  Sayl.rook  Harl.or  or  Con- 
necticut Hivcr,  may  leave  J-'aikner's  Islaiul  Ui,'!itiioiiM- iilM»iit  1  mile 
to  the  Nortiiwanl,  at.d  make  good  the  oonrse  E.  ji  N..  Icaviii<' 
tiie  n..ri/.ontMl  Striped  Buoy,  otF  the  West  partof  Lonji  Sund  Shoiil" 
and  Corndel,!  Point  Li-ht-ship  well  to  the  Soiillnvaid,  and  the 
Ik-acon  on  Ilcn  and  Chickens  IJccf  vv.il  to  tlie  Nortiiwanl;  con- 
tinue tlie  course  E.  J<  N.  until  Saybrook  I.i-,dithouse  hears  North, 
Iheu  at  about  half  (lood  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  pass  in  ho- 
tweeu  the  .Jetties,  and  -ladually  haul  to  tiic  Kastward,  enlerini,'  the 
River  midway  between  the  Liohthouse  and  15eacon  ;  whui  past  the 
former  follow  the  directions  I)eforo  given.  It  is  udvisable  for 
vessels  of  more  than  7  feet  draught  to  wait  outside  the  Jcltiea 
until  m'arly  liij^li  water. 

It  is  also  advisable  for  vessels  of  more  than  7  feet  draii-iit.  from 
the  Eastward,  to  briii;r  Say!)rook  Lighlhous(«  to  bear  N  vV.  ;^  N. 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  tlie  Ucd 
IJuoy  off  the  Southern  part  of  tlic  liar  ;  when  up  wilii  tliis  Ihioy  or 
you  strike  ;J  fathoms,  haul  to  the  Westward  until  Saybrook  Light- 
house bears  North,  then  a  little  before  high  water  run  in  betw'een 
tiic  Jetties  as  before  directed. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  Connecticut  liiver  at  night. 

Iliylt,  Water. 

It  is  high  water  on  Saybrook  IJar  1  h.  10  ux.  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton  ;  eounuon  tides  rise  about  4  feet. 


m 

7  'f 


WESTBROOK  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  about  5  miles  to  the  "Westward  of  Say- 
brook Lighthouse,  affords  good  anchorage  in  ^\\.slL•rly  and  North- 
erly winds,  but  it  is  somewhat  exposed  to  Southerly  and  Southeast- 
erly winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Westbrook  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  may  run  for  Saybrook  Lighthouse, 
l)earing  NW.  }i  N.  until  up  with  the  Ited  Buoy  off  the  Bar  or 


II 


150 


ELDRIDOE'S  f'OAST  I'lLOT. 


tli(!  wnliT  slionls  to  :5  fiithoiiis,  tlitii  innko  jfixxl  tlio  course  W-  I'V 
N.,  Ifiiviii'^  tho  Uiil  Hiioy  oir  Coinncld  I'oiiit,  Uw  Hiiicoii  on  IIcii 
:iih1  CliickiMis  ami  \hi\  IJiioy  off  Soiitlicrn  |i:irt  of  Criiiic  Ui'cf.  all 
(III  tho  Starlioaid  liaml ;  when  past  Ihc  Ui<l  Miioy  oil"  Cimik'  Uccf 
(wliich  bears  (Voin  Cninneld  Li-ziit-Hliip  NW.  Iiy  N  ,  disliuico  2 
niileH),  liaiil  in  alionl  NW-  li  N-  iuul  anchor  to  the  Eastward  of 
the  Lobster  KocUs,  according'  to  drani^ht,  in  from  2' j  fallionis  to  H 
feet  water.  'I'iie  l'.eaeon  on  Hen  and  Chidieiis  Heef  bear-i  about 
SE.  by  El  <listanee  2  miles,  from  this  niichorago. 

From  tiie  Westward,  after  |>;;ssiii'^  Kitnlierley's  Reef.  brin<^  Falk- 
ner's  Island  I.i^'hlhonse  to  bear  W.  j.y  S-i  on  wliieh  bearinj;  keep 
it  and  steer  E.  it  N- ;  when  the  lUioy  olf  Cnuu;  Reef  is  made, 
follow  tho  directions  before  given. 


KILLINGWORTH   HARBOR. 

This  IIarl)()r,  which  is  open  to  Sontherly  winds,  is  a  shallow 
Cove  about  ?4  mile  wide,  and  lies  H,'<  miles  to  tiie  Weslward  of 
Saybrook  Lij^hthouso  and  about  C. '^  miles  Northeasterly  from 
Kalkner's  Island  Lighthouse;  not  more  tiian  2  feet  water  at  low 
tide  can  be  tai;cn  up  to  Sandy  Point,  the  entrance  to  Indian  River, 
on  th(?  banks  of  which  is  situated  the  village  of  Clinton. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Killingwortli  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  the  Light-shi|)  off  South  side  of  Long 
Sand  Slioal  close  to  on  tiie  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  West, 
kecpin;jj  a  siiarp  lookout  for  the  Horizontal  Striped  Ibioy  olf  West- 
ern part  of  the  above-mentioned  Shoal ;  >vhen  this  Ikioy  is  made, 
rmi  for  i:,  bearing  about  NW-,  iind  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Star- 
board li:ind  ;  when  past  this  Ihioy  m.akc  good  the  course  W.NW. 
Sy^  miles  for  the  Red  Buoy  o(T  the  Southern  part  of  Stone's  Reef; 
leave  thus  last-named  Rnoy  on  the  Starboard,  and  run  in  about 
NW-  by  N.  ]<  N.,  and  anchor  outside  tho  Red  Buoy  off  West- 
ern partof  WliccK'r's  Rock,  in  about  2  fathoms  water  at  low  tide  ; 
L*"  bound  to  Clinton,  a  pilot  is  necessary. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  bound  to  Killingwortli  ILarbor,  may 
pass  to  the  Northward  of  l>oiig  Sand  Shoal  by  the  following  direc- 
tions :  Run  for  Saybrook  Liglilhouse,  bearing  NW".  ;  j  N.  until  up 


^(!  W.  liy 

II  r>n  Ili'ii 
Uvvf.  all 
•aiie  Ut'cl' 
LstaiKu  2 
^tw.nnl  oC 
jioins  to  H 
ar.s  ul)oiit 

■iiii?  Fiilk- 

iiii{;  k(;ci> 

is  inudo, 


a  sluillow 
slwiiid  of 
cily  from 
Icr  lit  low 
i;m  llivor, 


in  Day- 
ther. 

0  of  Long 
loiit  W'c'ist, 

off  Wt'st- 
y  is  made, 

1  till"  Slar- 
W.NW. 

no's  Kecf ; 
1  in  abont 
off  Wcst- 
,  low  tide ; 


arbor,  niiay 
ving  dh'cc- 
'^.  until  up 


f 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


i.i 


liSk 


12.0 


1.8 


1-25      1.4      1.6 

< 

6"      

► 

Photographic 

Sdences 

Corporation 


^<i> 


V 


^  ^«>/'^o\ 


». 


rv 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


■-■*^'--:-'i'^' 


•'■*"     ii,«6i;i-r  r;(.p2'»#; 


o 


7i 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICIVIH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


t*gjgj».<  y.....,,»^^;i^^y-_jay,tj^^^gg3;^jj^  T*'--!i'J.'ff' ' ■  ""nv- ":■*'- 1. "  r' .w.'.u^ . '■'-^"-'f!.'^^'y^'?*^'^y^ff^'^-'*'*~* " 


...^.iiwi.  I  ■'i*fi«>^ff*»iitw[ti'iM._iiaj|.fpi^yw 


f 

L 


KLDlUnOE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


151 


with  tb(!  Red  lUioy  ofT  the  Bar  or  the  water  shoals  to  .T  fathoms, 
then  malvc  good  the  course  W.  ><  N-  0  miles,  to  Rod  Duoj-  off 
Stone's  lieef;  on  tliis  last  course,  the  Rod  Buoy,  off  Cornfield 
Toint,  the  Beacon  on  Hen  and  Chickens,  the  Red  Buoy  off  the 
Southern  part  of  Crane  Reef,  will  all  be  left  to  the  Northward  ;  the 
Horizontal  Striped  Buoy  on  the  Eastern  part  of  Long  Sand  Shoal, 
the  Light-ship  and  the  Horizontal  Striped  Buoy  on  the  Western 
part  of  the  last-mentioned  shoal,  will  be  left  well  to  the  Southward  ; 
when  the  Red  Buoy  off  Stone's  Reef  is  made,  run  in  as  before 
directed. 

From  the  Westward,  when  past  Kimberley's  Reef,  which  bears 
E.  %  N.,  1^  miles  from  Falkncr's  Island  Lighthouse,  bring  the 
said  Lighthouse  to  bear  W.  J2  S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and 
steer  E!  Jj  N.,  leaving  the  Buoy  off  Haumionasset  Toint  well  to 
the  Northward  ;  when  Killingvvortii  Harbor  is  well  open,  run  in  aa 
before  directed. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  KillingworUi  Harbor  4  7  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  5  feet. 


GUILFORD  HABBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  a  shallow  Cove,  lies  about  14j^  miles  to 
the  Westward  of  Saybrook  Lighthouse,  3  miles  North  from  Falk- 
ner's  Island  Lighthouse  and  11>^  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  the  en- 
trance to  New  Haven  Harbor 

HeniarJiS, 

On  account  of  the  numerous  Shoals  which  obstruct  the  approach 
to  it,  this  Harbor  is  only  fit  for  very  light  draught  vessels,  and 
strangers  seeking  shelter  from  Easterly  gales,  will  find  good  an- 
chorage under  Hammonasset  Point. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Guilford  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  may  leave  the  Light-ship,  off  Corn- 
field Point,  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  about 
West,  leaving  the  Hciizoutal  Striped  Buoy,  off  Western  part  of 


^*  ' 


i.-f'?' 


t^ 


l»!i 


152 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Long  Sand  Slio.il,  m-cU  to  tlio  Northward  ;  when  past  this  Eiioy, 
make  good  tlip  course  W.  hy  N.  Y-i  N.  ;  ms  you  approach  Falk- 
ncr's  Island  Liglitliouso,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  tiic  lUioy  painted 
in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  on  the  Northern  part  of 
Kimberley's  Reef,  and  tiie  Black  Buoy  off  the  Northern  part  of 
Falkner's  Island,  both  these  last-incntloned  Buoys  arc  left  m'cU  to 
the  Southward;  continue  the  course  W.  by  N.  Yz  N.,  until  Falk- 
ner's  Island  Lightliouso  bears  South,  then  make  good  tlie  course 
North,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  tiic  Eastern 
part  of  the  Lobster  Rock  ;  leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  about 
100  yards  on  the  Port,  and  steer  about  North,  leaving  another 
Black  Buoy,  off  the  Southeast  part  of  Shoal  Ground,  on  the  Tort 
hand  nnd  anchor  about  400  yards  past  it,  in  from  7  to  9  feet  at  low 
tide.  If  bound  into  East  River  or  Guilford  Landing,  a  pilot  is 
nccessar}'  here. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  m.ay  pase  to  the  Northward  of  Long 
Sand  Shoal,  by  observing  the  directions  for  Killingworth  Iljirbor 
until  abreast  the  Red  Buoy  off  Stone's  Reef,  then  make  good  the 
course  W.  Y^  N.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Ilammonasset  Point 
and  t!ie  Red  Buoy's  off  IMadison  Ledges,  well  to  tlie  Northward  ; 
when  Falkner's  Island  Lighthouse  bears  South,  steer  North,  and 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

From  the  Westward,  as  soon  as  Falkner's  Island  Lighthouse  is 
m.ad('.  bring  it  to  bear  about  E.  Y^  S-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  the  Beacon  on  Branford  Reef  well  to  the  Northward  ;  when 
from  2  to  3  miles  from  this  Lighthouse,  haul  gradu.ally  to  the  North- 
ward, leaving  the  Blaclc  Buoy  off  the  Northern  part  of  Falkner's 
Island  wt'll  to  tlie  Southward;  when  tiic  last-named  Lighthouse 
bears  South,  then  make  good  the  course  North,  and  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 

nigh  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  Guilford  Harbor  29  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  T)!^  feet. 

Anchorage  under  Hammonasset  Point. 

This  Point,  under  which  there  is  good  anchorage  in  from  Sj-i  to 
4  fatlioms  with  Nortlierly  or  Northeasterly  gales,  bears  from  Clorn- 
lield  Li.i;lit-ship  W-NW-,  distance  about  7  miles,  and  from  Falk- 
ner's Island  Lighthouse  E.  by  N.  Y^  N.  5>^  miles. 


y 


ELDUIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


153 


this  Biioj', 
aaeh  Falk- 
lo}-  painted 
in  part  of 
irn  part  of 
left  well  to 
until  Falk- 

tlie  course 
lie  Eastern 
JI103'  aI)out 
iig  another 
)n  the  Port 
feet  at  low 
,  a  pilot  is 

(1  of  Long 
th  Harbor 
3  good  the 
isset  Point 
Northward  ; 
North,  and 

hthouse  is 
liis  course, 
ard  ;  when 
tlic  North- 
■  Falkner's 
Lighthouse 
follow  the 


re  it  is  at 

It. 

■ora  S}2  to 
Voni  C!orn- 
'rom  Fulk- 


Sailing  Directions. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  may  leave  Cornfield  Point  Light-ship 
a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  about  West  until 
the  Horizontal  Striped  Buoy  off  the  Western  part  of  Long  Sand 
Shoal  bears  NW-  ;  then  run  for  this  Buoy,  leaving  it  close  to  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  by  N.  J2  N., 
leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  from  Ilammonassct  Point  a 
short  distance  on  the  Starboard  ;  when  past  this  Buoy,  steer  more 
Northerly,  and  anchor  about  a  mile  above  the  Point  in  from  3j4  to 
4  fathoms  water. 


SACHEM'S  HEAD  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  bears  from  Falkner's  Island  Light- 
house about  NW.,  distance  3  miles,  and  E.  ^^  N.  4}^  miles  from 
the  Beacon  on  Branford  Reef. 

Mewiarks, 

This  Harbor  is  a  small  Cove  about  ^  mile  long  and  about  200 
yards  wide,  lying  between  Sacliems  Head  on  the  East,  and  Joshua's 
Point  on  the  West ;  anchorage  may  be  foinid  in  this  Harbor  in 
from  6  to  9  feet  at  low  tide  ;  it  is  somewhat  exposed  at  high  water 
to  Southerly  and  South  westerly'  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Sachem's  Head  Harbor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Cornfield  Light-ship  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  hy  N.,  until  P^alk- 
ncr's  Island  Lighthouse  bears  SE.  ?^  E* ;  then  make  good  the 
course  NW.  ^  W.  until  Sachem's  Head,  the  Rock}'  Point  forming 
the  SouUiern  side  of  the  Harbor,  bears  NNE-  ;  then  run  for  it  on 
this  course,  leaving  Chimnej'  Corner  Ledge,  which  has  12  feet 
water  on  it  at  low  tide,  well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  about  }{ 
mile  from  Sachem's  Head,  haul  to  the  Westward,  leaving  it  about 
j^  mile  on  the  Starboard  ;  when  past  this  Point,  j'ou  will  open  the 
Harbor  bearing  about  E.NE,  then  run  in  about  midway,  and 
anchor  according  to  draught  in  fronx  G  to  9  feet  at  low  tide. 


■4  ,f  I' 


Af* 


154 


ELninncF/s  coast  tilot. 


From  the  "Westward,  loavc  the  Beacon  on  T.ranfovd  Reef  about 
)^  mile  to  the  Northward,  and  make  good  tlio  course  E.  J2  N., 
k!avnig  the  Red  Buoy  olf  Brown's  Reef  and  the  Red  Buoy  clF 
Southwest  part  of  (loose  Rocks,  both  well  on  the  Tort  hand  ;  when 
Sachem's  Head  bcai's  N-NE.,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

With  Northerly  or  Northwesterly  winds,  vessels  from  the  West- 
ward may  enter  this  lIarl)or  to  the  Northward  of  Gooso  Rock 
Shoals  by  the  following  directions:  Leave  the  Beacon  on  Branford 
Reef  about  '^  mile  to  the  Nortliward,  and  steer  about  E.  by  N.  li 
N.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Sotithern  part  of  Brown's  Reef 
(wliich  bears  from  the  Beacon  on  Branford  Reef  E.  li  N.,tlistance 
IJ^  miles)  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  E-NE., 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  part  of 
Goose  Rocks,  wliich  are  bare  at  low  tide ;  h^ave  this  last-named 
Buoy  not  less  than  Yi  mile  on  the  Starboard,  and  run  about  E.NE. 
until  Sachem's  Head  bears  SE.  by  E.,  you  are  then  past  Goose 
Rock  Shoals,  and  may  steer  for  the  Head  on  this  last  bearing  until 
the  Harbor  is  fa.rly  open,  bearing  about  E-NE.,  then  anchor  as 
before  directed. 

High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  Sachem's  Head  Harbor  29  minutes  before  it 
is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  5j4  fctt. 


\ 


THIMBLE    ISLANDS  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  small  Harbor  bears  NW.  by  W.  J^  W. 
from  Falkner's  Island  Lighthouse,  distance  b]^  miles ;  and  about 
E-NE.  from  the  Beacon  on  Branford  Reef,  distance  2]i  miles. 

Jtemarks. 

This  Harbor,  which  has  a  width  of  not  more  than  200  yards  in 
some  places,  lies  among  the  Thimble  Islands,  and  is  easy  of  access 
for  small  or  light  draught  vessels  with  favorable  winds.  About  15 
feet  water  can  be  carried  up  to  the  anchorage  at  low  tide.  This  is 
said  to  be  the  most  charming  spot  for  sportsmen  that  can  be  found 
on  the  shores  of  Long  Island  Sound. 


!* 


* 


ccf  about 

E.  V2  N., 

Buoy  off 

nd ;  when 

0  given, 
the  Wcst- 
)oso  Rock 

1  Branford 

by  N.  % 
nn's  Kecf 
.,  distance 

E.NE., 
st  part  of 
ast-iiained 
lit  E.NE. 
xst  Goose 
iring  until 
auclior  as 


1  before  it 


U-Vz  W. 

and  about 
miles. 


0  yards  in 
y'  of  access 
About  15 
3.  This  is 
n  be  found 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


155 


Sailing  Directions  for  Thimble  Islands  Harbor  in 
Dajrtimo,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  about  2  milus  past  Falkucr'.s  Island, 
bring  tlio  Liglilliouac  to  bear  SE.  by  E.  Yz  E.  and  make  good  the 
counse  NW.  by  W.  Y^  W.  for  the  outer  Tliirnble  Island  ;  as  you 
approach  this  I.sland,you  will  first  see  on  the  Port  the  Rod  I5uoy  off 
tlio  Southern  part  of  Brown's  Reef,  and  about  Yz  "'ilc  to  the  North- 
ward of  tliis  tlie  Black  Buoy  off  the  Northern  part  of  "Wheaton's 
Reef,  and  further  in  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Southern  i)art  of  tlie 
Inner  Reef;  leave  the  first  two  Buoys  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red 
Buoy  off  Inner  Reef  about  2.')0  yards  on  the  same  hand  ;  when  this 
last-named  Buoy  bears  W.SW.,  the  entrance  will  bo  fairly  open, 
bearing  E.NE-,  when  you  may  run  in,  keeping  nearer  the  Islands 
on  the  Starboard ;  after  you  liave  passed  three  Islands  on  the  Star- 
board, anchor  in  about  15  feet  water,  North  from  the  Northern  end 
of  the  last  three. 

Branford  Reef. 

This  Reef,  which  is  bare  in  some  parts  at  low  tide,  is  marked  om 
its  Northern  part  with  a  Gray  Stone  Beacon  of  circular  form,  sur- 
mounte(i  by  an  Iron  Sliaft  and  Ball ;  heavy  drauglit  vessels  should' 
not  approach  this  Beacon  from  the  Southward  nearer  than  Yi  m'le  ; 
Falkner's  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Branford  Reef  Beacon  E. 
by  S.  Yir  S.,  distance  6j^  miles  ;  Lighthouse  on  Southwest  Ledge, 
entrance  to  New  Haven  Harbor,  W.  by  N.  Y^  N.,  4/8  miles. 

Vessels  from  the  Westward,  bound  to  ThimbK;  Islands  Harbor, 
may  leave  Branford  Reef  Beacon  about  Y\  ">•'«  o"  the  Starboard, 
and  make  good  the  course  E.  by  N.  %  N.  for  tlie  Ri'd  Buoy  off 
the  Southern  part  of  Inner  Reef;  on  this  last  course,  the  Red  and' 
Black  Buoys  off  Brown's  and  Wheaton's  Reefs  will  be  left  well  to 
the  Southward,  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Negro  Heads  well  to  the 
Northward  ;  leave  the  Red  Buoy  off  Inner  Reef  close  to  on  the  Port, 
and  run  in  as  before  directed. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Thimble  Islands  Harbor  15  minutes   before 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  5^  feet. 


,J\) 


ELDUlDGpyS   COAST    PILOT. 


BRANFORD  HARBOR 

This  Harbor,  wliicli  is  a  largo  shallow  Cove,  lies  about.  W.NW. 
from  Fulkncr'a  Island  Lighthouse,  distance  8i^  inilos  ;  N.  by  W- 
l4  W--  2  miles  from  the  Beacon  on  liranford  Kccf,  and  East- 
Northerly  4  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Southwest  Ledge, 
entrance  to  New  Ilaveu  Harbor. 


M 


liemarks. 

In  this  Harbor  there  is  good  anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  from 
6  to  12  feet  water  at  low  tide,  in  Northerly  and  Northwesterly 
winds.  It  is,  however,  much  obstructed  bj'  Sunken  Rocks  and 
Ledges,  and  is,  therefore,  not  a  suitable  refuge  for  strangers. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Branfori.  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Falkncr's  Island  about  a  mile  on 
either  hand,  and  when  about  2  miles  past  it,  bring  the  Lighthouse 
to  bear  JE.  by  S.  ]4  S-i  and  make  good  the  course  W.  by  N.  }i 
N.  for  Branford  Reef  Beacon  ;  when  this  is  made,  leave  it  about 
j{  mile  on  the  Port,  and  steer  NW.,  leaving  tiie  Rod  Buoy  off 
Negro  Heads  well  on  the  Starboard  ham* ;  as  you  sail  in,  you  will 
see  nearly  ahead  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Southeast  part  of  Five  Feet 
Rock,  and  farther  in,  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance,  two  bare 
Rocks  ;  the  first  is  Taunton  Rock,  the  next  Blyn  Rock  ;  these  Rocks, 
which  lie  nearly  j{  mile  apart,  are  quite  bold  on  all  sides,  and  have 
a  channel  of  about  2J,2  fathoms  water  between  them  ;  leave  the 
Buoy  on  Five  Feet  Rock  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run 
in  about  midway  between  tlie  above-mentioned  Rocks  ;  when  past 
these  Rocks,  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoj'  on  Bird  Reef ;  leave  this  last- 
named  Buoy  about  100  yards  on  the  Port,  and  anchor  a  short  dis- 
tance above  it  in  from  9  to  10  feet  water  at  low  tide.  If  bound 
mto  Branford  Creek,  it  is  not  safe  to  go  beyond  this  anchorage 
without  a  pilot. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  oh  Southwest  Ledge, 
entrance  to  New  ILiven  Harbor,  about  J/^  mile  to  the  Northward, 
and  steer  about  East,  leaving  the  Red  Buoj'  off  Round  Rock  Shoal 
(which  bears  from  the  Lightiiouse  on  Southwest  Ledge,  E-  by  S. 
/i  S-  1/^  miles)  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand.     As  you  sail  to 


KLnmnoK's  coast  pilot. 


157 


W.NW. 
f.  i>y  W. 

iliul    KllStr 

it   Ledge, 


Is  in  from 
.hwosterly 
locks  ami 

;ors. 

in  Day- 
ither. 

V  mile  on 
lighthouse 

i^y  N.  H 

e  it  about 
I  15uoy  off 
1,  yon  will 
Five  Foot 
'.,  two  bare 
3SC  Rocks, 
,  and  have 
leave  the 
d,  and  run 
when  past 
c  this  last- 
short  dis- 
If  bound 
anchorage 

est  Ledge, 
"Northward, 
lock  Shoal 
S  E.  by  S. 
you  sail  to 


the  Eastward,  you  will  sec  on  thi;  Port  two  small  bare  Rocks,  which 
are  called  llie  Cow  and  Calf,  and  farther  to  the  Eastward,  tiio  Rod 
Buoy  off  PI  ve  Foot  Ruck;  leave  this  lust-namod  Buoy  about  200 
yards  to  the  Eastward,  and  run  in,  leaving  Hlyn  Rock  (l)of(}ro 
described)  about  200  yards  on  either  hand,  and  proceed  as  before 
directed. 

jrigh  Water. 
It.  is  high  water  in  Branford  Harbor  IGm.  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
common  tides  rise  about  53^  feet. 


NEW  HAVEN  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  West-Northerly  40  miles  from 
Race  Rook  Lighthouse,  "VVost-Northerly  12  miles  from  Falkner's 
Island  Lightlioiiso,  Northeasterly  11  milos  from  Slradford  Slioal 
Lighthouse,  and  Northeasterly  43  milos  from  Sands'  Point  Light- 
bouse. 

Southwest  Ledge  Lighthouse. 

This  Lighthouse  is  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance  to  New 
Haven  Harbor,  and  at  this  date  (1S81),  shows  a  fixed  Whit(!  Liglit. 

A  Fog  Bell  is  attached  to  the  Lighthouse,  which  is  struck  at 
intervals  of  15  seconds. 


Bearings  and  Distance.-}  from  Southwest  Ledge  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Horton's  Point  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  E.  ys  "E.     .     .     .23      miles. 
Falkner's  Island  Lighthouse,  E.  by  S.  ^^  S. 
Middle  Ground  Lighthouse,  SW.  yi  W.      ,     . 

Old  Field  Point  Lightlionse,  SW.  ?^  S 

Eaton's  Neck  Lighhouso,  SW.  by  W.  %  W.  .  . 
Stradford  Point  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S.  s^  S.  .  . 
New  Haven  Long  Wharf  Ligiitliouse,  N.  si  E. 


23 

113^ 
18 


Bearings  and  Distances  of  Dangers  from  Southwest  Ledge 

Lighthouse. 

Townsend's   Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  has  about  17  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide,  is 
marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buo3-  pjiinted  in  Rod  and  Black 
Horizontal  Stripes.     Southwest  Ledge  Liglithouse  bears  from  this 


h^-f 


•■  I 


> 


l;-8 


ELDUIDGK'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


IJiioy  NW.  '4  Wm  distance  2%   miles.     Heavy  drauglit  vessels 
sliould  not,  pass  to  the  Noitliward  of  this  IJiioy. 

Luddington's  Rock. 

'I'liis  Rocli,  on  which  tliorc  arc  about  12  feet  water  at  low  tide,  is 
marked  oit  its  iSoutheastcin  part  with  a  liuoy  painted  in  lied  and 
Bhicii  Horizontal  Stripes.  Souliivvest  Ledgci  Lighthouse  l)ear3  from 
this  Buoy  E.  by  N.,  distance  ^s  "I'de.  In  entering  New  Haven 
Harbor  the  deepest  water  is  between  Lhis  Buoy  and  Lighthouse. 

Adam's  Fall. 

This  Ledge,  which  has  about  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  ti<lc,  is 
marived  off  its  Western  side  with  a  Ited  Buoy.  Southwest  Ledgo 
Liglithousc  bears  from  this  Buoy  about  S.  -ji  W-,  distance  s/s  mile. 

JSemarlcs. 

In  entering  New  Haven  Harbor  there  arc  extensive  Flats,  which 
extend  off  from  both  sides.  At  this  date,  however,  the  Channel 
leading  in  is  well  marked  with  Buoys.  About  19  feet  water,  at  low 
tide,  c:vn  be  taken  in  as  far  as  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Western  part 
of  Adam's  Fall,  and  from  this,  at  this  date  (1881),  12  feet  at  low 
tide  can  be  taken  up  to  the  end  of  Long  Wliarf.  Strangers  in  ves- 
sels of  much  size  should  in  no  case  attempt  to  pass  between  the 
Lighthouse  on  Southwest  Ledge  and  the  Eastern  Shore,  as  there 
are  numerous  Rocks  and  Ledges  lying  in  this  passage,  and  there  is 
also  a  Breakwater  building  there. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  Haven  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Large  vessels  from  the  Eastward  may  leave  Falkner's  Island 
Lighthouse  about  Iji  miles  to  the  Northward,  and  make  good  the 
course  W.  by  N-,  leaving  the  Beacon  on  Branford  Reef  and  the 
Buoy  oir  Townsend's  Ledge  both  well  on  the  Starboard  hand; 
when  the  Lighthouse  on  Southwest  Ledge  (entrance  to  New 
Haven  Harbor)  bears  N-NW.,  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and 
leave  it  about  100  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  abreast  this 
Light,  run  about  N.  ^4  E-,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  olf  the  Western 
part  of  Adam's  Fall  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when  past 
this  Buoy  the  course  is  about  N.  ^  E.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off 
Sandy  Point  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  Fort  Hale  on  the 


rLniunoF/s  coast  I'ilot. 


159 


>t  vessels 


w  tide,  is 
1  Ucd  niul 
cars  from 
w  Haven 
liuusc. 


iw  ti<lc,  is 
est  Lodgo 
c  .)i  mile. 


fits,  which 
3  Channel 
;er,  at  low 
stern  part 
ect  at  low 
jra  in  ves- 
;twcen  the 
I?,  as  there 
ul  there  is 


in  Day- 
ther. 

ir's  Island 
e  good  the 
ef  and  the 
ard  hand ; 
I  to  New 
)urse,  and 
breast  this 
ic  Western 
when  past 
ik  Buoy  off 
[ale  ou  the 


Starboard  hand ;  wlicn  past  the  latter,  haul  more  Northerly,  leav- 
ing the  next  IMaek  Ihioy  on  the  Port;  when  past  the  last-nained 
IJiioy,  run  fur  tlie  Lightliouso  on  Loii};  Wliarf,  and  ancliur  a  short 
distance  Southwest  from  tlie  end  of  tlie  Wharf.  Al»out  18  feet 
water,  at  hi^^h  tide,  can  l)o  taken  up  to  this  Wharf.  It  is  advisable! 
for  vessels  of  more  tlian  1 1  fiit  druuuht,  bound  up  to  New  llavcn, 
to  wait  outsi(l(!  until  ncarl}"  liiyli  water. 

Small  or  ii^'ht  draught  vessels  from  the  Eastwaid  may  leave  t\w 
Beacon  on  Ilrauford  Ucef  about  J^  mile  to  tlie  Norlliward,  and  run 
for  the  Liglitliouse  on  Southwest  Lcd^e,  bc.'irin;^  W-NW-  ;  leave 
this  Liglitliouse  about  100  yards  on  tlie  Starboard,  and  proceed  as 
before  directed. 

Large  vessels  from  the  Westward  should  bring  tlic  LJLjlithouse 
on  Southwest  Ledge  to  bear  NE.,  and  run  f(ir  it  on  this  course 
until  about  100  yards  from  it;  then  follow  tlic  directions  before 
given.  Witli  Northwesterly  winds,  vessels  of  not  more  than  KJ 
feet  draugiit,  at  low  tide,  may,  when  from  2  to  .'"■  miles  from  tlie 
Liglith(juse  ou  Soutiiwcst  Ledge,  iiaul  in  and  leave  tlie  l?hick  lUioy 
(which  bears  from  said  Liglitliouse  NW.  \>y  W.,  distant;(>  nearly 
a  mile)  a  short  distance  on  the  I'ort  hand ;  when  past  this  Buoy, 
proceed  as  before  directed. 

V 

Beating  into  New  Haven  Harbor. 

In  beating  into  this  Harbor,  at  night  or  day,  a  better  knowledge 
of  the  dangers  can  be  obtained  by  inspecting  Eldridge's  Chart  of 
Long  Island  Sound,  than  by  any  written  directions. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  Haven  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

At  night-time,  vessels  of  not  more  tlian  II  feet  draught,  bound  to 
New  Haven  Harbor,  may  leave  Falkner's  Island  Liglitliouse;  about 
2  miles  to  the  Northward  and  steer  W.  b}-  N.,  leaving  the  Beacon 
on  Branford  llecf  well  to  the  Northward.  When  tlie  Lig'nt  on 
Southwest  Ledge  entrance  to  New  Haven  Harbor  ])ears  NW.  by 
"W".,  tiicii  run  for  it  on  tliis  course  and  leave  it  .about  100  3ards  on  ; 
the  Starboard  hand ;  when  abreast  tliis  Light,  or  it  bears  P2ast, 
make  good  t!ic  course  Nortli  about  one  mile,  or  the  water  shoals  to 
2%  fathoms  at  low  tide  ;  you  are  then  past  the  Ledge  called  Adam's 
Fall.     It  is  then  advisable  for  vessels  of  more  than  10  foct  draught 


ti 


II 


lii 


. 


I 


i 


KiO 


KLDUinr.r/s  coast  I'ILut. 


to  limil  lip  ahull),  NE-  I'j  N.  Hiid  iiiiclior  at  tlio  moiilli  ol"  Morris' 
Covo  ill  alioiit  It  I'wX  water  ami  wait  tiiilil  (l.'i\  li^lit. 

Vt'ssols  of  lu/i,  nioio  tli.'iii  ID  IVct  iliaii^^liL  may  (at  half  lido) 
leiivo  tlio  Lij^lit  on  Soiilliwi-st  Lcil^o  altoiit  101)  yards  on  tiu!  Star- 
board iiaiid  and  niaUo  good  tlio  coiu'so  Noilii  aliont  oiio  iniic,  or 
until  tlu!  watiT  Hlioai.s  to  )>}<,  latlionw  at  low  tide  ;  tlicn  haul  to  tlio 
Nf)i'tlicast\varil  inilil  tln!  U;'d  l''i\cd  Mirlit  on  Now  Ilavt'ii  Lous' 
Whair  hoars  N.  ,'.(  E.  ;  then  stocr  for  it  on  this  coiirso,  which,  if 
thcro  bo  no  orror  in  tlio  co'.iipass,  will  load  safoly  up  tli(^  chaniiol 
to  tlio  Wharf.  The  best  niioiiora;:;o  is  a  Hlmit  distanoo  Southwest 
from  the  end  of  this  Wiiaif.  At  ni;;!it,  vessels  of  more  than  l.'l 
feet  dranjjht,  from  the  Westward,  iiin.st  hriii^  the  Li;;lit  on  South- 
west LedL^t!  to  hear  NE.,  a^'d  run  lor  it  on  this  conrso  ;  whoirubout 
lOU  yards  from  it,  follow  tliu  ilirecllons  before  given. 


MORRIS'    COVE. 

This  Covo,  which  lies  on  tlio  East  side  of  ontraneo  to  Now 
Haven  Harbor,  is  about  1  jj  miles  above  the  Lii^htlionso  on  Soiitli- 
wosL  Lodge,  and  allords  yood  aiuiioiage  for  wind-bound  vi'ssels  in 
from  <S  to  11  feet  water  at  low  tide.  Vessels  of  14  feet  draught 
may  anchor  near  the  month  of  this  Cove. 

Sailing  Directions. 

Vessels  bound  into  this  Covo  may  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Now  Haven  Harbor,  night  or  day,  until  the  Covo  is  well 
open  ;  then  run  in  and  anchor,  according  to  draught,  in  from  8  to 
11  feet  water  at  low  tide. 

Thick  Weather. 

At  this  date  (18S1 ) ,  there  is  attached  to  the  Lighthonso  on  South- 
west Ledge,  entrance  to  New  Haven  Harbor,  a  Fog  Boll,  which  is 
struck  at  intervals  of  15  seconds.  Large  vessels,  hearing  this  bell, 
may  biiiig  it  to  bear  from  NE.  to  N-  NW.  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course;  leave  the  Lighthouse  about  100  yards  on  the  Starboard, 
and,  in  order  to  ck>ar  Adam's  Fall,  steer  Nortli  about  ?/(  mile,  or 
until  the  water  shoals  to  2;^  fathoms,  then  anchor,  especially  at 
low  tide. 


KM)UII)(1IVS  f'OAST   VU.OT. 


161 


Smnll  vcsscIh,  in  Uiick  woixtlicr,  mny  run  for  tlic  Li<:!;lil house  on 
Southwest  L('(lj,'e  on  any  course  from  E.NE-  to  W  NW.  ;  h-nve 
this  LiLzhthoiise  alioiit  100  yarlI^^  on  tin-  Slarhoanl,  jiiid  niiike  <^i»u\ 
tlic  course  Norlli  iihoiit  3^  niiU',  or  until  pust  Ailiiiu'.s  l'':ill  ;  then 
haul  to  the  Northeastward,  and  anchor  in  Morris'  Cove,  acconhn" 
to  (h'au<rht. 

ingJi   Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  New  Haven  Harbor  2lni.  liufjru  it  n  at 
Hoston  ;   counuou  tides  rise  about  0  feet. 


MILFORD    HARBOR. 

Tliis  Harbor,  whieii  is  a  Cove  lyiu^j;  between  Charles'  Island  on 
the  West  and  Weleii's  I'oint  on  tiio  I'last,  is  a  little  more  tluin  six 
miles  to  the  Westward  of  Southwest  i.edjfo  Liglithouse,  and  aliout 
3J4  miles  Northeast  from  SLradford  I'oint  IJglithuuse. 

Ilemni'/.'s. 

This  Corn  is  well  sheltered  from  all  but  Southeast  and  Souther] v 
winds,  and  vessels  may  anchor  in  from  3  fathoms  to  10  feet  water. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Milford  Harbor  in  Daytime. 

Vessels  from  tlic  Eastward  may  leave  the  Lighthouse  on  Soulli- 
west  Ledge  about  a  mile  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  about  W-  }i 
S.  for  the  Red  I'.uoy  olf  Pond  I'oint,  which  bears  W.  by  S.  U  S. 
from  tiic  above-mentioned  Lighthouse,  distance  fi^^  miles;  when 
tills  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  a  short  distance  on  tlie  Starboard  hand, 
and  run  about  West,  leaving  the  next  Ked  lUioy,  off  Welch's  Point, 
on  tlic  Starboard  hand,  and  run  into  the  Cove  and  anchor  in  about 
2':^  fatlioms  water  at  low  tide  ;  the  outer  part  of  Charles'  Island 
bears  SW-  by  S.  from  this  anchorage. 

From  tlie  Westward,  leave  Stradford  Point  Lighthouse  about  i^ 
mile  to  the  Norlliward,  and  steer  about  NE.  ]^^  E.,  leaving  Charles' 
Island  about  '2  mile  on  the  Port ;  when  past  this  Island,  haul  in 
and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


162 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT- 


I 


V 


STRATFORD   HARBOR,  OR  HOUSA- 
TONIO    RIVER. 

Tlio  entrance  to  this  Harbor  or  Rivor  is  about  >^  n.ile  North- 
easterly from  Stratlfortl  Point  Lighthouse. 

McniarkH. 

A  Sand  Bar  extends  across  tlie  mouth  of  this  River,  upon  which 
there  are  usually  not  more  than  2  or  3  feet  water  at  low  title.  The 
town  of  Stradford  is  situated  upon  the  Western  bank  of  thl;',  River, 
about  2  miles  from  Stradford  Point  Lighthouse.  It  is  navigable 
for  very  light  draught  vessels  about  10  miles  above  this  town.  It 
is  advisable  for  vessels  bound  into  this  lliver  to  take  pilots  off  the 
bar. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  on  Stradford  Harbor  Bar  12  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston ;  common  tides  rise  altout  6  feet. 


\.l 


BRIDGEPORT  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  Zy^  miles  West-Northerly  from 
Stradford  Point  Lighthouse,  and  3  miles  Northeasterly  from  Peu- 
field  Reef  Lighthouse. 

Bridgeport  Harbor  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  West  side  of  entrance  to  Bridgeport  Harbor  (on  the 
ilats)  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1881 )  shows  a  fixed  R<^d 
Light.     A  Fog  Bell  is  attached  to  this  Lighthouse. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Bridgeport  Harbor  Lighthouse. 

i  'MtJlIlct'. 

Middle  Ground  Liglathouse,  S.SE C^      miles. 

Old  Field  Point  Lighthouse,  S.  3^  E H  " 

Penfield  Reef  Lighthouse,  SW.  Ji  W 3  " 

Black  Rock  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S.  ^4  S 2  " 

Bridgeport  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Red  Buoy  off 
Stradford  Point  NW.  %  W.,  distance  2^  miles. 


lUSA- 


.lie  Noith- 


npon  which 
liile.  The 
thi;',  River, 
3  navigable 
1  town.  It 
lots  off  the 


before  it  is 


therly  from 
from  Peu- 


bor  (on  the 
a  fixed  Rf>d 


lighthouse. 

i'ldlancc. 

i^      miles. 

u 

1  " 

!  " 

ill  Buoy  off 


ELDKIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


163 


MemarJis. 

The  channel  loading  into  Bridgeport  Harbor  is  narrow  ;  but  at 
this  date  (1881)  it  is  well  marked  with  Beacons  and  Bno}!?. 

Appropriations  have  been  made  by  llu;  United  States  Govern- 
ment for  the  liurpose  of  improving  this  Harbor,  and  when  com- 
pleted it  is  said  that  12  feet  at  mean  low  water  may  be  taken  up  to 
the  city  through  a  dredged  channel  100  feet  wide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bridgeport  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Falkner's  Island  Lighthouse  about  1 
mile  to  tiic  Northward,  and  steer  W.  "/a  S.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy 
(which  lies  about  1}^  miles  Southwest  from  Sti'adford  I'oint  Light- 
house) a  short  distance  on  the  Starboaid  hand ;  when  i)ast  this 
Buoy  haul  in  from  W.  by  N.  to  W-NW.  into  Bridgeport  Bay  ; 
then  a  little  before  high  water  bring  the  Lighthouse  which  stands 
on  the  flats  at  the  West  side  of  the  entrance  to  the  Harbor,  to  bear 
N.  Yz  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  As  you  sail  in  you  will 
see  three  Red  Buoys  and  two  Black  Beacons.  Leave  the  Light- 
house and  two  Beacons  on  the  Port  hand  and  the  Rod  Buoys  on 
the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  the  third  Red  Buoy,  wliich  nuist  be 
left  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  haul  up  about  NW.  b}'  N-, 
leaving  the  nest  Buo}'^  (Black)  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past  this 
Buoy  run  in  al)0ut  NW.  for  the  wharves. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Penfield  Reef  Lighthouse  about  % 
mile  on  the  Port,  and  steer  about  NE.  by  E.  until  the  Lighthouse 
at  the  entrance  of  Bridgeport  Harbor  bears  N.  yi  E.,  then  follow 
the  directions  before  given. 

Formerly  about  12  feet  at  high  water  could  be  taken  up  to 
Bridgeport. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Bridgeport  Harbor  18  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  CJ-^  feet. 

Anchorage  between  Stradford  Point  and  Penfield 
Keef  Lighthouse. 

Between  Stradford  Point  and  Penfield  Reef  Lighthouse  is  one  of 
the  best  Bays  for  anchorage  on  the  NorUiern  shore  of  Long  Island 
Sound,  with   winds  from  W-SW.  to  NE.,  by  way  of  North. 


164 


KLDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Large  vessels  may  anchor  with  Bridgeport  Liglithousc  beariiij; 
about  N.  by  E.,  ui  from  3%  to  -l}^  fathoms  water,  good  holding 
ground. 

Sailing  Directions. 

Large  vessels  from  tlie  Kastwf.rd  should  leave  the  Red  Buoy, 
which  lies  Southwest  aljout  1)^  miles  from  Stradford  Point  Light- 
house, about  ys  mile  on  the  .Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about 
W-NW-  until  Biidg('i)ort  Lighthouse  bears  N.NW-,  tlien  haul 
HI  and  anchor  in  about  -1  fathoms  water,  the  last-named  Lighthouse 
bearing  N.  by  E.  Small  vessels  may  go  farther  in,  and  anchor 
in  from  2"^  to  3  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Penfield  Reef  Lighthouse  about  J^ 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  NE.  b}-  E.  ;  when  Bridge- 
port Lighthouse  be  irs  N.  by  E.,  anchor  as  before  dii'ccted. 


BLACK   ROOK    HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  small,  shallow  harbor  bears  West  about  5}^ 
miles  from  Stradford  Point  Lighthouse,  and  N.  by  E.  Ij^  jiiilos 
from  Penliuld  Reef  Lighthouse. 

Black  Rock  Harbor  Lighthouse. 

On  the  Southwest  point  of  Fairwcatlier  Island,  East  side  of 
entrance  to  Black  Rock  Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this 
date   (1881),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.     Penfield  Reef  Light- 
house bears  from  Black  Rock  Harbor  Lighthouse  S.  by  W-  % 
W.  1>^  miles;  Stradford  Point  Liglithouse  E.  }i  S-  o\^  miles. 


lieniarles. 

In  entering  this  Harbor  the  principal  danger  to  be  avoided  is 
Point  Rock  Shoal,  which  extends  oil  from  the  Southern  point  of 
Fairweather  Island,  and  is  marked  on  its  outer  part  with  a  Ifcd 
Buoy.  Black  Rock  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N. 
^  E.  about  Yi  mile.  About  8  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be 
carried  into  this  Harbor. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


165 


c  beiiiiii<^ 
(1  holding 


[c(l  Buoy, 
int  Light- 
3er  about 
then  haul 
lighthouse 
id  anchor 

about  yi 
m  Bridge- 
id. 


about  5J^ 
ly^  jiiiles 


3t  side  of 
:'ii  at  tliia 
ecf  Light- 
by  W.  'A 
(  miles. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Black  Rock  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  tlic  I:ast^Ull■d,  k'avc  tlic  Red  Buoy  (whiih  His  oir  South- 
west about  Iji  miles  froin  Stradford  Toint  Lighthouse)  a  siiort 
distance  on  the  Starl)oard  hand,  and  steer  about  W.  by  N.,  keep- 
ing a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Point  Rock  blioal  (before 
described)  ;  wlien  this  Buoy  is  made,  lotive  it  close  to  on  tlie  Star- 
board hand,  and  run  about  NW.  bj-  N.  until  tliis  Harbor  is  well 
open,  then  run  in  about  midway,  and  anchor  in  from  8  to  10  feet 
water  at  low  tide,  the  Liglithousc  bearing  from  SE.  to  S.SE. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Pcnfield  Reef  Lighthouse^,  and  also 
the  Beacon  on  the  Eastern  part  of  tlic  Cow.-;,  about  j^  mil.'  on  tlic 
Port  hand,  and  when  Black  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  N.  Jj  W., 
run  for  it,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  I'oint  Ptock  Shoal  close  to  on 
the  Starboard,  and  follow  tlie  directions  before  given.  At  low  tide 
vessels  of  10  feet  draught  should  anchor  when  the  Lighthouse 
bears  East 

At  Nxght. 

Bound  into  tliis  Harbor  at  night,  vessels  may  bring  Black  Rock 
Harbor  Liglit  to  bear  from  N.  by  W.  to  N-NW.,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course  until  %  or  J^  mile  from  it;  you  are  then  past  the 
dangerous  Ledge  called  the  Cows,  and  in  order  to  clear  Round 
Rock  Shoal  must  haul  to  the  Westward  until  this  Light  bears  NE. 
by  N.,  then  run  into  the  Harbor,  leaving  the  Light  al)out  200  yards 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  with  it  bearing  S-SE.  to  SE. 
in  from  8  to  10  feet  water  at  low  tide. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Black  Rock  Harbor  21  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  &%  feet. 


^.voided  is 
n  point  of 
vith  a  Red 
s  Buoy  N. 
de  can  be 


SOUTHPORT  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  lies  about  3  miles  West-Northerly 
from  Pcnfield  Reef  Lighthouse,  and  7j^  miles  Northeasterly  from 
Norwalk  or  Sheffield  Island  Lighthouse. 


166 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Reniarha. 

This  Harbor  is  only  fit  at  high  water  for  small  vessels  of  very 
light  draught ;  it  is  intended,  however,  to  improve  it  by  dredging, 
so  as  to  obtain  a  depth  of  4  feet  at  low  tide.  Strangers  cannot, 
therefore,  under  any  circumstances  enter  it  without  a  pilot. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Southport  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Penfield  Reef  Lightliouse  about  yi 
mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  West,  leaving  the  lied 
Buoy  off  Tine  Creek  Point  (which  bears  W.  ^  S.  from  Penfield 
Reef  Lighthouse,  distance  1 1^  miles)  a  short  distance  on  the  Star- 
board hand  ;  when  past  this  Buoy,  steer  W-  by  N.  until  the  outer 
Beacon  at  the  entrance  to  Southport  Harbor  bears  N.  J^  E-,  then 
run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  anchor  in  about  12  feet  water.  A 
pilot  is  necessary  here. 

From  tlie  Westward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  on  Norwalk  Island 
about  1  mile  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  E-NE.  leaving  the  Red 
Buoy  off  Southeast  from  Cockenoc's  Island  on  the  Port  hand 
(this  last-named  Buoy  bears  from  Norwalk  Island  Lighthouse 
E.  by  N.  li  N.,  distance  4j^  miles)  ;  when  past  the  last-named 
Buoy  steer  NE.  by  E.  until  the  outer  Beacon  at  the  entrance  of 
Southport  Harbor  bears  N.  >^  E.,  then  follow  the  directions 
before  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Southport  Harbor  25  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1]^  feet. 


WESTPORT  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  the  month  of  the  Sau- 
gatuck  River,  is  West  from  Penfield  Reof  Lighthouse,  distance  &% 
miles,  and  about  4  miles  Northeasterly  from  Norwalk  Island  Light- 
house. 

Remarks, 

There  are  usually  about  G  feet  water  across  the  bar  at  low  tide, 
but  at  this  date  (1881),  there  are  no  Buoys  to  mark  the  narrow 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST    PILOT. 


167 


and  crooked  channol  up  tlie  River  to  Westport,  a  distnnce  of  3^ 
miles ;  stnuiijers  bound  into  tliis  River  sliould,  therefore,  tal<c 
Pilots  otr  the  bar. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Westport  Harbor  or  Sauga- 
tuck  River  in  Da3rtime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

From  tlio  Eastward,  leave  Ponfield  Reef  Lightliouso  about  J^ 
mile  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  about  West,  leaving  tlie  Red 
Buoy  off  Pino  Creek  Point  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  this 
Buoy  bears  from  Pcnfiold  Reef  Lighthouse  W-  J4  S.,  distance  1^ 
miles;  wlicn  past  this  Buoy,  steer  al)out  West  4^  miles,  and 
anchor  in  about  2  fathoms  off  tlio  bar,  and  at  high  water  take  a 
pilot  up  tlio  River. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Norwalk  Island  Lighthouse  about  1 
mile  to  tlic  Northward,  and  when  it  bears  North  steer  E.NE.  4J4 
miles,  wliieh  will  bring  you  up  with  the  R(d  Buo}-  off  Southeast 
from  Cockenoc's  Island  ;  leave  this  Buoy  about  }^  mile  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  in  order  to  avoid  a  sunken  Rook  (which  lies  about 
yi  mile  to  tlic  Northward  of  this  Buo}-)  steer  N.  by  E.  about  ^ 
mile,  then  haul  iu  rbout  NW-  by  W.  j^  W.  and  anchor  off 
the  bar  to  tlie  Eastward  of  a  bare  Rock,  in  about  2  fathoms  water, 
and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high   watoi-  on  Westport  Bar  38  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  7  j{  feet. 


OOOKENOE'S  ISLAND  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  3  miles  Northeasterly  from  Nor- 
walk Island  Lighthouse,  and  7  miles  West-Southerly  from  Penfield 
Reef  Lighthouse. 

Itemarks. 

Cockenoc's  Island  Harbor  is  the  name  given  to  the  anchorage 
for  small  vessels  between  Cockenoc's  Island  on  the  East,  and  Goose 
Island  on  the  West,  these  two  being  the  Easternmost  of  the  Nor- 
walk Islands.    About  1 1  feet  water  can  be  carried  into  this  Harbor 


.ff 


i 


I 

I 


1G8 


ELDIUDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


!it  low  tide.  On  account  of  the  niimoroiis  Shoals  that  lie  off  the 
ontranco,  sfraiigors  should  not,  tiicrcfore,  attempt  to  enter  it, 
unless  they  can  make  the  Black  Buoy  which  lies  on  the  Western 
side  of  the  passage. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cockenoe's  Island  Harbor 
iu  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Penfiold  Reef  Lighthouse  about  ^ 
mile  on  the  Starboard,  and  when  it  boars  North  make  good  the 
course  W.  by  S.  ^)}i  miles,  which  will  bring  you  up  with  the  Red 
Buoy  off  the  Soullicast  part  of  Cockenoe's  Island  Shoals  ;  leave 
this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  W-SW. 
until  the  Eastern  part  of  Cockenoe's  Island  *  bears  N.  by  E.,  then 
run  in  about  NW.  by  N.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Black 
Buoy  off  the  Eastern  part  of  Teck's  Ledge  ;  wiien  this  Buoy  is 
made,  run  for  it  bearing  NW.  by  N.  and  haul  round  it  at  a  dis- 
tance of  r>0  yards,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  past  this 
Buoy  run  up  about  W.  H  mile,  and  anchor  in  about  2  fathoms 
water  at  low  t''.le. 

From  the  AVestward,  leave  Norwalk  Island  Lighthouse  about  1 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  North  make  good  the 
course  E.NE.  tuitil  the  Eastern  part  of  Cockenoe's  Island  before 
mentioned  bears  N.  by  E.,  then  run  al)out  N.  by  W.  J^  W.,  keep- 
ing a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  I':astcrn  p.irt  of 
Peck's  Ledge  ;  when  this  is  made,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High   Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Cockenoe's  Island  Harbor  38m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  7'^  feet. 


SHEFFIELD  ISLAND  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor  lies  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward  of  Norwalk 
Lighthouse. 


*  Cockenoe's  I.slan<l  is  the  Eastcnirnost  of  the  Norwalk  Group 


"*A-.K«*»J'--A 


KLDUIDORS  COAST   PILOT. 


IGO 


leave 


Norwalk  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southwest  part  of  Shedleld  Island,  one  of  the  Nor- 
walk Cffoiip,  is  a  Liglithouse  which,  at  this  date  (1881),  sliows  a 
fixed  White  Li<,dit,  varied  by  Red  Flashes.  This  ♦Light  is  intended 
to  gnido  vessels  into  Slicllleld  Ilurl)or,  and  also  through  Long 
Island  Sound.  For  bearings  and  distances  from  this  Lighthouse, 
see  directions  before  given. 

Iteniarks. 

There  is  excellent  anchorage  in  Sliefficld  Island  Harbor,  in  all 
winds  and  weathers,  for  vessels  of  from  10  to  12  feet  draught. 
The  principal  danger  in  entering  is  Green's  Ledge,  which  extends 
off  TVest-Southerly  from  the  Lighthouse  about  1  %  miles,  and  is 
bare  in  some  places  at  low  tide.  This  Ledge  is  marked  off  its 
"Western  part  with  a  Red  Uuoy  ;  Norwalk  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  Buoy  E.  by  N-  J^  N.,  distance  1?/^  miles.  Vessels  of  more 
than  7  feet  draught  should  in  no  case  attempt  to  pass  between  this 
Buoy  and  the  Lighthouse. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Sheffield  Island  Harbor 
in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  the  Red  Uuoy  off  Stradford  Point  on 
the  Starljoard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  by  S.  Yz  S-i 
leaving  Penfield  Reef  Lighthouse  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  South- 
cast  part  of  Norwalk  Shoals  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  As  you 
ai)proach  Norwalk  Lighthouse,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Spindle 
on  Great  Ledge,  and  also  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Southwest  part  of 
Green's  Ledge  ;  the  Spindle  bears  SW.  l>y  S-  ]'i  S.  Yi  mile  from 
the  Lighthouse,  the  Red  Buoy  W.  by  S.  ^  S-  1'8  miles;  haul 
round  this  last-named  Buoy,  leaving  it  about  Y^  "^''^  on  tlio  Star- 
board, and  run  in  about  NE.  by  E.  }2  E.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy 
off  the  Southwest  part  of  Tavern  Island  -well  on  Iho  Port  hand  ; 
when  Norwalk  Lighthouse  bears  from  S.  l)y  W.  to  S  SW-,  then 
anchor  in  about  12  feet  water  at  low  tide.  Small  or  light  draught 
vessels  can  go  farther  in,  rnd  anchor  with  the  Lighhouso  bearing 
about  SW.  by  S  ,  in  from  8  to  10  feet  water. 

From  the  Westward,  as  soon  as  Norwalk  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  NE-  by  E-  >'2  E  ,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course. 


r 


1i' 


170 


ELDUIDGK'S  COAST  ITLOT. 


As  yoii  npproach  tl.is  Liirlitlioiisc.  kcci)  a  sharp  lookout  for  the 
Roil  Unoy  oil'  tli(>  Soiitliwcst  |)art  of  Green's  Ledge  (before  de- 
scribed)  ;  wlion  this  IJiioy  is  made,  leave  it  about  }i  mile  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  follow  tlio  directions  before  given. 

Beating  into  Sheffield  Island  Harbor. 

In  boating  into  this  Harbor,  when  past  the  Red  llnoy  off  the 
Southwest  part  of  Clrecn's  Lodge,  use  the  Lead  and  stand  from 
shore  to  shore  nntil  the  water  shoals  to  2^4  fathoms.  It  is 
advisable  for  vessels  of  12  foot  draught  to  anchor  when  the  Lights 
house  bc-ars  SE.  by  E.  to  E.SE. ;  small  or  light  draught  vessels 
may  go  farther  in. 

High   Water. 

It  is  higli  water  in  Sheflleld  Island  Harbor  about  38  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Hoston  ;   common  tides  rise  about  7>^  feet. 


NORWALK  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  lies  NE.  by  N.  2}{  miles  from 
Norwalk  Ligiithousc. 

Itemarks. 

The  approach  to  Norwalk  River  is  through  a  very  narrow  and 
crooked  channel,  full  of  Rocka  and  Shoals,  very  few  cf  which  at 
this  time  are  buoyed  ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  bound 
into  Norwalk  River  to  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Shef- 
field  Island  Harbor,  and  from  tiiis  place  take  a  pilot  into  this 
River. 


DARIEN  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  about  3  miles  to  the  Westward  of 
Norwalk  Light. 

Remarks, 

This  River  is  very  narrow,  and  at  very  low  tides  is  bare ;  strangers 
cannot,  therefore,  enter  it  without  a  pilot.  There  is  anchorage  for 
small  vessels  to  the  Westward  of  Long  Neck  Point,  with  winds 
from  NW.  to  NE.  by  way  of  North. 


out  for  the 

'1)0  fore  de- 
iiiilc  on  the 


►r. 

uo}'  off  the 
stand  from 
ins.  It  is 
tlic  Lights 
ght  vessels 


)8  tninutes 


miles  from 


larrow  and 
f  which  at 
fera  bound 
n  for  Slief- 
.  into  tills 


estward  of 


;  strangers 
horage  for 
vith  winds 


ELnRIDGE'S  rOART  l'ILt)T 


171 


Sailing  Directions  for  Darien  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

iMoiii  tlif  iMistwjird.  leave  Norwallt  Ligiitliouse  about  ^:^  tnile  to 
the  Nortliwiird,  and  when  it  hears  N.  l>y  W.  steer  about  West  for 
Long  Nc.  k  Point,  leaving  tlie  Red  IJiioy  off  the  Southwest  part  of 
(Jreen's  Ledge  well  on  the  Starlujard  hand  ;  this  last-named  Point 
bears  W.  ^4  S.  from  Norwalk  Lighthouse,  distance  2J^  miles, 
(iiv..  Long  Neck  Point  a  berth  of  about  }{  mile,  leaving  it  to  the 
Norlliward  ;  when  al)ieast  this  Point,  you  wi  sec,  a  short  dijtnnce 
to  the  Northwestward,  the  lied  IJuoy  on  the  IMidillc  ;  it  is  .idvis- 
able  to  anchor  a  short  distance  without  this  Buoy,  and  wait  for 
high  water  and  a  pilot. 

From  the  Westward,  as  soon  as  Norwalk  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  itto  bei.r  E.NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  As  you 
approach  this  Lighthouse,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Ihioy 
off  the  Southern  side  of  the  dangerous  Ledge  called  the  Cows. 
As  soon  as  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  a  short  distance  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  steer  NE.  by  E.  'yi  E.,  leaving  the  next  Red  Huoy,  off 
the  Southern  part  of  Smith's  Rock,  a  short  distance  on  the  I'ort; 
when  past  this  last  Buoy,  run  about  NE.  by  N.  ;4  N.  and  anchor 
a  short  distance  without  the  Red  Buoy  on  the  Middle. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  mouth  of  Darien  River  about  35  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  ly^  feet. 


STAMFORD  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  Long  Island  Sound, 
nearly  midway  between  Norwalk  Lighthouse  and  Great  Captain's 
Island  Lighthouse. 

Memarks, 

Stamford  Harbor  is  a  little  more  than  J^  mile  in  diameter,  but 
so  full  of  Rocks  and  Shoals  as  to  be  dangerous  to  enter  without  a 
pilot.  AVith  winds  from  NW.  to  NE.  vessels  may  find  good 
shelter  in  this  Harbor  in  from  7  to  12  feet  water  at  low  tide.     But 


172 


ELDIUDOES  COAST  PILOT. 


^il 


C'w  of  Uic  (lungers,  nt  this  time,  nro  biioyod,  (iiid,  in  the  ahupnco 
of  such  rn:ukH,  it  ia  not  ndvisahle  for  strangers  to  nttcinpt  to  enter 
it,  except  in  oases  of  etnerfjency. 

A  narrow,  sli.itlow  stream,  called  Mill  Uiver,  empties  into  this 
Ilarhor,  and  only  about  2  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  ean  be  taken  up 
as  fur  as  tlie  Railway  Bridge,  whieh  is  the  head  of  navigation. 

Stamford  Lighthouso. 

I'pon  tlie  Southwest  extremity  of  Harbor  Letl^c,  West  side  of 
eiitraiicc  to  Stamford  Harbor,  at  this  date  (IHSl),  a  LightJioii-'o  is 
ill  eourso  of  onstruction.  Norwallv  Lightiionse  bears  from  Slam- 
ford  Iii;j;htlioiiso  E.  l>y  N.  ^^y^  miles,  Great  Captain's  Island 
Lijjjlithouse  W.  by  S.  -%  S.  iji  miles,  Ked  Buo}-  off  Southern  part 
of  Cows  Reef,  SE.  a  little  more  than  a  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Stamford  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Norwalk  Lighthouse  about  J^  mile  to 
the  Northward,  and  steer  W.  by  S.  %  S.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy 
off  the  Cows  well  on  the  Starl)oard  hand  ;  continue  the  coiusc  "W. 
by  S.  Jj  S.  until  Stamford  Lighthouse  bears  N.NW-,  tlien  run 
for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  300  yards  on  tlie  Port  hand  ; 
when  abreast  this  Lighthouse,  steer  about  N.  %  E.  and  nnchor 
witli  it  bearing  SW.  l4  S.,  in  from  9  to  12  feet  water  at  low  tide. 

.From  the  Westward,  leave  Clreat  Captain's  Island  Ligiithouse 
about  14  "lile  to  tlu!  Northward,  and  steer  E.  by  N.  until  Stamford 
Lightiiouse  bears  N-NE.,  then  run  in  with  it  n  little  on  the  I'ort 
bow,  leaving  it  about  ;500  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 

High  Watef. 

It  is  high  water  in  Stamford  Harbor  about  31  minutes  before 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  7]4  feet. 


LITTLE  CAPTAIN'S  ISLAND  HARBOR. 

Tliis  convenient  Harbor  lies  Northeast  about  1 }{  miles  from 
Groat  Captain's  Island  Ligiithouse.  For  bearings  and  dislaiices 
from  this  Lighthouse,  see  directions  before  given. 


10  ahspnco 
l)t  to  filter 

4  into  tliis 
p  tukcd  up 
ution. 


est  side  of 
jlitlioii-'o  is 
i'oiii  Sliim- 
n's  Island 
itheni  part 

in  Day- 

ather. 

^4  mile  to 
Rod  Bnoy 
?oin'sc  W- 
,  then  run 
Port  hand  ; 
nd  nnchor 
it  low  tide. 
Liglilhouse 
1  Stamford 
)n  the  I'ort 
foUow  the 


itcs  before 


RBOR. 

miles  from 
1  dmtaiic'os 


ELDianOKS  COAST  IMLOT. 


173 


Ilvniai'h'M, 

This  Harbor,  wliieh  adbrds  <!,o(»\  shcltiT  in  all  winds,  has  iVom 
10  feet  to  5  fiitlionis  water  in  it  at  low  tide,  and  in  daylime 
s(rangcrs  may  safely  enter  it  by  the  following  directions. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Little  Captain's  Island  Har- 
bor in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  lirinji;  Great  Captnin'H  Island  Lighthouse  to 
bear  W.  ^-j  S.  and  run  for  it  on  this  coinse,  leaving  the  Red  15iioy 
olf  the  Southern  part  of  the  dangerous  Ledge  called  the  Cows  well 
on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  about  2  miles  from  this  Lighthouse, 
keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Ulack  and  Red  lUioys  at  the  entrance 
of  the  Hitrbor.  The  first  Buoy  bears  E.NE.  from  the  Lighthouse, 
distance  \ }{  miles;  the  second  (Red)  bears  NE-  by  E.  Jj  E-, 
distance  1  ^4  miles.  'When  these  Riioys  are  made,  and  the  passage 
is  fairly  open,  bearing  about  NW-,  then  run  in  midway  between 
them  until  the  Red  Ruoy  on  the  Starboard  hand  bears  E.  by  S.  ; 
then  steer  W.  by  N.,  and  gradually  haul  to  the  Westward  until 
Great  Captain's  Island  Lighthouse  bears  SW-  }i  S.,  then  steer 
for  it  until  the  water  shoals  to  3  fathoms  at  low  tide,  then  anchor ; 
j'ou  may  lie  here  secure  from  all  winds. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Great  Captain's  Island  Lighthouse 
about  yj  mile  to  the  Northward,  and  when  abreast  it,  or  it  boars 
North,  steer  about  ENE.  about  \}^  miles;  the  Harbor  Avill  then 
be  open,  bearing  NW-,  then  run  in  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 

Beating  into  Little  Captain's  Island  Harbor. 

In  lieating  into  this  Harbor,  when  past  the  Rlack  IJuoy  which 
lies  on  the  Western  side  of  the  channel,  j-ou  may  stand  to  the 
Eastward  until  the  water  shoals  to  3  fathoms ;  l)ut  the  Western 
side  is  very  bold  and  \ou  will  have  5  fathoms  at  one  cast  of  the 
Le.id  and  bo  ashore  at  the  next  before  yon  can  tack,  Wlun  the 
Red  Buoy  on  the  Eastern  side  bears  E.  by  S-,  you  an;  then  past 
the  Shoal  on  the  Western  side  of  the  chainiel,  and  may  steer  W- 
by  N.  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Little  Captain's  Island  Harbor  about  28 
minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  7^  feet. 


tr 


174 


ELDRIDOIVa  COAST  PILOT. 


GREENWICH  COVE. 


Thfi  ontranw!  to  lliis  lai;,'(',  Hliallow  Cuvv.  Ih  nlioiil  NE.  I>y  E. 
about  2J^  luilcH  from  (Jiriit  Cuptiiiii's  Islaml  Mglithoiise. 

Jtrmarh'M. 

Gri'enwitli  Cove  lios  NE.  I'y  E.  mid  SW.  by  W-  al'oiit  1 
mile,  with  nn  oviMugo  widtli  of  ii  littl(!  iiioio  tliiin  }i  mile;  tlio 
moHt  of  it  is  very  hIiiiIIow,  mid  scvonil  marshy  Uocky  Ish-ts  lio 
nearly  in  tho  middle  of  it,  which  h-nvos  a  very  narrow  channi'l 
Iti'twccn  tlicm  and  the  North  fihore.  Most  of  the  Southern  part  of 
this  Ilarltor  is  bare  nt  very  low  tides.  About  8  feet  water  can  bo 
taken  into  this  Cove  at  low  tide,  where  small  vessels  may  lie  secure 
from  all  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Greenwich   Cove   in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Little  Captain's  Island 
Harbor  until  abreast  the  Red  Buoy  on  the  Kastern  side  of  the 
onlranee  ;  leave  this  Ibioy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
steer  N.  by  E-  J4  E  leavinj:^  the  sunken  Hock  (called  Cove 
Rock)  well  on  the  Port  hand.  "Wiicn  Great  Captain's  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  SW.  ^i  W.  and  the  entrance  to  Greenwich 
Cove  is  well  open,  bearing  NE.  ji  Em  run  in  about  miilway,  and 
anchor  to  tiie  Northwest  of  two  Marshy  Islets  in  about  8  feet 
water  at  low  tide. 

Jllyh  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  Green widi  Cove  a  short  time  after  it  is  at 
Little  Captain's  island  ;  common  tides  rise  about  7^  feet. 


COS  COB,  OR  GREENWICH  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  bears  NE.  J  j  N-  from  Great  Cap- 
tain's Island  Lighthouse,  distance  about  2],^  miles. 

Remarks. 

From  the  entrance  of  this  Harbor  to  the  Bridge  the  distance  is 
a  little  more  than  J^  mile ;  there  is  anchorage  in  some  parts  for 


Ei.nnrpoE's  coast  ptlot 


175 


^.  l)y  E. 


r.  iiiioiit  1 

milo  ;  tlio 
y  IslctH  lie 
iw  c'hnniu'l 
oi'ii  pnrt  of 
iUt  Clin  1(0 
,'  lie  secure 


in  Day- 
athor. 

ill's  Isliuid 
side  of  tlio 
liaiid,  nnd 
illcd  Cove 
ill's  Island 
Greenwich 
ilwa^',  nnd 
lOut  8  feet 


fter  it  is  at 

Bt. 


IBOR. 

GIrcat  Cap- 


dislanoo  is 
le  parts  for 


sniuil  vesNclH,  tint  Utile  water,  huwever,  tan   lie  taken   up  to  tlio 
village  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cos  Cob  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Follow  the  (lircofioiis  before  ^mmii  Ibr  Little  Captain's  Island 
Ilarlior,  until  alufn.st  the  Black  lliioy  on  the  Western  side  of 
entrance;  leave  tliis  Hiioy  a  short  distance  on  the  Tort  hiind  and 
sleer  about  N.  >j  W.,  leaving  the  sunken  Hock  (called  Covo 
l{o(k)  well  on  tlie  Starboard  hand.  When  the  entrance  to  tlie 
Iluriior  is  fairly  open,  sleer  ahoiit  NE.  Iiy  N.  ;i  N.  As  you  sail 
In,  you  will  see  at  the  entrance,  nearly  in  the  middle,  several  small 
Islets ;  tlie  cliaiiiiel  is  aliout  midway  lu'lwceu  tliese  Islets  and  the 
Western  sliore.  Wlien  aiirc.-ist  tiiesc  Islets  it  is  advisable  to  anchor 
in  aliout  8  feet  water  at  low  tide,  and  if  hound  further  up  take  a 
pilot. 

IIi!//i    Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Cos  Coli  Ilarlior  25  minutes 
before  it  is  at  liostou  ;  common  titles  rise  about  7}3  I'ect. 


GREAT   CAPTAIN'S  ISLAND  HARBOR. 

Jtemarh'tt. 

Reefs  extend  both  Northeast  nnd  Southwest  from  Great  Cap- 
tain's Island  Lighlhouse  ;  that  which  extends  to  the  Northeast  is 
called  Great  Captain's  Island  Pkstern  Reef,  and  that  which  extends 
off  to  the  Southwest  is  called  Great  Captain's  Island  Western  R<!ef ; 
this  last-mentioned  danger  is  marked  off  its  Western  part  with  a 
Red  Buoy,  which  bears  about  W.  by  S.  J.{  S.  from  the  Lightlioiisc, 
distance  >/2  mile;  about  10  feet  water  can  be  carried  into  this  place 
at  low  tide.  Great  Captain's  Island  Harbor  is  somewhat  exposed 
to  Southerly  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Great  Captain's  Island  Har- 
bor in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  bring  Great  Captain's  Island  Lighthouse  to 
bear  about  "West  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Red 


«    w« 


176 


ELDTIIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Buoy  ofT  the  Soiitliorn  part  of  llic  dangerous  Loilgo  called  the 
Cows  well  on  the  Starljoard  hand  ;  leave  this  last-named  Light- 
bouso  about  y^  mile  to  tlie  Northward,  and  keep  a  shari)  lookout 
for  the  Red  Buoy  whieli  lies  about  y^  milo  to  the  Westward  of  it ; 
when  this  last  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  a  short  distance  on  tiio  Star- 
board hand  and  make  good  the  course  about  NW.  by  N-  >^  N-, 
leaving  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  oir 
the  Southern  part  of  Four  Feet  Rock  well  on  the  Port  hand,  and  an- 
chor in  about  10  feet  water  at  low  tide  (soil  bottom).  The  Soutli 
point  of  Great  Calves  Island  bears  E.  '{.  S.  from  this  anchonigo, 
distance  about  J  mile  ;  or,  when  past  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  West 
Reef,  steer  about  NE.  by  N.  }i  N.,  carrying  about  11  feet  water, 
and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  SE.  by  E.,  anchor  in  fn.m  12  feet 
to  3  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Westward,  bring  Great  Captain's  Island  Lighthouse  to 
bear  NE.  and  run  for  it  oi^.  tliis  course.  As  you  approach  this 
Liglitliousc,  keep  a  sluup  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Western 
part  of  the  Reef  (before  described)  ;  when  tliis  Buoy  is  made,  fol- 
low the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Great  Captain's  Island  Harbor  about  27 
minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  7j^  feet. 


BYRAM  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  bears  W.  by  N.  from  Great  Cap- 
tain's Island  Lighthouse,  distance  ly^  miles 

Memarks. 

Byrain  River  is  a  narrow  stream,  the  most  of  which  is  bare  at 
low  tide  ;  about  ^  mile  from  its  mouth,  on  its  Western  bank,  is 
Port  Chester.  This  River  Las  many  dangerous  Rocks  in  it,  none 
of  which,  at  this  time,  are  buoyed  ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for 
strangers  bound  up,  to  anchor  iu  Great  Captain's  Island  Harbor 
and  take  pilots. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


1Y7 


go  called  the 
named  Ligbt- 
shiui)  lookout 
estward  of  it ; 
:c  on  the  Star- 

byN. /2N., 

ital  Htriijos  oir 
hand,  and  an- 
I.  The  Soiilli 
lis  anclioriigo, 
,'  oil"  the  West 
1 1  feet  water, 
n  from  1 2  feet 

Lighthouse  to 
approacli  this 
nr  the  Western 
)'  is  made,  Ibl- 


bor  about   27 
[>ut  7^4  ft-'ct. 


Q  Great  Cap- 


lich  is  bare  at 
stern  bank,  is 
iks  in  it,  none 
advisable  for 
slaud  Harbor 


MAMARONECK  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  Southwesterly  about  ">  miles  from 
Great  Captain's  Island  Lighthouse,  and  NE.  by  N-  about  Sji 
miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Execution  Uoeks. 

Heniarks. 

This  River,  whieh  is  very  shallow,  is  about  400  yards  wide  at  its 
mouth,  but  gradually  contracts  to  the  village  of  Mamaroneck,  a 
distance  of  about  ^  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Mamaroneck  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  tlie  Eastward,  leave  Norwalk  Lighthouse  about  ?..(  mile  t  > 
the  Northward,  and  when  alireast  it  make  good  the  course  W.  ly 
S.  ji  S.,  leaving  tlie  Red  Buoy  off  the  Soutiiern  i)art  of  the  daii- 
"(M-ous  Lcdae  called  the  Cows  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past 
tills  Buoy,  make  good  the  course  "W-SW-,  leaving  (i  rent  Captain's 
Island  Liglithouse  well  to  the  Nortiiward  ;  Avhen  tlie  Lighthouse 
on  Execution  Rocks  bears  SW-  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  off  the 
Southwest  part  of  the  Ledge  called  the"  Scotch  Caps  ;  leave  this 
last-named  Buoy  and  the  next,  which  is  painted  in  Red  and  Black 
iiorizontal  Stripes,  off  Ship  Reck,  both  a  short  distance  on  the 
Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  the  latter  Buoy,  steer  about  N-NW. 
and  anchor  at  the  mouth  of  the  River  in  about  8  feet  water  at  low- 
tide.     If  bound  farther  up,  a  pilot  is  necessary. 

From  the  Westward,  when  about  1  mile  past  the  Lighthouse  on 
the  Execution  Rocks,  bring  it  to  bear  SW.  by  S.  }i  S.,  on  which 
bearing  keep  it  and  steer  NE.  by  N-  }^  N-  nntil  the  Buoys  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Harbor  arc  made  ;•  then  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

ITiffh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  mouth  of  Mamaroneck  River  21  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  li-^e  about  T^foet. 


178 


ELDlilDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


DELANCEY'S  COVE. 

The  entrance  to  tliis  Cove,  which  is  on  the  Northern  shore  of 
Long  Irilund  Sound,  bears  N.  ^3  C  from  the  Lighthouse  on  the 
Execution  Hocks,  distance  about  2^a  miles. 

B,eniark8. 

Dehincoy's  Cove  is  of  irregular  shape,  about  J^  mile  in  diameter, 
and  has  but  little  water  in  it  at  low  tide  (espcciall}' near  the  head)  ; 
it  is  also  much  obstructed  by  Letlges,  some  of  which  lie  almost  in 
the  middle  of  it.  Off  its  entrance  lies  a  dangerous  Kecf  called 
Long  Ueach  Point  Reef;  these  dangerous  Rocks,  some  of  which  are 
bare  at  half  tide,  lie  nearly  North  and  South  about  ^^  mile  and 
have  a  width  of  about  ^  mile.  At  this  date  (1881),  it  is  not 
marked  with  either  Buoys  or  Beacons.  \n  entering  Delancey's 
Cove  there  is  a  good  channel  of  about  35{.  fathoms  water  on  either 
side  of  this  Reef. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Delancey's  Cove  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  the  Striped  Buoy  whicli  lies  to  the 
Northeastward  of  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Execution  Rocks  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  when  this  Lighthouse  bears  S-SW.  run  N-NE. 
for  the  Black  Buoy  off  Delance3''8  Point,  leaving  Long  Beach  I'oint 
Reef  well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  this  last-named  Buoy  is  made 
you  will  see  about  %  mile  to  the  Westward  of  it  a  low  Point,  this 
is  Long  Beach  Point ;  when  this  last  Point  bears  W-NW.  run  for 
it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  300  yards  on  the  Starb(mrd  h-ind. 
When  past  this  Point  the  Cove  will  then  be  open,  when  you  may 
run  in  and  anchor  near  the  mouth,  according  to  draught,  and  wait 
for  high  water. 

From  the  Westward ,  leave  the  Buo}*  to  the  Southwest  of  the  Light- 
house on  the  Execution  Rocks  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  make  good  the  course  N.  >^  E-,  leaving  Whortleberry 
Island  on  the  Port  and  Long  Beach  Point  Reef  well  on  the  Star- 
board hand  ;  after  passing  this  Reef  steer  more  Easterly,  and  anchor 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Cove  as  before  directed. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


179 


High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  Dt'lanccy's  Cove  about  the  same  time  it  is  at 
the  entrance  to  Mamaroneck  Kivcr. 


PORT  JEFFERSON  HARBOR. 


The  entrance  to  this  Harhor,  wliich  is  on  the  Southern  side  of 
Long  Island  3ound,  bears  al)ont  S-  Yz  W.  from  tlio  Lighthouse  on 
tlie  Michllc  Ground,  distance  b%  miles,  and  al'oiit  !E.SEi-  from  Old 
Field  I'oint  Ligbthouse,  distance  about  \%  miles. 

Meniarks. 

After  leaving  Plum  Gut,  this  is  the  first  Harbor  on  the  Southern 
side  of  the  Sound.  It  is  difficult  of  access  on  account  of  a  Sand 
I5ar  which  extends  across  its  entrance,  and  it  is  saitl  tJuit  there  arc 
usually  not  more  than  2  or  3  feet  water  upon  tliis  Bar  at  low  tide  ; 
when  once  in,  however,  there  is  excellent  anchorage  in  from  3  to  6 
fathoms  water,  secure  from  all  winds. 

Sailing  Directions   for  Port  Jefferson  Harbor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  bound  to  Port  Jefferson  Harbor,  follow  the 
sailing  directions  before  given  for  Long  Island  Sound  until  the 
Lighthouse  on  the  Middle  Ground  bears  N.  li  E.,tlu'n  make  good 
the  course  S.  ],i  W-,  leaving  the  Black  Buoj  olf  tlie  Northern  part 
of  Mount  Illiscry  Slioal  (upon  which  there  are  about  5  feet  water) 
well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  after  passing  this  last-named  Buoy  (which 
bears  E-  }i  N.  from  Old  Field  Point  Lighthouse,  disttuu'e  1^ 
miles),  it  is  advisable  to  anclior  off  the  Bar  in  about  4  fathoms 
water,  or  lay  off  and  on  and  wait  for  high  water  and  a  pilot. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Old  Field  Point  Lighthouse  about  J^ 
mile  to  the  Southward,  and  when  past  i' .  haul  in  and  anchor  off 
tiic  Bar,  or  lay  off  and  on  as  before  directeil. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  on  Port  Jelferson  Bar  about  30  miuutod  before  it 
is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1]^  feet. 


,f' 


\.::j.. 


180 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


SMITHTOWN  BAY. 

This  Ba}'  is  formed  ))y  the  great  curve  in  the  North  shore  of  Long 
Island,  which  extends  from  Crane  Neck  Point  (the  first  to  the 
Westward  of  Old  Field  Point  Lighthouse)  to  Eaton's  Neck. 

Hcmarlis, 

Thire  is  good  anchorage  in  this  Da)'  under  Crane  Neck  I'oint  * 
in  about  8  fathoms  water,  wilii  winds  from  ENE.  to  SW.  by 
way  of  South.  A  strict  watcii,  liowever,  should  be  kept,  except  in 
summer,  and  the  15ay  should  be  left  on  the  first  indications  of 
Westerly  or  Northerly  winds.  The  Western  shore  of  Crane  Neck 
is  quite  bold,  but  flats  extend  off  to  the  Westward  of  this  from  the 
shore  of  Smithtown  Bay  from  J^  to  ^  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Smithtown  Bay  in  Dajrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Large  vessels  from  the  Eastward  may  follow  the  sailing  directions 
before  given  for  Long  Island  Sound  until  up  with  llie  Li>ilithouso  on 
tlie  Middle  Ground  ;  then  bring  this  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE.  ^^  N., 
and  make  good  the  course  SW-  Yi  S.,  and  haul  round  Crane  Neck 
Point,  leaving  it  about  J4  luilt;  on  the  Port  hand,  and  aneliur  in  from 
8  to  10  fatlionis  water,  with  the  end  of  the  I'oint  bearing  NE.  by 
N.,  distance  about  ^  mile  ;  small  vessels  may  go  farther  in  and 
anchor  witli  Crane  Neck  Point  bearing  from  N.  by  E.  to  N-NE. 

Care  should,  however,  be  taken  to  avoid  the  shoal  water  which 
extends  about  Yz  mile  from  tlie  Southern  sliore. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Eaton's  Neck  LiglitlDUse,  haul 
into  Smithtown  Bay,  taking  care  to  avoid  tlie  shoal  water  that 
makes  off  from  the  shore,  and  anchor  under  Crane  Neck  as  before 
directed. 


STONY   BROOK   HARBOR. 

Tlie  entrance  to  this  shallow  Harbor  bears  about  South  from 
Crane  Neck  Point,  distance  ly^  miles. 

*  Crane  Neck  Poiut  is  the  first  to  the  Westward  of  Old  Field  Point 


c  of  Long 
st  to  the 
3k. 


V  Point  • 
.  SW.  by 
except  in 
■ations  of 
ane  Neck 
1  from  the 


aytime, 
r. 

diroctions 
illiousc  on 

E.  V,  N., 

laiio  Mock 
lur  in  from 
i;  NE.  l^y 
or  ill  and 
.  N.NE. 
Iter  wLich 

rnise,  haul 

ivator  that 

as  before 


south  from 


rield  Poiut 


ELDRIDGF/S  COAST  PILOT. 


181 


Memnrhs. 

Tiio  entrance  to  Stony  Brook  Harbor  is  vor}'  slionl,  but  2  or  3 
feet  water  at  low  tide  lieing  found  ill  a  narrow  channel.  Tlic  vil- 
lage of  Stony  Brook  is  situated  on  the  I'^lastern  bank  of  this  stream, 
about  ij  mile  from  its  entrance.  This  Harbor,  on  aocoiint  of  its 
shallowness,  is  frequented  by  only  small  vessels.  It  is  udviaablo 
for  vessels  bound  to  this  Harbor  to  take  a  pilot  olf  the  bar. 

lUijh    Wafer. 

It  is  hicjh  water  on  Stony  Brook  Bar  about  33  minutes  before  it 
is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  Tjj^  feet. 


NISSEQUAGE  RIVER. 

The  cntranoo  to  this  sliallow  River  is  on  the  Southern  shore  of 
Long  Island  Sound,  nearly  midway  between  Eaton's  Neck  and  Old 
Field  I'oint  Lighthouse. 

lieninrltS. 

Nissequagc  River  is  a  nan'o\  shallow  stream,  full  of  ^larsh  Is- 
lands which  separate  it  into  numerous  sm;i!l  chaiuiels  ;  not  more 
than  7  or  8  feet  water  can  be  taken  across  the  bar  at  high  water. 
The  village  of  Nissequage  is  built  on  the  Eastern  bank  of  the 
River,  about  a  mile  from  its  entrance,  and  about  l^  mile  above 
this  on  the  "Western  side  is  the  small  settlement  of  Darlingtowu  ; 
shoal  water  extends  olf  more  than  a  mile  from  Nissequage  entrance. 

Hiffli   Water. 

It  is  high  water  on  Nissequage  Bar  about  the  same  time  that  it 
is  at  Stony  Brook  entrance. 


HUNTINGTON    BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  between  Eaton's  Neck  on  tlio 
East  and  Lloyd's  Neck  on  the  West,  is  on  the  Southern  side  of 


f't^memmm^f^m'^ma 


f  W 


182 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


the  Suuiid,  about  15  milos  from  the  Lighthouse  ou  the  Execution 
Rotks,  and  about  IG  miles  from  tiie  Lighthouse  ou  the  Middle 
Ground. 

HemarkH. 

Huntington  Hay  lies  nearly  North  and  South  about  2J^  miles, 
with  an  average  width  of  more  than  a  mile.  It  afTorls  good 
anchorage  in  from  S'j  to  G  fathoms  water,  and  good  shelter  in  all 
except  Northerly  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Huntington  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  follow  the  sailing  directions  before  given  for 
Long  Island  Sound,  until  up  with  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Middle 
Ground ;  leave  this  Lighthouse  about  J^  mile  to  the  Northward, 
and  make  good  the  course  W.  by  S.  for  Eaton's  Neck.  As  you 
approach  the  Lighthouse  on  this  Neck  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the 
Black  15uoy  which  bears  about  N.  ^  E.  from  this  Lighthouse ; 
when  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port,  and  steer 
about  SW.  by  W.  until  the  Bay  is  fairh'  open,  then  run  in,  keep- 
ing about  midway  of  it.  Large  vessels  may  anchor  with  Eaton's 
Neck  Liglithouse  bearing  NE.  by  E.,  and  with  Northeast  winds 
maj'  go  farther  up  and  anchor  with  the  Lighthouse  at  Lloyd's 
Harbor  bearing  W.  by  S.,  in  about  4  fathoms  water  at  low  tide. 
Should  the  wind  change  suddenly  to  the  Northward,  vessels  of  not 
more  than  10  feet  draught  may  at  low  tide  run  into  Lloyd's  Harbor, 
and  vessels  of  12  feet  draught  maj'  ruu  in  at  half  tide,  where  they 
will  lie  at  low  water  aground  in  soft  mud.  See  directions  for 
Lloyd's  Harbor. 

From  the  AVestward,  leave  the  Black  Buoy  off  Llo^-d's  Neck  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  for  Eaton's  Neck  Lighthouse  ;  when 
Huntington  Bay  is  fairly  open,  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 


Beating  into  Huntington  Bay. 

Shoal  water  makes  off  from  both  shores  of  this  "Ray. 


Large  ves- 


sels in  beating  in  should  therefore  keep  in  the  middle  of  it. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Night-time. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Middle  Ground 
as  before  directed,  and  make  good  the  course  W-  }4  S.  until  the 
Light  at  Lloyd's  Harbor  bears  SW-  by  S.  Ja  S. ;  you  are  then  past 


:!iti''iM 


Execution 
lio  Micldh 


2^  miles, 
jrls  good 
Iter  ill  all 


ia3rtime, 
er. 

}  given  for 
the  Middle 
sortliward, 
As  you 
out  for  tlie 
ighthouRC ; 

and  steer 
I  in,  kecp- 
Ih  Eaton's 
jast  winds 
it  Lloyd's 

low  tide. 
ids  of  not 
I's  Harbor, 
rliero  tliey 
jctions  for 

3  Neck  on 
use ;  when 
Licted. 


Large  a'cs- 
it. 


lie  Ground 
3.  until  the 
e  then  past 


ELDRIDGE'S  COaST  TILOT. 


183 


the  r.laok  Buoy  off  Eaton's  Neck  Liglit,  ami  nny  run  I'or  Lloyd's 
Ilarlior  Li.^ht,  bearing  S-W-  by  S.  Jj  S-,  until  Ea'.ou's  Neck  Light 
bears  E.  by  N.  |j  N.,  then  run  up  about  S.  Jj  W.,  keeping  in 
the  middle  of  the  Bay,  and  anchor  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water, 
Lloyd's  narl)or  Light  bearing  from  West  to  W.  by  S. 

At  night,  from  the  Westward,  when  past  Great  Captain's  Lsland 
Light,  bring  Eaton's  Neck  Light  to  bear  E.  by  S-  H  S.,  and  run 
for  it  on  this  course  until  Lloyd's  Harbor  Light  bears  SW.  by 
S.  /^  S-,  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


NORTHPORT    HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Southeast  side  of 
Huntington  Bay,  bears  E.SE.  from  Lloyd's  Harbor  Lighthouse, 
distance  1}^  miles. 

Iteniarh's. 

This  Harbor  lies  nearly  East  and  West,  is  more  than  2  miles  in 
length,  and  has  an  average  width  of  more  than  a  mile.  The  chan- 
nel which  loads  in  from  Huntington  Bay  is  narrow,  and  has  a  depth 
of  about  3  fathoms  at  low  tide ;  at  this  date  (1881),  it  is  well 
buoyed.  This  harbor  affords  excellent  anchorage  in  from  10  feet 
to  9  fathoms  water,  sheltered  from  all  winds. 

The  village  of  Northport  is  situated  near  the  Southeast  arm  of 
the  Harbor ;  good  anchorage  may  be  found  off  this  village  in  from 
C  to  7  feet  water  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Northport  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Huntington  Bay,  until  the  Lighthouse  at  Lloyd's  Harbor 
bears  NW.  by  W-  ^A  W-,  then  run  SE.  by  E.  Ji^  E.,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Southern  end  of  West 
Beach  Flats  ;  when  this  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  steer  about  East,  carrying  .>,bout  3  fathoms  water,  and  leaving 
the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Northwest  part  of  Great  Flats  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  the  Black  Buoy  olf  the  Southeast  part  of  West 
Beach  Flats  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  past  this  last-named  Buoy 
you  may  anchor  anywhere  in  the  Harbor,  secure  from  all  winds. 


ISA 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  riI,OT. 


i 


If  bound  to  tlic  x'lWn^Q  of  Norlliport,  wlion  past  tlie  IMack  Riioy 
off  till-  Soiithoast  part  of  Wost  licaeh  Flats,  stoor  ahoiit  NE.  •»}' 
E.  Ij  E.,  l<'avin;4  Littln  Nock  I'lniit  well  on  tlm  Starboard  hand. 
"NVlK'n  tbo  village  of  Nurtliport  is  wcllopcn,  run  nj)  to  tlic  Soutlicast- 
ward,  ki'oping  about  midwa}' the  llarlior.  At  low  title,  vessels  of 
more  than  7  feet  draught  must  anchor  aVjout  a  mile  Northwest  from 
the  village  and  wait  for  flood  tide. 

Boating  into  Northport  Harbor. 

In  beating  into  this  Harbor,  after  passing  the  lirsl  Black  T.no)' 
at  the  entrance,  the  channel  is  very  narrow  until  past  the  Dhick 
Buoy  off  the  Southeast  part  of  West  Beach  Flats. 

niffh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  ut  the  entrance  of  Northport  Harbor  38  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1%  foet. 


HUNTINGTON  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  at  the  head  of  ITiiivtington 
Bay,  bears  about  S-SE*  fiom  tlio  Liglithouso  at  Lloyd's  Harbor, 
distance  about  yi  mile. 

Remarks. 

From  the  entrance  of  this  Harbor  (which  is  between  two  Buoys, 
one  Black,  the  other  Rod)  the  distance  is  about  1>^  miles  through 
a  narrow,  crooked  channel  to  the  village  of  Huntington  ;  not  more 
than  7  or  8  feet  water  can  be  carried  into  this  Harbor  at  low  tide 
and  but  little  up  to  the  village  ;  there  are  also  Rocks  lying  in  the 
channel,  none  of  which  at  this  date  are  buoyed ;  it  is  therefore 
advisable  for  strangers  bound  to  this  Harbor  to  anchor  in  Lloyd's 
Harbor  and  take  pilots. 

Jligh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Huntington  Harbor  38  min- 
utes before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1%  feet. 


PI 


Hack  Buoy 
It  NE.  >>y 
jurd  liaiul. 
Soullicast- 
vcHscls  of 
liwcst  from 


lack  I'lioj' 
the  Dlack 


38  minutes 


Tnivtington 
Vs  Harbor, 


two  Buoys, 
les  through 
;  not  more 
at  low  tide 
lying  in  the 
9  therefore 
•  in  Lloyd's 


)or  38  min- 
^  feet. 


r.LDIMDfJK'S  rOAST   IMLOT. 


LLOYD'S  HARBOR. 


18^ 


The  entrance  to  thi-t  convenient  Ilarhnr  fur  li^lit  draught  vessels 
bears  from  Eaton's  Nock  I.iglitiiousc  SW-  near!}-  ;i  miles. 

Lloyd's  Harbor  Lighthouse. 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light,  is  on  the  South 
end  of  Long  Beach,  North  side  of  entrance  to  Lloyd's  Harbor. 
Katon's  Neck  Lighlhouso  bears  from  Lloyd's  Harbor  Lighthouse 
about  NE.,  difttaace  about  3  miles. 

Reniarks, 

The  entrance  to  Lloyd's  Harbor  is  nearly  y^  mile  wide,  but  the 
real  channel,  which  is  on  tlie  Northern  Hide,  is  only  about  OfjO  yards 
wide,  with  a  depth  of  from  7  to  10  feet  water  at  low  tide; 
vessels  of  15  feet  draught  may,  however,  run  into  this  Harbor  at 
high  water,  whore  they  will  at  low  tide  lie  aground  in  very  soil 
mud,  secure  from  all  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Lloyd's  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  bound  to  Lloyd's  Harbor, 
follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Huntington  Bay,  until  the 
Lighthouse  at  Lloyd's  Harbor  bears  al)out  West,  then  run  in, 
leaving  this  Lighthouse  not  more  tlian  250  yards  to  the  Northward  ; 
when  it  bears  NE.  by  N-  anchor  in  about  10  feet  of  water,  where 
j'ou  will  lie  secure  from  all  winds.  Above  t'xis,  the  water  is  shal- 
low at  low  tide.     These  directions  will  un-^VfCr  for  night  or  day. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Lloyd's  Harbor  30  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  7J^  feet. 


OYSTER  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  the  flrst  to  the  Westward  of 
Huntington  Bay,  is  5)4  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Eaton's  Neck 
Lighthouse,  and  East-Northerly  11  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on 
tbo  Execution  Rocks. 


186 


ELDUIDr.K'S   COAST  PILOT. 


lieuinrka, 

O^-stcr  B;iy  Is  very  irr(!^iil:ir  in  Hliapo,  boinj?  divided  Into  two 
parts  by  Covo  Nccli.  Tiie  Ivistcrii  arm,  wliicli  is  culled  Cold 
Spriiij^  Iliuhur,  cxtoiids  up  Soiithoiiatcrly  iiboiit  2  niili'S  to  the 
villajifo  of  Cold  Spriii<r ;  the  Western  arm  extends  about  \\^  miles 
to  tlio  vill'ii^c  of  Oyster  Hay.  There  is  excellent  anchorage,  and 
also  good  shelter,  in  both  Cold  Spring  and  Oyster  Hay  liarbors. 
About  1')  feet  water  can  bo  taken  into  the  former  at  low  tide,  and  fi 
fathoms  into  the  latter.  The  entrance  to  Oyster  Bay  is  somewhat 
obstructed  ;  a  long  Spit  called  Centre  Island  Shoal  ifiakes  ofT  from 
the  Western  side  of  the  entrance,  which  makes  the  channel  (which 
is  between  the  Eastern  shore  and  Red  Kuo}-)  not  more  than  ^  mile 
wide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cold  Spring  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  the  Black  Buoy  off  to  the  Northward 
of  Eaton's  Nock  Li;j;l.tho;isc  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about 
West,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  Lloyd's  Neck  ; 
when  this  is  made,  leave  it  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  and  steer 
about  SW-  1 1-2  miles.  Oyster  Bay  will  then  be  fairly  open,  bearing 
about  S-SE-  ;  you  may  then  run  in,  keeping  nearer  the  Eastern 
side  ;  as  vou  sail  in  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  on  the  Eastern  end 
of  the  Spii ;  this  Buoy  lies  not  more  than  ]£  mile  from  the  Eastern 
side  of  the  entrance  ;  when  this  Buo}'  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  up  about  S.  J4  E.  2  nnles,  and 
anchor  midway  the  Harbor  in  about  2}^  fathoms  water  at  low  tide. 
If  bound  to  the  village  of  Cold  Spring  it  is  necessary  to  wait  here 
for  high  water  and  a  pilot.    . 

From  the  Westward,  when  past  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Execution 
Rocks,  steer  E.  NE.  leaving  the  Black  P>aoy  off  Matinicock  Point 
well  to  the  Southward  ;  continue  the  course  E-NE.  until  Great 
Captain's  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW-  %  W.,  then  steer  SE. 
J4  E.  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Centre  Island  Reef  well  on  the 
Starboard  hand ;  when  Oyster  Bay  is  fairly  open,  then  run  in  as 
before  directed. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Oyster  Bay  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Ea&.ward  or  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Cold  Spring  Harbor,  until  past  the  Red  Buoy  off  the 


1 


F,T-nninoF/s  coast  rir.oT 


181 


\  Into  two 

alh'd  Cok) 
Ics  to  the 
,  1^  tnili's 
lorago,  ami 
ly  linibors. 
tide,  and  f> 
1  somewhat 
OS  off  from 
luol  (which 
than  ^  mile 

in  Day- 
)ather. 

Northward 
?teor  obout 
lyd's  Neck  ; 
•t  and  steer 
(Ml,  bearing 
the  Eastern 
''astern  end 
Liio  Eastern 
close  to  on 
miles,  and 
at  low  tide. 
,o  wait  here 

3  Execntion 
licock  Point 
until  Great 
I  steer  SE- 
well  on  tlie 
1  run  in  as 


'  in  Day- 
ather. 

tions  before 
uoy  off  the 


Eastern  part  of  the  Spit,  then  Htco-  SW.  about  a  mile,  when 
Oyster  Hay  will  be  fairly  open;  then  run  in,  iiofpiiig  the  Western 
sliore  best  aboard,  and  anehor  in  from  I  to  H  fuihoms  water, 
secure  from  all  winds. 

Beating  into  Oyster  Bay  Harbor. 

In  Ijcating  into  this  IIarl)or,  in  order  to  avoid  a  Rocky  Shoal 
which  ni.ilves  oil' al)out  .'5.")i)  yards  from  Cove  Neck,*  it  is  necessary 
to  keep  the  Western  shore  best  aboard. 

Beating  into  Oyster  Bay. 

Vcpsels  beating  into  this  llay  should,  after  passing  the  Hhu  k 
Buoy  off  the  Northern  part  of  Centre  Island  Reef,  keep  the  ICast- 
ern  shore  best  aboard. 

Illffh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Oyster  Bay  22  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
common  tides  rise  about  7j  j  feet. 


HEMPSTEAD  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  large  Cove,  which  is  on  the  South  side  of 
the  Sound,  is  East-Southerly-  about  3  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on 
the  Execution  Rocks. 

Remarks. 

Hempstead  Harbor  lies  nearly  North  and  South  about  4  J^  miles 
in  length,  and  between  Red  Spring  Point  and  Prospcc't  Point  it 
is  nearly  3  miles  in  width,  but  graduall}'  contracts  to  th.;  vill.igc 
of  Hempstead  or  Roslyn  ;  about  3  miles  above  the  entrance  a 
narrow  Beach  makes  from  the  Western  side  by  which  the  width 
of  the  Harbor  is  diminished  to  200  yards ;  from  2%  to  3  fathoms 
water  can  be  carried  up  as  far  as  this  Beach,  there  being  no  navi- 
gation beyond  this  point.  Good  shelter  is  found  in  this  Harbor 
in  all  except  Northerly  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Hempstead  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  the  Black  Buoy  off  Matinieoek  Point 
a  short  distance  to  the  Southward  (the  Lighthouse  on  the  Execu- 


*  Cove  Neck  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance  to  (.)yatur  Hay  Harbor. 


188 


KI.imiDdlVa  COART  ni-oT. 


lion  Kncks  boiirs  W.  by  S.  fnmi  lliiH  Buoy,  iliHtanoo  ft  milcH),  iiikI 
when  piiHt  this  lliioy,  run  alxxit  SW.  li  W-  ""til  tlic  lliirl.or  is 
fairly  ()|»iii ;  tiu'n  run  in  iiliout  midway  initil  i»;imL  MoICh  I'oiiit, 
wlii(;li  in  (lie  (Irst  on  the  Wi'sU'rn  Hi.lc  ;  wlicn  past  UiIm  lasl-nanu-d 
I'oiut,  anclior  in  from  3  to  4  futlioms  vvati-r. 

Krom  till)  Westward,  wlion  pant  tlio  Liyl'^l'O''^"  "»  ^''^  l'''iP('"tion 
Uoc'Ivs,  Hteor  E.  K'  N.  mitil  tlio  entranoo  to  lIomi)Htead  IIarl)or  in 
fairly  opcu,  then  run  in  as  bclbro  direi-li'd. 

Beating  into  Hempstead  Harbor. 

In  boalin}^  into  this  Harbor  lie  careful  to  avoid  ricket's  Rock, 
which  lies  oil  to  the  Northward  of  Mott's  Point  about  ]i  milo  from 
the  Western  shoro  and  is  awasli  at  low  tide  ;  when  past  this  last- 
named  Point,  which  is  tho  first  on  the  Western  side,  keei)  the 
Western  shore  best  aboard 

jrigh  Water, 

It  is  hi-xh  water  in  IIomi)stcad  Outer  Harbor  17  rainutca  before 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  7J^  feet. 


MANHASSET  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  on  the  South  side  of  the 
Sound,  is  about  IJ^  miles  Southwest  from  the  Lightliouse  at  Sands' 
Point,  and  about  IJ^  miles  Northeast  from  the  Lighthouse  on  the 
Stepping  Stones. 

Memarks, 

This  r>ay,  which  is  of  irregular  shape,  makes  in  SE-  nearly  1 
miles  ;  at  its  entrance  it  is  about  J^  miU;  wide  ;  excellent  anchor- 
ago  may  be  found  in  it  in  from  12  feet  to  7  fathoms  water,  secure 
fr°m  all  winds;  but  U  feet,  however,  at  low  tide  can  be  taken 
across  the  bar  at  its  entrance. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Manhasset  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Execution  Rocks 
about  }i  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  SW-  J  2  S. 
leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Northwestern  part  of  Gangway 
Rock  on  the  Port  hand  ;  this  Buoy  bears  from  the  Lighthous ;  on 
the  Execution  Rocks  about  SW.  by  S.  H  S-,  distance  1  }i  miles  ; 


miles) ,  nn<l 

•  Harbor  in 

otl'H  point, 

last-n:iiiu'(l 


c  Kxpc'iition 
il  IIurl)or  iH 


I'kiii'H  Ivock, 
}(  iTjllo  from 
st  tiiis  liist- 

C,    ivOOJ)    tllO 


autc3  before 


side  of  the 
ise  at  Sands' 
liouso  on  the 


E-  nearly  4 
lent  anchor- 
ivater,  secure 
an  be  tal^en 

Da3rtiine, 
ther 

oiition  Uoc'ks 

-  SW.  ]'2  s. 

of  Gangway 
ightlious !  on 
30  1  ^4  iiiik's  ; 


ET.DnipnF'a  coast  tilot. 


180 


when  about  yj  mile  past  thin  Iliioy,  Ilcmimtoad  Hay  will  bn  open, 
when  you  may  run  in,  keei)iiig  tlie  Kastern  HJiore  liest  al)oard,  and 
when  past  the  bar,  anclioroir  I'lum  Heaih  Point,  wiiidi  is  on  tlie 
Kastern  side,  in  from  T)  to  7  fatiii>MH  water;  near  tli<!  Iiead  of  tliis 
Hay  tliere  is  lait  little  water  at  low  tide. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  tiie  I.i'.'htiionso  on  the  Stepping  Slones 
a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about,  NE-  >4 
N.  aiiout  2  miles;  Ilenipstead  May  will  tlica  \n>  well  open,  when 
you  may  run  in  and  anchor  according  to  directions  before  given. 

nigh  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  Hempstead  Bay  10  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston ;  common  tides  rise  al)out  1}^  feet. 


LITTLE  NECK  BAY. 

This  shallow  Bay  is  oti  the  South  side;  of  Long  Isl-vnd  Sound 
nearly  opposite  Throg's  Ne(  k  Lighthouse. 

Itemarks. 

Little  Neck  Bay  is  of  little  importance,  as  it  only  affords  anchor- 
age for  small  or  lig!  t  draught  vessels  ;  from  8  to  3  feet  water  can 
be  taken  into  it  at  low  tide  ;  vessels  of  8  or  'J  feet  draught  may, 
however,  anchor  near  its  entrance. 


HART  AND  CITY  ISLAND  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Har1>or,  which  is  between  Hart  and  City 
Islands,  is  Southwesterly  '2>^  miles  from  the  Liglitliouso  on  Exe- 
cution Hocks,  and  Northeasterly  2j^  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  at 
Throg's  Neck. 

JRemarks. 

Hart  and  City  Island  Harbor  is  much  frequentol  by  coasters  in 
both  Easterly  and  Westerly  winds;  about  18  foot  water  can  be 
taken  into  it  at  low  tide.  The  channel,  which  is  narrow,  lies  about 
250  yards  from  the  Southern  point  of  Hart  Island. 


-•S^mm 


190 


ELDRIDGF/S  COAST  TILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Hart  and  City  Island  Har- 
bor in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  follow  the  sailing  directions  before  given  for 
Long  Island  Sound,  until  up  witli  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Execution 
Rooks  ;  when  past  this  Lighthouse,  vdiich  may  be  left  H  mile  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  steer  SW-  >^  S-,  leaving  the  South  point  of 
Hart  Island,  which  is  bold,  about  350  yards  on  the  Starboard 
hand  ;  when  tlie  Harbor  is  fairly  open,  run  in,  and  anchor  iu  from 
G  fathoms  to  1 1  feet  water  ;  in  entering  this  Harbor,  vessels  of  more 
than  11  feet  draught,  should  at  low  tide  keep  not  more  than  250 
yards  from  Hart  Island. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Stepping 
Stones  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  N-NE-, 
until  the  Harl  or  is  fairly  open,  then  run  in  and  anchor  as  before 
directed. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Hart  and  City  Island  Harbor 
at  Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  follow  the  sailing  directions  before  given  for 
Long  Island  Sound,  until  the  Light  upon  the  Execution  liocks  is 
made,  then  run  for  it,  bearing  W-SW.,  and  leave  it  not  more  than 
400  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  tliis  Light,  or  it  bears 
North,  bring   the  fixed  2cd    Light  on  the  .Stepping    Stones  in 
range  with  Throg's  Neck  Light  (fixed  White*),  and  run  for  them 
in  range,  bearing  about  SW.  >4  S-,  keeping' a  sharp  lookout  for 
the  Southern  point  of  Hart  Island  ;  when  this  point  is  made,  leave 
it  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  and  haul  in  to  the  Northward, 
and  anchor  in  from  6  fathoms  to  12  feet  water.     If  the  night  is  so 
dark  tliat  the  Southern  point  of  Hart  Island  cannot  bo  seen  but  a 
short  distance,  it  is  advisable  when  past  the  Light  on  the  Execution 
Rocks  to  shorten  sail,  and  run  with  the  Lights  in  range  until  j'ou 
judge  you  are  abreast  the  Southern  point  of  Hart  Island,  then  haul 
to  the  Northwestward,  until  the  fixed  Red  Light  on  the  Stepping 
Scones  bears  S-  by  W-,  then  steer  N.  by  E-,  which  will  take  you 
into  the  Harbor  in  about  12  fcot  water  at  low  tide.     Large  vessels 
should  anchor  in  about  3}^  fatlioms  water,  with  the  Revolving 
Light  on  Sands'  Point  just  on,  with  the  South  point  of  Hart  Island 
bearing  NE.  by  B-  14  E. 


sland  Har- 
is  and  fair 

efore  given  for 

the  Execution 

left  }i  mile  on 

South  point  of 

the  Starboard 

anclior  iu  from 

vessels  of  more 

more  than  250 

the  Stepping 

steer  N-NE., 

nchor  as  before 


and  Harbor 
Is  and   fair 

before  given  for 
cution  liocks  is 
t  not  more  than 
ight,  or  it  bears 
ping  Stones  in 
J  run  for  them 
arp  lookout  for 
t  is  made,  leave 
the  Northward, 

the  night  is  so 
)t  bo  seen  but  a 
n  the  Execution 

range  until  j'ou 
sland,  then  haul 
on  the  Stepping 
ch  will  take  you 
.  Large  vessels 
I  the  Revolving 
t  of  Hart  Island 


ELDUIDGK'S  COxiST  PILOT. 


191 


The  Southern  point  of  Hart  Island  is  low,  and  difficult  to  make 
in  very  dark  nights ;  in  such  times,  especially  with  Northeasterly 
gales,  it  is  advisable,  when  past  the  Light  on  the  Execution  Rocks, 
to  run  in  with  Throg's  Neck  and  Stopping  Stones  Liglits  in  range, 
leaving  the  latter  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand  ;  haul  round 
Throg's  Neck  Light,  leaving  it  about  }^  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  run  up  to  the  Northwestward  and  anchor  close  in  under 
Throg's  Neck,  from  >4  to  ^  mile  above  the  Lighthouse,  in  from  6 
to  9  fathoms  water,  secure  from  all  winds. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Hart  and  City  Island  Harbor  about  9  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  7yi  feet. 


NEW  ROOHELLB  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of 
the  Sound,  boars  NW-  by  W-  ^2  W.  from  the  Lighthouse  on  the 
Execution  Rocks,  distance  1^  miles. 

Ketnarks, 

On  account  of  the  obstructions  at  the  entrance,  and  also  the 
narrow  channel  leading  in,  this  Har])or  cannot  be  entered  by  stran- 
gers in  sailing  vessels,  except  with  favorable  winds ;  it  is  mostly 
used  by  steamers  and  barges  ;  good  anchorage,  however,  is  found 
off  its  mouth,  in  from  2  to  5  fathoms  water. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  Rochelle  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  follow  the  sailing  directions  before  given  for 
Long  Island  Sound,  until  you  make  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Execu- 
tion Rocks,  then  bring  this  Lighthouse  to  bear  WSW.,  and  run 
for  it  on  this  course  ;  as  you  approach  it,  keep  a  sharp  lot;kout  lor  tlio 
Striped  Buoy  which  lies  about  J^  mile  Northeasterly  from  it ;  wlion 
this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  Land,  and 
make  good  the  course  NW.  by  W.  'A  W. ;  as  you  sail  in  you  will 
see  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  which 
lies  ou  Middle  Rock ;  leave  this  last-named  Buoy  a  short  distuuce 


51 


^■*-v. 


192 


ELDIUDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


on  the  Port  hand,  and  ni:iko  good  the  comsc  W.  >2  N.,  leaving  the 
Middle  Siioal  and  Bird  llooivs  (botli  of  which  are  bare  at  hall"  tide) 
well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  after  passing  the  latter,  in  order  to 
avoid  a  Sunken  lloek  lying  iu  the  middle  of  the  passage,  it  is  best 
to  anchor  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water,  close  under  the  North 
Shore,  and  take  a  pilot. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  the  Buoy  which  lies  about  Yz  mile 
Sonthwost  from  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Execution  Rocks,  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  N.  J4  W-,  leaving  Whortleberry 
Island  wcl'  to  the  Westward  ;  when  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  Stripes  on  Middle  Rock  bcara  NW-  by  W-  Yi 
W.,  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

There  is  a  channel  to  the  Westwaid  of  Davenport's  Island  having 
from  7  to  8  feet  water  in  it  at  low  tide,  but  it  is  considered  too 
intrl  !ate  for  strangers. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  New  Rochclle  Harbor  7  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  7J^  feet. 


PELHAM 


BAY    AND    HUTCHINSON'S 
RIVER. 


rr 


The  entrance  to  this  Bay  and  River  is  on  the  North  side  of  the 
Sound,  between  Throg's  Neck  on  the  South  and  City  Island  on  the 
North. 

Hemarks. 

The  entrance  to  i'elham  Bay  is  nearly  2  miles  in  width,  but  grad- 
ually contracts  to  the  mouth  of  ilutchinson's  River  ;  only  about  5 
feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  taken  up  to  the  mouth  of  this  River  ; 
it  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  bound  to  this  place  to  employ 
pilots. 

Shinnecock  Jjighthouse. 

Upon  Pondquogue  Point,  Souf n  side  of  Long  Island  and  North  side 
of  Shinnecock  Bay,  about  1  mile  from  the  seashore,  is  a  Li?^hthouse, 
which  at  this  date  ( 1881) ,  sliows  a  lixed  White  Lijrlit.  '''his  i.ight- 
house  is  West-Southerly  32y2  miles  from  Montauk  Point  Lighthouse 


1; 


11 


leaving  the 
hall"  tide) 
in  order  to 
,  it  is  best 
the  Norlh 

>ut  Yi  mile 
lis,  closi;  to 
hortle  berry 
n  Red  and 
■  by  W.  ^ 

and  having 
sidered  too 


fore  it  is  at 


ISDN'S 


side  of  the 
and  on  the 


I,  but  grad- 
il\'  abont  5 
this  River ; 
J  to  emploj' 


North  side 
ii^^hthouse, 

''his  jJ«fiit- 
Lighlhouse 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


193 


and  East-Northerly  ?fi  miles  from  Fire  Island  Lighthouse.  Tlie 
Tower  of  this  Ligiitiiouse  at  this  date  (18H1),  is  Red  and  is  not 
often  visiblo  in  daytime,  but  at  night,  wilh  a  well-dnfmcd  iiorizon, 
this  Light  may  be  seen  from  the  deck  of  a  connnon  vts-el  about  I'j 
miles. 


SHINNECOCK   INLET. 

This  Iidct  is  ($3  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Montauk  Point  Lisiiit- 
house,  and  about  ^  mile  Soutiuvesturly  from  Siiinneeock  Light- 
house. 

Meniarks. 

Shiinieeock  Inlet  is  about  \i  mile  in  width  and  has  a  Sand  Bar 
at  its  entrance  whieh  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  low  tide  ;  tiie 
ehannel  across  this  I5ar  varies  in  depth  und  location  witii  almost 
every  heavy  gale  from  seaward.  Siiinneeock  Hay,  tliougli  Ijroad,  is 
shallow,  and  no  description,  witli  sailing  dircc'ions  for  it,  would  be 
'^'"use  to  mariners. 

Fire  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Fire  Island  Beach,  South  side  of  Long  Island,  about  1  U 
miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Fire  Island  Inlet,  is  a  lofty  Tower  painted 
Yellow,  and  at  tliis  date  (1S81 ),  shows  a  White  Revolving  Light ; 
this  Light  revolves  once  a  minute. 

Searings  and  Distances  from  Fire  Island  Lighthouse. 

DiHtnnce. 

Montauk  Point  Lighthouse,  East-Northerly  .     .     .  C8  miles. 

Shiuuecock  Lighthouse,  East-Northerly     .     .     .     .  oG     " 

Sandy  Hook  Light-shi;>,  "W".  b}'  S 32     " 

Barnegat  Ligiithouse,  SW 67     " 


Five  Fathom  Bank  Light-ship,  SW.  ^  S. 


129 


FIRE  ISLAND  INLET. 

This  Inlet,  which  is  aI)out  1'^  miU's  to  the  Westward  of  Fire 
Island  Lighthouse,  is  the  only  liarl)or  of  refuse  on  the  South  side 
of  Long  Island.     At  this  date  (1882).  about  11  feet  water  can  be 


194 


ELDHIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT 


carried  across  the  liar  at  low  tide,  and  about  10  feet  up  to  the 
ancht)rajj;e  off  the  Hotel  Wharf;  the  depth  and  location  of  tlie 
channel  across  this  liar  changes  with  almost  ever}  gale  from  sea- 
ward, but  the  liuoys  are  changed  so  as  to  siiow  the  best  water.  At 
this  time  a  Bell  liiioj'  is  placed  off  the  entrance  to  tiiis  Inlet  in 
7  fathoms  water.  Fire  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  NE.  byE. 
•^  E.,  distance  1^  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Fire  Island  Inlet  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  having  made  the  Bell 
Buoy  off  the  Bar,  Avill,  if  possible,  wait  until  about  half  flood,  then 
run  in,  leaving  the  Buoys  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicu- 
lar Stripes  close  to  on  either  uand  ;  leave  the  first  Red  Buoy  close 
to  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  haul  up  about  E.  by  S.,  leaving  a 
Black  Buoy  on  the  Port ;  when  i)ast  this  last  Buo}',  anclior  off  the 
Lighthouse  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  watei.  If  bound  to  any  of  tiic 
places  on  tlie  North  side  of  tlie  Bay,  it  is  advisable  to  take  a  i)ilot 
at  this  anchorage  ;  it  is  also  advisable  for  vessels,  unacquainted,  of 
more  than  7  feet  drauglit,  bound  into  Fire  Island  Inlet,  to  take 
pilots  off  the  Bar.     The  above  directions  were  good  for  18b2. 

A  Whistling  Buoj'  has  been  placed  in  14  fathoms  water  off  this 
Inlet.  Tiie  Bell  Buoy  off  the  Bar  bears  from  this  Wliistling  Buoy 
N.  by  W.  ji  Wm  distance  S"^  miles;  Fire  Island  Lighthouse 
North  G  miles ;  Sandy  Hook  Light-ship  West  31  miles :  this 
last-named  Buoy  is  also  70  miles  to  the  Westward  of  JMontauk 
Point  Lighthouse. 

JTig     Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Fire  Island  Inlet  4h.  11m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  2  feet. 


i  ^      ill 


ROOKAWAY  INLET. 

Tiie  entrance  to  this  Inlet  lies  nearly  West,  30  miles  from  Fire 
Island  Lighthouse  and  oyi  miles  (Northeasterly)  from  Sandy  Hook 
Lighthouse. 


up  to  the 
on  of  the 
!  from  KGii- 
ratcr.  At 
s  Iiik't  in 


laytime, 
er. 

le  the  Bell 
flood, then 
'erpendicu- 
l>uoy  close 
,  leaving  a 
lor  off  the 
any  of  tlie 
nke  a  pilot 
uainted,  of 
3t,  to  talve 
18b2. 

tcr  off  this 
tling  Bnoj- 
Lighthouse 
liles :  this 
r  JMontauk 


re  it  is  at 


from  Fire 
andy  Hook 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


195 


Reniarks. 

A  Sand  Bar  makes  across  the  entrance  to  this  Inlet,  which  usually 
has  from  12  to  1'j  feet  water  upon  it ;  the  channel  over  this  Bar  \9 
liable  to  change  with  every  heavy  gale  from  seaward  ;  wiien  over 
the  Bar  there  is  at  this  date  (1881),  not  less  than  IG  feet  water 
until  the  Inlet  is  fairly  entered,  after  this  the  dei)th  varies  from  4 
to  8  ftithoius.  It  is,  however,  advisable  for  vessels  of  more  than  7 
or  8  feet  draught  (except  in  cases  of  emergency)  to  take  pilots. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Rockaway  Inlet  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

At  this  date  (1881),  a  Bell  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White 
Perpendicular  Stripes  is  placed  off  the  Bar.  Sandy  Hook  Light- 
ship bears  from  this  Buoy  S-  by  E.,  distance  G  miles.  Vessels 
from  the  I':astward  or  Westward,  having  made  the  Bell  Buoy,  will, 
if  possible,  wait  until  about  onc-lialf  Uood,  then  run  in,  leaving  the 
Buoys  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  close  to 
on  either  hand,  haul  round  Beach  Point  (which  is  the  first  on  the 
Eastern  side),  leaving  it  about  250  yards  on  the  Starboard  and  the 
Stakes  on  the  Port  hand  ;  wlien  the  end  of  Beach  Point  bears  SE., 
haul  up  about  ENE.,  and  anchor  off  the  Southern  shore  of  Barren 
Island  near  the  lir^t  Wharves,  in  from  3  to  5  fathoms  water ;  if 
bound  up  Jamaica  Bay,  it  is  advisable  to  take  a  pilot  here. 

Jliffh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Rockaway  Inlet  3h.  fjOm.  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  4  feet. 

South  Coast  of  Long  Island  from  Montauk  Point 
to  Rockaway  Inlet. 

The  South  Coast  of  Long  Island  has  a  general  course  about  W. 
by  S.  }i  S.  G8  miles,  from  Montauk  I'oint  to  Fire  Island  Inlet,  and 
tlience  about  W.  }(  N.,  about  30  miles  to  Rockaway  Inlet.  This 
siiore  may  be  approached  within  ^  mile,  with  5  fathoms  water, 
anywhere  between  Montauk  Point  and  Rockaway  Inlet. 
♦ 

Inlets  on  the  South  Shore  of  Long  Island. 

Between  Fire  Island  and  Rockaway  Inlets  tliere  are  several 
shallow   Inlets:   Gilgo   Inlet,   8  miles  to  the   Westward   of  Fire 


196 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Island  Inlet ;  Now  Inlet,  6  miles  to  the  Wt^stwiirtl  of  Gilgo,  and  Hog 
Isltind  Inlet,  T)?^  miles  to  tlie  Westward  of  New  Inlet.  Tliese 
Inlets  arc  all  very  shallow  and  cannot  be  entered  even  by  the 
''luallest  vessels  without  a  pilot. 


NEW  YORK  BAYS  AND  HARBOR. 

In  entering  New  York  Harbor,  by  way  of  Sandy  Hook,  there  arc 
two  IJays,  called  the  Upper  and  Lower  Hay  ;  the  great  eommercial 
city  of  New  York  lies  at  the  head  of  the  former.  From  Sandy 
Hook  ISIain  Lighthouse  to  this  city,  the  course  is  nearly  North 
and  distance  about  11  Ja  niiles.  In  entering  the  Lower  liay  tlic  pas- 
sage is  much  obstructed  1)y  dangerous  Slioals  or  Sand  IJars,  which 
extend  from  Coney  Island  to  Sandy  Hook  ;  liiero  arc  several  chan- 
nels across  these  P.ars,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  are  well  marked 
with  Buoys.  At  night,  Range  Liglits  are  employed  to  such  an 
extent,  tliat  it  is  frequently  remarked  by  mari.iers,  tliat  witlj  favora- 
ble winds  ami  fair  weather,  the  port  of  New  Yoik  is  more  accessible 
at  niglit  than  in  daytime. 

Dangers,  in  Ajyproachlnff  and  Twittering  New 
York  Hag  and  Harbor. 

East  Bank. 

Tliis  extensive  Sand  Shoal,  which  is  about  2]^  miles  wide,  ex- 
lends  olf  to  the  Southward  about  3  miles  from  Coney  Island  and 
has  from  3  t)  18  foet  water  upon  it,  the  shoal  spo*s  being  scattered 
all  over  it ;  tliere  are  several  chann.>ls  across  this  Rank  wliich  lead 
from  sea  into  the  Blain  Ship  Ciiannel,  but  they  are  only  used  by 
those  well  acquainted. 

Homer  Shoal. 

This  is  also  an  extensive  S.and  Shoal  about  5  miles  long,  with  an 
average  widlii  of  ?^  mile  ;  tliis  Shoal,  wiiich  lies  between  and  sepa- 
rates the  East  and  Sw.ash  Channels,  is  nearly  bare  in  some  places  ; 
a  Stone  Beacon  has  been  built  upon  its  Soutir.vestern  part ;  Sandy 
Hook  Main  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Beacon  S.  li  E-,  distance  a 
iittlc  over  3  niiles.  The  Southwest  part  of  the  Ronier  Shoal  is  very 
bold,  and  it  is  not  advisable  for  strangers  to  attempt  to  beat  in  the 
Swash  Channel,  especially  at  night. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


197 


,  and  Hog 

t.       TllOSl! 

(n  by  the 


BOR. 

,  there  arc 
ommercial 
)m  Sandy 
rly  North 
ly  llie  pas- 
\vs,  which 
oral  chan- 
2II  marked 
,0  such  an 
ith  favora- 
acccssible 


f  New 


\  wide,  ex- 
sUxnd  and 
;  scattered 
which  lead 
ly  used  by 


ig,  witli  an 
and  sepa- 
;no  places ; 
,rt ;  Sandy 
distance  a 
loal  is  vcr}- 
beat  in  the 


False  Hook  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  whidi  runs  nearly  panillcl  wltli  Sandy  Jlook  Reach, 
is  about  2  miles  in  length  and  lias  (Vom  12  to  18  fuet  water  upon  it. 
Between  tliis  Siioai  and  Sandy  Ilook  Beach  is  False  Hook  Channel, 
which  is  from  250  to  500  yards  in  width,  and  has  a  depth  of  from 
31^  to  6  fathoms  water  at  low  tide  ;  a  Buo}- painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  Stripes  marks  the  Northwestern  pnrt  of  tiiis 
Slioal ;  Sandy  Hook  Main  Ligiithouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW. 
li  W.,  distance  ^  mile. 

Outer  Middle  Ground. 

This  small  spot,  which  lies  to  the  Eastward  of  Sandy  Hook,  has 
about  16  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide  ;  it  is  marked  on  its  Soutii- 
ern  part  with  a  Red  liuoy  ;  Sandy  Hook  Jlain  Liiriitiiouse  bears 
from  this  Buoy  NW.  by  N-,  distance  2?  a  miles  ;  Scotland  Light- 
ship E.NE.  \^/i  miles. 

Plynn's  Knoll.      * 

Flynn's  Knoll  is  a  Sand  Shoal  extending  about  East  and  WcnI 
about  1  mile,  and  has,  at  very  low  tides,  from  8  to  16  feet  water 
upon  it,  Tlie  "Western  part  of  Flymi's  Knoll  is  calle(l  ilie  South- 
west Spit ;  this  danger  is  marked  olf  its  Southwestern  and  Western 
part  wilh  two  Red  Buoys,  whieli  lie  nearly  on  a  line  with  Sandy 
Hook  Main  Lighthouse  and  the  West  Beacon  ;  the  first  has  a  Ball 
and  Perch  on  it,  the  next  lies  in  about  4  fathoms  water  off  the 
West  end  of  the  Spit ;  these  two  Buoys  are  bjth  left  on  the  Star- 
board hand  by  vessels  bound  up  the  Main  Channel. 

East  KnoU. 

This  is  an  extensive  Shoal,  separating  the  Main  and  Swash  Chan- 
nels, and  having  from  11  to  16  feet  water  upon  it;  it  extends  about 
ly^  miles  NNW-  and  S-SE.,  and  is  J/^  mile  wide.  It  is  marked 
off  its  Western  part  with  two  Red  Buoys,  wliich  in  going  up  are 
both  left  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  the  Northern  end  of  the  East 
Knoll  is  the  junction  of  the  Swash  and  Main  Channels. 

West  Kr-oll. 

This  Shoal,  wliich  lies  on  the  W"^st  side  of  the  channel,  extends 
about  1  mile  N-NE.  and  S-SW.,  and  has  at  very  low  tides 
about  15  feet  water  upon  it.  It  is  marked  on  its  Eastern  part 
with  a  Black  Buoy,  which  in  going  up  is  left  011  the  Port  hand. 


198 


KLI)1£11)(JK/S  COAST  PUAIT. 


West  Bank. 

This  {ircat  Shoal,  .vhich  lios  on  the  Wi-st  side  of  tho  channel,  is 
really  Iho  Northeast  extremity  of  Stateii  Island  Flats  ;  it  is  bare  in 
some  j)laee8  at  low  water,  and  in  others  has  from  1  1o  12  fcit 
water  npoi  it;  this  Hank  is  very  hold  on  its  Kastern  side,  and 
would  be  dan<?erons  if  it  were  not  for  the  two  small  Islands  known 
as  Dix  and  Iloffmann  *  Islands,  together  with  the  Black  Buoys 
which  serve  as  guides  to  avoid  it. 

Craven's  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  whieh  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  the  channel  a  little 
below  the  Narrows,  has  about  17  feet  water  upon  It  at  low  tide  ;  it 
is  marked  on  its  Eastern  side  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  IJod  and 
Black  Horizontal  Stripes;  Fort  Tompkins  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  Buoy  NW-  by  N.  J^  N.  nearly,  distance  about  a  mile. 

Gowanus  Plats. 

These  extensive  Flats,  which  have  from  8  to  IT)  feet  water  upon 
them,  lie  on  the  l-Lastern  side  of  the  channel  above  the  Narrows  ; 
they  are  marked  on  their  Western  side  with  two  Red  Buoys  ;  Rob- 
bins'  Reef  Lij^hthouse  bears  from  the  Southernmost  Buoy  NW.  by 
7S.,  distance  1^^;  miles. 

Jersey  Plats. 

These  extensive  Flats  lie  on  the  Western  side  of  the  Upper  Bay, 
and  extend  fiom  1  to  2  miles  from  shore;  thoy  are  well  marked 
on  their  Eastern  side  b^'  Robbins'  Rci  f  Lighthouse,  Oystir  Island, 
Bedloe's  Island,  and  Ellis'  Island,  together  with  the  Black  Buo3-s. 
Vessels  can  clear  these  Flats  b}'  leaving  the  Lighthouse  and  Islands 
about  }(  mile  to  the  Westward.  Jersey  Flats  have  but  little  water 
upon  them  at  low  tide,  and  vessels  should  not  attempt  to  pass 
inside  the  Islands. 

Governor's  Island  Plats. 

Shoal  water  extends  off  to  the  Southwest  about  %  mile  from 
Governor's  Island,  and  is  marked  on  its  outer  part  with  a  Black 
Buo}- ;  this  Buoy  mi.iks  the  Northern  entrance  to  the  Buttermilk 
Channel ;  in  order  to  avoid  the  shoal  water  which  extends  off  from 
Governor's  Island  it  is  nccessarv  at  night-time  to  use  the  Lead. 


♦  Dix  and  Iloffmauu  Islands  are  known  as  Upper  and  I  )\VLr  Quaniutlne. 


i 


^%jL5 


channol,  is 
t  is  biirc  in 
lo  12  feet 
side,  and 
nds  iviiown 
ack  Buoys 


inol  a  little 
>w  tide ;  it 
[1  llod  and 
I  tears  from 
nile. 


water  npon 

Narrows ; 

ioys  ;   Rob- 

y  NW.  by 


[Jpper  Bay, 
oil  marked 
■itir  Island, 
aek  l>uo3-s. 
and  Islands 
little  water 
ipt  to  pass 


mile  from 
til  a  Black 

Buttermilk 
(Is  off  from 
c  Lead. 

[iuaruutine. 


rj.nUIDOK'S  COAST  PILOT.  199 


Sandy  Hook  Light-ship. 

Tliis  Light-ship,  which  is  the  principal  gnido  to  the  cntranco  to 
New  York  Bay  and  Harbor,  is  moored  in  about  It  fathoms  water; 
tliis  Light-ship,  at  this  date  (1H82),  is  pdnled  Red,  has  2  masts, 
and  siiows  2  Red  Hxcd  Lights,  and  al^o  at  tliis  time  has  a  Bell  and 
a  Horn ;  the  bell  is  rung  in  thick  weather,  and  tho  horn,  whicli  is 
self-acting,  is  also  sounded  at  such  times. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Sandy  Hook  Lightship. 

DIatanoe. 

New  South  Shoal,  East  nearly 186  miles. 

Fire  Island  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N 32     " 


31 

2^ 


6^ 
6^ 
43 


m 


Whistling  Buoy  oil  Fire  Island  Inlet,  East  nearly 

Scotland  Light-ship,  W-  }i  JX 

Whistling  Buoy  near  tho  entrance  of  Gedncy's  Chan- 
nel, NW.  ^^  N ^'i 

Sandy  Hook  Main  Lighthouse,  W.  I'y  N.  J^  N.     .     • 

Highlands  of  Navesink  Lightliouses,  W.SW.     .     .     . 

Barnegat  Lighthouse,  S-SW 

Channel  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendic- 
ular Stripes,  with  Perch  and  Ball,  at  the  entrance  of 
Gcduey's  Channel,  NW 

Buoy  with  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  at 

the  entrance  of  South  Channel,  W.  by  N.   ^  N.     3ji     " 

East  Beacon  (on  Sandy  Hook),  W.  by  N.  ^  N.  .     .     6f4     " 

Highland  (Navesink)  Lighthouses 

Upon  the  Highland  of  Navesink  arc  two  Towers,  228  feet  apart, 
and  range  NW.  and  SE-  At  this  date  (1882),  these  Towers  are 
painted  "Brown,  and  show  fixed  White  Lights,  which,  with  a  well 
defined  horizon,  may  be  seen  from  the  deck  of  a  common  vessel 
about  22  nautical  miles. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Highland  of  Navesink  Light- 
houses. ^ 

DiBtance. 

191  miles. 
38     " 
87     " 

37A     " 


New  Soutli  Shoal  Light-ship,  East  nearly  . 
Fire  Island  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N.  Vs  N.  .  . 
Whistling  Buoy  off  Fire  Island  Inlet,  !!.}(  N- 

Sandy  Hook  Light-ship,  E-NE 

Scotland  Light-ship,  NE.  J^  E 


200 


I.I.DUirxiF/S   COAST   I'll.OT. 


Scotland  Light-ship. 

This  Light-ship,  whi(^!i  is  phiccd  in  ji'ioiit  7  fathoms  water,  lies  a 
short  tlistaiu^o  witiiout  tlio  wn!oI<  of  tiin  Stwunsliip  Scotlaiul.  At 
tills  (hilo  (1882),  tliis  Lij;lit-sliip  shows  2  fixi'd  White  LiglitP,  and 
has  a  Foii  Bell  which  is  struck  in  thick  weather. 


3r^  miles. 
2-3     " 


Soarings  and  Distances  fVom  Scotland  Light-ship. 

I>li<tanc(!, 

Ilighland  (Navcsink)  Lighthouses,  SW.  lH  W.     . 

Sandy  Hook  Light-ship,  E.  J^!  S 

Sandy  Hook  Main  Lighthouse,  NW-  hv  W.  ;j  W- 
Last  Beacon  Lightliousc  (Sandy  Hook),  NW.  I'V  W.      ■!         " 
Black  Buoy  olF  Southeast  part  False  Hook  Sli;)al,  W. 
byN.  J4N 1}^     " 

Sandy  Hook  Lighthouse. 

About  ^^  mile  from  tlio  Northern  Point  of  Samly  Hook,  on  a 
hillock  about  15  feet  high,  and  surrounded  by  h)w  trees,  is  Sandy 
Hook  Main  Lighthouse,  the  Tower  of  which  is  at  this  date  (1882)j 
painted  White,  and  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Soarings  and  Distances  from  Sandy  Hook  Main  Lighthouse. 

•  Dintanco, 

Sandy  Hook  Light-ship,  E.  by  S.  ;4:  S 6J4:  miles. 

Scotland  Light-ship,  SE.  by  E-  >^  E 3'4      " 

Buoy  Painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  olT 


Northern  part  False  Hook  Shoal,  NE.  }{  E. 


;8 


East  Beacon  Lighthouse  (Sandy  Hook). 

This  Beacon,  the  Tower  of  which  at  this  date  (1882),  is  painted 
Red,  is  near  the  North  Point  of  Sandy  Hook,  and  shows  a  fixed 
White  Light.  A  Fog  Signal  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  which 
in  thick  weather  gives  blasts  of  C)  seconds  at  intervals  of  40  seconds. 

Searings  and  Distances  from  East  Seacon  Lighthouse. 

Dl'tnnoa. 

Sandy  Hook  Light-ship,  E.  by  S.  H  S CJ/^  miles. 

Scotland  Light-ship,  SE.  by  E 4 

Beacon  on  the  Dry  Romer,  North 2j4      " 

Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off 
Northern  End  of  False  Hook  Shoal,  E.  >^  S.      .     .       ^     " 


i; 


rater,  lies  a 
jtlaml.  At 
LiglitP,  and 


ship. 

DiHtoncn. 

S^tj  miles. 
4         " 


^}i 


[loolt,  on  a 
!s,  is  Sandy 
ate  (1882), 


ighthouse. 

•  DintancB. 

6J4  milos. 


k). 

,  Is  painted 
ws  a  fixod 
Mise,  whicli 
40  seconds. 

;house. 

Dlxtnnco. 

Gya  miles. 
4 

214      " 

34     " 


r,i,i)i!ii)i:i".'s  COAST  rir-oT. 


West  Beacon  (Sandy  Hook). 


201 


This  r.eat'on,  which  is  tiiliiated  on  the;  Western  slioro  of  Sandy 
Hook  about  'y{  mile  from  tlio  Main  Liglitho'.iH(>,  is  usod  as  a 
Range  with  Sandy  Hook  Lighthouse  to  clear  the  Southwest  S[)it. 
Tlie  Tower  is  painted  White,  and  at  this  date  (1S.S2),  shows  a  fixed 
White  Light. 

Conover  and  Chapel  Hill  Beacons. 

When  past  Sandy  Hook  you  will  see  to  the  Southwest,  close  to 
the  si  ore,  a  Tower  painted  in  Horizontal  Stripes  of  White,  Red  and 
While,  with  Black  Frame  on  each  side  of  it ;  this  is  Conover  Bea- 
con, and  a  little  more  than  a  mile  South  from  it  on  the  highland 
will  be  seen  another  Tower  paint;  d  in  White,  with  Black  Frame  on 
each  side  ;  this  is  Chapel  Hill  Beacon.  These  two  Beacons  show 
fixed  White  Liglits,  and  when  in  range  bear  S.  by  W.  H  W- 
and  lead  up  the  Main  Channel  as  far  as  the  Narrows. 

Bayside  and  Wilson's  Beaconc.   ' 

When  past  the  North  Point  of  Sandy  Hook  you  will  see  about 
3^2  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Conover  Beacon,  close  to  the  South- 
west shore,,  another  Tower  painted  White,  and  surmounted  by  a 
Lantern  with  Red  Top  ;  this  is  called  Bayside  Beacon,  and  shows  a 
fixed  White  Light;  about  ^  mile  to  the  Westward  of  Bayside 
Beacon,  on  somewhat  higher  ground,  there  will  bo  seen  another 
Tower  painted  White,  and  surmounted  by  a  Lantern  with  Black  Top  ; 
this  is  called  Wilson's  Beacon,  and  this  also  shows  a  fixed  White; 
Light.  These  last-named  Beacons,  when  on  a  line  bearing  about 
W.  by  S.,  form  the  Main  Channel  Range  between  the  North  Point 
of  Sandy  Hook  and  Southwest  Spit. 

Ekn  Tree  and  New  Dorp  Beacons. 

When  past  the  North  Point  of  Sandy  Hook  you  will  see  on  the 
Northwest  shore  a  Tower  painted  White  with  a  Red  Band  around 
it ;  this  is  called  Elm  Tree  Beacon,  and  shows  a  fixed  White  Light ; 
about  I'yi  miles  NW.  }(  N.  from  this  last  Beacon,  on  a  rising 
ground,  another  Tower  will  be  seen;  this  is  callci  New  Dorp 
Beacon,  and  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  last  Beacon  being 
AVhite,  the  background  of  trees  which  lie  to  the  Northwest  of  it 
makes  the  Tower  readily  discernible  in  the  daytime.  These  two 
last-named  Beacons  in  range,  bearing  about  NW.    ji  N.,  lead 


202 


ELnnrnoK's  coast  pilot. 


throii-,'!!  tho  Swasli  Clmnntl  in  about  13  foot  water  at  low  fiilo. 
Now  Dorp  Hcacou  just  open  to  tlio  Norlliwanl  of  Kliii  Troo 
lloacon  li':i(l>t  lliroiij^h  tli;!  Swash  Clianiu'l  in  about  4  fullioiin  water 
at  low  tiile. 

Fort  Tompkins  Lighthouse. 

Tliis  Lighthouse  (wlii'li  \^  on  tlus  West  sidt)  of  tlio  Narrows), 
at  tills  (late  (1HH2),  sli)ws  a  fixeil  Wliite  Li^iit.  Vessels  may 
approach  tiiis  Liglitliouse  witiiiu  'MO  yards  witiiout  clanger. 

Fort  La  Payette  Fog  Beli. 

Upon  til's  Fort  (whidi  m  on  liu;  Ivistern  side  of  the  Narrows 
about  Jo  mill'  fi"'"  siinre)  is  a  Fog  Uell  wliicli  is  struek  by  machin- 
ery, one  ai.d  two  blows  alternately,  at  intervals  of  20  seconds. 
Vessels  niny  ai)proaeh  williin  100  yards  of  tliis  Fort  without  danger. 

Bobbins'  Reef  Lighthouse. 

This  IJ'^litliouse,  wliicii  is  just  al)ov(!  tiio  Narrows,  is  built  on  the 
Eastern  part  of  Jersey  Flats,  and  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  into 
New  York  IIarl)or,  and  also  into  Newark  liay  ;  attliis  date  (1882), 
it  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  and  has  a  log  liell  attached  to  it, 
which  is  struck  by  machinery  at  intervals  of  ITj  seconds.  N'cssols 
bound  up  tlio  I5ay  may  leave  this  Lightliouse  '^  mile  to  the  West- 
ward, and  those  bound  to  Klizabethport,  or  into  Newark  iJay,  may 
leave  it  ^  mile  to  the  Nortliward  without  danger. 

Fort  Columbus  Fog  Bell. 

On  Fort  Columbus,  Northwest  end  of  Governor's  Island,  New 
York  Harbor,  is  a  Fog  Bell,  which  is  struck  by  machinery,  twice 
in  succession,  at  intervals  of  20  seconds ;  vessels  from  the  West- 
ward may  approach  this  Fog  Bell  within  200  yards  without  danger. 

Channels  across  Sandy  Jlook  Bar. 
South  Channel. 

This  Channel  leads  across  Sandy  Hook  Bar  in  a  direct  line  NW. 
]l  N.,  in  about  21  feet  water  at  low  tide,  into  the  Main  and  Swash 
Channels;  at  this  date  (1882),  a  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and 
White  Perpendicular  Stripes  marks  the  entrance  to  the  South 
Channel ;  this  Buoy  lies  on  a  line  ana  nearly  midway  between 
Sandy  Hook  Main  Lighthouse  and  Sandy  Hook  Lii^ht-ship 


I'LDninOIVS  COAST  I'lI.OT 


203 


fit  low  tiilo. 
il"  Kliii   'rri'o 

llllOIIH  WIlttT 


10  Narrows), 
Vessels  may 


the  Narrows 
'k  by  nmehin- 
'  20  secoiuls. 
illiout  daiij'cr. 


3  built  on  tlic 
e  vossols  into 

date  (1882), 
ttacliod  to  it, 
lids.     Vessels 

to  the  West- 
ark  "Bay,  may 


Island,  New 
L-hincr}',  twice 
»m  the  West- 
thout  danger. 

'ar. 


^ct  line  NW. 
lin  and  Swash 
n  Black  and 
to  the  South 
Iway  between 
it-ship 


Godnoy's  Channol. 

'I'iiis  Ciianncl,  which  Icfids  across  Samly  Hook  Bar  into  the  Main 
Channel,  has  about  2.'J  feet  water  in  it  at  low  tide,  and  is  used  liy 
heavy  drau;;]it  vessels.  Its  entrance  is  about  \y^,  miles  to  the 
Northward  of  tiie  Soutli  Ciuinnel.  At  tills  date  (1882),  a  Wiilst- 
lin«<  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  Gcdney's  Channel  In  8  fathoms 
water.  Sandy  Hook  Li<,dit-Hhip  bears  from  tliis  Buoy  SE.  ,'j  S., 
distance  ,'$>.(  miles;  Sandy  Hook  Main  LiKhtiionse,  W.  I>y  S-  '^ 
S.  4;^  miles;  Buoy  with  rercii  and  Ball.  W.  l>y  N.  Js  mile. 

Main  Channel. 

This  Channel,  which  leads  in  i)etween  the  Nortiiern  Point  cf 
Sandy  Hook,  Flynn's  Knoll  and  Southwest  Spit,  has  a  dcptti  of 
not  less  than  4  fathoms  in  it  at  low  tide.  Botli  tlio  Soutli  and 
Gedney's  Channels  lead  across  Sandy  Hook  Bar  into  tiic  ISIain 
Channel. 

Swash  Channol. 

This  Channel,  whieli  is  nnnow,  leads  in  between  the  Romer 
Shoal  on  the  Kast  and  Kast  Knoll  on  t  ,c  West,  and  has  about  4 
fathoms  water  In  it  at  low  tide.  The  Swash  Channel  Is  the  most 
direct  way  across  Sandy  Hook  r>ar  into  New  '\'oik  Lower  T.ay  ;  It 
is  not  advisable  for  strangers  to  attempt  to  beat  tiirough  tiiis  Ciian- 
nel,  especially  at  niglit.  Tlic  current  of  I'.hb  sets  strong  to  the 
Eastward  across  tlic  Romer  Shonl ;  strangers  should  not,  therefore, 
attempt  this  Channel  with  light  winds. 

False  Hook  Channel. 

This  Channel,  wliicli  has  a  dcptli  of  about  3  fatlioms  water,  leads 
along  the  Eastern  shore  of  Sandy  Hook,  and  is  safe  for  coasters 
from  the  Westward,  witli  Westerly  or  Southerly  winds.  There  arc 
comparatively  no  obstructions  throughout  its  entire  length,  and  it  Is 
in  no  phicc  less  than  4r)0  yards  wide  ;  strangers,  however,  in  vesstis 
of  more  than  12  feet  draught,  sliould  not  attempt  the  False  Hook 
Channel  at  night,  or  when  the  Buoys  cannot  be  seen. 

Hi/  the  South  and  Main  Channels. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  York  Bay  and  Harbor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  tlie  South  westward,  or  Seaward,  leave  the  Scotland  Light- 
ship about  j{  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  NW.  j{  N.,  keep- 


204 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


ing   a   si'nrp  lookout  for  the  Bnoj-  painted  in  IMack  and  White 
Rirpcndi'  un,r  Stripes,   which  lies  off  the  entrance  of  the  South 
Channel,  nearly  on  a  line  with  Sandy  Hook  Main  Lightliousc  and 
Sandy  Hook  T.ight-ship  ;  when  this  Buoy  i?  made,  leave  it  dose  to  on 
the  Port  and  steer  about  NW-  'J  N.,  carrying  about  3><  fatiioms 
across  the  liar;   continue   the  course  NW-   H  N.  until  Sandy 
Hook  Main  Lighthouse  bears  W-SW-,  then  in  about  5  Ait  horns 
water  haul  in  about  W.  by  N.  '4  N-,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for 
the  Black  Buoys  off  the  Northern  Point  of  the  llook ;  when  these 
are  made,  leave  them  all  a  short  distance  on  the  Port,  and  when 
the  Beacon  on  the  Northern  Point  of  the  Hook  bears  S.  by  E-, 
then  run  W-  by  S.  until  the  West  Beaef)n  and  Sandy  Hook  ]\Iai:i 
Lighthouse  are  in  range,  bearing  SE.  }i  E.  ;  then  run  NW-  ji  W- 
with  them  in  rang; ,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  witli  Perch  and  r.all  and 
Red  Buoy  off  the  S^estern  part  of  Southwest  Spit  both  on  the  Star- 
board hand.    When  Conovcr  Beacon  and  Chapel  Hill  Beacon  (both 
of  which  have  been  described)  arc  in  range,  bearing  S-  by  W.  }( 
W.,  run  np  on  this  range,  leaving  tlie  Red  Buoys  on  the  Eastern 
Kuoll  and  East  Bank  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Black  Buoys  off 
the  West  Bank  on  the  Port  hand.     As  you  sail  up,  two  small 
Islands  will  be  seen  on  the  Port,— these  are  Dix  and  Hoffmann 
IsUukIs,  or  Upper  and  Lower  Quarantine.     About  ^  mile  North- 
east from  the  Upper  Quarantine,  and  nearly  in  mul-channel,  will 
be  seen  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Ilorizon'.al  Stripes  ;   this 
is  on  Craven's  Shoal ;  leave  this  last-named  Buoy  aliout  ^  mile  to 
the   Westward,  and  haul  up  about  N.  by  W.,  passing  in   about 
mid-channel  through  the  Narrows.     As  you  sail  ui)  .you  will  see 
nearly  ahead  the  Lighthouse  on  Robbins'  Reef;  you  may  run  for 
this  Lighthouse,  bearing  about  N.  by  W.  until  about  }i  mile  from 
it ;  the  course  is  then  about  NE.  U  N-,  leaving  the  Black  Buoys, 
together  with  Bedioc's  Island  and  Ellis'  Island,  all  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  the  Rod  Buoys  off  Gowanus  jtIp+s,  and  also  tlie  Black 
Buoy  off  Governor's  Island,  all  on  the  Starboard  hand.    When  past 
the  Battery,  if  intending  to  anchor  on  the  Jersey  side,  you  must 
haul  over  towards  that  shore  and  anchor  in  from  3  to  4}^  fathoms 
watv^r,  muddy  bottom. 

It  is  advisable  for  sailing  vessels,  when  past  the  Narrows,  to  take 
steam  to  New  York,  as  the  frequently  cro-vdcd  state  of  the  U;'per 
Bay  renders  the  navigation  extremely  difficult  for  other  than  steam- 
ers.    Collisions  are  frequent. 


ac;k  and  White 
;c  of  the  South 
Lighllioiise  and 
ave  it  dose  to  on 
out  o>^  fatliouis 
N-   until  Sandj' 
about  5  fatiioras 
larp  lookout  fur 
lok ;  when  these 
!  Port,  and  wlicu 
bears  S.  I'y  E-' 
indy  Ilook  ]\Iain 
•im'-NW.jiW. 
rcii  and  IJall  and 
joth  on  tlic  Star- 
lill  Beacon  (both 
ing  S.  hy  W.  ji 
s  on  the  Eastern 
',  Black  Buoys  off 
il  up,  two  small 
ix  and  Hoffmann 
it  ^  mile  North- 
m'd-channel,  will 
ital  Stripes ;   tiiis 
about  }(  mile  to 
passing  in  about 
il  up  j-ou  will  see 
you  may  run  for 
bout  ^^2  mile  from 
the  Black  Buoys, 
,  all  on  the  Port 
id  also  the  r>lack 
land.    "When  past 
cy  side,  j'ou  must 
.  3  to  4}^  fathoms 

<i  Narrows,  to  take 
ate  of  the  Upper 
other  than  stcam- 


ELDUIDGKS  COAST  riX^OT.  205 


By  Gedney's  ami  the  Main  Channel. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  York  Bay  and  Har- 
bor in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  or  Seaward,  intending  to  cross  Sandy  Hook 
Bar  by  Gedney's  Channel,  bring  Sandy  Hook  Light-sliip  to  bi>ar 
SE.  y^  S.  and  steer  NW-  Yi  N.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the 
Whistling  Buoy  before  described  ;  when  this  is  made,  leave  it  close 
to  on  either  hand  and  run  for  the  Buoy  painted  in  White  and  lUack 
Perpendicular  Stripes  with  Perch  and  P.all ;  leave  this  last-named 
Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  tiie  course 
W.  by  N.  H  Nm  carrying  about  23  feet  water  across  Sandy  IIoi  k 
Bar  at  low  tidi,  and  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  on  the  Starboard  and 
the  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  up  with  tiic  Turning 
Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  (Sandy 
Hook  JIain  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  SW- 
1^  W.), make  good  the  course  W.  by  S., leaving  the  Black  lUioys 
off  the  Northern  Point  of  the  Hook  on  the  Port  hand ;  continue 
the  course  W.  by  S-  until  the  West  Beacon  and  Sandy  Hook  IMain 
Lighthoi.5C  are  in  range,  bearing  SE.  H  E.,  then  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 

By  the  South  and  Swash  Channels. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  York  Bay  and  Har- 
bor in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Leave  the  Scotland  T-ight-ship  about  %  mile  on  the  Port  hand 
and  steer  NW.  %  N.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy 
painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  which  lies  at 
the  entrance  of  the  South  Channel ;  when  this  is  made,  leave  it 
close  to  on  either  hand  and  make  good  the  course  NW-  ]i  N  , 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Elm  Tree  and  New  Dorp  Beacons 
on  the  Western  side  of  the  Bay  ;  when  they  are  made,  bring  then. 
in  range,  bearing  about  NW.  %  N-,  leaving  the  Black  Buoys  om 
the  Port  and  the  Beacon  on  the  Bomer  and  Red  Buoys  on  tlio  Star- 
board hand,  and  carrying  not  less  than  1 5  feet  at  low  tide  ;  con- 
tinue to  run  on  this  range  until  Dix  Island  or  Lower  Quarantine 


.f^li 


'iii:i|i 


f'lifi 


206 


KLDllIDGE'S  COAST  IMLOT. 


beara  N.  j4  ^-  >  3'""  ^""^  ^^^^  -"  ^^^  Main  Channel  and  may  run 
up  about  N.  by  E.  j{  E.,  and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Tlic  current  of  Ebb  sets  strong  across  the  Romer  Shoal ;  it  is 
therefore  advisable  for  vessels  with  light  winds  to  not  attempt  the 
Swash  Channel. 

By  Gedney's  and  the  Swash  Channel, 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  York  Bay  and  Har- 
bor in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  or  Seaward,  when  the  Whistling  Buoy  before 
described  is  made,  ofTGcdney's  Channel,  leave  it  close  to  on  either 
hand  and  run  for  the  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpen- 
dicular Stripes  with  Perch  and  Ball ;  leave  this  last-mentioned 
Buoy  close  to  on  eitlier  hand  and  make  good  the  course  W.  by  N- 
J^  N.,  carrying  about  23  feet  water  across  Sandy  Hook  Bar  at 
low  tide,  and  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  on  the  Starboard  p^"  the 
lilaek  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand ;  continue  tlie  course  W.  by  iM.  i^ 
N.,  leaving  another  Red  Buoy  with  Perch  and  Ball  on  the  Star- 
board hand  ;  when  the  Beacon  on  the  Romer  bears  NW.  by  N-  % 
N.,  then  run  for  it,  and  follow  the  Oirections  before  given. 

Sy  False  Hook  and  Main  Channels, 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  York  Bay  and  Har- 
bor in  Daytime,  with  favora'ile  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Southwestward,  when  past  the  Highland  Lighthouses, 
keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  tlie  Black  Buoy,  wliich  lies  off  the  shoal 
water  which  extends  from  the  sliore.  The  Highland  Lighthouses 
bear  from  this  Buoy  S W.  ]'2  S.  about  1 1/2  miles  ;  wljcn  this  Buoy 
is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand  and  follow  tlie  shore  to 
the  Northward,  keeping  not  more  tlian  1/3  mile  from  it  and  carr}-- 
ing  not  less  than  4  fathoms  at  low  tide,  and  leaving  the  Buoy  on 
the  Outer  Middle  Ground  well  on  the  Starboard  and  the  Red  Buoy 
farther  in  off  the  Oil  Spot  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when 
past  this  last  Buoy,  continue  the  course  along  tiio  shore,  leaving 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  BLick  Horizontal  Stripes,  which  lies 
off  the  Northern  part  of  the  False  Hook  Shoal,  on  the  Starboard 
hand;   when  past  the  last-named  Buo^-,  which  bears   from  the 


,1; 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


207 


il  and  may  run 

cctcd. 

or  Shoal ;  it  is 

lot  attempt  the 

ifinel, 

r  and  Har- 
Is  and  fair 

ng  Buoy  bcforo 
)sc  to  on  either 
White  Perpcn- 
last-mentioncd 
irse  W.  by  N- 
'  Hook  Bar  at 
board  t>"^  the 
W.  by  iM.  }£ 
II  on  the  Star- 
JW.byN.  J^ 
;ivcn. 

mels, 

and  Har- 
Is  and  fair 

d  Lighthouses, 
s  ofT  the  shoal 
id  Lighthouses 
fljcn  this  Buoy 
iw  tlie  shore  to 
n  it  and  carr}'- 
g  the  Buoy  on 

the  Red  Buo}' 
d  hand ;  when 

shore,  leaving 
pes,  which  lies 

the  Starboard 
ears   from  the 


Beacon  on  the  Northern  Point  of  Sandy  Hook  "E-  j4  S.  about  ^ 
mile,  you  will  see  the  Black  Buoys  off  the  Hook  ;  haul  gradually  to 
the  Westward  around  them,  leaving  them  on  the  Port,  and  make 
good  tiie  course  W.  bj'  S.  until  the  West  Beacon  and  San<ly  Hook 
Main  Lighthouse  arc  in  range,  bearing  about  SE.  l^  E.,thcu  run 
up  on  this  range,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Beating  into  New  York  Bay  and  Harbor  in  Day- 
time. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  15  feet  draught  from  the  Eastward 
maj',  when  past  the  Whistling  Buoy,  stand  to  the  Southward  until 
the  Beacon  on  the  Northern  Point  of  Sandy  Hook  bears  W-  ^  N., 
and  to  the  Northward  until  this  Beacon  bears  W.  by  S.  The 
Channel  between  Flynn's  Knoll  and  the  Northern  Point  of  the 
Hook  is  about  J^  mile  wide  ;  in  beating  in,  it  is  necessary  to  keep 
a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoys.  When  past  Sand}'  Hook,  the 
Charts  of  New  York  Bay  and  Harbor  will  be  a  better  guide  in 
beating  up  than  any  written  directions. 

At  this  date  (1882),  there  is  not  less  than  13  feet  water  on  th-^ 
False  Hook  Shoal ;  therefore,  with  Northerly  winds,  vessels  of  not 
more  than  1 2  feet  drauglit  from  the  Southwestward  may,  when  past 
the  Highland  Lights,  beat  around  Sandy  Hook  by  keeping  about 
y^  mile  from  the  beach,  and  make  long  or  short  tacks  from  shore. 

By  the  South  and  Main  Channels, 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  York  Bay  and  Har- 
bor at  Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Southwestward,  or  Seaward,  or  the  Eastward,  leave 
the  Scotland  Light-ship  about  J^  mile  on  the  Port  hand  and 
make  good  the  course  NW.  ji  N.  until  tlie  Baysido  Beacon 
Light  and  Wilson's  Beacon  Light  (bcforo  described)  are  in  range, 
beaiing  W.  by  S- ;  then  run  for  them  in  range,  passing  between 
the  North  Point  of  Sand}'  Hook  and  Flynn's  Knoll ;  continue  the 
course  W.  by  S.  until  the  West  Beacon  Light  and  Sandy  Hook 
Main  Light  are  in  range,  bearing  SE.  ^  E.,  then  keep  them  in 
range  until  Conover  Beacon  Light  and  Chapel  Hill  Beacon  Light 
are  in  range,  bearing  S.  by  W.  ^  W.,  then  run  up  on  this  last 
range  until  Fort  Tompkins  Light  bears  NW-  by  N.  and  Robbins' 


208 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


Reef  Light  N.  by  W.,  then  run  for  this  last-named  Light  on  this 
course,  [)assiiig  about  midway  thiou^ii  the  Narrows.  Wiicu  about 
a  mile  from  Robbins'  Reef  Light  it  is  advisable  to  haul  in  to  the 
Westward  and  anchor  in  from  G  to  8  fathoms  water  and  wait  for 
daylight,  when  you  may  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

By  the  South  and  Swash  Channels, 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  York  Bay  and  Har- 
bor at  Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  the  Southwestward,  Seaward,  or  Eastward,  leave  the  Soot- 
land  Light- ship  about  }{  mile  on  the  Port  hand  and  make  good  the 
course  NW.  j4  N. ;  as  soon  as  the  ¥Am  Tree  Beacon  Liglit  and 
New  Dorp  Beacon  Light  are  made  bring  them  in  range,  bearing 
NW.  J^  N.,  and  run  for  them  in  range,  which  will  take  you 
through  the  Swash  Channel  in  not  less  than  12  feet  water  at  low 
tide  ;  continue  to  run  in  on  this  range  until  Conover  Beacon  Light 
and  New  Dorp  Beacon  Light  are  in  range,  bearing  S.  by  W.  li  W-, 
then  run  up  on  this  last  range  until  Fort  Tompkins  Light  bears  NW. 
by  N.  and  Robbins'  Reef  Light  N.  by  W-  ;  then  run  for  tiiis  last- 
named  Light  on  this  course,  passing  about  midway  through  the 
Narrows.  When  about  a  mile  from  Robbins'  Reef  Light,  haul  to 
the  Westward  and  anchor  in  from  G  to  8  fathoms  water  and  wait 
for  daylight,  when  you  may  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

False  Hook  Channel, 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  York  Bay  and  Har- 
bor at  Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

At  this  date  (1881),  there  is  not  less  than  13  feet  water  on  the 
False  Hook  Shoal ;  vessels,  therefore,  from  the  Southward,  of  not 
more  than  12  feet  draught,  at  night,  with  strong  Westerly  winds, 
may,  when  past  the  Highland  Lights,  follow  Sandy  Hook  Shore, 
keeping  about  j4  mile  from  the  Beach ;  when  past  the  Northern 
Point  of  the  Hook,  bring  Bayside  Beacon  Light  and  Wilson's 
Beacon  Light  in  range,  bearing  W.  by  S-,  and  run  for  them  la 
range  until  the  West  Beacon  and  Sandy  Hook  Main  Light  are  in 
range,  bearing  SE-  }{  £■<  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


,    I 


1  Light  on  this 
Wlioii  about 
)  huiil  in  to  the 
Br  and  wall  for 
given. 

nel8, 

'  and  Har- 
wiuds  and 

leave  the  Scot- 
make  good  the 
icon  Ligltt  and 
range,  bearing 

will  take  you 
et  water  at  low 
r  Beacon  Light 
byW.  ;iW., 
rht  boars  NW. 
in  for  this  last- 
a}'  tla-ough  the 

Light,  haul  to 
water  and  wait 
fore  given. 


7  and  Har- 
winds  and 

et  water  on  the 
ithward,  of  not 
(Westerly  winds, 
ly  Hook  Shore, 
st  the  Northern 
t  and  Wilson's 
un  for  them  in 
lin  Light  arc  in 
i  before  given. 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


209 


Depth  of  Water  in  approaching  New  York. 

In  approuching  the  Port  of  New  Yoik  from  Seaward,  a  bcltiT 
knowledge  of  the  depth  of  water,  and  quality  of  tlie  bottoii:.  can 
be  obtained  by  inspecting  the  Charts  than  by  any  writien  diaclions. 

Hiah  Water. 

It  is  high  water  on  Sandy  Hook  Bar  on  the  days  of  the  full  and 
change  of°the  Moon,  at  7h.  and  25m.,  or  4h.  and  4n).  before  it  's 
at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  4^  feet. 

It  is  high  water  at  New  York  City  on  the  days  of  the  full  and 
change  of^the  Moon,  at  8h.  and  7m.,  or  3h.  and  22m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  i%  feet. 


SANDY  HOOK  BAY. 

This  Bay,  which  lies  between  the  Western  Shore  of  Sandy  Hook 
and  Point  Comfort  (Now  Jersey), has  good  anchoiago  in  Southerly 
or  Easterly  winds,  but  is  exposo<l  to  winds  from  W-  by  N.  to 
N.NE.  by  way  of  North  ;  these  latter  winds  ^ooii  bring  in  a  sharp 
sea,  making  it  dangerous  at  such  times,  especially  for  small  ves- 
sels. There  are  no  dangers  in  this  Bay,  and  the  deepest  water  is 
nearest  Sandy  Hook  Shore. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Sandy  Hook  Bay  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  into  Sandy  Hook  Bay  may  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  New  York  Bay  and  Harbor  by  the  Main  Channel 
until  past  the  Northern  I'oint  of  '^andy  Hook ;  then  steer  boldly 
into  the  Bay,  keeping  about  /a  mile  from  the  Western  Shore  of  the 
Hook.  Heavy  draught  vessels  should  anchor  in  about  4>^  fathoms 
water,  with  Sandy  Hook  Main  Lighthouse  bearing  about  East ; 
vessels  of  not  more  than  17  feet  draught  may  go  farther  in  and 
anchor  in  about  19  feet  water,  a  short  distance  to  the  Southward  of 
the  Railroad  Wharf,  in  what  is  called  Horse  Shoe  Cove. 

SaiUng  Directions  for  Sandy  Hook  Bay  at  Hight- 
time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  into  Sandy  Hook  Bay  may  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  New  York  Bay  and  Harbor  at  night-time,  until 


210 


ELDUIDQKS  COAST  PILOT. 


Baysiilo  Hcacon  Ll^ht  and  Wilson's  Beacon  Light  are  in  range, 
bearing  W.  l>y  S.,  then  run  for  theai  in  range  until  tlie  West 
Beacon  Liirlit  and  Sandy  Ilooit  Main  Light  arc  in  range,  then  iiatd 
in  about  S.  by  E.  until  Sandy  Hook  Main  Light  boars  E.NE., 
then  anchor  in  about  20  feet  water  at  low  tide. 

Beating  into  Sandy  Hook  Bay. 

The  Western  shore  of  Sandy  Hook  is  very  bold,  and  in  beat- 
ing in  you  will  have,  in  several  places,  6  fathoms  water  at  one  cast 
of  the  Lead  and  be  ashore  at  the  next  before  you  can  tack,  but  you 
may  boldly  stand  into  3  fatlioras  on  the  Western  side  without 
danger. 

Small  Cove. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels  may  find  shelter  from  all  winds 
in  a  small  shallow  Cove  which  lies  on  the  Western  shore  of  Sandy 
Hook  about  2^  miles  to  the  Southward  of  Sandy  Hook  Main 
Lighthouse ;  at  low  tide  there  are  from  2  to  8  feet  water  in  this 
Cove  ;  about  12  feet  water,  however,  can  be  taken  in  abreast  the 
point  at  high  water,  and  about  8  feet  through  a  narrow  channel  at 
low  tide,  where  vessels  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  in  Daytime. 

Vessels  bound  into  Small  Cove  may  round  the  Northern  Point  of 
Sandy  Hook,  and  a  little  before  high  water  run  up  the  Bay,  keeping 
about  yi  to  j4  niile  from  shore  ;  as  you  sail  in  you  will  see  Horse 
Shoe  Cove,  and  farther  ia  Small  Cove  ;  continue  the  course  to  the 
Southward  until  the  end  of  Long  Raili'oad  Wharf  bears  E.  by  S., 
then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand  ;  wnen  past  this  wharf  haul  up  about  NE  by  N.  and  anchor 
about  300  yards  from  it,  nearly  opposite  the  point  on  the  Western 
side  of  the  harbor ;  vessels  of  not  more  than  7  or  8  feet  draught 
may  go  farther  up  at  high  water  and  anchor  nearly  in  the  middle  of 
the  Cove,  where  they  will  lie  aground  at  low  tide. 

High   Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  Sandy  Hook  Bay  3h.  68m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  4^  feet. 


re  in  range, 
il  the  West 
c,  then  Imiil 
irs  E.NE., 


md  in  bcat- 

at  one  cast 

ick,  but  yon 

ide  ■without 


[Q  all  winds 
re  of  Sandy 
Hook  Main 
ater  in  this 
abreast  tlie 
J  channel  at 


3rn  Point  of 
ay,  keeping 
1  see  Horse 
ourse  to  tlie 
sE.  by  S., 
3  Starboard 
and  anchor 
;he  Western 
feet  draught 
le  middle  of 


ore  it  is  at 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


SOUTH  AMBOY. 


211 


This  village,  which  is  on  the  South  side  of  entrance  to  Raritan 
River,  lies  West-Northerly  about  12^  miles  from  Sandy  Hook 
Main  Lighthouse. 

Princess  Bay  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southwest  part  of  Statcn  Island,  and  North  side  of 
Raritan  Bay,  upon  a  high  bluff,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  tliis  date 
(1882),  shows  a  fixed  Light  varied  by  White  Flashes;  this  Light 
is  intended  to  guide  vessels  to  South  Amboy  and  also  into  Raritan 
River.  Sandy  Hook  Main  Lighthouse  bears  from  Princess  Bay 
Lighthouse  E.SE-,  distance  10  miles.  Great  Beds  Lighthouse, 
near  the  entrance  to  Raritan  River,  SW-  by  W.  >^  W.,  distance 
2^  miles. 

Great  Beds  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Flats,  near  the  entrance  to  Raritan  River,  is  a  Light- 
house, which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light ;  this 
Lighthouse  stands  at  the  junction  of  the  channel  and  is  intended  to 
guide  vessels  into  the  Raritan  River  and  also  to  Perth  Amboy. 

Remarks, 

At  low  tide  about  12  feet  water  can  be  taken  across  the  bar  to 
Sorth  Amboy. 

Sailing  Directions  for  South  Amboy  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather- 
By  way  of  New  York,  bound  to  South  Amboy,  pass  about  mid- 
way through  the  Narrows,  and  when  abreast  of  Hoffmaim  Island  or 
Upper  Quarantine  steer  about  S-  by  W-  %  W-,  leaving  the  Black 
Buoys  on  the  Starboard  and  Red  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when 
about  \%  miles  past  Dix  Island  or  Lower  Quarantine  you  will  see 
the  Black  Buoy,  No.  9  ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand  and  make  good  the  course  W.SW.,  carrying  about  15  feet 
water  at  low  tide  across  the  Flats  ;  as  you  sail  in  you  will  see  on  a 
high  bluff  the  Lighthouse  at  Princess  Bay  ;  continue  tlic  course 
W.SW.  until  this  Lighthouse  bears  W-  M  N.,*  then  run  for  it  on 
this  course,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  on  Old  Orchard  Shoal  well  on 
the  Starboard  hand ;  as  you  draw  near  this  Lighthouse  you  will 

*  Improvements  arc  being  made  in  tliis  vicinitj-,  and,  when  completed, 
Buoys  will  be  placed  to  show  the  dredged  Channel. 


212 


ELDIilDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


sec  the  Black  Ruo}'  which  lies  about  J^  milo  to  the  Eastwanl  of  it ; 
leave  this  last-named  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand  and  steer 
about  SW.  li  W-,  until  Great  Beds  Liglithouse,  which  stands  ou 
th(!  Flats,  l)i'urs  W.  i'y  N-  ^2  N.  ;  tiic  course  is  then  about  W.  ?i 
N.,  leaving  the  last-named  Liglithouse  about  li  mile  on  tiie  Star- 
board hand  and  carrying  about  12  feet  water  at  low  tide  ;  when 
past  tliis  Lighthouse  or  it  bears  NE.  }^  E.,  then  haul  up  about 
NW.  jj  W.,  keeping  tlic  outer  end  of  tlie  wharves  on  the  Port 
bow,  and  anchor  near  the  Docks. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  10  feet  draught,  bound  to  Soutii  Amboy 
by  way  of  New  York,  may,  when  through  the  Narrows,  leave  the 
Black  Buoy  (which  lies  about  '/j  mile  to  the  Southward  of  Fort 
Tompkins,  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  SW.  by  ^  mitil  Princep.-,  Bay  Lighthouse  bears  W-  ^  N., 
then  follow  tho  .luections  Itefore  given  ;  on  the  course  SW.  by  S. 
from  Buoy  olf  Kort  Tomi>kins,  the  Red  Buoy  off  Old  Orchard  Shoal 
will  be  left  on  tiie  Starboard  hand. 

Vessels  bound  to  South  Amboy  by  way  of  Sandy  Hook  may 
follow  the  diroetions  before  given  for  Now  York  ISay  and  Harbor 
by  way  of  the  Main  Channel,  until  Sandy  Hook  JNlaiii  Light  liouse 
bears  SE.  by  E.  J^2  E.,  then  make  good  the  course  NW.  by  W. 
i^  W.  until  Princess  Bay  Lighthouse  bears  W.  H  N.,  then  \)T0- 
ceed  as  before  directed. 


nigh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  i.t   Souih   Amboy  oh. 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  5J^  feet. 


oGm.   before   it  is  at 


*  i 


PERTH  AMBOY. 

This  village,  which  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  entrance  to  Rar- 
itan  River,  is  directly  opposite  South  Amboy  ;  at  this  date  (1881), 
about  16  feet  water  by  way  of  Raritan  Bay  can  be  carried  up  to  this 
place  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Perth  Amboy  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  by  way  of  Sandy  Hook  or  New  York  City,  bound  to 
Perth  Amboy,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  South 
Amboy,  until  Great  Beds  Lighthouse  bears  W-  by  N.  ji  N.,  then 


jU 


i\'aril  of  it ; 
and  BtoiT 
1  stands  on 
out  W.  ^4 
n  tlie  Star- 
Lidc  ;  when 
il  up  about 
n  the  Port 

utii  Amboy 
i,  leave  the 
rd  of  Fort 
a  good  the 

W.  H  N., 

3W.  by  S. 

;hard  Shoal 

Hook  may 
ind  Harbor 
Lii^htlionse 
W.  by  W. 
.,  then  pro- 


re   it  is  at 


'/,    , 


nee  to  Rar- 

ate  (1881), 
:d  up  to  this 

Daytime, 
ler. 

,-,  bound  to 
a  for  South 
4  N-,  then 


ELD  RIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


213 


run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  as  you  approach  tliis  Liglithousc  you  will 
see  a  short  distance  to  the  Kaslward  of  it  a  Ued  Hu..y  ;  leave  tiiis 
Buoy  close  to  the  Starlward,  and  sleer  about  North  for  Ward's 
I'uiut,  leaving  the  Lightliouse  about  H  mile  on  tlic  l'«jrt  hand,  and 
carrying  about  19  feet  water  at  low  tide;  leave  Ward's  I'oint, 
which  is  bold,  about  150  yards  to  the  Northeastward,  and  run  ui) 
for  the  town,  leaving  the  two  Buoys  painted  in  Black  and  Red 
Horizontal   Stripes  on   either   hand,  and  carrying   from   3   to  5 

fathoms  water. 

Jliffh  Water. 

It  IS  high  water  at  Pcrtli  Amboy  3h.  54m.  before  it  Is  at  Boston ; 

common  tides  rise  about  5^  feet. 


RARITAN  RIVER. 

This  River,  as  before  mentioned,  commences  at  the  Western  end 
of  Ruritun  Bay,  its  entrance  being  a  lilUe  more  than  J^  mile  in 
width,  between  Ferry  Point  on  the  North  and  the  Cumden  and 
Amboy  Railroad  Docks  on  tlie  South.  Just  above  South  Aml)oy 
the  River  is  crossed  by  a  Drawbridge  wiii<-h  carries  the  Central 
Railroad  of  New  Jersey.  No  sailing  directions  can  bo  given  for 
this  River,  and  the  navigation  is  almost  entirely  cunfined  to  steam 
and  canal  boats,  which  pass  to  and  fro  through  the  canal. 


ARTHUR  KILL  RIVER. 

This  River,  which  separates  Staten  Island  from  the  main  land, 
commences  at  Perth  Amboy,  and  extends  Northerly  to  Elizabeth- 
port,  entrance  to  Newark  Bay,  a  distance  of  10  miles.  It  is  from 
200  to  1,100  yards  wide,  and  has  a  depth  of  not  less  than  13  feet 
water  at  low  tide.  This  River,  at  this  date  (1882) ,  is  not  buoyed, 
and  it  is  advisable  for  none  but  small  or  very  light  draught  vessels 
to  attempt  it  without  a  pilot. 


ELIZABETHPORT. 

Tills  town,  which  is  about  6  miles  west  from  Robbins'  Reef 
Lighthouse,  is  situated  at  the  Southwest  part  of  Newark  Bay,  near 
the  Northern  entrance  to  Arthur  Kill  River. 


2U 


ELDIUDOli'b  COAST  ril-OT. 


Bergen  Point  Lighthouse. 


Aliout,  )^  mile  Soutliwt'.stcrly  IVoin  iJt-i'grii  Toint,  upon  a  Pccf  of 
Rocks,  is  !i  Ligli', house,  wliicli  at  this  dale  (1882),  shows  a  (ixcd 
Wliito  Liglit.  A  Fog  Holl  is  attached  to  this  Lighthouse,  whicii 
in  thic!;  wcatiicr  is  struck  at  intervals  of  15  seconds.  Tliis  Light- 
house is  intended  to  guide  vessels  through  Kill  Van  Ivull  River  to 
Elizabcthport,  and  also  into  Newark  Hay.  Corner  Stake  Light 
hears  from  Bergen  Point  Lighthouse  W.NW-  nearly,  distance  J.^ 
mile. 

Corner  Stake  Lighthouse. 

A  little  more  t'lan  J^  mile  Northeasterly  from  the  town  of 
Elizabcthport,  upon  the  Port  side  of  the  channel,  is  a  Beacon 
Stake,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light,  which 
is  iutcuded  to  guide  vessels  to  Elizabcthport. 

lie  marks. 

From  New  YclA  Upper  Bay,  by  way  of  Kill  Van  Kull  River, 
about  9  feet  water  can  he  taken  to  Elizabcthport  at  low  tide  ;  from 
Raritan  P»ay,  by  w.iy  of  Arthar  Kill  River,  about  13  feet  water  can 
be  carried  to  Elizabcthport  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions;  for  Elizabcthport  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  Sandy  Hook,  bound  to  Elizabcthport,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  New  York  B.'iy  a-ul  Harbor  until  abc 'it  ^3  mile 
from  Robbins'  Reef  Lighthouse  ;  K'l  Van  Kull  River  \viii  llion  be 
well  open,  bctiriug  about  West;  yon  may  then  run  in,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoy  ofi'  the  Northern  part  of  Staton  Lsland  well  on  the 
PotL  hand,  and  the  Beacon,  whirli  marks  a  Rocky  Shoal  extending 
oft'  from  the  Northern  Siiore,  ^  "11  on  t)ie  Starboard,  hand;  when 
past  this  Beacon,  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  River;  when  abreast 
3erg"jn  Point  Lighthouse  you  will  see  about  l4  mile  to  the  West- 
Viard  »  small,  marshy  Island  Avith  a  wharf  on  its  Southern  part, — 
(his  ij  Shooter's  Island ;  haul  to  the  Southward  until  this  Wharf 
bears  "W.  by  N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  baud,  and  carrying  across  the  Bar  about  10  fret 
water  at  low  tide  ;  when  past  tiiis  Wharf,  haul  gradually  to  the 
Northwest  and  round  the  Corner  Stake  Light,  leaving  it  close  to  on 
the  Port  hand  aud  carrying  about  9  feet  water  at  low  tide  ;  when 
past  this  Light,  in  order  to  avoid  the  shoal  water  on  the  Starboard 


■y  — ■   > 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


215 


side  ol  the  chiinnol,  it  is  necessary  tx>  steer  ahout  West,  kecpinf? 
tlie  Southern  I'oint  opposite  tiie  town  on  the  Tort  liow  ;  when 
.■l)ont  250  yards  from  tliis  I'oint,  li.-uil  over  for  the  town. 

From  New  York  City,  bound  to  Kli/.iibcthport,  when  pnst  TJov- 
ernors  Island,  bring  llobbins'  Uccf  Li<;iitiio(ist'  to  bear  SW.  and 
run  for  it  on  tiiis  course  ;  leave  the  Black  IWioy,  which  lies  Sonth- 
eaat  a  short  distance  from  this  Li<fhthonse,  on  tlu;  Starboard  hand, 
and  the  Hlack  Huoy  olf  the  Nortliern  part  of  Staten  Island  well  on 
the  I'ort  hand,  and  follow  the  directions  bi^fore  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Klizabethport  2h.  50in.  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
Common  tides  nna  about  5  feet. 


NEWARK  BAY. 


This  Bay,  which  lies  to  the  Northeast  of  Klizabethport,  is  con- 
nected with  the  U[)per  Bay  of  New  York  l)y  Kill  Van  Knll  Uiver. 
The  direction  of  this  Buy  is  about  NE.  l>y  N.  and  SW.  by  S-  ; 
its  length  about  4^  miles,  and  its  average  width  1^  miles,  with 
an  average  depth  in  the  channel  of  from  3  to  10  feet  water.  The 
Passaic  River  empties  into  this  Bay ;  this  Kiver,  at  its  mouth,  is 
about  600  yards  wide,  but  gradually  contracts  until  abreast  the  city 
of  Newark  (which  is  about  3  miles  from  the  entrance),  where  it 
is  about  100  yards  wide.  About  6  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be 
taken  from  the  Bridge  up  to  Newark. 

Passaic  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Western  side  of  Newark  Bay  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at 
this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Wiiitc  Light;  a  Fog  Bell  is  at- 
tached to  the  Lighthouse,  which,  in  thick  weather,  is  struck  at  inter- 
vals of  20  seconds.  Vessels  bound  to  Newark  should  leave  this 
Lighthouse  not  more  than  ^^  mile  to  the  Westward  ;  Bergen  Point 
Lighthouse  bears  from  Passaic  Lighthouse  SW.  by  S.  J^  S-  about 
Z]^  miles. 

Elbow  Beacon. 

This  Beacon,  which  stands  ou  iL",  Flats,  marks  the  turning  point 
in  the  channel  leading  into  tiie  Passaic  and  Ilackcnsack  Rivers,  and 
at  this  date  (1882),  showi  a  fixed  White  I^ight.     Bergen  Point 


2U> 


ELDKIIKJKS  COAST   I'lI.OT. 


F.i;,'l(»li<>nsc  Itcnn  from  tlic  Kllmw  ll.'iin.n  SW-  I'.v  S-  ^i  S.  alx'iil 
SVy  miU'H;    rsisHiiic  l^i^ilillioiisc  SW-  'j  S.  ulmiit  'h  ">il''- 

Sailing  Directions  for  Newark   Bay  in   Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  woatlier. 

VoHscls  by  wny  of  New  York  City,  lioimd  into  Nc\viiri<  Hay,  iiiiiy, 
wlu'ii  iiMst,  CovtTiior'H  Isliiiid,  liriiiK  Roltltiiin'  llccf  Li;rlillii>iisi  Id 
l)Ciir  SW.  iiii'l  11111  for  it  on  this  course,  ii'tiviiijj;  it  iiltoiil  }  '}  nnU-  mi 
tlio  StiirlioMid  iiaml  ;  wiicn  Kill  Van  Ktill  Hivcr  is  fairly  opm.  lli  n 
run  in,  leaving,'  tin;  Hlack  Hiioy,  whicli  lies  Soiitlicast  a  short  ili-i- 
taiitv  fiDm  this  Liiililiioiisc,  on  tlic  StarboMid  liand,  and  the  l!l;iik 
Hiioy  oir  tlK'  Northern  part  of  Sluten  IhImikI,  on  tlic  I'orl  hand; 
when  past  this  list-named  l$iioy,  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  Uiver 
until  aiireast  Ihr-ien  Toiiit  Li^ditlioiise  ;  haul  naind  llii-  '  'gi.tlioiise, 
loavin"^  it  ahoiit  -'.".()  yards  on  tlic  Starboard,  iiid  steer  aiiont  N-  by 
E.  */j  E.,  leavim^'  n  IMaek  Ibioy  on  the  Tort  hand  ;  when  past  this 
last  IJuoy,  steer  morn  Easterly  for  the  draw  in  the  h'ailr.md  Bridj,'c  ; 
when  through  this  bridf^e,  it  is  advisable  to  nnchor  and  wait  for 
FU)od  tide  ;  then,  about  half  Hood,  steer  NE-  l«y  N.  ^  i  N-,  leaving 
Passaie  Lighthonse  and  Mlbow  Heacon  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when 
past  the  latter,  which  may  be  left  about  100  yards  on  the  Port,  stoor 
about  N.  ll  E.,  Icavinji  two  IMaek  Ibioys  el.isc  to  on  tlie  Port 
hand  ;  when  past  the  latter  Buoy,  which  lies  near  the  ontraneo  to 
the  River,  keep  dose  to  the  Western  shore  to  tlie  Railroad  Ibidge. 
If  bound  to  Newark,  it  is  advisable  tor  vessels  of  more  than  5  feet 
draught  to  take  a  pilot  here. 

By  way  of  Sandy  Hook,  bound  to  Newark  Bay,  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given  for  New  York  Bay  and  Harbor  until  about  % 
mile  from  Pvobbins'  Reef  Lighthouse,  then  follow  the  directions 

before  given. 

Wffh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  city  of  Newark  2h.  37m.  before  it  is  at 

Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  5  feet. 


BARNEGAT  INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  is  Sonthwesterly  42  miios  from  IRirndy 
Hook  Main  Lighthouse,  and  Northeasterly  Gj  Tiiiles  from  Cape 
May  Lighthouse.  .  . 


KKDItlDOK'S  COAST   I'lI-OT. 


Baruogat  Lighthouse. 


217 


On  the  Sontli  sido  of  Himic^'iit  Inlet,  on  the  North  end  of  Lonj,' 
Bciu'h,  is  II  lofty  'rower,  t\w  upper  lialf  of  wlii<'li,  at  thiH  diito 
(1MH2),  is  painted  Ued,  the  lower  lialf  Wiiile.  At  tliis  date 
(1HH2),  this  I-i<j;lilhou!se  Hhows  a  Flaahing  Wiiile  Light. 

Bearings  and  Dlstancos  from  Barnogat  LighthouBO. 

I>l'<iiineo, 

Montaiilv  Point  LiglitlioiiHo,  NE   l)yE.  ,'jE.     .     .     .   IW  miles. 

Fire  Island  T.it,'l»tl"i"«'N  NE G7 

Five  Fatiioin  Haiiiv  Li-,dit-sliip,  SW.  hy  Q.  y^  8. 
Winter  Quarter  Shoal  Light-shii),  SW.  liy  S.  ',i  S. 


f,2 
121 


Bemnrh's. 

The  entrance  to  Barnegat  Harbor  is  across  a  Bar,  the  channel 
of  which,  like  all  other  sand  bars  on  the  coast,  eJianges  its  depth 
and  location  with  almost  every  heavy  gale  from  seaward  ;  t!ic  safest 
guides  are  tlio  Breal<er3  and  Buoys.  The  I.igiithouso  Board  give 
notice  tliat  every  clfort  will  bo  nuidc  to  have  the  Buoys  mark  the 
best  water  across  Barnegat  Bar  into  the  Harbor  ;  strangers  should, 
however,  always  exercise  caution  by  watehir.g  the  Breakers  befon; 
entering.  At  tliis  date  (IHH2),  in  entering  this  Harbor  there  are 
nine  Channel  Buoys,  painted  in  Black  and  Wiiitc  I'erpciidicular 
Stripes,  which,  in  entering,  are  lea  close  to  on  either  hand.  At 
this  date  about  0  feet  water  can  be  carried  across  the  Bar,  at  low 
tide,  into  the  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Barnegat  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

At  this  date  (1882),  a  Sea  Buoy,  painUd  in  Black  and  Wlilto 
rerpcndicnhir  Stripes,  is  placed  in  3  fathoms  water  off  Barnegat 
Bar ;  Barnegat  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  W-NW.,  dis- 
tance ll{  miles.  With  a  favorable  and  commanding  breeze,  small 
or  light  draught  vessels  intending  to  enter  Barnegat  Inlet  should, 
a  littl(3  before  high  water,  bring  Barnegat  Lighthouse  to  bear 
W-NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  th's  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout 
for  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  ;  when  tliis  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close 
to  on  either  hand,  and  run  about  N-NW.  for  the  Bar  Buoy,  leav- 
ing it  close  to  on  either  hand  ;  from  this  last-named  or  third  Buoy, 


218 


ELDRIDGF/S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


stoor  N.NW.  (o  tlic  fourth  Buoy ;  from  tlio  fourth  Buoy,  steer 
W.  by  N.  to  tlic  fifth  Buoy;  from  tho  iiftli  Buoy,  ruu  SW.  by  S. 
to  the  sixtli  Buoy;  from  the  sixlli  Buoy,  steer  S-SW-  to  the 
sevcntli  Buoy ;  from  the  seventh  Buoy,  steer  "West  to  the  anchor- 
age. These  directions  were  good  for  1882.  About  7/^  mile  above 
the  North  Point,  close  in  witii  tlie  shore,  is  the  Winter  anchorage. 


High    Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Barnegat  Inkit  3h.  20m.  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
common  tides  rise  about  2  ]<  feet. 


LITTLE  EGG  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  Southwesterly  18  miles  from 
Barnegat  Lighthouse,  and  Northeasterly  47  miles  from  Cape  May 
Lighthouse. 

Tucker's  Beach  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Tucker's  Beach,  North  side  of  entrance  to  Little  Egg 
Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse  painted  Red.  Tliis  Lighthouse,  at  this 
date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Light,  varied  by  Red  Flashes. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Little  Egg  Harbor  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Barnegat  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  N 1 714:  miles. 

Absecom  Lighthouse,  SW.  ^^  S 10^      " 

Whistling  Buoy,  off  Brigantino  Shoals,  S.  3/f  W.  .     .     8  " 


\\\ 


ii: 


Remarks. 

At  this  date  (1882),  there  are  two  Channels  leading  across  the 
Bars  into  Little  Egg  Harbor,  both  of  which  are  buoyed.  By  the 
Ncith  Channel,  which  is  called  Tucker's  Beach  Channel,  there  arc 
about  7  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  across  the  Bar ;  by  the  South  Chan- 
nel, from  7  to  10  feet  water  at  low  tide.  These  Channels,  like  fill 
other  sand  bars,  arc  liable  to  great  changes,  and  must  be  entered 
by  strangers  only  with  a  fair  and  commanding  breeze,  when  the 
Buoys  can  be  seen. 


III 


Buoj-,  st(!or 

SW.  by  S. 

5W.  to  the 

the  anchor- 

i  mile  above 

auchorajje. 


s  at  Boston ; 


miles  from 
Q  Cape  May 


Little  Egg 
lusc,  at  this 
cs. 

lighthouse. 

Distance. 

17^  miles. 
8 


g  across  the 
ed.  By  the 
;1,  there  arc 
50iilh  Chan- 
lels,  like  nil 
t  be  entered 
e,  when  the 


ELDRTDOE'S  COAST  mOT. 


210 


Sailing  Directions  for  Littie  Egg  Harbor,  by  Tuck- 
er's Beach  Channel,  in  Dajrtime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels,  bound  into  Little  Egg  Harbor  by 
Tucker's  Beach  or  the  Northern  Channel,  should,  about  three- 
fourths  flood,  bring  Tucker's  Beach  Lighthouse  to  bear  about  NW. 
by  N.,  and  run  f(jr  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for 
tlie  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy;  when  this  is  made,  run  in,  leaving  the 
Buoys  which  are  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes 
close  to  on  either  hand ;  when  the  Buoy*  painted  in  Red  and  Black 
Horizontal  Stripes,  on  the  Eastern  part  of  the  Middle  Ground,  is 
made,  leave  it  about  250  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  haul  up  about 
NE.  and  anchor,  with  Tucker's  Beach  Lighthouse  bearing  about 
E  by  S.,  in  from  2j^  to  C  fathoms  water.  These  directions  were 
good  for  1882. 

SaiUng  Directions  for  Little  Egg  Harbor,  by  the 
South  Channel,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels,  bound  into  Little  Egg  Harbor, 
may,  about  three-fourths  flood,  bring  Tucker's  Beach  Lighthouse  to 
bear  about  N.  Y^  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp 
lookout  for  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  ;  when  this  is  made,  run  in  to  the 
Northward,  leaving  the  B"oys  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpen- 
dicular Stripes  close  to  on  cither  hand ;  when  abreast  Anchorage 
Island,  which  is  the  first  on  the  Port  hand,  and  bears  from  Tuck- 
er's Beach  Lighthouse  about  W.  by  S.,  you  will  see  the  Buoy 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  on  the  Eastern  end 
of  the  Middle  Ground ;  anchorage  may  be  found  a  short  distance 
to  the  Westward  of  this  Buoy  in  from  3  to  5  fathoms  water. 

High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Little  Egg  Harbor  3h,  38m. 
before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  3j^  feet. 


*  Tucker's  Beach  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  about  East,  distauLc 
H  miles. 


■m 


i'il 


■1 

ll 


220 


ELDKIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


BRIGANTINE  INLET. 


The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  is  Southwesterly  about  4j^  miles  from 
Tucker's  Beach  Lighthouse. 

Memarks. 

At  this  dat  (1882),  about  5  feet  water  can  be  taken  across  the 
Bar  at  low  tide,  but  there  are  no  Buoys  to  raark  the  channel  lead- 
ing in  ;  strangers  should  not,  therefore,  attempt  to  enter  it  without 
a  pilot. 


ABSEOOM  INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  is  Southwesterlj-  10 14^  miles  from 
Tucker's  Beach  Li<ihthouse,  and  37  miles  Northeasterly  from  Cape 
May  Lighthouse. 

Absecom  Lighthouse. 

On  the  South  si(l(>  of  entrance  to  Absecom  Inlet  is  a  Tower 
painted  in  Rod  and  White  Horizontal  Bands,  which  shows  a  fixed 
White  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Absecom  Lighthouse. 

Diatanco. 

Tucker's  Beach  Lighthouse,  NE.  >4^  N lOi^  miles. 

Five  Fathom  Bank  Light-ship,  S-SW 34 

Whistling  Buoy  off  Brigautiue  Shoals,  E.  ^  S.     .     .     .')>^      " 

Memarks. 

The  entrance  to  Absecom  Inlet  is  across  a  Sand  Bar,  the  chan- 
nel of  whicli  is  liable  to  change  its  dspth  and  location  with  every 
gale  from  seaward.  At  this  date  (1882),  there  are  about  7  feet 
water  upon  this  Bar  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Absecom  Inlet  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels,  with  a  favorable  and  command- 
ing breeze,  may.  at  about  three-fourths  flood,  bring  Absecom  Liglit- 
lionse  to  bear  NW.,  and  run  for  it,  keeping  a  sliarp  lookout  fur  the 
Cuter  or  Sea  Buoy ;  when  this  is  made,  run  in,  leaving  the  second 


miles  from 


I  across  the 
annol  Icad- 
r  it  without 


miles  from 
from  Cape 


is  a  Tower 
)W9  .1  fixed 


tiouse. 

DiBtancc. 

I0}i  miles. 
34 


r,  the  chan- 
1  with  ever}' 
bout  7  feet 


Daytime, 
der. 

.1  comumud- 
ecoin  Light- 
kout  for  the 
f  the  second 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


221 


or  Bar  Buoy  close  to  on  either  hand ;  from  the  Bar  Buoy,  steer 
about  N.NW.  to  the  third  Buo}- ;  from  this  last  Buoy,  steer  N. 
by  W.  to  the  fourth  Buoy ;  from  the  fourth  Buoy,  steer  about 
N.NW.,  and  anchor  just  within  the  North  Point  in  from  2  to  3 
fathoms  water.     These  directions  were  good  for  1882. 


High   Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Absecom  Inlet  3h. 
Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  3^  feet. 


40m.  before   it  is  at 


GREAT  EGG  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  lies  Southwesterly  about  8  miles 
from  Absecom  Lighthouse,  and  Northeasterly  about  29  miles  from 
Cape  May. 

Itemar/cs, 
At  this  date  (1882),  in  entering  Great  Egg  Harbor  there  are 
eight  Channel  Buoys  pal.itcd  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular 
Stripes.  These  Buoys  are  moved  with  the  shifting  of  the  channel, 
which,  like  all  others  on  sand  bars,  varies  in  depth  and  location 
with  almost  every  gale  from  seaward.  At  this  date  (1882),  there 
are  about  7  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  across  this  Bar. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Great  Egg  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels,  with  a  favorable  and  command- 
ing breeze,  at  about  ^  flood,  may  run  in,  keeping  a  sharp  'ookout 
for  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  ;  when  this  is  made,  steer  from  it  about 
NW.  by  W.  to  the  Bar  or  second  Buoy ;  from  this  last  Buoy, 
steer  NW.  }^  W.  to  the  third  Buoy  ;  from  the  third  Buoy,  steer 
NW.  by  N.  to  the  fourth  Buoy ;  f-om  the  fourth  Buoy,  W.  ^  S. 
to  the  fifth  Buoy;  from  this  last  Buoy,  W-NW.  to  the  sixth 
Buoy  ;  tlien  NW.  to  the  seven',  h  Buoy,  and  from  this  last,  N.  by 
W.  to  the  eighth  Buoy ;  from  last  Buoy,  run  for  the  anchorage. 
These  courses  were  good  fur  1882,  but  in  entering  the  Harbors  on 
the  Southern  coast  of  New  Jersey,  the  Buoys  are  placed  m  mid- 
channel,  and  vessels  should  run  from  one  to  the  other  regardless  of 
course. 


r 


I; 


222 


EI.DUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Great  Egg  Harbor  3h.  45in. 
before  it  ia  at  Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  3>4  feet. 


HEREFORD  INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  is  Southwesterly  about  28  miles  from 
Abseoom  Lighthouse,  and  about  9  miles  Northeasterly  from  Cape 
May  Lighthouse. 

Hereford  Inlet  Lighthouse. 

On  the  South  side  of  Hereford  Inlet  is  a  Lighthouse  painted  Buflf 
color,  and  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light. 

Meniarlfs. 

The  following  notice  was  issued  to  mariners  by  the  Lighthouse 
Board,  Sept.  1,1881  :  — 

The  depth  of  water  on  the  Bar  at  Hereford  Inlet,  New  Jersey,  in 
its  present  condition,  docs  not  permit  the  approach,  with  safety,  of 
vessels  of  more  than  4  feet  draught.  The  chauuel  of  this  Inlet 
changes  frequently.  Every  effort  will  be  made  to  keep  the  Buoys 
in  the  best  water.  It  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  bound 
into  it  to  take  pilots. 

The  Coast  from  the  Highlands   of  Navesink  to 

Cape  May. 

About  S.3E.  4  miles  from  the  Highland  Lights,  entrance  to 
New  York  Harbor,  and  about  1  mile  from  shore,  are  several  shoal 
spots  of  14,  16  and  18  feet  water.  From  this  point  to  Barnegat 
Bar,  a  distance  of  nearly  35  miles,  the  shore  is  bold,  and  vessels 
may  approach  it  within  J^  mile  without  danger. 

From  Barue{.^at  Bar  (which  extends  off  about  ^  mile  from  shore) 
to  Hereford  Inlet,  a  distance  of  57  miles,  shoal  water  extends  off 
in  some  places  a  long  distance  from  shore.  Vessels  passing  be- 
tween Absecom  and  Little  Egg  Harbor  Lighthouses  should  not 
approach  the  Brigantine  Shoals,  which  lie  off  neai'y  2  miles 
from  shore,  in  less  than  6  or  7  fathoms  water.     From  Hereford 


)or  3h.  45in. 
et. 


8  miles  from 
y  from  Cape 


painted  Buflf 
it. 


e  Liglithouse 

ew  Jersey,  in 
itli  safety,  of 
of  this  Inlet 
cp  the  Buoys 
mgcrs  bound 


vesink  to 

,  entrance  to 

several  shoal 

to  Barnegat 

I,  and  vessels 

;e  from  shore) 
3r  extends  off 
Is  passing  be- 
s  should  not 
saiV  2  miles 
rora  Hereford 


p:ldridgf/s  coast  pilot. 


223 


Inlet  to  Cape  May  Lighthouse,  shoal  water  extends  off  from  y^  to 
1  mile  from  shore.  At  this  dale  (1882),  a  Whistling  Btio}'  is 
phiw'd  off  Brigantinc  Shoals  in  about  7  fatlioms  water.  Little  Egg 
Harbor  Light  bears  from  tliis  Buoy  N.  ^  E.  8  i  liles ;  Absecom 
Lighthouse  W.  K'  N.  5%  miles. 

Sounriings  off  the  South  Side  of  Long  Island  and 
the  Coast  of  New  Jersey. 

In  approaching  the  South  side  of  Long  Island  and  the  coast  of 
New  Jersey,  a  better  knowledge  of  the  depth  of  water  and  quality 
of  tlie  bottom  may  be  obtained  by  inspecting  the  Charts  than  by 
any  written  directions.     Sec  Eldridge's  Coast  Chart  No.  2. 


DELAWARE   BAY  AND  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  and  llivor,  wliich  is  between  Cape  May 
on  the  North  and  Cape  Ilcnlopen  on  the  South,  is  10  miles  wide. 

By  the  Cape  IMay  or  Coasti^v's  Channel  tlio  entrance  to  this  Bay 
and  River  lies  Soutiiwestorly  fiom  Sandy  Hook  Main  Lighthouse 
about  110  miles,  and  Northeasterly  132  miles  from  Cape  Henry 
Lighthouse. 

By  Cape  Ilenlopen  or  Ship  Channel  the  entrance  to  this  Bay 
and  River  is  Southwesterly  from  Sandy  Hook  Main  Lighthouse 
118  miles,  and  Northeasterly  from  Cape  Henry  Lighthouse  122 
miles. 

from  Delaware  Breakwater  to  the  city  of  Pliiladelphia  the  dis- 
tance is  about  84  miles. 

Lighthouses    and    Lightships    in   approaching 
and  entering  L>elaware  Hay  and  Itiver. 

Five  Fathom  Bank  Light-ship. 

At  this  date  (1882),  about  b}i  miles  Southeasterly  from  the 
shoal  called  Five  I^athom  Bank,  and  about  2  miles  SE.  by  E.  from 
a  shoal  with  8^  fathoms  water  upon  it,  off  the  entrance  to  Dela- 
ware Bay  and  River,  is  placed  u  Liglit-shij),  whicii  at  this  date 
shows  two  fixed  "White  Liglits.  In  tiiick  weather  a  Steam  Whistle 
is  sounded,  giving  blasts  of  4  seconds  duration  each  minute. 


f 


224  ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Five  Fathom  Bank  Light-ship. 

DIstmicc. 

Moiitaiik  Point  Liglithoi.^i;,  'viJl    ji  "E 181)     miles. 

Fire  Island  Ligiitiioiiso,  NE.  }i  1^' ^^^'A     "' 

Barnc-jat  IJgiilliouHC,  NE.  l)y  N.  >^  N 62         " 

Abseconi  Liglithouse,  N-NE 84         " 

Hereford  Inlet  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  N.  ji  N-  .     .  15         " 

Cape  May  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  W.  >4  W.  .     .     .  18}4     " 

Cape  Henlopen  Main  Ligiithouse,  West,  ....  23         " 

Fenwick's  Island  Lighthouse,  SW.  ^2  W.    ...  31          " 

Winter  Quarter  Shoal  Ligiit-Ship,  SW.  by  S.  ]4  S.  58         " 
Light-ship  off  tiie  Nortlicast  end  of  Five  Fathom 

Banlc,  N.NE 93^     " 

Red  Buoy  off  Southern  end  of  Twenty-one  Foot  Shoal, 

NW.  YiW 3         " 

Biatlc  Buoy  off  Northeast  part  of  Five  Fathom  Bank, 

N.  by  W 53/^" 

Red  r.iioy  off  South  part  McCries'  Shoal,  W.  by  N. 

>^  N ....'..  12 

Wliislling  Buoy  on  North  side  of  entrance  to  Ship 

Channel,  Delaware  Bay,  W.  ^:;  N IQi-^      " 

Cape  May  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Cape  May,  Northeast  side  of  entrance  to  Delaware  Bay, 
is  a  Lighthouse  painted  Gray,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a 
Revolving  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cape  May  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Five  Fathom  Bank  Light-ship,  SE.  by  E.  J^  E.  .     .  18i^  miles. 

Cape  Henlopen  Main  Lighthouse,  SW.  ji  8.  ...  11         " 

Lighthouse  on  Brandywine  Shoal,  NW.  by  W.  j/j  W.  7 ^      " 
Buoy  c.r  Eastern  part  of  Eph's  Shoal,  SE.  by  E. 

'A'E 3j^     " 

Buoy  off  Western  end  of  Eph's  Shoal,  SE.  ^  E.     .  1^      " 
Red  Buoy  off  Southern  part  of  McCries'  Shoal,  SE. 

y^B 7>4'  " 

Black  Buoy  off  Southern  part  of  Somcrs  Shoal,  S-  l>y  E.  3  ^      " 

Red  Buoy  off  South  part  Crow's  Shoal,  W.  by  N.    .  1^4      " 
Buoy   painted   in   Black    and  White    Perpendicular 
Stripes   at   the   entrance  of  Cape   May  Channel, 

NW.  by  W.  >^  W 2J^      «' 


Light-ship. 

DIstmicc. 

181)     miles. 

128^ 
62 

84 

(1 

15 

i( 

18>^ 
23 

31 

u 

58 

1( 

93< 

(( 

3 

(( 

6^ 

u 

12 

t( 

10}i 

1( 

a  ware  Bay, 
i),  shows  a 

house. 

Distance. 

18>^  miles. 

11       " 

m 

(( 

3/3 

(( 

1^ 

u 

7>; 

3^ 
11^ 

2^ 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT 


225 


Cape  Henlopen  Main  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Cape  lleiilopou.,  Southwest  side  of  entrance  to  Delaware 
Baj'  and  IJiver,  is  a  Lighthouse,  whidi  at  this  date  (1882),  is 
painted  White,  and  sho'vi.  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cape  Henlopen  Main  Lighthouse. 

Dlalanco. 

Five  Fathom  Bank  Light-ship,  East 23      miles. 

Cape  May  Lighthouse,  NE.  ^  N 11  " 

Cape  Henlopen  IJeacon,  North  nearly 7/^      " 

Delaware  Breakwater  Lighthouse,  NW.  ^  N.     .     .       1^^      " 

Liglithoiiso  on  Brandywine  Shoal,  North  nearlj-      .  12^      " 
Range  Light  for  entering  Delaware  Ba}',  W.  by  N. 

'AJU ^}i    "■ 

Red  Buoy  off  South  part  McCries'  Shoal,  E.  by  N. 

'AN Uji    " 

Whistling  Buoy  at  the  entrance  of  Delaware  Bajr, 

NE.  byE '.       4^4:      " 

Bhuk  Buoy  off  Southeast  part  Ilcn  and  Chickens, 

SE.  by  S 2'4      " 

B;;;<-k  Buoy  off  Southeast  part  of  Shears,  N.  by  W.       3  " 

Black  Buoy  off  Southeast  part  of  Brown  Slioal,  N. 

^  W 9^      " 

Cape  Henlopen  Beacon  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northern  end  of  the  Cape,  Ji  mile  from  the  Main 
Lighthouse,  is  a  Beacon  painted  White,  which  at  this  date  (1882), 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  A  Fog  Signal  is  placed  near  this 
Beacon,  giving  blasts  of  6  seconds'  duration  at  intervals  of  39 
seconds.  Cape  Henlopen  Main  and  Beacon  Lights,  in  range, 
clear  the  Shears  and  Brown  Shoals.  Delaware  Breakwater 
Lighthouse  bears  from  Cape  Henlopen  Beacon  Lighthouse 
W  NW.  1  mile  nearl}' ;  Whistling  Buoy  at  the  entrance  of 
Delaware  Bay  E-NE-,  distance  3^  miles. 

Delaware  Breakwater  Bange  Light. 

About  l^g  miles  Northwest  from  Lewes,  and  W.  J^  S.  2% 
miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Breakwater,  is  a  Lighthouse, 
which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  Thip  Light, 
in  range  of  the  Flashing  Light  on  the  Breakwater  (bea "ing  W.  }i 
S-)>  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  into  Delaware  Bay. 


220 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Brandywine  Shoal  Lighthouse. 

This  Liglilhousc,  whicli  is  oa  the  East  side  of  the  Ship  Channel, 
is  ereeti'd  on  Brandywine  Slioa) ,  aljoiit  Ja  '"'lu  lioni  tlic  Soutliern 
end,  and  at  this  date  (1882),  sliows  a  fixed  White  Light.  A  Vog 
Bell  is  attached  to  this  Lij^iitliouse,  which  is  struck  two  l)lows, 
then  a  pause  of  30  seconds.  Vessels  ma^'  ai)proach  this  Ligiit- 
house,  on  its  Weste      ^<de,  .       iu  i60  yards,  without  danger. 

Bearings  and  Distat.'-  a  i'v<:V:.    3rand3rwine  Shoal  Lighthouse. 

DlHtnncc. 

Cape  Ilenlopen  Main  Liginlionse,  i  ■<   ith  nearly  .     .  123^  miles. 

Cape  ]yiay  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  E.  '^  iJ 7^  " 

Fourteen  Foot  Bank  Light-ship,  NW.  by  N.  .     .     .       5  " 

Cross  Ledge  Lighthouse,  N-NW 12  " 

Egg  Island  Lighthouse,  North 11^  " 

Red  Buoy  off  South  end  Brandywine  Shoal,  SE.  by  S.         ji  " 
Black  Buoj"^  oflf  Southeast  part  of  Brown  Shoal,  S. 

^  W S}(     " 

Red  Buoy  off  Northern  end  Brandywine  Shoal,  N. 
by  W.  >^  W.     .     . 2%      " 

Fourteen  Foot  Bank  Light-ship. 

Tliis  Light-ship  is  placed  about  700  yards  to  the  Eastward  of  a 
Shoal  called  Fourteen  Foot  Bank,  and  at  this  date  (1882),  shows 
two  fixed  White  Lights,  and  has  a  Bell  and  Horn.  Vessels  bound 
up  the  Bay  should  leave  this  Light-ship  close  to  on  the  Port  hand. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Fourteen  Foot  Bank  Light-ship. 

Distance. 

Brandywine  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  S 5      miles. 

Cross  Ledge  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W-  >^  W.     .     .     .  7  " 

Egg  Island  Lighthouse,  N.  by  E.  5^  E 7^      " 

Red  Buoy  off  North  end  Brandywine  Shoal,  SE. 

y^n 2%    " 

Black  Buo3'  off  South  end  of  Joe  Flogger  Shoal, 
NW.  ^  W.      .     .     .  • V/s      " 

Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  part  Miah  MauU  Shoal,  N. 

by  W 3^3      " 

Buoy  of  the  Middle,  NW.  by  N-  ^  N 10}i     " 


i 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


227 


Cross  Lodge  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southeast  pint  of  Cross  Ledge  Shoal,  on  the  East  side 
of  the  channel,  is  a  Lighlliousc,  which  at  tliis  date  (18M2),  shows  a 
Flashing  Wliitc  Light.  A  Fog  Dell  is  attaclicd  to  this  Ligiithouse, 
which  in  thick  wcatlier  is  struck  at  intervals  of  10  seconds.  Ves- 
sels may  approach  tliis  Lighthouse  on  its  Western  side,  within  150 
yards,  without  danger. 

Bearings  and  Distances  iVom  Cross  Ledge  Lighthouse. 

Distanco. 

Brandywine  Shoal  Lighthouse,  SSE 12      miles. 

Fourteen  Foot  Bank  Light-siiip,  S.  by  E-  ^  E.    .     •  7         " 

Egg  Island  Lighthouse,  E.  >4  N -^H     " 

Lighthouse  on  Ship  John  Shoal,  NW.  by  N.  .     •     •  lOj^      " 

Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  part  MiahMauU  Shoal,  S.SE.  3^      " 

Buoy  of  the  Middle,  NW-  J4  N 3>4      " 

Ship  John  Shoal  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Ship  John  Shoal,  East  side  of  Sliip  Channel,  is  a  Light- 
house, which  at  this  date  (1882), shows  a  fixed  lied  Light.  A  Fog 
Bell  is  attached  to  this  Lighthouse,  which,  in  thick  weather,  is 
struck  three  blows  in  quick  succession,  at  intervals  of  4't  seconds. 
Vessels  may  approach  this  Lighthouse  on  its  Western  side,  within 
250  yards,  without  danger. 

Bearings  and  Distances  &om  Lighthouse    on    Ship    John 

Shoal. 

Distance, 

Cross  Ledge  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  S 1'^^  miles. 

Cohansey  Lighthouse,  NE,  by  N.  ^  N.    .     -,   •     ■       '^'/i      " 

Poi t  IVnn  Beacon  Range,  NW.  ?4:  N.  .     .     •'    •     •  ^">!4      " 

Buoy  of  the  Middle,  SE.  by  S,  Ji  S "i^      " 

Black  Buoy  off  Northwest  part  Joe  Flogger  Shoal, 

S.H^ 2^^    " 

Port  Penn  Beacon  Range. 

On  the  Western  side  of  the  River,  nearly  opposite  Rcody  Island, 
are  two  Lighthouses,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  show  fixed  "White 
Lights,  These  Lights  in  range,  bearing  nearly  NW.  ^4  N.,  lead 
up  the  channel  past  Bombay  Hook  to  Reedy  Point,  where  the 
Newcastle  Range  is  reached. 


!l 


1 


228 


ELDniDOE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


Reedy  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  tlio  Lower  or  Southern  end  of  Rooily  Islund  is  a  Tiightlionso, 
which  Jit  this  (Uto  (1  ««-*),  allows  n  Flashing  Whilo  Light.     A  Fog 
Bell  is  i)l:i(C'il  near  this  Lighthouse,  which,  in  thick  weather,  is 
■  struck  at  intervals  of  1 5  seconds. 

Finn's  Point  Beacon  Range. 

Upon  the  New  Jersey  or  Eastern  side  of  the  River,  nearly  op- 
posite the  Pea  Tatch,  are  two  Lighthouses,  which  at  this  date 
(18«-i),  show  fixed  White  Lights.  These  Lights  in  range,  bearing 
N.  by  E.  ji  Em  If^ad  up  the  channel  bi-tween  Baker's  Shoal  and 
Reedy  Island,  until  the  Newcastle  Range  is  reached. 

Newcastle  Range  Beacons. 

Upon  the  Delaware  or  Northwestern  side  of  the  River,  about 
l^  inilcs  below  Newcastle,  are  two  Lighthouses,  which  at  this 
date  (18H2),  show  While  Fixed  Lights.  These  Lights  in  range, 
bearing  N-  by  W.  ->+  W.  (nc'arly),  lead  up  the  clnmnel  past  the 
Pea  Patch,  and  to  the  Eastward  of  the  lUilkhead  Shoal,  until  Deep 
Water  Point  Range  is  reached. 

In  daytime,  heavy  draught  vessels  should,  when  past  the  J^ed 
Buoy  olT  Goose  Island,  haid  gmdually  to  tlici  Northeastward, 
leavin<''  the  Buoy  with  Periieudicalur  Stripes  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand. 

Deep  Water  Foint  Range  Beacons. 

Upon  the  New  Jersey  or  Southeastern  side  of  the  River,  a  little 
below  the  entrance  to  Wilmington  River,  are  two  Liglithouses, 
which  at  this  date  (1882),  show  fixed  AVhite  Lights.  These 
Lights  in  range,  bearing  nearly  NE-,  lead  up  the  channel,  until 
Cherry  Island  Range  is  reached. 

Cherry  Island  Beacon  Range. 

Upon  the  Delaware  or  Northern  side  of  the  River,  a  little  more 
than  two  miles  above  the  entrance  to  Wilmington  River,  are  two 
Lighthouses,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  show  fixed  White  Lights. 
These  Lights  in  range,  bearing  about  NNE-,  load  up  the  chan- 
nel, which  has  a  depth  of  about  21  feet  water  at  low  tide,  and  is 
now  being  widened. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  ITI.OT. 


229 


Schooner  Lodge  Range  Boacons. 

Upon  the  Pennsylvania  or  Northern  side  of  the  River,  l)clow  tlio 
Liiziiretto,  arc  two  Liglitlionses,  whieli  ut  this  date  (1H«2),  show 
two  lixed  Wliite  LijfJits.  Tlicsc  Lij^iits  in  rano;o,  bearing  about 
NE-  li.v  E.  ]2  E.,  lead  np  the  channel  iu  the  best  water,  passing 
to  the  Eastward  of  the  Illinois  Rock. 

Tinicum  Island  Range  Beacons. 

Upon  the  New  Jersey  or  Soiitiiern  side  of  the  River,  a  little 
more  tiian  two  miles  below  Fort  Midin,  are  two  Lighfiionses,  which 
at  tliis  date  (I8S2),  sliow  two  .fixed  Lights  — tlie  front  Wliite,  the 
rear  Red.  These  Lights  in  range,  bearing  about  E.  Jj  S.,  lead 
up  the  channel  to  the  Southward  of  Little  Tinieuui  Island. 

Fort  Miflto  Bar  Range  Beacons. 

The  White  Front  Light  of  Tinieimi  Range,  in  range  with  a  Red 
Fixed  Light  bearing  about  SW.  l>y  W.  ;^  W.,  leads  across  Fort 
Miflin  Rar,  ni.til  the  Range  Lights  on  the  North  side  of  the  River, 
nearly  oi)posite  Fort  Millin,  are  reached. 

Port  Miffln  Fog  Signal  Station. 

On  the  Dock  at  Fort  Miflin,  South  side  of  Sliip  Channel,  in 
Delaware  River,  is  a  Bell,  which  is  struck,  in  thick  weather,  8 
blows,  at  intervals  of  15  seconds,  and  then  a  pause  of  \2  seconds. 

Horse  Shoe  Lower  Range  Beacons. 

Upon  the  Northern  side  of  the  River,  nearly  o|)posite  Fort 
Miilln,  are  throe  Lighthouses  — two  in  front  and  one  in  the  rear; 
the  Rear  Light,  kept  visible  between  the  Front  Lights,  bearing 
about  W.  34  N  ,  leads  up  to  the  Southwest  of  the  Horse  Shoo 
Shoal. 

Horse  Shoe  Upper  Range  Beacons. 

Upon  the  Southern  side  of  the  River  are  three  Lighthouses 

two  in  front  and  one  in  the  rear.     These  Lights  in  range  lead  \x\^ 
to  the  Southward  of  the  Horse  Shoe  Shoal. 


230  KI.DRIlXiKS   C'OAHT   I'lI-OT. 

Daiiyet'H    hi    Appronv/ihif/    and    Entcrlny    the 

Delaware  Itai/  by  Ship    Channel. 

Five  Fathom  Bank. 

This  (langorons  Slioal,  upon  wliicli  tlicic  me,  at  thisflato  (1H82), 
not  K>H8  tliaii  12  feet  water,  cxt.oiuls  E-NE-  and  W-SW.  about 
J^  niilo,  ftiul  its  ftvcraj^o  width  is  not  nioro  tlian  j^  mile.  Tlio 
Eastern  part  of  tliis  Siioal  is  iaarl<cd  with  a  Hlaclc  Buo}'. 

Bearings  and  Diatanoos  from  Blaok  Buoy  off  the  Eastom 
Fart  of  Five  Fathom  Bank. 

Dittanoo. 

Liglit-siiip  off  tlic  Northeast  end  of  Five  Fathom 

Hank,*  NE.  3<^  E '^Vi  rall«8. 

Five  FatlioMi  Haiilc  I.ight-Hlilp,  S-  l)y  E ^H       " 

Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  part  of  Twenty-one  Foot 

Shoal,  S.SW 334       » 

Hereford  Inlet  Lifrhtliouso,  NW 10 

C;apo  May  Lighthouse,  W.  by  N l^K       " 

Red  Buoy  off  Southern  part  Me  Cries'  Shoal,  W.  by 

s.. 11 

Wliistliiig  Buoy  on  Nortlicrn   side   of  entrance   to 

Delaware  Bay,  W.  by  S ^^H       " 

Cape  Ilenlopon  Main  Liglithousc,  W.  by  S.  '4  S-       22^       " 

McCries*  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  upon  which  there  is,  at  this  date  (18H2),  not  less 
than  16  feet  water,  extends  E.  by  N.  and  W.  by  S-  about  one 
mile,  and  its  average  width  is  about  'j  mile.  At  this  date  (18«2), 
this  Slioal  is  marked  upon  its  Southern  side  with  a  Red  Buoy. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Red  Buoy  off  the   Southern 
Side  of  McCries'  Shoal. 

DiBtnnce. 

Five  Fathom  Bank  Light-ship,  E.  by  S.  ]^  S.  .     •  12       miles. 
Black  Buov  off  Northeastern  part  of  Five  Fathom 

Bank,  E.  by  N 11 

Cape  May  Lighthouse,  NW-  >^  N T'A       " 

Whistling   Buoy  on  Northern  side  of  entrance  to 

Delaware  Bay,  W.  ^  S "H       " 

Cape  Heulopeu  Main  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S.  J^  S.  H^       " 

Cape  May  Shoals. 

Shoal  water  extends  off  about  6  miles  in  a  Southwesterly  direc- 
tion from  Cape  May.  A  Whistling  Buoy  has  been  placed  in  about  5 

*  Till'  \Vlii«Uln«  BiKiv  liiiK  bicn  romovH  mnl  a  I.iglit-Hliip  placid  off  tlio  Nortlii-'nft  end 
of  Fiv(!  KiUliorn  liaiik  ;  thin  M(,'tit.vi'r<»cl  hIiowk  two  Hxi'd  MkIiIh,  oiiu  Kcd,  tlin  oIIht  W  liHo, 
uihI  liiis  iiBIi'iim  \Vni»tk'  wliicli  in  llilrk  wciitliir  u'ivcH  every '2  mimittstwc)  bhiflH  of  4  neeoricl8 
diirfttliin.  Thus:  iililiixtof  4  «eeoml«,  then  iiii  iiiteival  of  Ti  Keionds  ■  then  ii  bhimof  4  xeeondp, 
Uien  «n  interval  of  1  initmlu  47  sucuuds  i'"lve  l''alhum  Llghl-ebii)  buurB  from  the  ubove  named 
Llghl-eblp  8.S\V.  9J  mllea. 


the 


it 


it 
li 


it 
it 


ELDIIIDOK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


231 


it 

it 
it 

it 


fiitlioiiH  water,  oir  tin'   Soiithwostcrii   pMil  of  tlicac   Shoiiln ;    tliis 
Hiioy  iiiiiiks  lilt'  Nortliurn  Hide  of  tlio  Kliip  Cliaiincl. 

Bearings   and    DiHtancos   from  Whistling   Buoy   cd'  Roiith- 
wostern  Part  of  Capo  May  Shoals. 

UlitMiice, 

Illiick  I5uoy  off  tho  Eastern  part  Fivo  Fathom  Bank, 

E.  l>yN 1«^  •"ll'"''- 

Fivo  Fathom  Bank  Lijj;lit-Hliip,  E.  :;:t  S \^Vi      " 

Red  Buoy  olf  Soiitli  side  Mc-Cries'  Shoal,  E.  ^  N.   .  7^ 

Cape  May  Li<,'hthoii,so,  NE.  hy  N-  i'i  N T'A 

Capo  Ilonlopen  Main  Li<,'lilhoiiwe,  SW.  I'y  W.     .     .  ^]i 
Beaeon  on  Northern  end  of  Cape  Ilenlopen,  W-SW.  3J^ 
Liglithonso  on  Northwestern  i)art  Dc-lawarc  Break- 
water, W- hy  S.  ;J4:  S ^Va      "■ 

Blaek  Buoy  off  Southeast  part  of  Shears  Shoal,  W. 

KN ^Vx      '' 

Blaek  Buoy  olf  the  Southeast  part  of  Brown  Shoal, 

NW.  by  N.  ;.{  N 8 

Lighthouse  on  Brandy  wine  Shoal,  N.  hy  W-  H  W.      10^      " 

Hen  and  Chickens  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  whieh  extends  off  about  .">;.(  miles  Southeasterly 
from  the  Northern  cud  of  Cape  Ilonlopcn,  has  as  little  as  4  feet 
water  upon  it  in  some  places.  Its  Soutliern  part  is  marked  with  a 
Black  Buoy.  Cape  IIeuloi)en  Main  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  NW.  by  N.  2>^  miles. 

Marshall's  Shoal. 

A  little  inoro  than  ]i  mile  NE.  by  N.  from  tho  Lighthouse  on 
the  Northwestern  end  of  Delaware  Breakwater,  is  a  small  Lum[>,  or 
Shoal,  having  aliout  1 7  feet  water  upon  it  at  very  low  tides.  This 
Shoal  is  marked  Avith  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Blaek  Horizontal 
Stripes. 

The  Shears. 

This  Shoal  is  ronlly  a  continuation  of  flats  from  tlic  Western 
shore;  upon  it  the  ater  varies  in  depth  from  5  to  17  feet.  A 
Black  Buoy  is  placeti  off  its  Southeast  part.  Delaware  Break- 
water Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  S.  by  W.  %  W.  Ij4 
miles ;  Beacon  Light,  on  the  North  end  of  Cape  Ilenlopen,  S.  by 
E.  J^  E.,  distance  2}i  miles. 


232 


ELDinnoirs  coast  tilot. 


9/8 


G^{ 


Brown  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  which  lies  on  Iho  Western  side  of  the  Sliip  Channel, 
has,  at  tills  date,  as  little  as  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide.  It  is 
marked  olf  its  Southeast  part  with  a  Black  Buoy. 

Bearings    and    Distances    from   Black   Buoy   off   Southeast 
Part  Brown  Shoal. 

Diatftnce. 

Whistling  Buoy  on  the   X.'rth   side  of  entrance  to 

Delaware  B'.iy,  SE.  hy  S-  ji  S 8      miles. 

Cape  Ilenlopen  Main  LiglUliouse,  S.  Ji(  E.       ... 

Lighthouse  on  Delaware  Breakwater,  S.  }(  W.     .     . 

Blaek  Buoy  olf  Southeast  \)a.vt  of  Shears,  South 
nearly •     ,     . 

Cape  IVIay  Lighthouse,  "E-  }(  S 

Red  Buoy  olf  Southern  p:u  t  of  Brandywine   Shoal, 

N.  by  E.  }2  E 234      " 

Lighthouse  on  Brandywine  Shoal,  N.  j{  "E.     .     .     .       3j{      " 

In  the  Delaware  Bay  and  River  there  are  numerous  Shoals  lying 
in  the  channel-way,  most  of  which,  at  this  date  (1SS2),  are  marked 
with  Lighthouses  and  Buoys.  For  a  knowledge  of  these  dangers, 
sec  Eldridgc's  Chart,  on  a  large  scale,  of  Delaware  Bay  and 
River. 

J5y/    SJiip    Channel  from   Light-ship    off  to    the 

SoutJieastufai'd  of  Five  Fathom  Bank 

to  PhiladelpJiia. 

Sailing  Directionb  for  approaching  and  entering 
Delaware  Bay  and  River/  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  or  Seaward,  may  leave  the  Five 
Fathom.  Ba'ik  Light-ship  close  to  on  tlie  Starboard  hand,  and  make 
good  the  course  W.  Y^  N.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off"  the  Soutiiern 
pait  of  MeCries' Shoal  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  As  jon  ap- 
proach Cape  Ilenlopen,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Whistling 
Buoj',  which  lif  s  on  the  Northern  side  of  entrance  to  Delaware  Ba3', 
and  bears  f'-  )m  Cape  Ilenlopen  IVIain  Lighthouse  NE.  by  E.  4 
miles.  Vr'.cn  this  last-named  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  about  ]{,  mile 
on  the  Slarboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  N-NW.,  leav- 


KLDKIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


233 


Iti- 


inilos. 


ing  Cape  Mnj-  Shoals  well  to  tlie  Eastward.  As  j-ou  sail  in,  3-011 
■will  sec,  nearly  in  the  inidclie  of  the  Bay,  the  Lighthouse  oa 
Brandywine  Shoal ;  when  this  Is  made,  bring  it  to  hoar  N.  J^  W. 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  which  will  take  j-ou  well  to  the  East- 
ward of  Brown  Shoal ;  leave  the  Lighthouse  upon  the  Brandywine 
Shoal  about  y,  niile  to  the  Eastward  and  make  good  the  course 
NW.  by  N-  li  N.  5  miles,  which  will  bring  you  up  with  the 
Light-ship  off  Fourteen  Foot  Bank  ;  leave  this  Light-ship  close  to 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  continue  the  course  NW-  by  N.  %  N* 
10)<  miles  to  the  Buoy  of  the  Middle  ;  this  is  a  Channel  Buo^-,  and 
is  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  and  may  be 
known  by  Cross  Ledge  Lighthouse,  which  boars  from  it  SE.  yi  S., 
distance  o}i  miles.  Upon  this  last  course,  from  Fourteen  P'oot 
Bank  Light-ship  to  the  Buoy  of  the  Middle,  the  Red  Buoy  oif  South- 
western part  of  Miah  IMaull  Shoal,  Cross  Ledge  Lighthouse,  and  the 
Red  Buoy  about  2  miles  Northwest  from  it,  will  be  left  on  the 
Starboard  ;  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Southern  part  of  Joe  Flogger 
Shoal,  the  Black  Buoy  in  the  Swash,  and  the  Channel  Buoy  painted 
in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  will  all  be  left  on  the  Port 
hand.  Leave  the  Buoy  of  the  Middle  close  to  on  either  hand  and 
make  good  the  course  NW.  %  N.  21  miles,  which  will  bring  j'ou 
up  with  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Western  part  of  Baker's  Shoal ;  this 
last-named  Buoy  bears  from  Reed}' Island  Liglithouse  about  SSE., 
distance  1 3^  miles.  On  this  last  course  NW.  ^  N.  from  the 
Buoy  of  the  Middle  to  the  Red  Buoy  off  Baker's  Shoal,  you  will 
crosj  Bombay  Hook  Bar  in  about  3^  fathoms,  at  low  tide,  and  the 
following  Buoys  will  bo  left  on  the  Starboard  :  first,  the  Red  Buoy 
off  Ben  Davis  Point ;  second,  the  Lighthouse  on  Ship  John  Shoal ; 
third,  the  Red  Buoy  off  Arnold's  Point ;  on  the  Port  hand,  the 
Black  Buoy  off  the  Northwest  part  of  Joe  Flogger  Shoal,  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Bombay  Hook  Bar,  and  lastlj'  the  Black  Buoy  off 
Seventeen  Foot  Shoal. 


Sailing  Directions  from  Reedy  Island  to  Philadel- 
phia in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Leave  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Western  side  of  Baker's  Shoal  on 
the  Starboard,  and  the  Black  Buoy  which  lies  about  ^  miles  to 
the  Southward  of  Reedy  Island  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  run  about  N.  by  E.  %  E-,  when  you  will  soon  see  an  Island 


234 


KLDUIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


lying  ncarl}'  in  the  middle  of  the  Rivor ;  this  is  called  the  Pea 
Patch  :  channels  lead  np  on  both  sides  of  this  Island,  but  the  one 
on  tlie  Eastern  side  of  it  is  tlie  best  and  most  direct.  As  you  ap- 
proach the  Pea  Patch  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy  painted 
in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  which  lies  about  lj,l  miles  to 
the  Southward  of  it ;  when  tliis  is  made,  leave  it  a  short  distance 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  up,  keeping  nearest  the  Poa  Patch  Isl- 
and, which  M  bold  ;  wlien  past  this  Island,  leave  the  Red  Buoys  on 
the  Starboard,  and  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand,  carrjing  not 
less  tliriu  3j'2  fathoms  water  at  low  tide  tlirough  this  channel; 
when  past  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  lilarik  Horizontal  Stripes. 
which  lies  off  the  Northern  part  of  Bulk  Head  Shoal,  keep  the 
Southeast  side  of  the  River  best  aboard,  until  nearly  abreast  Deep 
"Water  Point,  then  haul  over  for  the  Northwestern  side  of  the 
River ;  as  yon  sail  up,  you  will  see,  on  the  last-mentioned  side, 
Wilmmgton  Lighthouse ;  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy 
painted  in  Red  .uu\  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  which  lies  off  the 
Southwest  part  af  Ch^-rry  Island  Flats ;  Wilmington  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  NW.  by  W.  about  ^^  mile ;  channels  lead 
up  on  both  sides  of  tliese  Flats,  Ijut  on  account  of  tlie  recent  deep- 
ening the  one  on  the  Nortliw.!;stern  side  is  considered  the  best ; 
when  the  last-mentioned  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  run  through  about  N.NE.,  carrying  about  o%  fathoms 
at  low  tide ;  when  past  Cherry  Island  Range  Beacons  (before 
described)  keep  from  j^  to  ''3  mile  from  the  Norttiwestcrn  side  of 
the  River,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Northwestern  side  of 
Cherry  Island  Flats  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Southwest  part  of 
Marcus  Hook  ]5ar,  both  on  tiie  Starl)oard  liand  ;  continue  the 
course  along  the  shore,  passing  Marcus  Hook  ;  small  or  light  draught 
vessels  may  cross  Schooner  Ledge  without  danger,  but  heavy  draught 
vessels  slionld  bring  Schooner  Ledge  Beacons  *  in  range  bear- 
ing NE.  byE.  yi  E.  (nearly)  and  run  for  them  in  range.  When 
1 X  mill's  fiom^  Schooner  Ledge  Front  Beacon,  you  will  see  the  Buoy 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off  the  Western  part 
of  Little  Tinicum  Island  ;  leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
keep  in  the  middle  of  the  River,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  the 
Northeast  part  of  Chester  Island,  and  also  Tinicum  Range  Bea- 

*  The  Front  Beacon  is  34  miles  from  Schooner  Ledge,  and  is  a  Square 
Red  Tower  on  a  white  frame  building  resting  on  iron  piles;  the  Rear 
Beacon  is  an  Iron  Tower  painted  black,  showing  well  above  the  trees. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


cons,  fill  on  the  Starbonrd  ham! ;  keep  in  tho  middlo  of  tho  Rivor 
until  ibout  2  miles  from  Fort  MifTm,  when  yon  will  see  tlio  two 
Buoys  on  Fort  IMiflin  I5ar ;  pass  about  midway  botwecn  them,  and 
run  up  in  niid-ciiunncl,  leaving  Fort  Miflhi  and  the  Red  Buoy  to 
the  Northeast  of  it  about  25Q  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when 
past  the  I'lttcr,  haul  gradually  to  the  FLastward  around  the  Horse 
Shoe  Slioal,  leaving  the  Bhuk  Buoy  on  its  Southern  part  on  the 
Port  hand  ;  when  about  a  mile  past  this  last  Buoy,  keep  the  West- 
ern or  city  side  best  aboard. 

Vessels  from  the  Southward  may  leave  the  Light-ship  off  Winter 
Quarter  Shoal  a  F'.iort  distanci!  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good 
the  course  NE.  by  N.,  which  will  clear  all  the  shoals.  When 
abreast  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off 
Fcnwick's  Island  Shoal,  steer  about  N.  by  W.,  leaving  the  Black 
Buoy  off  the  Southeast  part  of  Hen  and  Chickens  (before  described) 
well  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Coaster's  Channel  to  the 
Northward  of  Five  Fathom  Bank  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

With  Northerly  winds,  vessels  of  not  more  than  12  or  15  feet 
draught,  may,  when  Hereford  Inlet  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  about  2 
miles,  make  good  the  course  SW-  by  W.  1  ")J^  miles  ;  as  soon  as 
Cape  Henlopen  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  SW.  by  W., 
which  will  take  you  to  the  Whistling  Buoy,  which  lies  on  the 
Northern  side  of  the  entrance  to  Delaware  Bay.  In  running  this 
last  course,  the  Black  Buoy  off  Somers  Shoal,  which  bears  about 
S.  by  E.  from  Cape  May  Liglithousa,  should  be  left  on  the  Star- 
board, and  the  Buoy  with  Horizontal  Stripes  on  Fifteen  Foot 
SUc/al  oi'  the  Port  hand. 


liy  Ship  Channel  at  Kight-time. 

Sailing  Directions  for  approaching  and  entering 
Df  laware  Bay  and  River,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Seaward  may  leave  the  Five 
Fathom  Bank  Light-ship  close  to  on  tbe  Starboard  hand  and  steer 
W.  ^  N.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Range  Light  to 
the  Westward  of  the  Delaware  Breakwater ;  as  soon  as  this  light 


"" 


2;JG 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


in  made,  bring  it  on  a  rnngc  with  the  Flaaliing  Wliitc  Li;^ht  on  tlie 
Breakwater,  and  run  for  tliom  in  range  1)oariiig  W.  H  S-  until 
Cape  May  I.iglit  bears  N-NE.,  and  Cape  Ilenlopon  Main  Light 
SW.  by  W.  y2  W. ;  tiien  in  about  8  fathoms  water  with  tlio 
Whistling  Buoy  about  ^i  mile  distant,  and  in  range  of  Cape  ?.l!iy 
Light,  make  good  the  course  NW.  until  the  Beacon  on  the  North 
Point  of  Cape  Henlopen,  and  Cape  Ilcnlopen  Main  Liglit  are  in 
range  bearing  S.  ^  E.,  then  run  up  on  this  range  in  order  to 
avoid  Brown  Shoal ;  with  light  winds  and  flood  tide,  do  not  go  tlie 
Westward  of  this  range  until  Cape  May  Light  bears  E.  by  S. ; 
you  are  then  past  the  last-mentioned  slioal ;  leave  the  Lii^ht  on 
Brandywine  Shoal  about  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  run 
for  the  Liglit-sliip  offFourtoen  Foot  Bank  (before  described)  bearing 
NW.  by  N.  34  N.  and  carrying  not  loss  than  5  fatlioms  water ; 
leave  this  Liglit-ship  close  to  on  the  Port  hand  and  steer  NW.  by 
N.  %  N.  with  tln!  Flashing  Wliite  Liglit  on  Cross  Ledge  a  little 
on  the  Starboard  bow,  and  carrying  about  5  fathoms  water ;  leave 
this  last-mentioned  Liglit  about  j4  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand  and 
run  with  the  fixed  Red  LiL^lit  on  Sliip  John  Shoal,  a  little  on  the 
Starboard  bow,  bearing  NW-  by  N.  J-^  N.  and  carrying  not  less 
than  4  fathoms. 


Port  Penn  Range  Lights. 

Leave  the  Red  Fixed  Liglit  on  Sliip  Jolin  Shoal  about 


mile 


on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  tlie  course  NW.  >|  N 
keeping  a  simrp  lookout  for  Port  Penn  Range  Lights  ;  as  ,',or>n  as 
these  arc  made  bring  them  on  a  range  r-.  .  run  for  them  in  runge 
bearing  ;tbout  NW.  -%  N.,  carrying  ut  vi'-y  low  tides  about  3J^ 
fathoms  water  across  Bombay  Hook  Bar. 

Finn's  Point  Ivango  Ligh'^k. 

OWi*inue  the  course  for  Port  Penn  Range  Lights  until  Finn's 
Potftt  Lights  are  in  range,  bearing  about  N.  by  E.  }i'E-  •,  this  last 
range  ^^ill  carry  you  between  Baker's  Shoal  and  Reedy  Island  in 
nearly  mid-channel. 

New  Castle  Range  Lights. 

Continue  the  course  for  Finn's  Point  Lights  until  New  Castle 
Lights  are  in  range,  then  run  for  them  bearing  about  NNW. ; 
tiiis  last  range  will  carry  you  through  the  Eastern  Channel  past 
Pe,i  Patch  Island. 


1 


mSmm 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


237 


Deep  Water  Point  Range  Lights. 

Continue  the  course  for  New  Castle  Lights  until  Deep  "Water 
Point  Lights  are  in  range,  bearing  about  NE. ;  this  hist  range 
will  lead  safely  through  past  the  Bulk  Head  Shoal.  In  duvtinie, 
heavy  draught  vessels  should,  when  past  the  Red  Buoy  off  Goose 
Island,  haul  gradually  to  the  Northeastward,  leaving  the  Buoy  with 
Perpendicular  Stripes  close  to  on  the  Port  hand. 

Cherry  Island  Plats  Range  Lights. 

Continue  the  course  for  Deep  Water  Point  until  Cherry  Island 
Flats  Lights  are  in  range,  then  run  for  them  bearing  about  N.NE.  ; 
this  last  range  will  carry  you  through  to  the  Westward  of  Cherry 
Island  Flats  in  about  21  feet  water  at  low  tide. 

Schooner  Ledge  Range  Lights. 

Continue  to  run  up  on  Cherry  Island  Range,  until  the  Light  at 
the  entrance  to  Wilmington  bears  SW-  by  W.,  then  follow  the 
Northwestern  shore  course  about  NE.  J^  N.,  keeping  not  more 
than  three  or  four  hundred  yards  from  it,  until  Schooner  Ledge 
Lights  are  in  range,  bearing  about  NE.  by  E.  >^  E.  ;  tlion  run 
for  them  on  this  range,  which  will  lead  safely  through  the  Schooner 
Ledge  Channel. 

TinicTim  Island  Range  Lights. 

Continue  to  run  up  on  Schooner  Ledge  Channel  Range  until 
Tinicum  Island,  or  the  fixed  "White  Liglit  and  Red  Light  on  the 
New  Jersey  side  are  in  range,  bearing  about  E.  J^  S.,  then  run 
for  them  until  tlie  rear  Rod  Light  of  Fort  Jliffln  Bar  Range  is  vis- 
ible, bearing  S  SE. ;  then  steer  E.  by  N.  Yz  N.  until  the  White 
and  last-mentioned  Light  is  in  range,  bearing  about  SW.  by  W. 
Yz  W.  i  keep  them  on  this  range  and  you  will  cross  the  Bar. 

Horse  Shoe  Lower  Range  Lights. 

Continue  the  Fort  Jlimn  Bar  Range  until  the  Range  Lights  on 
the  Pennsylvania  side  are  in  range,  bearing  W-  Y^  N.  ;  then  keep 
them  on  this  range  and  steer  E.  %  S. 

Horse  Shoe  Upper  Range  Lights. 

Continue  the  range  course  E.  Y\  S-  until  the  firot  Lights  on  the 
New  Jersey  side  arc  in  range,  bearing  S-  Y\  W-,  then  stoer  NE. 
by  E.,  doubling  round  the  Horse  Shoe  until  the  next  Light  is  in 


\ 


Miki 


238 


ELBRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


range  with  the  rear  Light,  bearing  about  SW.  by  S.  }{  S. ;  tlien 
keep  them  in  range,  and  run  U})  NE.  by  N.  }(  N.  until  past  tiie 
Buoy  ort"  the  Seventeen  Foot  Spot ;  then  lieep  nearest  the  Western 
or  city  side. 

Dnntfors  in  appron eh iuff  and  entering  Delaware 
Bay  htj  the  Coaster's  or  Cape  3Iay  Channel, 

Eph's  Shoal. 

This  Slioal  extends  W.  %  N.  and  E.  ^  S.  1^  miles,  and  has 
as  little  as  4  feet  water  upon  it  in  some  i)laces.  At  tbis  date 
(1882),  it  is  marked  off  its  Eastern  and  Western  ends  witli  Buoys 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes ;  between  this  Shoal 
and  Cape  May  there  is  a  narrow  channel  of  18  feet  water  at  low 
tide.  Cape  May  Lighthouse  bears  from  Buoy  off  the  Eastern  part 
of  this  Shoal  NW.  by  W.  %  W.,  distance  'd]^  miles  ;  from  Buoy 
on  Western  part  NW-  %  W.  1  ^  miles. 

North  Shoal. 

This  Slioal,  which  lies  al)out  1  y^  miles  Southerly  from  Cape  May 
Lighthouse,  c.viends  iibout  NW.  and  SE.  3  miles,  and  has  a  width 
in  some  places  of  more  than  a  mile  ;  on  many  parts  of  it  there  is 
but  little  waccr  at  low  tide.  Between  this  Shos'l  and  Capo  May 
there  is  a  channel  .ibout  )4  mile  wide,  having  a  c'l^th  of  fi'om  3j4 
to  G  fathoms  water. 

Cape  May  Spit. 

Shoal  water  extends  off  in  a  Soiifhcrly  direction  from  Cape  May 
Point,  and  at  this  date  ("-82),  is  marked  on  its  outer  end  with  a 
Red  Buoy.  Cape  Maj-  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  by  E. 
%  E.  about  i/l  mile. 

Crow  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  which  tias  but  little  water  npon  it  at  low  tide,  ex- 
tends about  N.  y2  E.  and  S.  J4  W.  3^  miles.  At  this  date 
(1882),  it  is  marked  upon  its  Southern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy. 
Cape  May  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  by  S.  J^  S.  ij^ 
miles. 

Mummy  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  which  in  some  places  has  but  little  water  on  it,  ex- 
tends NW.  by  N.  and  SE.  by  S.  about  2  miles.  It  is  marked  off 
its  Southeast  part  with  a  Black  Buoy  ;  Cape  May  Lightliouse  bears 


. 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


239 


I 


from  this  Buoy  E.  fl  N-,  distance  1  ^  miles.  Between  the  Miimrn}' 
Shcal  iiiul  tlie  South  end  of  Crow  Shoal  is  the  piis.sa<j;e  called 
Uuoni's  Channel,  which  has  in  it  fioni  2l{  to  3  fatlionis  water. 

A  better  knowledj;i3  of  the  shoals  in  the  vicinity  f'f  Capn  ^Vlay 
can  be  obtained  by  insj)eclin,!.;  Kldrid^^^c's  Chart  of  Delaware  Hay 
and  River,  on  a  large  scale,  than  by  any  written  (lescrii)lion. 

Jij/  the  Cape  Matj  or  Coaster'tt  Channel.* 

Sailing  Dirortions  for  Delaware  Bay  and  River  in 
Daytime,  with  iavorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

N'csscls  from  the  Eastward,  of  not  more  than  8  feet  drau;j,lit, 
should,  when  altreast  Hereford  Lijrlithouse,  keep  about  1  ^^  miles 
from  shore,  and,  in  order  to  a\-oid  Ei)irs  Shoal,  belbre  de- 
scribed, make  i^ood  the  course  SW.  by  W.,  leaving?  the  Buoy 
painted  in  Bed  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off  the  Eastern  part 
of  tills  last-mentioned  Shoal  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  Capo 
May  Lighlliouse  l)ears  about  NW.  ;.(  W-.  lun  for  it  on  this  bear- 
ing, keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off  tlic  Western  [)art  of  Ei^h's  Shoal ; 
when  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it,  about  }^  mile  to  the  Northward 
and  steer  to  the  Westw.ard,  leaving  the  Red  Biioy  olf  Cn[)0  ]^r . , 
Spit  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  from  this  last  Buoy,  st  'tT 
about  NW.  >4  W.  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  South  part  of  Crow 
Shoal ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  S'carboard  hand  and  steer 
for  the  Buoy  painted  in  IMack  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes, 
at  the  entrance  of  Ricord's  Channel  ;  when  up  with  this  Buoy, 
■which  may  be  left  on  cither  hand,  make  good  the  coiu'sc  W.  by  N. 
^  N.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  olf  the  Southern  part  of  Brandywiue 
Shoal  well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  this  Buoy,  follow  the 
directions  before  given.  Or,  when  up  with  the  Buoy  with  Perpen- 
dicular Stripes  at  the  entrance  of  Ricord's  Channel,  make  good 
the  course  NW.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  otf  the  Northern  part  of 
Brandywine  Shoal  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the  directions 
before  given. 

Maurice  River  Anchorage. 

Vessels  of  light  draught,  coming  down  the  Bay,  may  leave  the 
Light-ship  olf  Fourteen  Foot  Bank  about  one  mile  on  the  Star- 

*  Strangers  hi  vessels  of  nuire  tliiui  8  ft;et  draught  should  use  this 
Channel  with  caution,  as  tliere  are  i'reciucut  changes  in  this  vicinity. 


240 


KLDKIDf.K'S  COAST  PILOT. 


board  liand  and  steer  E-NE.  until  Ihis  T.ijilit-ship  bears  SW.  Yi 
W.  :  llipn  nmko  good  tlio  <'oiirs(.  NE  ]'^  E.,  leaving-  Dead  Man's 
Slioal  well  to  tlic  Soiitliward.  WIkmi  Ku;i;  Island  Liglillionsc  lu'ars 
W.NW.,  then  anciior  on  tiio  Flats,  olF  Main'ico  River,  in  IVoiu 
7  to  8  foot  water  at  low  tide.  This  anchorage  is  much  used  by 
coasters  of  light  draught. 

Ilifjh   Water  in  the  T>t'lnwat'e  Bay  and  Rivet'. 

Cape  May. 

it  is  high  water  at  Cape  M.-iy  3h.  lOrn.  before  it  is  at  Boston ; 
common  tides  rise  about  .">  foot. 

Cape  Henlopen. 

It  is  high  water  at  Capo  IIcnloi)on  3li.  27m.  before  it  ia  at  Bos- 
.  ton  ;  common  tides  rise  about  33^  feet. 

Egg  Island  Lighthouse. 

It  is  high  water  at  Egg  Island  Lighthouse  2h.  2om.  before  it  is 
at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  G  feet. 

Bombay  Hook  Lighthouse. 

It  is  high  water  at  Bombay  Hook  Lighthouse  lb.  12m.  before  it 
is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  byi  feet. 

Reedy  Island. 

It  is  high  <\ater  at  Reedy  Island  39  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  G  i^  feet. 

New  Castle. 

It  is  high  water  at  New  Castle  24  minutes  after  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
common  tides  rise  about  G  i^  feet. 

Chester. 

It  is  high  water  at  Chester   Ih.   18m.   after   it  is   at  Boston; 
common  tides  rise  about  Qy^  fool. 

Philadelphia. 

It  is  high  water  in  Philadelphia  2h.  liim.  after  it  is  at  Boston ; 
common  tides  rise  about  6  feet. 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


241 


Currents  in  Delaware  Bay  and  River. 

The  C'liirents  in  Dclawiire  i^•dy  iiinl  Uivt-r  jmo  iiilliicnocd  to  a 
roiisidonihlc  oxti'nt  by  tlm  winds.  In  modcrato  wcntlicr  tiic  cur- 
rents connnonco  setting;  in  soon  iiCtor  Flood  tide  and  ln'gin  to  run 
out  soon  after  Kbb. 

Beating  in  to  Delaware  Bay  and  River. 

In  lieatinjr  in  to  Delaware  Hay  and  River  a  lielter  Unowledjfo  can 
be  ol)taine(l  of  tlic  deplli  of  water  and  location  of  llu!  shoals  by 
inspcctinj?  Kl(hid<j;e's  Chart  of  Delaware  I  Jay  and  River,  on  a  largo 
scale,  than  by  any  written  directions. 

Soundings  in  approaching  Delaware  Bay. 

In  approachiui^  Delaware  Vmy  from  Seaward  a  better  know'.cdjfo 
of  the  depth  of  water  can  be  obtained  by  inspecting  the  Charts 
tlian  by  an}-  written  description. 

Delaware  and  Raritan  Canal. 

The  entrance  to  this  Canal,  which  is  at  llordentown,  on  the 
Eastern  side  of  the  River,  lies  about  2.5  miles  above  the  city  of 
Philadelphia.  At  this  date  (188-_'),  there  arc  but  few  Buoj's  in  the 
River;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  bound  through  this 
Canal  to  take  pilots  at  Philadelphia. 


MAURICE  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Dela- 
ware Bm}-,  lies  about  N.  ^4  "W.  from  Cape  ]\Iay  Lighthouse,  dis- 
tance 1 7'  3  miles  ;  NE-  j4  N.  from  Fourteen  Foot  Uank  Light-ship, 
and  ENEj.  ')  miles  from  Egg  Island  Lighthouse. 

Maurice  River  Lighthouse. 

On  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance,  near  the  mouth  of  Maurice 
River  (New  Jersey),  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (18S2), 
shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  Cape;  May  Lighthouse  bears  from 
Maurice  River  Lighthouse  S-  ->4  E-,  distance  1(5 Vj  miles;  Ligiit- 
housc  on  Brandywine  Shoal  SSW.,  L"5,'^  miles. 


24 


9 


ICLDUIDCirS  COAST  PILOT. 


Ueinat'lcH. 

Oyster  Heds  lie  o(T  tlio  eiitninco  to  tliis  River ;  at  tliis  date 
(1882) ,  a  IJliick  Biioj*  marks  tlic  Southern  part  of  tUcsi!  obstructions. 

Maurice  River  Liglitiious((  hears  from  tliis  Huo}-  NE-  '".v  E.  ,'2 
E.J  ilistaut  a  liltle  more  tliau  -^4  mile  ;  about  3  feet  water  can  Oo 
taken  to  tlic  moutii  of  tiiis  River  at  low  tide,  and  from  thenco  to 
Port  Norris  about  0  feet,  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Maurice  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draugiit  vessels  from  tlie  Kastward  ma}'  follow  the 
direetions  before  given  for  Cape  May  or  Coaster's  Channel,  until 
past  tlie  Red  l$uoy  olf  Cape  May  Spit,  tlx-n  haul  round  the  Cai)e 
at  a  distance  of  ^4  mile  from  it,  leaving  the  Red  Huoy  olf  the 
Soulliern  part  of  Crow  Slioal  well  on  (he  Port  iiand  ;  wIk  a  Capo 
May  Liglithouse  bears  SE.  make  good  the  course  N".  ,'4  E.,  pass- 
ing midway  between  Dead  Man's  and  Fisiiing  Creek  Shoals,  carry- 
ing from  7  to  9  feet  water  at  low  tide  ;  wiien  about  4  miles  from 
Maurice  River  Lighthouse,  steer  about  NW.  ;  then,  about  yl  Flood, 
bring  this  Lighthouse  to  Ijcar  NE.  and  run  for  it  on  tliis  coursi", 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  IMaek  Buoy  (before  dcscribcHl)  olf 
the  Southern  part  of  the  Oyster  Reds  ;  when  this  is  made,  leave  it 
about  yl  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  aI)oiit  N.  by  "W".  for  the 
mouth  of  Maurice  River  ;  from  the  entrance  of  this  River  keep  in 
the  middle  to  Port  Norris. 

From  the  Southward,  when  past  Capo  Ilenlopon.  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given  for  the  Ship  Channel,  until  up  with  the  Light- 
ship olf  Fourteen  Foot  Bank  ;  leave  this  Light-ship  close  to  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  make  good  tiie  course  NE.  for  Maurice  River 
Lighthouse,  and  at  about  ^  Flood  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

From  the  Delaware  River,  follow  the  Ship  Channel  until  about  2 
miles  North  of  Fourteen  Foot  Bank  Light-ship,  then  make  good 
the  course  E.NE.  until  it  bears  SW-,  then  steer  NE.  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given. 


High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Maurice  River  2h.  2tjm.  before 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  G  feet. 


KI.DIMIXIKS  roAST   ril-OT. 


243 


.^ 


\ 


Anchorage  to  the  Northward  of  Capo  May   Light- 

houisO' 

Itt'ninfh'H. 

Willi  winds  fVoiii  NE.  to  SE.  I'V  wiiy  of  KtiHt,  voshcIs  oC  lijrlit 
(Iraiiyiit  can  And  good  HlielUr  in  :il>oiit  4  fathoms  waU-r  to  the 
Northward  of  Capo  May  Liglithoiisc. 

Sailing   Directions    in    Daytime,   with    favorable 
winds   and  fair  weather. 

From  thn  Eiistward,  follow  t lie  directions  Ix'foro  <ji,iv('n  for  Capo 
May  or  Coaster's  Clianiiol  until  pa.st  tlic  Ili-d  Iiuoy  otf  tin;  Spit,  then 
haul  round  Cape  May  at  a  distance  of  about  y<  mile,  leaving  tlio 
lied  Buoy  o(f  the  South  end  of  Crow  Shoal  well  on  the  Port  hand  ; 
when  Capo  May  Li^ht!inus(i  bears  ESE.,  fo'.hjw  t'lo  shore  to  the 
Northward,  keeping  al)out  ij  ni;le  from  it,  and  anchor  from  1  to  3 
miles  to  the  Northward  of  this  Lighthouse  in  about  4  fathoms 
water. 

From  Seaward  leave  (he  Five  Fathom  I'ank  I.iiilit-shii)  close  to 
on  cither  hanil,  and  make  good  the  coiuse  NW.  by  W.  Jj  W-  ; 
as  soon  as  Cape  May  Lighthouse  is  made,  liring  it  to  bear  about 
NW.  li  W.,  and  follow  the  directions  bef(.re  given. 

Anchorage  under  Delaware  Breakwater. 
Delaware  Breakwater  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northwestern  end  of  Delaware  Breakwater,  South  side 
of  entrance  to  Dt.'lawarc  Bay,  is  a  Lighthouse,  whicii  at  this  date 
(1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light  varied  by  flashes  ;  attached  to 
this  Lighthouse  is  a  Fog  Bell,  whicli  in  thick  weatlior  is  struck  at 
intervals  of  10  seconds  ;  the  Black  Buoy  on  the  Southeast  part  of 
the  Shears,  bears  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Delaware  Breakwater 
N.  by  E.  yi  E-,  distance  \]i  miles. 

JRcmarPa. 

Vessels  bound  to  this  Anchorage  m:iy  i)ass  either  end  of  this 
Breakwater  according  to  wind  and  tide  ;  do  not  anchor  in  the  Gap 
between  the  Lighthouse  and  Ice  Breaker;  the  best  anchorage  is  in 
about  4  fathoms  water,  witli  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Northwest  en  1 
of  the  Breakwater,  bearing  about  N.  by  W-  and  the  Eastern  end 


M* 


i 


1 


I 

I 


1 

1 


211 


KLDIUnOK'S  COAST  IMIOT. 


I 


ii;' 


about  E.NE.  Ill  ciitpriii}?  tliis  IlfirlMtr  it,  is  iulvis!ilil(«  for  Iv.^ivy 
(Iriui^lit  vessels  to  pass  to  the  Kiislwiinl  of  Mic  nrciikwiitor.  a*  ii 
Slio'il  li;iviii^i  fr nil  11  1<>  H>  l'»'ct  wiitrr  upon  it  al  low  tide,  extcinls 
iilioiit  liio  yanls  froiii  the  Mylitiioiist!  in  ii  Soiillu'ily  ami  Soiilli- 
wcstcrlv  (linH'tion. 

Sailing  Directions   for    Dolawaro   Broakwator  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels   from   llin    Kastwanl   or   Seaward  may   leave  tlio   Five 

Kutliom  I'laiik  Li,ulil-sliip  close  to  on  the  Slarhoanl  luiiul,  and 
nialve  f^ood  llie  course  W.  ^i  N,  li'avii,;^  t'le  lied  liiiny  olf  the 
Soiilhern  part  of  MeOries' Shoiil  well  on  tlio  Starboard  li'ind  ;  as 
yon  !ipi)t'oaeh  ("ape  Ilenlopen,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  fir  the  Whis- 
tliii'4  Buoy  whieh  lies  on  the  Northern  s'ide  of  entrance  to  the  Dela- 
ware Miiy,  and  I  >e.us  from  Cape  Ileiilopi'ii  Main  l/i^dithonse  NE. 
by  E.  4  miles ;  when  tiiis  Hnoy  i*  made,  leave  it  clo-se  to  on  tiio 
Starboard  hand,  ami  make  <iood  the  conrse  W.  by  S-,  and  pass 
either  end  of  the  Ureakwater  aecorli  ej;  t)  wind  and  tide,  and 
aiKihor  ill  alioiit-l  fathoms  water,  witli  the  Li;^litli:Mi-<','  onthe  Xorlli- 
western  end  bi'ariny;  about  N.  b\  W,  or  anclior  acordKi;/  as  cir- 
eiimstances  reiinire.  If  possible,  it  is  ahisaltle  at  low  tide  for 
vessels  of  mure  than  17  feet  draught  to  pass  to  the  Eastward  of 
the  Ureakwater. 

Vessels  from  tlu;  Southward  may  leave  tlie  Li.^dit-s!iii)  olf  Winter 
Quarter  Shoal  a  short  distance  on  tiie  Tort  hand,  and  make  ,!i()od 
th(!  course  NE.  by  N.  which  will  clear  all  tiie  Shoals  when  the 
IJuoy  painted  in  lied  and  lUack  Horizontal  Slriixis  olf  Fenwiek's 
Island  Shoal  is  made;  this  Sliial  has  1  1  feet  water  tipoM  it,  and 
bears  from  Fenwiek's  Island  Liy:hthouse  Fast  T)?:^  miles;  leave  t'.iis 
Buoy  on  the  Tort  hand  and  steer  about  N.  by  W..  leavinj;  the 
Black  Ibioy  olf  the  Southeast  cud  of  ITeu  and  Chickens  well  on  the 
Port  hand  ;  when  past  this  last-named  liuoy  steer  more  Westerly, 
and  haul  round  Cape  IIeuloi)en  at  a  distance  of  about  %  mile,  and 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Delaware  Breakwator  at 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

■Vessels    from    the    Eastward    or    Seaward   may    leave   the   Five 
Fathom   Bank    Light-ship    close  to   on   the  Starboard  hand,  and 


WhiM- 


^ 


^'^)^ 


^ 


%>. 


^."^^  -  .0. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


^  1^    III  22 
^    1^    12.0 


1.8 


1.25      1.4    |||.6 

-^ 6"     

^ 

Photographic 

Sdences 
Corporation 


4 


,'\ 


V 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  1 4580 

(716)  872-4503 


^<b 


\ 


k 


ip 


<> 


f^. 


o\ 


^ 


^,«,^;^,^-^B-:rt5»•i>-•.:B^■^T,TS>.;.J^s■J:i■»?a^W!^^  ,&!■.' iSswri-arSBSii-i 


.-^f^-?*   ■>r-^-'-515Ftf  9' 


'.  ^;ir»s««(.-»s».-*^'.TS',»|Bi.'rsg!SKIiS)iHKSi ' 


^>:  % 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


ot^aBt^SBti'Sl^jKIBf* 


:'''-'''raW!SSS^<»r«S"«s«W»&'Vtw»*."«»«»«*Wr>?W«^ 


r'.ffi',' 


ELDRIDGF/S  COAST  TILOT. 


245 


steer  about  W.  U  N.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Range 
Light  to  tlie  Westward  of  Delaware  Breakwater ;  as  soon  as  this 
Light  is  made  bring  it  on  a  range  with  the  Flashiiig  White  Light  on 
the  Breakwater,  and  run  for  tiiein  in  range  bearing  about  W-  )j 
S. ;  leave  tlie  last-named  Liglit  close  to  ^on  the  Port  hand,  and 
anchor  as  before  directed. 

From  the  Southward,  leave  the  Tiight-ship  off  Winter  Quarter 
Shoal  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course 
NE.  1)3' N.,  which  course  will  clear  all  the  Shoals;  when  Fen- 
wick's  Lsland  Light  bears  W.  by  S.,  make  good  the  course  N.  ^ 
W.,  until  the  Red  Fixed  Light  to  the  Wi'stward  of  Delaware 
Breakwater  is  on  a  range  with  the  Fiasliing  Wliite  Light  on  this 
Breakwater;  then  run  for  them  in  range  bearing  about  W.  j4  S. 
and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Mispillion  Creek. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek,  which  is  on  the  West  side  of  the 
Bay,  lies  NW.  about  13  miles  from  the  Lighthou.se  on  Delaware 
Breakwater. 

Mispillion  Creek  Lighthouse. 

On  the  West  side  of  this  Creek,  near  its  mouth,  is  a  Lighthouse, 
which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

lieniarJis. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek  is  nearly  drj'  at  low  tide  ;  onlj-  small 
or  very  light  draught  vessels  can  therefore  enter  it  at  high  water. 


I. 


MAHON'S  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  the 
Bay,  lies  Nortiiwcstcrly  27  miles  from  Delaware  Breakwater,  and 
about  7>^  miles  W.  }i  N.  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Cross  Ledge. 

Mahon's  River  Lighthouse. 

A  little  above  the  entrance,  on  the  West  side  of  this  River,  is  a 
Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Li<i-ht. 

Itemarlcs. 

Al.  this  date  (1882),  about  5  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  car- 
ried up  as  far  as  the  Lighthouse. 


lil 


24G 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


!;?;■ 


High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Mahon's  River  Ih.  37m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  G  feet. 


i.^ 


DONA  RIVER. 

On  the  West  side  of  the  Ba)-,  about  -ly^  miles  to  the  Northward 
of  Mahon's   River  Liglitliouse,  is   the   entrance   to  Dona  River. 
About  5  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  taken  up  to  Dona  Land- 
ing, which  is  about  1  ^  miles  from  the  entrance, 
t 

Egg  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southern  point  of  Egg  Island  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at 
this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Slioal  water  extends 
off  to  the  Southwest  a  long  distance  from  this  Lighthouse. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Egg  Island  Lighthouse. 

DiBtance. 

Cape  jNIay  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  S.  ^  S. 
Liglitliouse  on  Brandywlne  Shoal,  Scutll  nearly 
JIaurice  River  Lighthouse,  E.  ^  N.       ... 
Light-ship  off  Fourteen  Foot  Bank,  S.  by  W.  }i  W 
Lighthouse  on  Cross  Ledge,  W-  MS..     •     • 


.     ITK 

mile 

.  im 

n 

.       S'i 

u 

.     iVi 

('4 

•       4^ 

(( 

OOHANSEY  CREEK. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the 
Bay,  is  Northwesterly  14 '^  miles  from  Egg  Island  Lighthouse,  and 
NE.  by  N.  14  N.  about  2j4  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Ship 
John  Shoal. 

Cohansey  Lighthouse. 

On  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Bay,  and  Western  side  of  Cohansey 
Creek,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  tliis  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed 
White  Light. 

lieinarlcs. 

At  this  date  (1882),  about  6  fc'ct  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  taken 
through  a  uariow,  crooked  channel  into  this  Creek. 


' 


^ 


"L... 


SSK? 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


247 


DUCK  CREEK. 

Tlic  entrance  to  this  Creek,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  the 
Biij,  is  Northwesterly  al)ont  !}■(  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Ship 
Joli!i  Shoal,  and  Southeasterly  about  8j^  miles  from  Reedy  Island 
Lighthouse. 

Bombay  Hook  Lighthouse. 

On  the  Western  side  of  the  liay,  and  Soutli  side  of  entrance  to 
Duck  Creek  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a 
fixed  White  Light.  Lighlhonse  on  Ship  .John  Shoal  bears  from 
Bombay  Hook  Lighthouse  SE.  %  E.  7>^  miles. 

Remarks. 

At  this  date  (1882),  about  5  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be 
taken  up  to  Short's  Landing. 


' 


BOMBAY  HOOK  ROADS. 

These  Roads  lie  Northwest  about  G  miles  from  the  Lighthouse 
on  Ship  John  Shoal,  and  nearly  opposite  Bombay  Hook  Light- 
house. 

Remarks. 

This  anchorage  is  much  used  by  vessels  waiting  for  a  change  of 
wind  and  tide. 

Sailing  Directions. 

Vessels  in  the  channel-way,  bound  up  or  down  the  Bay,  may, 
when  Bomba}'  Hook  Lighthouse  bears  from  West  to  W.  by  N., 
run  for  it  and  anchor,  according  to  draught,  in  from  2J4  to  4 
fathoms  water,  sticky  bottom. 


REEDY  ISLAND  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor  lies  to  the  Westward  of  Reedy  Island,  and  is  much 
used  by.  sailing  vessels,  particularly  in  Winter,  while  ice  is  running. 
A  Spit  extends  off  from  the  South  end  of  the  Island,  which  is 
marked  on  its  outer  part  with  a  Black  Buoy.     In  entering,  this 


'      i' 


248 


KLninnoK's  coast  pilot. 


Biio\'  is  loft  on  (lio  Starhonnl  Iiniul.  At  low  tido,  about  1  I  foot 
water  can  bo  takoii  into  lliis  Harbor  by  tiio  piissauto  to  tiio  South- 
ward of  Uoody  Island,  and  about  10  foot  tliroiigli  a  narrow  channel 
to  tlu!  Noi  til  ward  of  it. 

Reedy  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  lower  or  Southorn  end  of  Uoody  Island  is  a  Liulil- 
liouwc,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  Flashing  White  Lii;lit. 
A  Fog  Boll  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather 
is  struck  at  intervals  of  1.')  seconds. 

Sailing  Directions   for   Reedy  Island   Harbor   in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  up  tlie  Baj',  intending  to  make  lleody  Island  Har- 
bor, mny  follow  tlie  sailing  directions  before  given  for  Delaware 
Bay  and  River,  ki'oping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Bl.ack  Buoy,  which 
lies  al)ont  ?4  i"''^'  ^''  ^''°  Southward  of  IJoedy  Island  ;  when  this 
is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  tlic  Starboard  hand  and  run  about 
NNW.  until  Reedy  Island  Lighthouse  boars  NE.  by  N. ;  you 
are  then  past  tlie  Spit  and  may  run  in,  keeping  nearer  Reedy 
Island,  which  is  quite  bold  on  its  'Western  side,  ami  anchor  in 
about  4  fatlioms  water,  the  Lighthouse  bearing  about  S-  by  E. 

Coming  down  the  River,  when  the  Black  Buoy  to  the  Sontlrward 
of  Reedy  Island  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

In  order  to  avoid  the  long  Spit,  whicli  extends  from  tlie  Northern 
part  of  Reed}'  Island,  small  or  liglit  draught  vessels,  coming  down 
the  River,  and  intending  to  enter  tiiis  Harbor  to  the  Northward  of 
this  Island,  when  abreast  Reedy  I'oint  (whicli  is  on  the  Western 
side),  should  haul  in  and  fillow  the  Western  shore,  keeping  not 
more  than  S')0  yards  from  it,  and  carrying  from  8  to  10  feet  water 
at  low  tide  ;  when  abreast  the  village  of  I'ort  Penn,  anchor  in  from 
3  to  1  fathoms  water. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Reedy  Island  Harbor  in 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Vessels  coming  up  the  Baj"  at  night,  intending  to  make  Reed}- 
Island  Harbor,  may  run  f  )r  Port  Penn  Beacon  Lights  in  range, 
bearing  about  NW.  >4  N.,  until  Reedy  Island  Light  beais  N.  }i 


I  I 


PI  f 


ELDIUDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


240 


It  1  I  foot 
,lic  Sdtitli- 
w  cliaiuicl 


litc  Lii;lit. 
■k  wcalhor 


E.  ;  tlion,  in  ahoiit  r.  lathoms  water,  at  low  lido,  run  in  about 
North,  k'liviiig  llu;  Liij;iit  not  more  than  300  yards  on  the  Starboard 
hand  ;  wlun  this  Light  boars  S.  by  E-,  then  anchor  in  from  4  to  r> 

fathoms  water. 

Hif/h  Water. 

It  is  higli  water  in  Reedy  Island  Harbor  39  niinntes  before  it 

is  at  Boston  ;  eommon  tides  rise  about  G^  feet. 


:bor  in 
gather. 

;hui.l  Ilar- 
Delawarc 
loy,  wliicli 
wlien  this 
run  about 
N. ;  you 
rer  Reedy 
anchor  in 
l)y  E. 
Southward 
)ard  hand, 

!  Northern 
ning  down 
rthward  of 
c  Western 
leping  not 
feet  water 
lOr  in  from 


rbor  in 
id    fair 

ake  Rood}- 
1  in  range, 
ears  N.  H 


SALEM  CREEK. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  River, 
about  5  miles  above  Reedy  Island  Lighthouse,  and  about  :5  miles 
below  Tea  IVtch  Island.  About  5  feet  water  can  be  taken  up  to 
Salem  at  low  tide. 


CHRISTIANA  CREEK  (entrance  to  Wil- 

m'ngton). 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek  is  on  the  Western  side  of  the  River, 
about  8  miles  above  Pea  Patch  Island. 

Wilmington  Lighthouse. 

On  the  Western  side  of  the  River  and  North  side  of  entrance  to 
Christiana  Creek  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  tliis  date  (18.S2),  shows 
a  fixed  White  Light.  About  9  feet  of  water  can  be  taken  up  to 
Wilmington  at  low  tide. 

Schuylkill  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  about  4  miles  Southwesterly  from 
the  city  of  Philadelphia. 

Schuylkill  Range  Beacons. 

On  Western  pide  of  League  Island,  East  side  of  entrance  to 
Schuylkill  River,  are  two  P>eaoons  which  stand  on  square  wooden 
piers  on  the  Mud  Flats  outside  the  bank  around  League  Island ; 
the  Front  Beacon  is  painted  White  with  Black  Top,  the  Rear  Boa- 
con  is  a  square  wooden  Tower  painted  White  with  Black  Lantern ; 
these  Beacons  at  this  date  (1882),  show  White  Fixed  Lights. 


250 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Item  arks. 

Those  Lights  in  r.in<];o  iKaiing  about  NNEm  loaJ  fi'om  the 
Delaware  liivur  lliioiigli  tlu'  dredged  chiiuiiel  into  the  Schuylkill. 

Daugers  Lying  off  the   Coast  from  Cajte  Ilcn- 
lopen  to  Cape  Charles. 

From  Cnpc  Ilciilopen  to  Cape  Charles,  a  distauee  of  110  miles, 
there  are  many  dangerous  Shoals,  some  of  which  lie  more  than  6 
miles  froii  the  nearest  land. 

Penwick's  Island  Lighthouse. 

About  20  miles  South  fioin  Cape  Ilenlopen,  on  the  coast,  is  a 
Lighthouse,  the  Tower  of  which  is  painted  Wiiite,  and  at  this  date 
(1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  varied  by  White  Flashes. 

Fenwick's  Island  Shoal. 

After  leaving  the  Hen  and  Chickens  Shoal,  which  lies  to  the 
Southeast  of  Cape  Ilenlopen,  bound  Southward,  the  first  danger  is 
Fenwick's  Island  Shoiil,  which  extends  about  NE-  by  N.,  and. 
SW.  by  S.  1  ?4  miles  ;  at  very  low  tides  as  little  as  1 4  feet  water 
has  been  found  ui)ou  it;  at  this  date  (1882),  it  is  marked  upon  its 
Western  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
Stripes. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Buoy  oflf  Penwick's   Island 

Shoal. 

Distance. 

Five  Fathom  Bank  Light-ship,  NE  >4^  N 27      miles. 

Cape  Ilenlopen  IMain  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W.  H  W.  .     20         " 
Fenwick's  Island  Lighthouse  from  Centre  of  this  Shoal, 

West 6 

Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes 

off  Isle  of  Wight  Shoal,  S.  ^  W 4J^      " 

Winter  Quarter  Shoal  Light-ship,  S.  by  W.  ^  W.  .     83         " 

Ten  fathoms  water  was  found  300  yards  East  from  this  Shoal, 
and  11  fathoms  }£  mile  SE.  from  it.  In  approaching  it  from  the 
Eastward  in  thick  weather  or  night-time,  the  Lead  therefore  gives 
no  warning,  especially  for  heavy  draught  vessels. 


from  the 
iiylkill. 

e  Ilcn- 

10  miles, 
re  than  6 


joast,  is  a 
t  this  date 
sbes. 


ies  to  the 
danger  is 
'  N.,  and 
feet  water 
\\  upon  its 
[lorizoutal 


>   Island 

Distance. 

7      miles. 
!0         " 


4'^ 

(( 

(3 

(( 

tiis 

Shoal, 

t  from  the 

ifore  gives 

ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


251 


Isle  of  Wight  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  which  is  very  .small,  has  at  very  low  tides  about  17 
feel  water  upon  it ;  it  i.s  marked  at  this  date  (18H2),  on  its  West- 
ern part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes. 

Bearings  and  Distances  ft-om  Buoy  off  Isle  of  Wight  Shoal. 

DlKtiuicf. 

Ihioy  f)frFenwick's  Island  Shoal.  N.  Ji(  E.      .     .     .       4;^  miles. 
Fenwick's  Island  I.igiithouse,  NW.  }i  W.      ...       7>^     " 
Winter  Quarter  Shoal  Light-ship,  S.SW.         .     .     .     2i)         " 

Seven  fathoms  water  was  found  y^  mile  East  from  this  Shoal ; 
heavy  dranglit  vessels  from  seaward  should  not  therefore  in  thick 
weather  or  night-time  approach  nearer  than  this  depth  to  it. 

Little  Gull  Bank. 

This  danger,  which  has  on  its  SW.  part  as  little  as  1 1  feet 
water,  lies  about  2  miles  from  shore,  and  extends  NE.  >2  E.,  and 
SW.  %  W.  about  1^  miles;  at  this  date  (1H82),  it  is  marked 
on  its  Northern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy  ;  Fenwick's  Island  Light- 
house bears  from  this  Buoy  North  8  miles ;  Winter  Quarter  Shoal 
Light-ship,  S.  by  W.  22  miles. 

Great  Gull  Bank. 

This  danger,  which  lies  about  2  miles  Southeast  from  the  Little 
Gull  Bank,  extends  NE.  and  SW.  about  3  miles,  and  at  this  date 
(1882),  has  not  less  than  21  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide. 

Winter  Quarter  Shoal. 

This  dangerous  Shoal,  on  which  at  very  low  tides  there  are  not 
more  than  11  feet  water  in  some  places,  extends  about  E.NE., 
and  W.SW.  1  mile ;  500  yards  in  a  W.SW.  direction  from  the 
Western  part  of  this  Shoal  8  fathoms  water  was  found,  1%  fathoms 
near  its  Southern  part,  and  9  fathoms  near  its  Southeast  part ;  in 
approaching  tliis  danger  from  seaward  in  thick  weather  or  night- 
time, the  Lead  therefore  gives  but  little  warning;  at  this  date 
(1882),  this  Shoal  is  marked  on  its  Northern  part  with  a  first-class 
Can  Buoy,  and  on  its  Eastern  part  with  a  Light-ship ;  this  Buoy  is 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  and  has  upon  it  the 
letters  W.  Q.  S. ;  the  Light-ship  is  moored  in  about  11  fathoms 


i   I 


252 


KLi)i{ii)Gi:s  coAsr  riLor. 


r  ' 


water  ESE-   from  tlic  Slionl,  and  at  this  lime  shows  one  fixed 
White  Light,  and  hnsa  Bell  and  Horn  for  use  in  thick  weather. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Winter  Quarter  Shoal  Light- 
ship. 

Dl«t/.ncp. 

Montauk  Point  Liuhthouso,  NE 214     miles. 

Fire  Island  Li<;lithousc.  NE.  by  N 187  " 

niirneirat  LighUioiise,  NE.  by  N.  Ji  N 121 

Five  Falhom  Bank  Lij^dit-ship,  NE.  hy  N-  }i  N-     •      5« 

Fenwiek's  Island  Lightliousc,  N.  J:^  E 31  " 

Buoy  off  Fenwick's  Island  Shoal,  N.  by  E.  '^  E.     .       33  « 

BuoyoirisloofWisihtSiioal,  N.NE 21>  " 

BuoyoffLittle  (lull  Bank,  N.  by  E 22  " 

BuoyoirWintcrCiuiU'ter  Shoal,  NW.  by  W.  .     .     •         2J/  " 

Assateaguo  Lijjlithonsp,  W.  ^  S 123/(  " 

Black   Buoy   off    Soulheast    part    of    Chincotcagno 

Shoal,  SW.  l>y  W 12^4:  " 

Hog  Island  Lighthouse,  SW 45  " 

Whistling  iJuoy  to  the  Southeast  of  Cape  Charles, 

SW.  byS 65  " 

Cape  Henry  Lighthouse,  SW.  >2  S 76  " 

Assateaguo  Lighthouse. 

About  3()  miles  Southwesterly  from  Fenwick's  Island  Light- 
house, and  Northeasterly  36  miles  from  Hog  Island  Ligiithouse, 
and  about  2  miles  from  the  Southwest  point  of  Assateaguo  Island 
is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  is  painted  lied,  and 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

JHeniarka. 

Shoals  extend  off  about  2^4  uiiles  to  the  Southward  of  Assa- 
teaguo Island,  and  in  s)mc  places  there  is  but  little  water  upon 
them  at  low  tide  ;  without  this  to  Chincoteagnc  Siioal  there  are 
many  spots  with  from  8  to  15  feet  water  upon  thein. 

Chincoteague  Shoal. 

This  is  a  long  narrow  ridge,  exleiuling  about  NE.  Jj  E.  and 
SW.  ^2  W.  ^^2  miles,  with  an  average  width  of  about  '4  "'i'^' 
and  having  from  8  to  10  feet  water  upon  it ;  at  this  date  (1.'<.S2), 
the  Southwestern  part  of  this  Slioal  is  marked  with  a  Bed  Buoy; 
Assateaguo  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buc-  N.  JS  W-,  distance 


KLDUIIXiirS  COAST  I'll.OT. 


2r>:] 


s  one  fixed 
ft'cather. 

jal  Light- 

Dl«tMl(?C. 

244     luik's. 
187        " 
121         " 

58 

31 

33 

2i> 

22 

2  J/ 
123<( 


12;^ 
45 

65 
76 


u 
(( 

1( 
u 


land  Light- 
Liglitliouse, 
ague  IhIjiikI 
ed  Hod,  and 


rd  of  Assa- 
!  water  upon 
al  there  are 


I  y^  E.  and 
3Ul  ^4  mile, 
late  (1.S.S2), 
Ued  LJuov  ; 
JIT".,  distance 


4 J:^  miles;  this  last-montionod  Li<^lit house  hoar.H  from  11i<'  Nortli- 
cast  part  of  tiiis  Shoal  W-NW.,  distance  4  miles;  none  hut 
small  or  ver}'  liglit  draiiglit  vi'sscls  slionld  (t'spcfiaily  at  niglit-timc) 
pass  within  tliis  Ihioy,  iinless  well  acfpiaiiited. 

Turner's  Eastern  Lump. 

Tliia  Lump,  on  which  there  are  hut  H  fi'ct  water  at  low  tide,  is 
mariiedofi  its  Eastern  part  witli  a  Ulack  Huoy  ;  Assatea^ue  Liglit- 
houso  hears  from  tiiis  IJiioy  ah(jnt  N.NW.  ;  vessels  hoinid  up  or 
down  the  coast  sliould  pass  to  tlie  Eastward  of  this  Ihioy. 

Turner's  Western  Lump. 

Thia  danger,  on  which  tlierc  are  hut  6  feet  water  at  low  tide, 
ia  marked  off  its  outer  part  witli  a  Ulack  Ihioy ;  Assateaguc 
Liglithouse  hears  from  this  liuoy  ahout  North  ;  vessels  should  keep 
outside  this  Buoy, 

Black  Fish  Bank. 

This  IJank,  which  lies  a  short  distance  without  Ciiineotcagiio 
Shoal,  extends  NE.  hy  E.  and  SW.  hy  W.  ahout  Cy^  nnlcs,  and 
has  as  little  as  20  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide  ;  largo  or  heavy 
draught  vessels  should  give  Assateaguo  Lighthouse  a  wide  herth. 

Chincoteague  Anchorage. 

This  Anchorage,  which  aflbrds  shelter  in  winds  from  West  to 
N.NE.  hy  way  of  North,  lies  S.SW.  ahout  2;^  niiltjs  from  Assa- 
teaguc IJglithouse,  and  is  frequently  used  hy  vessels  when  over- 
taken with  Nortlierly  winds  hound  to  tlie  Nortlieastivard  ;  this 
Anchorage  is  sometimes  of  great  importance,  saving  the  time  of 
running  hack  to  Hampton  Roads. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Chincoteague  Anchorage 
in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  South  west  ward,  when  Assateagiie  I^ighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  N.  hy  E.  ^  E.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course ;  as 
you  approach  it  keep  the  Lead  going,  and  wlieu  llic  water  shoals  to 
3j4  fathoms,  then  anchor  with  good  holding  ground;  from  this 
Anchorage  the  Lighthouse  will  he  distant  about  2j^  miles  ;  small  or 
light  draught  vessels  may  go  farther  in  and  anchor  in  3  fathoms 
water.    These  directions,  with  favorable  wind3,  arc  good  for  night 


254 


i;i,l)UII)(51"S  COAST  IMLOT. 


I' 


r 


or  (liiy.     Til  lH'!itiii<j  in,  tlio  Lif^litliouso  umy  bo  broiij^lit  to  licar 
from  N.  »)y  E.  to  NE.  i>y  N. 

Tho   Coast    from    Capo    Henlopon    to    Ponwick's 
Island  Lighthouso. 

From  Tilack  Diioy  oil'  tlio  Sonflu'iist  pint  of  Hen  iiinl  CliickoiH 
to  Fciiwick'H  IhIuikI  Lij;lillioii?<c,  ii  distunci!  of  18  iiiiles,  voHSfls 
of  not  more  limn  11  foot  driiiiglit  niiiy  tii)proiu'li  the  slioro  witliiii 
^  niilf,  without  dangor. 

The  Coast  from  Fenwick's  Island  Lighthouso  to 
Assateague  Lighthouso. 

From  Fcnwiok's  lalnnd  Lif^htliouso  to  Asaatenguo  Lij^lithoiiso,  p. 
distance  of  30  miles,  vossels  of  not  more  tlian  11  fi'ot  draiijflit  may 
follow  the  short!  within  3^  niilc,  pa8sin<;  wiliiin  Little  (Jiill  Dank 
(before  described)  ;  when  about  3  miles  from  Aasateaf^iie  Li<;lit- 
liouHC,  it  is  necessary  to  haul  off  and  pass  witliout  the  Hod  IJuoy 
off  the  Southwest  part  of  Cliincoteaguo  Slioal.  (See  description 
of  Assateague  and  Chincotcague  Shoals  before  given.) 

The   Coast   from   Assateague   Lighthouse  to  Hog 
Island  Lighthouse. 

When  past  the  Red  Buoy  off  Cliincoteaguo  Shoals,  or  Assateague 
Lighthouse  bears  North,  vessels  of  not  more  than  14  feet  draught 
may  haul  in  and  follow  the  shore,  keeping  about  2^4  miles  from  it 
until  about  2  miles  from  Hog  Island  Lighthouse  ;  thou  haul  olf  and 
pass  Hog  Island  at  least  3  miles  from  shore. 

The  Coast  fl*om  Hog  Island  Lighthouse  to  Cape 
Charles  Lighthouse. 

From  Hog  Island  Lighthouse  to  Cape  Charles,  a  distance  of 
about  20  miles,  vessels  of  not  more  than  14  feet  draught  may, 
when  past  Hog  Island  Lighthouse,  follow  the  shore,  keeping  not 
less  than  3  miles  from  it  until  Cape  Charles  Lighthouse  bears 
West. 

In  thick  weather  it  is  advisable  for  heavy  draught  vessels  to  not 
approach  the  coast  from  Cape  Hcnlopen  to  Cape  Charles  nearer 
than  from  10  to  12  fathoms  water. 


^lit  to  liciir 
'onwick's 

1(1  CliickciH 

ilos,    Vt'HSl'lrt 

ihoi'o  witliin 

house  to 

ij^litliouao,  p. 
Iriiii^'lit  rimy 

Cull  Dank 
nif^iie  Lif^lit- 
!  Hod  IJiioy 

description 

Q  to  Hog 

Assatcagne 
feet  drtiuglit 
nilcs  from  it 
haul  oir  and 

to  Cape 

distance  of 
raught  may, 
keeping  not 
house  bears 

cssels  to  not 
arles  nearer 


KLDmiJGK'S  COAST  PILOT.  255 


CHINOOTEAGUE  INLET. 

At  tills  date  (iHM2),  tlus  entrance  to  this  Inlet  is  Southwest 
about  3^4  iiiiU'H  from  Asstiteajiuo  Li;,'htlioiiHe,  mid  NorthwcNtcrly 
IVom  tlio  lieil  IJuoy  oil  the  Southvv.'st  part  of  C'liiiicoteui^uu  Shoal. 

Itrnnif/k's. 

The  channel  leading  iilo  Chinnott'ague  Inlet,  like  all  other  sand 
burs  on  the  coast,  changes  iii  deptii  and  locution  wit'.i  almoHl  evei;\ 
gttlo  from  seaward.  At  this  duto  (IHH2),  there  arc  C  Channel 
Buoys  painted  in  Hlack  and  White  rerpeiidiciilar  Stripes,  which  m 
entering  are  left  dose  to  on  either  hand.  At  this  time  there  are 
about  ()  feet  water  upon  the  I5ar  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Diroctions  for  Chincoteaguo  Inlet  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels  from  the  Northeastward  may  leave 
the  Black  Buoys  olF  Turner's  Lump,  and  tlio  Red  Buoy  olF  the 
Southwest  part  of  Chincoteaguo  Shoal,  all  ')n  the  Starboard  hand  ; 
when  past  the  last-named  Buoy,  haul  in  about  NW.  b}  W.,  keep- 
ing a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Uutiir  or  Sea  Buoy  ;  when  this  is  made, 
wait  until  about  ^  flood,  then,  with  a  favorable  and  commanding 
breeze,  leave  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  close  to  on  either  hand,  ami 
steer  NW.  for  tlie  Bar  Buoy,  which  lies  inside  the  Bar ;  when  [last 
this, run  about  NW.  by  W.  li  W-  t'>v  the  third  Buoy  ;  from  thi-), 
steer  NW.  by  N.  for  the  fourth  Buoy  ;  then  run  NW.  by  W.  for 
the  fifth  Buoy  ;  when  past  tin!  fifth  Buoy,  vessels  may  anchor ;  or 
from  this  last  Buoy,  steer  W-SW-  for  Wallo|)'s  Island  Channel 
Buoy,  where  there  is  safe  anchorage. 

From  the  South  westward,  as  soon  as  Assateaguc  Lighthouse  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.  by  N.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy ;  wiien  this  is 
made,  wait  until  about  ?4  A^O'^i  then  follow  the  directions  before 
given.     These  dii'Lctions  were  good  for  1882. 

High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  at  Chincoteaguo  Inlet  ."(h.  53m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  3  fee* 


256 


ELDlilDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


METOMKIN  INLET. 

The  entrance  to  tliis  Inlet  is  IS  miles  Southwesterly  fiom  Assa- 
toaji:iio  Lightiiouse,  or  luic'wa}-  between  Assateagiie  and  Hog  Island 
Lighthouses. 

Meniafks. 

The  channel  leading  into  IMetonikiii  Jnlet  varies  in  depth  and 
location  with  almost  ever}-  gale  from  seaward.  At  this  date 
(1882),  there  are  3  Channel  Duo^vs  painted  in  Black  and  AVhile 
Perpendicular  Stripes,  which  m  entering  are  left  close  to  on  either 
hand.  At  this  time  there  arc  about  4  feet  water  upon  the  Bar  at 
low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Metomkin  Inlet  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  ver}-  light  draught  vessels  from  the  Northeastward  may 
leave  the  Red  Buo}'  off  the  Southern  part  of  Chincoteague  Shoal 
close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  steer  SW-  ^2  W.  M  miles, 
which  will  bring  them  up  with  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  olf  Metomkin 
Inlet ;  then,  at  about  ?4  flood,  leave  the  last-mentioned  Buoy  on 
either  hand  and  steer  W.  by  N-  for  the  next  Buoy,  which  lirs  just 
within  the  Bar ;  when  jiast  this  last  lUi  ly,  steer  about  W-NW. 
for  the  third  Buoy  ;  when  past  this,  steer  W.  by  N  Yi  N.,  passing 
close  to  the  Point  of  South  Beach  to  good  anchorage. 

From  the  Southwest  ward,  do  not  approach  the  coast  in  less  than 
4  fathoms  water  until  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  is  made  off  Metomkin 
Inlet ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  this  Inlet  without  a  pilot, 
except  through  stress  of  weather. 

High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  at  Metomkin  Inlet  3h.  46m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  3J^  feet. 


WATOHAPREAGUE  INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  is  Southwesterly  23  miles  from  Assa- 
teague  Lighthouse,  5^^  miles  Southwesterly  from  Metomkin  Inlet, 
and  Northeasterly  13  miles  from  Hog  Island  Lighthouse. 


Tom  Assa- 
lojj;  LsLukI 


doptlv  and 

tliLs   (lute 

and  AYliile 

0  on  cither 

the  Bur  at 


)aytinie, 
ler. 

tward  may 
Mgiio  Shoal 
.  11  miles, 
'  Motouikin 
d  Buoy  on 
ch  lii's  jii>»t 
:  W.NW. 
ff.,  passing 

n  loss  than 
Metomkin 

3ut  a  pilot, 


re  it  is  at 


from  Assa- 
mkiii  lulet, 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


257 


Remarks. 

The  channel  leading  into  Watchaproague  Inlet,  like  all  other 
sand  bars  on  the  coast,  changes  in  depth  and  location  with  almost 
every  gale  from  seaward.  At  this  dale  (1.S,S2),  there  aie  .'5  Chan- 
nel Buoys  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  whicii 
in  entering  are  left  close  to  on  either  hand.  At  this  time  there  are 
about  9  feet  water  upon  the  Bar  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Watchapreague  Inlet  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  ligiit  drauglit  vessels  from  tlie  Northeastward  should 
not  approach  the  coast  nearer  tlian  4  fathoms  water  until  the  Outer 
or  Sea  Buoy  off  Watchapreague  Inlet  is  made  ;  tiien,  at  about  %. 
flood,  leave  the  last-mentione  1  Buoy  close  to  on  either  hand  and 
run  in,  leaving  the  Buo}  s  close  to  on  eitlier  hand  ;  when  the  South- 
west point  of  Cedar  Island  bears  NE.,  tlien  anchor. 

From  the  Soulhwestward,  do  not  ajjproach  nearer  the  shore  than 
4  fathoms  water  until  the  Oiiti'r  or  Sea  Buoy  at  the  entrance  of 
Watchapreague  Inlet  is  made  ;  thun  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

The  channel  leading  into  Watchapreague  Inlet  changes  so  often 
that  it  is  advisable,  excepting  in  cases  of  emergency,  for  strangers 
to  take  pilots. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Watchapreague  Inlet  3h.  28m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  4^  feet. 


LITTLE  MAOHIPONGO  INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  is  about  6^  miles  Southwesterly  from 
the  entrance  1o  AVatchapreague  Inlet,  and  TjI/^  -.niles  Northeasterly 
from  Hog  Island  Lighthouse. 

Remarks. 

The  depth  and  location  of  the  channel  leading  into  Little  Machi- 
pongo  Inlet  changes  with  almost  every  gale  from  seaward.  At  this 
date  (1882),  there  are  no  Buoys  to  mark  the  channel  leading  in  ; 
st'.  angers  should  therefui-e  not,  attempt  to  enter  it  without  pilots. 


I 

I  f 

1- 

I 


258 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Little  Machipongo  Inlet  about  the  same  time 
it  ia  at  Watchapreaguc  Inlet. 

Hog  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southern  part  of  Hog  Island  and  Northern  side  of 
entrance  to  Great  Machipongo  Inlet  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this 
(late  (1HH2),  is  painted  White,  and  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 
This  Lighthouse  is  Southwesterly  3G  miles  from  Assateague  Light- 
house, Northeasterly  19  miles  from  Cape  Charles  Lighthouse,  North- 
easterly 32  miles  from  Capo  Henry  Lighthouse,  and  Southwcsttjrly 
45  miles  from  the  Light-ship  off"  Winter  Quarter  Shoal.  Hog 
Island  Light  serves  as  a  guide  to  coasters,  and  also  for  entering 
Great  Machipongo  Inlet. 


GREAT  MACHIPONGO  INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  is  a  short  distance  to  the  Southward 
of  Hog  Island  Lighthouse. 

Metnarks. 

The  depth  and  location  of  the  channel  leading  into  Great  Machi- 
pongo Inlet,  liiie  all  other  sand  bars  on  the  coast,  changes  with 
almost  every  gale  from  seaward.  At  this  dale  (1882),  in  entering 
there  are  6  Buoys,  5  of  which  are  Channel  Buoys,  and  are  painted 
in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Strijjes,  and  may  be  left  close  to 
on  either  hand  passing  in  ;  the  other  Rod  Buoy  lies  off  White  Point 
Shoal,  and  in  entering  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  At  this  time 
there  are  about  9  feet  water  upon  the  Bar  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Great  Machipongo  Inlet  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels  from  the  Northeast  should  not 
approach  Hog  Island  Lighthouse  nearer  than  2^  miles  until  the 
Outer  Buoy  at  the  entrance  of  Great  Machipongo  Inlet  is  made  ;  at 
this  date  Hog  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  NW.  ^  N.  ; 
then,  at  about  -)^  flood,  with  a  favorable  and  commanding  breeze, 
run  in,  leaving  the  Buoys  close  to  on  either  hand  ;  when  the  Light- 


I 


I 


same  time 


rn  side  of 
licli  at  this 
lite  Light, 
giie  Liglit- 
isc,  North- 
thwcatcrly 
aal.  Hog 
)r  eutciiug 


IT. 


Southward 


eat  Machi- 
iiigos  with 
in  entering 
ire  painted 
eft  close  to 
^'liito  Point 
lI  this  time 


Inlet  in 
eather. 

should  not 
3S  until  the 
s  made ;  at 
W.  ;^  N. ; 
ing  breeze, 
,  the  Light- 


KLDHIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


259 


hou?c  benrr  NE.  tlien  anchor  close  to  the  Northern  sidi    of  the 
channel. 

From  the  Southwest  ward,  do  not  approach  the  shore  in  icss  than 
4  fathoms  water  until  the  Outer  Buoy  otl"  (treat  MachiixMigo  Inlet 
is  made  ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High   Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Great  Machipongo  Inlet  3h.  44m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  4^  feet. 


SAND  SHOAL  INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  is  about  7  miles  Southwesterly  from 
Hog  Island  Lighthouse  and  1 1  >^  miles  Northeasterly  from  Cape 
Charles  Lighthouse. 

HeinarlkS. 

The  depth  and  location  of  the  channel  leading  into  Sand  Shoal 
Inlet  changes  with  almost  every  gale  from  seaward.  At  tliis  date 
(1882),  in  entering  there  are  3  Buoys  painted  in  Black  and  Wliite 
Perpendicular  Stripes ;  these  Buoys  may  bo  left  close  to  on  cither 
jiand.  At  this  time  there  are  about  11  feet  water  upon  the  Bur  at 
low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Sand  Shoal  Inlet  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Northeastward,  when  past  Hog  Island  Liglitiiouse,  do 
not  approach  the  shore  in  less  than  4  fathoms  water.  Wlien  tlie 
Outer  Buoy  off  Sand  Slioal  Inlet  is  made,  wait  until  about  -%  flood  ; 
then,  with  a  favorable  and  commanding  breezv',  run  in.  leaving  the 
Buoys  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  anchor  above  tlie  Life  Saving 
Station,  which  is  on  the  Northeast  side  of  the  chanml. 

From  the  Southwestward,  do  not  approach  the  shore  in  less  than 
Oj4  fathoms  water.  When  the  Outer  Buoy  olT  Sand  Shoal  Inlet  is 
made,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  at  Sand  Shoai  Inlet  3h.  58m.  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  4  yl  feet. 


2G0 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


SHIP  SHOAL  INLET. 

Till'  ontranc'o  to  tliis  Inlet  is  Southwesterly  about  4j^  miles  from 
Sand  Siioal  Inlet  and  about  7  miles  Northeasterly  from  Cape  Charles 
Lighthouse. 

ltc'inarh'8. 

The  channel  at  the  entrance  to  this  Inlet  changes  in  depth  and 
location  with  almost  every  gale  from  seaward.  At  this  date  (1882), 
there  are  no  Uuoys  to  marie  tlie  channel  leading  into  it ;  it  is  there- 
fore advisable  for  strnngers  not  to  undertake  to  enter  this  place 
without  pilots.  At  this  time,  about  C  feet  water  can  be  taken  over 
the  Bar  at  low  tide. 

Hlffh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Ship  Shoal  Inlet  about  the  same  time  it  is  at 
Sand  Shoal  Inlet. 


i    I 


Cape  Charles  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Smith's  Island,  about  1 3<|  miles  from  its  Southwestern 
Point,  is  a  Lighthouse,  the  Tower  of  which,  at  this  date  (1,S,S2),  is 
painted  "White  and  shows  a  Revolving  White  Light;  IL:g  Island 
Liglithousc  bears  from  this  Ligiithoune  NE-  by  N.  19  miles;  Cape 
Henry  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  S-  yk  S-  13J/B  miles. 

Dantjers  off  SinitWa  Island . 

From  Sniitii's  Island  Lighthouse,  slioal  water  extends  ofi"a  long 
distance  in  an  Easterly,  Soulherl}-  and  Southwesterly  direction,  and 
heav}'  draught  vessels,  bound  into  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  should 
give  this  Lighthouse;  a  wide  berth. 

Smith's  Island  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  which  extends  about  NE.  and  SW.  yi  mile,  has,  at 
very  low  tides,  as  little  as  20  feet  water  upon  it.  Cape  Charles 
Lighthouse  hears  from  the  centre  of  this  Shoal  W.  ^<(  N.,  distance 
'y2  miles.  In  thick  weather,  heavj'  draught  vessels  from  seaward 
slioulil  not  approach  this  danger  nearer  than  8  fathoms  water. 
Bolweea  this  Shoal  and  shore  there  is  a  channel  of  from  4  to  .') 
fathoms  water. 

Shark  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  which  extends  E-NE.  and  W.SW.  about  i^  mile, 
lies  W.  )->y  S.  J4   S.  3_^  miles  from  Smith's  Island  Shoal.      At 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


2G1 


very  low  tides  Iherc  are  as  little  as  IC  fi'ot  water  upon  it.  Cape 
C'liarlos  Liglitlioiisc  bears  from  the  centre  of  this  daiim'r  NW.  I"}' 
W.  ^i  W.  l}i  miles.  Ili'twecn  this  Slioal  and  (.'n[K-  Charles 
Lii^hthouse  there  is  a  eliannel  of  from  li  to  -l  fathoms  water ;  tiie 
last  dei)th  is  nearest  the  Shoal. 

Nautilus  Shoal. 

This  Slioal  lies  on  a  line  with  Cape  Henry  and  Caiie  Charles 
Lij'hthouses,  and  at  very  hm  tides  has  ahout  U  feet  water  upon  it. 
Cape  Charles  Ligliihouse  hears  from  it  NE-  liy  N.  ^j  N.,<listanee 
4;1{;  miles.  Flat  Ground,  haviiii>;  from  l:i  to  l.>  feet  water  upon  it, 
cxtentls  from  the  last-named  Liglithouse  to  tliis  danger. 

Whistling  Buoy 

At  this  date  (18H2),  a  AVhisllmg  Utioy,  with  the  White  Letters 
C.  C.  iiiion  it,  IS  i)laied  in  alioiit  0  fathoms  water  olf  Soulhetist 
from  C;ii)e  Charles,  without  all  tiie  Shoals.  Tins  Uiioy  is  intended 
to  guide  vessels  in  thiek  weather  into  Chesapeake  Bay. 


}4  mile, 
3al.      At 


Bearings    and    Distances    from   Whistling    Buoy   off    Capo 

Charles. 

UiHtancc. 

Winter  Quarter  Slnal  Liglit-shii),  NE.  by  N..     .     •  (>^      miles. 

Cape  Charles  Lightlioiise,  NW G'/s      " 

Cape  Henry  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  W.  ^^  W.  •     •  l-'Ja      " 

Smith's  l.-land  Shoal,  NE.  >2  N '1?3      " 

Shark  Shoal,  N-  >3  W ^14      " 

Red    Buoy  otr  Southeast  end  of    Middle   Ground, 

W.byS 8>^      " 

Red  IJuoy  off  Outer  entranec  to  Chesaiieake  Bay,  SW. 

by  W.  ;<  W lOj^      " 

Anchorage  under  Smith's  Island. 

Vessels  may  find  shelter  under  Smith's  Island  witii  winds  from 
West  to  N-NW-  ;  the  best  anehcragc  is  with  Caiie  Charles 
Liglithouse  bearing  about  N.W-  by  W.  ;  .you  may  approaeli  the 
shore  to  the  Soutliward  of  Shark  Shoal  according  to  draught,  and 
anchor  in  from  2}4  to  4  fathoms  water. 


T 


262 


ELDIUDGICS  COAST  PILOT. 


I; 


•i 


ii 


Cape  Henry  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Ciipe  llenr}',  Soii1.li  side  of  entrance  to  Chesapeake  Bay, 
is  a  Liglithousc,  the  upper  and  lower  halves  of  the  faces  of  which 
show  alternately  Black  and  White  ;  this  Lighthouse,  at  this  date 
(1 882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Liglit ;  a  Fog  Signal  is  ijlaccd  ne:ir 
this  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  time  gives  blasts  in  thick  wcatiicr  of 
5  seconds  duration,  at  intervals  of  90  seconds  ;  the  Old  Tower 
boars  SW.  by  W.  o40fcet,  and  will  remain  as  a  Day  mark. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cape  Henry  Lighthouse. 

DIatancc, 

Montauk  Point  Lighthouse,  NE 320      miles. 

Winter  Quarter  Shoal  Light-ship,  NE.  >4  N-      •     .  76  " 

Cape  Charles  Lightliouse,  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.       .     .  13;^  " 

Thimble  Shoal  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  W.  >^  W.     .  12 14:  " 

Buck  Kiver  Lighthouse,  NW.  >^  W 16  " 

York  Spit  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.      .     .     .  20^^  " 

Wliistling  Buoy  off  Cape  Charles,  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.  12^:^  " 
Red  Buoy  off  Southeast  end  of  Middle  Ground,  NE. 

by  N.  5^  N 6 

Red  lUioy  at  outer  entrance  of  Chesapeake  Bay,  NE. 

J^E 2^  " 

Black  Buoy  off  Tail  of  the  Horse  Shoe,  NW.     .     .  GJ^  " 
Black  Buoy  off  Southeast  part  of  Horse  Shoe,  NW. 

KW 9}^     " 

Red  Buoy  off  Northwest  part  of  Middle  Ground,  N. 

by  W.  3/^  W 1314:     " 

To  the  Northward  and  Eastward  of  Cape  Henry  Ligiithouse, 
shoal  water  extends  off  from  j4  to  ^  mile,  but  Northwest  from 
this  Lighthouse  the  shore  is  bold. 

Dangers  in  Eutevlng  Chesapeake  Sai/, 

Middle  Ground. 

This  long  narrow  Shoal,  whicli  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of 
entrance  to  Chesapeake  Bay,  extends  about  NW.  by  N.  and  SE. 
by  S.  lOj^  miles  ;  the  least  water  upon  it  at  this  time  is  about  10 
feet,  which  is  4^  miles  from  its  Southeast  part;  in  approaching 
this  danger  at  night-time  or  in  tliick  weather,  the  Lead  gives  but 
little  warnnig  in  some  piirts  ;  .it  this  date  (1882),  it  is  marked  witli 
3  Red  Buoys,  one  olf  its  Soiitlieast  part,  one  off  its  Western 
part,  and  one  off  its  Northwestern  part. 


T 


' 


EI-DKIDGK'S   COAST   I'lI-OT. 


2G;i 


Boariugs  and  Distances  from  Rod  Buoy  off  Southeast  part 
of  Middle  Qround. 

DUtnncp. 

Capo  Cliarles  Litrhlhouso,  NE.by  N.  }{  N.   .     •     .  'i'A  miles. 

Capo  Henry  Lighthouse,  SW.  l>y  S    Ji  S-     .     •     •  C 

Whistling  Buoy  ofT  Capo  Charles,  E.  hy  N-    .     •     .  HJ^     " 
Kod  Buoy  ofl"  Outer  entrance  to  Clicsapeako  Bay,  S. 

y,w -'5/^    " 

Bhuk  Buoy  ofl"  Tail  of  the  Horse  Shoo,  W-  J4  S-     .         CJ^     " 
Black  Buoy  olF  Southeast  part  of  Ilorsc  Shoe,  W. 

y.TH 10        " 

Thimble  Shoal  Lighthou>o,  W.  '{  N 13J^     " 

Back  River  Lighthouse,  W.  I'y  N.  J<  N.       .     •     .        1">J4     " 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Red  Buoy  off  Western  part  of 

Middle  Ground. 

Distance. 

Cai)e  Henry  Lighthouse,  S-  by  E-  3<(  E 10>4  miles. 

Tiiimble  Shoal  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  W.  J^  W.  .     •  SJ^  " 

Back  River  Lighthouse,  W.  J<  N 8^  " 

York  Spit  Lighthouse,  NW 10^  " 

Black  Buoy  off  Tail  of  Horse  Slioo,  S-  by  W.      ■     •       '^Va  " 

Black  Buoy  off  Southeast  part  Horse  Shoe,  SW.  .     .       6  " 
Red  Buoy  o(rNW.  part  Middle  Ground,  N.  by  W- 

/.  W 25/8      " 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Red  Buoy  off  Northwest  part 
of  Middle  Ground. 

Dietoncc. 

Cape  Henry  Lighthouse,  S.  by  E.  ?<  E ^^'A  miles. 

Ba(;k  River  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S  ^  S 8>^     " 

York  Spit  Lighthouse,  NW.  '4  W 8^     " 

Black  Buoy  off  Tail  of  the  Horse  Shoe,  South  .     .  8         " 
Black  Buoy  off  Southeast  part  Horse  Shoe,  SW.  by 

s.  ^  S 7f^    " 

Red  Buoy  off  Western  part  Middle  Ground,  S.  by  E. 

y^B 2/8     " 

Inner  Middle  Ground. 

This  Shoal,  which  has  as  little  as  2  feet  water  upon  its  Southern 
part  at  low  tide,  lies  about  3  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Buoy  off 
Northwestpartof  Middle  Ground;  tills  danger  extends  about  N. 
NW-  and  SSE.  5J^  miles,  with  an  average  width  of  1  mile; 


■i-j' 


^ 


201 


DI.DlillXiKS    COAST    I'lF-OT. 


between  tlio  K.-VHtprn  part,  of  lliis  HIidmI  .'iiid  Capo  Charles  llierc  is 
a  cliaiiiicl  al)out  1  iiillc  wide,  witli  a  depth  of  fr.>ii\  4  to  V,  fatlioins 
water;  at  this  (hite  ( ts,S2),  tliere  are  no  Ihioys  to  mark  this  dan- 
ger; between  tlie  Inner  ]\Iid(llc  Ground  and  Middle  Ground  there 
is  a  narrow  Siioal  runnin<,'  for  several  miles  parallel  with  the  Inner 
Middle  (iround;  this  last  Shoal  has  from  7  to  1")  feet  water 
upon  it. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Southern  part  of  Inner  Middle 

Ground. 

lIlKlniico. 

Cape  Charles  Liirhthonse,  E.NE f) 34  miles. 

South  Point  of  the  Isaaes  Island,  E.  J2  N.     ...  1?4     " 
The   Ked    IJuoy   off  the   Northwest  part  of  Jliddlo 
Ground,  bears  from  the  Northern  part  Inner  Mid- 
dle Ground,  W-SW 3j^     " 

The  Isaacs. 

The  Southorn  part  of  the  small  Island  called  the  Isaacs  lies 
about  2  miles  to  the  Southward  of  Cape  Charles,  and  about  SW- 
by  W.  4  miles  from  Cape  Charles  Li,a;hthous(! ;  shoal  water  ex- 
tends off  to  the  Northward  and  Kastwai'd  a  long  <listaneo  from  this 
Island,  but  small  or  light  draught  vesseir,  may  pass  about  }^  mile 
to  the  Southward  of  it. 

Fisherman's  Island. 

This  small  Island  lies  a  short  distance  Northwest  from  the 
Isaacs ;  shoal  water  extends  from  Fisherman's  Island  to  the 
Southwest  part  of  Smitli's  Island  ;  but  small  or  light  draught  ves- 
sels may  pass  from  J^  to  34;  mde  to  the  Westward  of  it  without 
danger;  the  passage  between  the  Northwest  part  of  Fisherman's 
Island  and  Cape  Charles  is  called  Fisherman's  Inlet ;  this  Inlet  has 
l)ut  little  water  in  it  at  low  tide. 


^   '  i 


Tail  of  the  Horse  Shoe. 

This  Shoal,  which  lies  on  the  "Western  sideof  entranec  to  Chesa- 
peake Hay,  extends  about  N.  by  W.  and  S.  by  E.  1>1  miles,  and 
has  at  very  low  tides  as  little  as  l(i  feet  water  on  it ;  at  this  lime 
(1882),  it  is  marked  olf  its  Sonthcrn  part  with  a  IMack  Uuoy,  which 
in  going  ui)  the  Bay  is  left  on  the  Port  hand  ;  large  or  heavy 
draught  vessels  bound  up  the  Bay  or  into  Hampton  Roads,  should 


loH  tliorc  is 
>  fi  fiitlioins 
L  tliis  (liiii- 
01111(1  there 
tlio  Inner 
feet    water 


or  Middlo 

lIlKlnncc. 

r)^4  miles. 

U4    - 


S/z 


Isn.acs  lies 

)oiit  sw. 

water  e.\- 
0  from  this 
it  J4   mile 


.  from  the 
\(l  to  the 
alight  vcs- 
it  without 
'ishorman's 
s  I  nlct  has 


)  to  Chosa- 
mik's,  and 

this  time 
iuo}-,  which 

or  hcavy 
ds,  should 


KMililDGF/S  COAST   PILOT.  2G5 

not,  at  nifilit-timo  or  thick  weather,  ai)i)n)aeli  tliis  danger  in  less 
tliaii  4  I'atlioiiis  watir. 

Iletweeii  tlic  Tail  of  the  Ilorso  Shoe  and  iJlack  lUioy  off  the 
Southeast  part  of  tlio  llorso  Slioc,  there  is  a  good  cliaiinel  of  i 
fatlioms  water. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from   Black   Buoy   oflT   the  Tail   of 

the  Horse  Shoo. 

DIstnnco. 

Cape  Henry  Lighthouse,  SE *'>}(  "liles. 

Red  Buoy  o    Southeast  part  of  Middle  Ci round,  E. 

/.  N «/a  " 

Ked  IJiioy  at  Outer  entrance  Cliesapeako  liay,  E-SE.  7  *' 

TliimhleSlioal  Lighthouse,  W.  by  N.  )4  N.  .  .  .  0>a  " 
Red  Buoy  olf  "Western  part  of  Middle  Ground,  N. 

by  K.  ■ '>H  " 

Ue(i  Buoy  off  Northwest  part  of  Middle   Ground, 

North «       '' 

Black  Buoy  off  Southeast  part  Ilorsc;  Slioe,  W-NW.       3.>8     " 

Back  River  Lighthouse,  NW.   3<^  W ^H     '' 

York  Spit  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  N.  ?^  N H>^4     " 

Back  River  Lighthouse. 

About  1 4  miles  Southeast  from  thi;  entrance  to  Back  River,  on 
the  Western  side  of  Cliesapcak(!  Bay,  is  a  Liglithoiise,  wliieii  at 
this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Liglit,  varied  with  White 
Flashes. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Back  River  Lighthouse. 

OlHtiillCU. 

Cape  Henry  Lighthouse,  SE-  J^  E 1<^  '"'It'S- 

Thimble  Shoal  Lighthouse,  S.  by  E.  K'  E.      ...       'i'A     '' 

York  Spit  Lighthouse,  N.  by  E 7;^     •' 

Red  Buoy  off  Southeast  i)art  Middle  Ground,  E.  by 

s.  34  S l''>^     '* 

Red  Buoy  off  Western  part  of  Middle  Ground,  E. 

y,s «K   " 

Red  Buoy  off  Northwest  i)art  of  Middle  Ground,  E. 

byN.  3^N ^'A     " 

Black  Buoy  olf  the  Tail  of  the  Horse  Shoe,  SE.  ?4  E.       ^ji     " 

Shoal  water   extends  to  the  Northward,    Nortlioastward,   and 
Southeastward  a  long  distance  from  Back  River  Lighthouse,  and 


2G(> 


F,M)I1II)0F/S  COAST  IMT-OT. 


largo  or  Iionvy  draii'^lil  vcmscIs  boiiiul  up  llio  lUiy,  shoiiKI  give  il  u 
good  Itcrlli  to  till'  Wi'stwiird. 

York  Spit  Lighthouse. 

On  Dip  Kiistcrly  end  ol'  York  Spit,  North  siilo  of  i'litranoc  to 
York  Kivcr,  ami  West  nido  of  (.'lusiipe:ikc  lliiy  is  a  Lif^lillioiisc, 
wliic'ii  at  tlii.s  date  (IHH2),  sIidwh  a  llxcd  Rod  M<j;lit ;  attached  to 
tjjis  Lijijhthoiisc  is  a  Kou;  Hell,  whlcli  in  thicit  wc-athor  ia  struck  at 
Intervala  of  10  seconds. 

JtemarlcH. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  18  feet  dranf,'!it  may  approach  this 
Li'dithousc  on  its  Ivist  and  Soutlieast  sides  within  '^  mile,  and  on 
its  Soutli  and  Southwest  sides  witliin  3^  '»'''-' »  '>''S9els  of  not  moro 
than  11  feet  drau},dit  may  cross  lliis  Siioal  to  the  Northwestward 
of  th(!  Lighthouse  from  ]^<  to  2  miles  from  it. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  York  Spit  Lighthouse. 

Diitnnoo 

Capo  Ilonry  T/ighthouse,  SE.  by  S.  H  ^ 2<)J^  m'lcs. 

Thimble  Shoal  Lighthouse,  South HJ^     " 

Cherrystone  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N.  ,' ;'i  N ^0^  ■  " 

Too's  .ALirsheg  Lighthouse,  W.  b}  N.  '/i  N.    .     .     .  m     " 

New  Toint  Comfort  Lighthouse,  N.  ])y  W •''J'z      " 

WolfTrapLiglitiiouse,  N.  l»yE.  ,'^  E H'J     " 

ninek  Buoy  olf  the  Tail  of  Horse  Shoe,  SE.  liv  S- 

3/^S !•>?<     •' 

Hod  15uoy  o(T  Northwest  part  of  Middle  Ground,  SE- 

■^  E «->^    " 

New  Point  Comfort  Slioal  or  IMiddle  Ground  Ihioy, 
NE.  ^^  N 3^    " 


New  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse. 

Upon  New  Point  Comfort,  Norlli  side  of  entrance  to  Mobjack 
Bay,  and  West  side  of  Chesapeake  Bay  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at 
this  date  (IH82),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light;  shoal  water  extends 
olf  Southeast  more  than  2  miles  from  this  Lighthouse  ;  this  shoal  is 
marked  on  its  outer  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  which  is  left  to  the 
Westward  Ijy  vessels  bound  up  or  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay. 


y, 


givo  il  u 


itranoc  to 

j^litlKnisc, 

tachcd  to 

Btruck  tit 


'oach  thin 

lo,  awl  on 

not  more 

iwcstward 


lOUSO 

Diatniioo 

()J<i  miles 

\rs 

bb 

OH- 

t( 

m 

i( 

■^V2 

kk 

1  '/i 

k< 

434 

.1 

«H 

i( 

3^ 

(( 

)  Mobjack 
,  which  at 
jr  extends 
lis  shoal  is 
left  to  the 
Bay. 


F.r.nninor's  toast  riT,oT. 


2f'.7 


Boarinjrs  and  DifitaiiooH  from  Now  Point  Comfort  Lighthouno. 


'^S. 


York  Spit  Li^rjiliinimc,  S-  I'y  E. 
Clierrvstone  M^^lilhoiisc,  E.  Ii.y  S.  ,-4 

WoifTnii)  Li-l.llioiisc,  NE.  j:.  N. 

Black  Buoy  oil'  Kastern  i)art  New  I'oint  Shoal,  &£■ 
KE 


DlallUM-n. 

r)'i  miles. 
12 


Now  Point  Shoal  or  Middle  Ground. 

Tills  .Shoal,  wiiich  is  Htn;dl,  lies  ahont  t  miles  Soiillieast  from 
New  Poiiil  Comfort  Liuflil'.ioiise,  and  at  low  tide  lias  as  lillh'  as  IG 
feet  water  ui)on  it ;  tliere  is  a  ^ooil  eli'Uinel  bolli  to  llio  Eastward 
and  Westward  of  tliis  Sbo.'d  ;  .at  tiiis  dale  (IHS-J),  it  is  marked  on 
its  Eastern  side  willi  a  Biaek  Buoy,  having  tlio  words  \ew  I*oii\t 
Middle  Ground  in  Wiiite  Letters  npon  it ;  York  Spit  Liglithouse 
boars  from  this  Buoy  SW.  y'l  S.  '>^Y\  miles;  New  Point  Com- 
fort Lif,'htbouse,  NW.  V\  W.  I '4  miles,  Wolf  Trap  Li;j;ht- 
liouse,  N.  Yi,  E.  "iYx  miles. 

Wolf  Trap  Llghthoiiso. 

Upon  the  East  end  of  Wolf  Trap  Shoal,  West  side  of  Chesa- 
peake Bay  is  n  Lii^hthoiise,  wbieh  at  tiiisdato  (l'SH2), shows  n  fixed 
Light  varied  by  White  Flashes  ;  attaehed  to  this  Lighthouse  is  a 
Bell,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  15  seconds. 

TtemarliH, 

About  Yi  mile  to  the  Westward  of  Wolf  Trap  Lighthouse,  there 
is  a  narrow  channel  of  4  fathoms  water;  small  or  light  draught 
vessels  may  therefore  pass  to  the  Westward  of  this  Jjighlhouse  ; 
about  Y2  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  Wolf  Trap  Ligiithouse  is  a  Black 
Buoy,  whidi  marks  the  Eastern  part  of  this  Shoal ;  hea\T  draught 
vessels  should  not  go  to  tho  Westward  of  this  Buoy. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Wolf  Trap  Lighthouse. 

DIstniice 

York  Spit  Lighthouse,  S.  by  W.  ,'2  W 

New  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse,  SW.  J4  S.     .     .     . 
Black  Buoy  oir  New  Point  Shoal  or  Middle  Ground, 

S.  H  w 

Stingray  Point  Lighthouse,  N-  by  W.  Y^  W.      .     • 

Windmill  Point  Ligiithouse,  N   /^  W 12i^ 


wVi 

miles 

fi5/8 

1. 

73^ 

ki 

10^ 

ki 

M 


'2C,S 


EMMMlXiirs  COAHT  rtI,()T. 


DlaUtiir*. 

nijick  Himy  oirSidiUicaHl  pail  of  Uappjiliiuioik  Sjilf. 

N.   'X  E II  't   <"''«''*• 

Hliick  Uii(i\'  (ill"  KiisUni  part  Wolf  Tnip  Slioiil,  E- 

14      " 


;iN. 


stingray  Point  Lighthouso. 


About  OHO  mile  to  tlus  KnHtvvnnl  of  Stiiigmy  Point,  Soiitli  siilo 
of  PiitnuK'o  to  Uiippjiliaiiiiock  llivcr,  in  iilioiit  (!  feet  wtitcr  at,  low 
tide,  is  a  Lii^litlioiHO  wliirli,  at  this  (Iat<«  (1HH2),  hIiows  ii  fixed  Kid 
Lij^lit  ;  a(t:icli('d  to  tliis  Lijjlitiionsc  is  a  ndi,  wliidi  at  tiiis  liiiii.'  'in 
Htnuik  111  tiii(^k  wi'iitlicr  nt  intervals  of  '<  and  MO  si'conds. 


Soarings   and    Distancos    from  Stingray  LighthouRO. 

Wolf  Trap  T-i'ilitlions..,  S.  I>y  E.  'j  E 10?;;'  tnili-s. 

Windmill  Point  I/iu'htlionsc,  NE.'j  N '^H     " 

Plack  Pnoy  oil'  Sowlliwtst  part  liappaliatniock  Spit, 

E.  i-yN.  '<  N -'J^     " 

Windmill  Point  Lighthouse. 

Abont  2  miles  Southeast  from  Windmill  Point,  upon  Rappahan- 
noi'k  Spit,  North  side  of  entrance  to  Pappaliannock  Uive.r,  and 
West  side  of  riusapoake  Bay  is  II  I-i^ihthouse,  which  nt  this  date 
(1HS2),  hhows  a  fixed  White  Lij,dit ;  attached  to  this  Li<,dithonse  is 
ri  Bell,  which  at  this  time  is  struck  in  thick  weather  at  intervals  of 
10  .se(!onds. 

Ifeiiiai'h'n. 

Vessels  of  18  feet  draught  or  more  should  not  pass  to  the  West- 
ward of  the  Plaek  Puoy  to  the  Southeast  of  this  Liglitlmuse,  and 
vessels  of  12  feet  draught  or  less  may  a[)proacli  it  in  safety  within 
yi  mile  on  its  Northeast  wide,  ami  not  nearer  than  J^  mile  on  its 
Southwest  side  ;  none  hut  small  or  V(>ry  li;j;ht  draiiLiht  vessels  should 
altemi)t  to  pass  between  tlii^  Liglithouse  and  Windmill  Point;  on 
its  Northern  and  Northeastern  sides  York  Spit  may  be  approached 
by  the  Lead,  but  it3  Southern  and  Southwestern  sides  are  ((iiite 
bold. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Windmill  Point  Lighthouse. 

l)iHt;lil<'i'. 

Wolf  Trap  Lighthouse,  S.  ;^  E 12j/i    miles. 

Stingray  Point  Lighthouse,  SW.  ,!4  S 2^     '• 


T 


T 


I>lntltlie«a 

I  '  J   inilt'H. 


J4  " 


Soiitli  s'nli! 
iter  at,  |.)W 
I  fixed  U.mI 
liis  linn.'  'is 


thOUBO. 

10-<:i'  mill's. 


wy. 


Rappalinn- 
HiviT,  niul 
it  (lii.s  (lati! 
iiilitlioiiso  is 
iiitt'fvals  of 


the  Wost- 
tiiniisc,  and 
ifcty  witliin 
mile  on  its 
asols  sliould 
1  Point ;  on 
approached 
8  are  cjiiitt' 

ghthovise. 

l)i»t;lili'i'. 

12' j    inil("<. 


FT.nTjmr.r.'s  coast  pilot. 


200 


I>l«lanp», 

Rmitli'sPoint  M>rhthnns<'.  N.  '"i  E 17^".;   niiirs. 

Walt'M  iKJiind  Li>,'lill sr,  NE.  !•>  E.  '(  E.   •     .     .     '-'<>         " 

Hnoy  otrSontlicast  |)ait  KappalituinDck  Npit,  SE.  I>y 

E.  ;^  E.  .  , 2;^    " 

Smith's  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  hIiouI  watrr  cxti'mliiij,;  olF  to  tin;  Ka«l\vard  of  Sinitli's 
Point,  Soutli  sldo  of  entrance  to  llic  Potomac  River,  and  Went  nido 
(if  {'iicsapcalie  Hay,  in  aliont  12  (Vet  w.'itcr,  in  a  IJu'litlioine,  wliieli 
at  tills  dale  (1HH2),  hIiows  a  Itevolviii;,'  Wliito  Ij;,'lit ;  altaclicil  to 
tlii.H  Li-ilitlionse  is  a  IJcll,  whicli  in  tliiuk  weather  is  Htriick  at  inter- 
vals of  15  seconds. 

Heavy  draught  vessels,  hound  up  the  Cliesappako  Ray,  when  past 
the  Seventeen  Foot  Lump,  should  leave  Sniitli's  Point  Lij!;hthonso 
at  least  )'i  mile  (o  the  Westward  ;  vessels  of  not  nioie  than  12  feet 
draiijiht,  passinj?  np  or  down  the  Ray  or  into  the  Potoinac  River, 
may  a|)proaeli  within  2.")0  yanls  of  it;  Hinall  or  li;4ht  draiiLtlit  ves- 
sels may  cross  the  Shoal  from  \'i  to  3|  mile  to  tlio  Westward  of 
this  Iii<^dithousc. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Smith's  Point  Lighthouso. 

Dli'laiii'i'. 

Windmill  Point  Lif^hthonso,  S.  ?^  W 17.>:^  miles. 

Point  Lookout  Lighthonse,NW.  l>yN.  ;4:  N.     .     .  lOji^  " 

Piney  Point  Liglithousc,  NW 21J4  " 

Cove  Point  Lighthouso,  N.  »>y  W-  Ji  W ^W\  " 

Rlaek  Rnoy  off  Seventeen  Foot  Lnmp,  SE.  by  S.  ^  S.       1  " 
Red  Ruoy  oflf  Southwestern  partKedgo's  Straits  Mid- 
dle Gronnd,  N.  by  E-  34:  E 6  " 

Red  P>noy  off  Northwestern  i)art  Kedge's  Straits  Mid- 
dle Gronnd,  N.  >4  E.       . H  " 

Smith's  Point  Shoal  or  Seventeen  Foot  Lump. 

This  small  Shoal,  which  at  very  K)W  tides  has  as  little  as  17  feet 
water  niion  it,  is  marked  on  its  Eastern  part  with  a  I'.laek  Rnoy; 
Smith's  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  tliis  r>iioy  NW.  by  N.  Y\  Nm 
distanee  1  mile.  Heavy  dranglit  vessels  bound  np  or  down  tbo 
Bay  should  leave  this  Buoy  to  the  "Westward. 


270 


ELDHIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Ili 


i 


i:   ' 


Eedge's  Straits  Middle  Ground. 

Tliia  extensive  Shoal,  which  extends  about  N-NW.  and  S-SE- 
6  miles,  varies  from  1  to  2  miles  in  width  ;  its  average  depth,  at 
low  tide,  is  from  15  to  18  feet  water.  At  this  date  (1882),  it  is 
marked  with  two  Red  Buoj's,  one  on  it-i  Southwestern  edge  and  the 
other  on  its  Northwestern  edge. 

Bearings    and    Distances    from    Red    Buoy    off   Southwest 


Edge  of  Kedge's  Straits. 

Smith's  Point  Lighthouse,  S.  by  W.  Ji^  W.     .     .     . 

Point  Lookout  Lighthouse,  W-NW 

Solomon's  Lump  or  Kedge's  Strait  Lighthouse,  E.NE. 
Red  Buoy  off  Northwest  edge  of  this  Shoal,  N.  by  W. 


Pistonco. 

6      miles. 

8         " 
5^      " 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Bed  Buoy  off  Northwest  Edge 
of  Kedge's  Strait  Middle  Ground. 

Distance. 

Smith's  Point  Lighthouse,  S.  ^  W 11      miles. 

Solomon's  Lump  or  Kedge's  Strait  Lighthouse,  E.  by 

S-'AS 8ji      " 

Point  Lookout  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S-  J^  S.      .     .     .       6         " 

To  the  Eastward  of  Kedge's  Strait  Middle  Ground  there  is  a 
channel  of  from  '3^4  to  G  fatiioms  water,  but  heav}'  draught  vesso's 
should  give  this  danger  a  wide  berth  to  the  Eastward. 

Point  Lookout  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  North  side  of  the  entrance  to  Potomac  Ri^er,  West 
side  of  Chesapeake  Ba^,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1882), 
shows  a  fixed  White  Ligiit.  At  this  time  a  Fog  Bell  is  placed  near 
this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  10 
seconds. 

JRemarks. 

Large  vessels,  passing  up  or  down  the  Baj',  should  leave  this 
Lighthouse  at  least  1  mile  to  the  Westward  ;  and  vessels  com- 
ing down  the  Baj',  bound  into  the  Potomac,  should  leave  it  a  mile 
to  the  Northward. 

With  winds  from  N-NW.  to  East  by  way  of  North,  there  is 
good  anchorage  about  ^  mile  to  the  Westward  of  Point  Lookout 
Lighthouse,  in  what  is  called  Cornfield  Harbor.  Large  vessels  may 
anchor  in  about  5  fathoms  water,  with  the  Lighthouse  bearing 
about  E.  by  S-,  distant  about  1   mile ;   small  vessels  may  go 


11 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT.  271 

forthcr  in  and  anchor  in  3  fathoms,  with  the  Lighthouse  bearing 
E  SE-,  distant  J^  mile. 

In  entering  this  Harbor,  care  should  bo  taken  to  leave  the  Red 
Iluoy  off  the  Lighthouse  well  to  tlie  Northward  ;  this  Buoy,  which 
marks  the  Southern  part  of  tlic  shoal  water  which  extends  off  from 
the  Lighthouse,  bears  S-  Vz  W-  about  i  mile  from  it. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Point  Lookout  Lighthouse. 

Dixtimco, 

Smith's  Point  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  S.  ;J4^  S-       ...  10j4  miles. 

Solomon's  Lump  or  Kedge's  Strait  Lighthouse,  East  H  ^  " 

Red  Buoy  off  Southeast  part  of  Kedge's  Strait  Mid- 
dle Ground,  ESE 7^  " 

Red  Buoy  off  Northwest  part  of  Kedge's  Strait  Mid- 
dle Ground,  E.  by  N.  J^  N 6  " 

Red  Buoy  off  Toint  Lookout,  S.  }4  W V^      " 

Cove  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Cove  Point,  about  4  miles  North  from  the  entrance  to  the 
Pawtuxent  River,  and  on  the  West  side  of  Chesapeake  Bay,  is  a 
Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Light,  varied 
by  White  Flashes.  Near  the  Lighthouse,  at  this  time,  is  a  Fog 
Bell,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  12  seconds. 

Cove  Point  is  quite  bold,  and  large  vessels,  bound  up  or  down 
the  Bay,  may  approach  it  within  Yi  mile  without  danger. 

Sharp's  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southern  side  of  Northern  entrance  to  Choptank 
River,  and  about  Yi,  mile  from  the  Northern  part  of  Sharp's 
Island,  East  side  of  Chesapeake  Bay,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at 
this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Light. 

Remarks. 

In  order  to  avoid  Sharp's  Island  Flats,  large  vessels,  bound  up 
or  down  the  Bay,  should  give  the  Lighthouse  a  berth  of  at  least  2 
miles  to  the  Eastward. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Sharp's  Island  Lighthouse. 

Red  Buoy  off  the  Western   part  of  Sharp's  Island         Distance. 

Flats,  SW 2J^  "^1^«- 

Red  Buoy  off  the  Western  part  Poplar  Island  Flats, 

N.byW ^ 

Thomas' Point  Lighthouse,  N.  ^<  W ^^Y      " 

Black  Buoy  off  Holland  Point,  NW.  >^  N.     ...      ^yi     " 


ii 


272  ELDKIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Thomas'  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  outer  end  of  tlio  Shoal,  iiialviii<,'  olF  from  Thomas' 
Point,  West  side  of  Clicsapeake  IJay,  is  ;i  Li<ri,tlioiisc,  whii'ii  at 
tiiis  date  (1882),  shows  a  Revolving  Red  Light.  Attaehed  to  this 
Lighthouse  is  a  Bell,  which  is  struck,  in  thick  weather,  3  strokes 
iu  quick  succession,  at  an  interval  of  30  secouda. 

Meinarks, 

Thomas'  Point  Lighthoiise  may  lie  approached  close  to  l)y  vessels 
bound  up  or  down  the  Bay  on  a  bearing  from  NW.  to  SW. 

Anchorage  under  Thomas'  Point. 

V/ith  winds  from  SW.  to  NE.  by  way  of  North,  tlicre  is  good 
anchorage  in  from  2'^  to  3 14:  fathoms  water,  at  the  mouth  of  South 
River,  under  Thomas'  Point.  Vessels  of  18  feet  draught  should 
anchor  in  about  Z%  fathoms,  with  the  Lighthouse  bearing  about 
FI.NE.,  distant  1]^  miles;  small  vessels  may  go  farther  up  and 
anchor  in  2'^  fathoms,  with  the  Old  Tower  on  the  end  of  the  Point 
bearing  NE.  by  E.,  distant  \]i  miles. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Thomas'  Point  Lighthouse. 

Dititaiict!, 

Greenbury  Point  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W 

Sandy  Point  Lighthouse,  N.  by  E.  jj  E 7> 

Red   Buoy  off  West   side   of  PcjpUir  Island   FlaVs, 

South 814     " 

Black  Buoy  off  Horse  Shoe  Point  Shoal,  S-SW.  .     .       1  " 

Black  Buoy  off  Tally's  Point  Shoal,  N.  yi  E.       .     .       2  " 

Greenbury  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Greenbury  Point,  North  side  of  entrance  to  Annapolis 
Harbor,  West  side  of  Chesapeake  Bay,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at 
this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Large  vessels,  bound 
up  or  down  the  Bay,  should  leave  this  Lighthouse  at  least  2i^  miles 
to  the  Westward. 

Sandy  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Sandy  Point,  West  side  of  Chesapeake  Bay,  is  a  Light- 
house, wliich  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Light,  varied  by 
White  Flashes.  At  this  time  a  Bell  is  placed  near  this  Light- 
bouse,  wliich  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  10  seconds. 


1  ]^  m"iles. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


273 


Remarhs. 

Shoal  water  makes  off  from  this  Point  about  J<(  mile.  Large  or 
heavy  draught  vessels,  at  night,  bound  u\^  or  down  llie  Bay,  should 
leave  this  Liglitliouse  at  least  a  mile  to  the  Westward.  The  Kas!- 
ern  part  of  tliis  Slioal  is  marked  with  a  Black  Buoy  ;  Sandy  Point, 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  NW-  by  W-  %  W.,  distance 
J^  mile.     Small  vessels  should  not  pass  within  this  Buoy. 


iy%  miles. 

8/3     " 

3 

3/     " 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Sandy  Point  Lighthouse. 

Di8taiica, 

Thomas'  Point  Lighthouse,  S-  by  W-  J4  W.       •     • 

Love  Point  Lighthouse,  E.  l)y  N.  ^  N 

Seven  Foot  Knoll  Lighthouse,  North 

Black  Buoy  ctf  Tally's  Point,  S.  by  W.  ^  W-  •  . 
Blick  Buoy  off  Ilackctt's  Point,  S.  by  W-  Y-  W.  . 
Black  Buoy  off  Sandy  Point  Shoal,  SE.  by  E.  ]i  E. 

Seven  Foot  Knoll  Lighthouse. 

Upon  a  Shoal  si)ot  at  the  entrance  of  the  Patapsco  River,  called 
Seven  Foot  Knoll,  between  the  Craigliill,  Main,  and  Swash  Chan- 
nels is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Red 
Liglit ;  at  this  time  a  liell  is  attaclud  to  this  Lighthouse,  which  in 
thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  12  seconds. 

Reniarlf*. 

About  400  yards  to  the  Weslwanl  of  the  Lighthouse  on  Seven 
Foot  Knoll,  there  is  a  channel  of  13  feet  water  at  low  tide  ;  this  is 
called  Swash  Channel. 

Craiffhill  ChnmiH  Lighthouses. 

Craighill  ChanTi       r.oar)  Lighthouse. 

Near  the  Southwestern  part  oi  •  ;rl's  Island,  in  about  2  feet 
water,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  Lis,  •  ,tj  (1882),  shows  a  fixed 
White  Liglit. 

Craighill  Channel  (Front)  Lighthouse. 

In  Chesapcike  liay,  near  the  mouth  of  tie  Patapsco  River,  in 
about  15  feet  water  at  low  tide,  i<  a  Lighihotise,  which  at  this  date 
(1882),  shows  two  fixed  Wliite  Lights;  at  this  time  a  Bell  is  at- 
tached to  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at 
alternate  intervals  of  3  seconds  and  30  seconds. 


.:i 


274 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Remarks. 

Craigliill  Clianncl  Liglithousos  are  2]^  miles  apart ;  when  a  ves- 
sel is  in  this  ehaimel,  going  up  or  clown,  these  two  Lights  in  range 
bearing  nearly  N.  /if  E.,  will  show  one  directl}'  over  tlie  other. 

Fort  Carroll  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Fort  Carroll,  Northern  side  of  the  ehannel  loading  up  the 
Patiipsco  River  to  Baltimore,  is  a  Lighthouse,  whitli  at  this  date 
(1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light ;  attached  to  this  Liglithousc  is 
a  Bell,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  10  seconds. 

Hawkins'  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Shoal,  near  Hawkins'  Point,  South  side  of  Main  Chan- 
nel is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed 
White  Light. 

Leading  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Leading  Point,  South  side  of  Main  Channel,  is  a  Light- 
house, which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Memarks. 

The  Lights  on  Hawkins'  and  Leading  Points  are  intended  as 
Range  Lights  for  the  Brewerton  Channel ;  when  a  vessel  is  in.  this 
channel,  going  up  or  down,  these  Lights  bearing  nearlj-  NW.  by 
W-  ^  W.  will  be  seen  in  line  one  above  the  other. 

Lazaretto  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  North  side  of  Baltimore  Harbor,  opposite  Fort 
McHcnr}',  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a 
fixed  Rec"  Light ;  at  this  time  a  Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse, 
which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  10  seconds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  approaching  and  entering 
Chesapeake  Bay  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northeastward,  bound  into  the  Chesapeake  Bay, 
may  leave  the  Light-ship  o.^  Winter  Quarter  Shoal  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  S-  6")  miles, 
which  will  bring  them  up  with  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  Cape 
Charles  ;  on  this  last  course  Chincoteague  and  Hog  Island  Shoals 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


275 


will  be  k'fL  wiill  to  tho  Xorthwcatward ;  heavy  (lr:ui:,^ht  vess»-l3 
should,  however,  keep  ;i  sharp  lookout  for  Smilh's  Island  Shoal 
(bei'ure  described)  ;  when  the  "\Vhistlin;f  Bnoy  (whieli  bears  SE. 
61^3  miles  from  Capo  Charles  Lighthouse)  is  made,  hvive  it  close 
to  on  either  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  W-  by  S-  1 2  S.,  car- 
rying not  less  than  4  fathoms  water,  and  leaving  the  Red  lUioy  off 
tho  Southeast  part  of  Horse  Shoe  Shoal  well  to  the  Northward  ; 
continue  the  course  W-  by  S-  ji  8-  until  Cape  Henry  Lighthouse 
bears  South ;  you  arc  then  in  tho  Main  Channel  which  leads  up 
the  Bay. 

From  the  Southeastward,  when  Cape  Henry  Lighthouse  bears 
NW.,  lun  for  it  on  this  course,  and  haul  round  the  Ca|)e  at  a  dis- 
tance of  about  a  mile  from  it,  as  there  are  no  dangers  l3ing  neurit, 
except  the  Shoal  'Water  which  extends  about  ^^   mile  ''• .  "i  shore. 

At  Night,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  at  night,  from  the  Northeastward,  may  leave  tiie  Light- 
ship off  Winter  Quarter  Shoal  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
make  good  tho  course  SW.  by  S-,  leaving  Chincotoaguo  Shoals, 
Hog  Island  Shoals,  and  Cape  Charles  Shoals  well  to  the  Nortiiwest- 
ward,  and  carrying  from  8  to  I'i  fathoms  water ;  wlienCape  Henry 
Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  SW.  by  W.  %  W-,  and  run  for 
it  on  this  course  until  the  water  deepens  12  fathoms  ;  Capo  Henry 
Light  will  then  be  distant  about  2  3^  miles  ;  you  may  then  haid  up 
NW.  by  W-  yi  W.,  which  .  course  will  lead  into  tho  Main 
Channel . 

At  night,  in  order  to  avoid  Shark  Shoal,  and  Smilh's  Island 
Shoal  (before  described),  large  or  heavy  draught  vessels,  when 
past  Hog  Island  Light,  should  not  approach  the  coast  in  loss  than 
9  fathoms  water,  until  Capo  Henry  Light  bears  SW.  by  W.  ^2  W., 
when  the  directions  arc  as  before  given  ;  at  night,  large  or  heavy 
draught  vessels  from  tho  Southeastward  should  not  approach  Cape 
Henry  in  less  than  G  fathoms  water. 

In  thick  weather,  with  favorable  winds. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  18  feet  draught,  from  th,;  Northeast- 
ward, when  past  Ilog  Island  Lighthouse,  may  track  the  sliore  to 
the  Southwcstward,  keeping  in  not  less  tlr.in  G  fa'hoius  water, 
until  I'p  with  tho  Whistling  Buoy  off  Cape  Charles;  this  Buoy, 
which  lies   in   C   fathoms   water,  bears   SE.    from  Cape   Charkis 


ii  i  ill 


'  «> 


276 


KLDIilDGK'S  COAST  TILOT. 


Lighthouse,  distanoo  C'^  miles ;  when  this  'Riloy  is  made,  leave  it 
close  to  oil  cither  hand,  and  make  good  tlie  course  SW.  hy  W. 
for  Cape  Henry  Liglitlioiise,  distant  i'\  miles;  wiion  tlie  water 
deepens  to  12  fathoms.  Cape  Henry  Ligiitliouse  will  he  distant  ahoiit 
2^:^  miles,  and  you  may  listen  for  the  FogSigiuilatthe  Lighthouse  ; 
when  this  signal  is  heard,  steer  more  Westerly,  and  enter  the  Mpiu 
Channel. 

In  tiiick  weather,  vessels  from  the  Southeastward  may  track  the 
shore  to  the  Northward,  keeping  in  not  less  than  6  fathoms  water, 
until  the  Fog  Signal  at  Cai)c  Henry  Lighthouse;  is  heard. 

Beating  in  to  Chesapeake  Bay. 

By  inspecting  Eldridge's  Chart  of  Chesapeake  I5:iy,  on  a  large 
scale,  a  better  knowledge  can  be  obtained  of  tlie  depth  of  water, 
and  also  the  dangers,  tluui  b}'  any  written  directions. 

Setting  of  the  Current  into  Chesapeake  Bay. 

It  is  high  water  at  Cape  Ilenr}-  3h.  30in.  before  it  is  at  Boston. 
In  moderate  weather,  in  the  channel  to  the  Northward  of  theCapis 
the  current  comnunees  to  run  out  a  little  aftv'r  h.;h  water  on  the 
shore,  and  conjinencos  to  run  in  a  short  time  after  low  water. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Cape  Henry  Lighthouse  to 
Baltimore  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  Cape  Henry  Lighthouse  to  Baltimore,  by  Ship  Channel, 
the  distance  is  al)out  1  ;>  1  miles  ;  vessels,  therefore,  l)ound  to  this 
last-mentioned  place,  will  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  ap- 
proaching and  entering  the  Chesapeake  lu  daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather,  until  Cape  IIe;iry  Lighthouse  bears  SE. 
by  S.  1-2  S.  ;  then  make  good  the  cours'i  NW.  by  N.  }2  N.  imtil 
Back  Kivi'r  Lighthoiiso  bears  W  SW.,  and  the  Red  Buoy  off 
Northwest  part  of  Middle  Ground,  East;  then,  in  about  Gy^ 
fathoms  water,  make  good  the  coiu'-eN-  '3  E.  4.5  ni'iles,  which  Av^ill 
bring  them  up  with  Smith's  Point  Lighthouse,  South  side  of 
entrance  to  the  Potomac  River;  on  this  last  course,  York  Spit 
Ligiitliouse,  Black  Buoy  off  Eastern  part  of  New  Point  Shoal, 
Lighthouse  on  "W^olf  Trap  Shoal,  and  Ligiitliouse  on  Rappahannock 
Spit,  North  side  of  entrance  to  Rappahannock  River,  will  all  be 
left  jvell  to  the  Westward. 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST   l'IL()T. 


277 


Leave  Smitli'.s  Point  Lightlioiisc  about  1  niilo  to  Iho  Wi'slwurd, 
and  uiuko  g(juil  the  coiirso  N.  Ii.v  W-  ,'/  W.  •'>-*  inili';^,  uliicli  will 
bring  lliciii  up  with  tiii;  IJlack  lliioy  o:!'  II  illuul  Toiut  ;  o.i  this  l;i>.t 
course,  Point  Lookout  Lijihthoust',  Hlack  Huoy  oil"  I'oiul  No  Point, 
and  Cove  Point  Liglitiiousc  will  all  1)1!  h'I't  well  to  the  Wislwaid; 
tli(!  Red  I5uoys  olf  Kedge's  Strait  MitMlo  Ground,  and  the  Red 
Buoy  oir  the  Westeru  part  of  Siiari)'s  Island  Flats,  well  to  the 
Eastward  ;  leave  the  Black  Buoy  olf  lloUaud  Point  (whie!i  bears 
NW.  J4^  N.  f^>3  miles  I'nmi  Sliarp's  Island  LightliOL..  ,:),  ai)oul.  1 
mile  to  the  Westward,  and  make  good  the  course  N.  by  E-  li  E  , 
leaving  the  Black  Buoy  olF  Horse  Shoo  Point,  the  Lighth^inc  otl' 
Thomas'  Point  Shoal,  the  Black  Buoy  oil'  llnckcll's  P(jint,  and  the 
Black  Buoy  oil"  San<ly  Point  l>ighlhonse  all  will  to  the  W(.'stward  ; 
the  Red  Buoy  olf  Poplar  Island,  and  the  Red  Buoy  o;l'  Kfut  Point, 
well  to  the  Eastward. 

When  abrea-t  Sandy  Point  Lighthouse,  if  the Wii.d  is  favorable, 
it  is  advisalile  to  pass  through  the  Craighill  Chamiel ;  liiis  Channel, 
which  leads  into  the  Brewerlon  Channel,  is  al)out  il(  miles  in 
length,  and  has  been  deepened  to  such  an  extent  that,  sit  this  date 
(18.S2),  there  is  lut  less  than  20  feet  water  in  it  at  low  tide  ;  the 
width  is  sii^h  that  sailing  vessels  can  on'y  pass  tlirongh  it  with 
favorable  winds  ;  at  tiiis  time  this  Channel  is  marked  with  11  Red 
Buoys,  -which  lie  in  line  nearly  North  and  Sonlli,  and  are  all  left 
close  to  on  the  Starlioard  hand  by  vessels  entering  the  Patapsco 
River  bound  to  Ballimore. 

In  order  to  mark  tiiis  Channel  at  night,  2  Lighthouses  have  been 
built,  which  show  fixed  White  Lighls  ;  these  Lights,  when  in  range, 
lead  up  and  down  this  Channel,  and  bear  abou.:  N.  ,'4  E.  ;  the 
front  or  low  Lighthouse  is  painted  Brown,  and  is  suinioiintod  by 
the  keeper's  dwelling,  which  is  painted  White  and  Lantern  Red ; 
the  rear  or  high  Lighthonsi!  is  an  open  frame  Pyramid  of  four 
sides,  the  lower  porlioti  Ix^ing  painted  Straw  Color  and  the  upper 
part  Brown ;  these  Lighthouses  should  both  be  distinctly  visible  at 
the  South  entrance  of  the  Channel  in  ordinary  states  of  the  atmos- 
phere. 

Brewerton  ChanneL 

This  Channel,  which  leads  up  the  Patapsco  River  to  Baltimore, 
is  about  .51^  miles  in  length,  and  has  been  deepened  to  such  an  ex- 
tent that  it  is  now  available  for  large  vessels  at  low  tide  ;  at  this 
date  (1882),  this  Channel  is  marked  with  11  Red  Buoys,  which  lie 


: 


ii 


i     i 


•'■ .; 


^If 


It 


III)' 


III 


273 


KLDKIDOK'S   COAST  J'lLOT. 


ill  lino  uoaily  NW.  l)}'  W.  J4  W.  and  SE.  by  E.  }i  E.,  mul  iiro  ull 
It'll  I'loso  to  on  tilt!  Starhoard  hand  by  vessels  hound  to  Ualiiiiiore. 

In  order  to  mark  this  Channel  at  night,  2  Lighthouses  have  been 
built,  one  on  Hawkins*  Tolnt,  the  other  on  Leading  Point ;  these 
Lightiiouscs  are  al)out  1  mile  apart,  and  at  this  time  show  fixed 
White  Lights,  and  when  in  range  lead  up  and  down  this  Chuunel, 
on  a  bearing  of  NW.  by  W.  ^4  W. 

Jil/  the  Ctuiiffhill  Channel, 

Prom  Sandy  Point  Lighthouse  to  Baltimore. 

Leave  the  lilaek  IJuoy  ofl'Saiuly  Point  Lighthouse  about  J^  mile 
to  the  Westward,  and  make  good  the  course  N.  ?^  W.,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Craighill  Channel  Lighthouses ;  as  soon  as 
these  arc  made  bring  them  in  range,  and  run  for  them  in  range, 
bearing  about  N.  ]i  E.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  iiand ;  when  the  Lighthouses  on  Hawkins'  and  Leading 
Points  are  in  range,  bearing  about  NW.  by  W.  l^  W.,  and  the 
Lighthouse  on  Seven  Foot  Knoll  bears  SW.  by  W.,  then  run  in, 
leaving  the  Red  Buoys  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  wlien  Fort 
Carroll  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  by  N.,  haul  up  about  NW  ,  pass- 
ing about  midway  between  the  Black  Buoy  off  Hawkins'  Point  and 
the  Red  Buoy  oU"  Fort  Carroll  Liglithouse ;  when  past  tliis  last- 
named  Buoy,  steer  N.  by  W.  >^  W.  about  1  mile,  or  until  tlie 
Lighthouse  on  Lazaretto  Point  bears  NW-  Yz  N.,  then  run  about 
NW.,  keeping  the  last-named  Light-house  on  the  Starl)oar(l  bojv, 
and  pass  into  the  Harbor,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  on  the  Starboard, 
and  the  Black  on  the  Port  hand. 

By  Ship  Channel.  ■ 

When  abreast  the  P.lack  Buoy  off  Sandy  Point  Lighthouse  steer 
about  N.  by  E-  }i  E-,  leaving  the  lilack  Buoys  off  Belvidere 
Shoal  and  Nine  Foot  Knoll  well  to  the  Westward  ;  when  the  Lio-ht- 
house  on  Seven  Foot  Knoll  bears  W.  |4  N.  haul  up  NW-  by  W- 
%  W;  leaving  the  Red  Baoys  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Swash  Channel. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  10  or  11  feet  draught  may  follow  the 
directions  before  given  until  Seven  Foot  Knoll  Lighthouse  beais 
NW.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  haul  round  it  at  a  dis- 


I. 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


279 


tiinco  of  400  ynnls,  loftvinp:  It  on  tlio  Rtnrbonrd  Imnd,  nnd  ft  Blftck 
Hiioy  wliicli  lies  ahoiil  NW.  Vj  "iil<'  li'om  this  IJ^'litlioiisf  on  tlic 
Tort  Imnd  ;  when  itast  this  llno\-  follow  tlio  tlintcUonslu'fDrn  yivi-n. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Craighill  and  Brewerton 
Channels  at  Night-time,  with  favorable  wir 's 
and  fair  weather. 

Follow  the  (1iroction3  before  given  until  abreast  Sandy  Point  Light, 
which  leave  about  1  niilo  to  the  Westward,  and  when  abreast  this 
Light  steer  fibout  N.  J^j  W.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  tho 
Craighill  Channel  Liglits  (before  described)  ;  us  soon  as  these  are 
made  bring  them  in  range,  or  so  that  one  Light  shows  directly  above 
the  other,  and  run  for  Iheni  in  range,  bearing  N.  H  E. ;  continue 
tho  course  until  tho  Brewerton  Channel  Liglits  are  in  range,  or 
show  one  directly  above  tho  other,  then  run  for  these  last-named 
Lights,  course  about  NW.  by  W-  H  W.,  until  Fort  Carroll  Light 
(which  is  on  tho  North  side  of  the  Kiver)  bears  NW.  by  N.,  then 
steer  more  Northerly,  passing  about  midway  between  tho  last- 
named  Light  and  tho  one  on  Hawkins'  Point ;  when  on  a  line 
with  tliese  Lights,  make  good  tho  course  N.  by  W.  until  tho  Gxcd 
Red  Light  on  Lazaretto  I'oint  bears  NW.  J-^  N. ;  then  run  for  it, 
and  when  about  midway  between  Fort  Carroll  and  Lazaretto  Point 
Light,  haul  over  and  anchor  in  about  4  fathoms  water  on  the  North 
Bide  of  tho  river,  and  wait  for  daylight  before  entering  the  harbor. 

Utah   Water. 

rt  \r.  hiir';  water  in  liallimoro  Harbor,  in  moderate  weather,  about 
7h.  10m.  after  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1 J^  feet. 


JRemarks. 
To  enter  Chesapeake  Bay  by  the  North  Channel. 

This  Channel,  which  leads  into  the  Chesapeake,  lies  to  the 
Northward  of  the  Jliddlc  Ground,  Nautilus  Shoal,  and  to  the 
Eastward  of  the  Lmer  Middle  Ground  ;  at  this  date  (1882),  there 
are  no  Buoys  to  mark  the  dangers, and  the  cunent  of  Ebl)  sets  strong 
across  the  Shoals  in  many  places  ;  it  is,  therefore,  advisable  for 
strangers  not  to  attempt  this  Channel,  unless  tlu-y  have  a  favoral)le 
and  commanding  breeze ;  this  Channel  to  the  Northward  of  the 
Middle  Ground,   however,   is    sometimes    of   great    importance, 


280 


F.i.nninr.ES  r;).\sT  itlot. 


I;  t 


ti  I 


ospccinlly  to  li^rlit  vessels  hound   into  llic  Cliosniu'iikc,  when  it,  U 
iin|MmMilili'  to  got  to  tlio  Soutliwuid  (iCtlui  Mid-lli!  (iroiiml. 

Sailing  Directions  for  entering  the  Chosapoakj 
Bay  by  the  North  Channel  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  inoio  tlian  10  or  11  fed  dniiij^iit,  may  bring  C'npc 
Charles  Lij^hlhouso  to  hcnr  North,  and  niii  for  it  on  this  eoursu 
inilil  the  water  shoals  lu  .T  fathoms ;  tiie  Li.;lithouso  will  tli"ii  ho 
distunt  .T4  miles  ;  then  inako  g.unl  t!u!  eourse  West,  carrvinLf  '2' j 
fathoms  wiilvr  aeross  the  Flat  C round,  and  leaving  the  ISaiuilns 
Shoal,  which  lias  ;i  feot  water  ni)on  it,  well  on  tlr?  Port  hand  ;  ai 
you  Hail  ill  you  will  see  to  the  Northwestward  2  Small  Inlands, 
the  first  is  called  the  Isaacs,  the  mxt  or  Xortliwcslern,  I'Mshernian's 
Island  ;  coiitinuo  the  courso  West,  carrying  from  4  to  G  fathoms 
water,  until  the  Northwest  end  of  Fisherman's  Island  hears  N.  jj 
E.,  then  steer  N.  ?4  W.,  leaving  the  Inner  JlicMlc  drouiul,  which 
is  nearly  dry  at  low  tide,  on  the  J'ort,  and  Fisherman's  Island 
and  Cape  Charles,  the  former  not  more  than  '/^  mile  on  the  Star- 
hoard  hand;  eontinnc  the  course  N.  ?4  W.,  until  aliout  -I  mil(!S 
l)ast  the  last-nanud  Is. and,  or  you  are  to  the  Northward  of  the 
Inner  IMiddle  (iround;  then  steer  about  NW.,  and  proceed  up 
the  Ihiy  as  before  directed. 

Directions  to  pass  to  the  Southward  of  the  Inner 
Middle  Ground. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  10  feet  draught,  may  bring  Capo  Charles 
Lighthouse  to  boar  North,  an<l  run  for  it  on  this  course  until 
the  water  shoals  to  3  fathoms ;  then  make;  good  the  course 
■\\\'st,  carrying  about  2,'<  fathoms  across  the  Flat  Ground,  and 
leaving  the  Nautilus  Shoal,  which  has  !)  feet  water  upon  it,  well  on 
the  Port,  and  the  Isaacs,  Fisherman's  Inland,  and  Inner  IMiddlo 
Ground  well  on  the  Starboard  liaud ;  continue  the  course  West, 
crossing  the  Outer  Jliddle  Ground  i:i  from  M  to  IS  feet  water; 
when  past  this  shoal,  run  up  the  Ihiy  as  before  directed. 

Anchorage  to  the  Northward  of  Cape   Charles. 

"With  winds  from  N-NE.  to  SE-  by  way  of  East,  vessels  may 
find  good  anchorage  in  about  4  fathoms  water,  between  the  Inner 
Middle  Ground  and  shore  about  2  miles  to  the  Northward  of  Cape 
Charles 


'\     ■  I: 


i;i,ii'.;i:>(ii'.'s  coas'I'  I'II.miv 


281 


',  ulicii  it,  is 
ikI. 

osapoakv) 
no,   with 

bring  C'npc 
tliJH  coiirso 

iVill  tli'MI    l)C 

irrviii!^  '2}/j 
lie  Xiiutiliis 
t  hniul ;  as 
;ill  I^l.'iiids, 
I'lslicrman's 
»  G  fatiiotnH 
H'ars  N.  14 
uiuul,  which 
lan's  Ishiiid 
)ii  th(!  Star- 
>ut  -I  niil(!9 
vanl  of  the 
proi-eccl   up 

he  Inner 

ape  Charles 
:'oiirsc  until 
tiic  course 
round,  and 
1  it,  well  on 
ncr  Jllddlo 
)nrso  West, 
feet  water ; 

Charles. 

cssels  may 
1  the  Inner 
ird  of  Cape 


Sailing  Directions  for  Capo  Charles  Anchorage  in 
Daytime,  witli  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  tliiui  ID  <>r  I  1  feel,  drnii'ilit,  nmy  lirin;;  C^pe 
Charles  l-i^'htliouse  to  bear  North,  anil  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
until  the  water  slioals  to  3  fathoms;  the  Lighthouse  will  then  he 
distant  aj^'  niileH;  then  make  pood  the  course  West,  rarryin;,'  21^. 
fatlioms  water  across  the  I'Mat  (Jround,  and  leaviii;;  tlio  Nautilus 
Siionl,  which  has  9  feet  water  upon  it,  well  on  tin?  I'ort  liand  ;  as 
you  sail  in  you  will  sec  to  the  Northwestward  2  Small  Islands,  the 
first  is  called  the  Fsaacs,  the  next  or  Northwestern,  iMsherman's 
Island;  continue  the  course  West,  carrying,'  from  i  to  0  fathoms 
water,  until  the  Northwest  end  of  Fisherman's  Island  bears  N.  % 
E-,  llien  steer  N.  ^4  W-,  leaving  the  Inner  iMi(Klle  (I round,  which 
in  s(jmi!  places  is  nearly  dry  at  low  tide,  on  the  Port,  and  Kislier- 
man's  Island  and  Cape  Charles  (the  former  not  more  than  ;<3 
mile)  on  the  Starboard  iiand  ;  continue  the  course  N.  ;'(  W.,  imlil 
about  2  miles  past  Fisherman's  Island,  then  anchor  from  three- 
fourths  to  1  mile  from  shore  in  about  4  fathoms  water. 

Vessels  coming  down  liie  I5ay,  may  bring  York  Spit  Lighthouse 
to  bear  W.  by  N.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  steer  E.  by  S., 
leaving  the  Inner  Middle  CI  round  well  to  the  Southward  ;  continue 
the  course  E-  by  S.,  until  about  1  Jj  miles  from  shore,  then  haul  to 
the  Soutliward,  and  anchor  in  about  l  fathoms  water;  this  anehor- 
a'^e  i3  about  1J<$  miles  to  the  Northward  of  Cajje  Charles. 


MAGOTHY  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  liay,  which  is  nearly  2  miles  wide,  lies  Ite- 
tween  Fislierman's  Island  and  the  Isaacs  on  the  Southwest,  and 
Smith's  Island  on  the  Northeast. 

Jieninrlcs. 

At  this  date  (1S82),  about  G  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried 
into  this  Bay  ;  the  cliannel,  which  leads  in  dose  to  the  Southwos', 
end  of  Smith's  Island,  is  narrow  .-vud  at  tiiis  time  is  not  marke<l 
with  Buoys ;  there  arc  extensive  Flats  both  at  the  entrance  and 
within  this  Bay,  and  it  may  properly  be  culled  a  Shoal  Water  place. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Magothy  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  6  or  7  feet  draught,  from  the  Northeast- 
ward, may  at  about  ^4  Ao^*^  leave  Cape  Charles  Lighthouse  about 


i:     ! 


J 


282 


ELDRinr.F/S  COAST  PILOT. 


J^  milo  to  Iho  NortlnvcMlwiinl,  niul  fullow  t!io  sliorc  to  tlio  Soiith- 
woMtwiinl,  kot'pin^'  in  not  Ic^s  llinii  i'  fjitlioiiH  wntor;  wlu'ii  the 
Soiitliwcst  jioiiit  (.rSmiili'f*  Isliiiid  litars  NW.  li.v  W.,  nm  for  it 
and  liniil  loiiiid  it  at  ii  dlHfimoi'  o("  ll^t  vivrds.  and  iinclinr  in  Uw 
iiiirrow  cliiuin*'!  in  fnmi  ;t  to  '>  riillioius  water,  tiin  end  ol"  tiio  point 
Id'arinj,'  S.  '"}'  W.  abont  'j  niiif. 

From  C'iic'saiu'alit'  liny  ortlic  SoutlicaHlward,  bring  Capi'  Cliarlfs 
Lil^iitlionsc  to 'icjir  N.  I'v  E.,  :ind  rnn  (or  it  until  tlic  Sontliwcst 
point  of  Sinitli's  Island  bears  NW.  by  Wm  tlien  follow  tlic  direc- 
tioHH  Inifore  <j;ivi'n. 

Tlio  Channel,  leading  into  Magothy  Hay,  is  liable  to  sudden 
changes,  both  in  depth  and  location  ;  it  is,  therefore,  advisable  for 
strangers  io  proeeed  with  caution. 

JUgh    Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Magothy  Hay  3h.  3m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  3  feet. 


LYNN  HAVEN  ROADS. 

These  Roads  lie  nearly  West,  3  miles  from  Cape  Henry  Light- 
hou.se,  aii(l  Kast-Southerly  \2  miles  from  Old  Point  Comfort  Light- 
house. 

lleiuarkH. 

Lynn  Haven  Roads  afford  shelter  with  winds  from  SE.  to  W- 
by  S.  by  way  of  Sontli,  and  there  are  no  dangers  in  entering  tluni 
night  or  day  ;  in  wir-  'r  it  is  advisable  to  have  a  strict  watcli.  that 
the  place  may  be  loff.  <.n  the  first  indication  of  a  Nortlierly  wind. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Lynn  Haven  Roads. 

Vessels  from  Seaward,  bound  to  Lyim  Haven  Roads,  may  fol- 
low the  directions  before  given  for  approaching  and  entering  Ches- 
apeake Bay,  until  al)reast  Capo  Henry  Liglithouse  ;  then  haul  in 
and  anchor  about  IJ3  miles  from  shore  in  from  4  J^  to  5  fathoms 
water  good  holding  ground ;  Cape  Henry  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  anchorage  E.  by  S.,  distance  3  miles;  small  vessels  may  go 
farther  in  and  anchor  with  the  Lighthouse  bearing  East  in  about  \ 
fatiioms  water. 

Beating  in  to  Lynn  Haven  Roads. 

In  beating  in  to  these  Roads,  when  to  tiie  Southward  of  the  Tail 
of  the  Horse  Shoe  (before  described),  there  are.  no  dangers  except 


1 


^ir 


jf 


ttio  Soiilh- 
r ;  wlu'M  the 
.,  run  for  it 
clior  in  tlio 
>r  tiiu  point 

-'npo  CImrloa 
•  Sontliwcst 
(V  tlic  dirc'c- 

:>  to  snddon 
(Ivisablo  for 


3m.  before 


lenry  Liglit- 
mfor.t  Lijiiit- 


SE.  to  W. 

nterinjj;  tin  in 
t  watrli.  tiiiit 
erly  wind. 

iloads. 

ads,  may  fol- 
itcring  Clies- 
thcn  haul  in 
to  !)  fathoms 
5  bears  from 
jgels  may  go 
st  in  about  4 

S. 

d  of  the  Tail 
mgers  except 


KI.niMDOF-rS  rOAHT  ril.oT. 


L>83 


(  rump's  Iliink  ;  this  (hingcr,  wliicii  has  nn  liUle  ns  Ifi  feci,  water 
nimii  it,  lifs  I  '4  miles  from  Hliorc,  and  well  to  llu!  Wt'stward  of  tlic 
Konds;  'I'liimMe  Slioal  Liglit  bears  from  the  centre  of  tliis  Kaniv 
NW.  by  N.,  distance  4J^  miles;  the  al)ove  directions  will  answer 
lor  night  or  day, 

Jlif/fi   Water. 
It  is  hi;,'h  water  in  Lynn  Haven  Roads  Hli.  3Cm.  before  it  la  nt 
lloston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  3  fett. 


HAMPTON  ROADS. 

TIk'^i  Roads  lie  West- Northerly  about  10'^  miles  from  Cape 
Iliuuy  Li}i!hlhouse,  and  about  3  miles  .Soulliweslcrly  from  Old  Point 
Comfort  Lighthouse. 

Thimble  Shoal  Lighthouse. 

Upon  a  small  Shoal,  on  tin;  South  side  of  IlorscrShoo  Shoal,  and 
Norlli  side  of  entrance  to  Ila-nplon  Roads,  is  Tliimblo  Shoal  Light- 
house, wiiieh  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Light  varied  by 
Red  and  White  Flashes  ;  at  this  time  there  are  2  r.clls  attaolicd  to 
this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather  arc  botli  struck  at  the  same 
time,  at  intervals  of  5  seconds;  one  IJcll  is  on  tlio  North,  and  the 
other  on  the  South  side  of  this  Lighthouse. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Thimblo  Shoal  Lighthoiiea. 

D'jbincc. 

Capo  irenry  Lighthouse,  SE.  I>y  E.  54  E.      ...  12;^  miles. 

Back  River  Lighthouse,  N-  by  W.  >^  W iyi  " 

York  Spit  Lighthouse,  North llj^  " 

Old  Point  Comfort  Liglithouse,  W.  by  S 3_Ji(  " 

Entrance  Buoy  to  the  Northeast  of  Capo  Henry  Light- 
house, E.  by  S.  J^  S \3j4  " 

Black  Buoy  off  the  Tail  of  the  Horse  Shoe,  E.  by  S. 

HS 6/a  " 

Black  Buoy  off  Eastern  part  Horse  Shoe,  E.  J4  S.    .  3 1^  " 

Black  Buoy  off  North  side  Willoughby's  Bank,  SW.  1  " 

Rip  Raps  or  Fort  Wool,  SW.  by  W.  U  W.  ...  3»4  " 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  13  feet  draught,  from  Chesapeake  Bay 
bound  to  Hampton  Roads  or  Norfolk,  may,  when  Thimble  Shoal 
Lighthouse  bears  SW.  by  W.,  run  for  it,  leaving  it  about  %  mile 


284 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


on  the  Starboard  liand,  and  crossing  the  Horse  Shoe  Shoal  in  about 
16  feet  water. 

Old  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse. 

In  front  of  the  Fort,  upon  Old  Point  Comfort,  North  side  of 
entrance  to  Hampton  Roads,  is  a  Lighthouse,  wliich  at  this  date 
(1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Near  this  Lighthouse  is  a 
Boll,  wliich,  at  this  time,  is  struck,  in  thick  weather,  at  intervals  of 
10  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Old  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Thimble  Sho:il  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N ^H  miU'S. 

131ack  lUioy  off  North  side  of  Willoughby's  Hank, 

East 2/.     " 

Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  end  of  Hampton  Bar,  W.SW.       2y3      " 
Horizontal  Striped  Buoy  off  Eastern  part  of  Newport 

News  Middle  Ground,  SW.  ^4  W 4^      " 

Newport  News  Middle  Ground. 

This  Shoal,  which  is  very  narrow,  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the 
Roads  and  extends  about  1  mile  East  and  West.  At  this  date 
(1882),  it  is  marked  on  each  end  with  a  Horizontal  Striped  Buoy  ; 
the  least  depth  of  water  found  upon  it  at  low  tide  is  about  14  feet, 
which  is  near  its  Western  end-  Old  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse 
l)ear3  from  the  Buoy  on  the  Eastern  part  of  this  Shoal  NE.  ji  E. 
is/s  miles.  Northern  part  Sewall's  Point  E.  j4  N.  2%,  miles.  Light- 
house off  the  entrance  to  Nansemond  River  SW.  by  W.  yi  W. 
3>^  miles,  Newport  News  Point  NW.  by  W-  yi  W-  2  miles. 

MemarJcs. 

Hampton  Roads  affords  anchorage  in  frr^m  Sj^  to  10  fathoms 
water,  and  is  sheltered  from  all  winds,  except  those  from  th^ 
Northeast;  at  such  times  small  vessels  may  find  good  shelter 
under  Sewall's  Point ;  large  vessels  may  pass  a  short  distance  to 
tiie  Northward  or  Southward  of  the  Middle  (hound,  and  runup 
and  anchor  about  1  mile  to  the  Ntathwestward  of  Newport  News 
Point.  The  Shore  to  the  Westward  of  this  Point  is  bold,  and 
heavy  draught  vessels  may  approach  it  within  j/i  mile  without 
danger. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


285 


Shoal  in  about 


North  side  of 

cli  at  this  (iati< 

ightliousc  is  n 

at  intervals  (if 


t  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

3j{  mill's. 

^     2/3    " 
■t 


45, 


'8 


d. 


10  middle  of  the 
,  At  this  date 
Striped  Buoy  ; 
3  aliout  14  feet, 
'urt  Lighthouse 
loal  NE.  yj  E. 
^/i  miles,  Ligbt- 

.  l)y  w.  y2  w. 

y.  2  miles. 


to  10  fathoms 
Lhose  from  th^ 
id  good  shelter 
liort  distance  to 
nid,  and  run  up 

Newport  News 
nt  is  bold,  :iii(l 
'/3  mile  without 


Sailing  Directions  for  Hampton  Roads  in  Dajrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  seaward,  bound  to  Hampton  Roads,  may  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  approaching  and  entering  Chesapeake 
Ra}'  until  up  with  the  entrance  Buoy  ;  Cape  Henry  Lighthouse 
bears  from  it  SW.  y  W.,  distance  2^4  miles.  When  this  Buoy  is 
made,  leave  it  about  j^  nnle  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  make 
good  the  course  W-  by  N.  }4  N.,  leaving  Cape  Henry  well  on 
the  Port  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  lail  of  the  Horse  Shoe  well 
on  the  Starboard  hand.  As  you  sail  in  you  will  see  the  Lighthouse 
on  Thimble  Shoal  (before  described)  ;  bring  this  Lighthouse  to  bear 
W.NW.  and  I'un  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  y^  mile  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  in  with  Old  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse 
on  the  Starboard  bow,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Northwest 
part  of  AYilloughb3''s  Bank  well  on  the  Port  hand  and  passing  about 
midway  between  Old  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse  and  Fort  AVool  or  the 
Rip  Raps  ;  when  Old  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  make 
good  the  course  S\^.  and  anchor  to  the  Northeast  of  the  Buoy  on 
the  Eastern  part  of  INIiddlc  Ground  in  from  4  to  9  fathoms  water. 
With  indications  of  Northeast  gales,  small  or  light  draught  vessels 
may  bring  Old  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE.  y  N.  and 
make  good  the  course  SW.  y  S.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the 
Black  Buoy  which  lies  about  1  mile  to  the  Northward  of  Sowall's 
Point ;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand 
and  run  to  the  Southward,  and  anchor  close  in  under  the  last- 
named  Point,  in  from  2y  to  3  fathoms  water,  out  of  the  way  of 
steamers  bound  to  Norfolk. 

Heav^-  draught  vessels,  coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  should 
follow  the  Ship  Channel  until  Thimble  Shoal  Lighthouse  l)ears  "W". 
by  N.  '/^  N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy 
off  the  Tail  of  the  Horse  Shoe  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand ; 
when  abreast  this  last-named  Buoy,  steer  about  W-  ^  N.  and 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  l.j  feet  drauglit,  coming  down  the 
Chesapeake  Bay,  may,  when  Thimble  Shoal  Lighthouse  bears  W. 
by  S.  yi  S.,  run  for  it  on  this  course,  crossirg  the  Eastern  part  of 
the  Horse  Shoe  in  not  less  than  17  feet  water ;  leave  this  last- 
named  Lighthouse  about  y  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given. 


I 


:.! 


Ml 


286 


ELDHTDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Hampton  Roads  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  seaward  may  follow  tlic  directions  Jwfore  giv«'n 
for  approaching  and  entering  the  Chesapeake,  at  night-time,  until 
Cape  Henry  Light  bears  South,  dis'..ance  about  1^  miles  ;  t^ien,  in 
from  10  to  12  fathoms  water,  make  good  the  course  W-  by  N.  J4 
N.  When  well  past  Cape  Henry  Light,  bring  Thimble  Shoal  Light 
to  bear  W-  by  N.  Yi  N-  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  uutil  about 
1  mile  from  it;  then  gradually  haul  to  the  Westward,  leaving  it 
not  more  than  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  this 
Light,  steer  for  Old  Toiut  Comfort  Light,  bearing  W.  li  S.,  and 
leave  it  not  more  than  l^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  bring  this 
last-named  Light  to  bear  NE.  and  steer  SW-  «nlil  tl'c  water 
shoals  to  6  or  7  fathoms,  then  anchor  in  the  Roads.  Craney  Island 
Light  bears  a'jout  S.  by  2Z.  from  this  Anchorage. 

Beating  in  to  Hampton  Aoads. 

In  beating  in  to  Hampton  Roads,  at  night  or  day,  when  w  i  past 
Cape  Henry  Lighthouse,  bring  Tiiimblc  Siioal  Liglit  to  bear  from 
W.  by  N.  to  NW.  by  W.  until  about  2  miles  from  it,  thcij  use 
the  Lead  and  stand  to  the  Northward  until  you  strike  the  South 
side  of  the  Horse  Shoe  in  4  fathoms  water,  and  to  the  Southward 
until  j-ou  strike  4  fathoms  off  the  North  side  of  Willoughby's  Bank. 
When  abreast  Thimble  Shoal  Light,  k(>ep  Old  Point  Comfort  Light 
bearing  from  West  to  W.  by  S. ;  when  past  the  last-named  Light, 
keep  it  bearing  from  NE.  ]4  N.  to  NE.  by  E.  until  up  with  the 
Anchorage  in  the  Roads. 

High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  Hampton  Roads  2h.  45m.  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  2^^  feet.  Tlie  current,  in  moderate 
weather,  commences  to  sot  out  of  these  Roads  a  short  time  after 
high  water,  and  commences  to  run  in  a  short  time  after  low  water. 


NORFOLK. 


This  place,  which  is  situated  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Elizabeth 
River,  lies  about  South  9J^  miles  from  Old  Point  Comfort  Light- 
house, and  Southeasterly  about  8  miles  from  Hampton  Roads. 


*.     '   n-.j)i8ilfew 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


287 


at  Night- 
eather. 

Jwfoie  giv*'n 
ht-timc,  until 
ilos ;  t'ien,  in 
W  by  N.  yi 
Q  Slioal  Light 
so  uutil  about 
id,  leaving  it 
nicn  past  this 
V.  %  S.,  and 
d ;  bring  this 
itil  tlic  water 
[^raney  Island 


rhen  w  1  past 
.  to  boar  from 
a.  it,  thc9  use 
ike  the  South 
le  Southward 
ighby's  Bank. 
Comfort  Light 
named  Light, 
il  up  with  the 


e  it  is  at  Bos- 
t,  in  moderate 
lort  time  after 
ir  low  water. 


Craney  Island  Lighthouse. 

On  the  West  side  of  the  channel,  near  tlie  entrance  to  the  mouth 
of  the  Elizabeth  River,  is  a  Liglithoiiso,  which  at  this  date  (18H2), 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  At  this  tiiuo  a  Fog  Bell  is  attached  to 
this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  wiutiicr  is  struck  at  intervals  of  12 
seconds.  Vessels  bound  to  Norfolk  may  leave  this 
about  175  yards  on  the  Starboaid  hand. 


Lighthouse 


'  the  Elizabeth 
bmfort  Light- 
Q  Roads. 


Lambert's  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  end  of  Shoal  making  off  from  Lambert's  Point,  East 
side  of  channel  in  Elizabeth  River,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  tiiis 
date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Rod  Light;  at  this  time  a  Boll  is 
attached  to  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at 
intervals  of  10  seconds  ;  vessels  bound  to  Norfolk  may  leave  tiiis 
Lighthouse  about  2G0  3-ards  on  the  Port  hand. 

Naval  Hospital  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Naval  Hospital  Point>  West  si(?c  of  Elizabeth  River,  and 
opposite  the  city  of  Norfolk,  is  a  Liglithouse,  which  at  this  date 
(1882),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light;  vessels  bound  up  the  River  can 
pass  close  to  this  Lighthouse. 

Remarks. 

The  Channel  leading  from  Hampton  Roads  to  Norfolk  is  narrow, 
but  the  Flats  are  well  marked  with  Buoys ;  at  low  tide  about  20 
feet  water  can  be  taken  up  to  Norfolk. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Hampton  Roads  to  Nor- 
folk in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Vessels  bound  to  Norfolk  maj'  follow  the  directions  before  given 
for  Hampton  Roads  until  past  Old  Point  Comfort,  then  bring  the 
Lighthouse  on  this  Point  *,o  bear  NE.  Yz  N.,  on  which  bearing 
keep  it  and  steer  SW-  %  S-,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  to  the  North- 
ward of  Sewall's  Point  well  on  to  the  Port  hand  ;  wlicn  past  this 
Buoy,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Northeast 
end  of  Craney  Island  Flats;  wh  a  this  is  made  leave  it  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  for  Craney  Island  Lighthouse 
(bearing  about  S.  %  W.).  until  up  with  the  first  Black  Buoy, 
which  is  left  on  the  Port  band ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy  rua  in, 


Il' 


if 


288 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT 


leaving  the  Black  Riioys  on  (lie  Port,  antl  tlic  Tied  P.iio3-s  on  the 
Starboard  iiaml,  until  up  witli  Cranry  Island  I-ightlionse,  whiih 
may  ))C  left  about  1 75  yards  on  the  StaH)()ard  hand;  when  past 
this  Lighllionsc",  whicli  stands  at  tlie  entrance  of  the  River,  rnn  i.p, 
leaving  the  next  IJIaeIc  Buoy  and  Lambert's  Point  Lighthonso  about 
1 7")  yards  on  tlie  Port  hand  ;  when  past  lliis  last-named  Lighthouse, 
keep  the  Eastern  side  of  the  River  best  aboard,  leaving  the  Buoys 
as  they  are  set  to  mark  tlic  Channel  until  abreast  Fort  Norfolk, 
wiiieh  is  on  tlie  Eastern  side,  and  may  be  left  close  to  on  tlic  Port ; 
when  past  this  Fort,  steer  for  tlie  Lighthouse  on  Naval  Hospital 
Point,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  haul  over  for 
the  town. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Night-time. 

At  about  yi  Hood,  vessels  of  not  more  than  10  feet  draught  may 
follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Hampton  Koads,  until  past 
Old  Point  Comfort  Light;  then  br'ng  Craney  Island  Light  to  bear 
Soiitli,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  175  yanls  on 
the  Stiu-board  hand  ;  when  i)ast  this  Ligiil,  ruu  for  Lambert's  I'oint 
Light,  bearing  about  S-  }i  E. ;  leave  this  last-named  Light  aljout 
175  yards  on  the  Port,  and  run  up  with  Naval  IIo3[)ital  Point 
Light  a  little  on  the  Starboard  Ixnv,  and  carrying  from  4  to  6 
fathoms  water ;  wlien  past  this  last-named  Light,  which  ni.iy  be 
left  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  anchor  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms 
water. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Norfolk  2h.  2Gm.  before  it  ia  at  Boston ;  com- 
mon tides  rise  about  2^4  feet. 


I 


1    i 


w 


i 


,  1 


iil 

I;     Pi 


NAN8EMOND  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  bears  SW.  by  W.  from  Old  Point 
Comfort  Lighthouse,  distance  9  miles. 

Nansemond  Hiver  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Flats,  about  J^  mile  North  from  Pig  Point,  and  East 
side  of  the  channel  leading  into  Nansemond  River,  is  a  Lighthouse, 
which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light ;  at  this  time  a 
Bell  is  attached  to  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck 
at  intervals  of  7  seconds. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   I'lLOT. 


280 


T5iio3's  on  the 
itliotisc,  wliitli 
(1 ;  when  past 
River,  run  i.p, 
;!itlii)nso  about 
■d  Li;^Ltlio;isr, 
ing  the  r>uoj-3 
Fort  Norfolk, 
>  on  tlio  I'o!  t ; 
'aval  Hospital 
haul  over  for 

le. 

,  draught  may 
ads,  until  past 
Light  to  bear 
175  yards  on 
ambi'rt's  Point 
d  Light  at)out 
Io3[)itul  Point 
r  from  4  to  6 
whicli  m.i}'  be 
5  to  7  fathoms 


Sailing  Directions  for  Nansemond  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Follow  tJie  directions  before  given  for  Hampton  Ro:id"<,  until 
past  Old  Point  Comfort ;  then  bring  tlie  Lij^hthouse  on  this  Point  to 
bear  NE.,  and  maive  good  the  course  SWm  leaving  tlie  l>iioy 
painled  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stri[)e.^  off  the  East  end  of 
Middhs  Ground  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  this  r>uoy,  bring 
tlie  Ligiithouso  (before  described)  at  the  entrance  of  Nansemond 
River  to  bear  W-SW-,  and  run  for  it  on  tliis  course,  keeping  a 
siiarp  lookout  for  the  entrance  15uoy,  whicli  lies  olf  tlie  Fiats  in  JJ 
fathoms  water,  and  is  painted  in  lilaek  and  White  Perpendieulai 
Stripes,  and  bears  about  E.NE-  2  miles  from  the  last-incntionod 
Lighthouse  ;  when  tlie  entrance  Buo3-  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on 
eitiier  hand,  and  steer  about  W.  by  S.  1  ji  miles  t)  the  next  Buoy 
painted  in  White  and  Black  Perpendicular  Stripes,  carrying  from 
2^  to  .'5,':^  fathoms  water;  leave  this  last  Buoy  close  to  on  cither 
hand,  and  run  in,  leaving  the  Black  Buoys  and  Ligiilhoiise,  the 
lattei*  about  400  yards  on  the  Port,  and  tlie  Rod  Buoys  on  the  Star- 
board hand  ;  if  bound  up  ...e  River,  it  is  advis.ible  for  strangers  to 
take  pilots,  as  the  channel  is  very  narrow  in  many  places. 

Hiyh  Water. 

It  is  higii  water  in  Nansemond  River  2h.  liim.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  2  ^  feet. 


Boston  J  com- 


om  Old  Point 


}int,  and  East 

i  a  Lighthouse, 

at  this  time  a 

ather  is  struck 


HAMPTON  CREEK. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek  bears  NW.  by  W.  Yz  W.  from 
Old  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse,  distance  about  1^  miles. 

Remnrh's. 

Fiom  the  entrance  of  this  Ci'eck  to  the  village  of  ILampton,  the 
distance  is  about  y^  mile ;  about  6  feet  water  can  be  carried  up 
abreast  this  village  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Hampton  Creek  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  vessels  may  follo.v  the  directions  before  given  for  Hamp- 
ton Roads,  until  past  Old  Point  Comfort ;  then  at  about  ^  flood 


II 


290 


i:i.i)iai)OK'S  COAST  pilot. 


briii}^  tlic  Lijihtliousf  on  tliis  Toiiit  to  bear  NE.  by  E.  Id  E-,  and 
run  SW.  b}-  W.  Yi  W.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Ued  Buoy 
otr  the  Western  part  of  Hampton  liar ;  this  Buoy  bears  SW.  by 
W.  -%  W.  from  Old  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse,  distaneo  about 
23^  miles  ;  when  tlie  Buoy  is  made,  haul  round  it,  leaving  it  a  siiort 
distaneo  on  the  Stu;'ioard  hand,  and  steer  N.  by  E.  about  J3  mile, 
then  haul  up  NE.,  until  tlie  mouth  of  the  Creek  is  fairly  open, 
when  3  ou  may  run  in,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  near  the  entrance  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  keep  in  the  middle  to  the  village. 

Remarks. 
Anchorage  in  Hampton  Cove. 

During  Northeast  gales,  vessels  of  not  more  than  7  or  8  feet 
draught,  may  find  good  shelter  in  Hampton  Cove,  which  lies  a  short 
distance  to  the  Northwest  of  Old  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse,  and 
between  Hampton  Bar  and  the  North  shore. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Hampton  Cove  in  Daytime. 

Follow  tlie  directions  before  given  for  Hampton  Creek,  until  up 
with  the  lied  Buoy  off  the  Western  part  of  Hampton  Bar ;  then 
haul  round  this  Buoy,  leaving  it  a  short  distauce  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  steer  N-  by  E.  about  ^  mile  ;  then  haul  up  E-NE., 
passing  to  the  Northward  of  Hampton  Bar,  and  carrying  from  9  to 
12  feet  water,  and  anchor  in  about  9  feet  water  at  low  tide  ;  Old 
Point  Comfort  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  anchorage  E.  by  S.  Ja 
S.,  distance  about  1  mile. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  mouth  of  Hampton  Creek  2h.  39m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  2J^  feet. 


i  II I 


I  if 


i     !« 

i    I 


I  ;|t 


JAMES  RIVER 

From  Nc  wport  News  Point,  Northern  side  of  entrance  to  the 
.lames  River,  to  City  Point,  the  distance  is  about  55  miles  ;  from 
City  Point  to  the  city  of  Richmond  (by  way  of  Dutch  Gap  Ca'ial), 
the  distance  is  about  23  miles,  making  about  78  miles  from  New- 
port News  to  Richmond. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


291 


E.  K.  E.,  and 
r  Uif  Uc'd  Buoy 
)c'ais  SW.  by 
listauoc  about 
ivinsj  it  a  short 
about  J  J  mile, 
H  fairly  open, 
e  entrance  on 
illagc. 


an  7  or  8  feet 
icii  lies  a  short 
ighthouse,  and 

a  Daytime. 

>ppk,  until  up 
ton  Bar ;  then 
the  Starboard 
d  up  E.NEm 
ring  from  9  to 
low  tide  ;  Old 
;e  E.  by  S.  l4 


\x.  39m.  before 


ntrancc  to  the 
5  miles  ;  from 
i  Gap  Ca'ial), 
33  from  New- 


liemnrh'M, 

At  this  date  (1882),  about  It  foot  water  can  be  carried,  at  low 
tide,  from  Newport  News,  the  entrance  of  tiie  llivcr,  to  City  Point ; 
above  this  it  is  not  prudent  go  without  steam  or  a  [)ilot.     In  ruu- 


ig  this  River,  strangers  must  be  guided  entirely  by  the  Buoys. 


nin 


White  Shoal  Lighthouse. 

About  C  miles  Northwesterly  from  Newport  News  Point,  in  the 
middle  of  the  River,  upon  the  Kastern  part  of  Wiiilo  Shoal,  ir.  4 
feet  -water,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (iss-j),  shows  a 
fixed  White  Light.  Attached  to  this  Lighthouse  is  a  Bell,  which, 
in  thick  weather,  is  struck  at  intervals  of  10  seconds.  Vessels 
bound  up  the  River  may  leave  this  Lighthouse  about  y's  mile  on  the 
Starboard  hand. 

Point  of  Shoals  Lighthouse. 

In  the  River,  about  G3/^  miles  AVest-Northerly  from  White  Shoal 
Lighthouse,  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Ihc  channel,  is  a  Ligiithouse, 
which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Attached 
to  this  Lighlhouse  is  a  Bell,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at 
alternate  intervals  of  5  seconds  and  20  seconds.  Vessels  bound 
up  the  River  may  leave  this  Lighthouse  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand. 

Deep  Water  Shoals  Lighthouse. 

In  the  River,  about  5  miles  above  Point  of  Shoals  Lighthouse, 
on  the  Eastern  cide  of  the  channel,  is  a  Lighthouse,  wliich  at 
this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Liglit.  Attached  to  this 
Li'dithouse  is  a  Bell,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals 
of  15  seconds.  Vessels  bound  up  the  River  may  leave  this  Light- 
house close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Jordan's  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  South  side  <if  the  River,  about  '^2  miles  from  Newport 
News  Point  and  2}^  miles  below  City  Point,  is  a  Lightliouae, 
which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  At  this 
.  me  a  Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighlhouse,  which  ii«  thick  weather 
i  I  struck  at  intervals  of  1 0  seconds. 

Dutch  Gap  Canal  Lights. 

About  13  miles  above  City  Point,  at  each  end  of  the  Canal, 
is  a  fixed  Red  Light. 


\ 


292 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


JAMES  RIVER. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Old  Point  Comfort  Light- 
house  to  City  Point  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  up  the  James   River  iiiiiy  follow  the  direetions 
before  given  for  IIiuui)toii  Roucls,  Icuving  Old  Point  Comfort  Liglit- 
house  iibout  j{  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  l)a.st  this  Light- 
house  make   good  the  eourse   SW.  by  W.  until  Newport  News 
I'oint,  wliich  lies  on  the  Northern  side'  of  cntranee  to  the  River, 
bears  NW. ;  then  run  in,  Icuving  this  last-named  Point  about  y^ 
mile  to  the  Nortlnvard.     When  i)ast  Newport  News  Point  you  will 
see  Wliitc  Shoal    Lijililliouse,  whiuli  biing  to  bear  NW.  by  "W-, 
•and  run  for  it  on   this  eoursi-,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Nase- 
way  Shoal  on  the   Port  hand  ;  when  abreast  White  Shoal  Light- 
liouse,  wliieh    may  be  li  ft   }^   mile  on   the  Starboard  hand,  steer 
about  NW.    by  W-,  leaving   tlie    Black  Buoy  olf   Day's   Point 
a   short  distance  on  the  Port  hand ;   when  past  this  la^t  Buoy, 
steer  more  We>lerly,  leaving  the  Beacon  and   P>lack   \i^\.^y  l)oth 
on  the  Port  hand;   when  past  the  Beacon  and  Buoy,  steer  about 
W.  by  N.  14  N.  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Brown's  Shoal.     This  last- 
named  15uoy  bears  SE.  Ij4    miles  from  Point  of  Shoals  Li^iit- 
bousc.     Leave  this  last  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  and 
steer  about  W.  by  N-,  carrying  about  2;<   fathoms  water  across 
the  Flat  Ground.     When  Point  of  Shoals  Lighthou'<e  bears  N.  by 
W.,  run  for  it  on  this  eourse,  leaving  it  about  ;500  yards  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and   steer  about  N.   by  E.   3^  E  ,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Harding's  Point  close  to  on  the  I'ort  hand,  and  run 
for  Deep  "Water  Shoals  Lighthouse,  bearing  N.  by  E.,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoys  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Lighthouse  olf  Lawn  Creek 
Flats  both  on  the  Port  hand.     When  abreast  Deep  "Water  Shoals 
Lighthouse,  which  may  be  left  about  300  yards  on  the  Starboard 
band,  make  good  the  course  N.  by  E.  ji  E.,  leaving  the  Black 
Buoy  olf  the  Southeast  part  of  Hog  Island  Flats  on  the  Port  hand  ; 
when  past  this  last-named  Buoy,  haul  gradually  to  the  Northward, 
carrying  a1)0ut  4  fathoms  water  and  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  fortiie 
Red  Buoy  off  Tree  H.  1  Sl-oal ;  when  this  last-named  Buoy,  which 
lies  near  the  Starboard  -side  of  the  River,  is  nuide,  run  for  it,  bear- 
ing about  NW.  by  N-  ji  N-,  and   'eave  it  close  to  on  the  Star- 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


293 


boinil  li.'iiitl ;  from  tliis  lust  Uuoy  sticr  iilioiit  NW.  ,'j  W-  "nil 
griidiiall}-  liiuil  to  tlie  Westward,  carryiiig  not  loss  tliaii  3  I'utlioiua 
iiiul  leaving  the  Hlack  Uiioy  off  the  NorlliwtMt  part  of  Hog  Inland 
Flats  on  tlio  Tort  liand  ;  Ilog  Island  Point  lioars  from  this  lii.st 
I'tioy  SW-  'ly  W.  I J  Wv'i  little  more  than  a  niih' ;  wlutn  past  tin; 
lasl-nanu'il  Uiioy,  steer  aliout  West  lo  the  lUaeli  liiioy  olf  Ilog 
Ishmd  Slioa'  ;  leave  this  linoy  elosc  to  on  the  Port  and  make  good 
the  course  SW-  ''y  W.  jj  W-Jeaving  <!'e  lUaek  IJuoys  oiK  loose 
Hill  Middle  (iround  on  thu  I'ort  and  currying  not  less  than  11  ft  ct 
water  across  the  Flat  Ground.  When  past  these  last  lluoys  you 
will  see  the  I{ed  Uuoy  olf  Goose  Hill  Shoal ;  leave  this  last  IJuoy  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  und  keep  the  Sturhoard  side  of  the  liiver  best 
aboard,  course  about  NW.,  leaving  the  Ulack  lUioy  olf  Swan's  Point 
Shoal  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  past  tiiis  last  I$uoy,  steer  ubout 
NW-  by  W.  jj  W.,  currying  not  less  than  lo  feet  and  leaving  a 
Red  Buoy  on  the  Sturlward  and  the  Black  Buoys  olf  Swan's  Point 
and  Brown's  Shoal  close  to  on  the  Port ;  from  this  lust  Buo}'  the 
course  changes  to  about  W-  Jj  S.,  leaving  the  Buoy  paialed  in 
Reil  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  whidi  lies  on  u  Wreck  olf  Dol- 
lard's  Wharf,  which  is  nearly  oiiposite  the  Chiekuhominy  River,  ou 
the  Starboard  hand;  Avhen  past  this  Buoy,  continue  the  course 
'W-  !-•  S.  tiiitil  the  lied  Buoy  olf  Dancing  Point  Flats  bears  W- 
by  N.  ?4  N.,  then  run  fci"  it  on  this  course,  leavii"j  it  cl)se  to  on 
the  Starboard ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy,  keep  in  the  middle  of 
the  River  until  about  a  mile  from  Windmill  Point,  when  you  will 
sec  the  Buoj-s  painted  in  Red  and  Black  lloriz  )ntul  Stripes  on 
Menzie's  Middle  Ground  ;  leave  both  these  last-named  I'uoys  well 
on  the  Port  hand  and  haul  round  Windmill  Point,  leaving  the  Black 
Buoys  to  the  Westward  of  this  Point  on  the  Port  hand  und  the  Red 
Buoy  off  Buckler's  Point  on  the  Staiboard  hand  ;  fron>  this  last- 
named  Buoj'  the  course  is  about  West  l}4  miles  to  the  Black  Buoy 
off  the  Eastern  part  of  Harrison's  Bur.  From  the  last-named  Buoy 
to  City  Point  (distant  about  G  miles),  the  channel  is  narrow  ;  it  is 
therefore  necessary  to  be  guided  entirely  by  the  Buoys.  It  is 
advisable  for  vessels  bound  to  Richmond  to  take  steam  or  a  pilot 
at  City  Point. 

iriffh  Water. 
It  is  high  water  at  Newport  News  Point,  entrance  to  James  River, 
2h.  l'.bn.  before  it  is  at  Bosto.j ;  common  tides  rise  about  2J^  feet. 
At  11  jg  Island  Point,  38  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common 


1 


294 


KLDKIDGK'S   COAST   I'lLOT. 


lilies  rise  iilmiit  2  fci't.  At,  City  Toiiit,  Sh.  7m.  aftor  It  is  at  llos- 
ton;  common  tides  rise  about  ll  feet.  At  the  city  of  lliehmoml, 
5h.  'J'Mu.  liiWv  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  '6'/^  foot. 


PETERSBURG. 

This  place,  which  lies  on  tlie  Southeast  .side  of  the  Appomattox 
River,  is  Southwesterly  about  9  miles  from  City  I'oint. 

Heinnrks. 

The  Appomattox  River,  from  City  Point  to  Petersburg,  is  very 
narrow,  crooked  and  shallow;  it  is  tliereforo  advisable  for  vessels 
bound  to  Petersburg  to  take  steam  or  a  pilot  at  City  I'oint.  At 
this  date  (1882),  it  is  said  that  about  0  feet  water  can  be  taken 
up  this  River  at  low  tide. 

nigh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Petersburg  oh.  26m.  after  it  is  at  Boston ; 
common  tides  rise  about  23-1  feet. 


I 

III 
I  1 

I 


BACK  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  lies  about  1 Y^  miles  Northwesterly 
from  Buck  River  Liglithouse,  and  about  6  miles  Southwesterly  from 
York  Spit  Lighthouse. 

Jtettiarks, 

At  this  date  (1882),  about !)  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  car- 
ried across  the  Bar  as  far  as  the  entrance  of  the  River ;  beyond 
this  there  arc  many  shoals  lying  in  the  middle  of  it,  which  at  this 
date  are  not  marked  with  Buoys  ;  it  is,  therefore,  no^  advisable  for 
strangers  to  attempt  to  enter  this  place  without  pilots. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Back  River  3h.  17m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  comaiOii  lidos  rioO  about  2^  feet. 


1 


'..•sat- 


^ 


KLDIUDUKS  (X)AST  PILOT. 


295 


POQUOSIN  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  lic3  about  7J<  niilrM  Nortliwosl.Mly 
froni  IJack  Uivor  I,i},'lithoiisc,  and  Wcst-Soullierly  about  7  miles 
from  Yorli  Spit  Liglithousc. 

Retnat'h'tt. 

At  low  tido  about  Ifi  foot  water  ean  be  carried  in  abreast  York 
Point,  wliicli  14  tiic  first  on  tlie  Nortlieru  side,  and  from  tliis  Point 
by  tlic  Soutliwestcrn  branoli  8  feet  can  be  taken  up  about  2  miles ; 
from  the  entrance  !)  feet  water  by  the  Northwestern  branch  can  l)C 
taken  up  for  more  than  a  mile  ;  at  this  date  (1882),  the  channel  in 
entering  this  River  is  not  buoyed. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Poquosin  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  Seaward,  bound  to  Poquosin  River,  follow  the  sailing  direc- 
tions l»ef()re  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore,  until  York  Spit 
Lighthouse  i.s  made  ;  then  bring  it  to  bear  N.NW-,  and  run  for  it 
on°thi3  course,  leaving  the  P.lack  Buoy  which  lies  about  a  mile 
Southeast  from  this  Lighthouse  close  to  on  tlio  Starboard  hand  ; 
when  past  this  Buoy  make  good  the  course  W.NW-  until  York 
Spit  Li-hthouse  bears  East ;  then  make  good  the  course  West, 
leaving  the  Black  Bnoy  olf  the  Northern  part  of  Pofpiosin  Flats  on 
the  Po°rt  hand  ;  when  about  2  miles  past  this  last-mentioned  Buoy, 
the  entrance  to  the  River  will  then  be  fairly  open,  when  you  may 
run  in  about  SW.  'A  W-,  carrying  not  less  than  2]i  fathoms 
water,  until  York  Point,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  entrance, 
bears  NW-  by  W. ;  then  anclior  in  about  2>^  fathoms  water  and 
take  a  pilot,  as  above  this  the  channel  is  narrow. 

From  Chesapeake  Bay,  bound  to  Pocpiosin  River,  follow  the  Ship 
Channel  until  abreast  York  Spit  Lighthouse,  which  may  be  left 
about  }i  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  to  the  Southward, 
leaving  the  Black  Buo,  to  the  Southeast  of  this  Lighthouse  close 
to  on  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  this  Buoy  .oUow  the  direc- 
tions be. \  0  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Poquosin  River  2h.  45m,  be- 
fore it  is  at  Boston ;  comraon  tides  rise  about  2J^  feet. 


20() 


KLDIUDCKS  COAST  I'lLOT. 


YORK  RIVER. 

Tlio  ontrnnoo  to  this  Uivcr  In  Wt'st-Nortln-rly  about  i>  milon  (Vom 

York  Spit  lii^'litliouHi!. 

Too's  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  a  slioiil  aliotit  '  j  milo  Nortii  from  Too's  I'oiiit,  Soiitli  side 
of  riitraiici!  to  Yoil-  U;v('i',  is  a  Lij^liliioiisis  wliicli  lit  this  d.itf 
(l.S.Hi>),  bIiows  a  fixiMnVliito  I.i.L'lit ;  at  tiiis  time,  iiltnclu'il  to  tliis 
Ij;;litliotist',  is  a  Ih'll,  wliich  in  tliick  wcullicr  is  htriick  2  stiokcs  in 
quick  succession,  tlicn  a  .single  stroke  at  intervals  ofliO  secoml^. 

Boll's  Rock  Lighthouse. 

I'pon  r.iirs  Ivock,  in  mIiouI  U)  feet  water.  Nortiicast  side  oT  York 
Kivir,  ahont  20  miles  aliove  Yorktown,  and  '2";^  miles  helow  tho 
entranco  to  JIattapony  and  rauninkey  Uivors,  is  a  Lighthouse, 
wliieh  at  this  date  (1SS2),  shows  a  l\\vd  ^V!litc  I/ij,dil  ;  at  t'lis  (iin<', 
attached  to  this  Lijrlithouse,  is  a  IJell,  which  in  thick  weather  in 
struck  at  intervals  ol'  l.>  .seconds. 

Jiemni'h's. 

From  Too's  Toiut  Lij^litliousc,  entrance  lo  Ynrk  River,  to  IJell's 
Rock  Lighthouse,  the  dislaneo  is  about  20  miles;  about  18  A'lt 
water  at  low  tide  can  be  taken  up  as  far  as  the  last-mentioned 
Lighthouse. 

Sailing  Directions  for  York  River  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  into  Y'ork  River  may  bring  Y'ork  .Spit  Lighthouse 
(before  described),  to  bear  N  NW.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
keeping  a  sharp  h)okout  for  tiie  Uhiek  Uu;)y  that  lies  about  ?^  mile 
.Southeast  from  it ;  wlien  this  lUioy  is  made,  leave  it  about  ?4  mile 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NW.  by  W-i 
leaving  the  LVmI  Buoy  olf  (he  Klbow  Spit  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  the  Black  Buoys  off  Puipiosin  Fl.'its  and  Too's  Point  Shoal  on 
the  Port  hand  ;  tlie  latter  Buoy  l)ears  E.  ^i  S-  fiom  Too's  Point 
Li;j;hthouso,  distance  1  ?»  miles  ;  contimie  tlie  course  NW.  by  Wf 
until  the  last-named  Lighthouse  bears  W-SW-  ;  the  river  will  tlicn 
bo  fairly  open,  and  you  may  run  in  about  W.  I'V  S..  leaving  Too's 
Point  Lighthouse  about  >3  "lile  on  the  Port  hand ;  wheh  past  this 


KLDUIDOKS  COAST  I'lLOT. 


21  >7 


1  miles  fV()ra 


South  hido 
t  this  (litf 
hi'il   to  this 

•J    St|■Ml^(N   in 

}  .si'cuiuls. 


iido  of  York 
i  Inlovv  th« 
Li;,'lithoiit(', 
it  t'Tn  tiiiic, 
i  weather  ia 


;'r,  to  RcH's 
loiit  18  fi'tt 
t-inontionccl 


[me,  with 

Lighthouse 
tliis  course, 
')()Ut  ?4  mih! 
loiit  ?4  mile 
W.  hy  W., 
MKU(\  litmd, 
nt  Shoal  on 
Tog's  Point 

rW.  by  w» 

ver  will  then 
^iiving  Too's 
eh  past  this 


LighthouKO  koop  the  :ri^  ue  of  the  river  until  nlmut  2'^   miles  past 
Yoiktown  (whhh  is;.n  the  South  Hide)  ;  son  will  Ihm  se.- Ih.' I'.hiek 
IJnov  otlSai.dv  Toint;  leave  this  liuoy  on  the  I'ort  hand,  and  the 
Red"  Huoys  ..tr  I'ophir  Creek  and  I'a«e's  Roek  both  on  th.-  Starboard 
lumd  ;  when  abreast  the  last-named  Ib.oy,  v..n  will  Hee,  alxmt  1 
,„ile  t..  th..  Nortlnvestwurd,  the  Rlaek  Ihiny  on  the  lower  en.l  of  the 
Middle  Cronnd  ;  leave  thU  last-named  llnoy  about  2o()yar.U  on  the 
Port   luid  keep  the  North.'asl  side  of  the  River  best  aboard,  carry- 
i,,,  r,,„n  \  to  H  fathoms  through  the  narrow  channel,  unld  abreast 
the  U:aek  liuoy  olf  the  uiu^or  part  of  Mi.hlle  (Jrontul;  leave  this 
last  IJuoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  an.l  still  keep  the  N.-rtheast 
side  best  aboanl,  carryin-  Iron.  1  to  T,  latho.ns  tlu'ough  the  narrow 
cha.u.el.  an.l  leaving  the  Red  lU.oys  otf  R.at.e's  Lower  and  I  i^pcr 
Flats  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand;  when  past  the  hist- n a.m. d 
IJuoy,  run  for  Rell's  Rock  Lighthouse,  bearing  about  NW.  by  JNm 
leavi...r  it  on  the  Starboard  hand a.id carry i..g  IVom  Dl^  to  1  lath<.ms 
water!  if  bonn.l  up  the  Ma'tap.my  or  Pa.nunkey  Riveis,  it  .s  ad- 
visable t.   lake  a  pilot  at  P.eirs  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Vessels  of  not  tnoi-e  than  11  feet  draught,  co.uing  down  the  Ches- 
apeake Buy  bound  into  York  River,  ...ay  cross  York  Sp.t  Shoal 
about  a  mile  to  the  Westward  of  York  Spit  Lighthouse,  a..d  rnn  to 
the  Southwest  until  it  bears  E-SE-  I  then  ...ake  good  the  ronrse 
W  NW.,  Icavingthe  Red  Ruoy  olf  the  Klbow  Spiton  the  Starboard, 
and'  the  Rlack  Buoys  olf  Po.p.osi.i  Flats  a,.d  Too's  P.n..t  Shoal  on 
the  Port  hand  ;whou  the   River   is  fairly  open,  ru..  in  as  before 

directed. 

Hlffh  Water. 

It  is  hi-h  water  at  the  entrance  of  York  River  2h.  62m.  before  it 
is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  abot.t  2li  feet;  it  is  high  water 
at  Bell's  Rock  Lighthouse,  in  York  River,  Ih.  4Cm.  before  it  .9  at 
Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  3  feet. 


MOBJAOK  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  to  (he  Soutlvward  of  New 
Point  Comfort  Lighthouse,  is  about  5  miles  N-NW-  from  York 
Spit  Lighthouse. 


298 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Remarks, 

Mobjaok  Bay  is  about  ."'^  miles  wide  and  about  C  miles  in 
length,  ;i lid  aflbrds  good  shelter  in  all  bnt  Southeast  winds;  from 
3  to  4  fathoms  water  can  be  carried  up  to  the  anchorage. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Mobjack  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  to  Mobjack  Bay  may  follow  the  directions  before 
given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore,  until  past  York  Spit  Light- 
house ;  then  bring  New  Point  Comfort  Liglithouse  to  bear  NNW- 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  when  about  2  miles  from  this  Light- 
house, keep  a  sliai  p  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  New  Point  Com- 
fort Spit ;  this  Buoy  bears  from  the  Lighthouse  SW .  by  W-  Y^ 
W-  about  1  mile  ;  as  soon  as  this  Buoy  is  mad*  bring  it  to  bear 
NWm  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  >^  mile  on  the 
Starboard  hand ;  when  past  this  last-named  Buoy,  it  is  advisable 
for  vessels  of  18  feet  draught  to  run  up  N.W.  about  1  mile,  and 
anchor  in  about  4  fathoms  vrater ;  New  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  anchorage  East  2%  miles;  vessels  of  less  than  18 
feet  draught  may  leave  th'.  Red  Buoy  olF  I.'ew  Point  Comfort  Spit 
about  Y  mile  on  the  Starooard  hand,  and  run  up  about  NW-,  and 
anchor  in  the  middle  of  the  Bay  frrtm  2  to  G  miles  above  the  Light- 
bouse,  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water  at  low  tide. 

Vessels  coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay  may  leave  the  Black 
Buoy,  which  lies  about  two  miles  Southeast  from  New  Point  Com- 
fort Lighthouse,  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  gradu- 
ally haul  to  the  Westward,  carrying  about  4  fathoms  water.  Wlien 
the  Red  Buoy  off  New  Point  Comfort  Spit  bears  NW.,  then 
proceed  as  before  directed. 


RIVERS  IN  MOBJAOK  BAY. 

There  are  several  Rivers  which  empty  into  Mobjack  Bay.  At 
the  entrance  of  most  of  these  Rivers  good  shelter,  in  Southeasterly 
gales,  may  be  found  for  vessels  of  not  more  than  12  or  15  feet 
draught. 


G  miles  in 
inds ;  from 

Daytime, 

ions  before 
Spit  Liglit- 
irNNW. 
this  Light- 
Point  Com- 
.  by  W.  >4 
;  it  to  bear 
mile  on  the 
s  advisable 
I  mile,  and 
Lighthouse 
ss  than  18 
)mfort  Spit 
NW.,  and 
!  tlie  Light- 

'e  the  Black 
Point  Com- 
and  gradii- 
iter.  Wlien 
NW.,  then 


Y. 

!k  Bay.  At 
outheasterly 
I  or  15  feet 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


299 


SEVERN    RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  tliis  River,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Mob- 
jack  Bay,  bears  from  New  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse  W.  by  N. 
;4  N.  about  5^  miles.  About  18  feet  water  can  be  carried  up  as  far 
lis  the  Southwest  branch,  wliich  is  nearly  2  miles  from  the  entrance. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Severn  River  in  Daytime. 

^'essols  bound  into  Severn  River  may  follow  the  direct  ions  before 
g' .en  for  Mobjack  Baj-  until  Now  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse  bears 
E-SE.  ;  then  make  good  tlie  course  W.NW. ,  carrying  not  less  <^han 
;J  fathoms  water,  until  Severn  River  is  fairly  open,  bearing  W.SW. ; 
then,  under  short  sail,  run  in,  and  when  past  the  first  point  of 
marsh  on  the  Northern  side,  keep  tiie  Starboard  side  best  aboard, 
and  anchor  in  from  3  to  3^  fathoms  water,  secure  from  all  winds. 


WARE    RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  Ware  River  is  on  the  Western  side  of  Mobjack 
Bay,  about  2}{,  miles  to  the  Northward  of  Severn  River.  About 
15  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  carried  up  as  far  as  Wilson's 
Creek,  wiiich  is  nearly  3  miles  from  the  entrance. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Ware  River  in  Daytime. 

Vessels  bound  into  Ware  River  may  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Mobjack  Bay  until  New  Point  Comfort  Liglitliouse  bears 
SE.  by  E.  ;  then  make  good  the  course  NW.  by  W.  until  the 
River  is  fairly  open,  bearing  about  NW.  by  W.  J^  W. ;  then  run 
in,  keeping  in  the  middle  and  carrying  from  2}4  to  4  fathoms 
water.  When  about  IJ^  miles  above  the  entrance,  hftiil  round  the 
Point  on  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  in  about  3  fathoms,  secure  fiom 
all  winds. 


NORTH  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  North  River,  which  lies  at  the  head  of  Mobjack 
Bay,  is  Northwesterly  about  G}4  miles  from  New  Pomt  Comfort 
Lighthouse ;  3  fathoms  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  carried  up 
as  far  as  Blackwater  River,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side,  about 
2J^  miles  from  the  entrance. 


300 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   I'lLOT. 


SaiUng  Directions  for  North  River  in  Daytime. 

Vessels  bound  into  North  River  may  leave  the  Rod  Buoy,  which 
lies  1  mile  Soutliwest  from  New  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse,  al.out 
H  mile  on  tlic  Starboard  hand  and  malic  good  tlie  course  NW-  % 
N  G'i  miles;  the  River  wiU  then  be  fairly  open  ;  then  run  in, 
keeping  about  in  the  nnddle  and  carrying  froni  3  to  4  lathmns 
water,  and  anchor  a  little  above  lUaekwater  River,  in  from  2 3 a  to 
3  fathoms  water.  About  %  mile  below  the  entrance  to  Blackwater 
River,  and  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  River,  is  a  Shoal  spot  of  10 
feet  water ;  the  best  channel  is  to  the  Westward  of  this  danger. 


EAST  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  -  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Mobjack 
B.av,  about  5  miles  above  New  Vo.at  Con.fort  Lighthouse.  About 
is'feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  carried  across  the  bar,  and  16 
feet  water  can  be  earned  up  this  lytrrow  River  some  2%  miles 
from  the  entrance. 

SaiUng  Directions  for  East  River  in  Daytime. 

Vessels  bound  into  the  East  River  may  leave  the  Red  Buoy  to 
the  Southwest  of  New  Point  Comfort  about  %  mile  on  the  Star- 
board hand  and  steer  NW.  by  N-,  3^3  miles,  carrying  from  3  to 
31/  fathoms  water.  When  East  River  is  fairly  open,  bearing  about 
n'  bv  E.  '4  E.,  then  run  in,  carrying  about  13  foot  water  across 
the  bar  ;  when  past  the  entrance,  keep  the  n.iddle  of  the  River  and 
anchor  anywhere  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water.  A  SpiVl.avmg  but 
little  water  upon  it,  extends  off  about  H  mile  S-SW-  from  the 
Point  on  the  Port  side  of  the  entrance  to  this  River. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Mobjack  Bay  2h.  55m.  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
common  tides  rise  about  2>^  feet. 


PIANKATANK  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  lies  Northwesterly  about  9;/.  miles 
f,  ...  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Wolf  Trap,  and  3  miles  Southwest  from 
Stingray  Point  Lighthouse. 


J'Jl 


Daytime, 

I  Buoy,  which 
ithoiisc.  about 
uisc  NW. 
then  run  in, 
to  4  fathoms 
in  from  iyi  to 
to  Claekwatcr 
oal  spot  of  10 
his  danger. 


dc  of  Mobjack 
houso.  About 
he  bar,  and  16 
omc  2}(  miles 

Daytime. 

le  Red  Buoy  to 
lile  on  the  Star- 
rying  from  3  to 
\,  bearing  about 
i?ct  water  across 
.f  the  River  and 
Spit,  liaviug  but 
l.SW.  from  the 


it  is  at  Boston  ; 


R. 

■  about  9  J/,  miles 
s  Southwest  from 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  TILGT. 


301 


Stingray  Point  Lighthouse. 

About  1  mile  East  of  Stingra}'  Point,  Soutli  side  of  entrance  to 
the  Rappahannock  River  and  Nortli  side  of  entrance  to  riank..tank 
River,  in  about  6  feet  water,  is  a  Liglithouse,  wliich  at  tiiis  date 
(1HS2),  sliows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  At  this  time,  attaciied  to  tliis 
Lightliouse  is  a  Bell,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals 
of  5  seconds  and  30  seconds. 

Memarks. 

About  20  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  carried  up  the  'ianka- 
tank  River  as  far  as  Wilton's  Point,  wliich  is  about  5  miles  from 
the  entrance.  At  tliis  date  (1882),  there  are  no  Buo3-s  above;  Stove 
Point  Spit ;  it  is  thia-efore  not  advisable  to  go  above  Hill's  Bay^ 
which  is  on  the  South  side  of  entrance,  without  a  pilot. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Piankatank  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  wind's  and  fair  weather. 

Vessi'ls  from  the  Southward,  bound  into  Piankatank  River,  may 
follow  the  directions  before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore 
until  Stingray  Point  Lighthouse  is  made  ;  bring  this  Lighthouse  to 
bear  NW.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  ou  this  course,  k-eping  a  sharp 
lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  which  lies  about  S-  %  W.  1  mile  from 
this  Lighthouse  ;  when  this  Buo}-  is  made,  run  for  it,  bearing  about 
SW-,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past  the  Buo}-, 
steer  W-  by  S.  j{i  S.,  carrying  about  3  fathoms  water,  and  leaving 
the  Black  Buoy  off  Cherry  Point  Spit  about  400  yards  on  the  Port 
band  and  run  about  S.  by  W-,  carrying  from  4  to  8  fathoms  water 
through  the  narrow  channel;  leave  the  Red  Buoy  off  Sto\x  Point 
Spit  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  inside 
Cherry  Point  in  about  S'^  fathoms  water.  The  Red  Buoy  off  Stpve 
Point  Spit  bears  NW-  about  ^3  mile  from  this  anchorage. 

Commg  down  Chesapeake  Bay,  leave  the  Black  Buoy  which  lica 
about  2  miles  Southeast  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Rappahannock 
Spit  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  stoer  about  SW-  by  W- 
^2  W  ;  when  the  Black  Buoy  to  the  Southward  of  Stingray  Point 
Lighthouse  is  made,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

HigJi  Water. 

It  is  hijih  water  at  the  entrance  of  Piankatank  River  Ih.  3Cm. 
before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1J<2  feet. 


h 


302 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


RAPPAHANNOCK  RIVER. 


The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  between  Windmill  Point  on 
house,  South  side  of  entrance  to  Potomac  River. 

Bowler's  Bock  Lighthouse. 

ftni:l  intervals  of  10  seconds.     Vessds  hou^  up  the  River 
must  leave  this  Lightliouse  close  to  on  the  Port  hand. 

Memarks* 

At  this  date  (1882),  about  20  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be 
At  this  date  U«     ;,  i^igMhouse,  12  feet  from  this 

with  Bowler's  Rock  Lighthouse  ;  beyond  this,  irregular. 

Sailine  Directions  for  Bappahannock  Biver  in  Day- 
^^timlwITh  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Southward,  bound  into  the  Rappahannock 
Rilrn  av  follow  the  directions  before  given  from  Cape  Henry  o 
BaUimo;:  until  Windmill  ^olnt  LighUiouse  (befor.  descnb.1^^ 
1  .  Kvino-  this  Licrhthousc  to  bcar  trom  N-  by  W-  to  JN.«  w  , 
Z  ™»  »  on  *  course  „„.i.  «.c  c„.r»„»c  to  «,e  liivc,  ,, 
Wrlv  o  c„  ;  the,  r,m  u>  about  W.  b.vN.,  pa.slng  .boat  »Kl»a,  be- 

:ru™.ro>ut.>,.>^^^^ 
v^:.'rpot:ri;Lu.  w.  /.  s.ab„ut = -.  w,,™^.. 

this  Buoy,  keep  about  mid^ylhu  Kvcr  course  <">^J'"^^^\l 
W.,  casing  ..ot  less  tban  4  fathoms  water,  unt.l  up  -,  th  the 


ELDRIDGK'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


303 


R. 

dinill  Point  on 
il)Oiit  ^  2  milea 
es  North  from 
)in  Wolf  Trap 
'9  Point  Ligbt- 


of  tlie  clianncl 
its  moiitb,  is  a 
d  White  Light, 
liick  weather  is 
up  the  River 
1. 

iw  tide,  can  be 
2  feet  from  this 
ast-namcd  place 
ivor  at  this  time 
distance  below 
River  until  up 
ular. 

iver  in  Day- 
•  weatlier. 

Rappahannock 
a  Cape  Henry  to 
)re  described)  is 
W.  to  N.NW., 

to  the  River  is 
ibout  midway  be- 
oint  Lighthouse ; 
k  Buoy  off  Stur- 
Buoy  bears  from 
lules;  when  past 
)mWesttoN.by 
ntil  up  V  th  the 


Black  Buoy  off  Punch  Bowl  Shoal;  this  last-named  Buoy  is  C.'^ 
mill's  below  Bowler's  Rock  Li<.''ithouse  ;  leave  this  Ruoy  about  250 
yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  W-NW.  2  miles  to  the  Rod 
Buoy  off  Tapley's  Point  Shoal ;  leave  this  Buoy  about  2:>()  yards 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  NW.  '/i  N-.  le:-.viug  the  Black 
Buoy  off  Jones  Point  Shoal  a  short  di.vauce  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when 
p:ist  this  last  Buoy,  continue  the  course  N  W.  J4  N- ,  keeping  a  sharp 
lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  Dumpling  Shoal ;  when  this  Inir,y  is 
made,  bring  it  to  boar  W-NW-,  and  run  up  with  it  a  little  on 
the  Port  bow,  carrying  about  20  foet  water  through  the  narrow 
channel ;  leave  this  Black  Buoy  off  Dumpling  Shoal  about  250  yards 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Dumpling  Rock  ; 
this  last-named  Buoy  is  %  mile  below  Bowler's  Rock  Lighthouse  ; 
leave  this  last  Rod  Buoy  off  Dumpling  Rock  about  100  yards  on 
the  Starboard  hand  and  run  up,  leaving  the  next  Red  Buoy  off 
Bowler's  Ledge  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Lighthouse  close  to  on 
the  Port  hand. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Rappahannock  River  in 
Daytime,  from  Bowler's  Rock  Lighthouse  to 
Port  Royal. 

Leave  Bowler's  Rock  Lighthouse  close  to  on  the  Port  hand  and 
run  up,  keeping  about  midway  the  River  and  carrying  from  3  to  4 
fathoms  water  ;  when  about  3>4  miles  above  tliis  Lighthouse,  keep 
a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Ross  Rocks  ;  when  about  Y^ 
mile  from  this  Buoy,  bring  it  to  bear  NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  leaving  it  about  100  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run 
up,  with  the  Black  Buoy  off  Upper  Jones  Point  a  little  on  the  Port 
bow ;  when  past  this  Buoy,  which  is  lefo  on  the  Port  hand,  run 
for  the  Rod  Buoy  off  Margcrite  Marsh,  and  leave  it  close  to  on 
the  Starboard  hand ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy,  steor  for  the  end 
of  the  Wharf  at  Tappahannock,  bearing  about  W-NW- ;  when 
past  this  Wharf,  which  may  bo  left  250  yards  on  the  Port  hand, 
the  course  is  more  Northerly,  passing  between  the  Red  and  P.lack 
Buoys  off  Naylor's  ITolo  ;  when  past  those  last  Buoys,  you  will  see 
the  two  Black  Buoys  off  Mount  Landing  Creek  ;  both  those  Buoys 
arc  left  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past  these  last- 
named  Buoys,  keep  the  Starboard  side  of  the  River  best  aboard, 
and  gradually  haul  to  the  Westward  luitil  you  make  the  Rod  Buoy 
off  Mulberry  Island  Shoal ;  when  about  1  mile  from  this  Buoy,  run 


% 


30i 


KLDUIDGK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


:  i, 


for  it,  licaiing  about  W-  1\V  N.  )j.  N.,  nm\  luuil  round  it  nt  a  dia- 
tanccof  100  yards,  Icavin.u;  it  on  the  Starboard  hand;  whon  past 
this  Buoy,  haul  up  about  N.  H  W.,  keeping  in  the  middle  of  tne 
River  for  about  2  miles  ;  then  keep  the  Starboard  side  best  aboard 
until  past  Smith's  Wharf,  which  is  on  the  Starboard  side;  of  the 
River;    when   about   1^    miles  past  this  Wharf,   haul  grailnally 
towards  the  Port  side  until  up  with  Layton's  Wharf,  which  is  on 
the  Port  side  ;  when  past  this  Wharf,  keep  midway  the  River  (leav- 
ing Locdstown  on  the  Starboard),  until  abreast  Saunders'  Wharf, 
which  is  on  tho  Port  side  ;•  when  past  this  Wharf,  keep  the  Port 
side  best  aboard,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Catch  Point  on  tlie 
Port  hand  ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy,  keep  in  the  middle  again 
and  haul  round  Ware  Point,  keeping  the  Port  side  best  aboard, 
leaving  Port  Micou  about  150  yards  on  the  Port  hand  ;  wluii  past 
Port  Micou,  keep  midway  for  about  2}4  miles,  when  the  River  sud- 
denly turne  to  the  Southward  ;  haul  round  North  Bend  Point,  which 
is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand  at  a  distance  of  200  yards,  passing 
through  the  reach  called  the  Devil's  Elbow  ;  when  past  this  you 
will  sec  the  Red  Buoy  off  North  Bend  Shoal ;  leave  this  Buoy  close 
*toon  tlic  Starboard  hand  and  gradually  haul  to  the  Noitlnvard  ; 
when  about  1  mile  past  this  last  Buoy  the  River  turns  to  tlur  Soull'- 
westward,  and  you  may  keep  the  Starboard  side  best  aboard.     As 
you  sail  uj),  you  will  sec  the  Red  Buoy  on  tho  Middle  Ground; 
bring  this  Buoy  to  bear  SW.  and  run  for  it,  leaving  it  close  to  on 
the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  this  Buoy  haul  gradually  to  tho 
Westward,  leaving  Port  Tobacco  on  the  Port,   and  Long  Point 
(which  is  on  tho  Northern  side) ,  about  250  yards  on  tho  Starboard  ; 
when  past  this  Point,  make  good  the  course  NW.  J^  N.  1  ^  niiles. 
You  will  then  be  past  Nanzatico  and  will  be  up  with  Oaken  Brow  ; 
when  p-  st  the  last-named  place,  you  will  sec  the  Red  Buoy  off  the 
Elbow  Flats  ;  when  about  J^  mile  from  this  last  Buoy,  bring  it  to 
bear  W-SW-  and  run  for  it,  leaving  the  village  of  Camden  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  passing  through  the  narrow  channel,  carrying  from 
3  to  4  fathoms  water ;  leave  tho  last-named  Buoy  close  to  on  the 
Starboard,  and  keep  the  Port  side  best  aboard  to  Port  Royal. 

It  is  advisable  to  take  a  i)ilot  from  Port  Royal  to  Fredericksburg, 
as  at  this  date  (1882),  there  are  no  Buoys  in  the  Rivt  r  above  the 

former  place. 

From  the  entrance  of  the  Rappahannock  River  to  Bowler's  Rock 
Lighthouse  the  distance  is  28  miles  ;  from  the  last-named  place  to 


ELDIUDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


305 


iiul  it  nt  a  (lis- 
(1 ;  wlic'ii  past 
inuldlc!  of  liio 
Ic  best  •vbotird 
rd  sido  of  tlio 
mill  graiUially 
f,  whidi  is  oil 
ic  Ilivfi"  (U'liv- 
ukIci'h'  "Wliiuf, 
keep  tlio  Tort 
Point  on  till) 
miildlc  iigiiiu 
5  best  til)ounl, 
;id ;  wlicii  pa'-t 
tlic  River  siid- 
id  Point,  wliieli 
yards,  passing 
past  tliis  you 
,liis  lliioy  eloso 
ic  Nortlnvard  ; 
s  to  tlie  Soiill'  • 
5t  aboard.     As 
iddle  Ground  ; 
g  it  close  to  on 
i-adually  to  the 
id   Long  Point 
the  Starboard  ; 
;  N.  1  ^  miles. 
1  Oaken  Brow  ; 
id  Buoy  off  the 
uoy,  bring  it  to 
Camden  on  the 
carrying  from 
close  to  on  the 
•rt  Royal. 
Fredericksburg, 
[livtr  above  the 

•  Bowler's  Rock 
named  place  to 


Port  Royal,  iu  a  direct  line,  about  30  miles  ;  thence,  15  miles  in  a 
direct  line  to  I^cdericksburg. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water,  in  moderate  weather,  at  the  entrance  of  the 
Ra|)paiiannock  River  Ih.  5m.  before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides 
rise  about  1  ^  feet.  At  Tappahannock,  Ih.  37in.  after  it  is  at  Bos- 
Ion  ;  rise  about  13^  feet.  At  Port  Royal,  4h.  41m.  after  it  is  at 
Boston;  rise  about  2Ji  feet.  And  at  Fredericksburg,  7h.  11m. 
after  it  is  at  Boston  ;  rise  about  3  feet. 


OOBROTOMAN  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  the 
Rappahannock,  is  about  yj^  miles  above  WiudmiU  Point. 

Jtemarks. 

About  3  fathoms  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  taken  up  about  3J^ 
miles  above  the  entrance,  and  12  feet  can  be  carried  to  the  Steam- 
boat Landing,  which  is  about  V/2  miles  from  the  mouth  of  this 
River.     At  this  date  (188-2) ,  there  arc  2.0  Buoys  in  this  River. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Corrotoman  River  in  Day- 
time. 

Vessels  bound  into  the  Corrotoman  River  may  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given  for  the  Rappahannock,  nntil  past  Windmill 
Point ;  then  keep  about  midway  until  abreast  the  Corrotoman  ;  this 
last  River,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  Rappahannock, 
may  be  known  by  its  width,  which  is  more  than  2  miles  at  its 
entrance ;  when  this  River  is  fairly  open,  run  in  about  midway 
and  anchor  near  the  mouth  in  about  3;^  fathoms  wate:-.  It  is  not 
advisable  to  go  above  this  without  a  pilot,  as  tliero  are  many  Shoals 
and  Spits,  which  extend  off  from  both  sides,  none  of  which,  at  this 
time,  are  marked  with  Buoys. 


ANTEPOISON  CREEK. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek,  which  is  on  the  West  side  of  Chesa- 
peake Bay,  lies  Northwest  about  Ayi  miles  from  Windmill  Point 


fl 


306 


KLDRIDC.E'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Ligbthouae  ;  about  7  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  bo  carrica  up  about 
IJ^  miles  above  its  eatrauce. 


DIMER'S  CREEK. 

The  entrance  to  'his  Creek,  which  is  on  the  West  side  of  Chesa- 
pcake  Bay,  lies  about  6  miles  Norlhwont  from  Windmill  Point 
Lighthouse  ;  about  11  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  taken  up  about 
V/^  miles  above  its  entrance. 


DIVIDING  CREEK. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek,  which  is  on  the  West  side  of  Chesa- 
peake  Bay,  is  about  8  miles  Northwest  from  Windmill  Point  Light- 
house ;  about  11  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  bo  carried  up  about  1>4 
miles  above  its  entrance. 


GREAT  WICOMICO  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  West  side  of  Chesa- 
peake Bay,  lies  Northwesterly  about  13  miles  from  Windmill  Pomt 
Lighthouse,  and  Southwesterly  63/  miles  from  Smith's  Pomt  Light- 
house, which  is  on  the  South  side  of  entrance  to  the  Potomac  River. 

JRemarks. 

In  entering  Great  Wicomico  River,  about  18  feet  water  at  low 
tide  can  be  taken  up  4  miles  above  Fleet's  Point ;  this  last-named 
Point  is  on  the  North  side  of  the  entrance. 

Sailing  Directions   for  Great  Wicomico  River  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Southward,  bound  into  Great  Wicomico  River, 
may  follow  the  directions  before  given  from  Cape  Henry  Lighthouse 
to  Baltimore,  until  up  with  the  Black  Buoy  which  lies  a  little  more 
than  2  miles  to  tlie  Southeast  of  Windmill  Point  Lighthouse  ;  leave 


KLDRIDOES  COAST  PILOT. 


307 


led  up  about 


\q  of  Chesa- 
iidmill  Toint 
ccn  up  about 


dc  of  Chcsa- 
,  Point  Light- 
up  about  1  yi 


tlusliuoy  close  U.  on  lli.i  Port  hand,  and  n.aUc  good  tlio  oourso  N. 
3/  W.  13  miK'S,  which  will  bring  tiu.in  abreast  the  Uhvck  l$u..y  otr 
Dan.rr.eron's  Marsh  Slioul ;  tlio  river  will  then  be  fairly  open  bear.ng 
NW  •  leave  the  last-named  llu-.y  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
steer  about  NW.  by  N.  for  the  next  Red  Buoy  ort  Fle.fs  Point 
Shoal,  leaving  it  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run 
about  W.NWm  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Fleet  s  P..int  Flats  abcmt 
1/  railo  on  the  Starboard ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy  haul  up  N- 
NW.  and  run  about  1/.  miles,  keeping  in  the  middle  and  carrynig 
not  less  than  3  fathoms,  and  anchor  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water. 

Commg  down  Chesapeake  Bay,  leave  the  Lighthouse  off  Smith  s 
Point  about  34  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  SW-  by  S.  V2  S.  7  milei,  when  you  will  see  the  Black  Buoy 
off  Dammeron's  Marsh  Shoal ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port, 
and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  mouth  of  Great  Wicomico  River  about 
15  minutes  after  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  I/2  feet. 


3R. 

ide  of  Chesa- 
rindmill  Point 
's  Point  Light- 
otomac  River. 


water  at  low 
lis  last-named 


0  River  in 
r  weather. 

icomico  River, 
nry  Liglithouse 
s  a  little  more 
hthouse;  leave 


POTOMAC  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  i'  on  the  West  side  of  Chesa- 
peake Bay,  lies  between  Smith's  Poim  on  the  Sontli  and  Point 
Lookout  on  the  Nortli ;  from  Cape  Hen "V  Lighthouse  to  Smiths 
Point  Lighthouse  the  distance  is  60  miles ;  ♦"rom  thence  to  the  city 
of  Washington,  about  98  miles. 

Smith's  Point  Lighthous*'. 

Upon  the  Shoal  Water  extending  off  to  the  Eastward  of  Smith's 
Point,  South  side  of  entrance  to  the  Potomac  River  and  West  side 
of  Chesapeake  Bay,  in  about  12  feet  water,  is  a  Lightliouse,  wh.ch 
at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  Revolving  White  Light ;  attache.l  to 
this  Lighthouse,  at  this  time,  is  a  Bell,  which  in  tliick  weather  is 
struck  at  Intervals  of  15  seconds. 


308 


KIDHlDr.KS  (OAST  I'lLOT. 


Jtvnint'l'H. 

iloiivy  dnuiglif  vessels  Ijcjuik'.  up  the  Clicsnpeiike  or  Potomnc 
River,  when  ptiHt  Smith's  I'oini  Shoal,  or  the  Seventeen  Foot  Lump, 
siiould  leave  Smith's  I'oint  Li;j;htliouso  at  least  J<  mile  to  tiie  \Ve-l- 
ward  ;  vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  diuughl,  i):ihsing  up  or  down 
the  May,  or  into  the  Totomac  River,  may  ai)t)roa-h  within  250  yards 
ol'it;  small  or  light  draught  vessels  may  cross  the  Shoal  from  J4 
to  ^  mile  to  the  Westward  of  this  Liglithouse. 

Bearlnga  and  Distances  from  Smith's  Point  Lighthouse, 

DlHtllllCt!. 

AVindn.ill  Point  Lighthouse,  S.  ?:(  W 1 7  J^  miles. 

Point  Lookout  Liglitliouse,  NW-  l-y  N.  H  N-     •     •  10>^  " 

Pmey  Point  i.igiitliouse,  NW '^1^  " 

Cove  Point  Lighthouse,  N.  1-yW.  .'4  W 30^  " 

lUack  Ihioy  oir  Smith's   Point  Shoal,  or  Seventeen 

Foot  Lumi),  SE.  l)y  S.  >'4  S J 

BluckBuoy  oir  Ragged  Point,  NW   ;^  W.     .     .     •  25 1^  " 

Point  Lookout  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  No:lh  side  of  the  entrance  to  tli'!  Potomac  River,  West 
side  of  Cliesai)eake  Pay,  is  a  Ligiithouse,  which  at  t:  is  dale  (1S82), 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light ;  at  this  time  a  Bell  i"  i)laoed  near  this 
Liihlhouse,  whieh  ii>  thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  10 
,e  -eonds ;  Smith's  Point  Lighthouse  hears  from  Point  Lookout 
Lighliiou-e,  SE-  hy  S.  H  S.  10j4  miles;  Red  lUioy  off  Point 
I,ookout  Shoal  bears  from  Point  Lookout  Lighllionse  S.  H  W., 
distance  al)OUt  1  mile. 

Reniark8. 

Large  vessels,  passing  up  or  down  the  Ray,  should  leave  this 
Li'dithouse  at  least  1  mile  to  the  Westward,  and  vessels  coming 
down  the  Bay,  bound  into  the  Potomac,  should  leave  it  a  mile  to 
the  Northward. 

With  winds  from  N-NW  to  East  by  way  of  North,  there  is 
good  anchorage  about  -)^  mile  to  the  Westward  of  Point  Lookout 
Lighthouse,  in  what  is  called  Cornfield  Ilarbw  ;  large  vt-ssels  may 
anchor  in  about  5  fathoms  water,  with  the  Lighthouse  bearing  E. 
by  S.,  distant  about  1  mile  ;  in  entering  this  Harbor,  care  should 
be  taken  to  leave  the  Red  Buoy  oil  the  Lighthouse  well  to  the 
Northward. 


r  Potorimc 
'oot  Lump, 
till'  ^^l■■.t- 
iip  or  down 
1  250  3:inls 
ill  from    "^ 


athouse. 

DlHtlkllCO. 

17J4  miles. 

50^      " 
J 


liver,  West 
:ilL'  (IS82), 
1  noar  this 
■vals  of  10 
it  Looitout 
•  off  Point 
3.    }{  W., 


leave  this 
els  coming 
,  a  mile  to 

h,  there  is 
it  Lookout 
,'i!ssels  may 
bearing  E. 
;are  should 
ivell  to  the 


KLI>I{I1KJKS  COAST  I'lLUT. 


309 


Piney  Point  Lighthouso. 

Upon  Piiiev  Point,  Northeast  side  of  Poloniac  IJiver.  is  a  Liglit- 
liousc,  which  ai  this  date  ( 1«.S2),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light;  at 
this  tinic!  a  IJell  is  plaeed  near  this  Lig.ilhouse,  whieii  in  Ihieiv 
weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  20  seconds. 

Boarings  and  Distances  from  Pinoy  Point  LiKhthouao. 

Dimuiicc. 

Smith's  Point  Ligiithouse,  SE 2 1'/  miles. 

IMaek  Huo^-  olf  Ragged  Point,  W  NW 3/^       " 

IMakistone  Island  Lighthouse.  NW.  l>v  W-  -'4   W.      11 

Heavy  draught  vessels,  hound  up  Ihe  River,  siiould  not  approach 
nearer  than  '/^  niile  to  this  Lighlliouse. 

Blakistone  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southeast  side  of  lUnkistono  Inland,  North  side  of 
Potomac  River,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  !it,  this  date  (1882),  sliows  a 
fixed  White  Light ;  at  this  time  a  IJell  is  attached  to  this  Lighthouse, 
which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  ]('>  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Blakistone  Island  Lighthouso. 

UiHtaiicc, 

Piney  Point  Lighthouse,  SE   hy  E.  J^i.  E 11       miles. 

Black  liuoy  olf  Ragged  Point  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  E. 

yiB 7'/2       " 

Lower  jMid-cLannel  Uuoy,  painted  in  Rlack  and  White 

Perpendicular  Stripes,  West 2  " 

Heavy  draught  vessels  should  leave  this  Lighthouse  at  least  ^ 

mile  to  the  Northward. 

Lower  Cedar  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  end  of  Vates  Shoal,  West  side  of  the  Potomac  River, 
nearly  oi)posite  Lower  Cedar  I'oint,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this 
date  (18><2),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light;  at  this  time  a  Bell  is 
attached  to  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  wcatlier  is  struck  at* 
intervals  of  12  seconds;  ves.sels  bound  up  the  River  may  leave 
this  Lighthouse  close  to  on  the  Port  hand. 

Mathias  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  t:ic  end  of  Shoal   extending  otf  to  the   Northward   fn  m 
Mathias  '/"oint,   South  side  of  Potomac   River,   is  a  Lighthouse, 


310 


KM)im)0K*8  COAST  PILOT. 


wliiili  ill  tliis  ilatt'  (1SM2),  hIiowh  a  (!\i'(!  While  I.ij,'!it  ;  at  tliis  timo 
II  I'o^llc'.l  is  jiUaciitMl  tu  tills  Li^lillioiiHi',  wliirli  in  tliiik  wcutlicr  is 
struck  twici!  iu  (jiiick  succession,  with  u  single  stroke  liotwi'on  ut  !U) 
Bccomls'  interval  ;  vessels  Ifound  np  the  Ilivcr  may  leave  this 
Lighthouse,  when  ui)reust  it,  about  i'")0  yards  on  the  Tort  hand. 

Upper  Cedar  Point  Fog-Signal  Station. 

At  this  date  (1SH2),  there  is  on  tlie  outer  part  of  the  Shoal 
making  oinVoni  I 'pper  Cedar  Toint,  North  side  of  I'otoniae  River, 
and  about  2  miles  altovc  Muthias  Point  Lightliouse,  a  station, 
which  has  a  Hell  that  is  struck  in  thick  weather  at  intervals  of  If) 
seconds;  vessels  bound  i-p  the  River  may  leave  this  Fog  Signal 
Station  about  l(  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Port  Washington  Lighthouse. 

On  the  wharf  at  Fort  Washington.  Kast  side  of  I'otomac  River, 
and  about  5  miles  below  Alexandria,  is  a  Lighthouse,  whieli  at 
this  date  (1H82),  sliows  a  fixed  White  Liglit ;  vessels  hound  up  the 
River  may  leave  this  Lighthouse  about  150  yards  on  the  Starboard 
Land. 

Jones'  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Jones'  Point,  West  side  of  the  Potomac  River,  a  little  be- 
low Alexandria,  is  a  Ligiithouse,  which  at  this  date  (1HH2),  shows 
a  fixed  White  Liglit ;  vessels  liound  up  the  River  may  leave  this 
Lighthouse  from  300  to  400  yards  on  the  Port  hand. 

Remarks. 

At  tills  date  (1882),  the  Shoals  in  the  Potomac  River  are  well 
marked  with  Reacons  and  Buoys  ;  about  1!)  feet  water  at  low  tide 
can  l)e  tuki'u  up  as  far  as  Alexandria,  and  from  this  about  15  feet 
water  at  low  tide  can  be  taken  to  some  parts  of  the  cLly  of  Wash- 
ington. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Potomac  River  in  Day- 
time, with  fikvoi able  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  Seawiird  or  the  Soutlnvard,  l)ound  up  the  Potomac 
River,  may  follow  tlij  tlirections  before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to 
Raltimoro,  untd  up  with  Smith's  Point  Lighthouse  ;  give  this  Light- 
house a  liorlh  of  about  }^  niMe,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  h  md,  and 
m:.ke  good  the   course  NW".  ]i   W.  '25  miles,  which  will  bring 


r.i.DUiDnirs  coast  imi-ot. 


311 


lit  tliis  liiiio 
,  wi'iitlirr  is 
Lwetiii  nt  liO 
k'livo  tliis 
rthiind. 

m. 

tlic  Shoal 
iiiiau  Uivor, 

a  Htation, 
iViiU  of  15 
Fog  Signal 


mac  River, 
0,  wliifrt  at 
lund  lip  thfi 
e  Staiboiinl 


a  little  bc- 
!M2),  shows 
y  leave  thia 


ver  are  well 
at  low  tide 
tout  15  feet 
ty  of  Wash- 

f  in  Day- 
3ather. 

he  I'otoinac 
le  Henry  to 
e  this  Liglit- 
•t  h  ind.  and 
li  will  bring 


tlicm  lip  with  tho  Black  Buoy  o(T  Ra'^p;('d  Point;  this  Riioy  bears 
W-NW.  fiotn  I'iiicy  Point  l,i;4litiioiiHc,  distanec  3'^  niilcs  ;  when 
tlie  Hliick  Iliioy  olf  liag-^ed  Point  ix  niade,  leave  it  alxxit  J^  mile  on 
Ihii  Port,  and  nuilu-  good  tlie  eournc  W.  by  N.  !j  N.  10  miles, 
wliich  will  bring  llii'in  up  wilh  llu-  Lower  Mid-eiiaimel  IJiioy,  wliieh 
[H  painted  in  HIaek  and  While  Perpendicular  Stripes ;  liluUistono 
Island  Light hons(<  bears  from  thin  last-named  Huoy  Kast  )1  miles; 
when  the  Lower  Mid-ehannel  Huoy  is  made,  run  for  it,  bearing 
abimt  W.  by  N.  '/j  N.,  and  leave  it  elose  to  on  either  hand  ;  when 
()a8t  this  Ihioy  you  will  Hec  the  Second  Mid-channel  Huoy  |)ainted  in 
Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  bearing  about  NW-  }i 
W.,  wliicli  may  bo  left  close  to  on  either  haml;  when  past  tho 
Second  Mid-channel  Huoy,  you  will  sec  the  Buoys  painted  in  Black 
and  White  Perpendienlar  Stripes,  which  mark  the  channel  across 
the  Ketllebottoin  Shoals  ;  pass  these  Buoys  close  to,  leaving  them 
on  either  hand  ;  when  past  the  hist  Buoy  painted  in  White  and  Black 
Perpendicular  Stripes  on  Kettlebottom  Shoals,  you  will  see  tho 
Black  Buoy  olf  Machodac  Flats  ;  run  for  this  last  Black  Buoy,  bear- 
ing about  NW.  by  N-  '^  N.,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run 
up,  leaving  the  Red  and  White  Beacon  off  Lower  Cedar  Point  Flats 
on  the  Starlioard,  and  the  Lighthouse  a  short  distance  on  the  Port 
hand  ;  when  past  this  Lighthouse  keep  the  Starboard  side  best 
aboard,  leaving  tho  next  B(!acon  painted  in  Black  and  White  off 
Persimmon  Point  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  about  2  miles  past  the 
last-named  Beacon,  or  Mathias  Point  Lighthouse  hears  W.  byN., 
gradually  haul  to  the  Westward  around  it,  leaving  it  about  350 
yards  on  the  Port,  and  the  Beacon  on  Port  Tobacco  Flats  well  on 
the  Starboard  hand ;  when  past  the  lastrnamod  Lighthouse,  tho 
River  suddenly  turns  to  the  Southwcstward,  and  it  is  necessary  to 
keep  the  Starboard  side  best  aboard,  leaving  the  Fog  Signal 
Station  off  Lower  Cedar  Point  about  }{  mile  on  tho  Starboard  hand, 
and  the  Black  Buoys  off  Dade's  Shoal,  and  the  Black  and  White 
Beacon  on  Middle  Ground  on  tiie  Port  hand  ;  when  past  this  last 
Beacon  you  will  see  the  two  Red  Buoys  off  Jenifer's  Flats,  which 
must  both  be  left  not  more  than  300  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand  ; 
when  past  these  two  last  Buoys  you  will  see  the  two  Horizontal 
Striped  Buoys  off  Ten  Foot  Lump  and  Maryland  Point  Shoal,  both 
of  which  may  be  left  about  300  yards  on  the  Port ;  when  past  these 
two  last-named  Buoys,  j-ou  will  see  the  two  Black  Buoys  otf  Poto- 
mac Creek  Flats  and  Aquia  Creek  Flats,  both  of  which  must  be 


1^1 


!!i 


ii  J 


312 


F.LDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


left  not  more  than  H  niilo  on  tlie  Port  hand  ;  when  past  these  keep 
the  Starboard  side  best  aboard,  c;arrying  from  3}^   to  4  fathonis 
water,  and  leaving  the  next  Red  Buo)-,  off  Douglass  Point,  close  to 
on  tlie  Starboard,  and  the  next  Black  Buo}',  orf  Clifton  Flats,  close! 
to  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past  the  Black  Buoy  off  Clifton  Flats, 
keep  midway  the  River,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Chicomnxen 
Flats  on  the  Starboard  hand,  still  keeping  in  the  middle  nnlil  yi  u 
make  tiie  Black  Buoys  off  Upper  and  Lower  High  Point  Flats ; 
when  tliese  are  made,  leave  tliem  both  close  to  on  the  Port  hand  ; 
when  about  J4  mile  past  these  Buoys,  keep  the  Starboard  side  last 
aboard,  leaving  Indian  Head  a  short  distance  on  the   Starboaid 
hand,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Craney  Island  Flats,  and  tlie  Black 
Buoy  olf  Hallowing  Point,  b  )th  about  2 -lO  yards  on  the  Port  hand  ; 
when  past tlic  Black  Buoy  olf  Hallowing  Point,  steer  nearly  Noitli 
for  Wliite  Stone  Point,  carrying  from  5  to  G  fathoms  water,  and 
leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Brent's  Slioal,  on  the  Starboard  hand  ; 
when  past  this  last  Buoy,  keep  tlie  Port  side  best  aboard  for  about 
1  mile  ;  then  gradually  iianl  over,  keeping  on  the  Starl)oard  side  of 
the  River,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Mockley's  Point  Slioal  on  the 
Starboard,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Sheridan's  Lower  Shoal  on  the 
Port  hand  ;  leave  tlie  Liglithouse  at  Fort  Wasliington  about  I.jO 
yards  on  the  Starl)oard  liand,  and  keep  the  Starboard  side  of  the 
River  best  aboard  for  al)0ut  1   mile,  leaving  the  lilack  Buoy  on 
Sheridan's  Upper  Shoal  on  the  Port  hand  ;  then  keep  in  tlie  middle, 
leaving  i\w  Red  Buoy  off  Broad  Creek  Flats  on  the  Starboard  hand  ; 
whenpastthisBuoy,  steer  for  Rosier's  Bin  If,  wliicii  is  on  the  East- 
ern side  of  the  River,  leaving  it  close  toon  tlie  Starlioard,  ".nd  the 
Black  Buoy  nearly  opposite  this  Blufl'  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past 
this  last  Buoy,  run  for  the  next  Black  Buoy,  carrying  from  5  to  7 
fathoms  water   through  the  narrow  channel,  and   leaving  Jones' 
Point  Lightiiouse  about  ]^   mile  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoj-s 
opposite  Alexandria  on  the  Starboard  hand;  when  past  the  last- 
named  place,  keep  the  Starbo^ird  side  of  the  River  best  aboard, 
carrving  fro  n  4  to  7  fathoms  water  through  the  narrow   channel, 
leaving  ♦l.o  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoys  on  the 
Starboard  hand  to  tlie  city  ;  when  up  with  Greenleafs  Point,  the 
Soul  hern    i)art   of  the    city,  the    cliannel   leads    close    along  by 
the  wharves.     Vessels  bound  through  the  Long  Bridge  to  George- 
town should  leave   the   Buoy  painted   in    Black    and   Red   Hori- 


,i!i 


•I  I 


;t  these  keep 
,0  4  fathonis 
lint,  close  to 
I  Flats,  {'lose 
lifton  Flats, 
Chicomiixeii 
lie  Tinlil  \(  II 
I'oint  Flats ; 

Port  hand  ; 
ird  side  hcst 
e  Starhoaid 
id  the  Hlack 

Port  hand  ; 
nearlj'  Nortli 
i  water,  and 
)oard  hand ; 
,rd  Ibr  about 
oard  side  of 
Shoal  on  the 
shoal  on  the 
)n  altoiit  l')0 
d  side  of  the 
ick  Buoy  on 
n  the  middle, 
[•board  hand ; 
on  the  East- 
)ard,  ".nd  the 
1 ;  wlien  past 

from  5  to  7 
aving  Jones' 
e  Red  Buoj's 
last  the  last- 
best  aboard, 
row  channel, 
Uioj's  on  the 
rs  Point,  the 
ise  along  by 
;e  to  George- 
1   Red   Ilori- 


ELDUIDGK'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


zontai  Stripes,  which  lies  about  3^^  mile  from  the  Southern  part 
of  the  city  of  Wasliington,  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Vessels  coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  bound  up  the  Potomac 
River,  may  give  tlie  Red  Buo}-  (which  lies  about  1  mile  South  from 
Point  Lookout  Lighthouse)  a  small  berth,  leaving  it  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  make  good  the  course  W-NW.  .about  5  miles ; 
then  steer  NW-  '4  W.,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water  in  the  Potomac  River, 

It  is  high  water  at  Point  Lookout,  North  side  of  eiiLrance  to  the 
Potomac  River,  Ih.  27m.  after  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise 
about  1^2  feet.  It  is  high  water  at  Blakistone  Island  Lighthouse 
2h.  21m.  after  it  is  at  Boston;  common  tides  rise  about  1^  feet. 
It  is  high  water  at  Mathias  Point  4h.  40m.  after  it  is  at  Boston ; 
common  tides  rise  about  IJ^  feet.  It  is  high  water  at  Indian  Head 
7h.  lom.  after  it  is  at  Boston;  common  tides  rise  1^  feet.  It  is 
high  water  at  Washington  Long  Bridge  8h.  32m.  after  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  2  ^  feet. 


313 


OOAN  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  South  side  of  the 
Potomac,  lies  Northwesterly  from  Smith's  Point  Lighthouse  13^ 
miles ;  and  West-Southerly  1]^  miles  from  Point  Lookout  Light- 
house. 

Meninrks. 

About  12  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  taken  into  the  mouth  of 
Coan  River,  and  8  feet  can  be  carried  some  3  miles  above  this  point. 

Sailing  Directions   for  Coan  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Southward,  bound  to  Coan  River,  may  follow 
the  directions  before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore,  until 
up  with  Smith's  Point  Lighthouse ;  leave  this  Lighthouse  al)out  % 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NW.  ^A  W- 
until  Point  Lookout  Lighthou.se  bears  E.  by  N.,  then  make  good 
the  course  W  by  S-,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  2  Black 


p 


314 


ELDUlDGirS  COAST  I'lLOT. 


IJiioys,*  which  lie  on  the  Flats,  oxUMiding  oU  from  Coan  River; 
when  these  Biio^  ■•  .  "c  miulc,  i)ass  iihoiit  inidwa}-  between  them,  ana 
run  jji  about  V  iSf-,  with  the  Uiver  fairly  open,  and  cany ing 
from  3  to  4  fathoms  water,  and  also  keeping  a  sharp  hjokout  for 
the  Kod  Buoy  olf  Travis'  Point  Shoal ;  when  tliis  last  Buoy  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  SW  )j  S-  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  leave 
it  close  to  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  this  last  Bno}',  run  for 
t!ie  Red  Buoy  off  Travis'  Point  S[)it,  rounding  it  close  to  on  the 
Starboard,  and  run  u^  about  "W.  by  S-,  carrying  not  less  than  1.) 
feet  water ;  when  about  li  mile  past  this  Buo}',  haul  gradually  to 
th:;  Westward,  and  in  onh'r  to  avoid  the  Spit  on  the  South  side, 
anchor  close  in  under  Travis'  Point  in  about  10  feet  water;  there 
are  many  shoal  places  above  this,  wliich  at  this  date  (1882),  arc 
not  marked  ^ilh  Buoys ;  it  is,  therefore,  advisable  to  take  a  pilot 
if  bound  farther  up  the  River. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Coan  River  Ih.  33m.  after  it  is 
at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1  ^  feet. 


YEOCOMIOO  RIVER. 


li 

t; 


Tiie  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  South  side  of  the 
Potomac,  about  4  miles  above  Coan  River,  bears  West  about  9  miles 
from  Point  Lookout  Lighthouse,  and  Northwesterly  about  17^ 
miles  from  Smith's  Point  Lighthouse. 

Remarks. 

The  entrance  to  Yeocomico  River,  which  is  about  1  mile  wide, 
lies  between  Lynch's  Point  on  the  North  and  Thicket  Point  on 
the  South;  about  IT)  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  as 
far  as  Barn  Point,  which  is  about  1  mile  from  the  entrance ; 
above  this  the  River  divides  into  three  parts,  which  are  called 
Northwest  Branch,  West  Branch,  and  South  Branch ;  about  9  feet 
water  at  low  tide  can  be  taken  up  to  Kinsale,  which  is  on  the  West 
Branch  about  3  miles  above  the  entrance. 

♦  lu  entering  Coau  River,  the  first  Black  Buoy  is  a  Potomac  River 
Buoy,  and  must  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 


^oan  Rivor ; 
n  tluMii,  niiu 
ind  earning 
lookout  Cor 
loy  is  nuide, 
e,  and  loave 
uoy,  run  for 
e,  to  on  the 
L'ss  than  l;> 
grachially  to 
South  sidf, 
Fater ;  there 
(1882),  arc 
Lake  a  pilot 


1.  after  it  is 


side  of  the 
bout  9  miles 
about   17^ 


mile  wide, 
t   Point   on 

carried  as 
entrance  ; 

are  called 
ibout  9  feet 
3n  the  West 


itomac  River 


li^J 


F.LDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


3L 


SaiUng  Directions  for  Yeocomico  River  in  Daytime 
witJi  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather.        ' 

^'ossels  from  the  Southward,  bound  to  Yeocomico  River,  may 
follow  the  duectiona  before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore, 
m.til  up  with  Smith's  Point  Lighthouse;  leave  this  Lighthouse 
about  ]2  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NW. 
\i  W.  until  Point  Lookout  Lighthouse  bears  East;  then  make 
fiuod  thu  course  West,  leaving  the  Black  Buoys  off  Coan  River  well 
<  n  liu-  Port  liand  ;  as  you  sail  in  keep  a  shaip  lookout  for  the  Red 
Buoy  at  tlie  entrance  of  the  River;  when  th's  Buoy  is  made,  leave 
ii  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  W.  by  N.  '^  N.  iimil 
Lyncli's  Point,  the  first  on  the  Starboard  hand,  b-iirs  North  ;  then 
Mm  in  about  W-  by  S-,  carrying  not  less  Ihan  15  feet  water;  with 
Northerly  winds,  when  tiie  South  Branch  is  fairly  open,  haul  to 
the  Southward  and  run  up,  carrying  not  less  than  15  feet  water 
Ihrough  the  narrow  channel  and  keeping  nearest  Barn  Point,  wjjich 
is  on  the  Fast  side ;  when  past  this  Point,  anchor  in  about  2'^ 
fathoms  water ;  above  this  there  are  numerous  Sliouls  and  Spits  in 
the  different  l)ranches  of  the  River,  none  of  which  at  this  time  are 
marked  with  Buoys;  in  entering  this  River  with  Southerly  winds, 
it  is  advisable  when  the  Northwest  Branch  is  open  to  run  in  mid 
way,  and  anchor  when  past  the  two  first  Points  in  from  10  to  II 
feet  water. 

Vessels  coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  bound  to  Yeocomico 
River,  may  leave  the  Red  Buoy  (which  lies  about  a  mile  to  the 
Southward  of  Point  Lookout)  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer 
WNW.  until  this  Lighuioiise  bears  East,  on  which  bearing 
keep  it,  and  steer  West,  and  fcjilow  the  directions  before  given. 

High   Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  moiitli  of  Yeocomico  River  Ih.  58m. 
after  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1^^   feet. 


LOWER  MACHODOO  RIVER. 

The  entnance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  South  side  of  the 
Potomac,  lies  West  2>^  miles  from  the  Black  Buoy  off  Ragged 
Point,  and  SE.  51^  miles  from  Blakistone  Island  Lighthouse. 


(i1^ 


316 


ELURIDGES  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Keniarks. 

About  12  foct  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  up  to  tlie  Nanows, 
wiiicli  is  about  IJ^  miles  from  the  cntranoo  ;  Spits  having  but  liitle 
'vatcr  upon  them  extend  off  from  botli  sides,  malviuff  the  eiiannt '. 
narrow,  especially  in  one  place  ;  about  5  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be 
taken  through  tlie  Narrows,  and  8  feet  can  be  talven  about  IJ/^ 
miles  above  this. 


'ii  . 


'f  i 


ili 


Sailing  Directions  for  Lower  Machodoc  River  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  to  Lower  Machodoc  River  may  follow  the  direc- 
tions l)cfore  frivcn  for  the  Potomac,  until  abreast  the  Black  Buoy 
olJ'  Ragged  Point ;  leave  this  Buoy  about  !.(  iinle  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  make  good  the  course  W-  byN.  about  .'5  miles,  when  the  River 
will  then  be  fairly  open,  bearing  about  S.  by  E-  %  E.,  then  run 
In,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  tlie  Black  Buoy  off  Cole's  Point 
Slioai ;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run 
for  the  Blnck  Buoy  off  Cole's  Point  Spit,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  Glebe  Shoal  on  the  Starboard 
liand  ;  wlien  past  tlie  last-named  Buoj-  run  up  about  y'i  mile,  and 
anchor  in  from  12  to  13  feet  water  at  low  tide  ;  if  bound  up  through 
the  Narrows,  it  is  advisable  to  take  a  pilot. 

High  Water. 

It  is  liigh  water  at  the  mouth  of  Lower  Machodoc  River  2h.  21m. 
aller  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1  i/^  feet. 


S>! 


!i! 


NOMINI  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  is  en  the  Soutli  side  of  the  Potomac 
River,  nearly  opposite  Iilahistoni'  Lighthouse,  and  about  5  miles  to 
the  Eastward  of  Nomini  Cliffs. 

Momarh's. 

This  Baj' affords  good  .-helter  in  Southerly  and  Southwesterly 
winds,  but  is  exposed  lo  ISortherly  and  Northeasterly  winds ;  in 
entering  there  ai'e  no  dangers  except  the  Flats  wliieh  extend  from 
the  shores  ;  from  2 14  to  3  fathoms  can  be  carried  in  at  low  tide. 


the  Narrows, 
viiig  but  link' 
f  tho  diaiuu'. 
)w  tide  can  l»e 
en  about   1  'Z. 


c  River  in 
•  weather. 

3W  tlie  tliroc- 
!  Black  Buoy 
he  Port  hand, 
hen  tho  River 
E.,  then  run 

Cole's  Point 
liund,  and  run 
ose  to  on  the 
the  Starboard 

yi  mile,  and 
nd  up  through 


liver  2h.  21m. 

it. 


the  Potomac 
out  5  miles  to 


Southwesterly 
rly  winds ;  in 
extend  Ironi 
t  low  tide. 


!      I 


ELDRIDGF/S  COAST  PILOT. 


317 


Sailing  Directions  for  Nomini  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  into  Nomini  Bay  may  follow  the  dir{>ctions  before 
given  for  the  Poto-nac  River,  until  up  witli  the  Black  lliioy  off 
Ragged  Point;  leaie  this  Buoy  about  }{  mile  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  make  good  tht  course  W-  by  IT  }{  N.  until  Blakistone  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  W.  }-i  W-,  the  Bay  will  th;'u  be  fairly 
open,  bearing  S.  by  E-  yd  E.,  and  they  .nay  boldly  run  in,  keeping 
midway,  and  anchor  iu  from  2^  to  3  fathoms  water. 


CURRIOMAN  BAY. 

This  Bay,  which  has  about  7  or  S  feet  water  in  it  at  low  tide,  lies 
inside  of  Hollis's  JIarshes,  wiiich  form  the  Southwestern  part  of 
Nomini  Bay  ;  vessels  of  not  more  than  7  feet  draught  may  find 
shelter  in  this  Bay  from  all  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Currioman  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  into  Currioman  Bay  may  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  Nomini  B.ay,  until  Blakistone  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  N.  by  W.  >^  W-,  then  run  in  S.  by  E.  ^^  E.,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  on  the  end  of  Spit  which 
extends  off  Southeast  from  Elbow  Point ;  as  soon  as  this  Buoy  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  SW.  by  S-,  vv.C.  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  it  close  toon  the  Starboard  hand,  and  carrying  al)ont  8  feet 
water  through  the  narrow  channel;  when  past  this  Buoy,  haul 
gradually  to  the  Northwest,  carrying  from  8  to  10  feet  water;  when 
Elbow  Point  bears  East,  anchor  in  about  8  feet  M-ater. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  tho  entrance  of  Currioman  Bay  2h,  28m.  after 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1  ^  feet. 


1 

J-' 


u 


0 


318 


ELDUIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


MATTOX  CREEK. 


Tho  entrance  to  this  Creek,  w^hieh  is  on  the  South  side  of  tlie 
Potomac  River,  lies  Northwest  about  7  miles  from  Nomini  Cliffs, 
and  W.  y?  N.  10  miles  from  IJlakisto  le  Island  Lighthouse. 

Remarkii. 

About  6  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  up  into  this  Creek 
as  far  as  Massey's  and  Wirt's  Whar\'cs  ;  in  entering,  however,  the 
channel  is  narrow,  and  there  are  no  Buoys  at  this  date  (1882),  to 
mark  the  dangers  ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  bound  in 
to  take  pilots. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  mouth  of  Mattox  Creek  2h.  40m.  after  it 
is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  2  feet. 


SMITH'S  CREEK,  OR  WINTER  HARBOR. 

This  Creelc,  which  is  on  the  North  side  of  the  Potomac,  "near  its 
entrance,  is  Northwesterly  loj^  miles  from  Smith's  Point  Light- 
house, and  about  5  miles  Northwesterly  from  Point  Lo(ikout  Light- 
house. 

Memarh's. 

This  Creek  or  Harbor,  which  is  much  frequented  b}'  small  vessels, 
is  said  to  be  free  from  iee,  excepting  in  vcr}'  severe  winters ;  at 
this  time,  in  entering,  there  are  3  Buoys,  which  mark  the  channel 
leading  in  ;  about  10  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  into  this 
place.  , 

Sailing  Directions  for  Sir-'ch's  Creek  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Southward,  bound  to  Suiith's  Creek  or  Winter 
Harbor,  may  leave  the  Lighthouse  off  Smith's  Point  ab(jut  l^  mile 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NW-  j'i  N.  ;  when 
about  4  miles  past  Point  Lookout  Lighthouse,  keep  a  sharp  lookout 
for  the  Black  Buoj*  which  lies  off  Kitt's  Point  Shoal ;  when  this 
Buoy  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  North,  and  run  for  it,  leaving  it  clo^e 
to  on  the  Port  hand,  ami  the  Red  Buoys  off  Windmill  Point  Shoal 


side  of  the 
)mini  Cliffs, 
ouse. 


)  this  Creek 
lowever,  tlie 
!  (1882), to 
ra  bound  in 


lOm.  after  it 


A.RBOR. 

mac,  "near  its 
Point  Liglit- 
(jkout  Light- 


mall  vessels, 
winters ;  at 
the  channel 

led  into  this 


Daytime, 
her. 

i  or  Winter 
Kjut  l^  mile 
2  N.  ;  when 
liarp  lookout 
;  when  this 
wing  it  clo?e 
Point  Shoal 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


310 


close  to  on  the  Starboaid  hand  ;  when  past  the  Upper  Buoy,  anchor 
nearest  the  Starboard  shore,  in  not  less  than  10  feet  water. 

Coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Hay,  leave  tiie  Red  Riioy  (vvhioli 
Tu's  about  a  mile  from  Point  Lookout  LiLilithoiiso)  a  siiort  distance 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  NW  ,' j  W-  ;  wlien  about 
4  miles  past  this  Buoy,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  off 
Kitt's  Point  Flats  ;  when  this  last  Buoy  is  made,  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  n.outh  of  Smith's  Creek  Ih.  37m.  after  it 
is  ut  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1  ^  feet. 


ST.  MARY'S  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  on  the  North  side  of  the  Potomac 
River,  about  7  miles  Northwesterly  from  Point  Lookout  Lighthouse, 
and  1  ^  miles  above  the  entrance  to  Smitli's  Creek  or  Winter  Harbor. 

Remarks. 

The  entrance  to  St.  Mary's  River,  which  is  between  Kitt's  Point 
on  the  East  and  St.  George's  Island  on  the  West,  is  about  2  miles 
wide ;  the  principal  danger  in  entering  this  River  is  St.  George's 
Bar ;  this  danger  extends  off  more  than  a  mile  from  the  Southeast- 
ern part  of  St.  George's  Island,  and  is  maikod  on  its  outer  part 
with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  ;  vessels 
bound  into  the  Potomac  River  must  leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  those  bound  into  St.  Mary's  River  on  the  Port 
hanil ;  when  past  this  Buoy,  by  keeping  midw.ay  the  River,  there 
are  no  dangers,  and  about  ?,]{•  fathoms  water  can  be  carried  up  to 
St.  Mary's,  which  is  about  5  miles  above  the  entrance. 

Sailing  Directions  for  St.  Mary's  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  coming  up  tlie  Cliesapenke  Bay,  bound  to  St.  Mary's 
River,  may  follow  the  dire,  tioiis  before  given  from  Co,)'  Henry 
to  Baltimore,  until  up  with  Smith's  Point  Lightliouse ;  leavi!  this 
Liglithouse  about  '4  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  NW.  16  miles;  the  entrance  to  this  River  will  then  be 


i;  J 

n 


I 


f 


:}20 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


opon,  hoarins  nboiit  North,  and  tiie  Liioy  paiiiud  in  Ilccl  and  Black 
Horizontal  Stripes,  wliicl,  liog  olF  St.  Geor<jc's  Uar,  will  tiion  bo 
seen  ;  leave  this  Buoy  ahoul  ;]00  yimh  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run 
up  alioiit  North,  keepinir  in  tiie  middle  oftiie  River  to  St.  Marv's. 

Coming  down  the  Cliesajjeake  Bay,  leave  tin-  Red  Buov,  wlii.li 
lies  nhout  Soutli  from  Point  Lookout  Li-lithouse,  a  short  "distaneo 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  tlie  comae  NW.  ^4  W.  7 
miles;  St.  Mary's  River  will  then  be  open,  bearing  aboi/t  North; 
'HMi  run  in,  leaving  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
S  '  , "s,  oirst.  Ocorge's  Bar,  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the  direu- 
tiona  b.;I'ore  given. 


BRETON'S  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  on  the  North  side  of  the 
Potom.ac  River,  is  Northwest  9^  miles  from  Piney  Point  Light- 
house, and  Northeasteily  23^  miles  from  Blakistoue  Island  Light- 
house. ° 

Itemnrks. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  between  K.iywood's  Point  on 
the  West  and  Iliggins'  Point  on  the  East,  is  about  ^'  mile  wide  ; 
about  1 ")  feet  water  can  be  carried  up  to  Lover's  Point,  ;J  miles  fi'om 
the  entrance,  and  from  this  about  8  feet  to  Leonardtown,  which  is 
1%  miles  above  the  last-named  Point. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Breton's  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  into  Breton's  Bay  may  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  the  Potomac  River,  until  abreast  the  Black  Buoy  off 
Ragged  Point ;  leave  this  Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  make  good  the  course  NW.  %  W.  about  5  miles ;  then  keep 
a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
Stripes,  which  lies  olf  Heron  Island  Shoal ;  Blakistone  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  about  West  2  miles ;  when  this 
last-named  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
run  about  N.  %  E.,  and  in  order  to  avoid  the  Shoal  extending  off 
Southwest  from  IIig:^ins'  Point,  at  the  entrance  of  the  Bay,  keep 
the  Port  side  best  aboard,  until  about  a  mile  from  the  mouth ;  thoa 


1 


Vimu. 


Hi  and  Black 
will  llieii  !jo 
11(1,  aii'I  run 
St.  Miirv's. 
Buoy,  wliicli 
ort  (listanoo 
IT.  H  W.  7 
jout  North  ; 
{  Horizontal 
m  the  diroo- 


sidc  of  tlio 
'oint  Liglit- 
iland  Liulit- 


I'd  Point  f;ll 

iiiilo  wide  ; 

5  uiilos  from 

'11,  whlcli  is 


Daytime, 
ler. 

tions  before 

li   Buoy  oir 

Port  hand, 

then  keep 

Horizontal 

)ne    Island 

;  -when  this 

.  hand,  and 

tending  oil' 

Bay,  keop 

louth ;  thiia 


KLDHIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


321 


kcip  midway  until  up  with  Lover's  Point  before  mentioned,  tlicn 
keep  the  Port  side  best  aboard  to  Leonardtown  ;  at  liovcr's  Point, 
S|iiLs  extend  off  from  both  sides  of  llu'  River,  making  the  cliannel 
very  narrow  ;  it  is  therefore  neeessary,  wlien  passing  this  plaee.  to 
proceed  with  caution. 

High   Watei'. 
It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Breton's  Bay  2ii.  30m.   after 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1  ^  feet. 


ST.  CLEMENT'S   ..;A    . 

The  entrance  to  St.  Clement's  Bay,  wb"-,;(i  \  's  aJ'ont  \%  miles  to 
the  Westward  of  Breton's  Bay,  is  only  ,>.,  'at  i  from  the  latlci  liy 
Newton's  Neck  ;  vessels  bound  into  the  fiisV  i.on'ioned  Bay  pass  to 
the  Westward  of  this  Neck,  while  f  ->se  bound  into  the  latter 
place  pass  to  the  Eastward  of  it. 

About  16  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  taken  up  na  far  as  Ship- 
ping Point,  wliich  is  about  2  miles  from  tlie  entrance,  and  10  feet 
can  be  carried  up  2^  miles  above  this ;  in  entering  this  Ba^',  Spits 
extend  off  from  both  sides,  having  but  little  water  upon  them. 

Sailing  Directions  for  St.  Clement's  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  into  St.  Clement's  Bay  may  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  the  Potomac  River,  until  abreast  the  Black  Buoy 
off  R.aggod  Point ;  leave  this  Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NW.  Jlj  W.  about 5  miles;  then 
keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Hori- 
zontal Stripes,  which  lies  off  Heron  Island  Shoal;  Blakistone 
Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  about  West  2  miles  ;  when 
this  last-nauKHl  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  steer  about  NW.  ji  W  ,  can-ying  from  3  to  .'i^^  fixthoms 
w.^ter  ;  when  Long  Point,  wliich  is  on  tlie  Idistern  side  about  Ja 
mile  above  the  entrance,  bears  NW.  by  N.  ]j  N.,  run  for  it  on 
this  course,  passing  between  the  Spits  at  the  entrance,  and  carrying 
not  less  than  15  feet  water  ;  leave  this  Point  about  300  3ards  on 


i 


■iil 


1 


i;iJ)IUI)GES  COAST  riLOT. 


the  SUirhoard  liaiul,  iiiul  nm  up,  and  aiicliur  alioiit  J  j  iniU;  above 
it,  in  from  2'/,  to  3  fatlKmis  water;  il' IkxiikI  Curtlier  up,  keep  iiii('.- 
way  the  l>ay  ;  between  Blakislonc  IhUukI  Lijflitliou8e  and  Heron 
Island  there  in  a  narrow  eiiannel,  havinj^  about  '.\  fatlioins  water  in 
it ;  strangers,  liowever,  should  not  allenipt  tiiis  passage. 

Iliyh  Water. 

It  is  higii  water  at  tiie  entrance  of  St.  Clement's  Hay  2h.  35nj. 
after  it  is  at  Hostou  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1  ^^  feet. 


',i 


:;! 


ill 


WICOMICO  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  on  tlie  Norlli  side  of  the  Potomac, 
about  4}/^  rniles  Nortiiwest  from  IJlakistone  Islsind  Lighlliouse,  and 
nearly  opposite  Nomini  Cliffs,  which  are  on  the  South  side  of  the 
Potomac. 

liemarks. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  about  l}(  miles  wide,  lies 
between  St.  Margaret's  Island  on  the  East  and  Cob  Point  -on  the 
West ;  shoal  water  extends  off  Southeast  from  this  last  Point  for 
more  than  a  mile,  and  is  marked  on  its  outer  part  witii  a  Buoy 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes ;  vessels  bound  up  the 
Potomac  must  leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Starboard  hand,  but  vessels 
bound  into  Wicomico  River  must  leave  it  on  the  Port  hand.  There 
is  a  good  channel  of  ">  fathoms  water  which  K'ads  up  about  3  miles 
from  this  Buoy  ;  above  this  tlie  River  is  full  of  shoals. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Wicomico  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  into  Wicomico  River  may  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  the  Potomac,  until  up  with  the  Lower  Mid-cliannel 
Buoy,  which  is  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes; 
Blakistone  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  East  about 
;}  miles  ;  when  this  Buoy  is  mad(!,  leave  it  close  to  on  either 
hand,  and  steer  N.  by  W-  l^i  W-,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout 
for  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes, 
which  lies  about  1^  miles  Southeast  from  Cob  Point ;  when  this 
Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand.    As 


f 


iiiiUi  nhovo 
),  kci'p  mil'.- 

niul  llcrun 
ns  waicr  in 


ELniMDr.K'S  COAST  PILOT. 


323 


ay  21i.  35m. 

0  Potomac, 

tlioiiso,  and 

sido  of  tlie 

s  wide,  lies 

oint  on  tlie 

t  Point  for 

itii  ii  Buoy 

aiind  up  tlie 

but  vessels 

uid.    There 

jout  3  miles 

» 

in  Day- 

ather. 

e  directions                        ' 

lid-channel 

ar  Stripes ; 

Kast  about 

a  on  either 

rp   lookout 

tal  Stripes, 

;  when  this 

hand.     As                        j 

you  sail  in,  the  Red  Iluoy  off  St.  Margaret's  Island  Shoal  will 
be  seen;  leave  this  Iluoy  iibont  l.'>0  yards  on  the  Starbonrd 
hand,  and  run  about  N  'j  E-  |i  mile,  when  30.1  may  anchor 
in  I'nnn  !")  to  0  fathoms   water. 

Or,  when  past  the  lied  Hiioy  off  St.  Marffarct's  Island  Shoal,  3'ou 
may  steer  about  N.  ,'j  E..  leaving  the  Hlack  IJiioy  olf  J.aneaHh'i 
Point  Spit  about  I.'jO  yards  011  the  Pmt  hand  ;  wh.-n  past  this  last- 
named  liuoy,  run  up  about  N-NW-  'i  mile,  and  anchor  in  about 
5  fathoms  water ;  above  this  tlie  River  is  full  of  shoals. 

High   Wafer. 

It  IS  high  water  at  the  mouth  of  Wicomico  River  "Jh.  ;i5m.  after 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  2  feet. 


PORT   TOBACCO   RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  Xorlli  side  of  the 
Potomac,  lies  Northeasterly  about  2%  uii'os  from  Mathias  Point 
Lighthouse. 

Ilemarh's, 

About  G  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carricil  from  Windmill 
Point,  which  is  on  tlie  West  side  of  entrance,  to  Fourth  Point,  and 
from  tliis  about  3  or  4  feet  to  Port  Tobacco  Laiuling. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Port  Tobacco  Landing  in 
Daytime,  witti  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  into  Port  Tobacco  River  may  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  the  Potomac,  until  the  Beacon  opiiosite  Mathias 
Point  Lighthouse  is  made ;  bring  this  Beacon  to  bear  West  about 
yi  mile,  and  in  order  to  avoid  the  shoal  water  which  extends  olf 
from  W^indmill  Point  (which  is  the  first  on  the  Port  hand  in  enter- 
ing), steer  about  N-  by  E.,  carrving  about  8  feet  water  across  the 
lilts;  when  past  this  last-named  Point,  kce[)  midway  the  River  to 
1  ort  Tobacco  Landing. 

ITf(//i    Wafer. 

It  is  high  water  in  Port  Tobacco  River  111.  4nm.  after  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  aliout  1>2  foet. 


n 


321 


ELDISIDOK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Tides  in  the  Potomac  River. 


Tlu>  tidos  in  the  I'olotiiai-,  likr  all  olln-r  Hivcix  in  tlin  ('lifmi|H'nko 
Hay,  arc  varifd  l>y  winds.  Slron"^  Soiiliu'Mst  winds  inciViiHC  tlio 
tides,  l)nt  after  blowing  I'loiii  tijo  Noilli  or  Northwest  u  short  tiiue, 
tho  tides  riau  but  little. 


PATUXENT  RIVER. 

TIic  entrance  to  this  Uivor,  wliicli  lies  on  the  West  side  of  Chesa- 
peake Ilii}',  is  between  Hog  Island  Point  on  the  Sonth  and  Drum 
Point  on  tlie  North,  and  is  17  miles  Northwesterly  from  Point 
Lookout  Light  liousc,  and  Sontliwesterly  1'^  miles  from  Cove  Point 

Lighthouse. 

lieinavkH. 

The  prineipal  danger  In  entering  this  River  is  a  Shoal  which 
extends  oil  a  little  more  tiian  ^2  nnle  IVom  Hug  Island  Point, 
which  is  on  the  Sonth  side  of  the  entrimee.  This  danger  is  marked 
with  a  IMaik  I>uoy,  which  in  going  in,  is  left  on  the  Port  iiand. 
From  f)  to  li  fathoms  water  van  be  taken  into  tlie  moiilii  of  this 
Hiver.  Tliis  is  a  good  harbor  of  refuge  for  vessels  bound  up  or 
down  the  Chesapeake  Bay. 

Sailing  Directions  for  entering  tho  Patuxent 
River  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

Vessels  l)ound  into  Patuvent  River  m;vy  follow  the  directions 
before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  lialtiinore,  until  Cove  Point 
Liglilhouse  is  nuule  ;  bring  this  Lighthouse  to  bear  N.  by  W-, 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  having  Cedar  Point,  which  is  quite 
bold,  well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past  this  Point,  gradually-  haul 
to  the  AN'estward,  keeping  a  sharp  Io>ikout  for  the  Black  Buoy  oflf 
Hog  Island  Point  Shoal,  which  extends  off  ab  )ut  l^,  mile  from  the 
Souilievn  side  ;  when  this  Buo}'  is  maile,  leave  it  about  300  yards 
on  tlie  Port  hand,  and  steer  W  SW-  about  1  mile,  when  you  may 
gradually  haul  to  the  Southward  and  anchor  in  tho  Cove  on  the 
Southern  side,  in  from  Ti  to  10  fathoms  water,  good  holding  ground. 

In  order  to  avoid  the  flat  ground  which  extends  off  from  the 


n  ('lifSii|U'nko 
iiiciviiHO  the 
u  short  tiim;, 


lido  of  Clicsa- 
ith  and  Dniiii 
•  IVoin  Point 
lu  Cove  Point 


Shoal  which 
Inland  Point, 
4er  is  muiiicd 
i;  Port  iiand. 
inoiilii  of  this 
i  Jjoiind  np  or 


Patuxent 
rinds    and 

he  directions 
I  Cove  Point 
V  N.  by  W., 
ivhich  is  quite 
;iadiiall3'  haul 
lac'iv  Buoy  off 
mile  from  tlie 
)ut  300  yards 
hen  you  may 
!  Cove  on  the 
Idinj^  ground, 
off  from  tlie 


ELFHUIKiKS  COAST  I'lLOT. 


3:i.l 


Western  slorc,  aliout  2  niiiei  to  tlic  Sunthwiird  of  Cove  Point, 
heavy  drauj;ht  vessels,  eominj;  down  the  Chesaiieuke  Hay  hound 
into  this  Uiver,  nuiy  leuvti  Cove  I'oint  Li^,'hlhonse  iihout  1  mile  to 
tlio  Westward,  and  steer  South  about  .1  miles;  the  Kivcr  will  then 
bo  oju'n,  bearing  about  W.SW  ;  then  nni  in,  keei)iiit,'  a  Hharp 
lookout  for  the  lUaek  IJuuy  olf  Hoy  island  I'oiut,  and  follow  tho 
direelions  before  given. 

Boating  into  Patuxont  Rivor. 

In  l)eatin^'  into  this  Illver,  eare  shcjiild  bo  taken  to  avoid  tho 
Shoal  which  extends  off  from  IIol;;  Island  Point,  which  is  on  tho 
South  side  ;  when  past  the  Ihioy  wliich  marks  this  danger,  you  may 
stand  well  over  towards  Drum  Point,  wiiich  is  bold,  and  is  the  first 
Point  on  tho  North  side  in  enteiiuL; ;  when  past  this  last-named 
Point,  keep  the  South  side  best  aboard,  as  there  is  a  Shoal  '/^  mile 
to  tho  Westward  of  Drum  I'oint,  which  extends  more  than  yj  miio 
from  shore. 

Anchorage  off  the  Mouth  of  Patuxont  Rivor. 

With  Westerly  winds,  vessels  may  find  shelter  off  the  month  of 
this  River;  heavy  draught  vessels  should  anchor  in  from  4  to  7 
fathoms  water.  Cove  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  anchorage 
North  about  .iy^  miles. 

Ififfh   Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  mouth  of  Patuxent  River  2h.  10m.  after 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1  'A  feet. 


HERRING  BAY. 

This  Bay,  which  lies  to  tho  Northward  of  Holland  Point,  is  on 
the  West  side  of  tlie  Chesapeake,  about  10  miles  Northwesterly 
from  Sharp's  Island  Lighthouse,  and  10  miles  Southwesterly  from 
Thomas'  Point  iJghthouse. 

Hemarh's. 

With  Westerly  winds,  vessels  may  find  good  shelter  in  tliis  Bay  ; 
shoal  water  extends  olf  Northeasterly  about  ly^  mih>a  from  Hol- 
land Point,  which  is  on  the  South  side  of  the  entrance,  and  shoal 


326 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


water  also  makes  off  from  the  Western  and  Northwestern  sides  of 
this  Hay  ;  vessels  iu  entering  should,  therefore,  use  the  Lead,  whijh 
is  a  sure  guide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Holland  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  coming  up  the  Chesapeake  Bay  may  follow  the  directions 
before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore,  until  the  Black  Buoy 
off  to  the  Eastward  of  Holland  Point  is  made ;  leave  this  Buoy 
about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand  and  steer  N-  by  W.  about  IJ^ 
miles  (carrying  not  less  than  4  fathoms  water)  ;  then  haul  in,  and 
anchor,  according  to  draught,  in  from  2}4  to  3%  fathoms  water. 

Vessels  coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay  ma}'  leave  the  Black 
Buoy  off  Thomas'  Point  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
make  good  the  course  S.  by  W.  y2  W.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy 
off  Horse  Shoe  Point  well  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when  Holland 
Bay  is  fairly  open,  run  in  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


PAIRHAVEN  LANDING. 

This  landing  lies  on  the  West  side  of  Holland  Bay.  A  Spit, 
having  but  little  Avater  upon  it,  extends  about  1  ^  miles  from 
Parker's  Island,  which  is  on  the  North  side,  leaving  a  channel  of 
10  feet  water  between  this  Spit  and  the  Western  shore. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Pairhaven  Landing  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Southward,  of  not  more  than  7  or  8  feet 
draught,  bound  to  Fairbaven  Landing,  may  leave  the  Black  Buoy 
off  Holland  Point  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  N-  ^ 
E.,  about  1*^  miles;  then  haul  round  the  Shoal  wli'.ch  makes  off 
to  the  Northward  of  Holland  Point,  keeping  iu  about  2}^  fathoms, 
and  run  up  about  W.  by  S.  until  Holland  Point  bears  SE.  by  E-  ; 
then  haul  round  the  Southern  end  of  the  Spit,  and  run  up  about 
N.  by  E.,  carrying  from  t)  to  10  feet  water  through  the  narrow 
channel,  passing  inside  or  to  t'  c  Westward  of  the  Spit ;  when  the 
end  of  the  Wharf  bears  SW-  by  W.,  then  run  for  it  on  this 
course. 


*M.llV«f^''«»«^*^'*>Mi«»*Y<-.j-!eao««<!«a«MMM.-t « 


'.'  .^lto^«tf~"W*<t^V.i.i  I  fflTVT=^^1  — 11  i-T^J^ 


tern  sides  of 
Lead,  wlii.-h 

Daytime, 
her. 

ic  diroctions 
Black  Buoy 
;'e  this  Buoy 
r.  about  lj4 
haul  in,  and 
us  water. 
ve  the  Black 
\  hand,  and 
Black  Buoy 
len  Holland 
I. 


y.     A  Spit, 

miles  from 

a  channel  of 


J  in  Day- 
ther. 

7  or  8  feet 
Black  Buoy 
about  N.  >i 
3h  makes  off 
'}i  fathoms, 
SE.  by  E.  ; 
un  up  about 
the  narrow 
t ;  when  the 
r  it  on  this 


ELDIUDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


327 


HlgJi  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Holland  Bay  3h.  20m.  after  it  is  at  Boston ; 
common  tides  rise  about  1  foot. 


WEST  RIVJiiK. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  West  side  of  Chesa- 
peake Bay,  lies  about  '6}^  miles  Southwest  from  the  Lighthouse  off 
Thomas'  Point. 

Iteniarks, 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  about  1 J^  miles  wide,  lies 
between  Saunders'  Pouit  on  the  North  and  Curtis  Point  on  the 
South.  Shoals  extend  off  a  long  distance  from  both  these  Points, 
which  at  this  time,  are  marked  with  Buoys.  About  1^  miles  from 
the  entrance,  the  River  divides  into  two  branches ;  the  Northwest 
branch  is  called  Rhode  River.  About  13  feet  water,  at  low  tide, 
can  be  taken  in  as  far  as  the  mouth  of  Rhode  River,  which  is  about 
2  miles  from  the  entrance,  and  9  feet  can  be  carried  up  about  2 
miles  above  this  point ;  about  9  feet  water  can  be  carried  up  into 
Rhodo  River. 

Sailing  Directions   for  West  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  coming  up  the  Chesnpeake  Bay  may  follow  the  directions 
before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore  until  the  Lighthouse  off 
Thomas"  Point  is  made  ;  bring  this  Lighthouse  to  Dear  N-  by  E-, 
and  run  for  it,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  olf  Horse  Shoe  Point  well 
on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  about  2  miles  from  Thomas'  Pjiut  Light- 
house, haul  up  NW.,  until  this  last-named  Lighthouse  bears  NE. 
5^  E.,  on  which  bearing  koep  it.  and  steer  SW-  }i  W  ,  leaving 
the  Red  Buoy  off  Saunders'  Point  well  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
carrying  not  less  than  15  feet  water.  As  you  sail  ia  you  will  see 
the  Black  Buoy  off  Curtis  Point  Shoal  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  Dutch- 
man's Point  Flats;  Thomas'  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  the 
former  NE.  }i  E.,  about  3  miles ;  when  these  Buoys  are  made, 
pass  about  midway  between  them  and  run  up  about  W.  by  S-i  2 
miles ;  then  anchor  in  from  10  to  12  feet  water  ;  or,  when  past  the 
Buoys,  steer  about  W.  ^  S-,  about  1  mile,  when  Rhode  River  will 


328 


ELDKIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


then  be  open,  beaiin-r  about  N-NW.  ;  tlion  run  np  muhvay  and 
anchor  near  the  mouth  In  about  12  feet  water,  secure  from  all 
winds. 

Vessels  coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  bound  into  West 
River,  may  leave  the  Hlack  Duoy  off  to  the  Southward  of  Thomas' 
Point  Lighthouse  cluse  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  SW. 
%'  W.,  keeping  a  sluirp  lookout,  for  tlie  Black  Buoy  off  Curtis' 
i'oint  Shoal ;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  follow  the  directions  befo-e 
given. 

High   tratet'. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  West  River  4h.  44m.  after  it 
is  at  Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  1  foot. 


SOUTH  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  about  2  miles  to  the  North- 
ward of  West  River,  lies  between  Thomas'  Point  on  the  North  and 
Saunders'  Point  on  the  South. 

Memarks. 

The  entrance  to  South  River  is  about  2  miles  wide.  Shoal  water 
extends  off  from  both  Thomas'  and  Saunder's  Points.  About  14 
feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  carried  up  some  5  miles  from  the 
entrance. 

Sailing  Directions  for  South  River  in  Dasrtime,  v^it?! 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  coming  up  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  bound  into  South  Ri\er, 
may  follow  the  brcctions  before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Balti- 
more, until  Thomas'  Point  Lighthouse  is  ma(ie  ,  then  bring  it  to 
bear  N.  by  E-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  2  miles 
from  it ;  South  River  will  tiiePi  be  open,  bearing  about  NW.  by  N. ; 
then  run  NW-,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoys  which  mark 
the  channel  leading  in  ;  when  these  are  made,  leave  the  Red  P>ury 
off  Marshy  Point  on  the  Starboard  and  the  Black  Buoy  on  Turkey 
Point  Middle  Ground  on  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  above  the  las-t- 
namcd  Buoy  in  from  2%  to  4  fathoms  water ;  or,  when  past  the 
Black  Buoy  on  Turkey  Point  Middle  Ground,  steer  about  NW-  >^ 


p  midwaj'  and 
cure  from  all 

[1(1  into  West 
(1  of  Thomas' 
1(1  steer  SW. 
loy  otr  Curtis' 
ectious  bef(>'e 


.  44m.  after  it 


to  the  North- 
he  Is'orlli  and 


Shoal  water 
?.  About  14 
nles  from  the 


time,  V7.it?i 
r. 

South  Ri^er, 
^ury  to  Balti- 
u  bring  it  to 
ibout  2  miles 
N-W.byN.; 
3  which  mark 
he  Red  I5ury 
)y  on  Turke)- 
love  the  last- 
hen  past  (he 
out  NW.  Yz 


ELDIlinOE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


329 


N.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Hill's  Point  on  the  Starboard  hand  ; 
when  past  this  Buoy,  keep  in  the  middle  (leaving  the  Black  Buoy 
off  Glebe  Creek  Flats  on  the  Port  hand),  until  up  with  thd  Bridge. 
Vessels  coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Ba}-  may  leave  the  Black 
Buoy  to  the  Southward  of  Thomas'  Point  about  }(  mile  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  steer  W.  by  S..  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for 
the  Buoys  at  *he  entrance  of  the  River;  when  these  are  made, 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Anchorage  under  Thomas'  Point. 

Remarks. 

With  winds  from  SW-  to  NE.,  by  way  of  North,  vessels  may 
find  go  )d  shelter  to  the  Westward  of  Thomas'  Point,  in  from  2}4 
to  3j^  fathoms  water,  good  holding  ground. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Anchorage  under  Thomas' 

Point. 

Vessels  cominf'  np  the  Chesapeake  Baj-  may  follow  the  directions 
before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore,  until  Thomas'  Point 
Lighthouse  is  made  ;  then  bring  this  Lighthouse  to  bear  N.  by  E., 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  l]'-  miles  from  it;  then 
run  in  NW.,  and  anchor  according  to  draught,  in  from  2y2  to  Z]^ 
fathoms  water,  good  holding  groinul. 

Coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  vessels  of  more  than  16  feet 
draught  should  leave  the  Black  Buoy  to  the  Southward  of  Thomas' 
Point  lighthouse  at  least  '3  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
graduallv  haul  to  the  Westward,  and  anchor  in  about  3 '2  fathoms 
water,  with  the  Lighthouse  bearing  about  NE.  by  E.,  about  1% 
miles  from  it ;  light  draught  vessels  may  go  farther  in  and  anchor 
in  2)'2  fathoms  water. 

Iligh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Thomas'  Point  or  the  entrance  of  South  River 
4h.  44m.  after  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1  foot. 


ANNAPOLIS  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Southwest  side  of  Severn  River, 
about  1  ]4,  miles  from  its  mouth,  lies  Northwesterly  about  5  miles 


':.!''.  Pi^^^.''\: 


330 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


from  Thomas'  Point  Lighthouse,  and  Wcst-Northerl}'  about  Ij^ 
miles  from  Grcenl)ury  Point  Liglithouse,  which  is  on  the  Northo,n 
side  of  entrance  to  this  River. 


1 


i  \ 


Remarks. 

At  this  date  (1882),  tlio  cliannel  leading  up  to  Annapolis  is  well 
buoyed;  about  20  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  past 
Oreenbury  Point  Lighthouse,  and  from  12  to  15  feet  can  be  taken 
up  into  tlie  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Annapolis  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  up  the  Bay,  bound  to  Aniuii)oli:-'  Harbor,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  from  Cape  Henry  1)  litdtimore,  until  up 
Willi  the  Lipistliouse  off  Thomas'  Point;  k>,.  •■  this  Lightiiouse 
about  }4  mile  on  the  Port  hancl  and  st^-r  abo'i*,  North,  keeping 
a  sharp  lookout  for  tlie  Black  Buoy  off  Tall}-'  Point;  Thomas' 
Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  thui  Buoy  Z.  '/t  W.  1^  miles; 
when  tiiis  Buoy  off  Tally's  Point  is  m;i'le,  '  -ave  it  close  to  on  the 
Port  baud,  and  make  good  the  coursuj  J!  l)y  W.  ^  W-  ;  as 
you  sail  in  you  will  see  on  the  Pri:.  hra...  rise  R^d  Buoy  off 
Grecnbury  Point  Shoal ;  for  the  do.  pest  \vn  ,ei  bring  ibis  Buoy  to 
bear  NW  ^  W.  and  run  foi  it  on  this  eo-use,  leaving  it  close  to 
on  tho  :.l:..ivioard  hand,  and  carrying  iJ')t  less  than  20  feet  water; 
when  pas*  J ':,  ia-i.  "<iioy  you  will  see  farther  up  two  lilack  Buoys, 
b'^th  of  w)i\cU  may  h-  left  close  to  on  tim  Port  h.uid  ,  when  past 
these  Btioj.:.  t'-x  r."'.'.Uiwe!?„ornm>>st  of  wiich  is  nearly  oi)po.site  the 
Lighthouse,  you  will  see  the  Rod  Buoy  off  Fort  Madison  ;  leave 
this  last  Buoy  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  into  the  Harbor, 
leaving  the  Black  Buoy  olf  Sycamore  Flats  on  the  Port  hard,  and 
anchor  opposite  the  town,  in  from  2  to  2>^  fathoms  water. 

Coming  down  Chesnpcake  Bay,  bound  to  Annapolis  Harbor, 
leave  the  Black  Buoy  off  Sandy  Point  Lighthouse  a  short  distance 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  SW-  by  S.  ^ 
S.  3  miles,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Hackctt's  Point  on  the  Star- 
board hand  ;  when  past  this  Buoy  steer  about  W  SW.,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Rod  Buoy  off  to  the  Southeastward  of 
Greenbury  Point  Lighthouse  ;  when  this  last-named  Buoy  is  made 
(which  bears  from  Greenbury  Point  Lighthouse  S-  by  E 
3/^  luile),  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


34  E. 


1. 


1}'  about  1  y^ 
the  NortbiMi 


apolis  is  well 
carriod  past 
3an  be  taken 


r  in  Day- 
^^oather. 

r,  fellow  the 
ore,  until  up 
3  Lighthouse 
)rth,  keeping 
at ;  Thomas' 
'.  V/i  miles; 
lose  to  on  the 

^  W.  ;  as 
~d    Buoy   olf 

this  Buo3-  to 
ng  it  close  to 

feet  water ; 
L?iack  liiiovs, 
I ,  when  past 

o[)posite  tlie 
idison  ;  leave 

the  Harbor, 
rt  hard,  and 
Liter. 

)olis  Harbor, 
liort  distance 
W.  by  S.  ^ 
;  on  the  Star- 
7".,  keeping  a 
lieastward  of 
tuoy  is  made 
)y  E.  34  E. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT.  331 


ANNAPOLIS  ROADS. 

These  Roads  lie  from  1  %  to  2j^  miles  Southeast  from  Green- 
bury  Point  Lighthouse,  and  have  from  3j^  to  8  fathoms  wtitcr  in 
them. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Annapolis  Roads. 

Vessels  coming  up  Chesapeake  Ba}*,  intending  to  anchor  in 
these  Roads,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given  from  Cape 
Henry  to  Baltimore,  until  Greenbury  Point  Lighthouse  bears 
NW. ;  tlien  run  boldly  in  and  anchor  according  to  draught  in 
fi'oni  oy2   to  8  fathoms  water,  soft,  muddy  bottom. 

Coming  down  Chesapeake  Ba}',  leave  the  Black  l>uoy  off  Sandy 
Point  Lighthouse  about  }^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make 
good  the  course  SW.  by  S.  J^  S.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  ofi' 
Hackett's  Point  well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  Greenbury 
Point  Lighthouse  bears  NW.,  follow  the  directions  beff  ro  given. 

Jlif/h  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Annapolis  Harbor  5h.  20m  after  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1   foot. 


MAGOTirS    RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  RiA'er,  which  is  on  the  .V  :,\,  fiidc  r-f 
Ch(!sapeakc  Bay,  lies  Northwestei'ly  about  23/^  mil's  l'>-om  tie 
Lighthouse  on  Sandy  Point,  and  o^  miles  Southerly  (••om  Bod- 
kin Point  Lighthouse. 

Hemarlcs. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  be'  en  Stony  Point  on 
the  North  and  Persimmon  Point  on  the  S  nUi,  is  about  }i  mile 
wide;  about  10  feet  water  can  be  carrie  ito  this  River  at  low 
tide ;  the  channel  leading  in  is  nearest   stony  Point. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Magoth    River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  coming  up  the  Bay,  bound  into  Magothy  River,  may 
leave  the  Black  Buoy  off  Sandy  Point  Liuhthouse  about  }{  mile 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  N  by  W.  about  2j{  miles  ;  the 


V 


332 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


River  will  tlicn  be  open,  and  llic  Black  Buoy  which  lies  off  the 
entrance  will  be  scon  ;  lonvc  this  last  Buoy  close  to  on  the  I  ort 
hand,  and  run  in  about  W-NW.,  leaving  the  Rod  Buoy  off  Stony 
Point  Shoal  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Black  Buoy  oil'  rersiniuion 
Point  Shoal  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  up  and  anchor  about  ^ 
mile  inside  Stony  Point  in  from  12  to  ITi  feet  water. 

Coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  when  the  Black  Buoy  off  the 
entrance  to  Magothy  River  is  made,  run  in  as  before  directed. 

Hifjh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  mouth  of  Magothy  River  Oh.  5m.  after 
it  is  at  Boston  ;  conmiou  tides  rise  about  1  foot. 


CHERRYSTONE  INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Chesa- 
|)eake  Bay,  lies  about  20  miles  North  from  Cape  Henry  Lightliouse, 
NE.  i^  E.  \i)]i  miles  from  Back  River  Liglithouse,  E.  by  N. 
10^  miles  frou'  York  Si)il  Lighthouse,  and  9^4  miles  above  Cape 
Cliarlos 

Cherrystone  Lighthouse. 

On  the  Shod,  West  side  of  entrance  to  this  Inlet,  in  about  5  feet 
water  at  low  tide,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows 
a  iixed  Wliitc  Light;  at  this  time  there  is  attaclied  to  this  Light- 
house a  Bell,  which  in  thick  weatlier  is  struck  twice  in  quick  suc- 
cession, at  intervals  of  30  seconds. 

Meniarhs. 

The  Channel  leading  into  Cherrystone  Inlet  is  ver-  narrow,  and 
strangers  entering  should  proceed  witii  caution;  with  favorable 
winds  about  12  feet  water  at  U)w  tide  can  be  carried  in  abreast 
the  Lighthouse,  and  about !)  feet  can  be  taken  from  this  Point  to 
the  wharves. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cherrystone  Inlet  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  Seaward  or  the  Southwestwai'd,  bound  to  Cherry- 
stone Inlet,  may  follow  the  directions  Jjcfore  given  from  Cape 
Heniy  to  Baltimore,  until  Back  River  Lighthouse  bears  W.SW.  ; 


'\t~\nveS-iainffWrf^'"-'-"'""~" — -^  ^£i^ail/r<M:\  js;33»Bj*s*^a*s  « 


^h  lies  oir  the 
3  on  tlic  Tort 
1103-  otr  Ston}- 
3ir  Porsiinuion 
icbor  about  % 

k  Buoy  oir  the 
directed. 


Oh.  5m.  after 


side  of  Chesa- 
•y  Lightliouse, 
se,  E.  by  N. 
s  above  Cape 


a  about  5  feet 

1882),  shows 
.0  this  Light- 
in  quick  suc- 


'  narrow,  and 
ith  favorable 
d  in  abreast 
this  Point  to 


t  in  Day- 
.reather. 

d  to  Cherry- 
1  from  C'jipe 
rs  W.SW.  ; 


HW^i 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


333 


then  make  good  tho  course  E-NE-  until  Cherrystone  Inlet 
Lighthouse  l)ear8  North  ;  then  run  for  it  on  tliis  course,  carrying 
from  2yi  to  4  fathoms  water,  and  leaving  Old  riantation  Flats,  on 
which  there  are  about  7  feet  water,  well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when 
about  1  %  miles  from  the  Lighthouse,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the 
Black  Buoy,  which  lies  about  >4  mile  to  the  Southward  oX  tiie 
JJghthouse  ;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  about  N.  >^ 
W.  and  run  for  it,  carrying  about  12  feet  water  through  tiie  nar- 
row channel ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  tj  on  the  Port  hnnd,  and  under 
s/to?-<  sa/7  run  in,  leaving  tlio  Black  Buoy  to  the  Eastward  of  the 
Lighthouse  close  to  on  the  Port ;  when  past  tliis  last-named  Buoy, 
run  for  the  next  Black  Buoy,  carrying  about  3  fathoms  water  ;  leave 
tilts  last  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  the  next  lied  lUioy 
close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  carrying  not  less  than  9  feet  water  ; 
when  past  the  last-named  Red  Buoy  you  will  see  a  small  Island, 
which  may  be  left  about  I.'jO  yards  on  the  Port  hand;  when  past 
this  Island  follow  the  narrow  channel  to  the  Northward,  until  the 
end  of  the  wharf  on  the  Eastern  s'"'  •  Tiears  NE. ;  then  run  for  it, 
carrj'ing  not  less  than  9  feet  wutci  io  'ae  outer  end. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  7  or  8  feet  draught,  coming  down 
the  Chesapea've  Bay,  may  bring  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Wolf 
Trap  to  boar  NW-  by  N.,  and  make  good  the  course  SE.  by  S. ; 
as  they  approach  the  Eastern  shore  a  sharp  lookout  should  be  kept 
for  the  Red  Buoy,  which  lies  about  a  mile  to  tho  Westward  of 
Cherrj-stone  Inlet  Lighthouse;  when  this  Buo^'is  made,  leave  it  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  run  to  tho  Eastward  across  the  Flats,  leaving 
tho  Black  Buoy,  which  lies  about  yd  mile  to  tlie  Southward  of  the 
Lighthouse,  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the  directions 
before  given. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  beat  into  Cherrystone  Inlet. 

High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Cherrystone  Inlet  3h.  6m. 
before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  tyi  feet. 


HUNGER'S  CREEK. 

The  entrance  I0  this  Creek,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Chesapeake  Bay,  lies  Northeasterly  8%  miles  from  the  Lighthouse 


Ill  I 


334 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  TILOT. 


at  the  entrance  to  Cheriystono  Inlet;  Eiist  10  mik-s  from  tlie 
Lighthouse  on  Wolf  Tnip  Shoiil,  jvnd  SE.  17  miles  from  tiie  Light- 
house on  Rappahannock  Slioul. 

As  we  have  no  personal  knowledge  at  this  time  of  tiie  clangers 
in  navigating  this  Crock,  we  shall  therefore  only  give  the  sailing 
directions  issued  by  the  Lighthouse  Board,  July  1,  1881. 

Sailing   Directions  for  Hunger's   Creek   in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

In  entering  this  Creek,  leave  the  Red  Can  Buoy  which  lies  off 
the  entrance  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  for  Wilkin's 
Dwelling  House,  leaving  the  Black  Can  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand;  the  course  over  the  Bar  is  E.  %  N.  As  soon  js  you 
deepen  to  2  fathoms,  haul  up  for  the  North  end  of  the  Bluff  on 
Wilkin's  Farm,  and  when  abreast  it,  steer  for  the  outer  end  of  the 
Wharf,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  and  the 
Black  Buoy  on  the  Port.  The  soundings  are  very  irregular,  vary- 
ing from  9  to  15  feet.  The  most  water  that  can  be  carried  between 
the  two  upper  Buoys  is  G  feet  at  low  tide. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Hunger's  Creek  2h.   15m. 
before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  2  v^  feet. 


NASWADDOX  CREEK. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Chesapeake  Bay,  is  12^  miles  Northeasterly  from  the  Lighthouse 
at  the  entrance  to  Cherrystone  Inlet,  and  about  ^%  miles  North- 
easterly from  the  entrance  to  Hunger's  Creek. 

Remarks, 

About  4  feet  water,  at  low  ti  le,  can  be  carried  through  a  narrow 
channel  into  this  Creek,  but  as  there  are  at  this  date  (1882),  no 
Buoys  to  mark  the  channel  leading  in,  no  sailing  directions  can 
therefore  be  given ;  small  or  light  draught  vessels  bound  to  this 
Creek  should  therefore  take  pilots. 


lik's   from  tlie 
•om  tlie  Light- 


)f  tlu!  dangers 
ve  the  sailing 
J81. 

k  in  Day- 
v^eather. 

which  lies  off 
r  for  Wilkin's 
;o  on  the  Port 
soon  as  you 
the  Bhiff  on 
er  end  of  the 
oard  and  tlie 
•egiilar,  vary- 
rried  between 


ick  2h.   15m. 
let. 


item  side  of 
e  Lighthouse 
miles  North- 


igh  a  narrow 
tt  (1882),  no 
irections  can 
3und  to  this 


ELDIUDGE-8  COAST  PILOT.  336 


OCOOHANNOOK    CflEEK. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek,  which  is  on  the  KaaU^rn  side  of 
Chesapeake  Bay,  lies  about  18  milfs  Noitlu-astcrly  from  the  Light- 
iiouse  at  tlie  entrance  of  Cherrystone  Inlet,  and  E.  by  S.  >4  S. 
Uy^  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on  liapi)ahuimock  Spit. 

MeniarkH. 

In  entering  this  Creek  there  art;  two  channels,  called  the  North- 
ern and  Southern  Channels,  both  of  which,  at  this  time,  are  marked 
with  Buoys.  About  5  foot  wuler,  at  low  tide,  can  be  carried  into 
this  Creek. 


NANDUA  CREEK. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek,  whicii  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Chesapeake  Bay,  lies  IG  miles  E.  %  N.  from  the  Lighthouse  on 
Rapi)ahiumock  Spit,  and  about  !)  miles  South  from  the  Lighthouse 
at  Watt's  Islfvnd. 

Retnarks* 

About  6  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  taken  across  the  Bar  into 
this  Creek. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Nandua  Creek  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  6  feet,  draught,  bound  into  Nandua 
Creek,  should,  after  making  the  Buoys  at  the  eutraucc,  wait  untU 
about  %  flood ;  then  run  in,  leaving  the  Outer  Bar  Buoy  (Red) 
close  to  on  tlie  Starboard  hand,  and  the  Inner  Bar  Buoy  (Black) 
close  to  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past  the  Black  Buoy,  on  the  Inner 
part  of  the  Bar,  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  on  the  Outer 
point  of  the  Shoal  which  extends  from  the  Point  on  the  Southern 
side  of  entrance  ;  leave  the  last-named  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  run  up  about  1  mile  S-SE-,  and  anchor  in  from 
10  to  12  feet  water. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Nandua  Creek  42  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  2  feet. 


■""fS^; 


1! 


33G  ELUUIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


PUNGOTEAGUE  GREEK. 

Tho  pntranoc  to  this  Ciwk,  wlildi  is  on  tlio  Kasli-ni  sido  of 
Chosapcako  Hay.  lies  E.  l..v  N.  17  inili-s  iVoin  tho  LighthouHo  on 
Rai)|)ahaiinofk  Spit,  aiul  South  about  Gy^  miles  fioai  tlio  Light- 
bouse  at  Wutt's  Island. 

Metnarh's. 

At  this  time  tho  channel  Icadinj;  into  Pungotoaguo  Crock  is  well 
marked  with  IJuoys ;  about.  10  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be 
taken  into  this  place. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Pungoteague  Creek  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  up  the  IJay,  of  not  more  than  7  or  8  feet  drnuiilit, 
may  bring  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Wolf  Trap  Shoal  to  l)ear  SW. 
y^  S.,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  'A  N.  20  nules,  whidi  will 
lake  them  abreast  the  entrance  to  Pungoteague  Creek  ;  then,  at 
y2  flood,  run  in,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Outer  Black  Buoy, 
which  Ilea  to  the  Southwestward  of  a  small  Islet  (called  South 
Marsh)  ;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  tlie  Port,  and 
run  in,  leaving  the  Black  Buoys  close  to  on  the  Port  and  the  Red 
Buoys  close  to  on  tho  Starboard  baud,  and  anchor  ia  from  10  to 
15  feet  water. 

Coming  down  the  Bay,  bring  tho  Lighthouse  on  Smith's  Point 
Shoal  to  bear  NW.,  and  make  good  the  course  SE.  about  20 
miles,  whiah  will  take  them  olf  the  entrance  to  Pungoteague  Creek  ; 
then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Pungoteague  Creek  32  min- 
utes before  it  is  at  Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about- 2  feet. 


MAOHOTANK  GREEK. 

The'  entrance  to  this  Creek,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Chesapeake  Bay,  lies  about  2i^  miles  Northeasterly  from  the  en- 
trance to  Pungoteague  Creek,  aud  SE.  by  S.  >^  S.  5  mUes  from 
the  Lighthouse  at  Watt's  Island. 


isti'i'ii  sido  of 
Mj^litliouHo  on 
)m  tlio  LifjUt- 


Crcok  is  well 
tide,  can  be 

Jk  in  Day- 
veathor. 

feet  drniifTJit, 
to  l)ear  SW. 
?9,  whifli  will 
eek  ;  tiien,  at 
I'  IJiaek  IJuoy, 
failed  South 
tlie  Port,  and 

and  tlio  Red 
la  from  10  to 

Smith's  Point 
JE.  about  20 
eague  Creek  ; 


)reek  32  min- 
!  feet. 


?tern  side  of 
from  the  cn- 
3  miles  from 


KLDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


337 


Remark  H, 

At  this  date  (1882),  the  entrance  to  this  Creek  in  marked  with  a 
r.uoy  painted  in  Hed  and  Black  Horizontal  Slri[)es,  with  a  lioard 
upon  it  Willi  tlie  wdhI  Macholauk.  About  5  feet  wulur  cun  be 
taken  into  this  Creek  at  low  tide. 


ONANOOCK   CREEK. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Chesapeake  Bay,  near  the  entrance  to  Pocomoko  Sound,  lies  4^ 
miles  SE.  by  S.  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Walt's  Island. 

Remarks. 

At  this  date  (1882),  the  channel  leading  into  this  Creek  is  well 
marked  with  Buoy's.  About  7  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  l)e  taken 
into  this  place. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Onancock  Creek  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  7  feet  draught,  bound  up  or  down  the 

C'iiesai)eakc  Bay,  may  bring  the  Lighthouse  on  Watt's  Island  to 

bear  NE.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  3  miles 

from  it ;  then  steer  more  Easterly,  until  this  Lighthouse  bears 

NW.  by  N- ;  then  make  good  the  course  SE.  by  S  ,  keeping  a 

sharp  lookout  for  the  Outer  Buoy,  which  is  painted  m  Black  and 

White  Perpendicular  Stripes ;  then,  at  about  J^   flood,  leave  this 

Buoy  close  to  on  either  band,  and  run  in,  leaving  the  Black  Buoys 

close  to  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoys  close  to  on  the  Starboard 

hand. 

nigh  Water, 

It  is  high  water  at  Onancock  Creek  about  the  same  time  it  is  at 

Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  2  feet. 


OHBSOONESSEX  CREEK. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Chesapeake  Bay,  near  the  entrance  to  Pocomoko  Sound,  lies  about 
AYi  miles  E.SE.  from  the  Lighthouse  at  Watt's  Island. 


'A:i'.-: 


ft' 

t 


Ij  ^ 


11 

i 


■    5 

I, 

i'l 

i! 


* 


i 


m'^ 


338 


KLUmUQE'S  COAST  IMLOT. 


JiemarkM. 

At  tliis  date  (1HH2),  tlu'  cliiiiini'l  li'ii(Uii;j;  into  Cln'.s((im(«ssox 
Cn'vk  is  iimikctl  with  IJiioys.  Aljuiil  IJ  Ibct  wiitor  can  Iju  taken 
Into  this  placo  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Diroctious  for  Choscoaoasox  Crook  iu  Day- 
timo,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  woatlior. 

VchscIh  of  not  more  than  10  foot  dniu^^lit,  bound  np  or  down  the 
Chesapeake  Hay,  may  In-iii,;;  tlie  Lii^htlionso  on  Watt's  Island  to 
bear  NE-  by  JH.,  and  run  I'or  it  on  tiiis  eunrse  ;  wliin  about  .'i  mikvs 
from  it,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  lllaek  Huoy,  No.  1,  wiiicli 
lica  abont  2  miles  Soutiiwest  from  the  Lijihtliouse ;  when  this 
Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  elose  toon  tlie  Port  hand,  and  make  good 
the  eoilrse  E.  ,'j  N.  for  the  Ued  IJiioy,  No.  •_>,  olf  Seottshall's 
iShoal ;  this  last  IJuoy  marks  the  entrance  to  the  channel  hadintj 
into  this  Creek  ;  Watt's  Island  Lightliouse  bears  from  it  NW.  'ly 
W-  ''5  miles  ;  when  the  last-named  lUioy  is  made,  leave  it  elose  to 
on  tho  Starboard  hand,  and  the  next  Blaek  Buoy  elose  to  on  the 
Port,  and  rnn  in  about  East,  leaving  tho  next  Rjd  Buoy  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  (carrying  not  less  than  13  feet),  and  anchor  in 
not  less  than  13  feet  water. 

Htffh   Water. 

It  IS  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Cheseoncssex  CrcH'k  about  tho 
same  time  it  ia  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  abont  2}(  I'eet. 


POCOMOKE    SOUND. 

Tho  entrance  to  this  Sound,  whieii  lies  between  Watt's  Island 
Ligiithousv^  and  the  Eastern  Shore  of  Chesapeake  Bay,  is  from  4  to 
9  miles  wide  and  12  miles  long. 

Watt's  Island  Lighthouse. 

Oir  the  South  end  of  Watt's  Island  is  a  Liglithouse,  which  at 
this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  varied  by  White 
Flashes  every  2  minutes. 


i 


i 


luii  l)u  taken 


I  in  Day- 
oathor. 

3r  down  the 
4  Isltuid  to 
loiit  .'5  miles 
I'o.  1 ,  wliioli 
wlicn  tliiH 
iiiftko  good 
Scott.slmir.s 
iiK'l  l(ailiii<j 
itNW.  Iiy 

0  it  fl()si>  to 
W  to  fill  tlio 

iioy  close  to 

1  anelior  in 


k  aliout  the 
leut. 


att's  Island 
!s  from  4  to 


ic,  which  at 
by  White 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


I  1 


1.0    If  i-  Bi^ 


I.I 


tm 


'-  lii 

1.8 


1.25      U      16 

^ 

6"     

ite 

V 


<^ 


/a 


^  > 


<? 


-T^^V 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


m^ 


\ 


v 


\\ 


9) 


6^ 


# 


*■■^*3"■':■^^>^-'  .''i-..-'t-<:';^^  -rfs^  -^-.^sfei^/pis^Ay .■'r-.T'''*»^.^-:ii- ■■:■:.  >,'55rt-f-  ■sS(."2bf.f-^^.'  s  ■^.'^^Hisa^^-f^ 


'gr,.^ilSS3P^K^%tr;H?|^«^ap;^|^^PP^- 


^^ 


40 


0 


f 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


Is 


'Jm 


'ii^ 


ELDRIDGE'S  COxVST  PILOT. 


339 


Remnrh's. 

In  entering  Pocomoke  Sound,  shoal  water  extench  ofT  :i  long 
distance  on  both  sides,  and  there  is  but  little  water  ticar  the  upper 
part  •  4  fathcms  can  be  carried  up  a^  far  as  tlie  Red  IJuo.v,  No.  4, 
which  lie=>  olT  Tunnel's  Spit,  and  from  this  about  10  feet,  at  low 
tide,  to  the  mouth  of  Pocomoke  River. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Pocomoke   Sound  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  seaward,  or  up  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore,  until  the 
Lighthouse  on  the  Rappahannock  Spit  bears  SW.  by  W- ;  then 
st^er  NE.  by  E-  until  the  Lighthouse  at  Watt's  Island  is  made  ; 
bring  this  last-named  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE.  by  N.,  and  run  for 
it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  tlie  Bhick  Buoy  which 
lies  off  Southwest  about  2  miles  from  Watt's  Island  Lighthouse  ; 
when  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  about  J^  mile  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  steer  about  NE.  by  E.  /.  E.,  leaving  the   Black   Buoy   o.ff 
Southeast  from  the  Lighthouse  about  ^  mile  on  tlie  Port ;  when 
past  this  Buoy,  steer  NE-  H  N.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  olf  Beach 
Island  Flats  on  the  Starboard,  and  the   Black  I5uoy  olf  Upper 
Watt's  Island  Shoal  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past  the  hist-name-l 
Buoy,  haul  up  N-  by  E-  V^  E-  and  run  S%  miles,  leaving  the  Red 
Buoy  olf  the  Southwest  part  of  Tunnel's  Spit  on  the  Starboard, 
and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Broad  Creek  Flats  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  carrving  not  less  than  12  feet  water  between  the  two 
list-named  Buovs  ;  when  past  this  last  Black  Buoy  off  Broad  Creek 
Flats,  make  good  the  course  NE-  by  E.  4t^   miles,  which  will 
take  you  to  the  Black  Buoy  which  lies  off  Messongo  Point  Shoal, 
North  side  of  entrance  to  Pocomoke  River.     Vessels  of  not  more 
than  7  feet  draught  may,  when  past  the  Black  Buoy  off  Broad  Creek 
Shoal,  steer  NE-  l>y  Nm  and  anchor  at  the  head  of  the  Sound  in 
from  7  to  9  feet  water. 

Vessels  coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  bound  into  I^ocomoko 
Sound,  may  bring  the  Lighthouse  on  Smith's  Point  Shoal  to  bear 
NW.  by  N  ,  and  make  good  the  course  SE-  by  S-,  leaving  the 
Ued  Can  Buoy  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Tangier  Sh.>al  close  to  on 
t'lc  Port  hand;  when  past  this  Buoy,  steer  SE.  by  E.  ."itil  the 
Lighthouse  at  Watt's  Island  bears  NE.  by  N- ;  then  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 


1  !J|.| 

'.i'lsi 


n 


i| 


fi 


340 


ELDKIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Hif/h  Water. 

Il  is  high  water  in  Poconioke  Sound  20  minutes  after  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  coiuiuon  tides  rise  about  2i^  feet. 


POCOMOKE  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  Pocomoke  River  lies  12  miles  NE.  J^  N.  from 
Watt's  Island  Lighthouse.  From  its  mouth  to  Snowhill  the  dis-. 
tance  is  23  miles.  Strangers  bound  up  should  therefore  follow  the 
directions  for  Pocomoke  Sound,  and  take  a  pilot  at  the  entrance  of 
the  River. 


HUNTING  CREEK. 

This  Creek  lies  on  the  Southeast  side  of  Pocomoke  Sound.  The 
Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  whicli  marks  tiie  entninee  of  the  cliannel  leading 
into  Hunting  Creek,  lies  NE.  by  E.  G^i  miles  from  Wati's  island 
Ligiithouse.  About  10  foet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  taken  into 
this  place. 

SaiUng  Directions  for  Hunting  Creek. 

Vessels  bound  to  Hunting  Creek  may  follow  tlie  direcliou-?  before 
given  for  Pocomoke  Sound,  until  up  with  the  Ulaek  Buoy,  No.  5, 
whieii  lies  off  Upper  Watt's  Island  Shoal;  this  Buoy  bears  NE. 
by  E.  from  Watt's  Island  Lightiiouse,  distance  :)}{  miles;  when 
this  last-named  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  steer  NE.  by  E.,  carrying  not  loss  than  15  feet  water;  when 
about  2  miles  past  this  Buoy,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red 
Buoy  off  Half  Moon  Island  Shoal ;  when  this  is  made,  leave  it 
close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  to  the  Northward  of 
Half  Moon  Island  and  take  a  pilot  into  the  Creek. 

Hiffh  Water. 

It  is  liigh  water  at  tiie  entrance  of  Hunting  Creek  20  minutes 
after  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  2>^  feet. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


GUILFORD  CREEK. 


341 


This  Crock,  which  lies  on  the  Southeastern  side  of  Pocotnokc 
Sound,  is  about  2j^  miles  Northeast  from  Hunting  Creek.  Guil- 
ford Creek  and  Hunting  Creek  both  have  the  same  entrance. 
About  7  feet  water  can  be  taken  into  Guilford  Creek  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Guilford  Creek. 

Follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Hunting  Creek,  and  anchor 
to  the  Northward  of  Half  Moon  Island  and  take  a  pilot. 


MUDDY  CREEK  and  MESSONGO 
CREEK. 

From  \}4  to  2'^  miles  to  the  Northward  of  Guilford  Creek  are 
Mn  lily  Cri'tk  and  Messongo  Creek,  both  of  which  have  but  little 
water  in  them  at  low  tide. 


!       i 


111 


TANGIER  SOUND. 

The  Southern  entrance  to  this  Sound,  wiiicU  lies  nearly  North 
and  South,  is  betwoeii  Watt's  Island  Lighthouse  on  the  East  and 
Tangier  Island  on  the  West. 

Jane's  Island  Lighthouse. 

In  about  5  feet  water,  on  the  Shoal  extending  olf  Southwest  from 
Jane's  Island  (East  side  of  Tangier  Sound),  is  a  Lighthouse,  which 
at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  At  this  time  a 
Bell  is  attached  to  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck 
at  intervals  of  15  seconds. 

Mcniarks. 

Tangier  Sound  is  from  2^2  to  G  miles  wide,  and  about  20  miles 
long.  Shoal  water  extends  olf  from  both  sides  a  long  distance  in 
several  places,  but  the  channel  has  d(>ep  water  in  it ;  b\'  the  South- 
ern entrance  7  fathoms  can  be  taken  up  within  2  miles  of  Clay 
Island  Lighthouse.  At  this  time  moit  of  the  Spits  are  marked 
with  Buoys. 


;i! 


t  ! 


342 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Tangier  Sound  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coining  up  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  bound  to  Tangier  Sound,  follow 
the  sailing  directions  before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore, 
until  the  Lighthouse  on  Rappahannock  Spit  bears  SW.,  then  make 
good  the  course  NE. ;  as  soon  as  Watt's  Island  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  E.  %  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Biack  Buoy,  No.  1,  off  Tangier  Island  Flats. 
Watt's  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  }4  N.  about  5 
miles ;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  about  }^  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  steer  NE.  by  E.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  which  lies  ofl" 
Southeast  from  Tangier  Island  about  }^  mile  on  tlio  Port  hand  ; 
continue  the  course  NE.  by  E.  about  }4  uiile  past  this  last-named 
Buoy,  when  Tangier  Sound  will  l)e  ftiirly  open  ;  then,  with  Watt's 
Island  Lighthouse  bearing  E.  by  S.,  make  good  the  course  N.  by 
E.  about  G  miles  (carrying  from  7  to  13  fathoms  water),  wliich  will 
take  30U  up  with  the  Red  Buoy  olf  Great  Fox  Island  Shoal ;  leave 
the  lust-named  Bucy  about  Jj    mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  an  1 
steer  about  N.  by  E.,  leaving  the  Rod  Buoy  to  the  Westward  of 
Jane's  Island  Lightiiouse  about   }^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand  ; 
when  past  this  la>t  Buoy,  the  course  is  about  N-NE.,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Terrapin  Sands  about  250  yards  on  the  Port  hand  ; 
when  about  J^  mile  past  the  last  Buoy,  haul  up  about  N-NW.  for 
the  Red  Buoy  olf  Piney  Island  Shoal ;  the  Lighthouse  in  Kedgc's 
Straits  bears  from  this  Buoy  about  West  3):f  miles;  wlien  tlie  Red 
Buoy  olf  Piney  Island  Shoal  is  made,  leave  it  about  }{>  mile  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  N-  by  W.  3-4  W., 
leaving  the  Red  Buo}-  otf  Deil's  Island  Shoal  close  to  on  tlie  Star- 
board hand  ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy,  steer  about  North  3  miles, 
then  run  for  Cla^-  Island  Ligiitliousc,  bearing  N.  J^  E.,  leaving  tlie 
Red  Buoy  on  the  Northern  part  of  Drumming  Shoal  (wliieli  has  8 
feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide)  well  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Coming  down  tlic  Che.sai)eake  Bay,  bound  to  Tangier  Sound  by 
the  Southern  entrance,  when  past  Smith's  Point  Lighthouse,  bring 
it  to  bear  NW.  by  N.,  and  make  good  the  course  SE.  by  S.  for 
the  Red  Buoy  olF  the  Southwest  part  of  Tangier  Shoal ;  leave  this 
Buoy  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  SE.  by  E.  until  Watt's  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  E.  >4  N.,  tlien  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and 
follow  the  xlircctions  before  given. 


ELDlllDGE'S  COAf.T  PILOT. 


343 


High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  at  Watt's  Island  Li'^hthousc,  Soiithorn  entrance 
to  Tangier  Sound,  about  the  same  time  as  it  is  at  Boston  ;  com- 
mon tides  rise  about  2  feet. 


CEDAR  STRAITS. 

These  Straits,  which  lead  from  Pocomoke  Sound  to  Tangier 
Sound,  lie  about  3  miles  to  the  Soutinvard  of  Jane's  Island  Light- 
house. From  2  to  3  feet  water  can  be  taken  through  these  Straits 
at  low  tide. 


I 


and 


KEDGE'S  STRAITS. 

Tlie  entrance  to  these  Straits,  which  lead  tlirough  from  Chesa- 
peake Hay  into  lankier  Sound,  bears  East  from  Point  Lookout 
Lighthouse,  distance  about  13  miles,  and  the  entrance  from  Tan- 
gier Sound  bears  Northwest  about  6i^  miles  from  Jane's  Island 
Lighthouse. 

Solomon's  Lump  Lighthouse. 

Off  Solomon's  Lump,  upon  the  Southern  side  of  the  channel 
leading  through  Kedge's  Straits,  in  about  G  feet  water,  is  a  Light- 
house, which  at  this  date  (1882),  sl\ow3  a  fixed  White  Light ;  at 
this  time  a  Bell  is  attached  to  this  Liglithouse,  which  in  thick 
weather  is  struck  twice  in  quick  succession,  then  a  signal  blow  at 
an  interval  of  30  seconds. 

Remarks. 

About  9  foet  water  can  be  carried  through  this  Strait  at  low 
tide;  at  this  date  (1882),  the  channel  leading  through  is  marked 
with  three  Buoys. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Kedge's  Straits  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  up  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  follow  the  sailing  directions  be- 
fore given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore,  until  Smith's  Point 


Ui 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Lin;1itliO!i!^o  lioars  SW  1\v  S.  J<  S.,  then  make  pood  the  ooiir«e 
NE.  li.v  N.  Jj  N  ,  until  tli(!  Liglitliousc  at  Kc(l<2;i''s  St  mils  Itcais 
E.  I'v  S-  Jj  S  ,  tlicn  mil  for  it  on  this  coiirae,  Ivccpin;^  a  sharp 
lookout  for  tho  Huoy  painted  in  IJiat-k  and  Wliito  I'tTiKMidiciiliir 
Slripcs,  wliidi  I'cs  at  tlio  ciitranco  of  the  ciianncl  Icadini?  in  ;  wIkmi 
this  Dnoy  is  luado,  l)ring  it  to  l>,'ar  East,  and  run  for  it  on  tliis 
course,  leaving  it  close  to  on  cither  hand  ;  when  past  this  Biioy,ct)n- 
tinne  tho  course  East  (carrying  not  less  than  12  feet  wat(M').  until 
the  Lighthouse  bears  SE  Iiy  E.  ]j  E.,  then  run  for  it  on  tliis 
course,  carrying  about  1 1  foi't  wat<-.,  and  leaving  the  Keil  l?noy 
and  Lighthouse  about  .'100  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  p;ist 
tho  Lighthouse,  make  good  the  course  E  by  S.,  carrying  nut  less 
than  1)  feet  water  across  the  Flat  Ground,  and  lea\ing  the  l>Iack 
Buoy  off  South  Blarsli  Spit  well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  the  water 
deepens  to  8  or  10  fathoms,  you  aro  then  in  Tangier  Sound. 

Vessels  from  Tangier  Sound,  bound  through  Kedge's  Straits  into 
Chesapeake  Bay,  may  bring  the  Lighthouse,  which  stands  on  the 
South  side  of  the  channel  in  the  Straits,  to  l)ear  W.  by  N.,  and  run 
for  it  on  this  course  ;  when  the  water  shoals  to  .3  fathoms,  steer 
about  W.  by  N.  ;  j  N.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  South  Marsh 
Spit  well  on  tho  Starboard,  and  the  Li-rhthonse  about  300  yards 
on  the  Tort  hand ;  continue  the  course  W.  by  N.  ji  N.,  until  the 
Lighthouse  bears  SE.  by  E.  Jj  E.,  then  make  good  the  course 
NW.  1)3  W.  yi  W.,  until  the  T.uoy  painted  in  Black  and  White 
Perpendicular  Stripes,  which  lies  at  the  entrance  of  the  passage, 
bears  West ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  leave  it  close  to  on 
either  hand  ;  when  past  this  Buoy,  steer  W.  bj-  N.  into  the  Bay. 

JTiffh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  tho  Western  entrance  of  Kedgo's  Straits  Ih. 
27m.  after  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  li^  feet. 


HOLLAND'S  STRAITS. 


The  Eastern  entrance  to  those  Straits,  which  lies  between  South 
Marsli  Lsland  on  tho  South  and  Bloodsworlh  Island  on  the  No'-th, 
is  about  5}^  miles  to  the  Northward  of  the  Lighthouse  in  Kedge's 
Straits. 


ri.Tiin DOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


345 


lleniarh'H. 

These  .Straits,  which  lead  througii  from  Chosaponkc  Bay  to  'I':ni- 
gicr  Sound,  have  but  little  water  in  thoiii  at  low  tide,  iuid  :il  tins 
date  (1882),  there  are  no  l^iioys  to  nisirlc  tiie  cluinnel ;  strivngera 
should  not,  therefore,  attempt  this  passage  witliout  a  pilot. 


HOOPER'S  STRAITS. 

Tiie  entrance  to  these  Straits,  which  lead  through  from  Chesa- 
peake ll;iy  into  the  Nortliern  part  of  Tan,u;ier  Sound,  hears  NE. 
\\V^  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  at  Point  Lookout,  and  Nortliwest- 
erly  about  1 1  miles  from  the  Lightliouse  in  Kedge's  Straits. 

Hooper's  Straits  Lighthouse. 

U|)on  the  Northern  side  of  the  channel  leading  from  Chesapeake 
Bay  through  Hooper's  Straits  into  Tangier  Sound,  in  ab<Mit  G  feet 
water,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed 
White  Light ;  at  tliis  time  a  Bell  is  attached  to  this  Ligiithouse, 
which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  12  seconds. 

Reinarks* 

By  the  following  directions  i.bout  10  feet  water  at  low  tide  can 
be  carried  through  these  Straits  ;  that  part  of  the  cliaunol  between 
the  Black  Buoy  offtlie  Southea:.t  part  of  Bishop's  Head  Siioal  and 
Clay  Island  Lighthouse  is  very  narrow,  and  has  about  12  feet 
water  in  it. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Hooper's  Straits  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  up  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  follow  the  sailing  directions 
before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore,  until  Point  Look- 
out Lighthouse  bears  SW.,  then  make  good  the  course  NE.  ; 
as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse  in  Hooper's  Straits  is  made,  bring  it 
to  bear  E.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  when  about  2 
miles  from  it,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies 
about  1  y2  miles  to  the  Westward  of  this  Lighthouse ;  when  this 
Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  about  ]i  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  run  for  the  Lighthouse  bearing  about  E.  ^J  N.,  carrying  from 


VI 


346 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   ril.OT. 


3  to  4  fathoms  water ;  loavc  tlic  Lifjlitlioiisc  nhoiit  J^  milo  on  the 
Port  liiiiul,  mill  wlieii  it  hears  N.NW-,  run  ahoul  SE.  ^  E.  Ibr 
the;  lilack  Riioy  oil'  15iwlio[)'.s  Head  Shoal,  carrviii<;;  fioin  25{.  to  T) 
fathoms  water;  when  iij)  witli  tlio  last-named  Hiioy  (which  may 
l)c  lellt  close  to  on  the  Port  liand),  vessels  of  not  more  than  i> 
feet  drunjiht  may  steer  E-NE.  across  tlie  Flat  Cirouml  into 
Tangier  Sound. 

When  past  the  Bhuk  Hnoy  off  Hishop's  Head,  vessels  of  12  feet 
dranglit  must  haul  u|)  NE.  Ity  E.,  or  nearly,  for  the  Lighthouse  on 
Clay  Island,  and  track  the  narrow  channel  into  Tangier  Soimd, 
carrying  about  12  feet  water  at  low  tide 

Vessels  of  not  nK)re  than  !)  feet  draught,  from  Tangier  Sound 
bound  to  Chesapeake  15ay  by  way  of  Hooper's  Straits,  may  follow 
the  directions  before  given  for  Tangier  Sound,  until  up  with  the 
Red  Buoy  off  Drumming  Shoal ;  Clay  Island  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  I'uoy  N.  'j  W.  -1^  miles;  when  about  }■(  mile  past  the 
Red  IJuoy  off  Drumming  Shoal,  steer  about  W.  by  N.  across  the 
''^lat  Ground,  carrying  about  9  feet  water,  and  keeping  a  sharp 
Vhikout  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  Bishop's  Head  Shoal;  when  this 
Luoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer 
about  NW  ->^  W.,  leaving  the  Liglithouso  on  lliis  Northern  sjde 
i>f  the  Straits  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  land;  when  this 
Iast-nam*Ll  Liglitliouse  bears  N-NW-,  run  about  West,  carrying 
not  less  than  2^2  fathoms  water,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies 
:•  lOut  ly^  miles  to  the  Westward  of  the  Lighthons'!  on  the  Port 
:  iiid  ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy,  make  good  the  cour-.e  W.  by  S- 
into  Chesapeake  Bay. 

There  arc  many  Shoals  in  the  vicinity  of  lloojier's  Straits, 
Kedge's  Straits,  Tangier  and  Pocomoko  Sounds,  a  bettor  idea  of 
which  can  be  obtained  by  inspecting  Eldridgc's  Chart  of  Chesa- 
peake Bay  on  a  largo  scale  than  by  any  written  directions. 

Hifffi  Water. 

It  is  high  watnr  at  the  Western  entrance  of  Hooper's  Straits 
lb.  40m.  after  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1^  feet. 


by  S. 


ELDRIDOF/S   COAST  PILOT. 


347 


CRISFIELD    HARBOR,    OR   LITTLE 
ANNEMESSEX   RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Tangier  Sound,  lies  about  J^  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  June's 
Island  Lighthouse. 

Somers'  Cove,  or  Crisfleld  Harbor  Lighthouse. 

upon  tlic  Northern  side  of  tin;  Hiver,  in  6  feet  water  at  low  tide, 
is  a  Lightliouse,  which  at  this  date  (188-2),  sliows  a  Hxed  Wliite 
Liglit ;  at  tliis  time  a  Hell  is  attached  to  this  Liglithouse,  which  in 
tiiick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  15  seconds. 

Remarks. 

About  9  feet  water  can  be  carried  into  this  River  at  low  tide  ;  at 
this  time  (1882),  the  River  is  well  buoyed. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Crisfleld  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  8  or  9  feet  drauglit,  coming  up  the 
Chesapeake  Bay,  bound  to  Crisfleld  Harbor,  may  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  Tangier  Sound,  until  about  2  miles 
from  Jane's  Island  Lighthouse  ;  then  bring  tiii-i  Liglithouse  to  bear 
NE.  >4  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  350 
yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  carrying  not  less  tiian  It  fi-et  water; 
when  past  this  Lij;hthouse  yon  will  see  tiie  Red  Buoy  olf  Long 
Point  Siioal ;  continue  tiio  course  NE-  J^  N.,  until  lliis  Buoy  bears 
East,  then  run  in,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  on  tlie  Starboard,  and 
the  Lighthouse  in  the  River  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand  ; 
when  the  latter  bears  NW.  by  N.,  steer  SE.  by  S-,  and  anchor 
about  Yi  mile  from  it  in  about!)  feet  water  at  low  tide  ;  ifboimd 
to  the  Avharf  at  Somers'  Cove,  leave  the  Lighthouse  in  tiie  River 
about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  to  the  Northeastward, 
leaving  the  Red  Buoys  on  the  Starl)oard,  and  the  Black  Buoys  on 
t'.ie  Port  hand,  and  carrying  about  8  feet  water  to  the  end  of  the 
above-mentioned  wharf. 

Coming  througii  Kedge's  Straits  follow  the  directions  before  given 
for  these  Straits,  until  the  water  deepens  to  10  fathoms  ;  tiien  steer 
to  the  Southeastward,  carrying  deep  water,  and  keeping  a  sharp 


.'U8 


EM)ItlI)(iKS   COAST    I'.-.'.OT. 


i',  I 


lookout  foi'  til.'  niiuk  IJiioy  ofl'  Terrapin  SiiikIm  ;  Jane's  I-'Ianil 
l.i;ilitli(»u8i'  hears  IVoin  this  last-named  lluoy  S  '4  E.  -'  miles  : 
wlieii  tills  Hnoy  is  nindo,  leiivo  it  close  to  on  Ih"  Siailinaiil  iiin!. 
ami  steer  S.  l)y  W.  Jj  W.,  Icavinf?  the  lied  IJnoy  to  the  W  1  st- 
ward  of  Jane's  Islaiul  Lijjiithonso  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past 
this  Buoy,  haul  round  the  LiKhlliouso  at  a  distance  of  J/j  mile, 
leaviiiji;  it  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the  directioiiH  hefore  {^iven. 
Coming;  through  Hooper's  Straits,  bound  to  Crisfleld  Ilarhor, 
when  past  the  Black  Huoy  otF  Bishop's  Head  Shoal,  steer  E.  NE- 
across  the  Flat  (Iround,  carrying?  about  9  feet  water  at  low  tide; 
when  the  water  deepens  in  Tangier  Sound  to  about  8  fathoms, 
then,  wiih  Clay  Island  Lighthouse  bearing  N.  yi  E.,  steer  S.  I'l 
W-,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  tho  Northern  pnrt  of  Drumming 
Shoal,  and  the  Hed  Buoy  off  the  Southwest  i)art  of  Dell's  Island 
Shoal,  both  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  |)ast  the  last-named  Buoy,  the 
course  is  about  S-  by  E.  '/.  E.,  and  distance  3j,4  miles,  to  the  lied 
Buoy  olf  Pinoy  Island  Shoal ;  leave  this  last-named  lUiny  close  to 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  SE.  by  S.  ->^  S..  carrying  deep 
water,  and  keeiiing  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  Terrapin 
Sands  ;  Jane's  Island  Lighthouse  bears  fiom  this  last-named  Buoy 
S.  '/i  E.  '2  milcrs  ;  when  this  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  steer  S-  by  W.  }^  W-,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  to 
the  Westward  of  Jane's  Island  Lighthouse  on  the  Port  hand ; 
when  past  this  Buoy,  haul  round  the  Lighthouse  at  a  distance  of 
yi  mile,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


BIG   ANNEMESSEX  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Tan- 
gier Sound,  lies  Kast  about  6]4  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  in 
Kedge's  Straits,  and  Northeasterly  f)}^  miles  from  the  Lighthouse 
at  Jane's  Island. 

Iieniarh'8, 

About  12  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  up  througli  a  nar- 
row channel  about  4l4  miles  from  the  entrance;  at  this  date 
(1 882),  there  arc  no  Buoys  in  this  River,  strangers  in  entering 
should  therefore  proceed  with  caution. 


i    I 


EI.DIUDGKS  COAST  PILOT. 


:mo 


Sailing  Diroctions  for  Big  AnnomoHsex  Rivor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorabio  winds  and  fair  woatuor. 

N'ossrls  of  not  iiiori"  limn  H  or  10  fci't.  diaiij^lit,  coniuii;  up  Clicsii- 
|K'!iki'  n.iy,  iiijiy  ''(illuw  llio  M:iiliii;4  iliiH'ctions  ln'lbrc  given  I'ov  'l':u\- 
Hici-  Soinul,  until  U|)  with  tlio  llvA  Hiioy  wlilcli  lit'S  about  ?:j  niiln 
lo  tli(!  Wi'stwiinl  «r  Jiinc'tf  Isiainl  Lij^liUioiisc  ;  leave  tills  IJuny 
alioiil  '{  mile  on  tiie  Starlioanl  liand  ami  steer  about  NE.  by  N. 
'  ■  N  .  I  aviiiif  liie  r.laeli  I>iioy  oIl'T.  riapin  Saudi  elo^e  lo  on  tlic 
I'ort  hand,  and  nialvfi  g  od  tlie  loiiise  NNE- 'l  miles,  carrying 
not  less  llian  2'i  tatlioms  wati'r ;  1'.!^;  Auiuniessex  Uiver  will  tlien 
be  fairly  ()[iin,  iieariu';  about  Hast;  llien  run  in,  iieejiinji  tiie  Xorth- 
ern  side  bi'st  aboard,  and  when  past  the  flrst  Toint  on  the  Northern 
side,  uneiior  in  from  10  to  15  feet  water;  if  bound  further  ui)  a 
pilot  will  bo  neceHsary. 

Coinin^f  through  Ivedge's  Straits,  bound  to  Big  Annemossex 
River,  follow  the  direetiona  before  given  for  these  Strails,  until 
about  a  mile  past  the  Liglithousc ;  then  bring  it  to  bear  W-  yi 
N.,  "lid  niMJie  good  tiie  course  E.  •)+  S.,  until  tlie  water  nhoals 
to  ;i;j  fathoms  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Tangier  Sound  ;  then  run 
in,  keeping  the  Northern  side  best  aboard,  and  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given. 

Coming  through  Hooper's  Straits,  bound  to  Big  Anneinessex 
River,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Little  Anneinessex 
River,  until  past  the  Red  Buoy  olf  I'iiiey  Island  Shoal  (whieli  is 
left  on  tlu!  Port  hand)  ;  then,  with  the  Lighthouse  in  Kedge's 
Straits  bearing  W.  H  N.,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


MANOKIN  RIVER. 

This  River,  which  lies  to  the  Northward  of  Big  Annomcssex 
River,  is  only  separated  from  the  latter  by  Jericho  ?Tarshes. 

liemttvks. 

At  this  date  (1882),  there  are  no  Buoys  in  this  River;  it  is 
therefore  advisable  for  strangers  bound  to  this  place  to  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  Big  Anneinessex  River,  and  take  a  pilot 
at  the  entrance. 


i 


'0 


HI 


',• 


350  ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


WICOMICO   RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  tlie  Eastera  aide  of  Tan- 
gier Sound,  between  Long  Point  on  the  South  and  Nanticoke  Point 
on  tlie  North,  lies  4  miles  E-  hy  S.  ^j  S.  from  Clay  Ishind  Light- 
house. 

Ref narks. 

About  12  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  into  this  River  as 
far  as  Wingato  Point,  and  with  a  good  pilot  about  ^  feet  can  bo 
taken  up  to  White  Haven,  which  is  about  6  miles  froni  the  entrance  ; 
at  this  date  (1882),  the  River  is  only  buoyed  as  far  as  Wiugate 
Point,  which  is  but  a  short  distance  from  the  entrance. 

Sailing   Directions  for  Wicomico  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  8  or  10  feet  draught,  from  the  South- 
W'  rd,  bound  to  Wicomico  River,  may  follow  the  sailing  directions 
1).  ibre  given  for  Tangier  Sound,  until  abreast  the  Rod  Buoy  off  the 
Northern  part  of  Drumming  Shoal ;  Clny  Island  Liglithouse  bears 
N.  Yi  W.  from  this  Buoy,  distance  2i/S  miles  ;  when  the  Buoy  is 
made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  E.  by  N. 
y,  N-,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  Nanticoke 
Spit ;  when  this  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port,  and  continue 
the  coarse  E.  by  N.  Y^  N.,  carrying  about  11  feet  water,  and  pass- 
ing between  the  Red  Buoy  off  Long  Point  Flats  and  the  Black 
Buoy  off  Naticoke  Point  Flats  ;  wlien  past  tlic  latter  Buoy,  which 
should  be  left  close  to  on  tlie  Port  hand,  steer  SE.  by  E.  Y2  E., 
until  the  next  Red  Buoy,  off  the  Southern  part  of  Monie  Bay  Flats, 
boars  E.  Y^  N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  carrying  about  U 
feet  water  through  the  narrow  channel ;  leave  the  last-named  Buoy 
close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  haul  up  about  N-  by  W.  for 
the  Black  Buoy  off  Wingate  Point  Shoal ;  leave  this  la^i  Buoy  close 
to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor,  when  past  it,  in  the  narrow  channel 
in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water ;  if  bound  further  up,  a  pilot  is  neces- 
sary. Vessels  of  not  more  than  8  or  0  feet  draught,  coming  through 
Hooper's  Straits,  bound  to  Wicomico  River,  may  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  these  Straits,  until  abreast  the  Black  Buoy  off  the 
Southern  part  of  Bishop's  Head  Shoal ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to 
on  the  Port  bandv  and  steer  about  E.  by  S.  across  the  Flat  Ground, 


•ji» 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


351 


(1e  of  Tan- 
ic'okc  Point 
mid  Lisrht- 


is  River  as 
foot  can  he 
D  entrance ; 
,s  Wiusate 


in  Day- 
ather. 

the  South- 
directions 
uoy  off"  the 
ouse  bears 
ho  Buoy  is 
E.  by  N. 
Nanticoke 
id  continue 
,  and  pass- 
the  Black 
uo}-,  which 
E.  14  E., 
Bay  Flats, 
;  about  14 
imed  Buoy 
by  W.  for 
Biio}'  close 
ow  channel 
it  is  noces- 
ng  through 
B  directions 
joy  off  the 
»y  close  to 
at  Ground, 


carrj'ing  from  8  to  9  foot  water  at  low  tide ;  who  i  the  Red  Buoy 
off  the  Northern  part  of  Drumming  Shoal  is  made,  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 


NANTICOKE  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  Hivor,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of 
Tangier  Sound,  between  Nanticoke  Point  on  the  East  and  Frog 
Point  on  the  West,  lies  about  2  miles  East  from  Claj'  Island  Light- 
house. 

Clay  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southwostern  extromity  of  Clay  Island,  Eastern  side 
of  entrance  to  Fishing  Bay,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date 
(1882),  show  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Liglit  is  intended  to  guide 
vessels  into  Fishing  Bay,  and  also  into  Nanticoke  River. 

Jiemarks. 

From  the  mouth  of  Nanticoke  River  to  Vienna  the  distance  is 
about  16  miles.  About  3  fathoms  water  can  be  carried  as  far  as 
Ragged  Point,  which  is  about  i^}{  miles  from  the  entraco,  and 
from  this  about  8  feet  can  be  taken  up  to  Vienna.* 

Sailing  Directions  for  Naticoke  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Southward,  bound  to  Nanticoke  River,  may 
follow  the  sailing  directions  before  given  for  Tangier  Sound,  until 
up  with  the  lied  Buoy  oft"  the  Northern  ]Kirt  of  Drumming  Shoal ; 
Clay  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  >3  W.  '2yi  jniles; 
when  the  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  make  good  the  course  NE.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Nanti- 
coke Point  Spit  about  }(  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  carrying 
not  less  than  3  fathoms  water  ;  continue  the  course  NE.,  until  Chiy 
Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  by  W.  J^  W-  ;  thou,  with  the  en- 
trance fairly  open,  run  in  about  N.  by  E.  Ja  E.,  with  Roaring 
Point,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side,  a  little  on  the  Starboard  bow, 
and  carrying  from  3^4  to  5  fathoms  water ;  leave  the  last-named 
Point  about  }(  mile  on  the  Starboard  band,  and  when  abreast  it, 
hai'l  up  North,  keeping  the  Western  side  best  aboard,  carrying  not 

♦  Scaford  lies  about  IG  miles  further  up  this  IJivec. 


t: 


352 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


less  than  ?>  fathoms  water;  when  ab  ml  2  miles  abuve  Roaring 
Point,  it  i.'i  advisable  to  aiiclior  iit  about  .)  lUtiioiii  >  water,  and,  if 
bound  furtlier  up,  taice  a  pilot. 

Coming  througli  IIooi)er's  Straits,  hnund  to  Nanticnke  Kiver, 
follow  the  directions  before  given  for  tlioe  Siniits.  until  up  wilh 
the  Rlaei<  Pjiioy  olT  15islioi)'s  Head  Sliual  r  !■  iue  liiis  ISiiov  el(jse  to 
on  the  Tort  hand,  and  steer  alioul  E-  b^-  S.,  earrvuig  alioiit  !)  feet 
across  the  Klat  Ground  ;  when  the  Red  Buoy  vlV  Druiniuoud  Shoal 
is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  baud,  and  follow  tlie 
directions  before  given. 


n 


FISHINa  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  wliieh  is  about  3  miles  wide,  lies 
between  C'hi^-  Island  Lighthouse  on  the  East  and  liishnp's  Head 
on  the  West. 

Itetnnrks. 

The  entrance  to  the  channel  leading  into  Fishing  Ray  is  about 
^  mile  to  the  AVe-itward  of  Clay  Island  Lighthouse.  Aiiout  12 
feet  water,  at  h>w  tide,  can  be  carried  through  a  narrow  channel  as 
far  as  Fishing  Point,  and  about  7  feet  can  be  taken  up  about  2 
miles  above  this  last-mentioned  Point.  There  is  much  shoal  water 
in  this  Bay,  and  at  this  date  (1882),  there  are  no  Buoys  to  mark 
the  channel  leading  in  ;  it  is  tlieref(jre  advisable  for  stiangers,  iu 
vessels  of  more  than  6  feet  draught,  to  take  pilots. 

Sailing   Directions  for  Pishing   Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  G  feet  draught,  coming  through  Tangier 
Sound,  bound  to  Fishing  Bay,  may  follow  the  sailing  directions 
before  given  for  that  Sound,  until  abreast  the  Red  Buoy  oil  the 
Northern  part  of  Drumming  Shoal ;  Clay  Ibland  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Buoy  N.  3j  W.  2j.i  miles;  when  this  Buoy  is  male, 
leave  it  close  to  on  the  starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  N  by  W- 
J^  W.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  olf  Shark's  Fin 
Shoal;  Chi}-  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  last-named  Buoy 
NE.  by  N.  J-<  N.,  about  1  mile  ;  when  the  last-named  Buoy  is 
made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  about  NW., 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


353 


until  Clay  Island  Lighthouse  bears  E-NE. ;  ttun  steer  about  N. 
y^  W-,  about  2  miles,  carr}  ing  from  G  fathoms  to  8  feet ;  then  steer 
Diore  Westerly,  keeping  nearly  in  the  niicldle,  and  carrying  from  -1 
to  5  fathoms  water  tiuough  the  narrow  tliannel  ;  when  about  1  niih; 
fr(jra  Fishing  Point,  wliieli  is  on  the  East  side,  steer  more  Norlh- 
cily,  and  anchor  about  200  yards  to  the  Westward  of  it  in  about 
3  fathoms  water.  If  bound  further  up  a  pilot  is  necessary,  even 
for  vessels  of  6  feet  draught. 

Coming  through  Hooper's  Straits,  bound  to  Fishing  Bay,  follow 
the  directions  before  given  for  these  Straits,  until  up  with  the  Black 
Buoy  off  Bishop's  Head  Shoal ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  steer  E.NE-,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  of!"  Shark's  Fin 
Mioal  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  this  last-named  Buoy  bears 
SE.,  sleer  NW-,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


HONGAR  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  lies  about  2  miles  Northwesterly  from 
the  Lighthouse  in  Hooper's  Straits. 

Remarks, 

The  entrance  to  Hongar  River,  which  is  about  1>4  miles  wide, 
lies  between  the  Southeast  part  of  Hooper's  Island  on  the  West 
and  Crab  Point  on  liie  f^ast ;  in  entering,  slioal  water  extends  olF 
aliout  14  mile  from  both  sides ;  from  5  to  8  fathoms  water  can  be 
carried  in  as  far  as  Windmill  Point,  which  is  on  tlie  East  side 
about  '2y2  miles  from  the  entrance,  and  3  fatlioms  can  be  taken  up 
about  4  miles  above  tliis  ;  at  this  date  (1882),  there  are  no  Buoys 
to  mark  the  channel  leading  in. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Hongar  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  coming  up  thi;  Chesapeake  liay,  bound  to  this  River,  may 
follow  the  directions  before  given  from  ('ape  Henry  to  Baltimore, 
until  Point  Lookoui  Lighthouse  bears  SW-,  tlien  make  gcod  the 
course  NE.  ;  as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse  in  Hooper's  Strai*^3  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  E.  by  N.  and  ran  for  it  on  this  course  ; 
when  about  2  miles  from  it,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy 


i 

I 

I 

Mi 


k 

5) 


354 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


1*1 


which  lies  about  1  ;^  miles  to  the  AVost  vnrd  of  this  Lijihthonsc  ; 
when  this  I'.uoy  is  made,  Icaw  it  about  ;(  mile  on  tin'  Stmlxjiud, 
and  wlicn  it  bears  S.  by  E.  Ja  E-  inalvegood  t!io  course  N.  by  W. 
l^  Wm  carrying  from  4  to  8  fatlioms  water;  as  you  sail  in,  you 
will  see  Windmill  Point,  wiiich  is  on  the  Eastern  side  :  bring  this 
Point  to  bcarNW.  '/^  W.  and  run  for  it,  earn  ing  not  less  than  5 
fathoms  water ;  leave  the  last-named  Point  about  J  j  mile  on  the 
Starboard,  and  anchor  a  little  above  it  in  about  7  fatliums  water; 
it  is  not  prudent  to  go  above  this  w  ithont  a  pilot. 

Coming  down  the  Chesapealvc  IJay,  bound  to  Flongar  River,  bring 
the  Lighthouse  in  Hooper's  Straits  to  bearE-  by  N.  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course  ;  wlien  the  Red  Buoy  wliieli  lies  about  2  miles  to  the 
Westwardof  the  Lighthouse  is  made,  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  9  feet  draught,  from  Tangier  Sounil, 
bound  to  Ilongar  River  by  way  of  IL.oper's  Straits,  may  Ibllow  tlie 
directions  before  given  for  this  Sound,  until  up  with  the  Red  Buoy 
off  the  Northern  part  of  Drumming  Shoal ;  Clay  Islind  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  ^^  W.  2ij  miles;  when  about  }(  mile 
past  this  Buoy  off  Drumming  Shoal,  steer  about  W.  by  N.,  carry- 
ing about  9  feet  water  across  the  Kbit  (Jronnd,  and  lvee[)ing  a  sliarp 
lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  Bisiiop's  Head  Shoal ;  when  tliis 
last-named  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  steer  about  NW.  ^4  W-,  leaving  llie  Ligln house  on  the 
Northern  side  of  the  Straits  about  )^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  steer  about  W.  by  N.,  until  the  Red  T.noy  whieli  lies  about.  2 
miles  to  the  AVestward  of  the  Lightliouso  b.'ars  S-  by  E.  ^2  E.. 
then  make  good  tiie  course  N.  by  W.  ^2  W..  carrying  from  4  to  8 
fathoms  water,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


m 


LITTLE  CHOPTANK  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Ches- 
apeake Bay,  lies  about  5  miles  Southeasterly  from  Sharp's  Island 
Lighthouse. 

Hetnavks. 

The  entrance  to  Little  Choptank  River,  which  js  about  2}4  miles 
wide,  lies  between  Hill's  Point  on  the  North  and  James'  Point. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


355 


the  South  ;  shoal  water  cxtcmls  oflT  a  lung  distance  from  both  these 
Points,  Imt  tlio  cliannel  in  entering  at  tliis  tinu  (1H82),  is  marked 
with  IJiioys  ;  about  15  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  inside 
Ragged  Point  which  is  about  2  miles  above  the  entrance. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Little  Choptank  River  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  10  feet  draught  coming  up  the  Chesa- 
pealie  Bay  bound  to  Lillle  Clioptauii  lliver,  may  follow  the  sailing 
directions  before  given  from  Cape  llcnry  to  Baltimore,  until  Sharp's 
Island  Lighthouse  is  made ;  then  run  for  it,  bearing  about  N.  by 
E-,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  James'  Point 
Shoal ;  the  Southern  part  of  Sharp's  Island  bears  N.  by  W.  2  milea 
from  this  Buoj' ;  when  the  Red  Bu  >y  off  James'  Point  Shoal  is 
made,  run  for  it,  bearing  about  E  NE.,  and  leave  it  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  carrying  about  2'^  fathoms  water  across  the  Flat 
Ground  ;  continue  the  course  E.NE.  until  the  water  deepens  to  4  or 
5  fathoms,  then  leave  the  Black  Buoy  off  Hill's  Point  Shoal  about 
%  mile  on  tiie  Port  liand,  and  steer  about  SE.  by  E.,  leaving  the 
Red  Buoy  off  Abbott's  Point  Shoal  well  on  the  Starboard  haml ;  as 
you  sail  in,  the  Black  Buo}*  off  R.agged  Point  will  be  seen  ;  in  order 
to  avoid  the  shoal  water  on  the  AVestern  side,  vessels  of  more  than 
9  feet  draught  slior'd,  as  soon  at  this  last  Buoy  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  South  and  run  for  it,  carrying  about  1.")  feet  water  ;  leave  the 
last-named  Buoy  off  Hill's  Point  Shoal  close  to  on  tlie  Port  hand, 
and  steer  South  about  %  mile  ;  then  haul  up  E.  by  S  and  anchor 
in  from  3  to  I  fathoms  water ;  Ragged  Point  bears  NW  about  y^ 
mile  from  this  anchorage ;  at  this  date  there  are  no  Buoys  above 
Ragged  Point ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  bound  further 
up  to  take  pilots. 

Coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay  bound  to  Little  Choptank 
River,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  f  r  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  off  about 
1  y^2  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Sharp's  Island  ;  tlie  Lighthouse  olf 
the  Northern  part  of  this  Island  bears  NE.  from  this  Buoy,  distance 
2%  miles  ;  as  soon  as  the  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  aliout  ^  mile  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  m  dee  good  the  course  SE-  by  S-  3  miles,  which 
will  bring  j-ou  up  with  the  Red  Buoy  off  James'  Point  Slioal ;  when 
this  last  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
fwllow  the  directions  before  given. 


8K.   '- 


35G 


KLDIUDGE'S  COAST   I'lLOT. 


SHARPS  ISLAND. 

This  Island,  which  lies  on  llio  Enst'.-in  side  of  Chesapeake  Bay, 
cxtoiuls  nearly  2  miles  Nortluind  South,  and  is  about  j<  mile  wide  ; 
shoal  water  extends  oif  a  long  distance  in  every  direction  from  it; 
lieavy  draught  vessels  bound  up  or  down  the  Bay  should  give  it  a 
wide  berth. 

Sharp's  Island  Lighthouse. 

About  I J  mile  from  tlie  Nortiiwest  part  of  Sharp's  Island,  in  about 
7  feet  water,  is  a  Lighthouse.*  wiiieh  at  tliis  date  (1882),  shows  a 
fixed  White  I>ight;  at  this  time  a  l>ell  is  at'aelied  to  tliis  Light- 
house, whieli  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  12  seconds  ; 
tliis  Liglitliouse  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  up  the  Chesapeake, 
and  also  marks  the  entrance  to  Choptank  Bay. 


OHOPTANK  BAY. 

Tlie  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  about  3  miles  Noriheasterly 
from  Sliarp's  Island  Lighthouie,  lies  between  Cook's  Point  on  the 
Southeast  and  Tilghman's  Island  on  the  Northwest. 

Hemarks. 

Choptank  Bay  extends  about  8  miles  in  an  Easterly  and  West- 
erly direction,  and  its  average  width  North  and  Soutli  is  about  4 
miles  ;  in  ent  ring,  shoal  water  extends  off  from  b  >th  sides,  but  at- 
this  time  ilie  channel  leading  in  is  marked  with  Buoys  ;  tlicre  arc 
several  creeks  on  the  Northern  side,  a  description  of  which  will 
hereafter  be  given. 


HARRIS*  CREEK. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek,  whicli  is  nearly  3  miles  wide,  lies  on 
the  Nortiiern  sde  of  Choptank  Bay,  between  Black  Walnut  Point 
on  tlic  West  and  Nelson's  Point  on  the  East. 


♦  Sliarp's  Island  Lighthousu  hiis  been  carried  nway  by  ice,  but  will 
probably  be  rebuilt  before  tlie  publication  r<"  this  work. 


ELDIIIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


357 


\ 


I    S!| 


■ff 


Memarks. 

About  1 5  feet  water  can  be  carried  up  Harris'  Creek  as  far  as 
Cliaiijrc  Point,  wliicli  is  on  the  Eastern  side  ;  above  tliis  the  channel 
is  narrow,  and  tliere  are  m my  Si)il,s  and  Shoals  extendiiifj;  oil'  from 
both  sides,  sonic  of  whic  i  have  but  little  water  upon  th<'ni ;  at  this 
dale  (1882),  there  are  no  Buoys  in  this  Creek  to  mark  the  channel 
leadiiiij;  in  ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  fur  strangers  to  not  go  above 
Change  Point  without  pilots. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Harris'  Creek   in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  np  Chesapeake  Bay,  boinid  t  >  this  Creek,  follow  the 
sailii)g  directions  before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore,  un- 
til Sharp's  Island  Lightiiouse  bears  N  NE.,  tiien  run  for  it  on  this 
course  ;  you  ?an  pass  in  on  either  side  of  this  Island,  but  the  South- 
ern passago  is  the  deepest  and  most  direct  for  vessels  bound  up 
ChoptankBty;  therefore,  leave  the  Southern  part  of  this  Island 
about  \}^  miles  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  NE.  J3  N.  for  the 
Bed  Buoy  olf  Cook's  Point  *  (carrying  deep  water)  ;  this  Buoy 
bears  E-  by  N.  3^^  miles  from  Shari)'s  Island  Lighthouse  ;  when 
the  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer 
about  E.  by  N.  J2  N-,  until  Cook's  Point  bears  South  ;  tlien  make 
good  the  course  North  for  Change  Point,  wliich  is  tlie  second  on  the 
Eastern  side  of  entrance,  carrying  not  less  than  2^  fatiioms  water; 
when  about  a  m'le  from  this  last-named  Point,  haul  ui)  NW-  J4  N.j 
and  anchor  in  al).)nt  2%  fatiioms  water  ;  Cliange  Point  bears  NE-* 
distance  about  }^  mile,  from  this  anchorage  ;  if  bound  further  up,  a 
pilot  is  necessary-. 

Coming  down  Chesapeake  Bay,  bound  to  Harris'  Creek,  bring 
Sharp's  Islauil  Lighthouse  to  bear  SSE-  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course  until  the  water  shoals  to  3  fathoms  ;  the  Lightiiouse  will  then 
be  distant  \ '4  miles;  tlien  steer  E-  by  S  Ja  S-  for  the  Black 
Buo}-  off  Low's  Point,  carrying  about  13  feet  water  across  the  Flat 
Ground  ;  leave  tliis  Buoy  about  300  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
steer  about  East  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Cook's  Point,  leaving  it 
a'lout  l^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand;  when  Cook's  Point  beara 


♦  Cook's  Point,  whicli  lies  on  tlie  Southeast  siilo  of  entrance  to  Chop- 
tank  Bay,  liuars  E.  i  S.  3i  miles  from  Sharp's  Island  Lighthouse. 


11 


J' 


358 


ELDKIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


South,  inako  good  the  course   North,  and  follow  the   dircetiona 
before  givcu. 


i 


51  I 


iM 


!  .'I 


BROAD  CREEK. 

The  entrance  to  tliis  Creok,  which  is  about  l}^  miles  wide,  lies 
on  tiie  Nortlicrn  side  of  Ciioptank  Bay,  between  Nelson's  Point  on 
the  West  and  lloyston's  Island  on  the  East. 

JtemnrJea. 

About  13  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  through  a  narrow 
channel  as  far  as  Deep  Necli  I'oint,  which  is  about  2^2  miles  above 
the  entrance  ;  at  tliis  date  (1HH2),  tiicre  are  no  lluoys  to  mark  the 
channel  leading  up  to  this  Creek  ;  strangers,  in  vessels  of  more  than 
6  feet  draught,  bound  up,  should  tiierefore  take  pilots. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Broad  Creek  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  up  Cliesapeake  Bav,  bound  to  this  Creek,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  Harris'  Creek,  until  up  witli  llie  Red 
Buoy  o(f  Cook's  Point ;  le:ive  tiiis  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NE  by  E.  ;  as^-ou  sail  in,  you  will 
sec,  nearly  ahead,  Iloystou's  Island,  which  is  small  and  lies  nearly' 
Nortli  and  South  ;  continue  the  course  for  tliis  Island  until  about 
^  mile  from  it,  then,  in  aVwut  3  fatiioms  water,  run  in  about  North, 
carrying  about  3;^  fathoms  water;  in  order  to  avoid  a  Slioal  Spit 
which  extends  olF  from  Nelson's  Point,  which  is  the  first  on  the  West 
side,  keep  nearer  lloyston's  Island  ;  when  past  this  Island,  vessels 
of  more  than  7  feet  draught  should  anchor  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms 
water,  and  if  bound  further  up  tiike  pilots  ;  but  those  of  less  than  7 
feet  draught  by  keeping  in  tlie  middle  mav  pass  up  2  or  3  miles 
further. 

Coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Harris'  Creek,  until  up  with  the  Red  Buoy  off  Cook's 
Point ;  leave  tliis  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  "ivea. 


til 


ELDRiDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


359 


(  .;, 


Choptank  River  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Soutluiist  fxtrcinity  of  ft  Shoal  at  the  Eastern  part  cf 
Choptank  Bay,  in  about  10  feet  water,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at 
tills  date  (1882),  shows  ft  fixed  White  Light;  at  this  time  a  Fog 
Hell  is  attached  to  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck 
at  intervals  of  10  seconds.  This  Light  is  intended  to  guide  vessels 
into  Choptank  River,  and  also  Treadhaven  Creek. 


u    i  1 


:l|n 


TREADHAVEN  CREEK. 

* 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek,  which  lies  between  Batcheldor's  Point 
on  the  East  and  Benoni's  Point  on  the  West,  is  about  1  mile  North 
f^'om  Choptank  Lighthouse. 

Remarks. 

About  3  fathoms  water  can  be  carried  up  Treadhaven  Creek  to 
Oxford,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  about  1^  miles  from  the 
entrance,  and  about  7  feet  at  low  tide  can  be  taken  up  to  Easton 
Point,  which  is  G  miles  above  Oxford  ;  at  this  date  (1882),  there 
are  no  Buoys  in  this  Creek  to  mark  the  channel  leading  up. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Treadhaven  Creek  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  coming  up  or  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay  may  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  Karris'  Creek,  until  up  with  the  Red 
Buoy  off  Cook's  Point ;  leave  tliis  Buo)'  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand  and  make  good  the  course  E.  J^  N. ;  as  j-ou  sail  up  the  Bay 
you  will  see  Choptank  Ligiithouse,  which  bring  to  bear  East,  and 
run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  leave  this  Lighthouse  about  J^  mile  on 
Starboard  hand,  carrying  about  15  feet  water  across  the  Flat 
Ground  which  lies  to  the  Northwest  of  it ;  when  Treadhaven  Creek 
is  fairly  open,  then,  with  the  Lighthouse  bearing  S.  %  W-,  run  in 
N.  y^  E.,  keeping  the  Eastern  side  best  aboard  and  carrying  18 
feet  to  Oxford  Point ;  if  bound  into  Town  Creek,  which  is  the  har- 
bor for  Oxford,  a  pilot  is  necessary ;  vessels  bound  up  to  Easton 
Point  should  take  pilots  at  Oxford. 


3G0 


ELDRinOKS  COAST  PILOT. 


m 


1: 


i: 


CHOPTANK  RIVER. 

The  ontrnncc  to  this  River,  which  lies  lu'twcen  C'hlora's  Point 
on  tiic  North  mid  CnstlchaviMi  Toint  on  tlio  South,  is  uliout  2  niik-s 
Southeast  Irom  C'ho[)tiinii  River  Lij,'litliuuse. 

Jfeniarh's, 

In  ontering  Clioptnnk  Kiver,  slioal  wator  extends  o(T  from  iiolh 
sides.  A  Ued  Hiiov  inarks  tlii;  Suiitlivvest  side  of  tiic  entrance,  and 
most  of  the  Si)its  and  Slioals  1\  iii}^  in  tiiis  Uiver  are  marked  witli 
Buoys,  at  this  date  (1H82),  as  fur  as  IIuntin«j  Creeii.  Alioiit  :» 
fatlioms  water  ean  Im  carried  up  to  Jamaica  North  Point  Siioal, 
wliieii  is  al)out  1 1  miles  from  tlie  entran(!e,  and  with  a  good  pilot, 
12  feet  can  be  carried  up  about  15  miles  further. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Choptank  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  8  feet  draught,  coming  up  Ciiesapeakc 
Bay  bound  to  this  Uiver,  may  follow  tlie  directions  before  given 
from  Cape  Henry  to  Ualtimore,  until   Sliarp's  Island   Lighthouse 
bears  N-NE.,  then  run  f  r  it  on  this  course.     You  ean  pass  into 
Choptank  Bay  on  eitli<T  aiile  of  tliis  ;sland,  but  the  Southern  pas- 
sage is  tiie  deepest  and  most  direct  for  vessels  bound  up  this  Bay  ; 
therefore,  leave  this  Island  about  1  J(  miles  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
when  it  bears  North,  m.ike  good  the  course  NE.  Jj  N.  for  the 
Red   Buoy   off    Cook's    Point    l)efore    dciseribed    (e:irr\ing    deep 
water)  ;  this  Buoy  bears  E.  by  N  ,  ■'!?  J  miles  from  Sharp's  Island 
Lighthouse  ;  when  the  Red  Buoy  off  Cook's  Point  is  made,  leave 
it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  run  for  Choptank  River  Lightr 
house,  bearing  about  E-  yi  N-  ;  ns  you  approach  this  Lighthouse, 
keep  a  shari)  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Casllehaven  Shoal ;  this 
last-named  Buoy  bears  about  S-  by  E.  from  the  Lighthouse,  distance 
Ji  mile  ;  leave  this  Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Slarboaid  hand, 
and  run  in  about  SE.  by  E-,  carrying  deep  water  through  the 
narrow  channel  at  the  entrance  of  the  River ;  continue  the  course 
uJitil    the  Black  Buoy  off  Howell's  Point  bears  S-SE-,  then  run 
for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand ;  when 
past  this,  haul  gradually  to  tiie  Eastward,  carrying  deep  water,  and 
leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Drumming  Ground  Shoal  on  the  Port, 


iri! 


KLPKlDr.F.'S  COAST  VILOT. 


381 


iiiid  llu'  Uiil  I5iioy  (lit'  nninlirook  Hiir  on  llio  Stiirhoiird  Imnd  ; 
after  pa^Hing  tliis  lust  tiaiiuil  Hiioy,  wliii  li  inny  be  It  It  dose  to, 
steer  ahuut  SE.  U  E-,  -"+'  vnl'H,  lni\'i;,u'  Hi-  villn-c  of  ("mn- 
bri(l"o  on  tlio  Stiirhonnl.  Tliin  last  conrsc  and  (UhUuki!  will  Itiiiif,' 
}()u  np  with  the  IJlaik  lluoy  off  Lower  Sontii  V\;\U  \  haul  round 
'tills  Hnoy,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Tort  liand,  and  wIumi  alionl 
:.>i)()  yards  past  it.  steer  for  the  Ked  Rii'-y  oil'  Upper  Suiitli  Klats  ; 
between  the  tw<j  la.st  Hno)  s  the  channel  is  deei),  hnl  very  niirrnw  : 
it  is  therefore  necessary  to  proceed  with  caution  ;  wiien  past  the 
lied  Buoy  off  the  Ul>per  South  Flats,  wliieh  may  be  left  close  to 
ou  the  Starboard  hand,  haul  np  about  NE.,  cari'vint:  alioiit  3 
fathoms  water  and  leavin-j;  the  Red  liuoy  olf  Oyster  Shell  I'oiiit 
Shoal  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand;  when  past  this  last  Ibioy, 
Btcer  Kast  until  the  lilaek  Huoy  olf  Jainaica  Point  South  Shoal 
bears  N-  by  E- ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course  ami  leave  it  close 
to  on  the  Tort  hand.  About  ;^  mile  to  the  S.aithward  of  tlic  l.ast- 
named  Buoy,  the  channel  is  very  nairow,  with  not  less  th.an  5 
fathoms  water;  it  is  therefore  necessary,  when  runniiii,'  for  it,  to 
proceed  witli  great  caution.  When  past  the  I'.laek  Ihioy  ofT  Jamaica 
Point  South  Shoal,  run  for  the  Ked  Buoy  off  Secretary  Creek 
Shoal,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Black  Buoy  olf  Jamaica 
Point  (North  Shoal)  close  to  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past  this 
last  Buoy,  steer  N.  H  E-,  until  the  Red  Buoy  off  Cabin  Creek 
Shoal  bears  NE-  by  E-  >j  E-  ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  car- 
rying about  12  feet  water  across  the  Flat  Ground  and  leaving  it 
close  to  on  the  St.nrboard  hand  ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy,  keej) 
in  the  middle,  carrying  from  .'J  to  10  fathoms  water  and  leaving  the 
Red  Buoys  off  Cabin  Creek  Neck  and  Hunting  Creek  both  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  At  this  date  (18H-.>),  there  are  no  Buoys 
above  this;  it  is  therefore  not  prudent  to  proceed  further  without 

a  pilot. 

Coming  down  Chesapeake  Bay,  botmd  to  Choptank  River,  bring 
Sharp's  Island  Lighthouse  to  bear  S.SE-,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course  until  the  water  shoals  to  3  fatlioms  ;  the  Lighthouse  will 
then  be  distant  1  »niles  ;  then  steer  E.  by  S-  li  S.  for  the  Black 
Buoy  off  Low's  Point,  carrying  about  13  feet  water  arsross  the  Flat 
Ground;  leave  this  Buoy  about  .100  y.irds  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
steer  about  East  for  the  Red  Buoy  otf  Cook's  Point,  leaving  it 
close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  nm  for  Choptank  River  Light- 
house, and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


ii 


nG2 


ELDHIDfJK'S  rOAHT  PILOT. 


EASTERN  BAY. 


Tlio  rntrniK'c  to  tliis  Hay,  wliUli  Ih  on  llio  Kastrrn  b1(1p  of 
(  lit'Hiipc'iiko  IJay,  lies  Nortli  al)i)iit  11  miles  IVoiii  Sharp's  ImIiiiuI 
Lij^litlioiiHo,  and  al)uiit  ti  initiH  SoiitlicaHti'ily  t'ruiu  Thuuius'  I'uiiit 
Lij^rlitlioiiHo. 

Iteinarh'H, 

Tilt'  ciitrnnoo  tollif  Eastern  Hay,  wiiidi  is  bctwpon  Kent  Point  on 
tlio  Nortli  and  Poplar  Island  on  the  South,  is  3  miles  wide.  Shonl 
wiitcr  extends  off  more  than  2  miles  Northeast  from  th(!  Northern 
part  of  Poplar  Island,  and  also  about  Y^  mile  from  the  South  Point 
of  Kent  Island,  makinj;  the  width  of  the  ehannid  leadinj;  in  less 
than  Y^  mile  wide  ;  the  outer  parts  of  both  these  Shoals  are  marked 
with  Huoys.  Shoal  water  also  extends  off  n  long  distaiuu!  from 
most  of  the  Points  in  this  Hay,  but  at  this  date  (1882),  these 
Shoals  arc  marked  with  IWioys. 


Ml 


: 


COXE'S  CREEK. 

Tlio  entrance  to  this  Creek,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of 
Eastern  Bay,  lies  about  .TJ^  miles  Northeast  from  Kent  Point, 
between  Turkey  I'oint  on  the  East  and  Kent  Island  on  the  West. 

About  10  feet  water  can  be  taken  up  Coxe's  Creek  through  a 
narrow  channel,  about  3  miles  from  the  entrance.  At  this  date 
(1882),  there  are  no  Buoys  to  mark  the  channel  leading  into  this 
Creek. 


i... 


! 

I. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Coxe's  Creek  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  up  the  Chesapeake  B.-vy,  bound  to  Coxe's  Creek,  follow 
the  sailing  directions  before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore, 
until  Kent  Point  is  m.ade  ;  this  Point  bears  SE.  by  S.  J^^  S.  from 
Thom.as'  Point  Lighthouse,  distance  43/^  miles;  when  Kent  Point 
is  made,  run  for  it,  bearing  about  £.NE-,  keei)ing  a  sharp  lookout 
for  the  Black  Buoy  which  lies  about  %  mile  Southeast  from  it ; 


KLDHinOE'S  COAST  I'lr-OT. 


;)().'J 


uli.ii  this  i.s  mn.lc,  leave  it  close  to  on  tli.-  I'oit  IimikI,  and  hIcit 
al'oiil  NE.  li.V  E.  nlxiiit  2';^  iniles  ;  tlieii  nl.oiil  N-  '..  W.,  kcepiii}; 
"'""'•  'i  "''!'•  '''«>iii  111.'  Kiisl.Tii  side  <.r  KriiL  Miiiid  JUKI  ctiiTviriK 
alioiit  I  latliuiiiH  wuttr.  As  von  sail  iti,  \oii  will  see  on  the  Stiii- 
board  Turkey  Point,  llie  Ka-itcin  side  of  entnimc  ;  when  this  Point 
hears  Kasf,  anchor  at  the  innnth  in  altoui  ;;  lathoin.s  water,  as  it  is 
not  pnidcnt  to  <,'o  liirtluT  \\\>  without  ii  iiiiot. 

Coniin;,'  down  Chesapeake  May,  hound  to  Coxe's  Creek,  bring 
Thomas'  I'oint  Li;^htli()nse  to  bear  N.  by  W.  ,'j  W.,  and  make 
good  il„.  course  S.  l>y  E.  ]',  E.  ;  wb.-n  the  H.'d  Ibi„y  which  lies 
about  a  mile  Soulhwest  (Voin  KiMit  Point  i^  made,  leave  it  aliout 
1^  mile  on  the  Port  hand  and  steer  aitoutE  SE..  leaving  tlie  IMack 
IJuoy  to  the  Southeast  of  Kent  Point  close  to  on  tho  Port  hami, 
and  Collow  the  directions  before  given. 

rpon  the  Western  side  of  Coxe'.s  Creek  are  two  small  Creeks 
called  Shipping  Creek  and  Warehouse  Creek  ;  nl)()nt  '.)  feet  water 
can  be  taken  into  the  former,  and  8  feet  into  the  latter. 


CRAB  ALLEY  CREEK. 

The  cntranee  to  this  Creek,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  East- 
ern Bay,  lies  Northeast  about  (;^4  mil(.i  from  Kent  Point,  and 
Northwesterly  i}{  miles  from  Tilghman's  Point. 

Jlf'inarh'H. 

About  G  feet  water  can  be  earned  up  about  1  J<  miles  above  tho 
mouth  of  this  Creek  ;  at  this  date  tliere  are  no  Huoys  to  mark  tho 
channel  leading  into  it. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Crab  Alley  Creek  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  ligiit  draught  vessels  coming  up  or  down  Chesapeake 
Bay,  bound  to  Ciub  Alley  Creek,  may  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Coxe'3  Creek  until  uj)  with  the  lilack  Buoy  olf  Kent 
Point;  leave  tiiis  Buoy  close  to  on  tlie  Port  hand,  and  steer 
NE.  hyE.  I2  E.  4>i  miles,  wiijch  will  bring  them  up  with  tho 
Black  Buoy  otf  Boilkiu  Island  Shoal ;  leave  this  last  IJuoy  close 
to  on  the    Port   hand   and   steer  NE. ;  as  you  sail  in,  you  will 


:3(;4 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


siH'  llic  1{((1  Buoy  off  Tilghnian's Point  Shoal ;  continue  the  course 
NE-  until  this  last  Buoy  bears  S-  by  E.  ^4  E  ,  tlien  make  good 
the  course  N.  by  W.  ^  W.,  carrying  not  less  tlian  10  feet  water, 
and  passing  about  midway  between  Parson's  Island  and  IJodkin 
Island  ;  the  former  lies  on  the  i^ast  and  the  latU-r  on  tlie  We^t 
side  of  llie  passage ;  when  the  Northern  Point  of  Bodkin  Island 
bears  SW.  haul  up  about  NW-  and  run  about  '4  mile,  and 
anchor  at  tlie  mouth  of  the  Creek  in  from  2  to  ;3  fathoms  water  ; 
above  this  a  pilot  is  necessary. 


KENT  ISLAND  NARROWS. 

Tliis  narrow  passage,  which  leads  from  Eastern  Bay  into  Chester 
River,  lies  nearly  North  0  miles  from  Tilghnian's  Point,  and  South- 
easterly about  5  miles  from  Love  Point  Lighthouse. 

Meniarhs. 

The  average  width  of  Kent  Island  Narrows  is  about  200  yards, 
and  length  about  S/^  mile  ;  in  entering  this  passage,  there  is  not 
more  than  2  or  3  feet  water  upon  the  Flats,  at  low  tide,  at  the 
entrance  on  either  side. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Kent  Island  Narrows  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  vessels,  of  very  light  draught,  coming  up  or  going  down  the 
Chesapeake,  may  follow  the  directions  belbre  given  for  Crab  Alley 
Creek,  until  up  with  the  Red  r>uoy  off  Tilghnian's  Point;  leave 
this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  steer  NE.  by  E. ; 
as  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  to  the  Southward  the  Black  Buoy  off 
Coflin  Point  Shoal ;  continue  the  course  until  this  last  Buoy  bears 
S-  by  W-,  then  make  good  the  course  N.  by  E.,  carrying  not  less 
than  1 2  feet  water ;  when  the  Southern  part  of  Parson's  Island 
(which  is  the  first  on  the  Port  hand)  bears  W-  by  N.,  hanl  up  N- 
by  W.  and  run  2j^  miles  (carrying  not  less  than  12  feet  water), 
which  will  bring  tliem  up  with  Hood's  Point,  which  is  left  on  the 
Starboard  hand  ;  when  abreast  this  last  Point,  steer  North  \]{i  miles 
to  the  entrance  of  the  Narrows. 


wmrmmmmtKm 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


365 


the  course 
iiiikc  gocjil 
eot  water, 
kI  lJoi;kin 

the  We^t 
kin  Ishiiid 

mile,  iuid 
ims  water  ; 


ito  Chester 
and  South- 


200  yards, 
lere  is  not 
ide,  at  the 


5  in  Day- 
ather. 

ig  down  the 
Crab  Alley 
oint;  leave 
FE.  by  E. ; 
k  Buoy  off 
Buoy  bears 
Ing  not  less 
iOn's  Ishitid 
haul  up  N. 
cet  water) , 
left  on  the 
h  I'j  miles 


ST.  MICHAEL'S  RIVER. 

The  entranee  to  this  River,  whieh  lies  at  the  Snuthcast  part 
of  Eastern  Bay,  is  about  1  miles  Southeast  from  'riiglimau'.s  Tuiiit. 

Itenntr/k-s. 

Abont  18  feet  water  ;.an  be  earried  up  (his  River  as  far  as  St. 
Jliehaol's,  which  is  about  \  j.(  miles  from  the  entrnncc,  ami  ',l  Iccfc 
can  be  taken  to  th'.'  wharves  at  tliisplaee,  and  12  feet  ean  be  eairicd 
lip  about  0  miles  above  this  ;  at  this  date  (1882),  the  River  is  well 
buoyed  as  far  as  Long  Point. 

Sailing  Directions  for  St.  Michael's  River  in  Day- 
timo,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  up  the  Chesapeake,  bound  to  St.  Mieliai  I's  River,  Inllow 
the  sailing  directions  before  given  from  Cape  Henry  to  Baltimore, 
until  Kent  Point  is  made  (this  Point  bears  SE.  by  S.  'j  S. 
from  Thomas'  Point  Lighthouse,  distance  I -'4  miles)  ;  wh 'U  Kent 
Point  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  about  E-NE.  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course,  leaving  the  shoal  water  to  the  Westward  of  Poplar 
Island  well  on  the  Starboard  hand;  as  you  apin-onch  this  Point 
Keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  -wliich  lies  about  ^ 
mile  Southeast  from  it;  when  this  Buoy  is  mnde,  leave  it  close 
to  on  the  Port  hand  and  steer  NE.  byE.  y>  E  4>j  miles,  which 
will  bring  you  up  with  the  Black  Buoy  olf  Bodkin  Island  Shoal; 
leave  tliis  Buoy  dose  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  the  next  Red  P.uoy 
olf  Tilghman's  Point  Shoal  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  j)ast  this 
last-named  Ihioy  yon  will  see  the  Black  Buoy  off  Coffee  Point  Slioal ; 
when  this  liears  SE-  riui  for  it  on  this  course,  and  leave  it  chxse  to 
on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past  it  steer  S.  ^  E.  2  mil's,  leaving  the 
Red  Buoy  oil  Bo/.niMu's  Island  Slioal  on  the  Starboard,  tlie  Black 
Buoy  otf  Herring  Island  Shoal  on  the  Port,  and  Red  Buoy  olf 
Ilamlinton's  Point  alwut  2.50  yanls  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  from 
the  last  Buoy  steer  al)out  S-SE.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  olf  Soit- 
iand  Point  Shoal  close  to  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Black  Buoy 
oU'Pairview  Point  at  the  entrance  of  the  River  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand;  abreast  this  last  Buoy  the  channel  is  ver}'  narrow;  wIk'u 
])ast  theBlnck  Buoy  offFairview  Point,  yon  will  see  (he  Red  Buoy 
otf  Stony  Point;  leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  if 


3CG 


elt)ridgf;s  coast  pilot. 


bound  to  St.  Miolmers,  when  about  }{  mile  past  it,  run  in  for  the 
whtirvi'S,  and  in  order  to  avoid  the  slioul  water  whieli  extends  otF 
from  tlie  lirst  Point  on  tlie  Port,  keep  nearer  tlie  Starboard  sidt!, 
carrying  about  D  feet  water  to  tlie  wharves  at  low  tide  ;  if  bound 
further  up,  wiien  past  the  lied  Buoy  olf  Stony  Point,  run  to  tlic 
Southward,  leaving  the  lilaek  Buoy  yff  Gibson's  Point  on  the  Port 
hand  ;  when  past  tiiis  last  Buoy  steer  about  SE.  K'  S-  for  tlie  Black 
Buoy  off  Long  Point;  haul  round  this  Buoy,  leaving  it  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  keep  in  the  middle  for  about  2  miles  ;  above  this  a  pilot 
is  necessary. 


h 


LEEDS    CREEK. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek  lies  on  the  Northeastern  side  r-f  St. 
Michael's  River,  nearly  opposite  the  village  of  St.  Mielmel's ;  about 
9  feet  water  can  be  taken  up  about  2  miles  from  the  entrance. 

Sailing  Directions   for  Leeds  Creek  in  Daytime. 

Follow  the  directions  before  given  for  St.  :Michaers  River  until 
past  the  Red  Buoy  off  Stony  Point,  then  run  for  the  Black  Buoy 
off  Gibson's  Point  Flats,  bearing  about  SE.  by  S.  '/s  &•  until 
about  l{  mile  from  it,  tl^ii  haul  to  the  Eastward  until  this  last 
Buoy  bears  S-SW-  ;  the  entrance  to  tlie  Creek  will  then  be  fairly 
open;  then  run  in  about  N-NE,  keeping  about  midway  and  car- 
rying up  from  9  to  18  foet  water. 


WYE  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  part  of 
Eastern  Bay,  lies  about  3  miles  Southeasterly  from  the  Red  Buoy 
off  Tilghman's  Point. 

Metnarlk's, 

A  little  more  than  a  mile  from  tlie  entrance  Wye  River  divides 
into  two  parts  or  branches ;  the  Eastern  branch  is  called  Front 
Wye  River,  and  the  Northern  Back  Wye  River.  This  last-named 
River  (aliout  2^  miles  above  the  entrance)  divides  into  two  parts, 
the  Northernmost  of  which  is  called  Big  Wye  River. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT.  307 


FRONT  WYE  RIVER. 

About  3  fathoms  water  can  be  carried  up  tluoiigh  a  luuiow 
channel  to  Piekering's  Crock,  which  is  ^)l{  miles  from  the  entrance, 
and  about  8  feet  CJtn  he  taken  ii[)  to  Wye  Narrows,  wliieli  is  aliont 
2  miles  above  the  last-named  place.  At  this  date  (IHS-J),  tliere 
arc  no  Buoys  to  mark  the  channel  leading  up  this  last-named 
River. 


BACK  WYE  RIVER. 

About  i 2  feet  water  can  bo  carried  up  Back  "\V3-e  River  as  far  as 
the  month  of  Hig  Wye  River,  and  8  feet  can  bo  taken  up  to  Wye 
Narrows,  which  is  2^  miles  al)ove  the  last-named  place.  About 
8  feet  water  can  be  carried  through  Wye  Narrows. 


BIG  WYE  RIVER. 

About  8  feet  water  cnn  be  carried  up  through  a  narrow  chauncl, 
about  4  miles  from  the  mouth  of  Big  Wye  River. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Wye  River  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Follow  the  directions  before  given  ibr  St.  Michaera  River,  until 
up  with  the  Red  Buoy  off  Tilglunan's  Point  Shoal ;  when  past  this 
Buoy,  you  will  see  the  Black  Buoy  olf  Cotlee  Point  Slioal ;  when 
this  Buoy  bears  SE.,  run  for  it  and  leave  it  close  to  on  the  I'ort 
liand  ;  when  past  it,  steer  about  S.  j'i  E.  2  miles,  leaving  the  Red 
Buoy  off  Bo/.mnn's  Island  Shoal  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Bhick 
Buoy  off  tlie  West  part  of  Herring  Island  Shoal  on  the  Port,  and  tiie 
Red  Buoy  off  Ilamlinton's  Point  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  wiu'u  past 
this  last-named  Buoy,  haul  gradually  to  tlie  Eastward,  when  you 
will  see  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  East  side  of  Herring  Island  ;  when 
this  last  Buo}'  bears  NE.,  haul  np  for  it  and  leave  it  close  to  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  run  about  N-NE.,  leaving  the  Rid  Buoy  off 
Wj'otown  Point  Shoal  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  wlien  i)ast 
this  last  Buoy,  Wye  River  will  then  be  fairlj'  open  and  you  may 


3G8 


r.!.i)!;!i)f;i:'s  coast  pilot. 


nm  ill,  kcfpiii;,'  tlio  Port  side  tirst  iiiionnl.  find  iinclior  nliovo  BnifT'a 
Isliiiid,  wliifli  is  till'  (irsL  on  tlic  St.irliuurd  sid.c  ;  if  Imicd  n;)  I'adc 
"\Vvi-  ll'iW'V  or  Frout  AVvc  Itivcr,  a  piidt  will  \>i'  l;^.•l■l■^.>:u;v  i.l  tliis 
aucLiorayo. 


'I  ill 

m 


Pi 


SI 


r 


CHESTER  RIVER. 

Tlie  CMitranco  to  this  River,  wliicli   is  on   th,.  Ivtstcni  side  of 

Cli('sa|u'akc  15ay,  lii's  Soiillu'ast  alioiit  10  iiiil.'s  IVoiii  iliidkiii  ToiiiL 

Lijiiitliniisi",  and  Eaht->,'urtlii.'ily  abuuL  G  iiiiUs  Iroiu  Sandy  I'oiiil 
Ligiithouse. 

lie     (iflt's. 

From  the  ontranco  of  Clipstcr  lUver  to  Cliostcrlown  tlio  di-tanoo 
is  aiioiit  2(1  miles.  About  3  fUtlionis  water,  at  low  tide,  eaii  lie, 
taken  iiii  as  I'ar  as  Melton  Point,  and  from  this  last-mentioned 
Jilaee,  wliieli  is  about  l.'i  nides  from  tlie  entrance,  aliout  9  feet  can 
bo  taken  to  Cliestertown.  At  this  date  (l.sS2),  tlie  Piver  is  hMoy( d 
as  far  as  Deep  Point  Shoal,  which  is  about  11  miles  from  tho 
entrance. 

Love  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Shoal  which  extends  otf  from  Love  Point,  East  side 
of  entrance  to  Chesapeake  Hay,  and  Southwest  side  of  entrance  to 
Chester  River,  is  a  Pioiithouse,  wh.cli  at  tliis  date  (1.SS2),  shows  .a 
fixed  Wliite  Light.  At  this  time  a  Pell  is  attached  to  this  Light- 
house, which  in  thick  weatlier  is  struck  at  intervals  of  8  seconds. 
Vessels  of  more  tliaii  7  fict  drauglit,  hound  into  Chester  River, 
shonld  not  pass  between  Love  Point  and  tliis  Lighthouse.  Love 
Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  Sandy  Point  Lighthouse  E.  by  N. 
%  N.,  distance  .'i'^  miles,  from  Podkin  Point  Ligliihous'  SE.  'j 
S.  S}4,  miles,  from  Red  Buoy  olf  Love  Point  Slioal  SW-  yl  S. 
about  1  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Chester  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weatL  r. 

Coming  up  the  Ciiesaiieake  Bay,  follow  tho  directions  before 
given  from  Cajie  Henry  to  Baltimore,  until  past  Sandy  Point  Light- 
bouse  ;  then  bring  this  Lighthouse  to  biiar  SW-  by  W-.  and  make 
good  the  course  NE.  by  E-  uulil  Love  Point  Lighthouse  bears 


■J 


KLDUIDGE'S  COAST  IILOT. 


309 


SE.  ;  tlit^n  stcor  more  Easterly,  kcoping  a  sharp  lookout  fur  the 
K'fd  lliioy  wliicli  lies  about  1  mile  to  the  Nortlicast  of  it;  wlicu 
this  Ijiiuy  is  iii.ulc.  haul  ronml  it  at  a  (lis'auce  of  '_(  luili',  lcavin>; 
it  ou  tlie  Stai  lioanl  hand,  and  when  it  hears  NW"..  sti-cr  al)oul 
S.  Jj  W.,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  well  on  the  Starlioard  and  the 
IJiaek  IJuoy,  which  lies  aliout  1^4  miles  Southeast  from  it,  ou  tln' 
I'oit  hand  ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy,  steer  about  SE-  by  S.  !i  S., 
1  J^  mik's,  leaving  tiie  Kcd  I'.uoy  off  Long  Point  Sho.d  ou  tii(>  Star- 
board, and  the  lUack  IJuoys  olf  Coekey's  Island  Slio;d  and  Cedar 
Toiut  Shoal  both  close  to  ou  the  Port  liand  ;  v.iicn  p;ist  tlie  last 
IJlaek  P)Uoy,  the  River  gradually  turns  to  the  Nurtinvaiil  ;  it  is 
tlifivfore  neees-iary  to  steer  about  NE.  by  E.,  leaving  tiie  lilaek 
r>uoy  olf  Hail  Point,  the  extreme  part  of  K:istern  Neek.  al>out  'y( 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  haul  up  about  N.  by  W.  yl  W-,  leav- 
ing the  Pcd  Buoy  olf  Piney  Point  u  short  distance  on  the  Starboard 
luiud  ;  when  i)ast  this  last  Buoy,  the  course  is  Northeasterly,  leav- 
ing the  P>hiek  P.uoy  olf  Gum  Point  Shoal  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand,  the  Jiuoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes 
ou  Nichols'  Marsh  Shoal  on  either  hand,  the  Red  Buoy  olf  Old 
Field  Bar  on  the  Starboard,  tiie  Buoy  i):uuted  in  Retl  ami  Black 
Horizontal  Stripes  on  Lower  Spaniard's  Shoal  on  cilher  hand,  and 
the  Black  Buoy  off  Deep  P'  'nt  Shoal  on  the  Port  hand.  At  this 
date  (US«2),  there  are  no  Buoys  above  l)ee|)  Point  Shoal;  it  is 
liurefore  advisable  fur  vessels  bound  further  up  to  take  pil(;ts, 

Hiyh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Chester  River  7h.  18m.  after  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
common  tides  risse  about  2  feet. 


Pool's  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Western  side  of  Pool's  Island,  Chesapeake  Bay,  is  a 
Lighthouse,  'wiiieh  at  this  dale  (1882),  snows  a  fixed  While  Light. 
At  this  time  a  Pell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick 
woather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  12  seconds.  Bodkin  Point  Light- 
house bears  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Pool's  Island  SW.,  distance 
iO]i  miles;  Turkey  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  Pool's  Island 
Lighthouse  NE.  by  E.,  distance  loi/j  miles. 


370 


ELDUIDGK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


SASSAFRAS  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  tliis  River,  wliiili  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Chesapeaiio  Uny,  lies  Norllieiisterly  iilmiit  10  miles  fiom  I'.iol's 
Tsliuul  Lijilit house,  and  Soiitlnvest  about  5  miles  IVoin  the  Light- 
house on  Turkey  Point. 

Iteniarh's. 

About  12  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  he  carried  up  to  Frederic, 
which  is  713  miles  from  the  entrance.  At  this  date  (1««2),  there 
are  not  any  Huoys  in  this  River. 

Sailing  Directions  for  nassafras  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Cominii  up  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  hound  to  Sassafras  River,  follow 
the  directions  before  ^iven  from  Cape  Henry  to  Ballimore,  nnlil 
lip  witii  the  Red  Ruoy  which  lies  olf  to  the  Westward  of  Swan 
Point;  Rodkin  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  W-NW-. 
distance  4 '4  miles;  leave  the  Red  Buov  otf  Swan  Point  about  ^i 
mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  m  d<e  good  tiie  course  NE.  by  N. 
G  miles,  which  will  bring  you  up  witli  tlie  Black  IJuoy  on  tlie  North- 
east side  of  Nine-Foot  Shoal  ;  leave  the  last-named  Bu>y  (wiilrh 
bears  S-  }i  W-  from  Pool's  Island  Lighthouse,  distance  4  m.lcs). 
about /4^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  ciur>e  NE- 
by  N.  ?:|  N.  ~yi  iiiili'H  to  the  Red  Buoy  olf  Worton  Point ;  \.  hen 
about  ]i  mile  past  the  last-named  Buoy  wliich  is  left  on  tiie  Star- 
board hand,  steer  about  NE-  by  E-  ]i  E.  a'lout  .'.'4  miles,  leaving 
Howell's  Point,  which  is  bold,  about  ]i  mii>"  on  the  St  rlioard  hand. 
S.assafras  River  will  then  be  open,  bearing  alK)ut  E-  by  S-  ;  you 
may  then  run  in,  keeping  tlie  N.ntliern  side  best  aboard,  carrying 
not  less  than  12  feet  water  at  low  tide,  until  about  '{■  mile  fr.  ni 
Ordinary  Point  (wliich  is  on  the  Northern  side),  then  anchor  ;  above 
the  last-named  Point,  the  River  narrows  to  about  ;  j  mile  ;  it  is  not 
advisable  to  go  above  this  without  a  pilot. 

Ilifjh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Sassafras  River  9h.  IGm  after  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
common  tides  rise  about  23S  feet. 


T  ^^«:,-i^^  - 


ti  sidn  of 
>m  I'liol's 
ho  LiuhL- 


Frodoric, 
H-2),  there 


L  Day- 

itlier. 

•or,  follow 
luro,  until 
I  of  Swan 
W.NW.. 

tlliollt   'i^ 

lE.  i.'.v  N. 
llio  North- 
.y    (wir.rh 

4  milos). 
mso  NE. 
hit  ;  V,  hoii 

tiio  Stiir- 
L's.  loaving 
DUi'd  hand, 
y  S- ;  you 
U  oarryinp; 
mill!  fr.  ni 
lor ;  above 
! ;  it  is  uot 


it  Boston  ; 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Turkey  Point  Lighthouse. 


371 


!■>■■■■*  , 


On  the  Blurt"  Point  soiuiratiajf  the  months  ofKliv  and  Susquolmiina 
Rivers,  at  the  head  of  Chosapoaiie  Ba_y,  is  a  Lighthouse,  whieh  at 
this  date  (l«H2),  sliows  a  fixed  White  Light;  I'ool's  Ishind  Light- 
house bears  from  Turkey  Point  Lighlliouse,  SW.  by  W.,  distance 
ISj/j  miles;  Fishing  Battery  Lighthouse,  Last  side  of  channel 
entrance  to  Uavvo  de  firaco,  SW.  j{  S.  I ' ,;  miles;  Havre  de 
Grace  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  W.  ;j  W.  O;^  miles. 


HAVRE  -  DE  -  GRACE. 

This  place,  which  is  situated  on  the  Western  side  of  entrance  to 
Susqueiianna  River,  lies  Southwest  about  6^  miles  from  Tnrkey 
Point  Lightliouse. 

Fishing  Battery  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Flats,  East  side  of  the  channel  lea'ling  up  to  Havre  dc 
Grace,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (LSS-J),  sliows  a  fixed 
White  Light ;  vessels  bound  to  Havre  de  Grace  should  leave  this 
Lighthouse  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Havre- de-Grace  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Concord  Point,  West  side  of  entrance  to  Susquehanna 
River,  near  Havre  de  Grace  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  tins  date 
(1882),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Liglit. 

JRetnarJcs. 

The  channel  leading  from  Locust  Point  to  Havre  do  Grace  (a 
distance  of  about  4  milos)  is  very  narrow,  but  at  this  date  (1882), 
is  well  marked  with  B1103S  ;  at  this  time  about  7  feet  water  at  low 
tide  can  be  taken  from  Locust  Point  to  Havre  de  Grace. 

St;  Shi2*  ChaunH. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Swan  Point  to  Havre  de 
Grace  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Coming  up  Ihe  Chesapeake  Bay,  bound  to  Havre  de  Grace,  follow 
the  sailing  directions  before  given  by  Ship  Channel  from  Cape  Henry 


r  * 


:i72 


ELDIUDUKS  COAST  I'lLUT. 


m 


W 
m 

if 

rfiT' 

Pi 

111: 


to  BiiUimoro,  until  up  with  the  Red  l^iioy  which  lios  nbont,  1  ^i 
miles  to  liie  Westward  of  Swan  I'oiiit,  Kiislcrn  side  of  Chcsiipralvc 
Hay,  Hodiviii   Point  Lighlliousc  bears  from  tliis  Uuoy  W.NW-, 
distanco  l;<  miles;  leave  this  lluoy  olf  Swan  Point  about    >4  niilo 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  fiood  the  course  NE-  by  N-  6 
miles,  which  wiin.ring  you  up  with  the  IJlaek   Buoy  on  the  North- 
east side  of  Nine  Foot  Shoal;  leave  the  last-nanud  Buoy  (which 
bears  S.  ,'4  W-  from  Pool's  Island  Lighthouse,  distance    I   miles), 
about  I,'  mile  on  the  Tort  hand,  and    make  jiood  the  course  NE. 
Iiy  N.   -1  N.  Tjj:  miles  to  the  l{eil  Ibioy  olf  Worton   I'oint ;   when 
nbout  'i  mile  past  the  last-named  Ibi-y  which  is  left  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  steer  about  NE-  by  E-  !i  E.,  leavin.j;  the  Black  Buoy 
otf  Shad   Battery  well  on  tlu-   Port,  and  Howell's  Point,  which  is 
bold,  about /j   mile  on  tlie  Starl)aaid  hand;  continue  the  course 
until  about  2j4    miles  from  Turkey  Point  Lighthouse,  then  steer 
al)out  N.  by  E.,  passing  about  midway  between  the   last-named 
Li-dithousc  and  the  land  on  the  Western  side  of  the  passage,  until 
T.ukey  Point  Lighthouse  bears  SE.  l^i  E-,  Hu'U  make  good   the 
course"  NW.  12  Wm  Ciinying  not  less  tiiau  12  feel  waier  at   low 
tide,  and   leaving  the   Black  Buoy*  oil  Locust  Point,  on  tlii'  Port 
hand;  when  past  this  last  Buoy  steer  moic  Westerly,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  which  lies  at  the  i'ntrance  of  the 
narrow  channel ;  Fishing  Battery  Ligii  iiouse  bears  from  this  Buoy 
N.NE.  about  ^2  nuW  ;   when  tliis   Buoy  is  made  at   the  entrance 
bring  It  to  bear  North  and  run  for  it,  leaving  it  close  to  011  the 
Porl^luind,  and  the  Lighthouse  al)out  200  yaril.;  on  the  Starboard, 
and  run  up  the  narrow  channel,  course  al.out  N-  by  E-,  leaving  the 
Black  liuovs  close  to  on  the  Port,  and  the  Ue.l  Baoys  close  to  on 
the  Starl)oard  hand,  carrying  from  7  feel  to  a  fathoms  water  to  the 
anchorage  oil  the  town. 

lit/  the  Middle  Channel. 

From  P.altimore  bound  to  Havre  de  Grace  leave  the  Red  Buoy 
which  lies  aboiri  U  mile  to  the  Southward  of  the  Old  Towers  on 
North  Point  close  to  (m  the  P..rt  hand,  and  make  good  the  course 
NE.  bvE.  1 2  E,  passing  about  midway  between  the  Craighill 
Range  Lighthouses,  and  carrying  uot  less  than  13  feet  water  across 


♦  Fishin,!,'  Biittery  Li-litl.ousc  bears  fioui  the  Black  Buoy  off  Locust 
Poiut  NW.  1  N.  distant  14  miles. 


HVa^cian' 


bout,  1  i^f 
icsniiraku 

V.NW., 

t   li  mile 

l-V  N.  G 
10  North- 
)y  (wliich 
i  mill's), 
iirsc  NE. 
Ill ;   wlion 

tlic  Star- 
laclv  IJiioy 
,,  whicli  is 
he  course 
Ihcn  sti'cr 
ast-naiiit'il 
<\]X<',  inilil 

good  tlie 
!»'!•  at  low 
n  llii'  Tort 
ki'i'l)ii)g  a 
lice  1)1"  the 
this  Hiioy 
[>  I'litraiice 

to  oil  the 
Starhoanl, 
k'uving  the 
lose  to  on 
ulcr  to  the 


Red  Buoy 
Towers  on 

the  course 
e  Craijfhill 
rater  across 

)y  oil'  Locust 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


373 


the  I'lat  f! round  ;  ns  you  approach  Pool's  Island,  keep  n  sharp  look- 
out lor  the  iJlack  lluoy  which  lies  S.SW-  about  ?:^  mile  from  tho 
Soutiierii  part  of  tliis  Island;  wLeii  this  Ihioy  is  made,  leave  it 
ab.iiit  .'300  yards  on  the  I'urt  iiand.  and  make  j^ood  the  course  NE. 
Ij  E.,  cin'iyiiiiJ;  f"""">  7  to  10  fitlioiiis  water  throiiiiii  the  narrow 
channel,  and  leaviuuj  the  Ked  I'.iioy  (which  bears  SE.  fioni  I'.iol's 
I-laiid  about  a  mile)  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  the  Jilack 
Ihioy  on  the  Southern  part  of  Shoal  well  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when 
pa^t  the  last-named  P)iioy,  steer  abort  E-NE.  a  mile,  wiiicli  will 
britii:  yon  into  the  Sl.ip  Channel ;  th  •  course  is  tii<  n  NE.  by  N.  ^.f 
N.  to  Kill  liuoy  olfWorton  Point;  when  past  the  last-named  Buoy 
follow  the  directions  before  jjiveii. 

lif/  the  West  Channel, 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  0  feet  draunht  from  Baltimore  bound 
to  Havre  de  (iraee,  may  leave  the  lied  liuoy  (wliicii  li.  s  about  ^ 
mile  to  tiie  Soutiiward  of  the  Old  Towers  on  North  Point),  close  t  > 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  <j;ood  tiie  course  NE.  by  E.  Jj  E., 
passiiiLf  about  midway  between  tlie  Crai<,diill  Han;j,e  Lij^hthouses,  and 
carrying  not  less  than  l;>  fci  t  water  across  the  Flat  Ground  ;  wlieii 
about  half  way  from  llie  last-named  Liohlhoiise  to  Pool's  Island 
Lii^hthonse,  haul  up  about  NE.  ^j  N.,  carrying  not  less  than  'J 
feet  water;  as  you  approach  Pool's  Issland  Lighthouse,  kee|)  a 
sharp  lookout  lor  the  tiiree  liuoys  which  lie  to  the  Westward  of  this 
last-named  Lighthouse  ;  the  lirst  is  P.d,  and  marks  the  Plats  cx- 
teniling  olf  to  the  Westward  of  i\,.,\  s  Island  ;  the  second  is  painted 
in  Red  and  IMack  Horizontal  Stripes,  and  marks  a  pile  of  ballast; 
the  third  is  Black,  and  marks  the  Flats  which  make  olf  from  the 
Westi'rn  sliore  ;  leave  the  P>noy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Hori- 
zontal Stripes  a  short  distance  on  either  hand,  and  steer  NE.  by 
E.  J4  E.  I  li  miles  to  the  Red  liuoy  olf  Worton  Point,  carrying  not 
less  tliaii  7  feet  water  at  low  tide  ;  when  past  this  last-named  Buoy 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Migh  Water. 

It  is  high  \vator  at  Havre  de  Grace  lOh.  33m.  after  it  is  at  Boston ; 
common  tides  rise  about  1  ^  feet. 


374 


ELDIlinOE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


NORTHEAST  RIVER. 

Tho  entrance  to  this  River  wliieli  is  at  the  head  of  Chcsapoa'^o 
Bay,  lies  4/,  miles  to  the  ICiistwnrd  of  Ilavie-ck-Gracc,  and  North- 
easterly about  5  miles  from  Turkey  Point  Lifzhtiiouse  ;  vessels 
bound  to  Northeast  River  leave  Turkey  Point  Lijrhthonse  to  the  hast- 
ward,  while  those  bound  into  Elk  River  leave  it  to  the  Westward. 

liemarka. 

About  13  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  from  Turkey 
Point  Lif-hthouse  through  a  narrow  channel  to  the  entranee  of 
Northeast  River,  and  about  7  feet  w.ater  at  low  tide  ean  be  taken 
up  to  Charlestown,  which  is  about  "JK-  mWos  fro.n  the  entrance; 
at  this  date  (1882),  there  arc  no  lUioys  in  tliis  River. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Northeast  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  m.n-e  tiian   C,  or  7   feet  draught,  coming  up  tlio 
Ches-ipeake  Bay,  bound  to  Nortli  lliver,  may  follow  the  direct  inns 
before'   V  en  for  Havre  de  Grace  Harbor  by  cither  channelM.nUl 
nbont  2'4  miles  from  Turkey  Point  Lighthouse  ;  then  nm  NE-  by 
N    i4  N.,  leaving  it  about  «^  mile  on  tlie  Starboard  hand;  when 
this  Li-lithouse  bears  SE-.  muke  good  the  course  N-NE^keepuig 
not  mo".-e  ><  mile  from  the  bind  on  the  Starboard  side,  and  carrying 
not  less  tlian  9  feet  water,  leaving  Red  Point  (whidi  is  the  first 
on  the  Starboard  side  at  the  entrance  of  the  River)   about   J 3 
mile  ou  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  N.  by  E.  H  E., 
ke  -iiiii"  in  tlie  middle  until  abreast  the  v'.lU.ge  of  Charlestown  ;  then 
anehor'iu  from  8  to  9  feet  water ;  from  Havre  de  Grace,  bound  to 
North  River,  leuve  the  Black  I'.uoy  at  tlic  Southern  entranee  of  tlio 
channel  (this  Buov  lies  about  j4  mile  to  the  Southward  of  Fishing 
Batterv  Lighthouse)  ch-se  to  on  the   Starboard  hand,  and  steer 
about  "SE.  by  E   with  Turkey  Point  Liglith.)use  on  the  Starboard 
bow,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  olF  Locust  Point  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  carrying  not  less  than   12   feet  water  across  the  Hat 
Ground  ;  contivue  the  course  SE.  by  E.  until  about  J^   mi  e  from 
Turkey  Point  Lighthouse,  then  steer  about  N-NE-,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given. 


it  Mi' 

,1  r 


iiLDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


375 


isapca^co 
a  North- 
vessels 
the  Kast- 
stward. 


1  Turkey 
;raiieo  of 
be  taken 
'iitrance ; 


lytime, 

iiji;  up  tlio 
diri'ctiniis 
inel,'  iinlil 
I  NE.by 
11(1 ;  wlien 
1.,  keeping 
I  carrying 
H  the  first 
about   J  3 

S.  H  E., 

own  ;  then 

l)()UU(l    to 

mee  of  tlie 

of  Fishing 
and  steer 
Starl)oar(i 
Starboard 

is  the  Flat 
mile  from 

and  follow 


irtf/h   Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  tiie  entrance  «)f  Northeast  Uiver  lOh.  30na. 
after  it  is  at  Boston ;  common  tiiles  riuo  about  1  ^  fuet. 


ELK  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  which  is  between  Turkey  Point  Light- 
lioiiso  on  llie  North,  and  Wrotli's  Point  on  tlio  South,  is  15}^  niilea 
Northeasterly  from  Pool's  Island  Lighthouse. 

lie  marks. 

About  18  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  up  as  far  as 
Boliemia  River,  which  is  about  3^  miles  from  the  entrance,  and 
from  tliis  about  14  feet  to  the  entrance  of  Back  Creek  ;  tho  latter 
leads  up  to  Chesapeake  City,  the  entrance  of  tho  Chesapeake  and 
Delaware  Canal ;  at  this  date  (1882),  there  are  uo  Buoys  in  this 
River. 


BOHEMIA  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  Northeast  3^'  miles  from  Turkey 
Point  Lighthouse  ;  about  8  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  up 
to  Stony  Point,  which  is  on  the  Northeast  side  about  2  miles  from 
the  entrance,  and  14  feet  can  be  taken  up  about  1^  miles  above 
this  last-named  Point. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bohemia  River  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  up  liie  Chesapeake  Bay  bound  to  Bohemia  River,  follow 
the  directions  before  given  for  Havre  de  Grace  Harbor^  until  about 
2"^  miles  from  Turkey  Point  L'ght house  ;  then  with  the  entrance 
to  Elk  River  fairly  open  run  in  about  NE.  by  E.  between  the  last- 
named  Lighthouse  and  Wmth's  Point,  keeping  nearer  the  latter ; 
when  past  Turkey  Point  Lighthouse,  which  is  left  on  the  Port  hand, 
keep  in  tho  middle  for  about  3><  miles  ;  Bohemia  River  will  then 
be  faiily  open,  bearing  abont  E-  J^  S- ;  then  run  in,  keeping  tho 
^urthuru  mdv  haai  aboard,  carrying  from  7  to   10  fuet  water,  and 


37G 


FLinilDOE'S  COAST  PfLOT. 


I 


iiiirlior  oir  Sloiiy  Point  in  iiho'it  ITt  feet  wntcr  ;  iilxtvc  tiiin  lli.' clinii- 
iifl  li  very  luinow  ;  if  lutund  t'lirlliiT  up.  ll  in  mlviMilili'  l'»  tuUr  li 

pilot. 

From  Ilnvrt'  tli'  (Jrnro,  l)onn«l  to  riolicniiii  IJivir.  loiivc  llic  Uliuk 
Hiiov  oil'  tlic  .Sniiiii.'ni  «'ntninco  to  tlic  cIimiiihI  (IIiIh  Hnoy  lios  ulioiit 
yi  mile  to  Mil'  Soiithwaid  oCKisiiini.'  Hiittciv  F-i^'litlioiisc).  cioKi! 
t'>  on  ttic  I'ort  liiiinl,  im.l  steer  iiiioiit  SE  I'.v  E-  until  np  willi  llio 
H!:irU  Itiioy  oil  Locust  I'oinl ;  l^ave  tliis  last  ISimy  on  the  Smr- 
l-oiinl  Imnd.  iiiul  Htecr  altont  SE.  ll  S.<  leaving,'  Turkey  Point 
Li^lilliouHe  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  liaml  :  when  lllk  Kiver  i« 
fairly  opLUi  thou  run  In,  unil  follow  the  ilireetiona  befon'  },'ivfn. 


CHESAPEAKE     AND     DELAWARE 

CANAL. 

Tlu'  Western  entrnncp  to  this  Cnnal.  which  is  at  the  head  of 
Back  Creek,  near  Ciiesapeake  City,  lies  Norlheasterly  10  niiles 
IVom  the  city  of  Haltiiuore,  Northeasterly  .'UiJ/.  miles  from  Bod- 
kin Point  Lijilithouse,  and  Northeasterly  103^  miles  from '.I'lirkcy 
I'oint  Lighthouse,  North  side  of  entrance  to  Klk  Itiver. 

licniarh's. 

About  1 1  foot  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  curried  from  Turkey 
Point  Lighthouse  to  entrance  of  Back  Creek.  .',  distance  of  7'/^ 
miles,  and  from  this  there  is  a  sulllcient  dept,  v/f  water  to  the 
ontrauce  of  the  Canal. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Turkey  Point  Lighthouse 
to  the  Entrance  of  Chesapeake  and  Delaware 
Canal  in  Daytime. 

Coming  np  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  bound  to  the  Chesapeake  and 
Delaware  Canal,  follow  the  dirci'ti(m3  before  given  for  Havre  do 
Grace  Harbor,  by  either  channel,  until  about  2;^  miles  from 
Turkey  Point  Lighthouse ;  then,  with  the  entran(!e  to  Elk  River 
fairly  open,  run  in  abr)ut  NE.  by  E-  between  the  last-named 
Lighthonso  and  Wroth's  Point,  koeplnp  nearer  the  latter ;  when 
l)Mst.  Turkey  Point  Liirhthouse,  which  is  left  on  the  Port  hand, 
keep  about  in  the  middle  of  the  River,  carrying  from  11  feet  to  7 


I 


\h  till'  clinii- 
(>  til  t.'iUi'  a 

0  llu-  IJlack 
V  lii's  iilioiiL 
IllHt').  cloKH 
|i   witli  llin 

1  tlio  Slur- 
irki'y  I'liiiit 
Ik   KivtT  is 


''ARE 


the  lu'.'id  of 

y    It)   imlcs 

from  Hod- 

iom  '.riirkey 


rom  Turkey 

UK'C    of   7^3 

vattT  to  tlio 


ghthouso 
Delaware 

snpciikc  and 
jr  Havre  de 

mill's  from 
)  Elk  River 

last-named 
attor ;   wlmn 

Port   hand, 

11  feet  to  7 


KLl)UII)(iF/a  COAST  ITI.OT. 


n77 


.  failioniH  water,  initil  up  witli  tlio  entrance  of  Biick  f'reek,  vvliicli  la 
on  llif  KftHtern  wide  tiboiil  7'^  niilem  from  Turkey  I'oiiil  higUlliouBO. 
A  i>ilot  is  neeesHnry  from  liere  to  tUe  Canal. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Choaapoako  and  Dolawaro 
Canal  to  Baltimore  in  Daytime,  with  lavorablo 
winds  and  lair  weather. 

After  leaving  the  Cana',  a  pilot  is  necessary  aa  far  as  the  mouth 
of  lluek  Creek,  wiiieli  is  aWjiit  .'l^';^  miles  Im'Iow  Cliesiipeako  t  ily  ; 
wluii  past  the  entrance  to  tiiis  Creek,  run  down  tiie  Klk  Hiver, 
keeping;  about  in  the  middle,  and  eurryiny  from  14  feet  to  7  fatlidms 
water,  and  leaving  Tmkey  l'(jint  Lighthouse  about  -^^  mile  on  tlie 
Starl)()ard  tiand  ,  when  past  the  last-named  Lighthouse,  make  piod 
th(»  eourso  SW-  by  W-  X  W.,  1 1  tmh-s  to  Ke  1  Ibioy  off  Worton 
roint;ou  this  last  conrso  IloweH's  Toiut,  which  is  bold,  will  bo 
lell  on  tho  Tort,  and  the  Ulai'k  Ibiiy  oil' .Shad  IJattery  .Shoal  well 
on  tho  StarlKjard  hand;  when  the  Red  Ruoy  cT  Woifon  Point  is 
made,  leave  it  about  j.^  mile  on  tho  Port  hand,  and  steer  about 
SW.  by  S.,  -'5^  miles,  whielj  will  biing  you  up  with  the  IJlack 
Huoy  which  lies  E.  by  S.  Jj  S-t  l^i  miles  from  Pool's  Island 
Lighthouse  ;  when  this  last  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  on  the  .Starboard 
hand,  and  run  to  the  South  westward,  leaving  a  Rod  IJuoy  a  short 
distance  on  the  Port  hand  ;  from  this  last  Buoy  ste(>r  SW-  J4  W., 
leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  .Sonthwestern  part  of  Poil's  Islan.l 
close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  coiu'si?  SW. 
by  W.  J4  W.,  altout  'J  miles,  carrying  not  less  than  U  feet  water, 
to  Red  Buoy  which  lies  about  ^  mile  to  the  So'ith.vard  of  the  Old 
Towers  olf  North  Point,  and  p.assing  about  midway  between  the 
Craighill  Range  Lightiiouses  ;  when  past  the  Red  Buoy  oif  North 
Point,  run  ahnit  West  until  the  Liglithf)uses  on  Hawkins'  and 
Leading  Pomts  are  in  range;  then  run  for  them  in  range,  bearing 
about  NW.  by  W.  ->4  W.,  until  about  1)<  nnles  from  Hawkins' 
Point  Lighthouse  ;  then  steer  more  Northerly,  passing  about  raid- 
"way  between  the  Red  and  Black  Buoys  to  the  Soutiiwcstwiird  of 
Fort  Carroll  I  ighlhouse  ;  when  past  these  last-named  Buoys,  steer 
NW.  In  N.,  passing  aliout  midway  between  the  Lighthouse  on 
Lazaretto  Point  and  Fort  McHcnry,  and  enter  the  Harbor,  leaving 
the  Reil  and  Black  Buoys  as  they  are  set  to  mark  the  channel  to 
the  city  of  Baltimore. 


378 


ELDllIDGE'S  COAST   TILOT. 


High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  •p:ik  River  lOh.  25m.  after 
it  is  at  IJoston ;  common  tides  rise  about  1  ^  feet. 


BUSH   RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  wliich  is  on  the  Western  side  of 
ClicsapcaUe  Hay,  lies  Northeasterly  ?>%  miles  from  Pool's  Island 
Lighthouse. 

Rem  arks. 

About  8  feet  water,  at  low  tulo,  can  be  taken  up  this  River  as 
far  as  Beach  Poiuc,  which  is  334;  miles  from  the  entrance,  and 
about  7  feet  can  be  carried  up  as  I'ar  as  the  Railroad  Bridge,  which 
is  3  miles  above  tlie  last-named  Point.  At  this  date  (1882),  there 
are  no  Buoys  in  this  River. 

Sailing   Directions  for  Bush  Kiver  in  Dajrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels,  coming  up  the  Chesapeake  Bay, 
bound  to  Bush  River,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
Havre  de  Grace  Harbor  in  either  channel,  until  about  21^  miles 
past  Pool's  Island  Lighthouse  ;  the  entrance  to  this  River  will  then 
be  fairly  open,  bearing  about  N-NW-  ;  then  run  in  about  midway, 
and  keep  in  the  middle  as  far  as  Beach  Point,  which  is  on  the  Port 
side,  about  ^%  miles  from  the  entrance  ;  then  keep  the  Starboard 
side  best  aboard  to  the  Railroad  Bridge,  carrying  not  less  than  7 
feet  water  at  low  tide. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  to  Bush  River  8h.  10m.  after  it  is 
at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1 J^  feet. 


i 

Si 
•il  Pi 

II! 
I  ill 


GUNPOWDER  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  between  Spry's  Island  on 
the   Southeast  and   Lower  Island  Point  on  the  Northwest,   lies 


25m.  after 


tern  side  of 
'ool's  Island 


his  River  as 
itrance,  and 
ridge,  whicli 
1882),  tliere 

Da3rtime, 

ther. 

apeake  Bay, 
re  given  for 
lut  2^2  miles 
ver  will  then 
lOut  midway, 
5  on  the  Port 
he  Starboard 
it  less  than  7 


im,  after  it  is 


KLDRIBGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


379 


Nortlieastcrly  about  7  miles  from  Craighill  Channel  Front  Liglit- 
lioiise,  and  West- Northerly  H^  mik's  from  Pool's  Island  Light- 
honse. 

Iteniarks. 

About  13  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  carried  from  the  entrance 
of  this  River  to  Carroll's  Point,  which  is  on  the  Port  side  about  1  J/a 
miles  from  the  entrance,  and  about  G  feet  can  be  taivch  up  to  the 
Railroad  Bridge,  which  is  4  3^  miles  above  this  last-named  Point. 
At  this  date  (1882),  there  are  no  Buoys  in  this  River. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Gunpowder  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels  from  Baltimore  may  leave  the  Rod 
Buoy  (whicli  lies  about  ^  mile  to  the  Southward  of  the  Old  Tower  i 
at  North  Point)  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  thi; 
course  NE.  by  E.,  passing  between  the  Craighlll  Range  Light- 
houses, and  carrjung  not  less  than  10  feet  water  at  low  tide  across 
the  Flat  Ground  ;  when  about  2%  miles  from  Pool's  Island  Light- 
house, haul  up  about  NW.  ^3  W-,  passing  about  midway  between 
Spr^'s  Island,  which  lies  on  the  Starboard,  and  Miller's  Island  on 
the  Port,  carr3-ing  not  less  than  10  feet  water;  when  the  entrance 
to  Powder  River  is  open,  bearing  about  NE.,  then  run  in,  keeping 
about  midway  between  Spry's  Island,  which  is  on  the  Starboard 
side,  and  Lower  Island  Point  on  the  Port ;  after  passing  Carroll's 
Point,  which  is  the  second  on  the  Port  side,  keep  the  Port  side  best 
aboaid,  carrying  not  less  than  6  feet  water  up  to  tlie  Railroad 
Bridge. 

Coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  follow  the  sailing  directions 
before  given  from  Chesiipeakc  :ind  Delaware  Canal  to  Baltimore, 
until  up  with  the  Black  liuoy  which  lies  about  l^  mile  Southwesterly 
from  the  Southwest  Point  of  Pool's  Island  ;  leave  this  Buoy  close 
to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High   Wafer. 

It  is  high  water  in  Gunpowder  River  7h.  55m.  after  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  1^  feet. 


y's  Island  on 
rthwest,   lies 


380 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


MIDDLE  RIVER. 

Tlio  entrance  to  this  RiviT  is  about  "2' j  miles  to  tlic  Wostwn/d 
of  Gunpowder  River;  about  8  feet  water  at  low  tide  oan  b"  t.;kon 
up  about  V/i  miles  from  the  cntranci' ;  the  River  then  divides  into 
two  braudii's,  the  Northernmost  of  wiiicli  is  called  Galloway's 
Creek  ;  about  C  feet  water  can  be  taken  u;)  to  the  iicad  of  this  Creek, 
and  7  feet  ean  be  carried  up  the  other  branch  nearly  to  the  Rail- 
road Bridge;  at  this  date  (1882),  there  are  no  Buoj-s  in  Middle 
River  or  its  tributaries. 


Sailing  Directions   for  Middle  River  in  Dastimo, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  Baltimore  follow  the  sailing  directions  before  given  for 
Gunpowder  River,  until  about  midway  oetween  I '(jiy's  Island  and 
Miller's  Island  ;  then  steer  aljout  NW-  by  W.  H  W.  2>4  miles, 
carrying  not  less  than  i)  feet  water  at  low  tide ;  the  entrance  to 
Middle  River  will  then  be  open  and  j'ou  may  run  in,  keeping  the 
Port  side  best  aboard  ;  when  past  the  entrance  keep  in  the  middle, 
carrying  not  less  than  8  feet,  and  anchor  In  about  i)  feet  water  at 
the  mouth  of  Galloway's  Creek. 

Coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  bound  to  Middle  River,  fol- 
low the  sailing  directions  before  given  from  the  Canal  to  Bal- 
timore, until  up  with  the  Black  Buoy  which  lies  Southwest 
ab  lilt  3/^  mile  from  the  Southern  part  of  Pool's  Islaml ;  leave  this 
last-raeutioned  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  NW-  by  W-  y4-  W.  5^(  miles;  the  entrance  to  Middle 
River  will  then  be  open,  and  you  may  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 


High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at   the    entrance   of  Middle    River  7h. 
after  it  is  at  Boston;  common  tides  rise  about  1,'^   feet. 


4.'jm. 


BACK  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  between  Hart's  Island  and 
Rocky  Point,  lies  West-Southerly  C'2  niiles  from  Pool's  Island 
Lightho\ise,  and  Northwesterly  f|  mile  from  (Craighill  Chuunei) 
rear  Lighthouse. 


hv  Wi'stwn/(1 
oan  h"  t'ikoii 
1  diviiU's  into 
1  Galloway's 
of  thisCri'i'k, 
to  the  Rail- 
ys  ill  Middli; 

Daytime, 
ther. 

are  given  for 
■'s  Island  and 
^.  2y,  miles, 
e  entrance  to 
,  keeping  the 
in  the  middle, 
foot  water  at 

lie  River,  fol- 
lanal  to  Bal- 
3  Southwest 
d  ;  leave  this 
lake  gooil  tlie 
•e  to  Middle 
^fore  directed. 


■or  7h.   4otn. 
leet. 


*  Island  and 
Pool's  Island 
liil   Chuutioi) 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


381 


Hetunrlt's. 

About  8  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be  carried  within  1  mile  of 
the  Railroad  Britlgo,  and  about  5  foot  can  bo  taken  np  to  this 
Bridge  ;  at  this  date  (18H2),  there  arc  no  Buoys  in  this  River. 

Sailing  directions   for  Back  River   in   Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  up  the  Cl'csapoake  Bay,  or  from  Baltimore,  bound  to 
Back  River,  pass  about  midway  lotweon  the  Craigliill  Range  Light- 
houses, and  make  good  the  course  NE.  )^  E.,  carrying  not  less 
than  10  feet  water  across  the  Flat  Ground  ;  when  about  2y^  miles 
from  Pool's  Island  Lighthouse,  haul  up  about  NW-  }4  W.,  and 
run  about  2^  miles,  passing  about  midway  between  Spry's  Island, 
whu;h  lies  on  the  Starboard,  and  Miller's  Island  on  the  Port ;  tlien 
steer  about  SW-  across  the  Flal  Ground  for  the  entrance  of  Back 
River,  distant  about ;}  miles,  carrying  not  less  than  7  feet  wat->r  ; 
enter  the  River  about  midway  between  Rocky  Point  and  Hart's 
Island,  and  gradually  haul  to  the  Northwestward,  keeping  in  the 
middle  fur  about  2  miles,  carrying  not  less  than  8  feet ;  then  anchor. 
It  is  not  prudent  to  go  above  this  without  a  pilot. 

Coming  down  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  follow  the  sailing  directions 
before  given  from  Chesapeake  and  Delaware  Canal  to  Baltimore, 
until  np  with  the  Black  Buoy  which  lies  about  ?/(  mile  to  the  South- 
wcs*^  of  Pool's  Island  ;  leave  this  last-named  Bnoy  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  haml,  and  make  good  the  course  NW.  }4  W.  about  ^}{ 
miles,  carrying  n 't  Ic^s  than  10  feet  water  across  the  Flat  Ground  ; 
then  steer  about  SW  for  the  entrance  of  Back  River,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given. 

iri{/7i  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Back  River  7h.  40m.  after  it 
is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1  '3  foot. 

Currituck  Beach  Lighthouse. 

On  the  coast  of  North  Carolina,  about  midway  between  Capo 
Ilonry  and  Body  Island  Lighthouse,  is  a  Liijhtliouse  painted  Rod, 
whi(!!i  at  this  date  (18H2).  shows  a  fixed  'Wliito  Light,  varied  by  a 
Red  Flash  every 00  seconds;  Cape  Henry  Liuhthou'^o  boars  from 
Currituck  Lighthouse  N.  by  W-  34  miles  ;  Body  Island  Lighthouse 


i)    t 


382 


ELDRIDGF/S  COAST  TILOT. 


II 


■Ml    • 


\' 


bears  from  Currituck  Boacli  LighUiouso  S.  by  E.  14  E.,  distance 
36  miles  ;  to  tlie  Nortli  and  South  of  tliis  Liglitliousc  lliere  arc  high 
White  Sand  Hills ;  no  other  prominent  objecla  are  seen  in  the 
vicinity. 

Coast  from  Cape  Henry  to  Currituck  Beach  Light- 
house. 

From  Cnpc  Ilenr^'  to  Currituck  Beach  Lighthouse  there  arc  no 
dangers  excepting  tlie  Sand  Bars  which  lie  near  the  siiore  ;  heavy 
draught  vessels  ma}-  therefore  approach  this  part  of  the  coast 
within  2  or  3  miles  without  danger. 

Body  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Body  Island,  about  \y^  miles  Northwest  from  Oregon 
Inlut,  and  about  }i  mile  from  the  Atlantic,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which 
at  this  date  (1882),  is  painted  in  Black  and  White  Belts,  and  shows 
a  fixed  White  Light;  Currituck  Beach  Lighthouse  l)cars  from 
Body  Island  Lighthouse  N-  by  W  14  W-,  distance  .^6  miles ; 
Cape  Hatteras  Lighthouse  bears  from  Body  Island  Lighthouse, 
South,  distance  35  miles. 

Coast  from  Currituck  Beach  Lighthouse  to  Body 
Island  Lighthouse. 

From  Currituck  Beach  Lighthouse  to  Body  Island  Lighthouse 
there  are  no  dangers  excepting  the  Sand  Bars  which  lie  near  the 
shore  ;  heavy  draught  vessels  may  therefore  approach  this  part  of 
the  coast  within  1  or  2  m   cs  without  danger. 


m  \ 


51 1 

If 

m 


OREGON  INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  (which  leads  through  Roanoke  and 
Croatan  Sounds  into  Albemarle  Sound),  lies  about  IJ^  miles 
Southeast  from  Body  Island  Lighthouse. 

Meinarh's. 

The  channel  leading  into  Oregon  Inlet  is  across  Sand  Bars, 
which  like  all  others  varies  in  depth  and  location  with  almost  every 
gale  from  seaward;  at  this  date  (1882),  there  arc  no  Buoys  to 


fii' 


Em  distance 
iTo  arc  hi<th 
seen   in  the 


ch  Light- 

liere  arc  no 
liore ;  heavy 
if  the  coast 


rom  Oregon 
lousc,  which 
3,  and  shows 
l)cars  from 
e  .^e  miles ; 
Lighthouse, 

to  Body 

Lighthouse 
lie  near  the 
this  part  of 


loanoke  and' 
t   IJ^    miles 


Sand  Bars, 
almost  every 
no  Buoys  to 


KLDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT.  383 

murk  tlic  channel  leading  in  ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers 
hoiiiul  ui  to  take  pilots. 

Hhjh    Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Oregon  liil.'t  Ih.  2-2m.  liefore  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  2  feet. 

Cape  Hatteras  Lighthouse. 

About  2  miles  North  from  the  Southern  extremity  of  Cape  Hat- 
teras is  II  Lighthouse,  the  Tower  of  which,  at  this  date  (1H«2),  is 
painted  in  Red,  27  feet  from  the  ground  :  above  this,  in  Black  and 
White  Spiral  Bands.  This  Lighthouse,  at  this  time,  shows  a  Flash- 
ing White  Light  every  10  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cape  Hatteras  Lighthouse. 

Diataiicc, 

Montauk  Point  Lighthous,^  NE.  by  N-  J^  N.   .     •     •  3'-»-t  niiks. 

Barnegat  Lighthouse,  N.  by  E.  ?3  E '^^'^ 

Five  Fathom  Bank  Light-ship,  N-  by  E-  %  E.      •     •  221      " 

Winter  Quarter  Shoal  Light-shii).  N.  l)y  E.,  nearly     .  165     |' 

Body  Island  Lighthouse,  North 3i)     " 

Lighthouse  at  Ocracoke  Inlet,  W-  by  S-  >2  S.  •     •     •       24     " 
Cape  Lookout  Lighthouse,  SW-  H  W C2     " 

Hattevaa  Shoals. 

These  Shoals  extend  off  Southeast  from  Capo  Hatteras  from  9 
to  10  miles.  The  depth  of  water  upon  them,  undoul)tedly  lik'4 
those  iu  th«  vicinity  of  Nantucket,  varies  with  almost  every  gale 
from  seaward.  There  are  ehauiiels  or  passages  fur  small  vessels 
between  these  Shoals,  but  they  are  constantly  changing;  it  !s 
therefore  advisable,  especially  for  heavy  draught  vessels,  in  night- 
time or  thick  weather,  to  give  them  a  wide  berth,  or  not  approach 
them  in  less  than  14  fathoms  water. 

Coast  from  Body  Island  Lighthouse  to  Cape  Hat- 
teras. 

PlaWs  Shoals. 

From  G  to  7  miles  to  the  Southward  of  Body  Island  Lighthouse, 
and  about  2  miles  from  shore,  arc  several  spots  having  from  2+  to 


f. 


381 


ELDKinOE'S   COAST   I'lLOT. 


30  fcpt  water  upon  tlu>in  ;  tli(«s(?  nro  called  Plait's  Slionls.     Scveu 
fathoms  wutt-r  was  fouiul  lielwocii  tliosu  dangors  aiul  the  shore. 

Wimble  Shoals. 

Those  Shoals,  upon  which  as  little  as  20  Icet  water  has  boon 
found,  lie  about  2  miles  from  shore,  and  about  IG  miles  to  the 
8oiiliiWiii'd  of  ]Jody  Island  Lighthouse.  Tiiere  is  a  channel  of 
about  'M  feet  water  between  these  dangers  and  the  shore. 


HATTERAS   INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  lies  West-Southerly  about  12  miles 
from  Cape  Ilatteras  Lighthouses,  and  East-Northerly  about  14  niiles 
from  Ocraeoke  Inlet. 

Jtennzrke. 

In  entering  Ilatteras  Inlet,  the  channel  is  across  Sand  Bars, 
whieii  vary  in  depth  and  location  with  almost  every  heavy  <;ale 
from  seaward.  Tiic  best  channel  leading  in  is  marked  with  linens, 
which  are  changed  with  the  shifting  of  the  c'uuuiel  so  as'tcj  marie 
the  deepest  water  across  the  bar.  There  is  usually  good  water 
across  the  bar  leading  into  Ilatteras  Inlet,  but  at  this  date,  how- 
ever, only  7  feet  at  low  tide  can  be  taken  up  into  Pamlico  Soui 

Hatteras  Inlet  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Shoal  known  as  Oliver's  Reef,  oa  the  North  side  of  the 
entrance  to  Ilatteras  Inlot  from  Pamlico  Sound,  in  about  7  feet 
water,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  lied 
Light  which  flashes  every  30  seconds.  Cape  Ilatteras  Lighthouse 
bears  from  Ilatteras  Inlet  Lighthouse  W.  }i  N  .  distance  12  miles. 
At  this  time  a  Fog  Bell  is  attached  to  this  Lighthouse.  This 
Lighthouse  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  from  Pamlico  Sound  into 
Hatteras  Inlet. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Hatteras  Inlet  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

It  is  advisable  for  vessels  of  much  size,  bound  into  tliis  Inlet,  to 
take  pilots  off  the  bar ;  but  as  it  somatimes  happens  that  they  are 


)nls.     Scveu 
iL'  shore. 


er  has  been 
luik-s  to  the 
.  chuuuel  of 
re. 


lilt  12  miles 
out  14  miles 


Sand  Bars, 
heavy  yale 
with  Duovs, 
)  as"t(j  maik 
yood  water 
s  date,  liDw- 
co  tjoiii 


1  side  of  the 
ibout  7  feet 
ions  a  lied 

Lighthouse 
ce  12  miles. 
3use.     This 

Souud  into 


Daytime, 
ler. 

liis  Tnlet,  to 
lat  they  are 


ELDUIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


385 


compelled  to  enter  this  place,  in  order  to  save  their  lives,  the  fol- 
lowing directions  maj*  therefore,  in  such  cases,  be  invaluable  : 

Cape  Ilatteras  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy 
painted  in  Black  and  While  Pe.pendieular  Stripes,  off  tiiis  Inlet, 
about  E.NE.  12  miles.  Having  made  the  Sea  Buoy  oil'  tliis  Inlit, 
wait,  if  possilile,  until  about  ^  flood;  then,  with  a  commanding 
breeze,  run  in,  leaving  the  Buoys  painted  in  Black  and  White  IVr- 
pendieular  Stripes  close  to  on  cither  hand,  the  Buoys  painted  in 
Reil  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  on  obstructions  on  either  hand, 
the  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoys  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  anchor  as  soon  as  the  water  becomes  smooth.  The 
current  sets  strong  into  Ilatteras  Inlet. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Hatteras  Inlet  4h.  2um.  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
common  tides  rise  about  2^^  feet.  Strong  winds  from  seaward 
increase  the  tides. 


OCRACOKE   INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  is  West-Southerly  26  miles  from 
Cape  Ilatteras  Liglithouse,  West-Southerly  15  miles  from  Ilat- 
teras Inlet,  and  Northeasterly  38  miles  from  Cape  Lookout  Light- 
house. 

Ocracoke  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  North  side  of  entrance  to  Ocracoke  Inlet  is  a  Light- 
house, which  at  tiiis  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  While  Light.  Cape 
Ilatteras  Lighthouse  bears  from  Ocracoke  Lighthouse  E.  by  N.  Yi 
N.,  distance  25  miles;  Cape  Lookout  Lighthouse  bears  from 
Ocracoke  Lighthouse  SW-,  distance  40  miles. 

Reniarks. 

The  channel  leading  into  Ocracoke  Inlet  is  across  a  Sand  Bar, 
U|)on  whicli  there  are  usuall}  from  10  to  12  feet  water  at  low  tide. 
In  ent(  ring,  the  best  water  is  marked  with  Buoys,  which  are  moved 
with  the  shifting  of  the  clianncl  so  as  to  mark  the  deepest  water 
across  the  bar.  In  September,  1827,  we  are  told,  the  deepest 
water  across  tliis  bar  was  12  feet  at  low  tide;  between  the  years 
1849  and  1857,  from  10  to  13  feet. 


'»!    It    8 


.:SK;«,*;S-i-V 


380 


EI.UUIDGK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Ocracoko  Inlet  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

At  r.iia  diito  (IH.Sl),  Ocnu'okc  Liglitliouse  bears  from  tlio  Sou 
Buoy,  wliit'h  is  painted  in  lUack  aiid  White  Perpendicnlar  Striix'S, 
North, (listiuit'c  iihout  8^  miles;  having  made  tliis  Hiioy,  vessels 
of  7  or  8  feet  draught  should,  if  possible,  wnit  until  about  ^ 
flood  ;  then,  with  a  favorable  and  commanding  breeze,  run  in,  leav- 
ing the  liiioys  painted  in  Black  and  Wiiite  IVrpcndienhir  Stripea 
close  to  on  either  hand,  the  BU03S  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Hori- 
zontal Stripes,  which  are  upon  obstructions  in  the  channel-way,  on 
eitlier  hand,  the  Ked  Buoys  on  tlie  Starboard  and  the  Black  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  as  soon  as  the  water  becomes  smooth  ; 
if  bound  into  Pamlico  Sound,  a  pilot  is  necessary. 


High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Ocracoke   Inlet   4h.    2') 
Boston;  common  tides  rise  about  2 ^4  feet, 
seaward  increase  the  tides. 


m.    before   it   is   at 
Strong  winds  from 


Cape  Lookout  Lighthouse. 

Near  the  extremity  of  Capo  Lookout  is  a  Lighthouse,  the  Tower 
of  which  at  this  dale  (I.S82),  is  painted  in  Black  and  White  Check- 
ers ;  at  this  time  this  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 


iii.i 


si!, 


V 

.  t 


«i 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cape  Lookout  Lighthouse. 

Cape  Hattoras  Lighthouse,  NE.  -)<(  E 62  miles. 

Ocracoke  Lighthouse,  NE 40     " 

Frying  Pan  Shoals  Light-ship,  SW.  ^  W 90     " 


CAPE  LOOKOUT  SHOALS. 

These  Shoals  extend  off  Southeasterly  about  12  miles  from  Cape 
Lookout  Lighthouse  ;  it  is  advisable  for  heavy  draught  vessels,  in 
thick  weather  or  at  night,  to  give  them  a  wide  berth,  or  not 
approach  them  in  less  than  14  fatlioms  water. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


387 


Daytime, 
bor. 

•oiii  tlio  Sou 
iilar  StriiJcs, 
5ii<)y,  vcssols 
itil  about  ^ 

run  in,  k'!iv- 
L'liliir  Stripes 

niaclv  Iloii- 
nncl-way,  on 
1)1'  Hliick  on 
lies  smootli ; 


ore   it   is   at 
winds  Iroiii 


e,  the  Tower 
.Vliite  Cliecli- 
Liglit. 

;hthouse. 

Distance, 

.     62  miles. 
.     40     " 
.     90     '' 


>s  from  Cape 
it  vessels,  iu 
berth,  or  not 


Coast  from  Ocracoke  Inlet  to  Cape  Lookout  Shoals. 

From  Oregou  Inlet  to  Cape  Lookout  Shoals  there  are  no  dan- 
gers except  the  Saud  Bars,  which  lie  near  the  shore  ;  heavy  draught 
vessels  may  thijrcfon.'  approach  this  part  of  the  coast  within  1  or  2 
miles  without  danger. 


CAPE  LOOKOUT  COVE. 

This  Cove  lies  SW-  K'  W-  from  Cape  Lookout  Liglithouse, 
distance  about  yi  mile. 

HeinarfcH. 

At  this  date  (1880),  this  Cove  alfords  shelter  in  all  winds  for 
small  vessels  of  not  more  than  7  or  8  feet  draujj;ht ;  vessels  of 
more  than  8  feet  draujiht  may  find  shelter  in  it  with  winds  from 
N-NE.  to  South  by  way  of  East. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cape  Lookout  Cove  in  Day- 
time with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draugiit  vessels,  fronx  the  Northej-sl,  may,  when 
past  Cape  Lookout  Shoals,  haul  to  the  Northward,  keeping  iu  not 
less  than  i)  fathoms  water ;  when  Cape  Lookout  Li<:htliouse  bears 
ENE.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  until  about  ^i  mile  from  it; 
the  Cove  will  then  be  open,  bearing  about  South  ;  then  run  in, 
keeping  close  to  the  Hook  or  Starboard  side,  and  anelior  near  the 
Western  side  of  the  Cove  in  not  less  than  10  feet  water,  with  room 
to  swing  with  the  change  of  wind. 

From  the  Southwestward,  bring  Cape  Lookout  Lighthouse  to 
bear  E-NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  until  the  Cove  is  fairly 
open,  bearing  about  South  ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

Vessels  of  10  feet  draught  may  run  for  Cape  Lookout  Light- 
house, bearing  E.NE.,  nntil  the  water  shoals  to  :\  fatiioms  ;  then 
run  about  S.  by  W  ,  and  anchor  at  the  mouth  of  the  Cove  in  not 
less  than  3  fathoms  water. 


rr 


<' 


fill"  '^ 

V  ^ 


388 


ELDniDGK'S  COAST   ITLOT, 


'ill     ? 


BEAUFORT  HARBOR,  and  MOREHEAD 

CITY,  N.  C. 

The  i-ntnmee  to  Beaufort  Iliirbpr  lii's  Northwest  ivbout  8yi  luilos 
from  Cape  Lookout  Lighthouse. 

licHiarh's, 

Th'.'  channel  leadinji  into  this  harbor  is  across  Sand  Bars,  whicli, 
liive  all  other  barred  harb.-rs  on  the  coast,  vary  in  depth  and  loca- 
tion with  almost  evorv  {iide  fiom  .-eaward  ;  the  bi'st  water  leadinjj; 
in  is  niaiked  with  Buoys,  wiiich  are  changed  with  the  shifting  of 
tlie  channel;  at  this  dale  (lisHl),  about  1(1  feet  water,  at  low  tide, 
can  be  taken  over  the  bar.  and  from  tliis  about  20  feet  can  be  car- 
ried up  to  Morehead  City  ;  but  little  water  at  low  tide  can  be  car- 
ried to  the  wharves  at  Beaufort ;  tliis  last-named  place  lies  about 
1^  miles  East  from  the  wharf  at  Morehead  City. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Beaufort  Harbor  and  More- 
head  City  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

Cape  Lookout  Lightiiouse  bears  from  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy 
(which  is  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes),  olf 
the  Bar,  E-SE-,  distanci'  8  miles  ;  vessels  bound  in,  after  having 
made  this  Buoy,  will,  if  possible,  wait  until  about  >2  flood ; 
then  with  a  favorable  and  commanding  breeze  run  in,  leaving  the 
Buoys  painted  iu  White  and  Black  Perpendicular  Stripes  close  to 
on  either  htuid,  tlii'  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port  and  the  Red  Buoys 
on  the  Starboard  hand;  when  about  ^  mile  past  Fort  Macon, 
whicli  should  not  be  U'ft  more  than  yj  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  keep 
about  200  yards  fi'om  the  Port  side,  carrying  not  less  than  4 
fathoms  water,  until  the  Red  Beacon  on  the  West  end  of  Shark 
Shoal  bears  NNW.,  then  run  up  with  it  a  little  on  the  Starboard 
l^ow,  and  leave  it  about  100  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when 
past  tliis  lieacon,  run  for  the  end  of  the  Railroad  Wharf,  bearing 
about  N.NW. 

Jlifjh    Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Beaufort  Ilarlior  4h.  18m.  befcn-e  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  connnon  tides  rise  about  3  feet.  Strong  winds  from  seaward 
increase  the  tides. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


389 


ilHEAD 


Lit  8^  niUo8 


3nrs,  wliicli, 
Ih  and  loca- 
itiT  li'iuling 
3  shilling  of 
at  low  title, 
can  be  car- 
can  be  oar- 
j  lies  al)out 


Coast  from  Capo  Lookout  to  Capo  Foar. 

Capo  Fenr  hears  from  t'ai)e  Looliout  LiglitlmnMi'  SW.  I)}'  W- 
J4  W.,  distance  K,")  miles ;  between  these  two  C'lipes  liierc  are  no 
(buigers  except  the  Sand  Bars,  which  lie  mar  the  shore;  vessels 
may  tlierefore  approach  this  part  of  the  coast  wilhia  1  or  2  miles 
wiihonl  danger. 

Inlets  between  Beaufort  Harbor  and  Capo  Fear. 

llitween  Beaufort  Harljorand  ("ape  Fear,  n  distance  of  82  miles, 
1 1,  re  are  several  Inlets,  the  Channels  of  which  h'ad  in  across  Sand 
Hais,  which  vary  in  depth  with  ahnost  evt-ry  gale  from  seaward  ; 
at  the  present  time  we  have  no  knowledge  of  the  d.plh  of  water  in 
entering  these  Inlets,  and  cannot  therefore  give  any  ilirections  in 
relation  to  navigating  them. 


Qd  More- 
inds  and 

r  Sea  Hnoy 
Stripes),  olf 
after  having 
,    J4    flood; 

leaving  tlie 
pes  close  to 

Red  Buoys 
^ort  Macon, 

hand,  keep 
less  than  4 
;nd  of  Shark 
e  Starboard 
hand ;  when 
larf,  bearing 


it  is  at  Bos- 
om seaward 


CAPE   PEAR. 

This  Cape  lies  SW.  by  W.  js  W.  from  Cai)e  Lookout  Light- 
house,  distance  85  miles. 

Cape  Fear,  or  Frying  Pan  Shoals. 

These  Shoals,  which  lie  Southeasterly  al)out  1(5  niili's  from  Cape 
Fear,  are  marked  off  their  enter  part  with  u  Lightship  and  Red 
Buoy. 

Frying-Pan  Shoals  Light-ship. 

About  1  mile  without  the  Kightoen  Foot  Shoal,  in  about  10 
fathoms  water,  is  moored  a  Light-ship,  which  at  this  date  (1.SS2), 
shows  •>  fixed  White  Lights,  and  has  a  Bell  and  Horn,  one  of  which 
is  sounded  in  thick  weather. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Frying-Pan  Shoals  Light-ship. 

I>iHlutit:e. 

Entrance  to  Beaufort  Harbor,  NE.  %  N 88  miles. 

Cape  Lookout  Lighthouse,  NE.  '^  E 90  '• 

Capo  Fear  Lighthouse,  entrance  to  f  ipe  Fear  River, 

NW.  by  N.  >4  N .  22  " 

rjeorgelown  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S.  J^!  S 71  " 

( 'a.])!'  Roman  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  W.  J:^  W-  ...  85  " 

Battlesnake  Shoal  Light-ship,  SW.  by  W.  ^^  W.    .108  " 

Martin's  Industry  Light-ship,  SW.  by  W.  nearly      .  164  " 


'■} 


•M) 


ELDKIDOKH  COAST   i'lLOT. 


Rvnun'h'H, 

In  iiiiproucliiuK  Cape  Ki'iir,  or  I''r.viii>?  Tftii  Slioala,  from  tlio  Eiist- 
wiird,  tlio  HOiiiuliiij,'s  arc  quite  n'-jiilar,  but  IVom  tin-  WoHlwanl  very 
irn'Hiiliii' ;  luiivy  ilnui^'lit  vossfls  npproacliiii}^  tlifsc  daiiiZProiiH 
shoals  in  thick  wcatliir  shonltlnsc  tlic  I.ead  ollfii,  and  sailiny;  voh- 
Bolb  sUoukl  not  run  into  less  thuii  15  lathouis  water. 


i     '1 
1 


PRYING  PAN  SHOALS  SLUE. 

Tliis  fhantiol  across  Kryiiifj;  Tan  Shoals,  in  wiiicii  at  tiiis  date 
(1HH2),  there  arc  about  11  Icct  water,  is  marked  with  2  Huoys 
painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  one  of  which 
lies  on  the  W(. stern  side  of  tlie  shoal,  the  other  on  the  Eastern,  a 
little  more  than  2  miles  apart ;  tliesc  IJuoys  lie  Southeasterly,  a 
little  more  than  7  miles  from  the  pitch  of  the  Cape. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Frying  Pan  Shoals  Slue  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  8  or  9  feet  draught,  from  the  Noilheast- 
ward,  bound  through  this  Slue,  should  not  approach  the  Shoal  in  less 
than  5  or  G  fathoms  water,  )uitil  the  Black  and  White  I'erpendieidar 
Striped  Can  Buoy,  which  lies  at  the  Eastern  entrance  of  the  Slue, 
about  7  uiiUs  Southeastesly  from  the  Pitch  of  the  Cape,  is  nuide ; 
bring  this  Buoy  to  bear  SW.  and  run  for  it,  leaving  it  close  to  on 
either  hand  ;  when  past  it,  steer  SW.  by  W-  H  W.  about  2  miles, 
for  the  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Striped  Can  Buoy  at  the 
Western  entrance  of  the  Slue  ;  if  bound  to  Cape  Fear  River,  when 
past  the  last-nnnied  Buoy,  steer  a))ont  NW-  1/2  N. 

From  the  Southwestward,  intending  to  pass  throu^rh  Cape  Fear 
Slue,  do  not  approach  the  shoal  in  less  than  6  fathoms  water, 
nntil  the  Can  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular 
Stripes,  which  lies  Southeasterly  about  «  miles  from  the  Cape,  is 
made  ;  bring  this  Buoy  to  bear  NE-  and  run  for  it,  leaving  it 
close  to  on  cither  hand,  and  steer  NE.  by  E.  Yz  E.  about  2 
miles,  to  the  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular 
Stripes  at  the  Western  entrance  of  the  Slue. 


om  tlio  Enst- 

I'Htwiinl  very 

f   (laiiiioi'ouH 

Hiiiliny;  vos- 


UE. 

1  lit  tliin  (liitc 
vith  2  Iliioys 
)nc  of  whieli 
le  EiiHtoin,  a 
iitlieasterly,  a 


lis  Slue  in 
weather. 

he  Nortlioast- 
!  Slioul  in  k'83 
IVrpc'iiilit'liliir 
('  of  tlie  Slue, 
iipo,  is  niiide ; 
it  close  to  on 
ibout  2  miles, 
Hiioy  at  the 
•  River,  when 

rh  Cape  Fear 
thoins  water, 
Perpendieiilar 
1  tiio  Cape,  is 
it,  leaving  it 
E.  about  2 
Perpendicular 


i;i,i)Uii)(ir/H  COAST  ni.oT. 


CAPE    FEAR    RIVER   ENTRANCE 
WILMINGTON. 


801 


TO 


The  entrance  to  this  Kiver  lies  aiuHit  20  miles  NW.  by  N. 
from  Fryin*,'  I'an  Shoal  Light-ship,  iiiid  Northeasterly  nr,  miles 
frtJiH  Cape  Roman. 

Cape  Fear  Lighthouse. 

Upon  liald  Head,  Norliiwesterly  end  of  Smith's  Island  entraneo 
to  Cape  Fear  River,  is  a  Liglithome,  painted  White,  which  at  this 
date  (1«H2),  shows  a  llxed  White  Light. 

Cape  Pear  Range  Beacon  (Front). 

In  front  «)f  Cape  Fear  Lighthouse  is  a  Ship's  Lantern,  suspended 
from  a  White  Stake,  which  at  this  time  shows  a  White  Light ;  these 
two  lights  form  a  range  to  guide  ve.Hsiis  through  the  dredged  Raid 
Ilcud  Channel  into  Capo  Fear  Rivci 

The  channel  loading  into  Cape  Fear  River  is  across  a  Sand  Bar, 
which  changes  in  depth  with  almost  every  gah;  from  seaward  ;  the 
best  water  is  marked  with  Buoys,  which  are  changed  with  the  shift- 
ing of  the  channel;  at  this  date  (1S81),  there  arc  aliout  i)  feet 
water,  at  low  tide,  in  the  Seaward  Channel. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cape   Fear   River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Seaward  Channel, 

From  the  Northeastward,  when  past  Frying  Pan  Shoals  Light- 
ship, steer  about  NW.  by  W-  14  miles  (taking  care  to  not  ap- 
proach the  Shoal  m  less  than  C  fathoms  water),  then  steer  more 
Northerly  ;  when  Cape  Fear  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
NE.  by  E.  X  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  until  the  Outer  or 
Sea  Buoy  is  made  ;  this  Buoy  is  painted  in  P.lack  and  White  Perpen- 
dicular Stripes,  and  has  the  letters  C.  F.  upon  it ;  Capo  Fear  or 
Bald  Head  Lighthouse  bears  NE-  by  E-  'A  E-  from  it ;  when  the 
Sea  Buoy  is  made,  wait,  if  possible,  until  about  3/^  flood  ;  tlien  leave  it 
close  to  ou  either  band;  and  run  in  with  the  Beacon  in  range  of  the 


I 


3i)'^ 


KLDIMDGK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Hi    ' 

m 


IP! 


Light'.HHUc,  bearing  NE.  by  E.  ](  E.,  leaving  the  Outer  Bar 
Buoy,  which  is  Bhick,  on  tiie  I'ort  liand,  and  s-te-er  more  Northerly, 
leaving  the  Buoy  willi  Kid  and  Black  Perpendicular  Stripes  aiiout 
}^  mile  ontlie  Port  Maud,  and  Iiuier  Bar  Buoy  (IMack)  close  to  on 
the  Port ;  when  past  the  last  Buoy,  steer  about  NE.  by  N  ,  leav- 
ing the  lied  Buoy  ontlie  North  Breaker  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  tiio 
cour.se  is  then  NE-  Ibr  the  Black  Buoy  olF  Bald  Head  Shoal ;  Icavo 
the  last-named  Iluoy  on  the  Port  hand,  and  haul  gradually  to  Poit, 
and  leave  the  Black  Buoy  oil'  Rip  Shoal  on  the  Port ;  when  ii;i>t  the 
last-named  Buoy,  get  Oak  Island  well  open,  llicn  steer  NW-  by 
N.  K'  N.  Tor  the  Red  Buoy  od' Battery  Island  Slioal,  leavin.^  it  on 
the  Starboard  hand  ;  wiien  past  the  last  Buoy  steer  for  the  centre 
of  Smitliville,  ;ind  anclior  abreast  the  town  in  ab  nt  .')  fathoms 
water.  If  bou.id  t*"  AVihnington,  it  is  advisabh.'  to  take  a  pilot  here. 
These  directions  were  good  fn-  18.S1.  From  tlie  South  westward, 
as  soon  as  Cape  Fear  Ligiithousc  is  made,  bring  it  bear  NE.  by 
E.  li  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  com-se,  until  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy- 
is  made,  tlien  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Oak  Island  Range  Beacons. 

Upon  Oak  Island,  to  the  Southward  of  the  ]\Iaiu  Channel,  at  the 
mouth  of  Cape  Fear  River,  are  two  ■White  Skeleton  Strrtctui'es,  „r 
Beacons,  pyramidal  in  form,  standing  on  a  square  foundation  12 
feet  high;  these  Beacons  at  this  date  (l.SH-_>),  show  fixed  Red 
Lights,  and  are  hitended  as  a  range  for  tlie  Oak  Island  Channel. 

Mcmnrh's. 

The  passage  leading  into  Capo  Fear  River,  by  the  Oak  Island 
Channel,  is  across  a  Sand  Bar,  which  varies  in  dt>pth  with  almost 
every  gale  from  seaward ;  the  best  water  is  marked  with  Buoys, 
which  are  changed  with  the  shifting  of  the  channel ;  at  this  date 
(18H1),  there  is  about  10  feet  water,  at  low  tid(!.  in  the  Oak  Island 
Channel. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cape  Pear  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

OaJc  Island   Channel. 

From  the  Northwestward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
the  Seaward  Channel,  until  the  Oak  Island  Beacons  are  made,  then 
at  about  ^  flood  get  them  in  range,  bearing  NE.,  and  run  in,  Icav- 


EMMtinOF/S  COAST   PILOT. 


303 


the  Oiitor  Bar 
nore  Northerly, 
r  Stripes  aiioiit 
:'.]< )  eh;'se  to  or» 
E.  hyNJeav- 
loard  liaml ;  the 
\d  Sho;il ;  h'uve 
uliially  to  Poit, 
;   when  ii;i>t  l!ie 

steer  NW-  hy 
I,  Icaviii:^  it  on 

for  the  centre 
1)  nt  .')  fatlionis 
ike  a  pilot  here. 
South  westward, 
i  bear  NE.  by 
tor  or  Sea  Buoy 


Channel,  at  the 
I  Strilctui'es,  ^r 
foundation  12 
liow  fixed  Red 
md  Channel. 


Lhe  Oak  Island 
th  with  almost 
?d  with  Buoys, 
el ;  at  this  date 
the  Oak  Island 


er  in  Day- 
weather. 


leforc  given  for 
i  are  made,  tiieu 
>nd  run  in,  leav- 


ing the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  (wliieh  is  painted  in  Blaek  and  "White 
Per[)endieu]ar  Stripes,  with  the  letters  C.  F.  upon  it)  close  to  on 
either  hand,  and  the  ISarBuoy  (Bed)  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when 
past  the  Bar  Buoy,  haul  gradually  to  the  Eastward,  and  steer  about 
E.  by  N.  for  the  IWnck  Buoy  off  Rip  Shoal,  leaving  it  on  the  Port 
hand  ;  when  past  the  last-named  Buoy,  get  Oak  Island  well  ojien,  and 
then  steer  NW.  by  N-  J4  N.  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Battery  Island 
Shoal,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  the  last  Buoy, 
s'.ecr  for  the  centre  of  Sn'ithvillc,  and  anchor  off  the  town  in  about 
'}  fathoms  water.  If  bcjnd  to  Wilmington,  it  is  advisable  to  take 
a  pilot  at  this  anchorage.     These  directions  were  good  for  1.S81. 

From  tlie  Southwestward,  as  soon  as  Oak  Island  Beacons  are 
made,  bring  them  in  range,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Hlffli   Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Cape  Fear  R'.ver  4h.  3ni. 
before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  4J^  feet.  Strong 
winds  from  seaward  increase  the  tides. 

Inlets  between  Cape  Fear  Lighthouse  and  George- 
town Lighthouse. 

Between  Capo  Fear  Lighthouse  and  Georgetown  Lighthouse,  a 
distance  of  70  miles,  there  are  several  Inlits,  the  entrances  to 
which  arc  across  Sand  Bars.  At  this  time  we  have  no  knowledge 
of  the  depth  of  water  leading  in  ;  no  directions  can  therefore  be 
given  fur  navigating  them. 

Coast  from  Cape  Fear  Lighthouse  to  Georgetown 

Lighthouse. 

Ijetween  Cape  Fear  Lighthouse  and  Georgetown  Lighthouse 
there  are  no  dangers,  except  the  Sand  Bars  lying  near  the  shores  ; 
vessels  may  therefore  approach  this  part  of  the  coast,  from  1  to  2 
miles,  without  danger. 


GEORGETOWN  and  WINY  AH  BAY,  S.  C. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  is  West-Southerly  about  72  miles  from 
Frying  Pan  Shoals  Light-ship,  West-Southerly  70  miles  from  Cape 
Fear  Lighthouse,  and  14  miles  Northeasterly  from  the  Lighthouse 
at  Cape  Roman. 


394  ELnmnoE'S  coast  pilot. 


Georgetown  Lighthouse. 

Upon  tlic  Soutlieiii  i)iirt  of  North  Island,  East  side  of  entrance 
to  Georgetown  1 'arbor,  is  a  Lighthouse,  the  Tower  of  wliich,  at 
this  (late  (1882),  is  painted  White,  and  shows  a  fixed  White  Light, 
(.'ape  Fear  Lighthouse  hears  from  Georgetown  Lightliouse  NE.  ^ 
E.,  distance  70  miles ;  Frying  Tan  Shoals  Light-ship  bears  from 
Geori^etown  Lightlurnso  E.  by  N-  H  N-,  distance  71  miles  ;  Cape 
Roman  Lighthouse  bears  from  (Jeorgetown  Lighthouse  SW.  ^4  S., 
distance  1.") 3/^  miles. 

Mentarks, 

Tlu!  passage  leading  into  Georgetown  Harbor  is  across  a  Sand 
Uar,  which  is  liable  to  change  its  depth  and  location  with  almost 
every  ^  lie  from  si-award.  The  best  water  is  marked  wit'  Buoys, 
which  arc  changed  with  the  shifting  of  the  channel.  At  ''is  date 
(1881),  there  are  about  7  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  \\\wn  the  Inir. 

Sailing  Direction?  for  Georgetown  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Light  draught  vessels  from  tlie  Northeast  may,  when  past  Frying 
Pan  Shoals  Light-ship,  make  good  the  course  W-SW-  70  miles, 
which  will  take  them  abreast  the  entrance  to  Georgetown  Harbor  ; 
then,  at  about  ^4  flood,  get  the  Ligh'honse  tobearN-NW.,  and 
run  for  it  on  tliis  course,  leaving  the  Outer  or  Sea  F.uoy  painted  in 
Black  and  While  Perpendicular  Stripes  (which  lies  off  the  Western 
part  of  East  Bank)  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  steer  about  N"W. 
by  N.  for  the  Black  Buoy  olf  the  South  Breaker,  leaving  it  on 
the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoy  olf  the  North  Breaker  on  the  Starboard 
hand ;  when  past  the  last-named  Buoy,  haul  gradually  to  N-  by 
W.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  on  the  Lmer  Bar  on  the  Port,  and 
steer  abont^NW.  by  N-  >4  N-,  h-aving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Dry 
Bar  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  Chaimel  Buoy  painted  in  Black 
and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  close  to  on  either  hand ;  when 
past  this  last  Buoy,  the  course  is  about  N.  ^  W.  for  Fishing  Rip 
Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  ;  leave  this  last- 
named  Buoy  about  half  cable's  length  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
run   N.  by  W-  until  Georgetown   Lighthouse  bears  East;   then 
anchor  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water.     It  is  said  that  the  holding 
ground  is  bad  at  this  anchorr  i    ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  ves- 


§'   I 


r  t 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


3!)5 


Ic  of  entrance 
of  wliich,  at 

"White  Ught. 

louso  NE.  Jfi 

p  bears  fiom 
miles  ;  Cape 

le  SW.  /.  S., 


across  a  Sand 
n  Avith  almost 
d  wit'  Buoys, 
At  "ms  date 
»n  the  liar. 

lor  in  Day- 
xreather. 

?n  past  Frying 
;W.  70  miles, 
;to\vn  Harbor ; 
N.NW.,  and 
iioy  i>ainted  in 
ff  the  Western 
2V  about  N"W . 
leaving  it  on 
I  the  Starboard 
iially  to  N.  by 
the  Port,  and 
Buoy  off  Dry 
intcd  in  Blacic 
;r  hand ;  when 
for  Fishing  Rip 
leave  this  last- 
3ard  hand,  and 
irs  East;  then 
liat  the  holding 
'isable  for  ves- 


sels, in  heavy  weather,  to  keep  in  the  middle  and  rim  up  about  1  % 
miles  further,  wiiere  there  is  good  holding  ground.  Jf  bound  to 
Georgetown,  a  pilot  is  necessary  at  tliis  auehorage.  These  direc- 
tions were  good  for  1881. 

From  1  y^  to  2  miles  to  the  Northward  of  Georgetown  Lighthouse 
tiiere  is  good  anchorage  in  about  5  fathoms  water,  with  winds  from 
SW.  to  NW.  by  way  of  West. 

irigfi  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  tlie  entrance  of  Georgetown  Harbor  3h.  4(\m. 
before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  3}i  feet.  Strong 
winds  from  seaward  increase  the  tides. 

Cape  Roman  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northeastern  part  of  a  low,  sandy  Island,  covered  with 
a  low  growth  of  bay  wood,  is  a  Lightliouse,  tlie  Tower  of  which 
is  painted  Red.  This  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  which 
flashes  once  every  minute. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cape  Roman  Lighthouse. 

Dialaiicc. 

Frying  Pan  Shoals  Light-ship,  NE.  by  E.  I4  E.     .     .     80  miles. 

Bull's  Bay  Lighthou.se,  SW.  by  W 11      " 

Rattlesnake  Shoal  Light-ship,  SW.  . 25     " 

Between  Georgetown  Lighthouse  and  Cape  Roman  Lighthouse 
shoal  water  extends  off  a  long  distance  ;  vessels  will  therefore  give 
this  part  of  the  coast  a  wide  berth. 

In  order  to  guide  p:issing  vessels  outside  the  Shoals,  at  this  date 
(1882),  a  Buoy  pointed  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  with 
the  letters  C.  R.  upon  it,  is  placed  about  ^  mile  outside  Cape 
Roman  Outer  Breakers ;  Cape  Roman  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  NW.  by  W.,  about  7}^  miles  ;  Frying-pan  Shoal  Light-ship 
NE.  by  E.  3/8  E.,  distance  80  miles ;  Rattlesnake  Shoal  Light- 
ship SW.  by  W.  K  W.,  27  miles. 


NORTH  AND  SOUTH  SANTEB  RIVERS. 

The  entrance  to  these  Rivers  lies  b-^tween  Georgetown  Lighthouse 
and  Cape  Roman.  At  this  time  we  have  no  knowledge  of  the  depth 
of  water  leading  in  ;  no  directions  can  therefore  be  given  for  navi- 
gating tliem. 


i'.i 


ll  i 


m. 


39(5  ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 

BULL'S  BAY  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  lies  ahont  10  miles  Southwesterly 
from  Cape  Roman  Liglithouse,  and  Northeasterly  about  16  miles 
from  Rattlesnake  Shoal  Light-ship. 

Bull's  Bay  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northeast  end  of  Bull's  Island,  on  a  White  Dwelling, 
is  a  Lantern,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 
Cape  Roman  Lighthouse  bears  from  Bull's  Bay  Liglithouse  NB- 
hyE.,  11  miles;  Rattlesnake  Shoal  Light-ship  bears  from  Bulls 
liay  Lighthouse  SW-  by  S.,  distance  about  14  miles. 

Shoal  water  extends  off  a  long  distance  from  Bull's  Bay  Light- 
house. At  this  time,  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
Stripes  marks  the  outer  part  of  this  danger.  Bull's  Bay  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  by  W.,  about  bji  miles;  Cape  Roman 
Lighthouse  NE.  H  N.,  distance  about  U  miles;  Rattlesnake 
Shoal  Light-ship  SW-  by  W-,  11  miles. 

Renin  rk  8, 

The  channel  leading  into  Bull's  Bay  Harbor  is  across  a  Sand  Bar, 
which  varies  in  depth  with  almost  every  gale  from  seaward.  The 
best  water  is  marked  with  Buoys,  which  are  changed  with  the  shifi- 
h,c-  of  the  channel.  At  this  date  (1881),  there  i:  about  12  feet 
water  at  low  tide  in  the  channel  across  the  bar.  This  is  an  exec  - 
lent  Harbor  in  Southeast  gales,  and  in  fact  is  well  sheltered  in  all 
winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bull's  Bay  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Northeastward,  when  past  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red 
and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  which  lies  outside  Cape  Roman 
Shoals,  bring  Bull's  Bay  Lighthouse  to  bear  NW.  by  W-  >4  W-, 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Buoy  without  Bn  )  s 
Bivakers  about  4  miles  on  the  Tort  hand ;  continue  the  course  for 
th..  Lighthouse  until  the  Sea  Buoy  ijainted  in  Black  and  White 
Perpendicular  Stripes,  with  letters  B.  B.  on  it,  is  made ;  then,  at 
about  3/  flood,  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  cither  hand,  and  run  for 
the  Lighthouse  bearing  NW-  by  W.  Y.  W-  until  about  3  cables 


,«!? 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


397 


\  Soutliwcstcrly 
about  16  miles 


riiite  Dwelling, 
ed  White  Light, 
iighthousc  NE. 
ars  from  Bull's 

33. 

ull's  Bay  Light- 
Hack  Horizontal 
Bay  Lighthouse 
3 ;  Cape  Roman 
23;   llattlesnake 


ross  a  Sand  Bar, 
1  seaward.  The 
;d  with  the  shifi- 
.  about  12  feet 
This  is  an  exccl- 
il  sheltered  in  all 


rbor  in  Day- 

•  weather. 

•  painted  in  Red 
lie   Cape  Roman 

■.  by  w.  y2  w., 

)y  without  Bu^'l's 
uic  the  course  for 
Black  and  White 
3  made ;  then,  at 
hand,  and  run  for 
til  about  3  cables 


length  from  the  shore ;  then  haul  to  the  Northward,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Bull's  Point  close  to  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past 
this  last  Buoy,  follow  the  beach  to  the  Westward,  carrying  deep 
water,  and,  when  well  sheltered,  anchor  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms 
water. 

From  the  Southwcstward,  leave  Rattlesnake  Shoal  Light-ahii) 
close  to  on  the  Port,  and  steer  NE.  by  E.,  leaving  tiie  Buoy 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  outside  Bull's  Break- 
ers well  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  Bull's  Bay  Lighthouse  bears 
NW.  by  W.  l^  W.,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Bull's  Harbor  4h.  29m.  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  43^  feet.  Strong  winds  from  seav^ard 
increase  the  tides. 

Battlesnake  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  npon  which  there  are  about  5  feet  water  at  low  tide, 
extends  aboui:  E.  ^  N.  and  W-  yi  S.,  2  miles.  It  is  very  nar- 
row, and  at  this  date  (1882),  is  marked  off  its  Eastern  and  West- 
ern ends  with  Buoys  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes. 
At  this  time,  about  1}{  miles  Southeasterly  from  this  Shoal,  is 
placed  a  Light'ship.  Between  this  Shoal  and  the  shore  there  is  a 
channel  of  about  l}4  miles  in  width,  having  at  low  tide  a  depth  of 
from  12  to  14  feet  water;  small  or  light  draught  vessels  may  there- 
fore pass  about  ^  mile  within  th-^  Buoys  on  this  danger. 

Rattlesnake  Shoal  Light-ship. 

About  1 1^  miles  Southeasterly  from  this  Shoal,  in  about  5}4 
fathoms  water,  is  moored  a  Light-ship,  which  at  this  date  (1882), 
shows  two  fixed  Lights,  and  -has  a  Bell,  which  is  struck  in  thick 
weather.  Painted  on  each  side,  in  large  black  letters,  are  the 
words  Rattlesnake  Shoal. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Rattlesnake  Shoal  Light-ship. 

Diatance. 

Frying  Pan  Shoals  Light-ship,  NE.  by  E.  ?^  E.  .     .108      miles. 

Cape  Roman  Lighthouse,  NE 25         " 

Outer  Buoy  off  Cape  Roman  Shoals,  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.     27         " 
Eastern  Buoy  off  Rattlesnake  Shoal,  N.  }i  "E.     .     .       Iji     " 


m 


i 


398 


ELDIIIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


DIsUnce. 


\Vc8torn  Buoy  off  Rattlesnake  Slioal,  NW.  hy  W- 

y,  w '-^^  "''^*''* 

OuiLT  or  Sea  Buoy,  which  lies  off  the  entrance  to 
Main  Ship  Channel,  Charleston  Ilarhor,  SW.  j4  W.       6 

Murlin's  Industry  Light-shii),  SW-  ^  W 58 

Vessels   in   daytime   may  run   direct   from   Rattlesnake    Shoal 

Licrht-ship  to  Martin's  Industry  J^ight-ship,  carrying  from  5  to  8 

nulioms  water,  and  leaving  the  bars  off  Charleston  Harbor  about  2 

miles  to  the  Northwestward. 


OHABLESTON  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  by  Main  Ship  Ciiannel  is  South- 
westerly about  115  miles  from  Frying  Pan  Shoals  Light-ship,  6 
miles  Southwesterly  from  Rattlesnake  Shoal  Light-ship,  and  North- 
easterly 51  miles  from  Martin's  Industry  Light-ship. 

Charleston  Main  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southern  part  of  Morris  Island,  West  side  of  entrance 
to  Charleston  Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date  (1882), 
is  painted  in  Black  and  White  Bauds,  three  of  each  color,  com- 
mencing with  Black  at  the  top.  This  Lighthouse,  at  this  time, 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Morris  Island  Range  Beacons. 

Upon  the  Southern  end  of  Morris  Island,  West  side  of  entrance 
to  Charleston  Harbor,  are  two  Range  Beacons  for  crossing  the  Bar ; 
the  front  is  painted  Red,  the  rear  Black.  Both  these  Beacons,  at 
this  date  (1882),  show  fixed  Red  Lights. 

Sullivan's  Island  Range  Beacons. 

Upon  Sullivan's  Island,  North  side  of  entrance  to  Charleston 
Harbor,  are  two  Range  Beacons;  the  front  is  painted  White,  the 
rear  is  also  White.  Both  these  Beacons,  at  this  time,  show  Red 
Fixed  Lights. 

Port  Sumter  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the   Northwest  face  of  Fort  Sumter,   Southwest  side  of 
entrance  to  Charleston  Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this  date 


DIsUnee. 

2}(  inilos. 


T.       6 
.     58 

tlcsnake  Shoal 
ig  from  5  to  8 
Harbor  about  2 


lannol  is  South- 
Is  Light-ship,  6 
ship,  and  North- 


e. 

side  of  entrance 
;hisdate  (1882), 
each  color,  com- 
30,  at  this  time, 


as. 

side  of  entrance 
crossing  the  Bar ; 
these  Beacons,  at 


3ons. 

ce  to  Charleston 
ainted  White,  the 
s  time,  show  Red 


50uthwest  side  of 
which  at  this  date 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


399 


(1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Vessels  bound  up  may  ai)- 
prouch  this  Lighthouse  on  its  North  fast  side  within  300  yards 
without  danger. 

Fort  Ripley  Shoal  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Fort  Ripley  Siioal,  North  side  of  entrance  to  Charleston 
Harbor,  in  about  8  feet  water,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  tiiis  date 
(1SH2),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  Attached  to  this  Lighthouse, 
at  this  time,  is  a  Bell,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  at  intervals 
of  10  seconds. 

Itcniarka, 

The  channel  leading  into  Charleston  Harbor  is  across  a  Sand 
Bar,  which  is  liable  to  change  with  almost  every  gale  from  seaward. 
At  this  time.  Range  Liglits  and  Buoys  are  usad  to  show  the  deepest 
water;  these  are  cliangcd  with  the  shifting  of  the  chaiuiel,  so  as  to 
mark  the  best  water  leading  in.  Appropriations  have  been  made 
from  time  to  time  by  the  Uniti'd  States  Government  for  the  purpo::-; 
of  im[)roving  Chark'ston  Harbor,  and  Jetties  extending  olf  from 
both  sides  are  now  in  course  of  construction  for  that  purpose.  At 
this  date  (1881),  there  are  about  11  feet  water,  at  lew  tide,  across 
ihe  Bar  which  leads  into  the  Main  Channel. 

To  Vessels  in  Distress. 

At  this  date  (1882),  Charleston  affords  good  facilities  to  vessels 
in  distress,  there  being  a  Dry  Dock  and  two  Marine  Railways, 
capable  of  docking  or  hauhug  vessels  of  1,000  tons,  with  every- 
thing necessary  for  repairs. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Charleston  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Main  Channel. 

From  the  Northeastward,  leave  the  Light-ship  off  Rattlesnake 
Shoal  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course 
SW.  }4  W.  6  miles,  which  will  bring  you  up  with  the  Sea  Buoy 
which  ia  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  and 
has  tho  letter  C.  upon  it ;  Charleston  Main  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  Buoy  (which  lies  in  about  6  fathoms  water  off  entrance  to  Main 
Channel)  W-NW-,  distance  3.^  miles;  when  this  Buoy  is  made, 
wait,  if  possible,  until  about  %  flood ;  then  bring  the  Beacons  on 


m 


400 


F.T.nninaK's  coast  pilot. 


1 1  „' 


i 


the  Soulli  end  af  Jlonis  Isliuid  in  range,  and  run  for  them  in 
range,  leiivinj?  tlie  Sea  llnoy  dose  to  on  either  hand ;  the  Onter 
bar  Buoj',  which  is  piiintcd  in  Ulaolc  and  White  Perpendieuhir 
Stripes,  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Midtlie  Bi.oy,  wliidi  i^•  painted 
lilacli,  on  tlic  Port  hand;  wlien  past  tiie  last-named  IJiiov,  you 
will  sec  the  Junction  Hell  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Per- 
pendiculur  Stripes,  whieli  leave  close  to  on  tlic  Starboard  hand,  and 
get  Sidlivau's  Island  Beacons  in  range,  bearing  about  N.  yi,  W., 
and  run  for  them  in  range,  carrying  from  3  to  7  fathoms  water, 
leaving  a  lied  Buoy  on  Pumpkin  IlillBar  on  the  Starboard,  and  the 
South  Jetty  ^-uoy  (Black)  on  the  Port  hand;  when  past  the  last- 
named  Bi'  ,  steer  Northeasterly,  leaving  the  otlier  Black  Jett^-  Buoy 
close  to  a  tiie  Port  hand,  and  run  N-NW.  until  Sullivan's  Island 
Lights  are  again  in  range,  bearing  about  N.  J4  W.,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Cummings'  Point  on  i'te  Port  hand  ;  when  Fort 
Ripley  Lighthouse  opens  to  the  Nort'iward  of  Fort  Summer,  then 
steer  NW.  >4  W.  until  Fort  Sumter  bears  S-SW.  ;  the  course 
is  then  about  W-  >3  N.,  leaving  tlie  Black  Buoy  off  Fort  Sumter 
on  the  Port,  and  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
Stripes  off  the  Lower  Middle  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  continue  the 
course  W.  'A  N.,  leaving  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black 
Horizontal  Stripes  off  Battery  Point  Shoal  close  to  oil  the  Port 
hand,  and  make  good  the  course  N.  by  W.  for  the  city.  These 
directions  were  good  for  1881. 

Sailing  Directions  for  South  Channel. 

If  the  wind  is  unfavorable  to  cross  the  Bar  by  the  Main  Chan- 
nel, you  may,  by  the  following  directions,  enter  by  the  South  Ciian- 
nel :  At  about  ^  flood  get  the  Beacons  on  Sullivan's  Island  in 
range,  bearing  about  N.  %  W.,  and  run  for  them  in  range, 
leaving  the  Bar  Buoy  (Black)  on  the  Port,  Middle  Buoy  (Red) 
on  th«  Starboard,  and  Inner  Junction  Bell  Buoy,  painted  in 
Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  close  to  on  the  Star- 
board hand ;  when  past  the  last-named  Buoy,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  Main  Channel. 


REBELLION  ROADS. 

These  Roads,  in  which  vessels  may  anchor  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms 
water,  lie  Northwesterly  about  1  mile  from  Fort  Sumter. 


'    1 


: 


in  for  them  in 
nd ;  the  Outer 
IVrpondieular 
hidi  i^'.  painted 
lied  IJiiov,  you 
uid  White  I'cr- 
oard  Iiand,  and 

out  m.y^w., 

fathoms  water, 
board,  and  the 
1  past  the  In  st- 
ack Jett}'  Ihio}' 
iiilivaii's  Island 
7-1  leaving  the 
id ;  when  Fort 
t  Slimier,  then 
!■  ;  the  course 
ff  Fort  Sumter 
ack  Horizontal 
;  continue  the 
ted  and  Black 
o  oh  the  Port 
e  city.    These 

nnel. 

he  Main  Chan- 
le  South  Ciian- 
van's  Island  in 
hem  in  range, 
le  Buoy  (Red) 
y,  painted  in 
on  the  Star- 
7  the  directions 


ELDIIIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


401 


Sailing  Directions  for  Rebellion  Roads. 

Follow  the  directions  before  given  for  the  Main  Channel,  until 
the  Lighthouse  on  Fort  Sumter  bears  SE.  by  S.  i  then  make  good 
the  course  NW  by  N.,  and  anchor  when  Fort  Ripley  LighthoUHe 
bears  W.  by  S.,  in  about  5  fathoms  water. 


SWASH  CHANNEL. 

This  Channel  lies  about  3  miles  to  the  Northward  of  the  Main 
Channel ;  until  the  Jetties  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  are  com- 
pleted, strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  it,  aa  changes  are 
constantly  taking  place. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Charleston  Harbor  4h.  5m.  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  5J^  foet.  Strong  wiiuls  from 
seaward  increase  the  tides. 


4  to  6  fathoms 
iter. 


NORTH  EDISTO  RIVER,  S.  0. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  lies  Southwesterly  26  miles  from 
Rattlesuiike  Light-ship,  Southwesterly  \^  miles  from  Charleston 
Main  Lighthouse,  and  Northeasterly  34  miles  from  Martin's  In- 
dustry Liglit-ship. 

Hemarks. 

The  entrance  to  North  Edisto  River  is  across  a  Sand  Bar,  which 
is  liable  to  ehange  in  depth  with  every  gale  from  seaward.;  Buoys 
are  placed  so  as  to  mark  tlie  best  water  leading  in  ;  at  this  date 
(1881),  there  is  about  10  feet  water  across  the  Bar  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  North  Edisto  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northeastward,  bound  to  North  Edisto  River, 
may  leave  the  Light-ship  off  Rattlesnake  Siioal  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  SW.  %  W.  14  miles, 
which  will  bring  tiiem  up  with  the  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and 
White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  which  lies  otT  Stouo  Inlet ;  when  this 


402 


ELPlMDr.F/S  COASI    PILOT. 


iJuoy,  which  has  the  letter  S.  paiiitcil  on  it,  bears  NW.  ,'j  mile, 
iiiako  good  llio  course  W.SW.  H>  luik's,  to  Sia  lUio.v  painlfd  in 
lUaek  a;al  While  IVrpeiidiciilar  Sliiiie.s,  widi  the  U'tters  N.  E. 
upon  it;  this  last  Huoy  iiuuUs  tiie  cnliauee  to  Nortli  Kdisto  iliver; 
when  the  last-named  Huoy  is  uiaiie,  wait,  if  possilile,  until  aliout 
J^  flood,  then,  with  a  fuv()ral)le  and  conunandiii^f  hrcczo,  hrinj;  tlie 
Sea  IJuoy  to  bear  NW-  '  j  W-,  and  run  in,  Iruvintj;  il  rlose  to  on 
either  hand;  continue  the  course  NW.  ^j  W.  about  1^  miles, 
leaving  the  Inner  Buoy  do'^e  to  on  eitlier  liand  ;  when  piist  tlie 
last  iJuoy,  run  for  the  entrance  of  tlie  river,  keeping  about  midway, 
and  carrying  from  5  to  'J  latlionv,  water;  wlu  n  al)out  a  mile  above 
the  entrance,  or  the  first  Creek  upon  tlie  Port  side  is  open,  tlien 
anchor  in  about  7  fathoms  water,  good  liolding  ground. 

Strangers  sliould  not  attempt  to  enter  this  river  wiiii  light  winds, 
as  the  current  iu  some  places  sets  strong  across  the  Bars. 


Hhjh   Watet: 

It  i!.,  high  water  at  the  mouth  of  North  Edisto  River  4':..  24m. 
before  it  is  at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  53^  feet.  Strong 
winds  from  seaward  increase  the  tides. 


W 


W' 


\m 


SOUTH  EDISTO  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  Mver  is  Soutliwesterly  :'';  miles  from  Rattle- 
•^naki>  Shoal  Light  ship,  Sou  Mi  westerly  2H  miles  from  Charleston 
Main  Lighthouse,  Southwesterly  91^  miles  from  entrance  to  North 
Edisto  River,  Nortlieasterly  20  miles  from  Martin's  Industry  Light- 
ship, and  Northeaolerly  6  miles  from  Ilu-iting  Island  Lighthouse. 

The  entrance  to  South  Edisto  River  is  across  a  Sand  Bar,  which 
)s  liable  to  change  in  depth  with  every  gale  from  seaward  ;  Buoys 
are  placed  so  as  to  mark  the  best  water  leading  in  ;  at  this  date 
(1881),  there  are  12  feet  water  across  tlie  Bar  at  low  tide^ 

Sailing  Directions  for  South  Edisto  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels,  from  the  Northeastward,  bound  t) 
this  River,  should,  as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse  on  the  No-  lIi  part  of 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  I'JLOT. 


403 


W.  'j   mile. 

y  [lainli'd   in 
t'ttlM-S    \.  E. 

aUsIo  (liver ; 
iiiitil  alioiit 
'A',  liriii^  tlio 
I  flosi'  lo  oil 
It  1 3/^  miles, 
lien  pMst  tlio 
H)iit  uiiilwayi 
!V  mile  iil)ove 

is    opCMl,  tllPU 

1. 

1  light  wnuls, 

ars. 


ivcr    i'.i.  24m. 
I'eet.     Strong 


s  from  Rattle- 
in  Cliiirlestoii 
ince  lo  Nortli 
uUistry  Light- 
Li  "htlioiise. 


Ill  Bar,  which 
iward ;  Buoj's 
1 ;  at  this  date 
tide 

er  ill  Day- 
weather. 

.vard,  huiiud  t ) 
No-  Lli  part  of 


Hunting  Tslnnd  is  made,  hring  it  to  liear  SW.  hy  W-  H  W-,  and 
run  for  it  on  this  course,  until  tlic  water  .slioaU  lo  l  fatlioms  ;  Uicu 
at  about  ->^  flood  run  in,  l<eeping  a  shiirp  hjokoiit  for  the  BuoyH 
wliich  mark  the  North  and  South  Breakers  ;  wiieii  tiuse  are  mado, 
bring  the  Black  Buoy  on  the  South  Breaker  to  bear  W.  by  N.  '/j 
N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Rid  Buoy  on  ihc 
North  Breaker  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Black  Buoy  on  the  South 
Breaker  on  the  I'orl  hand  ;  when  past  the  last-named  Buoy,  steer 
NW-  by  N.  l^  N.  for  Bay  Toint,  distant  2  miles,  carrying 
not  less  than  It  feet  water,  and  leaving  the  Point  not  more  than 
200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  abreast  this  Point,  steer 
NW.  for  Pine  Island  Point,  carrying  from  .T  to  ')  fathoms  water 
through  the  narrow  channel;  w'.n'w  abreast  the  last-named  Point, 
anchor  about  300  yards  from  it,  in  from  4  to  ')  fatlioms  water  ;  if 
bound  further  iii),  a  pilot  is  necessary.  These  dirctions  were  good 
for  1881. 

From  the  Southwestward,  leave  Martin's  Industry  Light-ship 
close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and" make  good  the  course  NE.  ji  N-, 
until  Hunting  Islaiu?  Lighthouse  bears  W-NW- ;  Ihon  steer  more 
Northerly,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Hifjh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  South  Edisto   River  4h.  20in.  before 
at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  6  feet. 


it  is 


ST.  HELENA  SOUND,  S.  O. 

The  entrance  to  this  Sound  lies  Southwcsteih  ?>('>  miles  from 
Rattlesnake  Shoal  Light-ship,  Southwesterly  28  iiuk's  Injin  Cliarles- 
ton  Main  Lighthouse,  and  Northeasterly  23  miles  from  Mai  tin's 
Industry  Light-ship. 

Hunting  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northern  end  of  Hunting  Island,  Southeast  side  of 
entrance  to  St.  Helena  Sound,  is  a  Liglithouse,  which  at  this  date 
(1882),  is  painted  White  from  the  base  to  the  height  of  the  trees 
in  the  background,  the  portion  above  this  being  Black  ;  at  this 
time  this  Lighthouse  shows  a  fix-id  White  Light,  which  flashes  at 
intervals  of  30  seconds. 


404 


EI.DKIIKJKS  fOAST   I'lLOT. 


Mmtin's  Industry  Liglil-ship  lieorH  from  tlio  Liglitliouso  on  Hunt- 
ing Isliiiid  S-SW.,  diHtiinct'  20  mill's;  lliittli'Mnako  Li^flil-sliip 
bears  from  tbia  Liglithouso  NE.  !'.v  E.  }i  Em  distuncc  40  milcH. 

Tli(>  channel  lemJing  into  St.  Ili-lcnii  Sound  is  ncrosH  a  Snml 
IJar,  wliiili  h  liahli'  to  <lian|,'t'  with  almost  cvorv  j^ali'  from  spuward  ; 
at  Hiis  timo,  Buoys  nrc  used  to  show  tiie  best  water ;  these  are 
chanj^i'd  with  the  Hhillin<^  of  the  channel,  ho  as  to  mark  tlio  deepcHt 
water  leading  in.  At  this  date  (1HH2),  there  are  aitoiit  10  feet 
water,  at  low  tide,  in  the  channel  across  the  Bar.  At  this  timo 
there  are  three  passaj^res  across  the  Bar  leadiiiff  into  this  Sound,  called 
Kast  Channel,  Main  Channel,  and  South  Channel,  -ill  of  which  at 
this  time  are  buoyed.  We  shall,  however,  only  jj  ve  directions  for 
till'  JNIain  or  Middle  Channel. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bull  River  and  St.  Helena 
Sound  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

lij/  the  Main  Channel, 

Vessels  from  the  Northeastward,  bound  to  St.  Helena-  Sound, 
may  leave  the  Light-ship  off  Rattlesnake  Shoal  close  to  on  the 
Starluiard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  SW.  ;>0  miles  (leav- 
ing the  Sea  Buoys  otr  Charleston  Harbor  and  Stono  Inlet  well 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  carrying  not  less  than  5  fathoms 
water) ;  then  steer  about  West,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the 
Lighthouse  (before  described)  on  Hunting  Island  ;  when  this  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  J^  N-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
until  the  Sea  Buoy  *  (which  is  painted  in  Black  and  White  Per- 
pendicular Stripes,  with  the  letters  St.  II,  upon  it)  is  made ; 
then  wait,  if  possible,  until  about  ^  flood  and  run  in,  leaving 
it  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  steer  about  W-SW-,  leaving  the 
Bar  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpcndioular  Stripes  close 
to  on  either  hand ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy,  steer  W-  by  N.  J4 
N.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  on  North  Breaker  on  the  Starboard, 
and  the  Turning  Buoy  (Black)  on  the  Port  hand ;  n;>m  this  last 
Buoy  steer  about  NW.  by  N.  }i  N.,  leaving  Mid-chi»ii>nel  Buoy 

*  At  this  date  (1881),  Hunting  Island  Li^'UUiouse  bears  from  the  Sea 
Buoy  at  the  entrance  of  St.  Helena  Sound,  W.  i  N.,  distance  G^  miles. 


1  5' 


80  on  Iliint- 
4U  inilc'8. 


OSS  n  Snnd 
111  si'uward ; 
r ;  tliesc  are 
tlio  (loppost 
uiit  Iti  feet 
.t  tlii»  tiino 
ound,  called 
of  which  ftt 
reotioud  for 


;.  Helena 
nds   and 


leiin-  Sound, 

to  on   the 

miles  (Iciiv- 

I   Inlet  well 

5   fathoms 

:out  for   tlio 

v'lien   this  is 

tliis  course, 

White  Per- 

,)  is   made  ; 

in,  leaving 

,  leaving  the 

Stripes  close 

7.  hy  N.  H 

!  Starboard, 

:>m  this  last 

ht»ii>nel  Buoy 

from  the  Sea 
C^  miles. 


EM)IlII)(}irS  COAST  PILOT. 


405 


painted  in  Black  and  White  IVrpcndicuiar  Stripes  close  to  on 
either  liiuid,  and  the  Juiution  H1103'  p:iinted  in  Illtick  mid  White 
rcrpendifular  Stripes  on  the  Staihourd,  and  IVlicuii  Itank  lliioy 
(Ithick)  (in  the  I'ort  hand;  when  past  this  last  Itiioy,  Iho  eourso 
is  altout  NW.  Iiy  W.  ,'j  W..  along  tiie  North  side  of  relioun 
Hank,  carrying  from  I  to  7  fathoms  water,  and  leaving  the  Hno}* 
painted  in  Red  an*l  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  olf  the  Southeast  end 
of  Combahee  S|)it,  and  the  Beacon  on  Combahee  Shoal  botii  about 
yi  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  pa^t  this  Beacon,  continue  tho 
course  NW.  by  W-  ',2  W.,  carrying  from  .'»  to  7  fathoms  water, 
and  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  olf  Couiliahee  Bank  on  the  Starboard, 
and  tho  Black  Buoy  olf  Marsh  Island  Spit  on  tho  Port  hand  ; 
when  past  the  last-named  Buoy,  if  bound  to  Bull  Itiver,  keep  the 
Starboard  side  best  aboard  for  about  a  mile,  then  keep  in  tlio 
middle,  carrying  deep  water  to  tho  mouth  of  this  Uivcr,  which  is 
about  3  miles  from  the  Black  Buoy  otf  Marsh  Islainl  Spit;  if  bonnd 
up  the  Cooaaw  River,  a  pilot  is  neuessury  olf  the  entrauco  of  Bull 
River. 

From  the  Sonthwestward,  leave  Martin's  Industry  Light-ship 
close  to  on  the  I'ort  liaml,  and  make  good  the  coiuse  N£j.  about 
18  mdes ;  then  gradually  haul  to  the  Northward  until  the  Light- 
house on  tho  Northern  part  of  Hunting  Island  bears  W.  '2  N.  ; 
then  follow  the  directions  before  given.  From  the  Sea  Buoy  off 
the  entrance  to  St.  Helena  Sound  to  the  cutrauco  of  Bull  River  the 
distance  is  lo}^  miles. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  St.  Helena  Sound  4h.  21m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  G  feet.  Stron'j;  winds  from  sea- 
ward increase  the  tides. 


PORT  ROYAL  SOUND,  S.  O. 

The  entrance  to  Port  Royal  Sound,  by  the  Southeast  Channel,  is 
Southwesterly  5.5  miles  from  Rattlesnake  Shoal  Light-ship,  South- 
westeily  ts  miles  from  Charleston  Main  Lighthouse,  and  2)4  miles 
Northeasterly  from  Martiu's  Industry  Light-ship. 


\i 


H^B! 


„  f\ 


406 


ELDiaDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


'>    t 


Hi 


Martin's  Industry  Light-ship, 

About  1}(  miles  Southeast  from  IMarliu's  Iiulustiy  Shoal,  en- 
trance to  Port  Royal  Sound,  in  about  «  fathoms  water,  is  ra  iored 
a  Light-ship,  the  Hull  of  which,  at  this  dale  (1882),  is  painted 
Red,  with  tlie  Avords  Martin's  Industry  on  each  side  in  large  let- 
ters. At  this  time  this  Light-ship  shows  two  fixeiL White  Lights, 
and  has  a  I5cll  and  Horn.  This  Light-vessel  is  intended  to  guide 
vessels  into  Port  Royal  Sound,  and  also  along  the  coast,  clear  of 
danger,  to  Tybee  entiance. 

B^irings  and  Distances  from  Martin's  Industry  Light-ship. 

Diatancc. 

Rattlesnake  Shoal  Light-ship,  NE.  J^f  E.   .     .     .     .     58      miles. 

Charleston  Main  Liizhthouse,  NE.  ^sj  N ol  " 

Hunting  Island  Lighthouse,  N.NE 20  " 

Tybee  Lighthouse,  entrance  to  Savannah  River,  W- 

by  S.  ^  S 15         " 

Whistling  Buoy  off  entrance  to  Savannah  River,  SW. 

H  W 11         u  . 

Sea  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular 
Strijjes,  off  the  entrance  of  South  Channel,  leadin<i 
into  Port  Royal  Sound,  W.  by  S.  ^  S ^/i      "' 

Sea  Buoy  painted  in  Black  aad  White  Peipendicular 
Stripes,  olf  the  entrance  of  Southeast  Channel, 
leading  into  Port  Royal  Sound,  NE.  by  N.  >2  N.       2yi      " 

"Vessels  in  daytime  may  run  direct  from  jNIartin's  Industry  Light- 
ship to  Rattlesnake  Shoal  Light-ship,  carrying  from  5  to  8  fathoms 
water,  and  leaving  the  Bars  off^Charleston  Harbor  about  2  nules  to 
the  Northwestward. 

Hilton  Head  Rango  Lights. 

Upon  Hilton  Head,  West  side  of  entrance  to  Port  Royal  Sound, 
are  2  Rango  Lights.  The  front  Lighthouse  is  a  Tower  on  a 
W^hite  Dwelling;  the  rear  Lighthouse  is  a  White  Skeleton  Tower. 
These  Lighthouses,  which  at  this  date  (1882),*  show  fixed  Red 
Lights,  are  1  >^  miles  apart,  and  range  W.  ^4  N.  and  E.  ^4  S. 
and  are  intended  to  guide  vessels  across  the  Bar  in  the  dc-  pest 
water.  The  front  Liglitliouse  lies  from  the  Sea  Buo}'  off  the  en- 
trance to  the  channel  off  the  Bar,  9^  miles. 

*  Ou  and  after  Feb.  1,  1883,  the  front  light  will  be  Fixed  Wliitu. 


'  Shoal,  en- 
r,  is  in  iorcd 
,  is  painted 
in  large  let- 
liite  Lights, 
led  to  guide 
ast,  clear  of 


Light-ship. 

Distance. 

58      miles. 
51  " 

20         " 

15         " 

11  '« 


2X      " 


istiy  Light- 
j  8  fatiionis 
t  2  miles  to 


)3-al  Sound, 
ower  on  a 
ton  Tower, 
fixed  Red 
I  E.  34  S. 
he  d("  |)est 
off  the  cn- 

Whitu. 


■ELt)RIDGE'S  CO.VST  riLOT. 


407 


Paris  Island  Range  Lights. 

Upon  the  Southeast  point  of  Taris  Island,  near  the  head  of  Port 
Royal  Sound,  are  2  Range  Lights.  The  Lantern  of  the  front 
Lighthouse  is  on  a  White  Skeleton  Pyramid ;  the  rear  Lighthouse 
is  a  Triangular  Skeleton  Pyramid,  covered  with  Black  Slats  40  feet 
from  the  top,  and  painted  White  below.  These  Lighthouses,  which 
at  this  dnle  (1882),  show  fixed  White  Lights,  are  1  mile  apart  and 
range  NW.  by  N.  }<  N.  and  SE.  by  S-  'A  S.,  and  are  intended 
to  guide  vessels  up  to  the  anchorage  in  Port  Royal  Sound. 

MeinarJk'S. 

The  channel  leading  into  Port  Royal  Sound  is  across  Sand  Bars, 
which  are  liable  to  change  ni  depth  with  every  gale  from  seaward. 
At  this  time,  Range  Lights  and  Buoys  are  used  to  show  the  best 
water  across  the  Bar  ;  these  are  changed  with  the  shifting  of  the 
channel.  At  this  date  (1882),  there  are  two  passages  across  the 
Bar  leading  into  this  Sound,  called  Southeast  Channel  and  South 
Channel,  both  of  wiiich,  at  this  time,  are  buoyed  ;  there  are  18  feet 
in  the  former  and  16  feet  in  the  latter. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Port  Royal  Sound  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Southeast  Channel, 

Vessels  from  the  Northeastward  may,  when  about  4  miles  from 
Martin's  Industry  Light-ship,  bring  it  to  bear  SW.  by  S.  ^2  S., 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  tlie  Sea 
Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  with  the 
letters  P.  R.  upon  it ;  leave  tliis  Buoy  close  to  on  either  hand,  and 
make  good  the  course  W-  ^^^  N-,  leaving  the  Mid-channel  Buoy 
painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  close  to  on  either 
hand,  the  Rod  Luoy  on  the  Nortlieast  Breaker  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  Turning  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpen- 
dicular Stripes,  close  to  on  either  hand;  when  past  the  last- 
nametl  Buoy,  make  good  the  course  NW-  by  N-  y^  N.,  carrying 
from  4  to  9  fatlioms  water,  leaving  the  Mid-channel  Buoys  painted 
in  Black  an  I  Wliito  Perpendicular  Stripes  close  to  on  either  hand, 
and  the  Black  Buoys  off  Joiner's  Bank  and  Fishing  Rip  Shoal  on 
the  Port  hand ;  when  past  the  last-named  Buoy,  you  will  see  the 


If 
i 


V^\ 


1 


40S 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


u 


W:     J!    8' 


I- 


Range  Beacons  (lioforo  doscribod)  on  Paris  Island  ;  hring  thcin  in 
range,  bearing  NW.  li\'  N.  %  N.,  and  run  for  tlioni  in  rang^  until 
about  ^  mile  past  the  Wharf  at  Hay  Point,  wliich  is  llie  first  oa 
the  Starboard  side ;  then  anclior  in  from  5  <.■    '  fathoms  w.vtor, 

Sailing    directions  for  Port  Royal  Sound  at  Night- 
time, inrith  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Bf/  the  Southeast  Channel, 

Vessels  from  the  Northeastward,  when  about  4  or  5  miles  from 
IMartin's  Industry  Light-ship,  may  bring  it  to  b  ar  SW.  by  S.,  and 
run  for  it  on  tliis  course  ;  then,  with  a  commanding  breeze,  at  about 
}i  "1"  /2  flood,  bring  the  two  fixed  Red  Liglits  upon  Hilton  Head  in 
range,  and  run  for  them  in  range,  bearing  about  W.  3/^  N-,  until 
the  two  'White  Lights  on  tlie  Southeast  part  of  Paris  Island  are  in 
range,  bearing  about  NW.  b}-  N.  J 2  N.  ;  then  run  up  for  them  in 
range  until  about  1  li  miles  from  the  Front  Light,  or  the  water 
shoals  to  41^2  fathoms  at  low  tide ;  then  anchor  in  Port  Royal 
Sound. 

The  current  sets  strong  in  some  places  across  the  Breakers ;  it 
is  therefore  higlily  important,  in  running  in  at  n'glit,  to  watch  the 
Ranges,  as  a  slight  deviation  may  lead  to  didlculty. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Port  Royal  Sound  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

By  the  South  Channel, 

From  the  Southwestward,  wlien  about  4  miles  from  Martin's 
Industrj  Light-ship,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.  by  E.,  and  run  for  it  on 
tliis  course,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  tlie  Southeast  part  of  Gas- 
kin  Bank  well  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  the  Sea  Buoy  at  the 
entrance  of  the  South  Channel,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Per- 
pendicular Stripes  with  the  letters  P.  R.  upon  it,  is  made,  tiien,  at 
about  J4  flood,  bring  it  to  bear  NW.  by  N.  ^2  N.,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course,  leaving  it  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  the  Red  Buoy 
off  the  Southwest  end  of  Martin's  Industry  Shoal  on  tlie  Starboard 
hand  ;  when  past  the  last-named  Buoy,  haul  up  N.  by  E.  j4  E., 
leaving  ;Mid-channel  Buo}-,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpen- 
dicular Stripes,  close  to  on  eiliier  hand,  and  Red  Buoy  off  the 
Northern  part  of  Martin's  Industry  Slioal  on  the  Starboard  hand  ; 
from  this  last  Buoy  steer  about  North  for  Middle  Channel  Buoy, 


sru.nnK..7SSzr:. 


ELDIilDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


409 


•ing  thcin  in 
riuig^  until 

i  the  first  Oil 
w.'.tor, 

at  Night- 
3ather. 


)  milos  from 
.  by  S.,  anij 
zc,  at  about 
ton  Head  in 
34  N.,  until 
sland  are  in 
for  them  in 
r  the  water 
Port  Royal 

breakers ;  it 
;o  watch  the 


I  in  Day- 
Bather. 


im  Martin's 
run  for  it  on 
)art  of  Gas- 
5uoy  at  the 
White  Per- 
ulc,  tiicn,  at 
(1  run  for  it 
e  Red  Buoy 
ic  Starboard 

y  E.  y^  E., 

lite  Perpen- 
iiioy  off  the 
board  iiaud  ; 
anncl  Buoy, 


painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  ;  when  past  tliis 
last-named  Buoy,  you  arc  in  the  Main  Channel,  and  may  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  the  Southeast  Channel. 

Hiffh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Port  Royal  Sound  4h.  l.'Jni.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  comnion  tides  rise  about  6}4  feet.  Strong  winds  from 
seaward  increase  the  tides. 


BEAUFORT  RIVEB. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  on  the  East  side  of  Port  Royal 
Sound.  From  the  entrance  to  Beaufort  the  distance  is  about  8J^ 
miles.  At  this  time  Beaufort  River  is  buoyed  as  far  as  Battery 
Creek,  which  is  about  4  miles  below  the  town.  About  11  feet 
water  can  be  taken  up  through  a  narrow  channel,  to  Beaufort,  at 
low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Beaufort  River  in  Daytime. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  10  feet  draught,  bound  to  Beaufort, 
may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Port  Royal  Sound,  until 
the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Lower  Middle,  at  the  entrance  of  the  River, 
is  made  ;  the  Front  Beacon  on  Paris  Island  bears  from  this  Buoy 
NW.  >2  N.  about  1 ;:{  miles ;  leave  the  last-named  Buoy  on  the 
Port,  and  the  Red  Buoy  olf  Station  Creek  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  run  in  about  N.  ^  E-,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Upper 
Middle  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy,  the  course  is 
about  N.  by  W-  to  the  Red  Buoy  off  Chowan  Spit ;  leave  this  last 
Buoy  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  keep  the  Port  side  best  aboard 
until  the  Black  and  Rid  Buoys  off  Battery  Creek  are  made ;  after 
passing  these  two  Buoys,  -vhich  arc  both  left  on  the  Port  hand, 
keep  the  Starboard  side  best  aboard  for  %  mile  ;  then  keep  in  the 
middle,  carrying  not  less  than  11  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  to  Beau- 
fort. When  a  little  more  than  a  mile  below  the  town,  an  Island 
will  be  seen  lying  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  River;  the  Main 
Channel  leads  up  to  the  Westward  of  this  Island. 

HigJi  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Beaufort  River  3h.  31m.  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  7j^  feet.    ■ 


fi' 


1 

■ 

! 

i 

1 

410 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


TYBEE  ROADS. 


These  'Roods,  which  are  near  the  entrance  to  Savannah  River, 
lie  Southwesterly  70  miles  from  Rattlesniike  Shoal  Light-ship, 
Southwesterly  about  14  miles  from  Martin's  Industry  Light-ship, 
and  East-Southerly  about  liy^  miles  from  the  city  of  Savannah. 

Tybee  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northeast  end  of  Tybee  Island,  Northeastern  side  of 
entrance  to  Tybee  Roads,  is  a  Lighthouse,  painted  "White,  which  at 
this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Tybee  Beacon. 

Abont  34  Ta\h,  in  front  of  Tybee  Main  Lighthouse,  is  a  White 
Skeleton  Tower,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White 
Light.  This  Beacon,  iu  range  of  Main  Lighthouse,  serves  as  a 
guide  to  cross  the  bar. 

Memarka, 

At  'his  date  (1881),  there  are  17  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  in  the 
Ship  Channel  leading  into  Tybee  Roads.  Vessels  may  anchor  in 
these  Roads  with  the  Main  Lighthouse  bearing  from  SW.  by  W. 
to  W.  by  S.,  distant  from  ^  to  IJ^  miles,  in  from  4  to  ly^ 
fathoms  water  at  low  tide.  These  Roads  are  somewhat  exposed  to 
Easterly  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Tybee  Roads,  with  favor- 
able winds. 

3y  the  Main  Channel, 

Vessels  from  the  Northeastward  maj'  leave  Martin's  Industry 
Light-ship  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  SW.  J^  W-  H  miles,  which  will  bring  them  up  with  the 
Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Bar ;  then,  with  a  commanding  breeze,  get 
the  Beacon  before  dcscril)cd  in  range  of  the  Main  Liglithouse, 
bearing  about  W.  by  N.  J^  N.,  !<nd  run  for  thcni  in  range,  leav- 
ing the  Whistling  Buoj'  close  to  on  either  hand,  the  Blaclr  Buoy  off 
South  Breaker  on  the  Port,  and  the  Bell  Buoj'  painted  Red,  oft'  the 
Outer  Bar,  on  the  Starboard  hand,  canying  about  17  ;cc',  wnler  at 
low  tide  ;  when  past  the  last-named  Buoy,  haul  up  about  NW-  /4 


i^'U,, 


-^Vt^i^*.****  ■*«^die^+^T»-:('' 


annah  River, 
Light-ship, 
y  Light-ship, 
Savannah. 


istern  side  of 
lite,  which  at 


e,  is  a  White 

fixed  White 

,  serves  as  a 


nr  tide,  in  the 
la}-  anelior  in 
SW.  by  W. 
om  4  to  2% 
at  exposed  to 

ith  favor- 


in's  Industry 
ike  good  the 

up  with  the 
g  breeze,  get 

Liglithouse, 
I  range,  leav- 
laclr  Buoy  off 

Red,  oft"  the 
lee',  wnlor  at 

)out  NW.  y2 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


411 


W. ;  large  vessels  should  anchor  when  the  Main  Lighthouse  bears 
W.  by  S..  distant  1^  miles,  in  about  4  fathoms  water,  at  low  tide. 
With  Easterly  or  Southeasterly  winds,  vessels  if  not  more  than  14 
or  15  feet  draught  may,  at  low  tide,  run  in  and  anchor  to  the  North- 
westward of  Tybee  Light  by  the  following  directions :  Follow  the 
dir'>ction8  before  given  for  Tybee  Roads,  uni'l  abreast  the  Black 
Buoy  oflf  Beacon  Point  Shoal ;  Tybee  Main  Lij^hthouse  bears  from 
this  Buoy  W.  >^  S.  about  %  mile;  leave  t'lis  Buoy  a  short  dis- 
tance on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  by  N  J4 
N.  about  1  miie,  when  you  will  see,  nearly  ahead,  the  Bell  Buoy 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripos,  which  lies  on  the 
East  end  of  Tybee  Knoll  Spit;  Tybee  Main  Ligh* louse  bears  from 
this  Buoy  S  SE.  about  }^  mile;  leave  the  Bell  Buoy  about  150 
yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  W.  by  S.  %  S  ,  and 
anchor  when  the  water  shoals  to  3  fathoms ;  Tybee  Main  Light- 
house bears  from  this  anchorage  E.  by  S.,  distance  about  ^  mile. 
Small  or  light  draught  vessels  may  go  further  up  and  anchor  near 
the  Lighthouse  off  Cockspur  Island*  in  from  8  to  15  feet  water  at 
low  tide. 

Providing  there  is  no  error  in  the  compass,  vessels  of  not  more 
than  12  feet  draught,  at  night-time,  with  favorable  winds,  may  fol- 
low the  directions  before  given  for  Tybee  Roads,  until  the  Bell- 
Buoy  off  the  Outer  Bar  is  made ;  Tybee  Main  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Buoy  W.  by  N.  %  N.,  distance  3>4  miles ;  leave  the 
Bell  Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good 
the  course  NW.  by  W.  j4  W-  until  Cockspur  Island  Light  bears 
W.  by  S.  J^  S. ;  tlien  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  Tyboe  Main 
Light  bears  E.  by  S- ;  then  anchor  in  from  2i^  to  3  fathoms  water 
at  low  tide.  Small  or  light  draught  vessels  may  go  ftuthcr  up, 
carrying  from  8  to  10  feet  water  at  low  tide,  and  anchor  a))out  i'50 
yards  to  the  Southward  of  the  Light,  in  about  3  fathoms  water. 

By  the  Northern  Channel. 

With  Northwesterly  winds,  vessels  in  daytime,  of  not  more  than 
13  feet  draught,  may  enter  Tybee  Roads  by  the  following  direc- 
tions :  Bring  Tybee  Main  Lighthouse  to  bear  about  W.  by  S.,  and 


♦  Upon  a  KaoU  connected  with  the  Eastern  end  of  Cockspur  Island, 
near  the  entrance  of  Savannah  River,  is  a  Conical  Tower  paintetl  White, 
and  at  tliis  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Light  is  intended 
to  guide  vessels  into  the  channel  South  of  Cockspur  Island. 


,i 


™ 


412 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


run  for  it  on  this  ccnr"',  leaving  the  Outer  Buoj',  painted  in  Black 
and  White  Perpendicular  Su'pes,  close  to  on  either  hand;  when 
past  this  Buoy,  continue  the  course  W.  by  S-,  leaving  the  Red 
Buoy  on  the  North  Breaker  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand  ; 
when  over  the  Bar,  and  the  water  deepens  to  3j^  fathoms  at  low 
tide,  steer  West-Northerly  and  anchor  in  the  Roads  in  from  ?>^  to 
314  fathoms  water  at  low  tide.  If  intending  to  anchor  tt  the 
Northwest  of  Tybee  Lighthouse.,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  Tybee  Roads  4h.  11m.  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
common  tides  rise  about  7  feet. 


SAVANNAH  RIVER. 

From  Tybee  Main  Lighthouse  to  the  city  of  Savannah  the  dis- 
tance is  about  14  miles. 

Tybee  Knoll  Cut  Range  Beacons. 

Upon  the  Eastern  end  of  Long  Island,  in  Savannah  River,  are 
two  Beacons,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  show  two  fixed  White 
Lights.  The  Front  Light  is  on  a  White  DweHing ;  the  Rear  Light  is 
shown  from  a  White  Skeleton  Tower.  These  Lights  range  W.  ^ 
S.  and  E.  M  N.,  and  are  intended  to  lead  vessel?  through  the 
dredged  channel  from  Tybee  Roads  into  Savannah  River. 

Fig  Island  Range  Beacons. 

The  Front  Beacon  stands  near  the  South  side  of  Fig  Island,  in 
t'iC  Savannah  River,  near  the  city  of  Savannah  ;  the  Rear  Light  is 
shown  from  the  Cupola  of  the  Exchange  Building.  At  this  date 
(1882),  these  Lights  are  Red,  and,  when  in  range,  are  intended  to 
lead  through  the  "  Wrecks"  Channel. 

Remarks. 

From  Tybee  Roads  to  the  city  of  Savannah,  a  distance  of  about 
15  miles,  the  channel,  in  many  places,  is  very  narrow ;  but  at  this 
time  it  is  well  marked  with  Buoys.  Improvements  in  several 
places  have  been  made  by  dredging,  and  this  will  probably  be  con- 
tinued ;  no  depth  will,  therefore,  at  this  time  be  given. 


nted  in  Black 
•  hand ;  when 
(ring  the  lied 
irboard  hand  ; 
athoms  at  low 
n  from  ?>^  to 
mchor  tt  the 
i  before  given. 


is  at  Boston ; 


annah  the  dis- 


as. 

nah  River,  are 
)  fixed  White 
i  Rear  Light  is 
i  range  W.  ^ 
1?  through  the 
iver. 


Fig  Island,  in 

!  Rear  Light  is 

At  this  date 

ire  intended  to 


tance  of  about 
w ;  but  at  this 
Qts  in  several 
obablj'  be  con- 
in. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


413 


To   Vessels  in  Distress. 

At  this  date  (188-?),  cJavannali  affords  j-ood  facilities  to  vessels 
in  distress,  there  being  >  IJry  Dock  380  feet  long  by  75  feet  wide, 
wliicli  can  take  on  3  feet  blocking,  from  13  to  15  feet  depth  of 
Wiitcr ;  there  are  also  2  Marine  Kuilways,  one  capable  of  hauling 
VfsHils  of  1 ,200  tons,  the  other  300  tons,  with  everything  neces- 
sary for  repairs. 

Saiiing  Directions  for  Savannah  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds. 

Vessels  from  the  Northeastward  may  leave  Mai^n's  Industry 
Light  ship   close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  SW.  14  W.  11  miles,  which  will  b.iiig  them  up  with  the 
Whistling  Buoy  off  the  bar ;   then  on  the  lirst  of  the  flood,  with  a 
commanding  breeze,  get  the  Beacon  before  dese."ibed  in  range  of 
Tyhee  Main  Lighthouse,  bearing  about  W.  by  N.  y^  N.,  and  run 
for  tliem  in  range,  leaving  the  Whistling  Buoy  close  to  on  eitiier 
hand,  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  South  Breaker  on  the  Port,  and  the 
Bell  Buoy  painted  Red  off  the  Outer  Bar  on  the  Starboard   hand, 
carrying  about  17  feet  water  at  low  tide  ;  when  past  the  last-named 
Buoy,  haul  up   about  NW.  by  W.,  leaving  the  2  Black  Buoys  on 
Inner  Bav  and  Beacon  Point  Shoal  on  the  Port  hand  ;  continue  tbo 
course  NW.  by  W.,  until   the   Oyster   Bed   Lighthouse,*   which 
Btands  in  the  River,  bears  about  W.  ^  N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this 
coin-se ;  as  vou  sail  in,  tliere  will  be  seen  the  Bell  Buoy  painted  in 
Red  and  Black   Perpendicular  Stripes;  this  last-mentioned  Buoy 
bears  about  N-NW.  from  Tybee  Main  Lighthouse,  distance  J^  mile ; 
leave  the  Bell  Buoy  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoy  on  Ten  Foot 
Lump  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  W.  by  N.  }^  N., 
leaving  the  Red   Buoy  on  St.  Michael's  Shoal  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  Black  Buoy  at  the  entrance  of  Burden  Channel  on  the 
Port  hand  ;  when  the  Beacons  on  the  Eastern  part  of  Long  Island 
are  in  range,  bearing  W.  K  S.,  run   for  them  in  range,  leav- 
ing the  Inuer  Black  Buoy  in  Burden  Channel  on  the  Port,  and  the 
Red  Buoy  on  the  Upper  Oyster  Bed  Shoal  on  the  Starboard  hand  ; 
continue  to  run  on  the  range  until  about  200  yards  past  the  last- 


♦  Oyster  Bed  Lighthouse  Is  a  White  Pyramidal  Tower,  top  of  Lantern 
Black,  and  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light. 


f  H 

4 


tw 


4U 


ELDIUDGE'S  COAST   riL()T. 


named  Buoy,  then  steer  more  Northerly  through  the  nfirrow  chiin- 
nel,  carrying  from  -.V^  to  A^i  lathoms  water,  audlcaving  the  WMte 
Wooden  Frame  Beacron  and  Black  Buoy  on  the  Tort  hand,  and  the 
Oyster  Bed  Lighthoute  not  more  than  200  yards  on  the  Starlioaid 
hand  ;  when  past  the  last-named  Ligiithouse,  there  will  he  seen  on 
the   Port  a      'hlte  "W    >den  Beacon,  and  on  the  Starhoard  a  Red 
Buoy ;  leave  n  <  €«•  .      •  well  on  the  Port,  and  the  latter  ahout  150 
yards  on  the  .      ;:.  ,.i  .  "and,  and  run  about  W.  hy  S.  Vi  S-,  for 
the  White  Beac'M.   :  -*.  .  ,    u  the  Northern  Bank  of  Long  Island; 
leave  this  Beacon  aliout  Si/^     -rds  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoy 
about  the  same  distance  on  tLc  Starboard  hand,  and  run  along  the 
Northern  shore  of  Long  Island,  keeping  about  :$00  yards  from  it, 
until  abreast  the  White  Beacon  No.  2  ;  then  steer  about  NW.  yi 
N.  for  White  Beacon  No.  3,  on  the  Starboard  side  of  the  River ; 
leave  Beacon  No.  -T  about  100  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
run  along  the  Starboard  shore,  keeping  about  100  yards  from  it,  to 
White  Beacon  No.  4  ;  from  this  run  about  West  for  White  Beacon 
No.  5,  on  Port  side  ;  leave  Beacon   No.  5  about  100  yards  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  follow  the  Port  shore,  keeping  not  more  than  100 
yards  from  it,  to  White  Beacon  No.  G  ;  leave  Beacon  No.  6  about 
100  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  NW-  by  N-  J^  N., 
for  WHiite  Beacon  No.  7,  on  the  Starboard  side  of  River ;  leave 
Beacon    No.    7   about   100   yards  on   the   Starboard   hand,   and 
keep  close  to  the  Starboard  shore  for  about  ^  mile  ;  the  course  of 
the  River  is  then  more  Southerly  ;  leave  the  Black  Buoy  off  North- 
west  end  of  Elba  Island  a  short  distance  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red 
Buoy  off  Barnwell  Island  Flats,  and  White  Beacon  No.  8  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  passing  through  the  narrow  channel ;  when  past  Bea- 
con No.  8,  keep  the  Port  side  close  aboard,  until  past  Fort  Jack- 
son, which  is  on  the  Port  side ;  then  leave  the  Red  Buoys  and 
Li"hthouse  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  past  the  Lighthouse, 
which  is  on  the  Starboard  side  of  the  channel,  keep  the  Port  side 
best  aboard  to  the  city  of  Savannah.     These  directions  were  good 
for  1881. 

High  Water. 

It  is  hiah  water  at  Savannah  (Dry  Dock)  3h.  14m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  6J^  feet.  Strong  winds  from 
seaward  increase  the  tides. 


liii 


ELDRIDOES  COAST  PILOT. 


415 


narrow  chiin- 
ii-j;  tlu;  Wl'itt! 
mnd,  and  tlic 
lie  Starlioiiid 
11  be  si'on  on 
rboard  a  Red 
ter  about  150 
S.  y-z  S.,  for 
Long  Island  ; 
he  Red  Hiioy 
run  along  llie 
ards   from  it, 
•out  NW.  Vi 
3f  the  River ; 
ird  hand,  and 
ids  from  it,  to 
White  Beacon 
)  yards  on  the 
lore  than  100 
1  No.  6  about 
by  N.  ^  N., 
River ;  leave 
rd   hand,   and 
the  course  of 
uoy  off  North- 
t,  and  the  Red 
.  8  on  the  Star- 
hen  past  Bea- 
ast  Fort  Jack- 
ed Buoys  and 
he  Lighthouse, 
the  Port  side 
ons  were  good 


m.  before  it  is 
ng  winds  from 


OALIBOGUE  SOUND,  S.  O. 

The  entrance  to  this  Sound,  which  is  between  tlu^  Southwest  end 
of  Hilton  Head  Island  and  Daufnskio  Island,  is  about  1  >^  miles 
wide,  aad  lies  N.  Yx  E.  5}^  miles  from  Tybee  Main  Lighthouse. 

Daufuskie  Range  Beacons. 

On  the  Northeast  Point  of  Daufuskie  Island,  West  side  of  Cali- 
boguc  Sound,  about  Xy-i  miles  above  the  entrance,  arc  two  Beacons, 
which  at  this  date  (1882),  show  two  fixed  White  Lights  ;  llie  Front 
Light  is  shown  from  a  Red  Lantern  with  White  Tower,  the  Rear 
Lijiht  is  shown  from  a  Red  Lantern  on  a  White  DwelFing  ;  these 
two  Lights  in  range,  bearing  about  N.  ^  W.,  are  intended  to 
guide  vessels  from  Tybee  Roads  into  Calibogue  Sound. 

Itcmarks. 

At  this  date  (1881),  in  entering  Calibogue  Sound,  there  is  abort 
9  feet  water  upon  the  bar  at  low  tide  ;  this  depth  lies  N.  by  E-  ' 
E.,  lYx  miles  from  Tybee  Main  Lighthouse. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Calibogue  Sound  in   Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Tybee  Roads,  then  at 
about  J^  ilood  leave  tlie  Black  Buoy  on  the  end  of  the  Spit,  which 
bears  NE.  by  N-  j4  N-,  1^  niiles  from  Tybee  Main  Lighthouse, 
on  the  Port,  and  steer  about  N.  >4  E.,  leaving  the  Red  Bar  Buoy 
a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand,  carrying  at  J^  flood  about 
12  feet  water  across  the  bar.;  when  past  tiiis  last-named  Buoy, 
bring  the  Lighthouses  on  the  Ijfortheasteru  part  of  Daufuskie  Island 
in  range,  and  run  for  them  xa.  range,  bearing  about  N.  ^  W. ; 
when  about  a  mile  from  the  Front  Lighthouse,  then  haul  up  about 
N-  by  E.,  keeping  about  in  the  middle  of  the  Sound,  and  anchor 
abreast  the  Lighthouse  in  from  4  to  8  fathoms,  g»od  holding 
ground. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Calibogue  Sound  at  Night, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught,  may  at  about  J^  flood 
bring  the  Beacon  Light  in  range  with  Tybee  INIain  Lighthouse,  and 
run  for  them  in  range,  bearing  about  W.  by  N.  J4  N.,  leaving  the 


■I 


ii 


Wilt 


41G 


EI  DIIIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


^1 


Whistling  lUioy  close  to  on  either  hand  ;  when  pnst  the  J\c\\  Buoy 
on  the  OiiliT  IJar  (wliicli  is  Icl'L  on  tlio  Slarhoanl  hand),  niiiliu  good 
tho  course  NW.  }i  W.,  until  the  lieucon  Liglitu  bcloie  dcseribi'd 
for  entering  Caliboguc  Soiuid  are  in  range,  tlien  run  for  ilieni  in 
range,  bearing  about  N.  ^4  W-,  carrying  not  less  t'nin  12  feet 
water  across  the  bar;  when  ul)out  a  niih!  fioni  Iht- I'roul  ],i.riit, 
haul  up  about  N.  by  E.,  and  anchor  abreast  the  Lights  in  tho  mid- 
dle of  the  Sound  in  from  4  to  8  fathoms  water. 

Jliffh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  Calibogue  Sound  Ih.  ."iui. 
before  it  is  at  Hoston ;  common  tides  rise  about  7  feel.  Si:ong 
winds  from  seaward  increase  the  tides. 


i  i  t; 


V !  (i 


«M| 


s 


i'  I 

1 1'' 

it  :l 


;  ¥ 


WASSAW  SOUND,  GA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Sound,  which  is  between  the  Sonlhwostern 
end  of  Tybee  Island  and  the  No.ihcast  end  of  Wassaw  Island,  is 
about  2  miles  wide,  and  lies  Southwesterly  about  20  miles  from 
Martin's  Industry  Light-ship,  and  about  9j4  niiles  Southwesterly 
from  the  Whistliug  Buoy  off  entrance  to  Tybee  Roads,  Vessels 
from  the  Northeastward,  bound  to  Wassaw  Sound,  can  run  direct 
from  Martin's  Industry  Light-ship  to  the  Sea  liuoy  olf  this  Sound. 

Meniarks, 

The  entrance  to  Wassaw  Sound  is  across  a  Sand  Bar,  which  is 
liable  to  vary  in  depth  with  every  gale  from  seaward.  Buoys  are 
used  to  show  the  deepest  water  leading  in  ;  these  are  changed  with 
the  shifting  of  the  channel.  At  this  date  (18K]),  there  are  about 
11  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  in  the  channel  across  this  Bar. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Wassaw  Sound  in  Daytime, 
with  favorabJe  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northeastward  may  leave  Martin's  Industry 
liight-ship  close  to  oa  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  SW.  J-j  W.  11  miles,  which  will  bring  them  up  with  the 
Whistling  Buoy  (with  the  letter  T.  upon  it)  off  Tybee  Roads ; 
leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  either  baud,  and  steer  SW.  8^  miles 


ho  Bell  Buoy 
1),  uiiiko  j!;()0(l 

111  for  ilicm  ill 
til  11 II  12  feet 

^  I'ront  Lijrlit, 
its  ill  tlic  miel- 


oiiii'l    III.   .')in. 
leot.      ISUoii;' 


Sonlliwcstcrn 
?a\v  Isluiul,  ia 
0  milea  from 
Soiilliwosterly 
ads.  Vessels 
an  run  direct 
X  tliis  Sound. 


Bar,  which  is 
I.     Buoys  arc 

changed  with 
lore  arc  about 
Uar. 

1  Daytime, 
ither. 

tin's  Industry 
ake  good  the 
n  up  with  the 
:^ybcc  Roads ; 
W.  8^  miles 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


4r 


to  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  of  "Wnssnw  Sound  ;  tliis  Inst  Buoy  is  painted 
in  Bhick  and  Wliito  Perpendicular  Stripes,  and  has  the  letter  \V. 
upon  it;  when  the  Sea  Buoy  is  made,  wait,  if  poasiijle,  until  about 
]'>  flood;  then,  with  a  comnianding  breeze,  Ining  this  Buoy  lo  licar 
W.  by  N.  ji  N.,  and  run  lor  it,  leaving  it  dose  to  on  either  li.'ind. 
and  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  South  Breaker  on  tho  Port,  and  run  for 
the  Red  Buoy  off  the  North  Breaker,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard 
hand  ;  tlien,  about  W-  14  N.,  carrying  from  4  to  G  fathoms  water, 
and  leaving  Wassaw  Point  about  300  yards  on  tlu;  Port  ;  when 
abreast  this  Point,  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Southeast 
end  of  Cabbage  Spit ;  leave  this  last  Buoy  about  200  yards  on  Hie 
Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  tho  course  W.  J  2  N.  nbout  14 
mile,  then  anchor  in  from  4^^  to  6  fathoms  water.  These  direc- 
tions were  good  for  1881. 

Jliffh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Wassaw  Sound  4ii.  .'im.  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  C^  feet.  Strong  winds  from  seaward 
increase  the  tides. 


OSSABAW  SOUND,  GA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Sound,  which  is  lietwecn  Wassaw  Island  on 

the  Northeast  and  Ossabaw  Island  on  the  Southwest,  is  about.  ;>}{• 

.  miles  wide,  and  lies  Southwesterly  27  miles  from  Martin's  Industry 

Light-ship,  and  Southwesterly  about  17  miles  from  the  Whistliiig 

Buoy  which  lies  off  the  entrance  to  Tybeo  Roads. 

Memarka. 

The  entrance  to  Ossabaw  Sound  is  across  Sand  Bars,  which  are 
liable  to  vary  in  depth  with  every  gale  from  seaward.  Buoys  are 
used  to  show  the  deepest  water  leading  in  ;  these  are  changed  with 
the  shifting  of  the  channel.  At  this  time  there  are  two  channels, 
called  North  and  South  Channels,  both  of  which  are  buoyed.  At 
this  date  (1881),  tliere  are  7  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  in  the  North- 
ern Channel  across  the  Bar,  and  18  feet  by  the  Southc  rn  Clianiiel, 
until  up  with  the  Turning  Buoy;  then  there  are  about  12  foct,  at 
low  tide,  to  the  month  (-f  the  Ogoochee  River.  Vernon  and  Ogoe- 
chee  Rivers  both  empty  into  Ossabaw  Sound. 


(11 


la 


1  T<t 


i  ri 


•  if 


:i 


418 


ELDRIDGKS  COAST  TILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Ossabaw  Sound  in  Dasrtime, 
witti  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

By  the  South  Channel, 

VcsscIh  from  the  Noitliciistward,  bound  to  Ossabaw  Sound,  mny 
leave  the  Whistlinjj;  Hiioy  (wliich  has  tlic  letter  T.  upon  it,  off  en- 
trance  to  Ty^'cc  Koads)  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  nialic  good 
the  course  SW-  Yi  S.  I'J  miles,  whidi  will  bring  them  up  with  the 
OutiT  or  Sen  Huoy  off  the  entrance  to  ()ssal)aw  Sound  ;  tliis  Buoy 
is  i)iiintcd  in  niaclc  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  and  has  the 
letter  O.  upon  it ;  when  this  Huoy  is  made,  wait  until  about  Yi 
flood ;  then,  with  a  commanding  breeze,  bring  it  to  bear  NW.  % 
Nm  aii<l  i"'>  >"'  leaving  it  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  the  Red 
Buoy  off  the  North  Breaker  on  the  Starboard  hand  j  wiien  past  the 
last-named  Huoy,  haul  up  about  North,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off 
the  South  Breaker  on  the  Port  hand  ;  IVoui  this  steer  about  NW. 
for  the  Turning  Buoy,  wliich  is  at  this  time  Black  No.  3,  leaving  it 
close  to  on  eitlier  hand.  If  bound  to  Ogeecheo  Uiver,  run  about 
W.  Yi,  S.  about  a  mile  from  the  Turning  Buoy,  carrying  about  13 
feet  water  at  low  tide  ;  then  NW-  by  W.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy 
off  Raccoon  Spit  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  contimie  the 
course  NW.  by  W-  about  2  miles,  where  tlu^rc  is  aiu'horago 
abreast  Raccoon  Key,  in  from  4  to  6  Tfithoms  water.  If  bound 
into  Vernon  River,  when  abreast  the  Turning  Huoy  (wliich  is  Black 
No.  3),  steer  about  N.  ^  W-,  carrying  about  11  feet  water  to 
Anchorage  Huoy,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  ; 
when  up  with  this  last-named  Huoy,  steer  about  NW.,  carrying 
deep  water  to  Pine  Point,  which  is  the  first  on  the  Starboard  hand  ; 
when  past  this  Point,  keep  about  200  yards  from  the  Starboard 
shore,  until  the  Northeast  Point  of  Raccoon  Island  bears  SW-  ; 
then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  close  to  the  Island,  and 
anchor  about  Y^  ""^^^  »'*o^<^  *'*°  last-named  Point,  in  about  7 
fathoms  water.    These  directions  were  good  for  1881. 

By  the  North  Channel. 

With  Northeasterly  winds,  light  draught  vessels  bound  into 
Vernon  River,  may,  after  making  the  Black  Bar  Buoy  (which  lies 
AYi  mil(!S  to  the  Northward  of  entrance  to  the  South  Channel), 
bring  it  to  bear  NW-  by  W-  >2  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


410 


Daytimej 
thor. 


?  Sound,  may 
ton  it,  off  en- 
1(1  ijmUc  good 
1  up  witli  tho 
il ;  tliirt  Buoy 
I,  and  haa  tlio 
iitil  iil)out  Is 
icar  NW.  H 
,  and  lln'  Kcd 
nlicn  past  tlio 
Hack  Buoy  off 
about  NW. 
.  3,  leaving  it 
er,  run  about 
png  about  13 
llie  llt'd  Buoy 
contiiuio  tlio 
ia  aiu'liorago 
!r.  ir  bound 
liicli  is  Black 
feet  water  to 
cular  Stripes ; 
Wm  carrying 
irboard  hand ; 
the  Starboard 
bears  SW- ; 
ic  Island,  and 
i,  in  about  7 


9  bound  into 
oy  (which  lies 
uth  Channel) , 
jn  this  course, 


leaving  it  on  the  Port,  and  tho  Red  Buoy  olF  the  N'orlii  Breaker  on 
the  Slarltoard  hsiud  :  when  past  the  la  i-uhmumI  Buoy  the  oourHo  in 
about  NW.  by  N..  iiaving  the  Inner  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and 
White  IVrpendieuhir  Stripes  close  to  on  either  hanil,  and  tho  n^jxt, 
painted  in  Black  and  White  IVrpendiciilar  Stripes  (which  is  called 
tho  Anchorage  Buoy)  cIohc  to  on  either  hand  ;  when  past  this  last 
Buoy,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  tho  South  Cbunuel. 
Thoac  directions  were  good  for  1M81. 

Jflffh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Ossabaw  Sound  -th.  llni.  befon-  it  is  at 
Boston ;  eonnnon  tides  rise  about  Gyi  feet.  Strong  winds  from 
seaward  increase  tlie  tides. 


ST.  CATHERINE'S  SOUND,  GA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Sound,  which  is  between  the  Southwest 

Point  of  Ossabaw  Island  and  Northeast  end  of  St.  Catherine's 

Island,  ia  ai)out  I'j   miles  wide,  and  lies  Southwesterly  about  "ic'l 

miles  from  the  Wiiistling  Buoy  otf  the  entrance  to  T\  bee  Uo:uls, 

and  Southwesterly  alK)Ut  4^:1    miles   from  tlio  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy, 

which   lies  off  tho   entrance  of  tlie   South  Channel  leailiiig  into 

Ossabaw  Sound. 

He  marks. 

The  entrance  to  St.  Catherine's  Sound  is  across  a  Sand  Bar, 
which  is  liable  to  change  in  depth  with  every  gale  from  seaward. 
Buoys  are  used  to  Hhr)w  tho  deepest  water  leading  in  ;  these  are 
changed  with  tho  shifting  of  the  channel.  At  this  date  (1881)^ 
there  arc  about  10  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  hi  tho  channel  across  tho 
Bar.  There  are  three  Rivers  which  empty  into  St.  Catherine's 
Sound ;  the  Northern  is  called  Bear  River,  tho  Middb  Medway 
River,  and  tho  Southern,  North  Newport  River. 

Sailing  Direc*  ions  for  St.  Catherine's  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northeastward,  bound  to  St.  Catherine's  Sound, 
may  leave  the  Whisuing  Buoy  off  Tybee  Roads  (which  has  tho 
lei  tor  T.  upon  it)  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good 
tho  course  SW-  14  8-  19  miles,  which  will  bring  them  up  with  tho 


,-i 


m^y 


il 


420 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  (with  the  letter  O.  upon  it)  wliich  lies  off  tlie 
entrance  to  Ossabaw  Sound ;  leave  the  last-named  Buoy  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  SW.  by  S.  about  4  miles ;  then, 
at  about  y,  ilood,  bring  the  Northern  part  of  St.  Catherine's 
Island  to  bear  W.  by  N  ,  and  run  for  it,  keeping  a  shari^  lookout 
for  the  entrance  Buoy  (Black)  ;  when  tliis  is  made,  leave  it  close 
to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  about  WNW-  for  the  Middle  Buoy 
(Black) ,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  past  tliis  last  Buoy, 
the  course  is  about  West  to  the  Inner  or  Turnnig  Buoy,  which  is 
Black  No.  5  ;  leave  this  last  Buoy  on  the  Port  hand,  and,  if  bound 
up  Bear  River,  make  good  tiie  course  W-NW.,  carrying  from  4  to 
6  fathoms  water,  and  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Mcdway  Spit  on 
the  Port  and  the  Southwest  Point  of  Ossabaw  Island,  which  is  the 
first  on  the  Starboard,  not  more  than  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  anchor  about  a  mile  above  the  last-named  Point,  in 
about  '^}4  fathoms  water.  If  bound  up  Mcdway  or  North  New- 
port Kivers,  when  up  with  the  Turning  Buoy,  wliich  is  Black  No. 
6,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  ai.d  run  SW-  about  300 
yards,  crossing  tlie  Middle  Ground  in  about  12  feet  water  at  low 
tide ;  when  over  this  Shoal,  and  the  water  deepens  to  0  f  ilhonis, 
haul  in  about  W-  by  S-,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  West  end 
of  Middle  Ground  well  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  ab.ut 
Yz  mile  SSW.  from  the  last-named  Buoy,  near  the  Northeast  end 
of  St.  Catherine's  Island,  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water.  If  bound 
up  Mcdway  or  North  Newport  Rivers,  a  pilot  is  necessary  at  this 
anchorage.    These  directions  were  good  for  1881. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  St.  Catherine's  Sound  .^h.  53m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  7 1^  feet.  Strong  winds  from 
seaward  increase  the  tides.  * 


SAPELO  SOUND,  GA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Sound,  which  is  between  St.  Cntherine's 
Island  on  the  Northeast  and  Sapelo  Island  on  the  Southwest,  is 
about  1  mile  wide,  and  lies  Southwesterly  about  32  miles  from  the 
Whistling  Buoy  off  the  entrance  to  Tybee  Roads,  and  about  dj4 
miles  Southwesterly  from  the  entrauce  to  St.  Catherine's  Sound. 


h  lies  off  the 

Buoy  close  to 

miles ;  tlien, 

t.  Catheriue's 

shari^  lookout 

leave  it  close 

Middle  Buoy 

his  last  Buoy, 

uoy,  which  is 

and,  if  bound 

(iug  from  4  to 

xlway  Spit  on 

I,  which  is  the 

the  Starboard 

ucd  Point,  in 

•  North  New- 

is  Black  No. 

W-  about  300 

t  Wiiti'r  at  low 

to  (i  fathoms, 

the  "West  end 

I  anchor  ab.ut 

Northeast  end 

;er.     If  bound 

cessary  at  this 


before  it  is  at 
ig  winds  from 


it.  Cfitherine's 
I  Southwest,  is 
miles  from  the 
md  about  9^ 
ne's  Sound. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


421 


lieinarlt's. 

The  entrance  to  Sap?lo  Sound  is  across  a  Sand  Bar,  which  is 
liable  to  change  in  depth  witli  every  gale  fiom  seaward.  Buoys 
are  used  to  sliow  the  deepest  water  leading  in  ;  these  are  changed 
with  the  shifting  oi"  the  channel.  At  this  date  (1881),  tiiere  are 
about  18  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  in  the  channel  across  the  Bar. 
There  are  several  Kivers  which  eniptj'  into  Sapelo  Sound  ;  the  two 
most  navigable  are  South  Nevvport  and  Sapelo  Rivers. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Sapelo  Sound  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northeastward,  bound  to  Sapelo  Sound,  may 
leave  the  Whistling  Buoy  (which  has  the  letter  T.  upon  it)  off  en- 
trance to  Tybee  Roads  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make 
good  the  course  SW.  by  S.  ^  S.  32  miles,  which  will  bring  tliem 
up  with  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Per- 
pendicular Stripes  (with  the  letter  S.  upon  it),  which  liei  off  the 
entrance  to  Sapelo  Sound  ;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  then,  at  about 
14  flood,  bring  it  to  bear  about  W.  j4  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  leaving  it  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  run  for  tiie  Entrance 
Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  leaving  it 
close  to  on  either  hand,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Breaker  Shoal  on 
the  Poi  L  hand  ;  when  past  the  last-named  Buoy  the  course  is  about 
W.  34  S.,  leaving  the  Channel  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White 
Perpendicular  Stripes  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past 
this  last  Buoy,  steer  about  W-  }4  S.,  leaviuL'  the  Southwest  Point 
of  St.  Catherine's  Island  about  yj  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  If 
bound  to  Sapelo  River,  continue  the  course  W.  >3  S.,  leaving  the 
Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Cedar  Ham- 
mock Spit,  well  on  the  Starboanl  hand.  As  you  enter  the  Sound, 
there  will  be  seen  on  the  Port  the  Black  Buov  off  High  Point, 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Strij^es  off  Dog 
Hammock  Spit,  the  Black  Buoy  off  Dog  Hammock  Flats,  and 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off  Four 
Mile  Spit;  the  three  first  mentioned  are  left  on  the  Port,  the  last, 
which  lies  at  the  entrance  of  Sapelo  River,  on  the  Starboaid  hand  ; 
when  abreast  the  Buoy  at  the  entrance  of  the  River,  anchor  about 
150  yards  from  it,  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water.  If  bound  to  any 
of  the  rivers  which  empty  into  Sapelo  Sound,  a  pUot  is  necessary 
at  this  anchorage. 


I 


Hi 


i    ]' 


mm 


422 


ELDKIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


■il 


Vessels  bound  to  Ssipclo  Sound  should  not  approach  the  Bar  in 
less  than  5  fathoms  water,  until  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  bears  W. 
ji  N.     These  directions  were  good  for  1881. 

High  Water 

It  is  high  water  in  Sapelo  Sound  4h.  2  m.  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ,  common  tides  rise  about  7  feet.  Strong  winds  from  seaward 
increase  the  tides. 


DOBOY  SOUND,  GA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Sound,  wLifh  is  between  Sapelo  Island  on 
the  Northeast  and  Wolf  Island  on  the  Southwest,  is  a  little  more 
than  a  mile  wide,  and  lies  Southwesterly  5G  miles  from  Martin's 
Industry  Light-ship,  and  Southwesterly  about  11  miles  from  the 
entraiice  to  Sapelo  Sound. 

Sapelo  Main  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southwest  end  of  Sapelo  Island,  Northeast  side  of  the 
entrance  to  Doboy  Sound,  is  a  Lighthouse,  the  Tower  of  which  at 
this  time  is  painted  iu  alternate  Red  and  White  Horizontal  Belts. 
At  this  date  (1882),  this  Lightiiouse  shows  a  fixed  White  Light, 
which  Flashes  every  45  seconds. 

Beacon  Range  Light. 

In  front  of  Sapelo  Main  Lighthouse  is  a  Frame  Tower  20  feet 
high.     This  Tower,  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Wolf  Island  Range  Beacons. 

Near  the  Northeast  end  of  Wolf  Island,  Southwestern  side  of 
entrance  to  Doboy  Sound,  are  two  Beacons.  The  Frout  Light  is 
shown  from  the  top  of  a  White  Dwelling,  the  Rear  Light  is  shown 
from  a  Brown  open-framework  structure  ;  both  these  Beacons,  at 
this  date  (1882),  show  fixed  White  Lights.  These  two  Lights 
range  with  the  Outer  or  Soa  Buoy  at  the  Southern  entrance 

Meniarks. 

The  entrance  to  Doboy  Sound  is  across  Sand  Bars,  which  are 
liable  to  vary  in  depth  with  every  gale  from  seaward.     Buoys  are 


ch  the  Bar  in 
loy  bears  W. 


it  is  at  Bos- 
from  seaward 


elo  Island  on 
a  little  more 
Tom  Martin's 
les  from  tlie 


st  side  of  the 
r  of  which  at 
izoiital  Belts. 
White  Light, 


rower  20  feet 
White  Light. 


isteru  side  of 
•out  Light  is 
ight  is  shown 
e  Beacons,  at 
B  two  Lights 
,iance 


irs,  which  are 
.     Buoys  are 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


423 


lis  'd  in  dixytime  to  show  the  deepest  water  loading  in  ;  these  are 
c'liaiigcd  with  the  shifting  of  the  channel.  At  this  date  (1882), 
Range  Liglits  arc  used  at  night,  at  the  iSoiithern  or  Main  Channel, 
to  sliow  the  best  water  across  tlie  Bar.  At  this  time  there  are  about 
13  feet  water  in  the  Southern  or  Main  Channel  across  the  Bar  at 
low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Doboy  Sound  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

When  in  about  7  fathoms  water,  get  the  Wolf  Island  Beacons  in 
range,  bearing  about  W.  by  N.,  then  at  about  ^  flood,  run  in, 
leaving  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Per- 
pendicular Stripes,  with  the  letter  D.  upon  it,  close  to  on  either 
hand ;  continue  the  course  W.  by  N.,  leaving  the  Outer  Bar  Buoy, 
painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  close  to  on  either 
hand,  and  the  Red  Buoys  which  lie  between  the  North  and  South 
Breakers  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  up  with  the  North 
Breaker  Buoy,  whvAi  is  Red  No.  2>/^ ,  Sapclo  Beacon  (before  de- 
scribed) will  range  with  the  Main  Lighthouse  ;  then  haul  up  about 
NW.  yi  W.,  and  run  for  them  in  range,  leaving  the  Middle  and 
Turning  Buoys  (both  of  which  are  Black)  ci  the  Port  hand  ;  when 
past  the  last-named  Buoy,  steer  about  W.NW.-  carrying  deep 
water,  and  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Chimney  Spit  on  the  Star- 
board hand  ;  continue  the  course  W-NW.  until  Sapelo  Main  Light- 
house bears  North,  th<^n  steer  about  NW.  until  it  bears  ]*!.NE., 
then  anchor  in  from  o}4  to  i}4  fathoms  water. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Doboy  Sound  at  Night-time. 

"^''essels  of  not  more  than  11  feet  draught  may,  in  cases  of 
^njergency,  enter  Dobo}-  Sound  at  niglit  b}'  the  following  direc- 
tions :  Wait,  if  possible,  until  about  5^  flood,  then  bring  the 
Beacons  on  Wolf  Island  (before  described)  in  range,  bearing 
about  W.  by  N-,  and  run  for  tliem  in  range  until  Sapelo  Beacon 
Is  in  range  of  the  Main  Lighthouse  ;  then  run  for  these  last-named 
Lights  in  range,  bearing  about  NW-  ^2  W.,  until  over  the  Bar,  or 
the  water  deepens  to  about  5  fathoms  ;  then  steer  about  W-NW. 
until  the  M.ain  Lighthouse  bears  North  ;  then  haul  up  NW.,  and 
anchor  when  it  bears  E-NE-  in  from  3}^  to  4J^  fathoms  water. 
Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  Doboy  Sound  at  night, 
except  in  cases  of  necessity. 


424 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  1'li.OT 


High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  Doboy  Sound  4  hours  before  it  is  at  Boston  ; 
common  tides  rise  about  l],^  feet.  Slrong  winds  from  seuwurd 
increase  the  tides. 


ALTAMAHA  SOUND,   GA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Sound  is  about  3J4l  miles  Southwesterly 
from  the  Sea  Buoy  off  the  entrance  to  Doboy  Sound  ,  at  tliis_  date 
(1881),  about  10  feet  water  can  be  taken  across  the  Bar  at  low 
tide,  and  from  this  about  14  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  can  be  carried 
throuah  a  narrow  channel  inside  of  Ejrg  Island,  which  is  a  little 
more  than  5  miles  from  the  Outer  Bar  at  the  entrance  ;  at  this  time 
there  are  no  Buoys  to  mark  the  channel  leadinp;  in  ;  no  practical 
sailinp;  directions  can  therefore  be  given  for  this  Sjund.  Vessels 
bound  in  should  take  pilots  off  the  Bar. 


,  ST.  SIMON'S  SOUND,  GA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Sound,  which  is  between  St.  Simon'.s  Island 

on  the  Northeast  and  Jekyl  Island  on  the  Southwest,  is  about  -.. 

mile  wide,  and  lies  72  miles  Southwest<-ly  from  Martin's  Ii.du.-try 

Light-^hip,  Southwesterly  17  miles   ;\):a  ^he  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  off 

the  entrance  to  Doboy  Sound,  and  Ts^r*'.;.    !*■;  My  9    miles   from 

LittK'  Cumberland  Island  Lig)'<'iousc,  S'.hiU:  side    /"  St.  Andrew's 

Soimd. 

St.  Simon's  Lighthouse. 

I'pon  the  Southwest  end  of  St.  Simon's  Island,  Nortlieast  side 
of  entrance  to  St.  Simon's  Sound,  is  a  Lighthouse,  the  Tower  of 
which  at  this  date  (1882),  is  painted  White,  with  Black  Lantern. 
At  this  time  this  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  varied  by 
Flashes  alternately  Red  and  White,  at  intervals  of  one  minute. 

Meniarks. 

The  entrance  to  St.  Simon's  Sound  is  across  a  Sand  Bar,  whicli 
:s  liable  to  change  in  depth  with  every  gale  from  seaward  ;  Buoys 
Me  used  to  show  the  deepest  water  leading  in  ;  these  are  changed 


mi 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


425 


with  the  shifting  of  tlic  channel ;  at  this  date  (1881),  there  is  about 
1 5  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  in  the  channel  across  the  bar.  From 
the  Sea  Buoy  at  the  entrance  to  Brunswick,  the  distance  is  about 
14  railcLi 

Sailing  Directions  for  St.  Simon's  Sound  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

When  in  7  fathoms  water,  bring  St.  Simon's  Lighthouse  (before 
descrilied)  to  bear  NW.  by  W.  ^  W.,  and  run  for  it  ou  tliis 
course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Sea  Buoy  painted  in  Black 
and  White  I'erpendicular  Stripes,  with  letters  St.  S.  upon  it ;  when 
tliib  Buoy  is  made,  wait,  if  possililc,  mitil  about  ys  flood,  then  run 
in,  leaving  tlie  Sea  Buoy  close  to  on  either  Land,  the  Black  Buoy 
off  the  South  Breaker  on  the  Port ;  when  past  the  last-named  Buoy 
steer  more  Northerly,  leaving  the  Wreck  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  Stripes  about  %  mile  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red 
Buoy  off  the  Outer  North  Breaker  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  from 
this  last  Buoy  steer  more  Westerly,  leaving  tlio  two  Red  Buoys  off 
the  Middle  North  Breaker  and  Inner  Nortli  Breaker  both  on  the 
Starboard,  and  Black  Buoy  off  the  Inner  South  Breaker  on  the 
Port  hand ;  when  past  the  last-named  Buoy,  the  course  is  about 
W.NW-,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  nearly  opposite  the  Lightlionse 
on  the  Port  hand :  from  this  Buoy  steer  about  W.  by  N.,  and 
anchor  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  E.  by  N.,  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms 
water.  Vessels  bound  to  Brunswick  may,  when  past  the  Blaf  k 
Buoy  which  lies  nearly  opposite  the  Light,  run  W-  Iw  N.,  until 
this  Light  bears  NE.  by  E.  j4  E.,  then  make  good  the  course 
SW.  by  W.  V2  W- ;  as  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  the  Rod  Buoy 
off  Brunswick  Flats  ;  when  this  Buoy  bears  SW.  >{•  S.  run  for  it 
on  this  course,  carrj'ing  from  6  to  9  fatlioms  water  through  the 
narrow  channel,  and  leaving  .Tok}-!  Point  close  to  on  the  Port,  nnd 
the  last-named  Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when 
about  yi  mile  past  this  Buoy,  haul  gradually  to  the  Westward, 
carrying  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water ;  when  abrea;  t  Brunswick 
Point,  which  is  the  first  on  the  Starboard  hand,  keep  tl^e  Starboard 
side  best  aboard  ;  as  you  sail  up,  yon  w^ll  see  the  Buoj*  painted  in 
Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off  the  Eastern  end  of  Buz- 
zard's Island  Flats ;  leave  this  Buoy  about  300  yards  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  keep  not  more  than  250  yards  from  the  Starbourd 
shore  to  Brunswick. 


'^ 


II    i 


426 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  St.  Simon's  Sound  3h.  46m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  7  feet, 
ward  increase  the  tides. 


Strong  winds  from  eea- 


■  i^!? 


t 


iilii 


ST.  ANDREW'S 'SOUND,  GA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Sound,  which  is  between  Jekyl  Island  on 
the  North  and  Little  Cumberland  Island  on  tiic  South,  is  about 
2y2  miles  wide,  and  lies  about  79  miles  Southwesterly  from  Mar- 
tin's Industry  Light-ship,  and  8  miles  South  from  the  entrance  to 
St,  Simon's  Sound. 

Little  Cumberland  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  North  end  of  Little  Cumberland  Island,  South  side  of 
entrance  to  St.  Andrew's  Sound  and  Saltilla  River,  is  a  Lighthouse, 
the  Tower  of  which  at  this  date  (1882),  is  painted  White,  and 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Heinarks, 

The  entrance  to  St.  Andrew's  Sound  is  across  a  Sand  Bar,  which 
is  liable  to  change  in  depth  with  every  gak  from  seaward  ;  Kuoys 
are  used  to  show  the  deepest  water  leading  in ;  these  are  changed 
with  the  shifting  of  the  chauncl.  At  this  date  (ISSl),  there  is 
about  15  foet  watc-v .  \t  low  tide,  in  the  ciiannel  across  the  bar. 

From  the  O'ltei  or  Sea  Buoy,  witli  the  letters  St.  A.  upon  it.  to 
the  Lighthouse  on  Little  Cumberland  Island,  the  distance  is  7^ 
miles. 

Sailing  "Directions  for  St.  Andrew's  Sound  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Bring  the  Lighthouse  on  the  North  end  of  Little  Cumberland 
Is'and  to  bear  W-NW.,  and  run  i'or  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  which  lies  off  the  entrance 
to  St.  Andr'iw's  Sound ;  this  Buoy  is  painted  in  Black  and  White 
Perpendicular  Stripes,  with  the  letters  St.  A.  upon  it ;  when  this 
Buoy  18  made,  then  at  abont  Yi  flood  run  in,  leivina:  it  close  to  ou 
either  hand,  and  run  about  W-  J4  N.,  leaving  the  Outer  Bar  Buoy, 


c  it  is  at 
from  eea- 


Island  on 


I,  is  about 
from  Mar- 
Qtrance  to 


Q. 

th  side  of 

ightbouse, 

Vhite,  and 


Bar,  which 
rd ;  Biioj-8 
e  changed 
) ,  there  is 
a  bar. 

upon  it.  to 
luco  is  7^ 


in  Day- 
ather. 

Cumberland 
,  keeping  a 
le  entrance 
and  White 
when  this 
jlose  to  ou 
r  Bar  Buoy, 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


421 


painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  close  to  on  tlie 
Starboard  liiind  ;  wi\en  past  tlie  last-named  Buoj-,  run  NW.  y^  W., 
leaving  tlie  Red  Buoy  off  the  North  Breaiter  and  Mid-channel  Buoy 
jiainted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  botli  close  to 
on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Black  Buoy  wliich  lies  about  1  }4  miles 
Northeast  from  the  Liglithouse  on  tlie  Port  hand  ;  when  past  tbe 
last-named  Buoy,  steer  about  W.  by  N.,  leaving  the  Buoy  painted 
in  Red  and  Biuck  Iloriaontal  Stripes,  off  East  Point  of  Horseshoe 
Shoal,  well  on  tlie  Starboard  hand  ;  when  the  Liglitliouse  bears  SE. 
by  S.  J2  S.,  tlic  entrance  to  the  Cumberland  River  will  then  be 
open,  and  you  may  then  run  in  about  S-SW-,  until  tlie  Lighthouse 
bears  E.SE.,  then  keep  not  more  thaii,2oO  yards  from  the  Port 
side,  and  anchor,  when  the  Liglithouse  bears  NE.,  about  800  yards 
from  the  Port  shore,  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water.  If  bound  to 
Saltilla  River,  a  pilot  is  necessary  at  this  anchorage  ;  these  direc- 
tions were  good  for  1881. 

Hiffh  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  St.  Andrew's  Sound  .^h.  48in.  befoie  it  is  at 
Boston;  common  tides  rise  about  6%  feet.  Strong  winds  frci. 
seaward  increase  the  tides. 


CUMBERLAND  SOUND,  FLA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Sound,  which  is  between  Cumberland 
Island  on  the  North  and  Amelia  Island  on  the  South,  is  about  1 
mile  wide,  and  lies  about  94  miles  Southwesterly  from  Jlartin's  In- 
dustry Light-ship,  and  nearly  South  1 7>4  miles  from  St.  Andrew's 
Sound. 

Amelia  Island  Main  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northern  part  of  Amelia  Island,  Soutli  side  of  entrance 
to  St.  Mary's  River  and  Fernandina,  is  a  Lighthouse,  the  Tower 
of  which  at  this  date  (1882),  is  painttid  White,  and  shows  a  fixed 
White  Light,  which  Flashes  every  90  seconds. 

Amelia  Island  Range  Beacons. 

Upon  the  North  end  of  Amelia  Island,  South  side  of  entrance 
to  Cumberland  Sound,  are  two  Beacons,  which  at  this  date  (1882), 


,m  I 


J  J 


428 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


show  fixed  White  Lights.  The  Front  Light  is  shown  ft-om  a  Brown 
Skeleton  Tower,  pyramidal  in  form  ;  the  Rear  Light  is  shown  from 
a  Black  and  White  Skeleton  Tower,  which  ia  also  pyramidal  in 
form. 

Remarks. 

The  entrance  to  Cumberland  Sound  is  across  a  Sand  Bar,  the  chan- 
nel of  which,  like  all  other  Barred  Harbors  on  the  coast,  ia  liable  to 
change  in  depth  with  every  heavy  gale  from  seaward.  At  this  date 
(1882),  Buoys  are  used  in  daytime,  and  Range  Lights  at  night,  to 
show  the  deepest  water  leading  in  ;  these  are  changed  with  the  shift- 
ing of  the  channel.  At  this  time  there  are  about  1 1  feet  water,  at  low 
tide,  in  the  channel  across  the  bar.  From  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy, 
which  lies  off  the  bar  at  the  entrance  of  Cumberland  Sound,  to  the 
Front  Beacon,  the  distance  is  3  miles ;  from  this  Buoy  to  Fer- 
nandina  the  distance  is  about  6  miles,  and  from  the  entrance  of  this 
Sound  to  St.  Mary's,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  St.  Mary's 
River,  the  distance  is  about  G}i  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cumberland  Sound  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

North  Channel. 

Bring  the  Beacons  on  the  North  end  of  Amelia  Island  in  range, 
and  run  for  them  in  range,  bearing  about  W.SW.,  keeping  a  sharp 
lookoi't  for  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy,  which  is  painted  in  White  and 
iilack  i\;rpendicular  Stripes ;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  then,  with 
a  commanding  i)reeze,  at  about  J^  flood,  run  in  on  this  range,  leav- 
ing it  close  to  on  either  hand,  the  Bell  Buoy  and  the  Black  Buoys 
off  the  Outer  and  Inner  Bars  all  on  the  Port  hand ;  continue  the 
range,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  North  Breaker  on  the  Star- 
board hand  ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy,  make  good  the  course  W- 
%  N.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Kingsley's  Bank  well  on  the 
Port  hand.  If  bound  to  Fernandiua,  haul  gradually  around  Fort 
Clinch,  leaving  it  about  }i  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  the  Buoy 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Tiger  Island 
Spit,  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  Fort  Clinch  bears 
from  this  last-named  Buoy  E.  ^  S.,  distance  about  J4  mil-  ;  when 
past  this  Buoy,  run  to  the  Southward,  keeping  about  in  the  middle 
(if  the  River  and  carrying  from  G  to  8  fathoms  water  to  Fernandiua, 
which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Amelia  River. 


■'^*'M".4a 


1 


m-' 


ELDRIDGE'a  COAST  PILOT. 


420 


Thoso  directions  wore  good  for  1881.  During  the  last  few  years 
groat  chango8  have  taiton  place  in  botli  tlio  deptii  and  location  of 
the  channels  leading  across  the  bar  into  Cumberland  Sound. 
Strangers,  in  entering,  must  therefore  bo  governed  entirely  by  the 
Buoys. 

If  bound  to  St.  Mary's,  when  abreast  Fort  Clinch,  bring  it  to 
bear  SE.  by  E.  J4  E-,  and  make  good  the  course  NW.  by  W-  Yi 
"W".  tibout  2  miles,  leaving  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Hlacic 
Horizontal  Stripes  on  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  at  the  moutli  of 
St.  Mary's  River  in  from  Sj^  to  G  fathoms  water.  A  pilot  is 
necessary  at  this  anchorage. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Cumberland  Sound  3h.  41m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  6  feet.  Strong  winds  from 
seaward  increase  the  tides. 


NASSAU  SOUND,  FLA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Sound  lies  Southeasterly  about  13  miles 
from  the  entrance  to  Cumberland  Sound,  and  Northwesterly  about 
7  miles  from  St.  John's  River  Lighthouse. 

jR.emark8, 

A  Sea  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes, 
with  the  letter  N.  upon  it,  is  placed  outside  the  Bar.  Strangers 
wishing  to  enter  this  Sound  should  get  a  pilot  off  the  entrance  to 
St.  John's  River,  as  there  are  no  pilots,  at  this  date  (1881),  living 
at  Nassau  Sound.  This  Inlet  should  not  be  attempted  by  strangers 
without  a  pilot,  as  the  channel  across  the  Bar  is  constantly  chang- 
ing in  both  depth  and  location. 


ST.  JOHN'S  RIVER,  FLA. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  111  miles  Southwesterly  from 
Martin's  Industry  Light-ship,  19  miles  Southeasterly  from  en- 
trance to  Cumberland  Sound,  and  32  miles  Northwesterly  from 
St.  Augustine  Lighthouse. 


■■MB 


mi^ 


430 


ELDKIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


St.  John's  River  Llghthouso. 

Noar  the  mouth  of  St.  John's  River,  Soutli  skle  of  entrance  to 
Jacksoiivillo,  is  a  Lightliousc,  the  Tower  of  whidi,  at  this  <Utc 
(1882),  i8  Red  IJrick  color,  and  sIiowh  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Metnarks. 

The  entrance  to  St.  John's  River  is  across  a  Sand  Bar,  the  chan- 
nels of  which,  like  nil  other  Barred  Harbors  on  the  coast,  arc  liable 
to  change  in  depth  and  location  with  every  heavy  gale  from  sca- 
wanl.  At  this  date  (1H81),  Buoys  are  nsed  to  show  the  deepest 
water  across  the  bars,  but  the  channel  leading  in  changes  so  ollcn 
that  these  cannot  always  be  depended  on  ;  it  is  therefore  mlvisahle 
for  strangers,  bound  into  this  River,  to  take  pilots.  Should  the 
Bar  be  too  rough  for  the  pilot  to  cross,  he  will  station  himself  inside 
the  Breakers,  and  direct  the  steering  of  the  vessel  by  pointing 
with  a  flag  on  a  pole  to  the  side  of  the  channel  he  wishes  you  to 
go,  and  by  holding  it  upright  when  he  wishes  you  to  keep  her 
steady.  There  are  usually  from  7  to  8  feet  water,  at  low  tide, 
in  the  channel  across  the  IBar.  From  St  John's  River  Lighthouse 
to  Jacksonville  the  distance  is  about  20  miles. 

A  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  with 
the  letters  St.  J.  upon  it,  is  placed  off  the  bar  at  the  entrance  of 
St.  John's  River. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  entrance  of  St.  John's  River  3h.  53m. 
beforii  it  is  at  Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  4p  feet.  Strong 
winds  from  seaward  increase  the  tides. 

Coast  from  St.  John's  River  Lighthouse  to  George- 
town  Lighthouse. 

Between  the  entrance  to  St.  John's  River  and  Georgetown  Light- 
bouse,  a  distance  of  more  than  200  miles,  shoal  water  extends  off 
in  many  places  a  long  distance  from  shore.  Heavy  draught  ves- 
sels should  not,  especially  in  thick  weather,  approach  this  part  of 
the  coast  nearer  than  8  fathoms  water. 


i..'  '. 


1 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT.  431 

ST.  AUGUSTINE  HARBOR,  FLA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  Southeasterly  about  ^1  miloa 
from  tiic  entrance  to  St.  Jolui's  Uiver,  and  Nortiiwestcriy  about 
9G  luilea  from  Cape  Canaveral. 

St.  Augustine  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  North  end  of  Anastawia  Island,  South  side  of  ontranca 
to  St.  Auj,'U8tin8  Harbor,  is  a  Lif,dithouse,  the  Tower  of  which,  at 
this  date  (IH82),  is  painted  in  lUack  and  White  Spiral  Bands,  and 
shows  a  fixed  White  Li^'lit,  which  Flashes  White  every  ;1  minutes. 
St.  John'a  Kiver  Lightliousc  bears  from  St.  Aug'istine  Liulilhouso 
N  by  W.  'A  W.,  distance  31  miles;  Cape  Canaveral  Lighthouse 
BE*  by  S.  14  S.  DC  miles. 

Itetnnrlcs. 

The  entrance  to  St.  Augustine  Harbor  is  across  a  Sand  Bar,  the 
channels  of  which,  like  all  other  Barred  Harlmrs  on  the  coast,  are 
liable  to  change  in  depth  and  location  with  every  gale  from  seaward. 
At  this  date  (1881),  Buoys  are  used  to  show  the  deepest  water 
across  the  bars,  but  the  channel  leading  in  changes  so  often  that 
these  cannot  bo  depended  upon;  it  is  therefore  advisal)le  for 
strangers,  bound  into  this  place,  to  take  pilots.  Should  the  bar 
be  too  rough  for  the  pilot  to  cross,  he  will  station  himself  mside 
the  Breakers,  and  direct  the  steering  of  the  vessel  by  pointing  with 
a  flag  on  a  pole  to  the  side  of  the  channel  he  wishes  you  to  go,  and 
by  holding  it  upright  when  he  wishes  you  to  keep  her  steady.  A 
Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  with  the 
letters  St.  A.  upon  it,  marks  the  entrance  to  St.  Augustuie  Harbor. 

Jlif/h  Water, 

It  is  hi<rh  water  in  St.  Augustine  Harbor,  3h.  8m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  i}i  feet.  Strong  winds  from 
seaward  increase  the  tides. 


MUSQUITO  INLET,  FLA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  lies  about  55  miles  Southeasterly  from 
the  entrance  to  St.  Augustine  Harbor,  and  Northwesterly  41  miles 
from  Cape  Canaveral  Lighthouse. 


I 


f 


■^*v 


132 


ELDHIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


it 


li 


liomarJk'H. 

At  this  date  (1881),  a  Sciv  Huoy  puiiitod  In  Bliuk  nnd  White 
I'l'ilKMulioiiiar  kStripi'.s.  witli  tlic  K'Ucr  M.  upon  it,  nuirk.s  Iho 
entrance  to  this  Inlet;  ut  this  linio  Hiioys  uro  iisid  t«  iimilv  tho 
di-'cpcst  wftter  across  the  bur,  bnt  tho  chtuiiiel  h'uding  in  chiinijos 
BO  ofti'ii  that  tlii'so  ciinnot  idvvays  l>o  dcpcmlcd  iiptju.  Slrangora 
bhouIJ  thercl'oro  lUwiiys  tiike  pilota  oil'  the  Imr. 

lltifh  Water. 

It  is  hiijli  wftlor  in  Mnscinito  liilot  Hli.  Ifini.  hcforo  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  liilcs  rise  about  2).j  led.  StrtMig  winds  IVuui  scu- 
wurd  inc.iiuse  t':u  tides. 

Cape  Canaveral  Lighthouse  (Fla.) 

Upon  the  Northeast  pitch  of  the  Cape  is  a  Lif^iitlionsc,  tlio 
Tower  of  wlii(!h  at  this  date  (1882),  is  painted  in  alternate  Black 
and  White  Horizontal  Bands,  three  of  each  color,  eoinnieiu-iiiii  wjih 
White  at  the  top  ;  at  this  time  tliia  Lighthouse  shows  u  lixed  Whito 
Light,  which  dashes  ouee  a  minute. 

Bearings  and  Distancoa  from  Cape   Canaveral   Lighthouse. 

DIaliince. 

Frying  Pan  Shoals  Lfght-ship,  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  •     .  340      miles. 

Rattlesnake  Shot;!  Light-sliip,  N.  ]4  E 200  *' 

Martin's  Industry  Light-shiv,  TH.  ^VJ 214  " 

St.  Augustine  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  N.  K-  N.  .     .  95  " 

Jupiter  Inlet  Lighthouse,  S.  by  E.  ^  E 94  " 

Great   Isaac   Lighthouse    (Revolving) ,    SE.  by  S. 

>i  S 164 

Gun  Cay  Lighthouse  (Revolving  Red),  SE.  by  S- 

^S 185 

Whistling  Buoy  outside  Hetzel  Shoal,  NE.  ^  N.  12^      « 

Hangers  in  the  Vicinity  of  Cape  Canaveral, 

To  the  Northeastward  of  Cape  Canaveral  there  are  numerous 
shoals,  some  of  which  have  but  little  water  upon  them ;  the  most 
prominent  of  these  are  the  Hetzel  Shoal,  Ohio  Shoal,  and  Bull 
Shoal ;  these  dangers,  which  bear  from  N  NE-  to  NE-  by  E.  % 
E.  from  Cape  Canaveral  Lighthouse,  lie  from  &%  to  12  miles  from 


P    }> 


t( 

(( 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


<!. 


V    C?x 


r/j 


1.0 


I.I 


1^     2.8 


P4£ 


25 

iiiii 

1.8 


1.25 

1.4    1  1.6 

., 6" 

► 

HiotDgraphic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


^^'■ 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


,-^.>t^^a-:*^»Vvt«i;■.'-,^..r-..^¥WV'a-^»>X.*r■^-«Kt^'s.■Si:TI;i»7^  ?-.*~AV,iagiiti'.aA.ftU2'^.^^fc. 


V^  #?  ^    M 


fA 


f»^ 


^ 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historlques 


TSh\::^:gU-mgSS!j&^^ 


-^■'$ffti':'^f^^S!!fS?H'i!i*^s>K«.Vl'!Kil^.1s>if^fV^ 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


433 


it;  at  this  date  (1882),  a  "Whistling  Buoy  is  placed  without  these 
shoals;  Cape  Canaveral  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  SW.  ^  S  ,  dis- 
tance 12^  miles.  Vessels  from  the  Northeastward  maj-  leave  this 
Buoy  from  1  to  2  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  S.  b}-  E.  J^  E.,  which  will  clear  the  shoals  lying  between 
Cape  Canaveral  and  Jupiter  Inlet.  In  thick  weather,  it  is  advisable 
for  heavy  draught  vessels  to  not  approach  Cape  Canaveral  nearer 
than  12  fathoms  water. 


CAPE  CANAVERAL  SLUE. 

Between  the  Inner  and  Outer  Shoals,  off  Cape  Canaveral,  there 
is  a  passage  for  vessels,  which  is  called  Cape  Canaveral  Slue  ;  at 
this  date  (1882),  a  Can  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpen- 
dicular Stripes  marks  this  channel.  Cape  Canaveral  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  NW.  by  W. 

Anchorage  Buoy. 

About  SW.  by  S.  from  Cape  Canaveral  Lighthouse,  in  about  3 
fatlioms  water,  is  a  Buo}-  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular 
Stripes  ;  this  is  called  the  Anchorage  Buoy.  When  to  the  South- 
ward of  Cape  Canaveral  Shoal,  get  this  Buoy  and  Lighlliouse  iu 
range,  and  run  for  them  in  range,  until  about  ^  mile  from  the 
Buoy  ;  then  anchor  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water.  Vessels  of  loss 
than  10  feet  draught  may  anchor  about  150  yards  inside  the  Buoy 
in  line  with  the  Lighthouse,  in  from  15  to  17  feet  water. 

High  Water. 

It  i3  high  water  at  Cape  Canaveral  3h.  19m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston ;  common  tides  rise  about  3i^  feet.  Strong  winds  from 
seaward  increase  the  tides. 

Jupiter  Inlet  Lighthouse  (Fla.) 

Between  Jupiter  Inlet  and  Gilbert's  Bar  is  a  Lighthouse,  ifio 
Tower  of  which  at  this  date  (1882),  is  painted  Red,  and  shows  a 
fixed  White  Light,  which  flabiies  every  90  seconds. 


i 


■.<Biiij.O»w..i.,^..>r;.jiiJi 


434 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Jupiter  Inlet  Lighthouse. 

DIatanco. 

Cape  Canaveral  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W.  ^  W.  .     •     •     9^  miles. 
Great  Isaac  Lighthouse  (Revolving),  SE.  ^  S.  .     •     75       " 
Gun  Cay  Lighthouse  (Revolving  Red) ,  SE.  by  S.  %  S.  92        '• 

The  Liglitliouse  on  Fowey  Rocks,  Northern  extremity  of  Florida 
Reefs,  lies  nearly  South  80  miles  from  Jupiter  Inlet  Lighthouse. 


J 


n  ; 


INDIAN  RIVER   INLET. 

About  60  miles  Southeasterly  from  Cape  Canaveral  and  North- 
westerly 34  miles  from  Jupiter  Inlet  Lighthouse,  is  the  entrance  to 
Indian  River  Inlet ;  at  this  date  (1881),  the  Channel  leading  ihto 
this  Inlet  is  not  buoyed,  and  we  have  no  reliable  information  in 
relation  to  the  depth  of  water  across  the  Bar.  ■     . 


%  I  I 


INDIAN  RIVER  SHOALS. 

Between  Indian  River  Inlet  and  Jupiter  Inlet  Lighthouse  there 
are  several  shoal  spots,  having  from  12  to  15  feet  water  upon  them. 
These  shoals  lie  from  2  to  7  miles  from  shore,  and  break  in" ordi- 
nary weather.  It  is  tlierefore  advisable  for  vessels  of  more  than  10 
feet  draught  navigating  this  part  of  the  coast  in  thick  weather,  or 
night  time,  to  give  these  dangers  a  wide  berth. 


JUPITER   INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  is  near  Jupiter  Inlet  Lighthouse.  At 
this  date  (1881),  this  Inlet  is  not  buoyed,  and  we  have  no  reliable 
information  in  relation  to  the  depth  of  water  across  the  Bar. 


ST.  LUCIA  SHOAL. 

About  25  miles  N.  by  W.  )i  W.  ftom  Jupiter  Inlet  Light- 
house,  and  about  5  miles  from  shore,  is  St.  Lucia  Shoal,  which  has 
about  15  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide.  Largo  or  heavy  draught 
vessels  should  not,  in  thick  weather  or  night  time,  approach  this 
danger  in  less  than  15  fathoms  water. 


\   f 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


435 


HILLSBORO  INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  lies  about  South  from  Jupiter  Inlet, 
distance  42  miles,  and  nearly  North  39  from  the  Lighthouse  on 
Fowey  Rocks ;  at  this  date  (1881),  there  are  no  Buoys  to  mark 
the  Channel  leading  in,  and  we  have  no  reliable  information  in 
relation  to  the  depth  of  water  in  the  Channel  across  the  Bar. 


NEW  BIVER   INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet  is  about  South  54  miles  from  Jupiter 
Inlet,  and  nearly  North  26  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Fowey 
Rocks  ;  at  this  date  (1881),  this  Inlet  is  not  Buoyed,  and  we  have 
no  reliable  information  in  relation  to  the  depth  of  water  iu  the 
Channel  across  the  Bar. 


NEW  RIVER  INLET  SHOAL. 

About  4  miles  from  shore,  and  nearly  opposite  New  River  Inlet, 
is  a  shoal  spot  having  but  15  feet  water  upon  it ;  heavy  draught 
vessels  navigating  this  part  of  the  coast  in  night  time,  or  thick 
weather,  should  beware  of  this  danger. 

Coast  from  New  River  Inlet  to  Red  Buoy  on  the 
North  End  of  Florida  Reefs. 

From  New  River  Inlet  to  the  Red  Buoy  on  the  North  part  of 
Florida  Reefs,  a  distance  of  22  miles,  there  are  no  dangers  except- 
ing the  Bars  which  extend  from  the  shore ;  large  or  heavy  draught 
vessels  may  therefore  approach  this  part  of  the  coast  within  2 
miles  without  danger. 

Florida  Reefs  from  Fowey  Rocks  Lighthouse  to 
Sand  Key  Lighthouse. 

Lighthouses  upon  these  Reefs  at  this  date  (1882). 

Fowey  Rocks  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Fowey  Rocks,  near  the  Nortliorn  extremity  of  Florida 
Reefs,  in  about  5  feet  water,  is  a  Lighthouse,  the  Tower  of  which 


m%' 


Nlflji 


ir^fii 


IN:  1 1 


ll,;, 


436  ELDIIIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 

at  this  date  (1«82),  is  ft  Dark  Brown  Pyramidal  Framework,  on 
a  pile  foundation,  enclosing  a  White  Dwelling,  and  shows  a  fixed 
White  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Powey  Rocks  Lighthouse. 

Dldtance. 

Great  Isaac  Lighthouse   (Revolving) ,  NE.  by  E.  }( 

E 60      miles. 

Carysfort  Reef  Lighthouse,  S.  by  W.  }i  W-  .     .     .     23  " 

Gun  Cay  Lighthouse  (Revolving  Red),  E.  "4  N".      .     43  " 

Rod  Buoy  olF  Northern  part  of  Florida  Reefs,  N.  }4 

W S'A    " 

Old  Liirhthouse  Tower  on  Cape  Florida,  NW.  yi  N.       6  " 

Beacon  O,  on  Triumph  Reef,  S.  >4  W 7         " 

NE.  1  mile  from  the  Ligiithouse  on  Fowey  Rocks,  16  fathoms 
water  was  found  ;  E-  by  S.  1 J4!  miles,  56  fathoms  ;  and  i>E.  )>4 
miles  from  it,  47  fathoms. 

Carysfort  Reef  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Eastern  edge  of  Carysfort  Reef,  close  to  the  edge  of 
the  Gulf  Stream  is  a  Lighthouse,  the  Tower  of  which  at  this  date 
(1882),  is  a  Dark  Brown  P^-ramidal  Framework,  on  a  pile  founda- 
tion, enclosing  a  Round  Low  Dwelling,  and  shows  a  flxud  White 
Light,  which  Flashes  White  every  30  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Carysfort  Reef  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Fowey  Rocks  Lighthouse,  N.  by  E.  K  E 23      miles. 

GunCayLighthouse  (Revolving  Red), NE.  by  E.J^E.  52  '• 

Beacon  J,  on  Elbow  Reef,  SW-  by  S.  J^  S.    .     •     •       6 
Beacon  K,  on  Northern  part  Turtle  Reef,  N.  J^C  W.       3^      " 

E.  J^  N.  1|^  miles  from  Carysfort  Reef  Lighthouse,  45  fathoms 
water  was  found ;  and  S.SE.  1  mile  from  it,  28  fathoms. 

Alligator  Reef  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northeast  point  of  Alligator  Reef,  close  to  the  edge  of 
the  deep  water  of  the  Gulf  Stream,  is  a  Lighthouse,  the  Tower  of 
which  at  this  date  (1882),  is  a  Brown  Pyramidal  Framework,  on 
Black  pile  foundation,  enclosing  a  Square  Dwelling,  and  shows  every 
5  seconds  a  Flashing  Red  and  White  Light,  every  third  Flash  being 
Red. 


1 1 1  jj ; 


I 


icwork,  on 
rs  a  fixed 


thouse. 

Dldtance. 


miles. 


(I 


6  fathoms 
1  ^E.  )}4 


he  edge  of 

this  date 

lo  founda- 

VL'd  White 


ithouse. 

Distance. 

?3      miles. 
)2         '• 
6 
33X      " 

15  fathoms 


the  edge  of 
e  Tower  of 
lowork,  on 
hows  every 
Flash  being 


i    ! 


ELDRIDGF.'S  COAST  PILOT. 


437 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Alligator  Reef  Lighthouse. 

DiBtancG. 

Carysfoit  Reef  Liglithouse,  NE.  }{  "N 32  miles. 

Sombrero  Key  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  W.  }(  W.   ...  30      " 
Elbow  Key  Lighthouse,  on  Northwest  part   Salt  Key 

Bunk,  S.hy  E.  ^X'E 55      " 

Beacon  D,  on  Crocker's  Reef,  NE.  ^^  E 6      " 

Beacon  No.  7,  on  Tennessee  Reef,  SW.  ji  W.      .     .  9      " 

SE.  by  E.  }i  E.,  1  mile  from  Alligator  Reef  Lighthouse,  21 
fathoms  was  found,  and  IG  fatiioms  South,  1  mile  from  it. 

Sombrero  Key  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Sombrero  Key,  one  of  the  Floiida  Reefs,  is  a  Lighthouse, 
the  Tower  of  which  at  this  date  (1882),  is  a  Bfown  Tyramidal 
Framework,  on  pile  foundation,  enclosing  Square  Dwelling  and 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Sombrero  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Alligator  Reef  Liglithouse,  NE.  by  E.  }(  E.  .     .     .  30  miles. 

American  Shoal  Lighthouse,  W.  by  S.  %  S.    ...  23  " 

Elbow  Key  Lighthouse  (Salt  Key  Bank),  SE.      .     .  54         " 
Beacon  C,  upon  Collin's  Patches,  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.  .       8}^      " 

ESE.  I>i2  miles  from  Sombrero  Key  Lighthouse,  25  fathoms 
water  was  found,  and  20  fathoms  S  SW.  ^  mile  from  it. 

American  Shoal  Lighthouse. 

Upon  American  Shoal,  Florida  Reefs,  in  about  6  feet  water, 
is  a  Lighthouse,  the  Tower  of  which  at  this  date  (1882) ,  is  a  Brown 
Pyramidal  Framework,  on  pile  foundation,  enclosing  Keeper's  Dwell- 
ing, and  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  which  Flashes  every  5  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  American  Shoal  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Alligator  Reef  Lighthouse.  E.  by  N.  ^  N. 


Ell)ow  Key  Lighthouse  (Salt Key  Bank),  SE 

H'E 

Sand  Key  Lighthouse,  W-  by  S.  j4  S.  .     . 
Beacon  6,  on  Loo  Key,  E.  by  N.  >^  N. 
Beacon  A,  on  Eastern  Sambo,  W.  by  S.  >4  S 


by 


E. 


23      miles. 
68         " 

8  " 


:  I 


438  ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 

E.SE.  1J4  miles  from  American  Shoal  Lighthouse,  IS  fathoms 
water  was  found,  and  17  fatlioms  SW.  by  S  J2  S.  1  mile  from  it. 

Sand  Key  Lighthouse. 

Upon  a  small  Island  of  Sand  and  Sliells,  about  7  miles  South- 
westerly from  entrance  to  Key  West  Harbor,  is  a  Liglitliouse,  tiie 
Tower  of  which  at  tiiis  date  (1882),  is  a  Brown  Pyramidal  Frame- 
work, on  pile  foundation,  enclosing  a  Square  Dwelling  ;  this  Light- 
house at  this  time  shows  a  fixed  White  Light  for  1  minute,  then 
a  White  Flasii  of  10  seconds'  duration,  followed  by  a  partial  eclipse 
of  25  seconds'  duration. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Sand  Key  Lighthouse. 

DlBtaiioe. 

American  Shoal  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N.  K'  N.  .     .     •  19>2  miles. 

Key  West  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  N.  Ji  N ^ '/i      '' 

Elbow  Key  Lighthouse  (Salt  Key  Bank),  E.  by  S.  }4 

S 83  " 

Key  Piedras  Lighthouse  (entrance  to  Cardenas  Bay) , 

SE.byS 84        " 

Moro  Castle,  or  Havana  Lighthouse  (Cuba),  S.  by 

W.  /a  W • 82   .       " 

Beacon  4,  on  Eastern  Dry  Rocks,  NE.by  E.  ?^  E.       2 
Beacon  2,  on  Western  Dry  Rocks,  W.  by  S.    ...      2^ 

SE.  Yi  mile  from  Sand  Key  Lighthouse,  20  fathoms  water  was 
found,  and  I'J  fathoms  ^  mile  SW-  fi'om  it. 

Warning  Beacons  or  Day  Marks  on  Florida  Reefs. 

In  order  to  warn  the  mariner  and  also  to  ascertain  his  true  posi- 
tion, the  United  States  Government  have  erected  upon  some  of  the 
outer  and  most  dangerous  Reefs  from  Western  Dry  Rocks  (near 
Sand  Key  Lighthouse)  to  Fowey  Rocks  Lighthouse,  Beacons  or  Day 
marks  ;  these  Beacons  are  composed  of  an  Iron  Shaft  36  feet  high, 
distinguished  by  a  vane  upon  which  one  of  the  letters  of  the  alpha- 
bet or'a  figure  is  painted,  and  above  it  a  Lattice-work  Hoop  Iron 
Cylinder  or  Barrel ;  if  the  letter  or  number  upon  the  vane  can  be 
distinguished,  masters  of  vessels  can  ascertain  their  position  with 

certainty. 

These  Beacons  are  usually  near  deep  water,  but  should   not  be 

approached  close  to  in  heavy  weather. 


IS  fathoms 
lie  from  it. 


lilcs  South- 
ithouse,  the 
(lal  Frame- 
this  Light- 
ninuto,  then 
irtial  eclipse 


bhouse. 

DlBtaiico. 

19^2  miles. 

83  " 

84  " 


(I 


82   . 
2 

2^ 

3  water  was 

Ida  Reefs. 

lis  true  posi- 
i  some  of  the 
Rocks  (near 
aeons  or  Day 
36  feet  high, 
af  the  alpha- 
c  Hoop  Iron 
vane  can  be 
)osition  with 

lould  not  be 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT.  439 


Position  of  Beacons  on  Florida  Itecfs. 
Beacon  2,  on  Western  Dry  Rocks. 

This  Beacon,  wbicli  is  in  Lat.  24°  27'  North  and  Lon.  81°  56' 
West,  lies  2^  miles  W.  by  S.  from  Sand  Key  Lighthouse,  and 
SW.  12  S.  3  miles  from  Beacon  3,  on  Middle  Ground  ;  Beacon 
No.  2  marks  the  entrance  to  the  Southwest  Channel  into  Key 
West. 

Beacon  3,  on  Middle  Ground. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  24°  2!)'  North  and  Lon.  81°  53' 
West,  lies  1^  miles  N.  by  W-  3^  W.  from  Sand  Key  Lighthouse, 
and  SW.  5^  S.  C  miles  from  Key  West  Lighthouse ;  Beacon  3  is 
a  guide  to  the  Southwest  Channel  leading  into  Key  West. 

Beacon  4,  on  Eastern  Dry  Rocks. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  24°  28'  North  and  Lon.  81°  50' 
West,  lies  2^  miles  E-NE.  from  Sand  Key  Lighthouse,  and  S. 
by  W.  Yi  W.  5^  miles  from  Key  West  Lighthouse ;  Beacon  4  is 
placed  on  the  Eastern  end  of  the  Rocks,  whicli  are  awash. 

Beacon  5,  Ship  Channel  Shoal. 

This  Beacf-n,  which  is  in  Lat.  24°  28'  North  and  Lon.  81°  46' 
West,  lies  6  miles  E.  by  N.  }i  N-  from  Sand  Key  Lighthouse, 
SE.  by  S.  >3  S.  51^  milts  from  Key  West  Lighthouse,  and  W. 
by  S-  J4  S.  13 }4  miles  from  American  Shoal  Lighthouse. 

Beacon  A,  on  Eastern  Sambo. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  24°  30'  North  and  Lon.  81°  40' 
West,  lies  llj^  miles  E.  hft'  N.  J^  N-  from  Sand  Key  Lighthouse, 
8^  miles  E.  by  S.  ^  S.  from  Key  West  Li<_lithouse,  and  W.  by 
S.  3^  S.  8  miles  from  American  Shoal  Lighthouse ;  this  Beacon  is 
placed  close  to  the  seaward  side  of  the  Reef. 

Beacon  B,  on  American  Shoal. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  24°  31'  North  and  Lon.  81°  31' 
West,  lies  close  to  the  seaward  side  of  the  American  Shoal,  and  a 
short  distance  from  the  Lighthouse  on  this  danger. 


I  ^llili 


410 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


f.     h    : 


MH 


Beacon  6,  on  Loo  Key. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  24°  :v:,'  Nortii  and  Lon.  81"  24' 
West,  hea  GJ^  miles  E.  hv  N.  Vj  N.  fVom  Ainoricaii  Siioal  Lij^ht- 
hoiise,  and  W.  hy  S-  H  S-  lfi'4  miles  from  Sombrero  Lighthouse ; 
this  Beacon  is  placed  close  to  the  seaward  edge  of  Loo  Key. 

Beacon  C,  on  Coffin's  Patches. 

This  Beacon,  whicii  is  in  Lat.  24°  41'  and  Lon.  80°  58'  West, 
lifsH"^,  miles  NE.  l>y  E.  %  E.  fi'om  Sombrero  Lighthouse,  and 
SW.  by  W.  }i  W.  21  miles  from  Alligator  Reef  Liglithouse ; 
Beacon  C  is  placed  near  the  Western  edge  of  the  Reef;  Shoul 
ground  extends  about  ^  mile  to  the  seaward  from  it. 

Beacon  7,  on  Tennessee  Reef. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  24°  40'  North  and  Lon.  80'  46' 
West,  lies  I)  miles  SW.  H  W.  from  Alligator  Reef  Liglithouse, 
and  NE.  by  E.  }{  E.  20^4  miles  from  Sombrero  Lighthouse ; 
Tennessee  Reef  has  not  less  than  10  feet  water  on  it;  there  is  a 
spot  with  13  feet  water  upon  it  about  SW.  by  S.  about  2  miles 
from  the  Beacon. 

Beacon  D,  Crocker's  Reef. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  24°  bh'  North  and  Lon.  80°  32' 
West,  lies  6  miles  NE-  ^  E.  from  Alligator  Reef  Lighthouse,  and 
SW.  J^  S.  25  miles  from  Carysforf  Reef  Lighthouse  ;  Beacon  D 
is  placed  close  to  the  outer  part  of  <:he  Reef,  with  deep  water  close 
to  it. 

Beacon  E,  on  Tonch  Reef. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  24°  57'  North  and  1  jo.  hQP  28' 
West,  lies  lOj/^  miles  NE    %  E.  from  Alligator  Reef  L;;ht house, 


>i  E.4}^  miles  from  Beacon  D,  on  Crocker's  Reef,  and  SW. 


1/ 


^  S.  21  miles  from  Carysfort  Reef  Liglithouse  ;  Beacon  E  is  placed 
close  to  the  seaward  side  of  the  Reef,  which  is  bold. 

Beacon  P,  on  Pickle's  Reex. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  24°  51)'  North  and  Lon.  80°  25' 
West,  lies  14  miles  NE.  ^^  E.  from  Alligator  Reef  Lighthoi  ; 
NE.  ^  E.  3^  miles  from  Beacon  E,  upon  Conch  Reef,  SW.  i}i 


-' .    -A  v»i  V 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


441 


Lon.  81"  24' 
Slioiil  Li;^ht- 
I  Lighthouse ; 
'  Key. 


r  58'  West, 
hUioiisc,  iiiid 

Liglitliou.se ; 

Reef;  Shoul 


Lon.  80'  46' 

Lighthouse, 

Lighthouse ; 

it ;  there  is  a 

bout  2  miles 


miles  from  Beacon  G,  on  French  Reef,  and  18  miles  SW.  l>y  S. 
from  Carysfort  Reef  Lighthouse ;  Ik-aeou  F  is  phu-ed  on  tlie  sea- 
ward side  of  ricklc'rt  Rucf,  which  has  bold  water  close  to  it. 

Beacon  G,  on  French  Reef. 

This  Reacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  2^)°  2'  North  mid  Lon.  80°  21'  West, 
lies  18  miles  NE.  }(  E.  from  Alligator  Reef  Lighthouse,  NE. 
4  ;^  miles  from  Beacon  V  on  Pickle's  Reef,  S-SW-  «  miles  from  Hea- 
cou  II,  on  Grecian  Shoals,  and  SW.  by  S.  '^  S.  l-'Jjj  miles  from 
Carysfort  Reef  Lighthouse  ;  Reacon  G  is  placed  near  the  South- 
west i)art  of  the  Reef,  with  deep  water  close  to  it. 

Beacon  H,  on  Grecian  Shoals. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  25°  7'  North  and  Lon.  80°  18' 
West,  lies  6  miles  N-NE-  from  Beacon  G,  ».  i  French  Reef,  SW- 
by  W.  >2  W.  2  miles  from  Beacon  J,  on  the  Elbow  Reef,  and 
SW.  by  S.  7^^  miles  from  Lighthouse  on  Carysfort  Reef. 
This  Beacon  is  placed  on  tlie  seaward  edge  of  Grecian 
Shoals,  which  arc  inside  Elbow  Reef;  there  is  foul  ground  more 
than  a  milo  Northeasterly  from  Beacon  H ;  large  vessels  should 
therefore  give  it  a  wide  berth. 


Lon.  80°  32' 

;htlioHse,  and 

e ;  Beacon  D 

water  close 


I  jij.  60°  28' 
"  L;;ht house, 
ef,  and  SW. 
9u  E  is  placed 


Lon.  80°  25' 
f  Lighthoi  ! 
ef,  SW.  41^ 


Beacon  J,  on  Elbow  Reef. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  25°  9'  North  and  Lon.  80°  16' 
West,  lies  2  miles  NE.  by  E.  J^  E.  from  Beacon  II,  on  Grecian 
Shoals,  and  SW.  by  S.  yi  S.  6  miles  from  Carysfort  Reef  Light- 
house ;  Beacon  J  is  placed  on  the  seaward  edge  of  the  Reef,  wliich 
is  small,  it  being  about  1  mile  long,  with  an  average  width  of  about 
y(  mile  ;  Elbow  Reef  lies  more  than  a  mile  outside  of  the  general 
lino  of  the  Reefs,  with  deep  water  between  it  and  Grecian  Shoal. 

Beacon  K,  on  Turtle  Reef. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  2.5°  17'  North  and  Lon.  80°  13' 
West,  lies  3^  miles  N.  ^  W-  from  Carysfort  Reef  Lighthouse, 
and  SW.  by  S.  j{  S.  (T^  miles  from  Beacon  L,  on  the  Pacific 
Reef;  Beacon  K  is  placed  near  the  Northern  extremity  of  Turtle 
Reef,  and  on  Port  side  of  entrance  to  Turtle  Harbor. 


! 


442 


KM)IMI)(iKS  COAST  PILOT. 


Ill 

I  ■- 
n. 


Turtle  Harbor  Beacon. 

Tliis  Honoon,  wliicli  luis  a  Kcd  Cross  iiitou  it,  with  Ifitticc-work 
mKlcMiu'iitii,  is  iil:i<(il  oil  (lie  Stiiilioiird  iidu  of  tlie  fiilraiici!  to 
Tiiitlo  Ilarlior,  uiul  liciir.s  W.  I'y  N.,  <ll>"t'"i<'i'  uliout  1  mile  from 
Tiirtli'  Hi'ff,  Hi'iicon  K  ;  tlu!  ciitiiiiuc,  thcreforo,  to  Tmtlo  Harbor, 
ia  botwot'ii  these  two  last-named  IJoaooiis. 

Beacon  L,  on  Pacific  Reef. 

Tliis  lioacon,  wliirh  is  in  Lat.  i'.')"  '2->'  Nortli  and  Lon.  80"  0' 
West,  lies  it'^  miles  N.  hy  E-  >'4  E-  from  Carysfoot  Keef  I.iglit- 
Iioiise,  NE.  liy  N.  J4  N.  i'lji  miles  from  Heaoon  K,  on  Turtle 
Uoef,  S.  by  W.  2  miles  from  Heacon  M,  on  Ajax  lleef,  and  S.  ^ 
W.  I'i  miles  from  Lij^litlioiise  on  Fowey  liocka.  Beacon  L  is 
placed  ou  the  seaward  fiide  of  the  Reef. 

Beacon  M,  on  Ajax  Reef. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  '2'°  '2\'  North  and  Lon.  80*  8' 
West,  lies  11^  miles  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  from  ("arysfort  lleef  Lij^dit- 
lionse,  N.  by  E.  -  miles  from  Beacon  I,,  on  Paeilic  Keei',  S.  ji  W. 
23/^  miles  from  Beacon  N,  on  Long  Beef,  and  S.  ^4  W.  H  niiles 
from  Lighthouse  on  Fowey  Rocks.  Beacon  51  is  placed  on  the 
seaward  side  of  the  Reef. 

Beacon  N,  on  Long  Reef.* 

This  Reef,  which  is  in  Lat.  25°  27'  North  and  Lon.  80°  T  West, 
lies  234  miles  N-  ^4  E.  from  Beacon  M,  on  Ajax  Reef,  S.  by  W. 
14  miles  from  Beacon  O,  on  Triumph  Reef,  and  S.  H  W.  8^ 
miles  from  Lighthonse  on  Fowey  Rocks.  Beacon  N  is  placed  on 
the  Northern  end  of  Long  Reef. 

Beacon  O,  on  Triumph  Reef. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  25"  29'  Noith  and  Lon,  80°  7' 
West,  lies  1  4  miles  N.  by  E.  from  Beacon  N,  on  Long  Reef,  and 
S.  }4  W.  7  miles  from  Lighthouse  on  Fowey  Rocks.  Beacon  O  is 
placed  on  the  seaward  side  of  the  Reef. 

Beacon  P,  on  Fowey.  Rocks. 

This  Beacon,  which  is  in  Lat.  25°  35'  North  and  Lon.  80°  6' 
West,  is  placed  near  the  edge  of  the  Gulf  Stream,  and  about  150 
feet  North  of  the  Lighthouse  on  Fowey  Rocks. 

*  Beacon  N  was  down  October,  1881. 


I;f  H 


li  1 1  I ' 
"  II  ■', 


ELDUIDOKS  COAST  PILOT. 


413 


lattice-work 
i'iilr:iM((!  to 
1  niilo  ft'oin 
•tlo  Harbor, 


Lon.  80"  0' 
Ui'cf  l.i^'ht- 
;,  on  Tiirtlo 
r,  iiiul  S.  ^ 
leucon  L  is 


Lon.   80'  8' 
Ki'of  Lijrht- 

r,  S.  H  W. 

[V.  11  mik'S 
[iccil  on  the 


80°  7'  "West, 
f,  S.  by  W. 
.  H  W.  8^ 
is  placed  on 


I  Lon.  80°  7' 
i<?  Reef,  and 
liuacon  O  is 


Lon.  80°  6' 
id  about  150 


Remarks  in  Navigating  the  Straits  of  Florida. 

Tlic  (Jiiir  Stream  runn  strong  to  tlie  Nortlieiistwanl  tlirniiL,'li  tlio 
Straits  of  Florida,  and  at  tlmon  has  been  found  to  set  directly 
across  tlic  Kccfs,  especially  a  short  time  before  and  dnrint;  strong 
Kasterly  winds.  In  order  to  avoid  tliis  strong  cnrrent,  sailinj^  ves- 
sels of  iir)t  more  tiian  1*2  feet  drauglit,  from  tiio  Nortiu'iistwurd 
bound  to  Havana  or  the  Gidf  of  Mexico,  usually  pass  to  .lie  South- 
ward (if  (ireat  Abaco  Island  (or  tiic  Ilole-in-tlie-Widl)  and  haul 
round  (ireat  Stirrup  Key,  steering  Soutlnvcsterly  across  Hie  (Ireat 
IJaiiama  Hank  ;  while  vessels  of  more  than  12  feet  drauirlit,  after 
passing  the  Hole-in-tlie- Wall,  steer  West-Northerly,  and  haul  round 
the  Lij^'lithous(!  on  the  Groat  Isaac,  using  the  utmost  care  with  the 
Lead  to  keep  on  soundings  near  the  Western  cdt,'o  of  the  Hank. 
Steamers  only  ft'om  the  Northeastward,  lioiind  to  Havana  or  tho 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  pass  through  the  Straits  of  Florida,  (^n  account 
of  the  strength  and  velocity  of  the  Gulf  Stream,  vessels  navigat. 
ing  these  Straits  cannot  for  their  position  rely  upon  courses,  tem- 
perature or  color  of  the  water.  Tho  only  sure  gui<le  to  .ivoid 
Florida  Reefs  is  a  sharp  lookout  by  day  for  the  Beacons,  and  the 
Lights  at  night. 

Hawk  Channel,  insi(ie  Florida  Roefs. 

The  channel  inside  the  Florida  Reefs  has  been  buoyed,  and  the 
Lighthouse  Hoard  have  published  the  following  directions. 
(Eleven  feet  is  the  least  water  in  this  channel.) 

Sailing  Directions  from  Cape  Florida  to  Key  West 
by  the  Channel  inside  the  Reefs,  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Northeastward,  as  soon  as  the  Old  Lighthouse  Tower 
on  Cai>y  Florida  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  SW-  by  S.,  and  run  for 
it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Nun  Huoy 
No.  2,  which  lies  on  the  Northeast  side  of  u  16-foot  spot,  bearing 
about  NE.  by  N-  }i  N.  ■'J  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  Tower  on 
Capo  Horida  ;  leave  this  Ruoy  about  100  yards  on  the  Fort  hand, 
and  steer  S.  by  W-  H  W-  2'^  miles,  carrying  not  loss  than  20 
feet  water  to  the  first  Mid-channel  Buoy  ptuintcd  in  Black  and  White 
Perpendicular  Stripes  ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  either  hand,  and 
steer  South  Syi  miles,  carrying  not  less  than  18  feet  water  to  the 


s 


SI  •  ' 


i    i. 


iU 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


?' 


sccoikI  Mid-channel  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Pcrpendicn- 
lar  Stripes ;  leave  this  Buo}-  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  still  con- 
tinue the  course  South  2^  miles,  carrying  not  loss  tiian  17  feet  to 
the  Black  Buoy  No.  1  ;  Fowey  Rocks  Lighihousc  hears  E-  >j  S. 
from  thi?  lust-named  Buo}-,  distance  about  1  mile  ;  leave  this  Buoy 
about  100  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  S.  by  W.  about  5 
miles,  carrying  about  IT)  feet  water  to  Mid-channel  Buoy,  whidi  is 
painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  ;  leave  this  Buo)' 
close  to  on  eitiier  hand,  and  steer  S.  J4^  E.  about  ^  mile,  carrying 
not  less  than  14  feet  water  to  Black  Buoy  No.  3  ;  leave  this  last 
Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  SW.  by  S.  J^  S-  1  jj 
miles,  carrying  not  less  than  1.^  feet  water  to  the  next  Mid-clinnnel 
Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  ;  leave  this 
Buoy  close  two  o!^  either  hand,  and  steer  S.  ^  W.  '^ji  miles,  carry- 
ing not  less  tliaii  15  feet  water  to  Margot  Fisli  Shoal  Buoy,  which 
is  Bed  No.  4  ;  leave  this  Buoy  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  steer  S.  J^  W.  1  J:^  miles  further,  carrying  not  U  ss  tlir.u 
14  feet  water  to  the  next  Mid-channel  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and 
White  Perpendicular  Stripes ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  either 
hand,  and  steer  S.  by  W.  J2  W-  2}/j  miles,  carrying  not  less  tiian 
14  feet  water  to  Red  Buoy  No.  G  off  Ca'sar's  Creek  Bank  ;  leave 
this  Buoy  about  100  j-ards  on  tlie  Starboard  hand,  and  conliuuo 
the  course  S-  by  W-  /4  W.  25  8  miles,  carrying  not  less  tiian  13 
feet  water  to  Red  Buoy  No.  8  off  Old  Rliodes  Bank ;  leave  this 
Buoy  about  100  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  SW.  hy 
S-  ^4  S.  4^  miles,  carrying  not  less  than  14  feet  water  to  Koj' 
Largo  Buoy,  in  mid-channel,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpen- 
dicular Stripes  ;  leave  tliis  Buoy  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  con- 
tinue the  course  SW.  by  S.  j{  S.  i}i  miles  further,  carrying  not 
less  than  11  feet  water  to  Basin  Hill  Buoy,  in  mid-channel,  painted 
in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  ;  Cnrysfort  Reef  Light- 
house bears  E.  ^  N.  4^  miles  from  tliis  hist-mentioncd  Buoy. 
For  the  deepest  water,  leave  Basin  Hill  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  steer  S-SW.  ^ji  miles,  carrying  not  less  than  11  feet 
water,  until  the  Blnck  Buoy  No.  5  is  square  on  the  Port  beam, 
distant  about  }4  mile  ;  tlicn  steer  SW-  by  S.  about  a  miles,  car- 
rying not  less  than  12  feet  water  to  Black  Bno}'  No.  7  ;  leave  tliis 
Buoy  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  SW.  Jj  S.  ^>ji 
miles,  cariying  not  less  than  1 1  iect  water  to  the  Black  Buoj-  No.  9 
off  the  Triangle  Shoal ;  Pickle's  Reef,  Beacon  F  bears  from  this 


'»    "^ 


f  ■ 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  VILOT. 


41 


D 


2  Pcrpendicn- 

and  still  coii- 
lian  1 7  feet  to 
cars  E.  >j  S. 
ave  this  Buoj' 
y  W^.  about  5 
uoy,  which  is 
ave  this  IJiio^' 
mile,  eanyinf? 
\nve  litis  last 

S.  y,  S.  ij{. 
t  Mi(l-cIi!iniiL'l 
ics  ;  leave  this 
2  miles,  carry- 

Biioy,  wliich 
the  Stai'hoard 
'  not  Uss  tlir.ii 
I  in  Black  and 
B  to  on  either 
;  not  less  than 
:  Baniv  ;  leave 

and  continue 
t  less  than  13 
ik  ;  leave  this 
steer  SW.  by 
water  to  Kcj' 
Vhite  Perpen- 
laiid,  and  eon- 
•,  carrying  not 
annel,  painted 
t  Reef  Light- 
itioned  Buoy, 
to  on  the  Port 
iS  than  1 1  feet 
ic  Port  beam, 
t  5  miles,  car- 

7  ;  leave  this 
W.  yj  S.  '>ji 
sk  Buoy  No.  9 
!ars  from  this 


last-named  Buoy  E.  by  S.  ?.;  S.  -?8  miles,  and  Conch  Reef  Beacon 
S.  ji  E.  about  ;i>j  miles ;  leave  the  Black  liuoy  of  t!;e  TrianLi'le.s 
about  10(1  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  SW.  )j  S.  *>^/i  miles, 
carryinji  not  less  than  1 1  feet  water  to  Red  Buoy  Xo.  10  off  South- 
ern side  of  Hen  and  Chickens;  on  tins  last  course  (SW.  '2  S-), 
Alligator  Reef  Lighthouse  will  be  directly  ahead;  licaeou  1),  on 
Crocker's  Reef,  bears  from  tins  last-named  Buoy  SE-  ,'4  E  \ '/j 
miles  ;  le.ave  the  Red  Buoy  .No.  10,  off  Hen  and  Chickens,  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  SW-  Jj  W"  ''i^s  miles,  canyiu;^ 
not  less  than  12  feet  water  until  the  iUack  Buoy  No.  ll.outho 
AVestern  part  of  AUi<rator  Shoal,  is  s«|uaro  on  the  Port  be.am,  dis- 
tant .aboi:t  ,'3  mile;  Alligator  Reef  Lighthouse  (before  described) 
bears  from  lUioy  No.  11  about  E-SE.,  distance  13:|  miles.  (Now 
let  us  take  a  new  departure.) 

Sailing  Directions  from  Black  Buoy  No.  11,  off  the 
Western  part  of  Alligator  Shoal,  to  Key  West. 

Leave  the  Black  lUioy  No.  11,  olf  the  Western  part  of  Alliirator 
Shoal,  about  ]i  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  SW.  J  a  W.  'J 
miles,  carrying  not  less  than  li)  feet  water  to  the  Red  Buoy  iVo.  12 
off  the  South  Point  of  Long  Key  Shoal ;  leave  this  Buoy  about  200 
yards  on  the  Starb(jard  hand,  and  steer  SW.  by  W.  1 2  W.  '>}{ 
miles,  carrying  not  less  than  16  feet  water  to  Mid-channel  Buoy 
painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  off  Duck  Key  ; 
leave  this  Buoy  closv  to  on  either  hand,  and  steer  SW.  by  W.  >^}i 
miles,  carrying  not  loss  than  1.5  feet  water  to  East  Turtle  Shoal 
Buoy,  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  ;  (on  this  last 
course,  Sombrero  Lighthouse  will  be  open  about  }(  point  on  the 
Port  bow)  ;  leave  East  Turtle  Shoal  Buo}- about  .;a  mile  on  the 
Port,  and  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  lilack  Horizontal  Striites, 
off  West  Turtle  Shoal,  about  }{  mile  on  the  same  hand,  and  con- 
tinue the  course  SW.  by  W.,  carrying  not  less  than  1.")  feet  water, 
until  the  Red  Buoy  No.  14,  off  ,Taco')'s  Head  Shoal,  is  about  200 
yards  on  the  Starboard  beam  ;  then  steer  W-SW.  about  ."i '4^  miles, 
carrving  not  less  than  27  feet  water  to  the  l>uoy  painted  in  Reil 
and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  the  Pea  I'atcli  ;  leave  this  Buoy 
about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  W.  by  S.  ?|  S.  4j^ 
miles,  carrving  not  less  than  1<S  feet  water  to  .Mid-channel  Buoy, 
pa'-.ited  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  off  Pip'on  Key 
Bank ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  ou  either  band,  aud  continue  the 


i| 


I  i^ir^'^ 


I;  { 


410 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


course  W.  l)y  S.  li  S-  7  miles  farther,  carrying  not  less  than  26 
feet  Wilier  to  the  .Alid-cluinnel  Ikioy  painted  in  lihick  and  White 
rer|)(Mi(li{'ular  Stripes,  wliieli  lies  \}4  miles  from  the  Western  end 
of  Baliia  Honda  Key  ;  leave  this  lliioy  close  to  on  either  hand,  and 
steer  W.  by  S-  ,'j  S-  10  miles,  carrying  not  less  than  20  feet 
water,  niilil  the  Red  liiioy  No.  IG,  off  Loggerhead  Key  Bank,  bears 
N.NW.  about  yi  mile  ;  tlien  steer  W-  by  S.  ,^2  S-  <">  j/(  miles,  car- 
rying not  less  than  K)  feet  water  and  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  on 
Northern  side  of  l)(>laware  Heads  about  %  mile  on  the  Port  hand  ; 
continue  the  course  W.  by  S-  ;'•  S.  1>2  miles  further,  carrying 
not  less  than  18  feet  water,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  17,  on  the 
Northeast  part  of  Washerwoman  Shoal,  about  j4  ^^^^  on  the  Port 
hand  ;  still  continue  the  course  W.  by  S.  ^j  S.  1 -H  ""1^"^  further, 
carrying  not  less  than  16  feet  water,  to  the  Bui ly  painted  in  Red 
and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  on  Eleven  Foot  Shoal ;  leave  this 
Buoy  aliout  100  yards  on  cither  hand,  and  continue  the  course  W- 
by  S.  ]i  S.  ^5^  niiies  further,  carrying  not  less  than  IS  feet  water, 
until  Key  AVest  Lighthouse  bears  NW.,  distant  about  2  miles; 
then  steer  W-  by  N.  aliout  2}{  miles,  carrying  not  less  than  27 
feet  water,  to  the  Red  Buoy  No,  6  (Beehive-shaped),  off  White 
Head  Si)it ;  Key  West  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  NE.  >^ 
N.,  distance  about  l}(  miles;  leave  the  last-named  Buoy'on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  N.  }(  E.,  leaving  Fort  Taylor  on 
the  Starboard  and  the  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand.  If  intending 
to  anchor  above  the  town,  leave  the  Wharves  about  100  yards  on 
the  Starboard,  and  run  up  about  N.NE.  and  anchor  in  from  3  to 
4  fathoms  water. 

By  the  Hawk,  or  Channel  inside  the  Florida  Reefs,  11  feet  is  the 
least  water  from  Cape  Florida  to  Key  West. 


KEY  BISOAYNE  BAY  ANCHORAGE. 

This  Anchorage  lies  about  5  miles  Northwesterly  from  the  Old 
Tower  on  Cape  Florida.  At  low  tide  about  G^i  foet  water  can  be 
caiTied  to  the  Anchorage  otf  Miami  River. 


!S3  than  26 
:  and  White 
k^'ostorn  did 
r  hand,  and 
mn  20  feet 
Bank,  bears 
'  niil(!s,  car- 
Lck  Ihioy  on 
Port  hand ; 
[•r,  carrying 
.17,  on  the 
on  tlic  Port 
ilos  further, 
utcMl  in  Red 
;  loave  this 
!  conrse  W. 
^  feci  water, 
ut  2  miles ; 
>ss  than  27 
,  off  "White 
loy  NE.  Vi 
hioyon  the 
•t  Taylor  on 
If  intending 

00  yards  on 
n  from  3  to 

1  feet  is  the 


RAGE. 

rom  the  Old 
vuter  can  be 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


447 


Sailing  Directions  for  Key  Biscayne  Bay  Anchor- 
age in  Dasrtime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels,  bound  to  this  Anchorage,  must 
first  make  the  Red  IJuoy  No.  2,  off  the  North  end  of  Florida  Reels  ; 
Cape  Florida  Old   Lighthouse  Tower  bears  from  this  lluoy  nbout 
SW.  by  S.  Yx  S.,   distance  about  5   miles;   when  this  15iioy   is 
made,  leave  it  about  100  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  ste.r  S.  by 
W.  ]i  W.  '^Vi    miles,  to  the  first  Mid-channel  Buoy  painted   in 
Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to 
on  either  hand,  and  steer  South  3>^  miles  to  the  second  IM id-chan- 
nel Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes;  leave 
this  Buoy  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  continue  the  coiusc  South 
2Ji  miles  further  to  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1  off  Fowey  Rocks;  the 
Lighthouse  on  these  Rocks  bears  E-  Vz  S-  IVom  this  Buoy,  dis- 
tance about  1  mile  ;  leave  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Fowey  Rocks, 
about  100  yards  on   the  Port  hi-nd,  and  steer  W-SW-  about   1 
mile  to  the  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes, 
off  Soldier  Key';  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  steer 
W.   \2    S.   about  1  mile,  to  IJlack  Buoy  No.   1,  otf  tiie  Coral 
Bunches  ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  haul  up 
North,  with  the  Old  Lighthouse  Tower  on  Capo  Florida  about  one 
point  on  the  Port  bow,  until  up  with  a  Bufiy  painted  in  Black  and 
White  Perpendicular  Stripes;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  either 
hand,  and  continue  the  course  North  until  \\\^  with  Cape  Florida 
Shoal  Buoy  (Red  No.  2)  ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Star- 
board hand",  and  steer  NW-,  with  Cape  Florida  Old  T(nver  on  the 
Starboard  bow,  taking  care  to  keep  the  While  Sand  Beach  *  near 
the  Lighthouse  open  with  the  farthest  Green  IMangroves  Point  to 
the  Northwest,  but  as  you  approach  the  Old  Tower,  gradually  open 
them  until  this  Tower  is  on  the  Starboard  beam  ;  then  steer  for  the 
Red  Buoy  No.  4,  off  the  Point  of  Middle  Ground,  and  leave   it 
about  GO  feet  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  W.  J^   S. 
for  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  off  South  Bank  ;  leave  this  Buoy  about 
100  feet  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  West  for  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  6.  off  Key  Biscayne  Bar;  leave  the  last-named  Buoy  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  NW-  by  W-  about   1   mile,  then 


*  The  Lighthouse  Anchorage  is  abreast  this  Sand  Beach. 


i 


rm;--^ 


i 


11 


iiiir 


mi 


14 


448 


KLDIUDOF/S  COAST   I'lLOT. 


N.  %  E.  iil)oiit  4'.<  Tiiilos,  until  the  moiitli  of  Iho  Wiium  River 
bears  N.  I'J  W-  1 2  W-,  <list;uit  1;;;  miles,  and  anchor  in  about  8 
feet  water. 

Jfif/h  Water. 

It  is  hi-;!!  water  at  Key  IJiscaync  Bny  Anclior.iue  lli.  n.'im. 
before  it  is  at  Boston,  or  G  minutes  after  it  is  at  Key  Wust ;  com- 
mon tides  rise  about  1  foot. 


LEGARE  ANCHORAGE  (FLORIDA 
REEFS). 

This  Anehorngc,  which  is  between  Ihe  Florida  Keofs,  lies  Soutii- 
easterly  11  miles  from  the  Old  Lighthouse  Tower  on  Cape  Florida, 
S.  by  W.  C']i  miles  from  1he  Lighthouse  on  Fowey  IJocks,  N\)rtii- 
easterly  !()'<  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on  CarysCort  Kecf,  and 
Northwest  about  1  mile  from  Deacon  O,  on  Triumph  Keef. 

Reiuarks, 

There  are  two  channels  leading  to  this  Anchorage,  one  of  which 
lies  a  little  more  than  a  mile  to  the  Nortiiwestward  of  the  Beacon 
on  Triumph  Reef,  the  other  about  y.  niile  Southwest  from  this 
Beacon.  At  this  date  (1882),  there  are  no  Buoys  to  mark  the 
Northwestern  Channel ;  no  directions  will  therefore  be  given  for 
it.  Tiie  Southwestern  Channel,  which  is  about  '<  mile  wide,  has  a 
depth  of  not  less  than  21  feet  water,  and  lies  Southwest  about  '4 
mile  from  Beacon  O,  on  Triumph  Reef. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Legare  Anchorage  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Northeastward,  leave  t!ic  Lighthouse  on  Fowey  Hocks 
about  1  mile  to  the  Westward,  and  make  good  the  course  S.  yi 
W.,  taking  care  not  to  apiiroach  the  Reefs  in  less  than  10  fiithoms 
water.;  when  Beacon  O,  on  Triumph  Reef,  is  made,  bring  it  to  ])ear 
S.SW.,  and  steer  for  it  on  tiiis  course,  leaving  it  about  i-^  mile  to 
the  Westward,  and  haul  r<jund  it  at  a  distance  of  i^  mile,  leavin<T 
it  on  the  Starboard  liand,  and  carrying  not  less  than  4  fathoms 
water;  when  this  Beacon  bears  East  V^  mile,  run  up  NW.  by  N. 
about  }^  mile,  and  anchor  in  from  S'^  to  A]',  fathoms  water.  Bea- 
con O,  ou  Triumph  Reef,  bearing  about  SE.  by  E.,  distance  about 
1  mile. 


!?' 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


419 


liami  River 
r  ill  about  8 


('    111.   r);liii. 
West ;  coin- 


IIDA 

,  lies  Sor.tli- 
ripo  Florida, 
)ck.s,  Nuith- 
t  Ivt'if,  ami 
30  r. 


10  of  which 

the  Ik'acon 

t  from  this 

0  mark  the 
e  given  for 
wide,  hr.3  a 
3St  about  }i 

1  in  Day- 
jather. 

jwey  Kocks 
ourse  S.  }^ 

10  Axthoms 
ig  it  to  ])oar 
t  j/2  mile  to 
liie,  leaving 

4  fathoms 
rW.  by  N. 
water,  Bea- 
tance  about 


From  the  Southward,  as  soon  as  Beacon  O,  on  Triumph  Reef,  is 
made,  bring  it  to  boar  N.NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  and 
leave  it  about  j^  mile  on  tiie  Starboard  hand,  carrying  from  .l'^  to 
4  falluMiis  water;  when  the  Beacon  bears  East,  haul  up  NW.  by 
N-  and  run  about  ^  mile,  and  anchor  in  from  3j4  to  Ijj  I'aliioius 
water. 

High   Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Legarc;  Anchorage  3h.  um.  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton, or  about  Ih.  Gm.  before  it  is  at  Key  West;  connuon  tides  rise 
about  1 3/1  feet. 


TURTLE   HARBOR   (FLORIDA  REEFS). 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  wliicli  is  among  the  Florida  Reefs, 
lies  Southwesterly  23  miles  from  the  Old  Ligiithouse  Tower  on 
Cape  Florida,  liH^  miles  Southwesterly  from  the  Lighliiou.se  on 
Fowcy  Rocks,  Is'ortliwesterly  4  miles  from  the  Liuhtliouse  on 
Carysfort  Reef,  and  Northwest  about  }^  mile  from  Beacon  K  on 
Turtle  Reef. 

JieniarJcs. 

The  entrance  to  this  Ilaibor.  which  is  between  Beacon  K  on 
Turtle  Reef  and  Beacon  with  Red  Cross  on  Top,  is  al)oiit  1/3  mile 
wide.  About  30  feet  water  can  be  taken  to  the  Anciiorage  at  low 
tide.  At  this  date  (1882),  there  are  no  Buoys  in  entering  this 
Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Tvirtle  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Northeastward,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  Beacon  Kon 
Turtle  Reef;  Carysfort  Reef  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Beacon 
S-  ^  E., 'distance  about  3^2  miles;  when  Beacon  K  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  SW-  yi  W-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until 
about  a  mile  from  it ;  then,  in  about  5  fathoms  water,  steer  for  the 
Beacon  with  Cross  on  Top,  bearing  about  W.  by  S.  ]i  S-.  cnrrv- 
ino'  not  less  than  5  fathoms  water,  until  Beacon  K  l)ears  SE.  '1 
E-  ;  then  haul  up  SW-  J^  S.  and  run  aliout  ji  mWv,  and  anchor 
in  about  5  fathoms  water ;  Beacon  K  bears  from  this  anchorage 
about  E.  by  N-,  distance  }^  mile. 


Pi 


i 


'Illp 


mi 


450 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


From  the  Soiithwostwanl,  leave  Carysfort  Reef  Lislithouse  about 
j/o  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  NNE.,  until  Beacon  K  bears 
NW.  ;  tlien  gradually  haul  round  it,  leaving  it  about  J^  mile  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  as  before  directed  ;  about  J4  mile  W. 
by  S.  }i  S.  from  Beacon  K,  there  is  a  shoal  spot  of  10  feet,  with 
deep  water  around  it 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Turtle  Harbor  3h.  37m.  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton, or  In.  f)-2m.  before  it  is  at  Key  West;  common  tides  rise 
about  2J^  feet. 


r 

J; 


i  iltlf:' : 


KEY  WEST  HARBOR,  FLA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  to  the  Westward  of  Key 
W?st  Island,  lies  Southwesterly  130  miles  from  the  Old  Lighthouse 
To\  •''r  on  Cape  Florida,  West-Southerly  69  miles  from  Alligator 
Reef  Lighthouse,  West-Southerly  40  miles  from  Sombrero  Light- 
house, Northeasterly  G}4  miles  from  Sand  Key  Lighthouse,  North- 
easterly 89  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Havana  Harbor,  and  East- 
Southerly  61  miles  from  Loggerhead  Lighthouse,  the  Southwestern- 
most  Key  of  the  Tortugas  Group. 

Key  West  Lighthouse. 

On  Key  West  Island,  East  side  of  entrance  to  Key  West  Har- 
bor, near  the  Southern  edge  of  the  town.  Is  a  Lighthouse,  the 
Tower  of  which  at  this  date  (1882),  is  painted  White,  and  shows 
a  flxed  White  Light.      Key  West  Lighthouse  bears  from 

Distance. 

American  Shoal  Lighthouse,  West,  nearly      ...  15  miles. 

Sand  Key  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  N 7^^  " 

Ship  Channel  Shoal  Beacon,  No.  5,  NW.  by  N.  ^ 

N 5 

Beacon  4,  on  Eastern  Dry  Rocks,  N.  by  E.  J^  E.    .  5}4  " 

Beacon  3,  on  Middle  Ground,  NE.  >^  N G  " 

Beacon  2,  on  Western  Dry  Rocks,  NE.  >^  N.     .     .  9;^  " 
Bell  Buoy  at  eut-ance  of  Main  Ship  Channel,  N.  X 

W 4^  " 


ELDRIDGF/S  COAST  PILOT. 


451 


louse  about 
oil  K  beai'3 
J^  mile  on 
\  mile  W. 
)  feet,  with 


;  is  at  Bos- 
1  tides  rise 


ird  of  Key- 
Lighthouse 
n  Alligator 
loro  Light- 
use,  North- 
,  and  East- 
uthwestem- 


West  Har- 
thouse,   the 

and  shows 
a 

Distance. 

15      miles. 


5 

G 

4^ 


u 
(I 


Re^narks. 

In  entering  Key  West  Harbor  there  are  several  channels,  most 
of  which  at  this  time  are  well  marked  with  Buoys  and  Beacons. 

Sailing  Directions   for  Key  West  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  f  ivorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

By  Ship  Channel, 

Which  may  be  used  by  sailing  vessels,  with  winds  from  E-NE. 
to  W.NW.  by  way  of  South. 

From  the  Northeastward,  as  soon  as  Sand  Key  Lightliouso  (be- 
fore described)  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  Yi  S.,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course  until  Key  West  Lighthouse  bears  N.  ]4.  W.,  then  ruu 
for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Hell  Buoy 
painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  whicli  lies  in 
Mid-cLannel;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  either 
hand,  and  steer  about  N-  yi  W-  about  1  ^  miles,  leaving  the  Black 
Buoy  oT  Western  Head  Shoal  about  200  yards  on  the  Port,  and 
the  next  Buoy  (Red)  off  Mississippi  Shoal  about  200  yards  on  the 
Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy,  continue  the  course  N. 
y2  W.  Yz  mile,  passing  about  midway  Uetween  the  Black  Buoy  and 
Red  Buoy  on  the  East  and  West  Triuigles  ;  when  al)  mt  'j  mile 
past  the  last-named  Buoys,  steer  NW.  by  N.,  leaving  the  Red 
Buoy  No.  ()  (Beehive  Shaped)  off  White  Head  Spit  (Key  West 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  NE.  Yi  N.,di-tance  about  \]i 
miles)  about  100  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about 
N.  li  E-,  leaving  Fort  Taylor  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Black 
Buoys  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  on  the  Port  hand  ;  if  intending 
to  anchor  above  the  town,  leave  the  wharves  about  1 00  yards  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  up  about  N-  NE-  Yi  mile,  and  anchor 
in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water. 

By  the  Ship  Channel,  about  2G  feet  water  can  be  carried  in  as 
far  as  the  Red  Buoy  off  White  Head  Spit,  and  from  thence  about 
22  feet  into  the  harbor. 

JSastern  Channel, 

Which  may  be  used  by  saiHng  vessels  of  not  more  than   12  feet 
draught,  with  winds  from  N-NE-  to  W-SW.  by  way  of  Soutn. 
From  the  Northeastward,  bring  Key  West  Lighthouse  to  bear 


i 


fi'IfMT 


r"C*~ 


Si 


452 


KLDiaiXiirS   COAST   PILOT. 


NW.  and  run  for  it  on  tliis  course,  passing  about  midway  between 
the  Kecfealli'd  tlio  Western  Sambo  iind  tiic  Ten  Foot  Lump  ;  con- 
tinue tlie  course  NW.  lor  tlie  Ligiitlionso,  until  about  "2^-^  miles 
from  it.  or  tiie  Red  Buoy  off"  White  Ilcid  Spit  l)ear3  W.  by  N.  yi 
N.  '.ili  miles;  then  run  for  tiiis  lusl-namcd  nuoy,beiiriiig  W.  by 
N.  //3  N..  and  haul  round  it  at  a  distance  of  lUO  yards,  leaving  it 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Soiithirest  Channel, 

Which  may  be  used  by  sailing  vessels,  with  winds  from  SE.  by 
E.  to  N.NW.  by  way  of  South. 

Coming  from  the  AVestward,  get  Sand  Key  Lighthouse  to  bear 
E.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  tiiis  course  ui.til  Key  West  Lighthouse 
bears  NE.  ji  E.,  then  with  Heacon  No.  2,  on  Western  IJry  Rocks, 
in  range  with  Sand  Key  Ligiitiiouse,  distant  •i-};^  miles,  run  for  Key 
West  Lighthouse,  bearing  NE.  Jj  E.,  leaving  the  Red  Hu^ysNos. 
2,  4  and  G,  and  lieacon  on  tlie  Middle  Ground,  all  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  2  Black  Buoys,  Nos.  1  and  3,  on  the  Port  hand  ; 
wlien  the  Red  Buoy  No.  (!  is  in  range  With  tlie  Beacon  on  the 
Middle  Ciround,  bearing  S.SE.  yi  nule,  steer  NE.  by  E.  for  the 
Red  Buoy  No.  G  off"  White  Head  Spit;  Key  West  Lightiious;  bears 
from  this  Buoy  NE.  yi  N.,  distance  \ }{,  miles;  leave  th^s  Red 
Buoy  o(F  White  Head  Spit  a  short  distance  on  the  Starlxjard  hantl, 
and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

By  the  Southwest  Channel,  about  22  feet  water  can  be  carried  in 

to  the  harbor. 

High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  in  Key  West  Harbor  2  hours  before  it  is  at 
Boston  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1  y'z  feet. 


NORTHWEST  CHANNEL,  FLA. 

This  Channel,  which  loads  from  the  entrance  of  Key  West  Har- 
bor to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  is  about  7  miles  long. 

Northwest  Channel  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southwest  side  of  the  channel  which  leads  from  en- 
trance of  Key  West  Harbor  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  in  about  5  feet 
water,  is  a  White  Screw  Pile  Structure,  which  at  this  date  (1882), 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 


aylx'twoon 
mnp  ;  con- 
'2},4  miles 
".  1).v  N.  ^ 
•iii!^  W.  l)y 

,  leaving  it 
"iven. 


m  SE.  by 

ISC  to  bear 
Liyhthoiise 
Ory  Rocks, 
tin  for  Key 
HiiDysNos. 
1  the  Star- 
Port  luiml ; 
COM  on  the 
■  E.  for  the 

lOUS!    Ih-M'A 

e  thJs  lied 
oanl  liiuul, 

e  carried  in 


ore   it  is  at 


West  Ilar- 


Is  from  en- 
bout  5  feet 
vte  (1882), 


KLDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


453 


The  least  water  tlirou<Th  this  pa.ssa;;o  is  11  feet,  which  is  found 
H|)i)n  the  Ilur  about  N.  l>y  E.  'j  E.  Iji  miles  from  Northwest 
Channel  Ligiithouse ;  at  this  liuic  Ihis  passage  is  well  marked 
with  Buoys. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Northwest  Channel  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winv.s  and  fair  weather. 

Fiom  till'  Straits  of  Florida,  bound  throngli  lliis  channel,  follow 
the  directions  befo-e  }j;iven  for  Key  West  Hariuir  by  eith.'r  channel, 
until  up  witii  the  Kcd  Huoy  olf  Wiiite  Head  Spit ;  Key  West  Lifjiit- 
Jior.sc  licars  IVoni  tins  T.uoy  NE.  )j  N.  1  ,'4  uiih's  ;  leave  tiie  Red 
Uuoy  olf  Wiiite  Head  Spit  about  100  yurds  on  the  Starbo.-ird  hand, 
and  steer  N.  hy  W.  K-  W.  about  yi  mile  ;  tii.Mi  in  about  t  fathoms 
water,  with  Key  West  Liij;htiiouse  bearinujE  NE.,  make  jjood  the 
course  NW.  ^4  N.,  leavinj;  tlie  IJlack  Huoy  No.  !»  on  Jliddlo 
Ground  about  'MO  yards  on  tlio  Starboard  hand,  and  Bkwk  Huoy 
No.  7  olf  Kingfish  Siioals  wi'll  on  tlie  Port  hand,  carryiiijr  not  less 
than  2)^  fatiionis  water;  couliuue  tlio  course  NW-  J^  N.,  leaviu<T 
tiic  Mid-ciiaunel  Huoy  jiainted  in  lilack  and  Wiiite  Perpondiciiiar 
Stripes  close  to  on  eitlier  hand,  an  I  the  Black  Uuoy  No.  7  about 
li  mile  on  the  Starboard,  and  IMack  Uuoy  No.  T)  off  Northwest 
part  of  Middle  Ground  close  to  011  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past 
this  Uuoy,  steer  NW.  '/j  W.,  leavin-,'  the  Mid-channel  Buoy 
painted  in  While  and  Ulack  Perpendicular  Stripes  close  to  on 
either  hand,  and  continue  the  course  NW.  j4  W.  to  Red  Uuoy 
No.  2  ;  this  Uuoy,  which  lies  N.  by  E.  'A  E.  }i  mile  from  North- 
west Channel  Lighthouse,  marks  the  turning  point  to  cross  the 
bar ;  loavc  tlie  last-named  Uuoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
steer  Northeasterly,  leaving  tlie  Ulack  Uuoy  No.  3  al)out200  vards 
on  the  Starboard,  the  Ulack  Uuoy  No.  1  ab  nit  40  fuet  on  the 
Starboard,  and  the  Uar  Uuoy  painted  in  Ulack  and  White  Perpen- 
dicular Stripes  close  to  on  either  liand.  It  is  advisable  for  strangers 
in  vessels  of  12  feet  draught,  to  anchor  about  J^  mile  East  from 
Northwest  Channel  Lighthouse,  and  wait  until  about  }i  flood  be- 
foie  altemptiiig  to  cross  the  bar. 

From  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  bound  through  the  Northwest  Chan- 
nel, it  is  only  necessary  for  the  mariner  to  reverse  the  above  direc- 
tions, but  for  conveuieuce  we  shall  reverse  them. 


i 


i 


ri 


ni 


154 


KLDHIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


I 


M4'ir^ 


Sailing  Directions  for  Northwest  Channel  in 

Daytime. 

From  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  l)oiiii(l  throu<ih  thoNortliwostCliannol, 
as  soon  aw  flic  Northwest  C'hamu'l  Lighlhouse  ia  inado,  liriii^  it  to 
l)(>ar  S-  l>y  W.  'j  W.  "i»l  »'"»  for  it  on  thin  course,  keeping  a 
Bharp  lookout  for  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoj',  which  is  painted  in  Hiaek 
and  While  IVrpondicular  Stripes,  and  lies  in  4  fntlioms  water; 
when  this  lUioy  is  made,*  leave  it  close  to  on  eitlier  hand,  and 
steer  Southwesterly,  leuviii}?  the  Har  Huoy  painted  in  IMaek  and 
White  Perpendicular  Stripes  close  to  on  either  irind,  the  Black 
Buoy  No.  I  about  U)  feet  on  the  Port,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3 
about  200  yanls  on  the  same  hand,  and  the  'rmninj,'  Buoy  (Red) 
No.  2  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  the  Lighthouse  hears  from 
this  last-named  Buoy  S-  byW.  K-  W.,  distance  ^i  mile  ;  wlien  past 
•the  Turning  Buoy,  wliich  is  Bed  No.  2,  steer  SE-  ,'j  E  ,or  directly 
for  Key  West  Liglitiiouse,  leaving  the  Mid-chauuel  Buoy  painted 
in  Black  and  White  Pi'rpendicular  Stripes  close  to  on  either  hand  ; 
continue  the  course  SE.  ,'j  E.  until  up  with  Black  Buoy  No.  o  off 
Northwest  part  of  Middle  Ground;  leave  this  Buoy  close  toon  the 
Port  hand,  and  steer  SE.  ^  S.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  7 
about  '4  mile  on  the  Port,  and  continue  the  course  SE.  ?:;  S., 
leaving  the  Mid-channel  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  While  Perpen- 
dicular Stripes  close  to  on  either  hand.  If  bound  to  Key  West  Har- 
bor, still  continue  the  course  SE.  }i  S.,  until  Key  West  Light- 
house bears  E-SE-,  then  run  for  it  until  past  i\n\  Black  Buoys  Nos. 
11  and  13,  then  run  in  for  the  wharves,  or  anchor  above  or  below 
the  town. 

JlfgJi  Water. 

It  is  high  water  on  the  Bai-,  at  the  entrance  of  the  Northwest 
Channel,  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  11)  minutes  before  it  is  at  Mos- 
ton,  or  Ih.  48m.  after  it  is  at  Key  West ;  common  tides  rise  about 
2y2  feet. 

Dangers. 

A  dangerous  Bank  (doited  here  and  there  with  Islets  or  Keys), 
liaving  but  little  water  upon  it,  extends  about  3G  miles  to  the 
Westward  of  Key  West  Lighthouse  ;  broken  ground  with   shoal 


»  It  Is  advisable  for  strangers,  in  vessels  of  12  feet  draught,  to  wait 
until  about  4  flood  before  attempting  to  cross  the  bar. 


Luel  in 

stCliannol, 
hriiifi  it  to 

kitcpiiiir  n 

h\  ill  Uliifk 

una  water ; 

liaiii],  nnil 

liliu'k  mid 

tlic  IMack 
iu»y  No.  3 
$iioy  (Uc(l) 
hi'iirs  from 
;  wlion  past 
.or  directly 
lo}'  painted 
llur  hand ; 
ly  No.  5  off 
(se  toon  tlio 
Jnov  No.  7 
SE.  H  S., 
ile  Pcrpcn- 
•AVest  Har- 
ivst  Light- 
Buoys  Nos. 
0  or  below 


Northwest 

is  at  Hos- 

3  rise  about 


i  or  Keys), 
iles  to  tiie 
with   shoal 

gilt,  to  wait 


ELDRinr.F/a  toast  rii.or. 


455 


spots  lies  off  t.)  the  Soutliward  of  this  Hank  ;  and  about  !«  miles  W- 
«^  S.  iVxni  Sand  ICcy  I.igiithouse,  and  d  nnlrs  fioin  tiie  Mar(iiiesas 
Keys,  tliere  is  said  to  he  a  danjicroiis  roek  ;  it  is  tlierclbre  advisable 
for  large  or  heavy  draught  vessels  navigating  this  part  of  tlic  coast 
to  give  it  a  wide  bcrtli. 


REBECCA  SHOAL. 

Upon  the  Southeastern  end  of  this  Slioal,  which  lies  about  18 
miles  to  the  Kastwaid  of  Dry  Tortugas  Reef,  is  placed  a  Ueaeon  75 
feet  high,  whicli  at  this  (late  (IHHi'),  is  a  Framework  painted 
Brown,  supported  by  four  iron  piles,  and  surmounted  by  a  Lozenge- 
shaped  Cage  with  ladder  leading  to  the  top. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Beacon  on  Rebecca  ShoaL 

Westeiidof  Quicksand  Breakers,  E.  ;  J  S.      ...       ^      miles. 

Isaac  Shoal,  E.  by  S.  '■;  S 2 

Dry  Tortugas  Lighthouse,  W- J4  N ^^/^      " 

Channel  between  Rebecca  Shoal  and  Dry  Tortugas 

Group. 

This  Channel  is  about  10  miles  wide,  with  a  depth  of  from  10  to 
15  fatlioms  water  ;  the  current  of  Flood  sets  strong  to  the  North- 
ward through  this  Channel,  and  that  of  the  Ebb,  to  the  Southward. 

Channel  between  Rebecca  Shoal  and  West  End  of 
Quicksand  Breakers. 

This  Channel  is  about  G  miles  wide,  with  a  deiith  of  from  5  to  10 
fathoms  water,  with  a  strong  current ;  at  this  time,  the  Isaac  Shoal 
is  not  buoyed;  it  is  therefore  not  advisable  for  large  or  heavy 
draught  vessels  to  attempt  this  last-named  passage. 


DRY  TORTUGAS  ISLANDS. 

Abont  60  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Key  West  Harbor,  off  the 
Western  Coast  of  the  peninsula  of  East  Florida,  are  several  small 
Keys  or  Islets  called  the  Dry  Tortugas,  which  arc  the  Westernmost 
land  which  terminates  the  Florida  Reefs. 


il 


^1 


lift 


V 


'l.")(> 


KI-DIUDGRS  COAST  I'lI-oT. 


I'  ?!  I 


Dry  Tortugas  Lighthouso. 

In  1.(11.21"  .18'  Noitli  iui.l  I.OII.  M-' '.■).» '4'  W.hI,  ii|)()n  F.(>;.'jicr- 
lii'iid  Key,  tlic  S(nitlnvc.stcnmni«*t  orilic  TuitiiK'i**  (lr()ii|),  tlii'n-  lias 
Itirn  crccti'd  IV  IdI'Iv  Tower,  llii'  lower  half  of  wliicli  iit  this  date 
(1HH2),  is  iiaiiiteilWIiile,  till!  ii|)|Mr  lifiir  with  liMiiteiii  ami  Dome 
IJlaek  ;  at  this  time  this  M'^hthoiise  shows  a  lixiil  While?  Liu;lit, 
wlileli  ill  eiear  wcallier  is  visihle  from  tliu  deck  ol' a  eoiiimoii  ve-sel 
about  r.)   luile.s. 

DoaringH  and  DiHtanoos  IVom  Dry  Tortiigas  Lighthouse. 

I'lhlaiii'u. 

Lijilitlioiise  on  Doiilile  Headed  Shot  Keys,  E.  by  S- 

marly Ml       miles. 

Key  I'iedras  i,i;4htli()ii,-e.  eiitraiiee  to  Cardenas  May, 

SE.  Ja  E V2'J  " 

Moro  Cmtle  Lighthouse,  eiitraiieo  to   Havana,  SE. 

l>y  S.  -8  S '.M  •♦ 

K^iuioiit   Key   Li;^litli()iise,  cntranec   to  Tampa  i'.ay, 

North  nearly 178  " 

Cedar  Keys  Li;   itlioiise.  N  ^a  W '2(iS  " 

St.  Mark's  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W.  >:•  W.  •  •  .  ^-'M  .  " 
Cai)e  St.  (ieorj;e  Li^iithous,',  near  eiitraiico   to  Aji- 

alaehieola  Bay,  NW.  by  N.  ;'4'  N JUG  " 

I'eiisaeola  Lij^hthouse,  NW.  'j  N 41(5  " 

Moliile  I'oint  Li.nhlhouse,  NW.  nearly  ....  -llt^  " 
South    Pass     Li<>ht house,  entrance    to    JMississippi 

Uivcr,NW.  liy  W.  'a  W 42.5  " 

Tortugas  Harbor  Lighthouse,  E.  'J  S 2^8  " 

The  Dry  Tortngns  Clroup,  of  whieh  there  arc  8  Keys,  extends 
Northeasterly  and  Soutlnvesterly  nearly  10  miles,  and  Noitliwest- 
crly  aiij  Southeasterly  more  than  G  miles;  they  are  very  low  and 
are  surroiiniletl  by  shoal  water.  About  7  miles  to  the  Westward 
of  the  Dry  Tortugas  Lighthouse  is  a  bank  ofCoral  Koeks  intermixed 
with  While  Palilies  of  Sand  ;  tlu!  least  water  found  u|)<;n  thisliaiik 
is  <;  fathoms  ;  Dry  Tortugas  Lighthouse  liears  from  this  last-named 
deplii  Last,  distance  7  miles.  In  thick  wcaliier  the  Dry  Tortugas 
Islands  may  be  approached  on  their  Xorthern,  Northeastern,  South- 
era  and  Southwestern  sides  by  the  Load,  but  iu  approaching  them 


T"T,I)1!II)(;F/S  coast  I'II.OT. 


157 


|)n|l    I.d^r^iT- 

at  this  (liitu 
I  mill  Dome 
Vhili!   Lij,'lit, 

IIIUOII    Vf-iHol 


ShthouBO. 

Ill      miles. 
121) 


ti 


178 
VM 

no 

ik; 

J2.j 


II 
tl 


25i 


11 

II 


I'VS.  extends 
Norlliwi'st- 

MV    low    llllll 

(■  AVcstwurd 
s  intcniiixccl 
i^ii  tills  ISank 
s  last-niinu'd 
ry  Toitti<j!i3 
stern,  Soiitii- 
achiug  thcin 


on  their  Kasteni  nml  WeHtcrn  Mides,  the  Loud  gives  littio  or  no 
wnrniiij;.  Tiicro  is  iiiiehonij^e  in  IVdih  r»  to  7  (aiiioniM  water  in 
Htroii;,'  Kasteriy  wind-*  midrr  l,();:^erliead  Key.  with  the  IJ;^Hith()iisi) 
hearing;  iVoin  Kast  to  E  SE.  ;  tliero  is  also  j;u.)d  nneiiorai^e  in 
Hcveral  other  places,  partieiiiarly  in  Tortiij^at  llarliur,  of  whioh  wu 
Bhall  <X\vc  directions  for  entering. 


TORTUGAS  HARBOR. 

This  Ilarhor,  wliieii  is  nmon;^  llie  Dry  Tortiijjas  Island-t,  lies 
Wesl-Norlhcrly  aiiunt  (!0  niilfs  from  Key  West  l.iiilitlioiise,  and 
Kast  ahoiit  2^  miles  from  tin-  !)iy  Tortii^Ms  Lij^lithouso. 

Tortugas  Harbor  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Fort  Jcllerson  ((ianh-n  Key),  oiui  of  the  Tortiij^ns  Group, 
IS  a  Li<;hth()use,  the  lower  half  of  wliieli  at  tliis  dati^  (lHH2),is 
painted  White,  tlie  upper  half  witli  Lantern  and  Dome,  lUaik :  at 
this  time,  this  Lif'htlionso  shows  a  fixed  While  Li<ilit,  wliieii  in  clear 
weather  can  bo  seen  from  the  deck  of  a  common  vessel  about  l.'J 
miles. 

By  the  Sonthcast  Channel,  about  7  fathoms  water  can  be  carried 
into  the  Outer  Harbor,  and  from  this  about  'Jl  ft  etcjm  be  taken  into 
the  Inner  Harbor;  from  tiie  Black  Buoy  whicli  lies  alioiit  Jj  mile  to 
the  Nortliward  of  the  Lighthouse,  the  Channel  leading,'  into  the 
Inner  Harbor  is  verv  narrow. 

Sailing  Directions  for   Tortugas   Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Southeast  Cfuinnel. 

From  the  Northeastward,  intending  to  enter  this  Harbor  by  the 
Southeast  Channel,  leave  the  Beacon  on  Rebecca  Shoal  about  3 
miles  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  by  N. 
li  N. ;  19  soon  as  Tortugas  Harbor  Lightliouse  (before  descril)ed) 
is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W-  '4  N".,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course 
with  tlie  IVIain  Lighthouse  on  Loggeihoa<l  Key  open  about  a  iiand- 
spike's  length  to  the  South  of  it ;  as  you  approaeli  Tortugas  Harbor 
Lighthouse,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  otf  the  South- 


Mi 


M.,W: 


458 


ELPRIDOF/S  COAST  TILOT. 


went  point  of  tlip  Slioal,  making  off  from  the  East  and  Middlo  Ko}'s  ; 
tlic  Dry  Tortngas  Harbor  Light  bears  from  tliis  Buoy  W.  li  N. 
distance  2)3  miles;  when  the  last-named  l?uoy  is  made,  leave  it 
about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  liand,  and  make  good  the  omso 
NW.  by.  W.  ji  W.  about  2  miles  U)  tlie  Black  Buoy  off  North- 
east end  of  Long  Shoal,  carrying  from  C  to  10  fathoms  water ;  Tor- 
tugas  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW-  j^  S-  Ji 
mile  ;  leave  the  last-named  Buoy  about  100  yards  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  steer  for  Tortugas  JIain  Lighthouse,  bearing  about  W.  by  S., 
and  carrying  from  4  to  8  fathoms  water,  until  the  Harbor  Light- 
house bears  S.  %  E.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoy  No.  i>  at  the  entrance  to  the  Inner  Harbor,  close  to  on 
Tort  hand,  and  steer  about  SE-  by  S.,  carrying  from  4  to  7  fathoms 
water  through  the  narrow  channel ;  when  about  half  way  from  the 
last  Buoy  to  the  Lighthouse,  haul  gradually  to  the  Southwestward, 
and  anchor  about  150  yards  Southeast  from  the  wharf,  in  from  3i^ 
to  4  fathoms  water.  Large  or  heavy  draught  vessels  should  anchor 
when  abreast  the  Black  Pjuov  No.  5  and  take  pilots,  as  the  channel 
leading  in  is  very  narrow,  and  a  rock  iiaving  about  15  feet  water 
upon  it,  lies  nearly  in  Mid-channel. 


M  I'  I  r  1: ; 
:  it'll:  f: 


Southwest  Channel. 

From  the  "Westward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  on  Loggerhead  Key 
about  4  miles  on  the  Tort  hand  ;  when  Tortugas  Harbor  Lighthouse, 
on  Fort  Jefferson,  bears  NE.  by  E-,  run  for  it  on  this  course,  car- 
rying from  8  to  10  fathoms  water,  until  Tortugas  Lighthouse,  on 
Loggerhead  Key,  bears  North  ;  then  haul  up  NE.  by  N.,  carrying 
from  10  to  11  fathoms  water,  until  up  with  the  Channel  Buoy 
painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes;  Tortugas 
Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  by  N.  }i  N.,  distance 
1  ^  miles  ;  leave  the  last-named  Buoy  *  close  to  on  either  hand, 
and  steer  NE.  J4  N.  about  1  mile,  or  until  Tortugas  Lighthouse, 
on  Loggerhead  Key,  bears  W.  by  S.  ;  then  malce  good  the  course 
E.  by  N.  yi  N.  until  Tortugas  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  S.  J^  E. ; 
then  follow  the  directions  before  given.  Large  or  heavy  draught 
vessels  should  anchor  near  the  Black  Buoj-  No.  5,  at  the  entrance 
of  the  Inner  Harbor,  and  take  pilots. 

*  An  eight-foot  shoal  lies  E.  by  N.  200  yards  from  this  Buoy,  and  a 
thirteen-foot  shoal  W.N.W.  150  yards  from  it. 


I  , 


»?,     t     ^  rt.*-'  -  ' 


riddlo  Kc5'8 ; 

r  W.  ]i  N. 

ulc,  Icuvo  it 
I  the  cjiuse 
)•  off  North- 
water  ;  Tor- 

iV.  Yz  S.  Vb, 

e  Port  hand, 
t  W.  I'y  S., 
irbor  Light- 
I  leaving  the 
,  close  to  on 

to  7  fathoms 
?ay  from  the 
ith  west  ward, 
,  in  from  3}^ 
honld  anchor 

the  channel 
>  feet  water 


gcrhcad  Key 
'  Lightliouse» 

course,  car- 
j;hthousc,  on 
N.,  carrying 
iiannel  Buoy 
3 ;  Tortugas 
N.,  distance 

either  hand. 

Lighthouse, 
)d  the  course 
rs  S.  J^  E. ; 
eavy  draught 

the  entrance 


s  Buoy,  and  a 


\ 


ELDUinnF/S  COAST  PILOT. 


459 


From  tlic  Eastward,  intending  to  enter  the;  Ilarlxn'  1)V  llio  Ronth- 
west  Clianni'l,  leave  Tortugas  Ilarlx^r  Lighthouse,  on  F(jrt  Jctl'cr- 
sun,  at  least  4  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  wlieu  Tortugas 
Liglitliouse,  on  Loggerhead  Key,  l)ears  Nortii,  then  run  for  it  on 
this  coiu'so,  carrying  not  less  tiian  'i'^  fitiioms  water,  initil  the 
Harbor  Lightliouse  bears  NE.  by  E. ;  tlien  hiitd  up  NE.  by  N., 
and  follow  the  directions  before  given.  Seven  fathoms  water  can 
be  carried  through  the  Southwest  Channel  as  far  as  Blaek  Huoy 
No.  "),  and  21  feet  can  be  taken  from  this  into  the  Inner  Harbor. 

North  west   Chan  it  el. 

From  the  Northwestward,  intending  to  enter  Tortugas  Harbor  by 
this  Channel,  as  soon  as  the  Ilarlior  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  S.  by  E  ,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  siiarp  look- 
out for  the  Northwest  Channel  (entrance)  Buoy,  wbieh  is  painted 
in  White  and  Blaek  Perpendicular  Stripes;  Tortugas  IMmIu  Liglit- 
liouse bears  from  this  Buoy  SW.  by  S-  }i  S-  *1'4  miles;  the- 
Easternmost  Key  of  the  group,  SE-  by  E.  ,'4  E.  ;'>  miles  ,  when 
this  last-named  Buoy  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  S-SE..  and  run  for 
it.  leaving  it  close  to  on  either  hand  ;  when  past  it,  make  good  the 
course  S.SE.  3j4  miles,  leaving  S.and  Key  about  '-^  mile  on  the 
Port  hand  and  the  Buoy  painted  in  Bed  and  Blaek  Horizontal 
Stripes,  on  the  Middle  Ground,  well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when 
about  midway  between  Sand  Key  and  the  last-named  Buoy,  on  the 
Middle  (iround,  steer  about  SW.  for  the  I'.laek  Buoy  No.  5,  at  the 
entrance  of  the  Inner  Harbor  ;  on  the  Inst  course  the  Black  Buoy  No. 
3  will  be  left  well  on  the  Port  baud  ;  when  up  with  the  Blaek  Buoy 
No.  5,  which  lies  at  the  entrance  to  the  Inner  IIarl)or,  leave  ital)<iut 
20  feet  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  SE.  by  S-,  as  befon>  directed, 
and  anchor  abreast  the  Sally-port  in  about  2 1  feet  water.  Th.'  chan- 
nel leading  into  the  Inner  Harbor  is  so  narrow  that  il  is  advisable 
for  strangers  to  anchor  at  the  entrance,  and  take  a  pilot, — one 
can  .always  l)e  obtained  by  making  the  usual  signal.  Ineuteiing 
Tortugas  Harbor  by  the  Northwest  Channel  from  the  luitranc^o 
Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  to  the 
entrance  of  Inner  Harbor,  there  are  several  spots  of  IVoni  8  to  18 
feet,  which,  at  this  time,  are  not  ])uoyed  ;  the  course,  however, 
made  good  S.SE  ,  from  the  Entrance  Buoy,  clears  them. 


i  • 


,       'I  K 


^    ii. 


liU. 


M\ 


:!  ( 


III 
Ml 

J-.  1:  ; 


4(50  ELDUIDGES  COAST   TILOT. 


Beating  into  Tortugas  Harbor. 

In  entering  Tortngas  IIurl)()r,  the  slioals  in  many  places  arc  so 
abrupt  tiiat  it  is  advisable  for  strangers  not  to  attempt  to  beat  in 
without  a  pilot. 

irif/h  Water. 

It  is  high  water  in  Tortngas  Harbor  Ih.  47m.  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton, or  about  the  same  time  it  is  at  Koy  "West  Harbor;  common 
tides  rise  about  lj4  feet. 


SAN  CARLOS    BAY,  SOUTHWEST 
COAST   OP  FLOBIDA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Hay  is  N.  %  W-  HI  miles  from  North- 
west Passage  Ligiit'iouse  (Key  AVest)  ;  N.  by  E-  H  E.  120  miles 
from  Tortugas  Slain  Lighthouse;  Southeasterly  78  miles  from  p]g- 
inont  Key  Lighthouse  (entrance  toTampa  Bay),  and  Southeasterly 
•22  miles  from  the;  entrance  to  Charlotte  Harbor. 

Remarks. 

At  this  date  (ISSl),  the  channel  leading  into  San  Carlos  Bay  is 
marked  with  Buoys  and  Stakes,  About  ~}4  feet  water,  at  low  tide, 
(•an  be  carried  to  the  Cattle  Wharf  at  the  entrance  of  the  Caloosa 
River. 

Sailing  Directions  for  San  Carlos  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Wlu  n  in  ;?  fathoms  water,  bring  the  Telegraph  Station,  which 
stands!  on  Punta  Rosa,  North  side  of  San  Carlos  Bay,  to  bear 
UW.  ,'4  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy 
at  the  entrance  about  ■)^.  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  carrying  from 
2}(  to  214  fathoms  watfr.  As  you  sail  in,  keep  a  sharp  lookout 
for  the  Red  Buoy  on  the  Ivistern  side  of  entrance  ;  the  Telegraph 
Station  on  Punta  Rosa  bears  about  NW.  from  this  Buoy,  distance 
2J4  miles;  when  the  last-named  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  about  100 
yards  on  the  Starboard  iiand,  and  steer  NW.  Vj  W.,  carrying 
IVoni  10  lo  11  feet  water,  and  leaving  the  lirst  Stake  Board  (Red) 
100  yards  on  the  Starboard  and  carrying  aliout  7,'2  feet,  at  low 


1, 


I 


|)lacos  arc  so 
pt  to  beat  in 


it  is  at  Bos- 
or ;  coininon 


VEST 


from  North- 
E3.  120  miles 
li's  from  Kg- 
joutheasterly 


'arlos  Bay  is 

,  at  low  tide. 

tlio  Caloosa 


Daytime, 
tlier. 

tation,  which 
^ay,  to  bear 
!  Black  Buoy 
arrying  from 
liarp  lookout 
be  Telegraph 
10}',  distance 
it  about  100 
W-i  carrying 
Board  (Red) 
;  feet,  at  low 


i:ldridgk's  coast  viurr. 


4G1 


tide,  to  tlie  second  S»t:d<e  and  Ked  Cross,  wliidi  leave  about  1(10 
yards  on  tlie  Starboiird  b:in<l,  and  fallow  the  I'.astern  I'anlc.  \\\\\'A\ 
is  bold,  carrying  alx^ut  M  feet  wafer  to  (lie  third  Slidve,  whieli  leave 
about  50  yards  on  the  same  hand,  and  gradually  liani  to  liie  Noith- 
■wanl,  carrying  from  1.")  to  20  feet  w.aler,  leaving  tlic  Tehgrapii 
Station  a  short  disttince  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  abreast 
the  Cattle  Wharf.     These  directions  were  good  for  ISSl. 

It  is  higli  water  in  San  (  arhj  l>ay  ."lO  minutes  aflx-r  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  connnon  t'.des  rise  about  1  ^4  feet. 


CHARLOTTE  HARBOR,  FLORIDA. 

The  enti'Miice  t<i  this  ITaibor,  wiiicli  is  on  tlie  Southwest  coast  of 
Florida,  Hes  N.  by  W.  ? ;s  W-  1-*.S  miles  from  Northwest  Tassage 
I.ightliouse  (Key  Wcst).N-  by  E.  1 '"'O  miles  from  the  ]\Iain  Liglit- 
house  at  the  Dry  Tortn;;'as  Ishuids,  and  Soutiieasterly  '>7  miles 
from  the  Lighthouse  on  Kgniont  Key,  entrance  to  Tampa  Bay. 

At  this  date  (b'iSl),  in  entering  Charlotte  Harbor,  tliere  aie  but 
two  Buoys,  both  of  which  are  Channil  Buoys  painted  in  Black  and 
"White  rcrpendieular  Stri|)es.  At  this  time  there  arc  IS  fed  water, 
at  k>w  tide,  in  the  cluuuul  over  the  Bar,  and  1  1  feet  can  be  taken 
into  the  Bay  about  2  miles  al)ove  the  entrance.  In  stormy  weather 
the  channrl  is  well  marked  with  breakers  on  each  side.  Once  the 
Entranc(>  I'.uoy  is  made,  any  sti'anger,  with  a  favorable  wind,  can 
easily  enter  this  Harbor.     Tliore  are  no  pilots  hero. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Charlotte  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

"When  in  7  fathoms  water,  bring  the  South  Point  of  Oa-<p.irilla 
Island,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  entrance,  to  bear  NS  ;?.( 
E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lnokout  for  the 
Bar  Ihioy.  which  is  painted  in  Black  and  "White  reri)eu(licular 
Stripes  :  Gasparilla  Point  bears  from  this  Buoy  NE-  '4  E-  •'» 
miles;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  cither  liand 
and  btccr  NE.  ^4  E.     As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  the  Channel 


ffili 


T     •!!  f. 


4G2 


KLDRIDGF/S  COAST  PILOT. 


I 


Buoy,  piiiiucd  in  lllack  iind  While  rerpcndieular  Sdiix's;  leave 
tliis  IJuoy  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  steer  alxnit  NE-  l>y  E.  ?4 
Em  and  enter  about  midway  between  the  Points  ;  when  ouee  in 
the  Bay,  select  your  anchorage  according  to  draught.  Tliesu 
diroctiuus  were  good  for  IH.SI. 

JLifjh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Charlotte  Harbor  Ih.  40m.  after  it  is  at  P>03- 
ton  ;  common  tides  rise  about  1 J^  feet. 


TAMPA  BAY,  FLA. 

The  entrance  to  tlii.  Bay,  which  is  on  the  Southwest  coast  of 
Florida,  lies  Northwesterly  ")7  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Charlotte 
Harbor,  North  (nearly)  178  miles  from  the  Dry  Tort nj^as  Light- 
house, and  Southeasterly  02  miles  from  Cedar  Keys  Bightli(nise. 

Egmont  Key  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Nortli  end  of  Egmont  Key,  entrance  to  Tampa  r>ay,  is 
a  Bighthouse,  the  Tower  of  which,  at  this  date  (1HS2),  is  painted 
White,  and  shows,  at  this  time,  a  fixed  White  Bight.  Diy  Tor- 
tugas  Bighthouse  bears  from  Egmont"  Key  Bighthouse  South 
(nearly)  178  miles. 

Jicniat'Jcs. 

In  entering  Tampa  Bay  there  are  three  channels,  which  arc 
called  North  Channel,  Southwest  Channel  and  1  assage  Key  Chan- 
nel. The  North  Channel,  wiiich  leads  in  to  the  Nortliwest  of  the 
Bighthouse,  has  21  feet  water  across  the  Bar,  and  at  this  date 
(1881),  is  buoyed.  The  Southwest  Channel,  which  leads  in  to  the 
Southward  of  the  Bighthouse,  has  10  feet  water  across  the  Bar, 
and,  at  this  time,  is  also  buoyed.  Passage  Key  Channel,  which 
leads  in  between  I'assage  Key  and  the  Southern  Point  of  Palm 
Key,  lies  about  Oj^  miles  to  the  Southward  of  the  Bighthon.-  3  and 
has  about  !>  feet  water  over  the  liar,  and,  at  this  time,  is  not 
buoyed.  At  this  time,  10  feet  water  can  be  camcd  up  Tampa  Bay 
as  far  as  the  Black  Buoy  ofl'  fJadsden's  Point,  which  is  about  20 
miles  above  the  Bighthouse.  and  from  this,  about  8  feet  can  be 
carried  within  2  miles  of  Tampa,  .and  only  5  feet,  at  low  tide,  can 
be  carried  uj)  to  this  last-named  ^jlacc. 


t.  '^  k^ 


■^^fcoMfPoWiSIHSHffl* 


L 


[)(>s  ;  leave 
I.  by  E.  li 
n\  oiii'o  ill 
iL.      Tiiuso 


t  is  at  lios- 


?st  coast  of 
;o  Cliiirlottc 
ij^iis  Light- 

lltlKJUSO. 


Tipa  l>a}-,  is 

,  is  painU'il 

Diy  Tor- 

ouse   South 


,  -whicli  are 
Kc}'  Clian- 
,wcst  of  the 
it  tills  date 
ids  in  to  tlie 
ss  the  Bar, 
iimcl,  whicli 
int  of  Palm 
lithouK3  and 
lime,  is  not 
Tainpa  Hay 
I  is  about  20 
feet  can  be 
ow  tide,  can 


ELDIUDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


4G3 


Sailing  Directions  for  Tampa  Bay  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

li(f  the  Noi'tli   Channel, 

As  soon  as  Egmont  Key  Lighlliou.se  entrance  to  Tampa  T>ay  is 
made,  keep  in  not  less  than  "»  fatlioms  water,  until  it  bears  E.  ]■'• 
S.  ;  then,  witii  a  commanding  breeze,  run   for  it  on  tliis  <".urse, 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  IJar  Buoy  painted  in  Ulaelv  aiitl 
"White  IVrpeudieular  Stripes  ;  the  Light  house  bears  W.  ,'j  N.  I '4 
miles  IVoiii  it;  when  the  Buoy  is  maih-,  leave  it  close  to  on  either 
hand,  and  steer  East  about  ,">  miles,  carrying  not  less  tluin  LM  feet 
water,  until  up  with  the  Middle  Ihioy,  paiuteil  in  Black  and  Wiiito 
Perpendicular  Stripes;  leave  this   Huoy  close  to  on  eitlier  hand. 
and  steer  E.  ]i  S.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  olf  I':gmont  Shoal  and 
the  Lighthouse  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  continue  the 
course  E.  ]i  S.  nntil  the  Lightlioii^e  bears  W-  by  S-  ,'j  S.,  then 
make  good  the  course  E.  by  N-  'j  N-  about  3.'j  miles,  carrying 
not  less  than  4  fathoms  water  and  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  tlu) 
Black  Buoy  oft"  Mullet  Key  ;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  about 
%  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  NE.  }i  E.  '"''j   miles,  carry- 
ing not  less  than  22  feet  water,  to  Red  Buoy  oli'  Piney  Point ;  leave 
the  last-named  Buoy  al">ut  ]/,  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make 
good  the  course  NE-  cy  N-  '.>K'   miles,  to  Black  lUioy  otf  Gads- 
den's Point,  carrying  not  less  than  1  (I  iVel  water  :  on  this  la.st  course 
the  Black  Buoy  on  the  Jliddle  (iroiind  will  be  left  well  on  the  Port, 
and  the  Bed  Buoy,  off  Mangrove  Bank,  on  the  Starboard  h.-ind  ; 
when  the  Bl.aek  Buoy  olf  Gadsden's  Point  is  made,  leave  it  aliout 
]{  mile  on  the  I'oit,  and  the  next  Pilaclc  Buoy  about  100  yards  on 
the  same  hand,  and  haul  \\\)  about  North  and  run  about  1-)^  miles, 
carrying  not  less  than  11  feet  water,  to  the  Channel  Buoy  painted 
in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Sti'ipes  ;  leave  this  Buoy  close, 
to  on  either  hand,  and  steer  N-  by  W-  2,',-  miles,  carrving  not  less 
than  11  feet,  to  lUaek  Buoy  off  Long  Shoal ;  leave  this  Buoy  about 
100  feet  on   the  Port  hand,  and  run  WNW-  a^'ont  1 '^^  miles, 
earning  not  less  than  10  feet;  when  about   ]i   mile  from  Ballast 
Point,  which  is  on  the  Western  side,  gradually  haul  to  the  North- 
ward, and  steer  N-  by  W.  1 J4  niiles,  carrying  not  less  than  9  feet, 
until  the  North  end  of  a  small  Island,  called  Depot  Key,  bears 
NE.  by  E.  ;  then  anchor  in  about  8  feet  water,  soft  liottom,  about 
2  miles  below  Tampa.     Above  this  a  pilot  is  necessary.     These 
directions  were  good  for  1881. 


I 


m 


464 


i;Li)i;ii)(ir,s  coast  pilot. 


lif/  the  South    Channel. 

Keep  ill  r>  fiiUioiiis  water  until  KLTiiKjiit  Koy  LiiililhoiH;^  \»iWH 
NE.  liy  N.  \7.  Nm  tlu'ii  niii  lor  it,  on  tiiisooiM'sc,  kicpii-  a  ^ll;l^|) 
lookout  lui' llic  liar  Uuoy  painted  in  I'.lack  iind  Winti'  rcrpeMiiie- 
ular  Stripes;  tlic  Liuiitlioiise  hears  from  ll'is  Wmv.  KS.  l>y  DJ.  i/, 
N.  J^'^"  miles ;  leave  tliis  liiioy  close  to  on  eitlitr  liaml  ami  htecr 
NE.  jj  E.,  earryin'j;  at  this  dale  (l.S.Si>).  almiit  IC  fiet  wahr 
ueross  liie  ))ar,  and  leavinji  tlie  lied  IJnoy  oil'  l!ie  Sand  IL.ro 
about  J4;  mile  on  tlie  Starlionrd  liami  ;  when  p;ist  tlie  S.iiitli  jjoint 
of  Kfrmont  Island,  ■whicii  is  i)<)hl,  continue  tlie  cmii.-e  '^^.  ]'.  E. 
about  o  miles  to  Black  liiioy  Xo.  1,  ..if  Mullet  K  y  liauK.  1  a-iyin^r 
from  U  to  .".()  feet  wa'er;  this  last-named  lliioy  h  ais  IV  .11  K,;;mM)a 
Key  Liniitliouse  E.NE.,  distance  A]',  miles  ;  leave  thislJiioy  siliout 
\i  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  ifboiuid  to  'i'amp;i.  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given.     These  directions  wore  good  for  1#«1. 

nUjh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Tamii.i  -2h.  ]'im.  after  it  is  at  Boston,  or 
4Ii.  \hvci.  after  it  is  at  Key  West;  common  tides  rise  about  2^3 
I'eet. 


MANATEE  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  llivcr,  which  is  on  the  Southeastern  side  of 
Tampa  I5ay  near  its  entrance,  lies  SE-  by  E.  "?<|  miles  from  E"-- 
mont  Key  Lighthouse. 

liemovks. 

From  the  Bar  Buoy  at  the  entrance  of  :\Ianatee  Piver  to  the 
Steamboat  Wharf  at  Braden  town,  the  distance  is  about  C  ^[  miles  ; 
at  this  date  (18.S2),the  channel  leading  uj)  is  wtll  ma.iked  witU 
Buoys  and  Stakes  ;  there  is  about  7^'^  fee'  water  on  the  bar. 

Sailing    Directions   for   Manatee   River    in    Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Smsdl  or  light  draught  vessels,  bound  to  Manatee  River,  may  fol- 
low the  direct  ions  before  given  for  Tampa  Bay  liy  either  channel 
until  past  Kgmont  Key  ;  then  bring  the  Ligh:lious;.  on  this  \\k}\  to 
bear  NW-  by  W.,  and  ruake  good  the  course  SE.  by  E.  to  the 


i'^  it. 


*iiiiL.i^  iiiiijwi'll^'iii'i  iiii»i 'iiMi I  w 


l.,L!.'  a  ^ll;t^l) 
'  T' r|n"i(iic- 

3.  i;.vn.  ,■:• 

1    !Unl    sin  r 

fii'l.    watrr 

Simil   ll.do 

■>'>iitli   jioiiit 

1^3.  !■  E. 

JJiioy  iiliotit 
,v  Uio  tlirco- 
1. 


Boston,  or 

llhoilt  2;  3 


orn  sido  of 
i  I'lom  Etr- 


'ivor  to  the 
(!  '^  miles  ; 

i'.iked  Willi 
bar. 

in  Day- 
ather. 

T,  may  fol- 

cr  cliaiuR'l 

iiis  Key  to 

E.  10  the 


f 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


465 


Bar  Rnoy  painted  in  Rlack  and  Wliite  Porpondicular  Stripes,  which 
lies  olJ' the  entrance  to  M  inatee  River;  tiiis  Buoy  bears  from  tiio 
Lighthouse  on  Egmont  Key  SE.  by  E.  about  0  miles  ;  as  soon  as 
tliis  Buoy  is  made,  bring  it  to  boar  SE-  by  E-  ami  r.ui  fur  it  on 
this  course,  leaving  it  clo.se  to  on  eillier  hand,  and  steer  SE.  -^^  E- 
until  tlie  next  Buoy  (Black)  is  nearly  on  witli  Snead's  Point  (wliich 
is  the  first  on  the  Port  side  in  entering)  ;  then  haul  up  al)()ut  E.  ^4 
S.,  leaving  the  last-nameil  Buoy  about  50  feet  on  the  Port,  and  follow 
the  Port  or  Northern  Bunk,  which  can  be  clearly  seen  and  is  bold, 
to  Snead's  Point,  keeping  the  next  Buoy  (lied)  a  little  open  on  the 
Starboard  bow,  passing  through  the  narrow  channel  and  leaving 
the  last-named  Buoy  about  40  fei^t  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  wlicn 
past  this  Buoy  steer  SE.  by  E.  >^  E.,  leaving  the  next  Buoy 
(Black)  about  50  feet  on  the  Port,  and  the  next  Buoy  (Red)  50 
feet  on  the  Starboard,  and  next  Buoy  (Black)  50  feet  on  the  Port 
hand ;  when  past  the  last  Buoy  steer  about  East,  keeping  Pcjiut 
Ogdeu,  which  is  the  first  on  the  Port  side,  about  J 2  point  on  the 
Port  bow,  until  up  with  the  first  stake,  which  leave  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  hand ;  then  gradually  haul  for  the  second  stake,  which  is 
also  left  close  to  on  the  same  hand,  and  steer  about  SE.  }i  S.  for 
the  Steaiuboat  Wharf  at  liraden  town. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  Egmont  Key,  entrance  to  Tampa  Bay,  t) 
minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston,  or  Ih.  51m.  after  it  is  at  Key  West 
Harbor;  common  tides  rise  about  IJ^  feet. 


ANCLOTE  KEYS  ANCHORAGE,  FLA. 

This  Anchorage,  which  is  on  the  Southwest  Coast  of  Elorida,  lies 
about  31  miles  Northwesterlj-  from  Egmont  Key  Lighthouse, 
entrance  to  Tampa  Bay,  and  Southeasterly  about  5(5  miles  from 
Cedar  Keys  Lighthouse;  in  entering  about  8  feet  water  can  lie 
taken  over  the  bar  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Anclote  Keys  Anchorage  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  7  feet  draught,  from  the  Northwestward 
or  Seaward,  may,  when  in  'iJ^  fathoms  water,  bring  the  North  An- 


.. .  t#^.MHMI^'>«iH«a«A^ 


mil 


4GG 


ELDRIDGK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


i  Oil"! 


dote  Key  to  boar  S.  In*  E-  Jj  E-  find  rim  for  it  on  this  course, 
la'ci)iiig  !i  sliiU'i)  lookout,  lor  tlic  North  IJaiik  Hiioj-  (Hcd)  ;  wlicii 
this  Ihioy  is  nuuh',  Icuvi'  it  iihoiit  100  janls  on  tlniSfarhoanl  Iiiuk!, 
aiul  sti'or  East  for  tlie  Bar  IJiioy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Pcr- 
pcndieiilar  Stripes  ;  leave  tliis  Buoy  close  to  on  either  hand  and 
steer  SSE.  aliont  1  mile;  tiien  steer  South  and  anchor  witli  any 
of  the  Anclute  Keys  bearing  West,  in  from  12  to  18  feet  water,  soft 
bottom. 

Coming  from  the  Southeastward  or  Seaward,  bring  the  North 
Anclote  Ke}-  to  bear  N-NE-  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  the 
water  shoals  to  2 Jl^  fathoms;  then  steer  North  until  up  with  the 
North  Bank  Buoy  (Red)  ;  leave  this  Buoy  about  100  feet  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  steei'  Kast  until  uj)  witli  the  Bar  Buoy  painted 
in  Black  and  Wliite  rerpendiiaihir  Stripes ;  leave  this  Buoy  close 
to  on  either  hand,  and  steer  S-SE.  about  1  mile  ;  then  steer  South 
and  anchor  with  any  of  the  Anolote  Keys  bearing  West,  in  from  12 
to  15  feet  water,  good  holding  ground. 


ANOLOTE  KEYS  OUTSIDE  ANCHOR- 
AGE. 

Vessels  of  from  12  to  15  feet  draught  ma}- find  good  anchorage 
hy  the  following  directions  :  Bring  the  centre  of  the  vVnclote  Keys 
to  bear  from  NE.  to  SE.  and  run  for  them,  and  anchor  according 
to  draught.  It  is  said  that  vessels  lie  here  in  heavy  blows  from 
the  Nortliwestward,  Westward,  and  even  Southwestward. 

JTIgh  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  Anclote  Keys  Anchorage  40  minutes  after 
it  is  at  Boston,  or  about  2h.  48m.  after  it  is  at  Key  West ;  com- 
mon tides  rise  about  1  ^  feet. 


GEDAR  KEYS  HARBOR,  FLA. 

The  entrance  to  these  Kej's,  which  is  on  the  Soutliwest  Coast  of 
Florida,  lies  92  miles    Northwesterly  from    Egmont  Key  Light- 


*^ '^ '^4iui*L» 


his  course, 
'(•(1)  ;  wlicn 
Ixiard  Iuiik!, 
Wliito  I'cr- 
['  hand  and 
r  witli  any 
,  watiT,  soft 

tlio  North 
so  until  Iho 
p  witli  thi^ 
foct  on  tlio 
loy  puintod 
IJiioy  closo 
st(>c'r  Soutli 

in  from  12 


mOR- 


anclioragc 
icloto  Keys 
■  according 
)lows  from 
•d. 


inntcs  after 
Vest ;  coin- 


.A. 

st  Coast  of 
Key  Light- 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


4G7 


house,  entrance  to  Tampa  Bay  ;  Northwi-sterly  about  A 1  miles  from 
the  Anclole  Keys  anehor.ige  ;  N-  H  W-  ■-^"""^  miles  from  tiie  Dry 
Tortngas  LigliUiouse ;  Noillieiislerly  82  miles  from  St.  Mark's 
Lighthouse,  and  Kast-Soutlu'rly  1  OH  miles  from  Cape  St.  George 
Lighthouse,  near  entrance  to  Ai)alachicola  Bay. 

Cedar  Keys  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Eastern  end  of  tiie  moinid  on  Sea  Horse  Key,  West 
side  of  entrance  to  ('edur  Keys  Harbor,  is  a  White  Dwelling,  which 
at  this  date  (18H2),  shows  from  Us  '.op  a  lixed  White  Light  which 
Flashes  White  every  minute.  This  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Dry 
Tortugas  Lighthouse  N.  ^a  W.  I'dH  miles. 

Memavks, 

At  this  date  (1HS2),  in  entering  Cedar  Keys  Harbor,  there  is  at 
low  tide,  11  feet  water  through  the  Bar  Cut  Clupmel,  and  10  feet 
through  tiie  Middle  (Jroinul  Cut  Channel ;  at  this  time,  the  Channel 
leading  into  this  harbor  and  up  to  the  wharf  (which  is  the  termina- 
tion of  the  Florida  Railroad),  is  we)'  buoyed. 

Sea  Horse  Roof. 

This  Beef,  which  extends  off  Southwesterly  .ibont  11  miles  from 
Cedar  Keys  Lighthouse,  has  but  little  water  upon  it  in  several 
places;  strangers  should  not  attempt  to  cross  it  without  a  pilot; 
the  Lead  always  gives  warning  in  approaching  this  danger  from 
eitlu'r  side  ;  it  is  therefore  advisabh,  to  not  approach  it,  esi)ecially 
at  night-time,  in  less  than  3  fatlioms  water. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cedar  Keys  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Bound  t/j  Cedar  Keys  Harbor,  keep  in  not  less  than  \]'z  fathoms 
water,  until  the  Red  Nun  Buoy  No.  2  is  made  ;  this  Buoy  lies  oflf 
the  Southwest  end  of  Sea  Horse  Reef;  Cedar  Keys  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  NE-  by  N-  'A  N-,  distance  \0}i  miles  ;  when 
the  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  about  '^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
steer  NE-i  leaving  Sea  Horse  Reef  well  to  the  Westward,  and  car- 
rying fron.«  3>^  to  4  fathoms  water;  as  soon  as  Cedar  Keys  Light- 
hous°e  is  made  (which  is  rather  ditllcult  to  distinguish  in  the 
daytime),  bring  it  to  l)ear  N.  by  E-  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
carrying  from  3'^  fathoms  water  to  It  feet,  and  keeping  a  sharp 


408 


KLDlilDGK'S  COAST   I'lLOT. 


Mim^^i 


I 


lookout  for  the  OuUt  Har  Iliioy  (Hlack)  ;  tliis  Duoy,  wliicli  innrks 
till)  Soiitliwi'.^t  I'li'l  of  till'  Itar  Cut  Cliamiel,  hears  S-  l>y  W-  fi'*."!: 
tin;  Lii^rlil house,  distaiici!  1  .'^  miles;  leave  this  lliioy  ahoiit  50  feot 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  NNE.,  carrying  about  11  feet  '.vuter 
throujjih  the  narrow  ehannel  to  tlu;  Inner  IJar  Hiioy  (Hlack)  which 
marks  the  Inner  end  of  the  Uur  Cut  Channel ;  leave  the  last  Hiioy 
also  ahoiit ')()  feet  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  N.  I'y  E.  ,'j  E-, 
leavin<j;  the  Hlaek  Huoy  olf  Panama  Khoal  al  -it  ].")()  yards  on  the 
Port,  and  the  lied  IJiioy  olf  the  East  Hank  about  !()()  yards  on  the 
Starboard  hand  ;  when  |)ast  this  Hiioy  steer  about  North,  leaving 
three  lied  IJuoys  on  the  Starboard  and  one  Rlai^k  Buoy,  which  lies 
olf  Sea  Horse  Key,  on  the  Port  hand  ;  wiien  past  the  third  lied  Puoy 
steer  about  NE-  ,'j  E,  li-aviiig  the  Black  Buoy  olf  the  Jliddle 
Ground  about  M  feet  on  the  Port,  and  the  Bed  Buoy  olf  Depot 
Key  Shoal  about  50  foet  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  then  haul  up 
about  North,  and  leave  a  small  Islet  called  (irassy  Key  about  ITiO 
yards  on  the  Port,  and  t'le  Red  Buoy  off  l)epf)t  Key  Middle  about 
7.')  feel  on  the  Starboard,  and  Black  Buoy  (.if  Way  Key  Jliddlc 
about  l(t()  feet  on  the  Port  hand;  from  this  last  Buoy  steer  about 
NE.  by  N.  with  the  next  llod  Buoy  about  one  point  on  the  Staiboard 
bow  ;  this  last  Buoy  marks  the  Starboard  side  of  the  South  end  of 
the  Middle  Ground  Cut  Channel ;  leave  the  last-nanie(l  Bu  )y  about 
r  '  feet  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  haul  np  N.  ji  E-  through  the 
Cut  Channel,  leaving  the  next  Buoy  (Black),  wh'ch  murks  the  West 
side  of  the  Channel,  about  75  feet  on  the  I'ort  hand,  and  the  next 
Bed  Buoy,  wiiicb  marks  the  North  end  of  the  Cut  Channel,  about  50 
feet  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when  past  this  Buoy  steer  al)out 
Northeast  for  the  Railway  AVharf,  or  anchor  a  little  North  of  a  line 
drawn  from  the  last  Red  Buoy  to  this  wharf,  in  from  15  to  20  feet 
■water,  North  of  the  Middle  Gronn  1  Cut  Channel. 

Tlie  current  of  Flood  sets  strong  to  the  Eastward,  and  that  of  the 
Ebb  to  the  AVcstward  across  the  Middle  Ground  Cut  Channel ; 
there  is  good  anchorage  to  the  Southward  of  this  Channel,  about 
250  yards  Southwest  from  the  wharves  at  Depot  Key,  in  from  li  to 
15  foet  water. 

In  entering  Cedar  Keys  Harbor,  both  sides  of  the  channel,  be- 
tween the  Buoys,  are  well  marked,  at  this  time,  with  small  Bush 
Stakes,  which  arc  placed  on  the  edge  of  the  banks  by  the  local 
pilots. 

The  channel  leading  into  Cedar  Keys,  in  many  places  is  so  nar- 


*•  '^  «»-iiJij»4^(i*fc---t= 


U'u'h  itinrka 
y  W.  IVv.-.;: 
)iit  tiO  ft'C't 
ft'ct  '.viiter 
ack)  which 
I  last  IJiioy 

•E.  yj  E., 

rds  on  tlio 
ids  on  tlie 
rtli,  leaving 
,  whicli  lies 
1  lied  Hiioy 
Llio  Jliildle 
•  oir  Depot 
u  haul  up 
alK.ut  ITiO 
dillo  about 
;cy  MuUllo 
itccr  about 
.^  Stall )oar(l 
nith  end  of 
l]u  >y  about 
krougli  tho 
cs  tho  West 
d  the  next 
1,  about  50 
iteiT  al)out 
th  of  a  line 
)  to  20  feet 

that  of  the 
t  Channel ; 
nuol,  about 
from  li  to 

hanncl,  be- 
small  Bush 
y  tho  loeul 

3  is  so  nar- 


KLDRIIKUVS  COAST   I'lbOT. 


m 


row  tliiil  it   is  advisable  for  Hlran<?errt,  in  vessels  of  nuieh  size,  to 
enipliiy  pilots. 

Jlif/h    U'ufrr. 

It  is  hijfh  water  at  Cedar  Keys  Harbor  lb.  fi^ni.  nller  it  is  at 
Hoston,  or  about  .'Sh.  .11  ni.  after  it  is  at  Key  West  Ilariior ;  coni- 
niiHi  tides  rise  about  '2],^  feet. 

Tho  Coast  from  Egmont  Koy  Lighthouso  (ontranco 
to  Tampa  Bay)  to  Codar  Keys. 

From  lvj,inont  Key  I-i^ihtiiouse  to  Ceilar  Ke.\s,  a  distauee  of 
about  ill)  miles,  shoal  wali'r  extends  olfa  lunji  distauee  from  shore  ; 
vessels,  therefore,  navi<?ating  this  pirt  of  tho  eoast,  especially  at 
niuiit-tinie,  or  in  thick  weather,  should  not  approach  it  in  less  than 
G  fathoms  water. 


ST.  MARK'S  RIVER,  FLA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Uiver,  which  is  at  tlie  head  of  Appalaclioo 
Bay,  Southwest  coast  of  Florida,  lies  Nortliwesterly  H-2  miles  from 
Cedar  Ke\  s  !/i>;hthouse,  Kast-Northerly  fj;!  miles  from  Cape  St. 
Geor<,'e  Liijbthouse,  and  N- by  W.  jii  W.  ^.U  milca^from  Dry 
Tortugas  Lighthouse. 

St.  Mark's  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  East  side  of  entrance  to  St.  Mark's  River  is  a  Light- 
house, tho  Tower  of  which,  at  this  date  (1H«-'),  is  White,  and 
filiows  a  fi\-ed  White  Li!j,ht.  Dry  Tortuu'as  Lii:hthousc  bears  from 
St.  Mark's  Lighthouse  S-  by  E.  yl  E.  oM  miles. 

MeiiKn'h's. 

From  the  Outer  Bar  Buoy  to  St.  :Mark's  Lighthouse  the  distance 
is  '2J^  miles,  and  from  thence  !)j{  miles  to  St.  Mark's,  which  is 
situated  uptm  tho  Northern  side  of  tho  River.  In  IS.JG  about  10 
feet  water,  at  low  tide,  could  be  carried  across  the  Bar  and  through 
the  Spanish  Hole  abreast  the  Lighthouse,  and  from  this  point  about 
7  feet,  at  l(jw  tide,  could  bo  taken  up  through  a  narrow  and  crooked 
channel  to  St.  Mark's.  At  this  date  (ISH-J).  t'le  channel  is  well 
marked  with  Buoys  and  Beacons  as  far  as  the  Lighthouse,  and  from 
this  point,  \viLh  Stakes,  to  St.  Mark's. 


I 


«1MI1 


470 


KM)ltM)GKS  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  St.  Mark's  Rivor  in  Daytimo, 
witli  favorable  winds  and  fair  woathor. 

Vt'HwU  of  IK. I  ■(•  tliiiii  !)  or  10  fi'ol  (Iniii^lit,  iiiiiv,  at  iibout  ;/j 

flood,  hriiijt  St.  Miirk'H  Li^'litlioiiso  to  hoar  N.  U  W.,  ami  iim  Tor 
It  oil  this  cciuisf,  l<cc|iiii!,'  a  nliarp  lookout  (or  tlio  OiittT  Har  iJiioy, 
piiiiilL'd  ill  lHack  and  Wliitc?  rt'r|.fii.liciilar  StripcH ;  tlio  Li^litliouso 
Itt'ur.H  from  this  lliioy  N.  -)i  W.,  distance  2-^^  inil.M  ;  wlu'U  this 
IJiioy  is  madis  K-iivo  it  dose  to  on  lithcr  hand,  and  stci-r  ahoiit 
North,  h'avintr  flic  Hcd  Ihioy,  off  the  Kast  Hank,  a  siiort  distaiii-c 
on  tiio  Starboard  haml,  and  steer  alionl  NW-  hy  N.  H  N  ,  leav- 
ing till'  two  Hed  Four  I'ilc  Boacons,  on  the  East  Hank,  on  llie  Star- 
hoard,  and  tile  twolllaek  Four  I'ilo  15eaeoiis,  on  the  West  Ihink,  on 
the  Tort  liand  ;  wlien  past  tiie  second  Black  Bea(ton,  keep  a  siiarp 
lookout  for  the  lied  Buoy  oil"  the  Wcslern  part  of  Alidilie  (Jroiind  ; 
wiieii  tiiis  is  made,  U'ave  it  close  to  on  the  Slariioard  iiand,  and 
steer  more  Xortiierly.  passing;  thronfj;h  tlie  narrow  chaiiiiel  and  leav- 
ing the  Bed  Bnoy,  otf  the  SonUiwestern  part  of  Lon;;  I'.ar,  a  sliort 
di.staiK^c  on  the  Starboard  iiand ;  when  past  tlio  last-named  Bnoy, 
steer  altont  N.  'j  E.,  and  aneh  ir  in  the  Deep  Hole,  when  tlio 
Li<,'hthonse  bears  SE.  I'y  E.  'j  E-,  in  from  12  to  10  feci  water. 
If  Ijound  up  to  St.  Clark's,  a  pi  Hi  is  necessary  at  this  unehorage. 

JIif//t   Water. 

It  is  hi;>;h  water  in  St.  Mark's  Ifiver  iMi.  Dm.  aRor  il  is  at  P.oston, 
or  about  -Ih.  Hm.  after  it  is  at  Key  Wcl^  Harbor;  comiaou  tidca 
rise  about  2^3  feet. 

South  west  Cajte  Shoals. 

Upon  the  Western  side  of  entrance  to  Appalachec  Ray,  shoal 
water  extends  olf  Southerly  a  Ion;;  distance  from  the  siiore.  Two 
Red  r.Moys  are  placed  olf  this  danger,  —  one  on  the  Southeastern 
part,  the  other  on  the  Southern  part.  Those  Buoys  lie  on  a 
line  of  bearin.ir  SW.  by  W.  Ji'W-  and  NE.  by  E.  Jj  E.  and 
are  about  10  miles  apart. 

Boaringa   and   Distances    from   tho   Eastern   Red   Buoy   off 
Southwest   Cape   Shoals. 

Oistanco. 

Cedar  Keys  LiLjhthouse.  SE.  by  E 72  miles. 

St.  Murk's  Lighthouse,  N.  ],j  W li      " 


If    ; 

n 


'^'  ^*i««sM1*II'tK»'*.- 


Daytlmo, 
thor. 

,  ill  about  [j 
,  uml  Milt  Ibr 
T  Kar  Huoy, 
^  Li;;litli()iisu 
I ;  wlu'ii  tliia 
steer  iilxxit 
lort  (listaiK-o 
^;"  N  .  Icav- 
on  till?  Star- 
L>st  Hunk,  on 
H'{\)  a  .sliai'i> 
lilf  (.iioiiiitl ; 
(1  liaiiil,  and 
ifl  and  U-av- 
l>ar,  a  sliort 
aiiifd  liiioy, 
It',  wlica  llio 
)  fii'i,  watiT. 
unclioia'i'e. 


KLinuDULS  I  uAsr  ii:.t)T. 


471 


SoiilliwoHt  Cape  (nearent  land),  W-  l»y  N.  m'.irly    .     •     K^  »>ll''«. 
Kcd  UiiHV  (iir  Soiilliwrsti'i'ii  part  of  tin  sc  Slioals,  SW. 

l)y  W.  j.  W.  iH'arly l'>     " 

Vessels  liaviii;/  made  tli(<  Kasli-ni  Iluoy,  off  Soiitliwest  Capo 
Sli'.als,  iiiiwt  loavf  it  a  Hliuit  dHtniicc  on  tlio  I'oit  hand,  and 
malio  good  tlu!  eourw-  N-  |j  W.  H'l'  miloH,  wlii<li  will  bring 
tlicin  up  witii  tlie  Outer  Uuoy  wiiidi  lies  oil"  tlio  eulrttnco  to  St. 
Mark's  River. 

Bearings   and   Dintanoofl   from  tho  Wostorn   Rod   Buoy  off 
Southwest  Capo  Shoals. 

DUtanea. 

Eastern  Ucd  llnov.  oil"  Soutlieastern  part  of  tlicse  Shoals, 

NE.  I'vE.  J.'E H)  miles. 

Southwest  Cape  (nearest  land),  N.  ,'4  E 7 

East  Pass  to  St.  (leor<fe's  Sound,  W-  b\   S l'"* 

Capo  St.  Ceorjr.'  Li-iiliiouse,  SW-  by  W.  H^-  •     '  '^^      " 

Vessels  from  tlie  Westward,  bonn<l  to  St.  Mark's,  must  leave 
this  Huoy  to  tlia  Northward,  and  Hteer  NE  by  E-  'A  E.  10  miles, 
whieli  will  biiiig  them  up  with  the  Red  Huoy  otr  the  Eastern  part 
of  this  danger. 


ii 


s  at  Hoston, 
tnnauu  tides 


B.ay,  shoal 
horo.  Two 
ioutheastern 
ys  lie  on  a 
.  14  E.  and 


Buoy   off 


Oistanco. 


miles. 


li 


BAST    PASS    (ST.    GEORGE'S    SOUND), 

FLA. 

The  entranec  to  this  Pass,  wiiieh  is  on  the  Southwest  coast  of 
Florida,  lies  W.  by  N.  H  N-  93  miles  from  Cedar  Keys  Light- 
house, W.  by  S-  15  miles  fiom  the  Red  Huoy  off  the  Western 
l)art  SoutlMVest  Cape  Shoals,  and  Northeasterly  about  22  miles 
from  Capo  St.  George  Lighthouse. 

From  tlie  Outer  Bar  Buoy,  whieli  is  painted  in  Hlack  and  White 
Perpeiidieiilar  Stripes,  to  West  end  of  Dog  Island,  East  side  of 
entrance  to  St,  George's  Sound,  tlie  distance  is  2;^  miles.  At  this 
date  (18H2).  the  Channel  lea'ling  Into  the  anehorugo  is  well  buoyed. 
At  this  time,  about  1-i  feet  water  can  bo  taken  across  the  Bar  at 
low  tide. 


■s  I 


li 

it 


11 


f 

li 

\ 

'4 

■■1 

'4% 

'  til 

M 


472 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  East  Pass  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Do  not  ni.pronch  tlio  Bar  in  less  than  .5  fathoms  water  i-ntil  tho 
AVcst  end  oC  Dog  Island  (nliicli  is  a  low  sand  hcacli,  hare  of 
trees,  and  lies  on  the  Kastcrn  side  of  entrance)  bears  N.NW-  ; 
tlion,  with  a  connnaiurnu;  breeze,  rnn  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping 
a  sharp  lookout  for  tiie  Outer  Bar  Buoy,  which  is  painted  in  Black 
and  Wiiite  Perpendicular  Stripes,  and  lies  in  about  t  fatlioins 
water ;  wlien  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  cither  hand, 
and  continue  the  course  N-NW.,  leaving  the  West  Bank  Bu.iy 
(Black)  about  '>0  ^,  ards  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past  this  Buoy,  steer 
NW.  I)y  N. }{:  N.,  opening  the  West  end  of  Dog  Island  about  one-, 
half  point  on  tlio  Starl)oard  l)ow,  until  up  with  the  Black  Buoy 
off  ]\Iarsh  Point  Shoals;  leave  this  last  Buoy  about  50  yards  on 
the  Port  hand  :  wlion  the  West  end  of  Dog  Island,  which  is  bold, 
bears  NE.  %  E.,  make  good  the  course  SW.  H  W.  nntil  the 
Northeast  end  of  St.  George's  Island,  AVesteni  side  of  entrance, 
bears  E  SE.,  distance  about  3^  mile  ;  then  anchor  about  Jj^  mile  to 
the  Northward  of  the  Black  Buoy,  in  about  nj{  fathoms  water, 
soft  mud. 

Good  anchorage  is  also  found  in  Pilot  Cove,  which  is  about  5/s 
mile  to  the  Kastwanl  of  the  Western  end  of  Dog  Island.  AVith 
Westerly  winds,  when  past  the  Black  Buoy,  which  bears  S.  by  W. 
U  W.  from  the  West  end  of  Dog  Island,  steer  about  North,  and 
haul  round  the  AVest  end  of  this  last-named  Island  (wliich  is  bold) 
at  a  distance  of  j(  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard,  and  anchor 
in  Pilot's  Cove,  with  the  end  of  the  Point  bearing  from  West  to 
W.  by  S.,  distant  about  fy  mile,  in  about  S}(  fathoms  water,  soft 
bottom. 

If  bound  to  Crooked  River,  steer  from  the  West  end  of  Dog 
Island  N.  ^4  E. 

High  Water. 

It  is  high  water  at  the  East  Pass  entrance  to  St.  George's  Sound 
2h.  IGm.  after  it  is  at  Boston,  or  4h.  lorn,  after  it  is  at  Key  West 
Harbor ;  common  tides  rise  about  1  }^  feet. 

Cape  St.  George  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Cape  St.  George,  al)out  ;i><  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  the 
West  Pass  entrance  to  St.  George's  Sound  and  Apalachicola  Bay, 


;   I 


^■^^&^i)*M^fS«v.'. 


rtime,  with 
ler. 

water  iMitil  tlio 
)oacli,  hare  of 
'ars  N.NW. ; 
oursc,  kerpiii'^ 
intcd  in  Black 
3iit  t  fatlioins 
)n  cither  liand, 
st  Hank  BiKiy 
liis  IJiio}-,  steer 
and  abontone-. 
e  Black  Buoy 
i  50  yards  on 
wliich  is  hold, 
W.  until  the 
e  of  entrance, 
lOUt  }_l  uiilo  to 
atlionis  water, 

ell  is  {ibout  5,^ 
Island.  AVith 
■ars  S.  by  W- 
int  North,  and 
rthieli  is  bold) 
d,  and  anchor 
from  West  to 
ins  water,  soft 

t  end  of  Dog 


eorge's  Sound 
at  Key  West 


stward  of  the 
achicola  Bay, 


ELBr.IDGE'S  COAST  PILOT 


473 


is  a  Lighthouse,  the  Tower  of  which,  at  this  date  (1SS2),  is  painted 
White,  and  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  A  Brown  Dwelling  stamls 
80  yards  North  of  the  Lighthouse.  Cedar  Keys  Lighthouse  bears 
B.  J8  S.  from  Cape  St.  George  Lighthouse,  distance  lOS  miles  ; 
DryTortugas  Lighthouse  SE.  by  S.  U  S  31G  miles;  Cape  San 
Bias  Lighthouse  W-  J^  N-  18  miles. 

Shoal  water  extends  olf  a  long  distance  from  Capo  St.  George 
Lighthouse.  The  outer  part  of  this  danger  is  marked  with  a  Red 
Buoy.  Cape  St.  George  Lighthouse  liears  from  this  Buoy  N.  ji 
W-  about  7  miles.  Vessels  navigating  this  part  of  the  co..st 
should  nut  pass  to  the  Northward  of  this  Buoy. 


APALACHICOLA  BAY  and  ST.  GEORGE'S 
SOUND  BY  THE  WEST  PASS. 

The  entrance  to  this  Pass  is  West-Northerly  about  ^y,  miles 
from  Cape  St.  George  Ivighthouse,  and  11  miles  to  the  Eastward 
of  Cape  San  Bias  Lighthouse. 

Remarh'S. 

The  Outer  Bar  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and  White  rcrpendicular 
Stripes,  which  marks  the  entrance  to  Apalacliieola  liay,  bears  W- 
y^  N.  from  Cape  St.  George  Lighthouse,  distance  about  5  miles. 
At  this  date  (1882),  the  channel  leading  into  Apalachicola  Bay  is 
well  marked  with  Buoys.  At  this  time,  about  13  feet  water,  at 
low  tide,  can  be  taken  over  the  Bar  up  to  the  Lower  Anchorage, 
which  IS  about  8  miles  from  the  town,  and  from  this  about  11  feet 
can  be  carried  to  the  Upper  Anchorage,  which  is  zy  miles  from 
town.  In  1870,  about  4  feet  waic-  could  be  carried  up  the  entrance 
of  the  River  to  Apalachicola. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Apalachicola  Bay  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  having  made  the  Red  Nun  Buoy  off  Capo 
George  Outer  Shoal  (before  described),  make  good  the  course 
NW.  Y\  N.  about  9  miles,  which  will  bring  you  up  \\  illi  the  Outer 
Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Striiies.  which 
marks  the  entrance  to  Apalachicola  Bay  ;  when  this  Buoy  is  made, 


!i 


i  • 


n 


I . 


474 


ELDIUDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


I 

1 


Iravo  it  dose  to  on  citlior  liaiul,  and  stocr  about  NE.  l>y  N.  Jj  N. 
for  tlic  IJIack  Buoy  otF  Flaj;  Jslaiid  Knoll  ;  li'ave  this  lliioy  close 
to  on  the  Port  iianil,  ami  steer  NE.  l>y  E.  J(  E.  for  the  Turrinf^- 
Hiioy,  wliieh  is  lUaek,  and  lies  otf  the  East  side  of  St.  Vinrent's 
Island;  leave  this  Diioy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  E-SE. 
abont  ;>/4  miles  to  the  Lower  Anchorage  Buoy  (Hcd)  ;  on  tiiis  last 
course  Sand  Island  will  be  left  about  }i  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand  ;  leave  th(>  Lower  Anchorage  P)noy  close  to  on  the  Starhoard 
baud,  and  make  good  tiie  course  NE.  J2  N.  about  -1  miles  to  the 
Upper  Anehoragc  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular 
Stripes;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  continue  the 
course  NE.  I J  N.  altout  1?<^  miles  further,  then  anchor  in  about 
11  feet  water,  the  Eastern  side  of  tiie  town  bearing  NW.  by  N. 
^  N..  distant  3  miles.  Vessels  of  more  than  11  feet  draught 
should  anchor  abont  J  -  mile  Nortlieast  from  the  Lower  Anchorage 
Buoj'  (Red)  in  about  1(1  feet  water. 

From  the  "Westward,  leave  the  Red  Can  Buoy,  which  lies  off 
Cape  San  Bias  Shoals  (tiie  Lighthouse  bears  from  tliis  Buoy  N. 
^i  W.  G  miles)  on  the  I'ort  hand,  and  steer  E.  by  N.  jj  N.  11 
miles,  which  will  bring  you  up  with  the  Bar  Buoy  painted  in  Black 
and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  oif  the  entrance  to  Apalaehicola 
Bay. 

irigh  Water. 

The  rise  and  fall  of  tides  at  the  entrance  to  Apalaehicola  Bay  is 
usually  small,  the  times  of  high  and  low  water  are  irregular,  and 
much  influenced  liy  the  force  and  direction  of  the  winds;  there  is 
generally  but  one  high  and  low  water  in  21  hours,  the  rise  and  fall 
being  greatest  when  the  moon's  declination  is  greatest ;  the  high 
water  n-m  'ns  at  the  same  height  with  but  little  change  from  G  to  9 
hours  ;  when  the  moon's  declination  is  small  or  nothing,  there  are 
for  3  or  4  days  two  small  irregular  tides  in  21  hours. 


Cape  San  Bias  Lighthouse,  Fla. 

Near  the  South  point  of  Cape  San  Bias,  Southwest  coast  of 
Florida,  is  a  Lighthouse,  the  tower  of  which  at  this  date  (1882),  is 
painted  Vi'iiitc,  and  shows  a  flashing  Wiiite  Li.;htevery  90  seconds. 
Cape  St.  George  Lighthouse  bears  from  Cap(>  San  Bias  Lighthouse 
E.  Js  S.  ISiniles;  Pensacohi  Lighthouse  W.  by  N.  U  N.  109 
miles;  Soutii  Pass  Lighthouse  entrance  to  the  Mississippi  River, 
W.  by  S.  ^  J  S.  nearly  20G  miles. 


■*•%..;»«•**>■«■ 


ELDRIDGE'S  COiiST  PILOT. 


475 


rN.  ;.<  N. 

lie  Tiirpliif^' 
t.  Vincoiit's 
twrE.SE. 
on  tills  last 
!  Starboard 
B  Starlioard 
miles  to  the 
rpoiulU'iilar 
Diitimie  the 
or  ill  about 

rw.  ])}•  N. 

.'('t  draught 
Auchoragc 

idi  lies  ofT 
is  IJuov  N. 
r.  Y^  N.  11 
0(1  in  lUack 
palachicola 


:ola  Baj'  is 
pgular,  and 
Is ;  there  is 
isc  and  fall 
t ;  the  high 
froir,  G  to  9 
,  there  are 


it  coast  of 
•  (1882),  is 
90  seconds. 
Lif:!ithoHse 
]i  N.  109 
iippi  River, 


Cape  San  Bias  Shoals. 

Shoal  water  extends  off  to  the  .Soiithward  a  long  distance  from 
Cape  San  Ulas  ;  this  danger  is  marked  on  its  outer  part  with  a 
Red  Can  Ihioy. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Red  Can  Buoy  off  ..ape  San 

Bias  Shoals. 

Distance. 

Cape  San  Bias  Lighthouse,  N.  ^  W 6  miles. 

Red  Can  Buoy  off  Capo  St.  George  Shoals,  E.  by  S. 

>i  S 17     " 

Cape  St.  George  Lighthouse,  E.  >^  N IG     " 

West  Pass  Bar  Buoy  off  entrance  to  Apalachicola  Bay, 

E.  byN.  3^N 11     *' 

Between  this  Buoy  and  the  Cape  the  ground  is  very  broken ; 

strangers  should  not  therefore  pass  to  the  Northward  of  it. 

St.  Joseph's  Bay,  Pla. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  is  Jibout  11  miles  Northwesterly  from 
Cape  San  Bias  Lighliiouse,  and  Southeasterly  about  1-1  miles  from 
the  entrance  to  St.  Andrew's  Baj'. 

Meimarhs. 

St.  Joseph's  Bay  is  one  of  the  safest  harbors  on  the  Southwest 
CO:  Jt  of  Florida,  and  is  also  very  easy  of  aocess.  At  this  date 
(1881),  there  is  19  feet  water  at  low  tide  in  the  cliannel  across  the 
Bar.  At  this  time  there  are  no  Buovs  to  mark  the  channel  leading 
into  this  place. 

Sailing  Directions  for  St.  Joseph's  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  past  the  Buoy  off  Cape  San  Bias 
Shoais,  keep  in  not  less  than  5  fathoms  water  until  the  extreme 
Northern  end  of  St.  Joseph's  Island  (which  is  a  low  white  sand 
spit  without  trees),  bears  E.  by  S.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course 
until  the  water  shoals  to  about  3l4  fathoms  ;  you  will  then  l>v,  about 
.3  miles  from  the  above  point ;  the  course  is  now  NE.  Yi  E.  aliout 
31^  miles,  carrying  .about  19  feet  water  across  the  bar;  then  in 
about  4  fathoms  water  and  about  1  mile  from  the  Northern  shore, 


470 


ELDUI DOE'S  COAST  IMLOT. 


steor  SE.  ,'j  S.  until  the  Northern  end  of  St.  Joseph's  Ishmd 
bciU's  W.SW. ;  the  course  is  tiien  about  S-  by  E.  for  the  niiddUi 
of  the  Bay,  wlien  you  may  anchor  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  w:.tcr 
nearly  opposite  St.  Joseph's,  and  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 

From  the  Westward  keep  in  not  less  than  6  fathoms  water  until 
tiie  Northern  point  of  St.  Joseph's  Island  (before  described)  bears 
E.  by  S.,  tiii'U  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

These  directions  were  good  for  1881. 

Wiien  past  Cape  San  Bias,  small  or  light  draught  vessels  may  at 
tins  time  follow  the  beach  to  the  Northward,  keeping  about  '.i  mile 
from  it,  and  iiaul  round  the  North  end  of  St.  Joseph's  Island,  leav- 
ing  the  Middle  Gr'>  "ad  on  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  when  land- 
locked. 

St.  Andrew's  Bay,  Pla. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  on  the  Southwest  coast  of 
Florida,  lies  2G  miles  Northwesterly  from  Cape  San  Bias  Light- 
liouse.  Northwesterly  about  U  miles  from  tlic  entrance  to  St. 
Joseph's  Buy,  and  East-Southerly  90  miles  from  the  entrance  to 
IVnsacola  Bay. 

Jtemarks. 

At  this  date  (1881),  about  15  feet  water,  at  low  tide;  can  be 
carried  across  tlie  bar,  and  about  12  feet  can  be  taken  over  tlie 
Bulkhead  ;  at  this  time  tlie  channel  leading  into  St.  Andrew's  Bay 
is  marked  with  3  Buoys ;  the  first  two  are  painted  iri  Black  and 
White  Perpendicular  Slrii)es,  the  third  is  Black. 

Sailing  Direcv.cns  for  St.  Andrew's  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Keep  in  not  less  than  7  fathoms  until  the  3  Buoys  which  mark 
the  entrance  are  in  range  bearing  N-NE. ;  then  run  for  them,  leav- 
ing tlie  Sea  Buoy  and  Bar  Buoy,  both  of  wliich  arc  painted  in  Black 
atul  White  Perpendicular  Stiipes,  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  the 
Black  Buoy  which  marks  the  point  of  Middle  Ground  close  to  on 
tl'O  Port  hand  ;  when  past  this  last  Buoy  steer  about  NW-  Yz  N., 
keeping  close  to  the  Port  side  of  tlie  channel  (which  can  be  plainly 
seen)  until  abreast  of  the  Northeast  end  of  Hurricane  Island  (which 
is  a  low  white  sand  siiit  clear  of  trees),  which  leave  at  a  distance 
of  about  %  mile  in  pafising  ;  then  haul  in  a  little  to  Starboard,  ami 
follow  the  laud  on  the  Starboaul  hand  at  a  distance  of  about  :;0() 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


477 


icpli's  Island 

r  the   iniddlo 

ithoms  wiitcr 

rinds. 

ns  water  until 

cribed)  bears 


osscls  may  at 

about  I  i  niilo 

Island,  leav- 

V  when  land- 


pest  coast  of 

Bias  Light- 

ranco   to   St. 

I  entrance  to 


tide;  can  bo 

ken  over  tlie 

Andrew's  Bay 

in  Black  and 


L  Daytime, 
Lther. 

I  which  mark 
or  ihcra,  Icav- 
uted  in  Black 
hand,  and  the 
I  close  to  on 

NW.  'A  N., 

can  be  plainly 
Island  (which 
at  a  distance 
itarboard,  and 

of  about  ;;oa 


j'ards,  until  abreast  the  Old  Wharf;  then  steer  SW.  by  W.  n(Mos-4 
the  Bulkhead,  carrying  from  12  to  l.T  feet  water;  wlicn  the  water 
decih-ns  to  16  feet,  stec-r  NW.  l»y  W-  K'  W.,  until  Davis'  I'oir.t 
bears  Nortli ;  then  in  about  5^' j  fatiioiiis  water  and  ai)()ut  'j  mile 
from  the  land  on  the  Port  bow,  steer  N-  by  W-  until  Davis'  I'oiiit, 
is  fair  on  tiie  Starboard  beam,  dislaut  J^.  mile  ;  tlieii  steer  Xortli  to 
avoid  a  long  shoal  making  out  from  Courtney's  Point  ( 1  mile  to  ihe 
Eastward)  until  past  it ;  tlien  steer  N.  by  W.  for  St.  Andrew's, 
and  anchor  about  l^  mile  South  of  it  in  18  feet  water,  good  holding 
ground. 

^^essels  wishing  to  anchor  inside  of  Hurricane  Island,  will  haul 
sharp  around  the  Northeast  end  of  this  Island  about  W.SW.  and 
anchor  in  the  bight  in  from  18  to  20  feet  water,  '  j  mile  West  of 
the  extreme  point  of  tlie  Island.  This  is  a  good  harbor  and  very 
easy  to  enter ;  the  Shoals  are  plainly  marked  in  bad  weather  by 
breakers. 

St.  Rosas  Bay,  Fla. 

Tlie  entrance  to  this  Bay,  wliich  is  on  the  Southwest  coast  of 
Florida,  lies  West-Northerly  about  74  miles  from  Cape  San  Bias 
Lightliouso,  and  East-Northerly  42  miles  from  the  entrance  to 
Pensacola  Bay. 

lieniarjcs. 

The  entrance  to  St.  Rosas  Ba}-  is  very  narrow  and  shallow,  and 
at  this  date  (1881),  there  are  no  Buoys  in  entering  to  mark  tho 
ckannel ;  no  practical  sailing  directions  will  tliercfore  be  given. 

Pensacola  Bay,  Fla. 

The  entrance  to  this  Ba}-,  which  is  on  the  Southwest  coast  of 
Florida,  bears  West-Northerly  109  miles  from  Cape  San  Bias 
Lighthouse,  NW.  ji  N.  about  416  miles  from  the  Liglithoiise  on 
the  Dr}'  Tortugas,  and  East-Northerly  38  miles  from  Mobile  Point 
Lighthouse. 

Pensacola  Lighthouse. 

Near  Fort  Barrancas,  North  side  of  Pensacola  Bay,  about  1  '^ 
miles  Nortliwesterly  from  the  Western  end  of  Santa  Rosa  Island, 
is  a  Lighthouse,  the  tower  of  which  at  this  date  (1882),  is  painted 
White,  and  shows  a  Flashing  White  Light,  which  flashes  once  a 
miuute. 


478 


ELDKIDGF/S   COAST   PILOT. 


Ponsacola  Bar  Beacon. 

About  SE.  l)y  S.  Ji  S.,  4.">.s  yards  from  the  Main  Lightliousc,  is 
a  Beacon,  the  front  of  wliidi  at  tliis  time  is  painted  Wliitr,  tlie 
sides  Black,  and  shows  a  fixed  Wiiito  Li^'ht;  these  2  Lights  aro 
ii'tendcd  us  a  range  to  cross  the  Bar. 

JlemarJcs, 

At  tills  date  (1882),  the  Channel  leading  into  Tensacola  Bay  is 
well  marked  with  Buoys,  and  Range  Lights  are  used  at  night  to 
cross  the  Bar.  At  this  time  there  is  about  22  feet  water  in  the 
Channel  across  tlie  Bar. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Pensacola  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

When  the  Lighthouse  on  the  North  side  of  Pensacola  Bay  is 
ma<le,  bring  it  to  boar  N-NW-  ahd  run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  as 
_\  on  draw  near  the  Bar,  keep  the  Beacon  before  described  in  range 
Willi  the  Main  Lighthouse,  and  run  for  it  in  range,  leaving  the 
Outer  Bar  Buoy  painted  in  lilack  and  While  Periiemlicular  Stripes 
clf)se  to  on  either  hand,  the  Black  Buoy  off  Caycus  Shoal  about  ji 
mile  on  the  Port,  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  East  Bunk  about  250  yards 
on  the  Starboard,  and  tlie  Inner  Bar  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and 
White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  about  100  yards  on   the   Starboard 
hand;  when  past  this  Buoy,  steer  NW-  by  W-  3j  W  ,  leaving 
the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Caycus  Shoal  about  400  yards  on     ..e  Port, 
and  the  Red  Buoy  off  Twonty-Onc  Foot  Shoal  about  200  yards  on 
the  Starboard,  and  the  next  Black  Buoy  No.  5,  off  Caycus  Shoal, 
about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  past  this  last-named  Buoy, 
steer  N-  H  Em  leaving  2  Red  Buoys  off  the  West  side  of  Middle 
Ground,  and  1  Red  Buoy  off  the  North  side  of  this  Shoal  on  the 
Starboard,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Flats  on  the  North  side  of 
entrance  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  abcut  300  yards  from   the  last- 
named  Buoy  steer  E.  by  N,  until  the  1)ig  Derrick    at  the  Navy 
Yard  bears  NW-  by  W-  ;  then  steer  NE.  by  N-  for  the  anchorage 
off  the  town. 

High  Water. 

Upon  the  Northern  coast  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  the  rise  and  fall 
of  the  tides  is  usually  small,  the  time  and  height  of  high  ancl  low 
water  are  irregular,  and  much  influenced  by  the  force  and  direction 


II 


■•*•  •4«i»«*«l*hKi! 


ELDT!IT)OF/S  COAST  TILOT. 


479 


{^htliousc,  is 
[  Whitr,  tho 
2  Lijihts  aro 


acola  Bay  is 

at  night  to 

tvater  in  tlie 


Daytime, 
her. 

icola  Bay  ia 
s  course ;  as 
bed  in  range 
,  leaving  tlie 
cular  Stripes 
oal  about  ji 
ut  250  yards 
in  Black  and 
10   Starboard 
W  ,  leaving 
oil      ..e  Port, 
200  yards  on 
aycus  Shoal, 
named  Buoy, 
:le  of  Middle 
Shoal  on  the 
J^orth  side  of 
'oni   the  last- 
at  the  Nav}' 
the  anchorase 


3  rise  and  fall 
ilgh  ancl  low 
and  direction 


of  the  winds  ;  winds  from  SE.  to  SW.  by  way  of  South,  tnnd  to 
raise  the  tides,  wliile  Nortiierly  winds  dei)res8  thcni. 

Coast  from  Cape  San  Bias  to  Pensacola  Bar. 

At  tlie  entrance  ol"  St.  Joseph's  Bay,  St.  Andri-w's  Bay,  and  St. 
Eosas  Bay,  Sand  Bars  extend  olf  some  distanec  from  sliore  ;  vessels 
navigating  this  part  of  the  coast  should  beware  of  these  dangers, 
especially  in  thick  weather  or  niglit-tiiue. 


MOBILE  BAY,  ALA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  wliich  is  on  the  Northern  coast  of  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  lies  West- Northerly  about  140  miles  from  Cape 
San  Bias  Lightliouse,  NW-  nearly  about  432  miles  from  tlie  Light- 
house on  the  Dry  Tortuga",  West-Southerly  about  40  miles  from 
the  entrance  to  rensaeula  Bay,  East-Northerly  24  miles  from  Horn 
Island  Pass,  and  Nurtlieasterly  96  miles  from  the  South  Pass 
entrance  to  the  Mississippi  River. 

Sand  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  a  low  Sand  Island,  on  the  West  side  of  entrance  to  Mobile 
Bay,  about  3  miles  Southwesterly  from  Mobile  Point,  is  a  Light- 
house, the  tower  of  wliich  at  this  date  (1882),  is  painted  Blaek, 
and  shows  a  Oxed  Wliite  Light.  Tho  Old  Tower  stands  E.SE. 
700  feet  from  this  Lighthouse. 

Mobile  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Mobile  Point,  Southwestern  side  of  Port  Morgan,  East 
side  of  entrance  to  Mobile  Bay,  is  a  Ligiitiiouse,  the  tower  of  which 
at  this  date  (1882),  is  Black,  and  shows  a  fixed  Ked  Ligiit.  Ves- 
sels of  not  more  than  18  feet  draiiglit,  bound  up  or  down  the  Bay, 
may  approach  this  Lighthouse  on  its  Western  side  within  300  yards. 

Dog  River  Bar  Beacon  No.  1. 

Upon  Dog  River  Bar,  Mobile  Bay,  West  side  of  Dredged  Chan- 
nel, is  a  Black  open-frame  pile  Beacon,  snrmounted  by  a  Lens 
Lantern,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 


ii 


li 


480 


EMiniDOK'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Mobile  Point  Li;^iitlioust'  bears  from  this  Beacon  S.  Ji  E.  24j'S 
uiiles. 

Dog  River  Bar  Boacon  No.  2. 

Upon  \)o'r  Kiver  liur,  \\\>i  .side  ol'  I)ri(li;u(l  Clianncl,  !iI)oiii^  COO 
yards  N(jrtiu':isterl\-  fiom  B(';u'ijn  No.  l,is  ;i  lUjidv  opcii-Criiine 
pile  Beacon,  surmounted  by  a  I^ens  Laiiti-rn,  wiiieli  at  tliis  date 
(1882),  sliows  a  lixed  Wiiile  Litjjiit. 

Dog  River  Bar  Beacon  No.  3. 

Upon  Dog  UiverBur,  Ivist  side  of  Clianiul  Gai),  at  lower  obstruc- 
tions, about  1)^  mile  Nortiieasterly  frmn  Hcaeon  No.  2,  is  a  Ued 
opiMi-fraiiK-  [)ile  Beacon,  sunuounted  by  a  Li'iis  Lantern,  whieh  at 
this  date  (1882),  sliows  a  fixed  lied  Li^ht. 

Dog  River  Bar  Boacon  No.  4. 

ITpon  Dog  Kiver  ]>ar.  East  side  of  Channel  Gap,  at  the  npper 
obstructions,  about  "a  mile  North  from  Beaiton  No.  .'!,  is  a  platform 
on  wooden  piles,  sui)t)orting  a  lied  Staff  and  Day-mark,  with  Lens 
Lantern  attached.  At  this  date  (1882),  this  15eac(Mi  sliows  a  lixed 
White  Light. 

Choctaw  Pass  Channel  Beacon  No.  5. " 

In  Choctaw  I'ass,  on  Tort  side  of  the  Chaimel,  a  little  more  than 
I3  mile  Northwest  from  Beacon  No.  1,  is  a  platfurm  on  wooden 
piles  supporting  a  Black  Staff  and  Djy-mark,  with  Lens  Lantern 
attached;  at  this  date  (1882),  this  Beacon  shows  a  fixed  "NVhitc 
Light. 

Choctaw  Pass  Channel  Beacon  No.  6. 

In  Choctaw  Pass,  on  the  Port  side  of  the  Chaiiuel,  abont  200 
yards  Northwesterly  from  Beacon  No.  ">.  ami  about  5;';  mile  south- 
easterl}-  from  the  city  of  Mobile,  is  a  Platform  on  wooden  piles 
supporting  a  Black  Staff  and  Day-mark,  with  Lens  Lantern  attached. 
At  this  date  (1882),  this  Beacon  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Battery  Gladden  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  ruins  of  Battery  Gladden,  wiiieli  is  a  little  more  than 
a  mile  southeaster!}'  from  the  city  of  Mobile,  and  North  side  of 
Choctaw  Pass  Channel,  is  a  Pile  Strnctur  pai-ited  Straw  Color,  and 
at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 


ELDIlIDGirS  COAST  I'lLOT. 


481 


y-z  E.  24  j^ 


1,  ixhovX  COO 

opcii-IViune 

it  this  ilato 


wor  obstnic- 
2,  is  ii  Uoil 

•M,  wliiuli  lit 


it  the  upper 
s  !i  platform 
,  with  Lens 
lows  a  lixed 


L'  more  than 

on  wooden 

iMis  Lantern 

fixecl  White 

6. 

1,  about  200 
mile  soiith- 
oodon  piles 
rn  attached. 
Li'dit. 


Itemarlts. 

At  this  date  (1.S82),  aliout  20  feet  water  con  be  carried  over  the 
15ar,  and  up  to  the  liower  Fleet  Aiichorage  ;  this  aneh()ra<;e  is  NW. 
by  N-  Jj  N.,  about  4'4  miles  from  Mobile  I'oiut  Li<j;litli()usf. 
From  the  I^ower  Auc'iora<^e  about  12  feet  of  water  eau  1k'  takcu 
up  to  Choctaw  Point,  wliicii  is  about  3^  mile  below  the  citv.  At 
tliis  time  dredge  boats  are  at  wotii  deepening  the  Chaiuiel  which 
leails  up  to  the  city ;  also,  at  tliis  time,  the  Channel  leading  into 
Mobile  Bay  is  well  marked  with  Buoys. 

Sailing  Directions  for  entering  Mobile  Bay  as  far 
as  the  Lower  Fleet  Anchorage  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

As  soon  as  Sand  Island  Lighthouse  (before  described)  is  made, 
brnig  it  to  benr  about  N  NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keep- 
ing a  sharj)  lookout  for  the  Outer  Bar  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and 
AVliite  IVrpendiciilar  Stripes  ;  when  this  Buoy  is  ma(b',  leave  it  close 
to  on  either  hand,  and  steer  about  N.  by  W.  J  j  W..  leaving  the 
Bhuk  Buoy  otT  the  end  <if  the  Spit  (which  extends  off  from  Sand 
Island  on  the  Port,  and  the  Bed  Buoy  otl'  Uevenne  I'oiiit  Shoal  on 
the  Slarboanl  hand;  leave  Sand  Island  Lighthouse  about  '; 
mile  on  the  I'ort  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  N.  ,'^  E.,  leaving 
the  Black  Buoy  tiff  the  East  side  of  Sand  Island  Channel  on  the 
Port,  the  Bed  Buoy  ofT  the  East  Bank  on  the  Starboard,  and  the 
Black  Buoy  off  the  West  Bank  on  the  Port  hand.  Mobile  Point 
Lighthonse  bears  from  this  last-named  Buoy  NE.  by  E.  li  E., 
!d)out  one  mile  ;  continue  the  course  lSi.]i  E.,  until  Moliile  Point 
Lighthouse  bears  E.  by  N.,  then  steer  N.  by  W.  Y\  W-,  leaving 
the  Black  Buoys  off  the  West  Bank  on  the  Port,  and  the  Bed  Buoy 
olf  tlic  Southwest  eiiil  of  Middle  Ground  on  the  Starboavd  hand  ; 
when  past  this  last  Buoy,  continue  the  course  N.  by  W  l\  W. 
about  3  miles,  leaving  the  Wreck  Buoj-  a  short  distance  on  either 
hand,  and  anchor  in  3^  fathoms  water,  soft  bottom. 


I  more  tlian 
orth  side  of 
V  Color,  and 


Sailing  Directions  from  Mobile  Point  Lighthouse  to 

Mobile. 

Light  draught  vessels  bound  to  Mobile  may  follow  the  directions 
before  given  to  the  Lower  Fleet  Anchorage  until  Mo'.'le  Point  Light- 


482 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


ho:isc  iK'.irs  E.  I'y  N-  ;  tlmn  utoor  N-  H  W  ■  koppinjr  n  slinrp 
lookout  lor  the  Ui'd  Uuoy  oil"  the  Southwest  end  oflMiihlif  Croiiiul. 
Mobile  I'oint  Lightlioiise  bears  from  tlii.-i  IJiioy  SE.  by  S.  Jj  S.. 
distaiiee  1-3 a  miles;  when  the  Inst-imim'd  Buoy  la  iiuide,  leiive  it 
close  to  on  tiic  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  N.  yi 
Wm*  1*^.'j  miles,  whieh  will  brin<;  them  up  with  the  IMuck  Uiioy 
No.  1.  The  LijihthouHO  on  Hattery  (i  hidden  bears  from  this  last- 
named  Huoy,  N.  1/2  W.,  7  miles ;  when  this  Unoy  is  made,  leave 
it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  4;^  indes,  leav- 
ing two  more  lUaek  IJuoys  elose  to  on  the  Port  hand  ;  then,  with  the 
first  three  Beacons,  Nos.  1 ,  2  and  3,  in  range,  run  for  them  in  range, 
leaving  the  first  two  Black  close  toon  the  Port,  and  the  next  (Red) 
close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  the  third  Ileacon,  run 
for  Beacon  No.  4  (Red),  in  range  with  the  Lighthouse  on  Battery 
Gladden,  leaving  it  dose  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  haid  into 
the  Choctaw  Pass  Channel,  with  Beacons  Nos.  '>  and  C  (I'.lack),  m 
range ;  leave  these  last-named  Beacons  close  to  on  the  Port,  and 
Btccr  about  NW.  by  N-  through  the  narrow  channel  for  the  city, 
which  having  reached,  keep  close  to  the  wharves. 


Tides  and  Cur  feats. 

At  the  entrance  of  Mobile  Bay,  and  also  upon  the  Northern  -coast 
of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  tides  is  usually 
small,  the  time  and  height  of  high  and  low  water  aie  irregular, 
and  much  inlluenced  by  the  force  and  the  direction  of  the  winds ; 
winds  from  SE.  to  SW.  by  way  of  South  tend  to  raise  the  tides, 
while  Northerly  winds  depress  them. 

At  the  entrance  to  Mobile  Bay,  the  strength  and  velocity  of  the 
current  is  governed  entirely  by  the  winds.  After  strong  South- 
easterly winds  the  Ebb  runs  out  very  strong,  and  after  strong 
Northerly  winds  the  Flood  sets  in  very  strong. 

The  Coast  from  Pensacola  Bar  to  Mobile  Bar. 

From  I'enascola  Bar  to  Jlobilc  Bar,  a  distance  of  nearly  40  miles, 
there  are  no  dangers  excepting  the  Sand  Bars  wliich  extend  from 
the  shore ;  vessels  may  therefore  approach  this  part  of  the  coast 
within  one  or  two  miles  without  fear. 


*  On  this  course  the  Buoy  painted  in  Black  aud  Red  llorUontal  Stripes 
will  be  left  on  the  Tort  hand. 


1 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


MISSISSIPPI  SOUND. 


483 


This  Sound,  which  cxti'iiils  Wcst-Soiitherly  about  G8  milos  from 

the  Western  side  of  Mobile  litiy,  has  aa  average  width  of  about  8 

miles. 

ItetnarkH. 

Mississippi  Sound  is  generally  very  shallow ;  the  deepest  water 

to  be  found  in  it  is  but  3;^  fathoms  ;  there  are  several  entrance  s  to 

this  Sound  ;  those  which  sire  most  used  by  vessels  arc  llie  full()win<j; : 

Ist,  Grant's  Pass,  which  leads  from  Mobile  Hay,  has  at  this  dale 

(1881),  a  depth  of  6  feet  water  at  low  tide;  2d,  Horn  Island  Pass, 

which  leads  in  between  Horn  and   Petit  Hois   Island^,  lias  at  this 

time  a  depth  of  IG  feet;  3d,  Shii)  Island  Channel,  wliicli  leads  in 

between  Ship  and  Cat  Islands,  has  a  depth  of  20  feet ;  and  lastly, 

Cat  Island  Chainiel,  which  leads  in  between  the  Isle-a-Pilre  and 

Cat  Island,  has  a  depth  of  i)  feet. 

Horn  Island  Pass. 

The  entrance  to  this  Pass,  which  leads  into  the  Mississippi 
Sound,  is  about  2G  miles  West-Southerly  from  Mobile  Point  Ligiit- 
house;  Kast-Nortlierly,  2G  miles  from  Ship  Island  Lighthouse,  and 
G7  miles  Northeasterly  from  Pass-a-Loutre  Lighthouse,  entrauce 
to  the  Mississippi  Rivlt. 

Horn  Island  Lighthouse. 

In  the  water  olT  the  Northern  Siiore  of  Horn  Island,  about  % 
mile  from  the  extreme  Eastern  end,  is  a  White  Screw-pile  struc- 
ture, the  Piles  and  Lantern  are  Hlack.  At  this  date  (1882)  this 
structure  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  varied  by  a  Red  Flash  every 
minute.  A  Fog  Bell  is  placed  near  the  [lighthouse,  which  in  thick 
weather  is  struck  at  intervals  of  15  seconds. 

During  the  last  few  years,  by  the  action  of  the  waves,  the  East- 
ern part  of  Horn  Island,  near  the  Lighthouse,  has  been  constantly 
changing. 

Renuirks. 

The  entrance  to  Mississippi  Sound  by  Ilorr  Island  Pass  is  across 
a  Sand  Bar,  which  is  liable  to  cbi'-  ;e  in  dei.th  and  loc.ition  with 
every  gale  from  seaward.  Buoys  are  used  to  show  the  best  water 
across  the  Bar.  At  this  date  (1881),  there  is  a  depth  of  about  15 
feet  on  the  Bar  at  low  tide. 


r^i 


1 


,*■>- 


■  •" — ~'" 


48  i 


ELUUIUOK'H  COAST  J'lLOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for   Horn  Island  Pass  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vossi'ls  from  soawiinl  mny  bring  Horn  Islnntl  LiplithoiiHo.  before 
(IcHcribeil,  to  beur  NNW.,  niulnmforlt  on  this  courm',  kccpiii"?  n 
HJijiil)  Id  )lviMit  for  tiic  Har  Ibioy  imlnlcd  in  I5lacl<  nn<lWliiti' IVr- 
ptMiiliciiiar  Slriiu's.  Ib^rn  Isliinii  Ligiitlionso  bears  fioni  tliis  Huoy 
NNW-i  distance  about  \}/l  miles;  wlien  tliis  lUioy  i«  niiule,  leave 
it,  cliisc  to  on  eitiicr  liaml  and  stcor  for  tin-  Li;j;lillioiisi',  l)oarin<r 
N.NW.  ;  Iciive  tlie  West  Bank  Buoy  (Hlaek)  on  tlio  I'ort,  tiie  Hod 
Buoy  otr  tilt-  Spit  on  tlie  Sturlioard,  and  tlie  Lij^Mitlionse  on  tlic  Tort 
liiind.  When  past  the  Lijjlitliouso  there  is  good  aneliorago  about 
l(  mill'  to  the  Westward  of  it.  in  from  '2]j  to  3j^  fathoms  water, 
Boft  bottom.  The  deptli  of  water  on  the  liar  chanjics  so  often  tliat 
it  is  advisable  for  vessels  of  more  tlian  10  feet  draught  to  take 
pilots.     These  directions  were  good  for  1881. 


EAST  PASOAGOULA,  MISS. 

This  place,  wliich  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  Mississippi  Sound, 
lies  about  N.NW.,  7  miles  from  Horn  Island  Lighthouse. 

lieinnrh's. 

In  1877  about  8  feet  water  at  low  tide  could  be  carried  from 
Horn  Island  Lighthouse  to  the  Long  Wliarf  in  front  of  the  town. 

Sailing  Directions  for  East  Pascagoula  in  Daytime. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels  bound  to  East  Pascagoula  may 
follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Horn  Island  Tass  until  past 
Horn  Island  Lighthouse;  then  make  good  tiie  course  NNW-  6j^ 
miles,  whicli  will  bring  them  to  the  Long  Wharf,  which  extends 
from  the  shore  into  the  Sound.  On  this  last  course,  from  Horn 
Island  Lighthouse  not  less  than  8  feet  of  water  will  be  found. 

East  Pascagoula  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  wliich  is  on  the  Northern  side  of 
Mississipi)i  Sound,  lies  but  a  short  distance  to  the  "Westward  of 
East  Pascagoula. 


i 


EI-DUIDOE'S  CUA8T  IMI-OT. 


435 


n  Day- 
hor. 

80,  before 
kccpiiij;  II 
Hiiti'  W'.v- 
lliii*  lliioy 
vie,  leave 
,  beariiip; 
,,  the  Hill 
II  the  Port 
nge  about 
IIS  water, 
orit-ti  that 
it  to  take 


ipl  Sound, 
e. 


rried  from 
le  town. 

ay  time. 

;ouhi  may 
until  past 

Nw.  m 

;\\  extends 
rom  Horn 
and. 


rn  side  of 
■stward  of 


East  Fascagoula  Rivor  Llghluouso. 

At  tiio  Weht  hUW  of  I'litiaiiee  to  tliis  Uiver,  wliicii  is  very  narrow, 
is  a  White  Dwelling  with  Laiitt-rn  on  top.  At  tliia  dale  (IH«2), 
this  Liglithouso  bliowb  a  llxed  White  Light. 

In  1877  only  5  feet  water  at  low  tide  could  bo  carried  into  tliis 
Uiver,  whieii  is  very  narrow  at  tlie  entrance,  and  also  for  more  tluin 
a  mile  aliove  tiie  I.iylithouse. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Mobile  Bay  to  East  Fasca- 
goula in  Daytime,  by  way  of  Grant's  Puss,  and 
through  Mississippi  Sound. 

VesseJH  of  not  more  tlian  (i  feet  drauglit  liound  to  Kast  I'aaca- 
gouUi  may  follow  the  directions  l)efore  given  for  Moliile  ISny  until 
up  wiih  tlie  Hed  Buoy  otfthe  Houtliwcst  end  jjf  liie  Middle  (! round  ; 
Moi)ile  Point  Liglithouse  beara  fu>iii  this  liuoy  SE.  by  S.  )^  S., 
distance  1  J/i  miles;  when  this  liuoy  is  made,  leav(>  it  close  toon 
the  iSturboaril  hand,  and  make  good  tlie  coinse  NW.  1»3'  W* 
^■i  W.,  .'i/.imiles  (carryini!;  not  less  tiiau  10  feet  water),  wliea 
there  will  be  seen  to  the  Westward  in  tlie  passage  leading  inlo 
Mississii»pi  Soinid  five  Islets ;  counting  from  the  ISoulhward  the 
Pass,  which  is  very  narrow,  lies  between  the  second  and  third  of 
these  Islets  ;*  steer  about  W.  by  S.  }{  S-  through  the  Pass,  and 
continue  the  course  about  16  miles,  carrying  from  H  to  15  feet 
water  to  Uid  Can  Huoy,  which  lies  off  the  Southern  part  of  a  Shoal 
whi(!h  extends  I'rom  the  Southwest  Point  of  (Irand  Batture  Island  ; 
Horn  Inland  Liglithouse  bears  fnmi  this  Buoy  SW.  l>y  W.  about 
4  miles  ;  when  tlie  last-named  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on 
the  Starboard  hand  and  run  NW.  by  W.  J  j  W..  carrying  not  less 
than  H  feet  water  nntil  the  Long  AVharf  at  East  Pascagoula  bears 
NW.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course. 

Round  Island  Lighthouse. 

Ul)on  the  South  cud  of  liound  Island,  about  l]l4  miles  to  the 
Southwaid  of  East  Pascagoula  in  Mississippi  Sound,  is  a  Light- 
house, the  Tower  of  which  at  this  date   (1882).  is  i)aiuted  White 


*  At  tliis  tlato  f  KSSl;  there  are  rrivute  IJuuye  Lights  iu  Graut's  I'ass. 


1 


486 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


r 

I,; 


'!!■ 


Distance. 

5^ 

miles. 

75/8 

^^ 

3>4 

(( 

2;^ 

(i 

and  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  light  is  hidden  by  woods  on 
a  bearing  fiom  NW.  by  N.  }{  N-  to  NE.  by  E.  H  E.  by  way 
of  North  ;  Shoal  water  extends  off  to  the  Southward  of  this  Liglit- 
housc,  and  vessels  of  10  feet  draught  passing  through  the  Sound 
should  leave  it  more  than  2  milrs  to  the  Northward. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Round  Island  Lighthouse. 


Horn  Island  Lighthouse,  SE.  ^  E-,      • 

Red  Buoy  off  Grand  Ratture  Island  Shoal,  E.  j4  S., 

Pascagoula  River  Liglithouse,  N-  }i  E., 

Red  Buoy  off  Round  Island  Shoal,  SW.  by  S.  ^  S., 


Phip  Island  Anchorage. 

This  anchorage,  which  is  to  the  Northward  of  Ship  Island,  lies 
West-Southerly  48  miles  from  Mobile  Point  Liglitliouse,  about  24 
miles  to  the  Westward  of  Horn  Island  Pass,  and  Northwesterly 
about  12  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on  the  North  end  of  the 
Northern  Chandeleur  Island. 

Ship  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  western  end  of  Ship  Island,  South  side  of  Mississippi 
Sound,  is  a  Lighihousc,  the  Tower  of  which  at  this  date  (1882),  is 
AVliitc,  with  a  Brieli  Dwelling  a  few  yards  to  the  Eastward  of  it.  At 
tills  time  this  Lightliouse  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  Sliip  Island 
Lighthouse  is  West-Southeily  50  miles  from  Mobile  Point  Liglit- 
house, West-Southerly  24  miles  from  Horn  Island  Liglitliouse,  and 
Northwesterly  about  10  miles  from  Chandeleur  Island  Lighthouse. 

Remarks, 

Ship  Island  extends  Northeasterly  and  Southwesterly  about  6j^ 
miles.  Shoal  water  extends  off  from  its  Northwest  part  in  some 
places  nearly  ^i  mile,  the  deepest  water  being  close  to  the  North- 
ern side  of  the  shoal.  At  this  date  (1882),  about  20  feet  water  at 
low  tide  can  be  carried  over  the  Bar  and  up  to  the  Anchorage ; 
large  vessels  may  anchor  in  about  3j^  fathoms  water,  the  Light- 
house bearing  SW.  J 2  S.,  distant  about  J^  mile.  Vessels  of  not 
more  than  lo  feet  draught  may  go  farther  in,  and  anchor  about  2 


ELDllIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


487 


'  woods  on 
E.  by  way 
this  Light- 
the  Sound 


thouse. 

Distance. 
5}{  miles. 

75/8        " 

3>4       " 
2^      " 


Island,  lies 
e,  about  24 
rthwesterly 
;nd  of  the 


Mississippi 

:  (1882),  is 
d  of  it.  At 
Sliip  Island 
oint  Liglit- 
llionse,  and 
Lightliousc. 


r  about  6j^ 
irt  in  some 

the  Noi'th- 
3et  water  at 
A.nchoragc ; 

tlie  Light- 
sscls  of  not 
Lior  about  2 


niiU;s  to  the  Northeastward  of  the  Lighthouse,  in  about  3  fathoms 
water,  and  about  >2  "^ilc  from  Shore. 

Walker  Shoal. 

This  Slioal,  which  is  very  small,  has  about  11  feet  water  upon  it 
at  low  tide.  Ship  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger 
SW.  }i  W.,  distance  2yi  miles.  Vessels  usually  anchor  to  the 
Southward  of  Walker  Shoal,  about  midway  between  it  and  Ship 
Island. 

Sailinfj  Directions  for  Ship  Island  Anchorage  in  Day- 
timo,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  15  feet  draught,  bound  to  Ship  Island 
Anchorage,  m;iy,  as  soon  as  Ship  Island  Ligiithouse  is  made,  bring 
it  to  bciir  W-NW  ,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  3>4 
miles  from  it ;  then,  in  about  4  fathoms  water,  steer  W-  ^A  S., 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy,  which  lies  off  the 
Southern  part  of  the  Knoll.  Ship  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  r>uoy  N-  ^  E.,  distance  l'^  miles.  When  this  Buoy  is  made, 
leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  jiW., 
crossing  the  Bar  at  this  time  in  about  20  feet  water,  and  leaving 
the  Black  Buoy  on  the  West  side  of  the  ch£nnel  well  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  Ship  Island  Lighthouse  bears  East,  then  stc.^r  NE. 
by  E-  until  it  bears  S-SW. ;  then  haul  up  about  E.  }'2  N.,  and 
anchor  in  about  3  fathoms  water,  about  }4  mile  from  shore.  At 
Ni<>-ht  or  Day,  vessels  of  not  morp  than  12  feet  draught  may  run 
for  Ship  Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  NW.  by  W.  %  W.  When 
from  1  to  2  miles  from  it,  steer  more  Westerly,  and  haul  round 
the  Lighthouse,  leaving  it  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  run  up  to  the  Northeast  and  anchor  as  before  directed.  Ves- 
sels of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught  may  beat  in  to  Ship  Island 
Anchorage.  In  entering,  the  Western  side  of  the  Channel  may 
boldly  be  approached  by  the  Lead. 

It  is  advisable  for  vessels  of  more  than  15  feet  draught  to  employ 
pilots,  as  there  are  several  Lumps  of  16, 17  and  18  feet  water  iu  the 
Channel,  none  of  which  at  tins  date  are  buoyed. 


488 


ELDniDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


BILOXI,  MISS. 

This  place,  which  is  on  the  Northorn  side  of  Mississippi  Sound, 
lies  Wcst-XorUuirly  about  IS  milos  from  Rounil  Ishmd  Lightliouso, 
Northeasterly  about  11  inih's  from  Siiip  Island  Liglitliouse,  and 
Northeasterly  about  17  miles  from  Cat  Island  Lighthouse. 

Biloxi  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northern  side  of  Mississippi  Sound,  a  short  distance 
to  the  Westward  of  the  town  of  IJiloxi,  is  a  Lighthouse,  the  Tower 
of  which  at  tliis  d;ite  (1882),  is  White,  and  siiows  a  fixed  White 
Liij,ht.  Sliip  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Biloxi  Liglitliouse 
S.  by  W.  11 14:  miles.  Cat  Island  Lighthouse,  SW.  }i  W.  about 
lOy,  miles. 

Mernnrks. 

In  1877  about  8  feet  water  could  be  carried  from  Slississippi 
Sound  within  1 J^  miles  of  the  town  of  Biloxi,  and  from  thi^  al)()ut 
5  feet  at  low  tide  could  be  ta!-"n  over  the  Bar  to  the  wharves,  ia 
front  of  which  there  are  from  10  to  14  feet  at  low  tide. 


Sailing  Directions  from  Ship  Island  Anchorage  to 
Biloxi,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels  bound  to  Biloxi,  may  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  Ship  Island  Anchorage,  until  past  the 
Lighthouse  ;  then  bring  it  to  bear  S.  by  W.  and  make  good  the 
course  N.  by  E.,  carrying  from  0  to  18  feet  water.  When  the 
Liglitliouse  (before  described)  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  N-  by 
E-  ]i  E.,  aiul  run  for  it  on  this  course.  As  they  apiiroach  the 
Lighthouse  a  sharp  lookout  must  be  kept  for  the  Outer  Beacon ; 
the  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  E.  ji  E.  from  it,  distance  about  1'^ 
miles.  When  the  Bei.uon  is  made,  leave  it  a  short  distance  on  the 
Tort  hand,  and  run  about  NE.  by  N.  for  the  next  Bercon,  carry- 
ing about  5  feet  water  at  low  tide.  Leave  the  second  Beacon  a 
short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  for  the  Lighthouse, 
bearing  about  N.  }(  E.,  carrying  about  5  feet  water.  When  about 
half  way  from  the  last  Beacon  to  the  Lighthouse,  haul  up  about 
NE.  by  N.  ^2  N.  for  the  whn-ves. 


ELDIUDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


480 


ppi  Sound, 
,ighthonso. 
liouse,  and 


irt  distance 

the  Towir 

ixcd  White 

Lifjlithouse 

W.  about 


Mississippi 
I  tlii^  about 
vhnrvcs,  in 


Lorage  to 
ads  and 

follow  the 
til  past  the 
:c  good  the 

When  the 
)oar  N-  by 
proach  the 
■r  Beacon ; 

about  l'-^ 
ance  on  the 
con,  carry- 
1  Beacon  a 
Jghthouso, 
S'lien  al)out 
il  up  about 


Sailing  Directions  from  Horn  Island  Pass  to  Biloxi. 

Vessels  entering  tlie  ^lississippi  Sound,  l)y  way  of  Horn  Isiaud 
Tass,  bound  to  Biloxi,  may  follow  tlie  directions  iiefore  given  for 
this  Pass  until  past  Horn  Island  Lighthcjuse  ;  tlien  l)ring  it  to  bear 
E.  by  S.,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  by  N.  until  the  Southern 
jiart  of  Round  Island  bears  North,  distant  23^  miles;  then 
steer  NW.  by  W.  ji  W.,  carrying  not  loss  llian  10  feet  ivater, 
and  leaving  the  Red  Nun  Buoy,  which  lies  about  '2}(  miles  South- 
west from  Round  Island,  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  iiand  ; 
continue  tlie  course  NW-  by  W.  V^  W-  about  2  miles  past  this 
Buoy,  then,  with  Ruond  Island  Lighthouse  just  open,  clear  of  the 
woods,  bearing  NE.  by  E.  H  E.,  make  good  the  course  W.  H  N. 
about  15  miles,  carrying  not  less  than  8  feet  water ;  when  Biloxi 
Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  E.,  then  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Mobile  Bay  by  uay  of 
Grant's  Pass  and  Mississippi  Sound,  to  Biloxi  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

AVhen  through  Grant's  Pass,  make  good  the  course  W.  by  S. 
}(  S.  about  16  miles,  carrying  from  8  to  IT)  feet  water  to  Red  Can 
Buoy,  which  lies  off  the  Southern  part  of  a  Slioal  which  extends 
from  the  Southeast  part  of  Grand  Batturc  Island.  Horn  Islancl 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW.  by  W.  about  4  miles.  When 
the  last-mentioned  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  continue  the  course  W.  by  S.  ]i  S.  7H  miles  further, 
leaving  Horn  Island  Lighthouse  well  to  tiie  Southward  ;  when  the 
Southern  point  of  Round  Island  bears  Noi-th,  distant  23^  miles,  then 
steer  NW.  by  W.  }i  W.,  carrying  not  less  thar  10  feet  water  at 
low  tide,  and  leaving  the  Red  Nun  Buoy,  which  lies  about  2^^ 
miles  Southwest  from  Round  Island,  a  short  distance  on  the 
Starboard  hand  ;  continue  the  course  NW.  by  W.  ^2  W.  about 
2  miles  past  this  Buoy  ;  then  with  Round  Island  Lighthouse  just 
open,  clear  of  the  woods,  bearing  about  NE.  by  E.  -)4  E.,  make 
good  the  course  W.  ^  N-  about  15  miles,  carrying  not  less  than 
8  feet  water ;  when  Biloxi  Lighthouse  bears  N-  by  E.,  then  follow 
the  directions  before  given. 


400 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


MISSISSIPPI  CITY,  MISS. 

This  place,  which  is  situated  on  the  Northern  ?l;ore  of  Mississippi 
Sound,  lies  about  5  miles  to  the  Westward  of  the  Lighthouse  at 
Biloxi,  Norihwesterly  lO'^  miles  from  Ship  Island  T.iirht house,  and 
Northeasterly  about  12  miles  from  Cat  Island  Lighthouse. 

Memarks. 

Shoal  water  extends  off  for  more  than  ^  mile  from  the  shore  at 
Mississippi  City.  In  1877  about  6  feet  water  at  low  tide  could  be 
carried  to  the  outer  end  of  the  two  long  Wharves,  which  at  that 
tine  were  located  near  the  Western  end  of  the  town. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Ship  Island  Anchorage  to 
Mississippi  City  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels,  bound  from  Ship  Island  Anchorage 
to  Mississippi  City,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
entering  Ship  Island  Anchorage  until  past  the  Lighthouse ;  then 
bring  i'to  bear  SE.  by  S.  J^  S.,  and  make  good  the  course  NW. 
by  N.  J^  N.,  carrying  from  9  to  20  feet  water  across  the  Sound ; 
if  more  than  6  feet  draught  when  the  long  Wharves  are  made, 
anchor  in  about  8  feet  and  wait  for  high  water. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward  through  Mississippi  Sound,  bound  to 
Mississippi  City,  follow  the  directions  before  give.,  from  Grant's 
Pass  to  Biloxi,  or  from  Horn  Island  Pass  to  Biloxi,  until  up  with 
the  Red  Nun  Buoy,  which  lies  about  2}i  miles  Southwest  from 
Bound  Island ;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  steer  NW-  by  W-  ^  W-  about  2  miles, 
carrying  not  less  than  10  feet  water;  then  make  good  the  course 
W.  ]4.  N.  about  15  miles  (carrying  not  less  than  8  feet  water  at 
low  tide),  or  until  the  Lighthouse  at  Biloxi  bears  N.  by  E.  ;  then 
haul  up  W.  NW.  for  the  long  Wharves,  and  follow  the  directions 
before  given. 

Cat  Island  Channel. 

The  entrance  to  this  Channel,  which  leads  into  Mississippi  Sound 
between  the  Isle-a-Pitre  on  the  Southwest  and  Cat  Island  on  the 
Northeast,  lies  West-Southerly  about  58  miles  from  Mobile  Point 
Lighthouse,   WestrSoutherly  about  34   miles  from  Horn  Island 


i\ 


KLDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


491 


lississippi 
ilhouse  at 
louse,  and 


ic  shore  at 
e  could  be 
ch  at  that 


Drage  to 
ivorable 

Anchorage 
given  for 
nuse ;  then 
iirse  NW. 
Lhe  Sound ; 
are  made, 

1,  bound  to 
jm  Grant's 
til  up  with 
iwcst  from 
to  on  the 
it  2  miles, 
the  course 
ct  water  at 
y  E. ;  then 
0  directions 


sippi  Sound 
and  on  the 
[(jbile  Point 
[orn  Island 


Tass.  and  "West-Southerly  about  10  miles  from  Sliip  Island  Lii^ht- 
liouse. 

Cat  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Western  Point  of  Cat  Island,  Sonlii  side  of  Mississippi 
Sound,  U  a  "Wliite  Screw-pile  Structure  ;  the  piles  and  Lantern  are 
Red,  and  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  V/hite  Light,  which 
flashes  White  every  90  seconds.  Biloxi  Island  Liglitlioi:s<,  licars 
from  Cat  Island  Lighthouse  NE-  nearly,  distance  IG?^  miles  ;  Pass 
Christian  Lighthouse  NW.  }<  W.  0^  miles;  Merrill's  Shell 
P.ank  Lightliouse  W-  ->b  S.  5  miles ;  St.  Joseph's  Lighthouse  W. 
by  S.  5  8  S.  14  miles. 

Itentarles, 

At  this  date  (1881),  about  15  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be 
carried  over  tlie  Bar  and  up  to  Cat  Island  Anchorage,  and  from  this 
point  about  9  feet  can  be  taken  through  Mississippi  Sound  as  far  as 
St.  Joseph's  Island  Liglithuuse :  the  Channel  leading  into  the 
Anchorage,  and  also  through  the  Sound,  is  well  buoyed  at  this  time. 

Sailing   Directions   for  Cat  Island  Anchorage  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  bound  to  Cat  Island  Anchorage,  leave  the 
Red  Can  Buoy,  which  lies  about  S.  by  W.  1)3  niiles  from  Ship 
Island  Liglitliouse,  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
make  good  the  course  W-SW.  0)4  miles,  carrying  not  less  than 
15  feet  water  across  the  Bar  at  low  tide  ;  when  the  Great  Sand 
Hill  on  the  Northeastern  Point  of  Cat  Island  bears  N.  by  E., 
distant  about  4%  miles,  and  Lhe  Northern  Point  of  the  Isle-a- 
Pitre  W.  H  N.  3'^  miles,  then  in  about  3  fatlioms  water  iiaul  up 
W.NW.,  carrying  from  3)4  to  6  fathoms  water  and  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Channel  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and  White 
Perpendicular  Stri[)es,  which  lies  about  midway  between  Fish-Tail 
and  Potato  Hills  Shoals,  Cat  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  N.  by  W.  %  W.  2'^  miles  ;  when  this  Buoy  is  piade,  bring 
it  to  boar  W  NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  close 
to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  continue  the  cotn-sc  W.NW-  aliont  }( 
mile ;  then  steer  W-SW.  about  '4  mile,  reaving  Fish-Tail  Shoal 
on  the  Port  hand,  carrying  about  4  fathoms  water,  and  anclior  in 
about  4  f-ithoms  ;  tlie  last-named  Buoy  bears  from  this  ancliorage 
E.  J4  N.,  distance  %  mile. 


m^' 


492 


ELDIilDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


St.  Joseph's  Island  Lighthouse,  Miss. 

On  the  South  end  of  St.  Joseph's  IsUiml,  Mississippi  Sound,  and 
Northern  side  of  entrance  to  Laiic  Rorgnc,  is  a  Wiiitc  Dwelling, 
surmounted  by  a  Black  Lantern,  and  standing  on  Brick  Tiers.  At 
tills  date  (1882),  this  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Cat 
Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  St.  Joseph's  Island  Lighthouse  E. 
by  N.  5h  N.,  distance  about  14  miles ;  Merrill's  Shell  Bank  Light- 
house NE.  by  E.  Vi  E.  D;^  miles;  Pass  ChrisUan  Lighthouse 
NE.  Yx  N.  12  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Cat  Island  Anchorage  by 
the  South  Pass  to  St.  Joseph's  Island  Entrance 
to  Lake  Borgne  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  n  it  more  than  8  feet  draught,  bound  to  Lake  Bovgne 
by  the  South  Pass,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Cat 
Island  Anchorage  until  up  with  the  East  Buoy,  which  is  painted  in 
Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  and  lies  midway  between 
the  Cat-Fish  and  Potato  Hills  Shoals.  Cat  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  by  W.  M  W.,  distance  2'^  miles;  when 
this  Buoy  id  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  steer  NW- 
by  W-  Vi,  W.  about  2  miles,  leaving  the  Turn  Buoy,  painted  in 
Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  close  to  on  either  hand, 
and  steer  S  W.  by  W.  Vi,  W-,  leaving  the  first  and  second  Channel 
Jjuoys,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  the  West  Buoy  (Red),  close  to  on  the 
same  band,  and  carrying  about  10  feet  water  at  low  tide  ;  continue 
the  course  SW.  by  W-  Yx  W.  about  one  mile  past  the  last-named 
Buoy;  then  make  good  the  curse  W.  ^  S.  8>4  miles,  carrying 
not  less  than  9  feet  water  to  St.  Joseph's  Lightliouse,  which  m.ny 
be  left  about  ^  mile  to  the  Northward  ;-if  bound  further  to  the 
Westward,  a  pilot  is  necessary  at  this  last-named  Lighthouse,  as  at 
this  time  we  have  no  information  relative  to  the  navigatioa  through 
Lake  Borgne,  the  Rigolets,  or  Lake  Pbntcbartrain. 


18. 

Sound, and 
Dwelling, 
I'iers.  At 
.ight.  Cat 
ilhoiiso  E- 
lank  Liglit- 
Lighthouse 


orage  by 
ilntrance 
le  winds 


ikc  Bovgne 
ven  for  Cat 
;  painted  in 
ay  between 
Lighthouse 
niles ;  when 
steer  NW- 
,  painted  in 
ither  hand, 
nd  Channel 
es,  close  to 
3e  to  on  the 
e ;  continue 

last-named 
3s,  carrying 

which  m.iy 
ther  to  the 
liouse,  as  at 
ion  through 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT.  403 

MARIANNE  PASS,  MISSISSIPPI 
SOUND. 

This  Pass,  which  is  nearly  in  the  middle  of  Mississippi  Sound, 
between  Mcirill's  Co(iuillo  on  the  South  and  Morrill's  Shell  Hank 
Lighthouse  on  the  North,  lies  about  5  miles  to  the  Westward  of 
Cat  Island  Lighlhouse,  East-Northerly  ',)  miles  from  St.  Joseph's 
Li'dithouse,  and  about  T)  miles  to  the  Southward  of  Pass  Christian 
Lighthouse. 

Merrill's  Shell  Bank  Lighthouse. 

Nearly  in  the  niiddlc  of  :Mississippi  Sound,  in  about  G  feet  water, 
on  the  Northern  side  of  the  Channel  leading  throu;_di  the  Marianne 
Pass,  is  a  White  Screw-pile  Structure,  Lantern  Black.  At  this 
date  (1«H2),  this  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  and  has  a 
Fog  P.ell,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  one  blow  at  intervals  of 
20  seconds. 

Bearings   and  Distances  from  Merrill's  Shell  Bank  Light- 
house. 

Dintnnce, 

Biloxi  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  E 203/^  miles. 

Cat  Island  Lighthouse,  E.  34  N 5 

Pass  Christian  Lighthouse,  N.  }i  W 

St.  .Joseph's  Ligiithouse,  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.      •     •       9^ 
Blac-k  Buoy  olf  Northern  side  of  Cat  Island  Shoal, 


4^2 


NE.  by  E.  H  E. 


414 


lieniarks. 

At  this  date  (1882),  there  is  about  8  feet  water  through  this 
channel. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Marianne  Pass  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  Ship  Island  Anchorage  bound  through  this  Pass,  bring 
Ship  Island  Lighthouse  to  bear  SE-  >4  E.,  and  make  good  the 
course  NW.  >2  W.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy 
which  lies  olf  the  Northeast  part  of  Spade  Fish  Shoal ;  Shii)  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  by  E-  about  S}i  miles; 
when  the  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand, 


1 


ji 


404: 


ELDl!inOE-S  COAST  PILOT. 


and  steer  NW.  about  ^:^  inilo  ;  Ihon  nmko  good  tlie  course  W- 
U  Sm  cain  ill};  not  li-ss  tlian  0  feet  water,  and  leaving  tlie  IMuek 
15u(iy  oil' Cat  Island  Shoal  about  Jj  mile  on  the  I'ort  hand  ;  when 
]\IerVill's  Shell  liaiik  Ligiilhouso  hears  SW-  by  W.,  then  Kteer 
about  SW.  H  W.,  Inavin},'  the  lilaek  lliioy  on  a  Wreck  on  the 
Tort  hand,  the  Lighthouse  about  J^;  mile  on  the  Starboard,  and  the 
liiaek  IJiioy  whioli  Her  about  1  inilo  W-SW-  from  it  eh)so  to  on 
the  Tort  hand  ;  when  past  tlie  hist-nained  Buoy,  steer  W-  Jj  S., 
carrying  not  less  than  9  feet  water,  until  St.  Josepii's  Lighthouse 
bears  SW.  ](:  S. ;  then  steer  about  SW.  by  S-,  carrying  not  less 
tlian  8  feet  water  at  low  tide,  and  leaving  the  Lighthouse  about  y^ 
mile  to  tl"  Northward  ;  if  bound  farther  to  the  "Westward,  it  is 
advisa'      to  take  a  piloc  at  this  anchorage. 

CG!..ing  through  Grant's  Puss,  or  Horn  Island  Pass,  bound  to  St. 
Joseph's  Island,  foUow  the  directions  before  given  for  IViloxi,  until 
up  with  the  Red  Huoy  which  lies  Southwest  about  '2j{  miles  from 
Round  Island  Liglilhousc  ;  leave  tlii..  Ruoy  about  %  mile  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  steer  NW.  by  W-  '/j  W-  about  2  miles, 
carrying  not  less  than  10  feet  water;  then  with  Round  Island 
Lighthouse  just  open,  dear  of  the  woods,  liearing  NE.  by  E.  ^4 
E."^  make  good  the  course  W.  H  S.  19; •^  miles,  carrying  not  less 
than  14  feet  water,  until  abreast  the  lilack  Buoy  whieh  lies  -olf  the 
J^ortheast  part  of  Spade  Fish  Shoal ;  Ship  Islau<l  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Buoy  SE.  l)y  E.,  distanco  S}i  miles;  leave  the  last- 
named  Buoy  about  S/^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  continue  the 
course  W.  }i  S.,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  the 
Marianne  Pass  from  Ship  Island  Anchorage  to  St.  Joseph's  Light- 
house. 


I 


PASS  CHRISTIAN,  MISS. 

This  place,  which  is  situated  on  the  Northern  side  of  Mississippi 
Sound,  near  the  Eastern  entrance  to  St.  Louis  Bay,  lies  "West- 
Southerly  about  18  miles  from  Blloxi  Lighthouse,  West-Southerly 
about  12  miles  from  Mississippi  City,  Northwesterly  about  G}4 
miles  from  Cat  Island  Lighthouse,  North  about  5  miles  from  Mer- 
rill's Shell  Bank  Lighthouse,  Northeasterly  about  12  miles  from 
St.  Joseph's  Lighthouse,  and  East-Northerly  about  6  miles  from 
Shieldsboro. 


ii:    ii 


I 


joiirse  W- 
tlie  IMuck 
iiid  ;  wlit'ii 
(lu'ii  ytavv 
•ck  oil  the 
1(1,  iind  the 
lose  to  on 

w.  y-  s., 

Lightlioiiso 
ig  not  h'ss 

(•  !v')Ollt  I'j 

rt'tiril,  it  is 

>iind  to  St. 
iloxi,  until 
miles  from 
lilc  on  the 
it  2  miles, 
mil   Island 

1.  i»y  E.  H 

ig  nut  less 
lies  'od'  the 
loiisc  bears 
:e  the  last- 
)ntinue  the 
en  for  the 
ph's  Light- 


Mississippi 
lies  "West- 
3t-Southerly 
about  &}4 
from  Mer- 
miles  from 
miles  from 


ELI)RIDOF/S  COAST  PILOT.  405 


Pass  Christian  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Nortii  Ri<lc  of  Mississippi  Sound,  on  the  main  land,  is 
a  Li-hllumsc,  the  Tower  of  wiiirli  at  liiis.hitr  (18H2),  is  Wlnt.M.n.l 
shows  a  fixed  White  LiLrht ;  Cal  Mand  Li-hthowse  hears  from  I'ass 
Christian  Lighthouse  SE.  H  E-,  distance  about  f.J^  miles;  Mor- 
rill's Shell  Hank  Lightliouse  S.  H  E.  -i'/,  miles,  St.  Josei)h'3 
Island  Lighthouse  SW.  H  S.  about  12  miles. 

Memnt'h'H. 

Atrass  Christian  there  are  2  eliannels  leading  to  tlie  Long 
Wharves,  which  are  nearly  abreast  the  Lightliouse  ;  vessels  eomiiig 
from  the  Eastern  part  of  the  Sound  use  the  Eastern  channd, 
while  those  coming  from  the  Westward  or  bouthwestward,  use  the 
Western.  In  1877,  about  GJ^,  feet  water,  at  low  tide,  could  be 
carried  through  these  narrow  channels  to  the  Long  Wiiarves. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Pass  Christian  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  6  or  7  feet  draught  from  Sliip  IsUui  1 
Anchorage,  bound  to  Pass  Christian,  may  bring  Ship  Island  Light- 
house to  bear  SE.  ]'z  E-.  and  make  good  the  .•ourso  NW-  )<  W-, 
leavin'^  the  lUaek  «uoy  olf  the  Northeast  i)ai  t  of  Spade  Fi,-  li  Shoal 
(SI  in'lsland  Lighthouse  bears  fnmi  this  Buoy  SE  byT?-  listance 
3^  miles).  About  ji  mile  on  the  Port  hand  and  make  go(  d  Uio 
course  W.  ' '  N.,  carrying  not  loss  than  10  feet  water  at  low  tide, 
wlien  Pass  Christian  Lightliouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  boar  W.  by 
N.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  anchor  outside  the  Stakes 
and  Beacons  in  from  7  to  .s  foot  wtiter ;  between  the  Beacons  and 
Long  Wha.  ."s  the  channel  leading  in  is  very  narrow  ;  it  is  there- 
fore'advisable  to  1"V"  a  pilot  r'  this  anchorage. 

From  the  Eastward,  coi.  ig  through  Grants  Pass,  or  Horn 
Island  Pass,  bound  to  Pass  Christian,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Biloxi,  iXntil  up  with  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  Southwest 
about  2}i  miles  from  Round  Island  Lighthouse  ;  leave  this  Buoy 
about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  NW.  by  W-  'A 
W.  about  2  miles,  carrying  not  less  than  10  feet  water ;  then 
with  Round  Island  Lighthouse  just  open,  clear  of  the  woods,  bearing 
NE.  by  E.  J4  Em  make  good  the  course  W.  }i  S.  19>2    miles, 


I 


B6.*^- 


doi; 


KMMUDGE'a  COAST  PILOT. 


Cfirryiii^'  no,,  less  tliiiii  It  feet  wiilor,  until  iilin  i\st  (ho  Tllnck  Buoy 
oir  till'  Nortlicnsl  part  oCSi-iiilc  Fish  Shoal  ;  Siiip  Ishuiil  Lighthouse 
IxMii's  from  this  IJiioy  SE-  •'>  E  . 'iif^taiu'i!  3?^  niih-s  ;  leave  the 
last  iiiiuiiH]  r>iuty  aliiiiit  j,j^  mile  on  \\h'.  I'oit  iiauil,  and  make  jjoocl 
the  c'oiiist'  W.  j  J  N.,  and  tnljuw  tlic  direction;^  ix'Torc  yiven. 

Cuming  I'loni  tiic  Smithwi'stv/ard,  leavo  tiie  Lij^iiliionse  at  St. 
Josi'ph'.s  Island  about  J 3  mile  on  tlie  I'uil  hand,  and  nialie  ^ood 
tlui  Course  NE.  liy  N  •  ^'  N.,  c'anyiii<!;  not  Icsh  tlian  H  li'it  water 
at  low  tide,  and  leaving  tlie  S(jnare  llnndken  liief  Slioal,  v.iiieli  is 
nearly  dry  at  low  tide,  well  en  tlie  Starhoanl  hand;  when  I'ass 
Cliristian  Li<4lil house  hears  NE.  l>y  E.,  steer  E  NE.  until  itl»<'ars 
NE.  hy  N.  ,'i  N.,  tiicii  run  fur  it  011  lliis  eoiirse  and  aiuhor  a 
siiort  distunee  to  the  Eastward  of  tiie  lir^t  lieaeoii  in  about  7  feet 
water,  and  take  a  pilot  to  the  long  Wharves. 


I      !. 


SHIELDSBOBO,  MISS. 

This  place,  whieli  is  situated  on  the  Northern  side  of  J^'ssissippi 
S«)Uiid  and  West  side  of  entrance  to  St.  Louis  Hay,  lies  West- 
Southet'ly  about  i')J{  miles  from  Pass  'Jliristiau  Lig'.itliouse,  North- 
westerly about,  .')'j  mil(!s  .om  Merrill's  Sludl  liank  Lighthouse, 
and  Northeasterly  al)0ut  7jj  miles  from  St.  Joseph's  Lighthouse. 

JicninrA's. 

In  1877,  about  0  fee),  vratcr,  at  low  tide,  .ould  be  carried  to  some 
of  the  long  W  har\  es. 

Sililing  Directions  for  Shieldsboro  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  t' I  an  7  or  8  feet  drauglit  bound  t)  Shields- 
boro, may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Cat  Island  Anchor- 
age, until  up  with  the  East  liuo}'  which  is  painted  in  Black  and 
White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  and  lies  about  midwa}'  between  the 
Cat-Fish  and  Potato  Hills  Shoals;  Cat  Island  Lightliouse  bears 
from  this  Buoy  N-  by  W.  j'l  W.,  distance  2^4  miles;  wlien  the 
last-named  Buoj-  's  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  either  hand,  and 
steer  NW.  by  W.  J^  W.  about  2  miles,  leaving  t!;e  Turn  Buoy 
painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  close  to  on  either 
hand,  and  steer  SW.  by  W-  J4  W.,  leaving  the  First  and  Second 


Unck  Buoy 
Liglitiioiiso 
;  l»(iive  the 
luuku  jfood 
;ivi'ii. 
uu.si!  at  St. 

lllilliO    JiOOil 

Ci'ct  water 
il,  nliidi  is 

when  I'nss 
iitil  it  bi'Jirs 
il  niicliDi'  ti 
jout  7  Icct 


J^'ssissippi 
lies  West- 
ISC,  North- 
..i^htliouse, 
glilliouse. 


eel  to  some 


me,  with 

)  ShieUls- 
id  Anciior- 
Bluek  and 
ctween  the 
ouse  beara 
;  when  tlje 
liand,  and 
rurn  Buoy 
,o  on  either 
ind  Second 


ELDUinOF/S  COAST   PILOT 


•197 


Channel  Buoys  puinted  in  Black  ami  While  Perp-  ndlcnlar  Stripes 
dost  toon  the  Starboard  hand,  and  the  West  Buoy  (Red)  elose  to 
on  the  same  hand,  continue  the  course  SW-  by  W  ■  '4  W-  ab')Ut 
1  mile  piist  the  last-named  Buoy,  then  make  ^'ood  the  coursrUW. 
bv  W.  )j  W-  5  miles,  leavin;^  Merrill's  (Vxpiille  SIiumI  wi  il  on 
the  starboard  hand;  when  St.  Joseph's  Li>rhthouso  benrs  SW. 
J^  S.  steer  N-NW.  for  the  town  and  anchor  otr  t!ie  Wharves 
in  about  8  feet  water  at  low  tide. 

Coming  from  tlie  Eastward  through  Grant's  I'ass  or  Horn  Inland 
Pass,  bound  to  Shieldsboro,  follow  the  directions  before  given  lor 
the  Marianne  Pass  until  past  the  Black  Buoy,  which  lies  al)out  1 
mile  Southwest  from  ^Merrill's  Shell  Bank  Ligiithousc,  then  make 
good  the  course  W-NW-  '>}(  miles,  carrying  not  less  tluin  H  feet 
water  at  low  tide,  and  anchor  olf  tlic  long  Wharves  in  about 
8  feet  water.  Ou  tliislast  course,  W  NW-,  the  Square  llandker- 
clihf  Shoal  will  be  left  well  on  the  Starboard  hand 

Coming  from  tli  ■  Southwcstward,  bound  to  Shiehlsboro,  leave  the 
Liulithou  e  oil  St.  Joseph's  Island  about  J3  mile  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  make  good  the  course  N-NE-,  carrving  not  less  than  8  fert 
water  at  low  tide,  and  anchor  olf  the  loi  g  Wharves. 

The  Coast  from  Mobile  Bar  to  Ship  Island  Light- 
house. 

From  Mobile  Bar  to  Ship  Island  Liglithouse,  a  distance  of  nearly 
!i)  miles,  shoal  water  extends  off  in  some  places  more  tiian  a  mile 
Irom  shore;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  vessels,  in  thick  weather 
or  night-time,  to  not  approach  this  part  of  the  coast  in  L-ss  than  0 
fathoms  water  until  abreast  the  Eastern  part  of  Ship  Island,  then 
<:railually  work  into  o  fathoms,  and  from  this  into  t  fathoms  near 
the  Western  part  of  this  last-named  Island. 

Tides  and  Currents  in  Mississippi  Sound. 

At  the  entrances  of  the  IMississippi  Sound  the  rise  and  full  of  tie 
tides  is  usually  small,  the  time  and  height  of  high  and  low  water 
are  irregular  and  much  influenced  by  the  winds;  winds  that  blow 
on  the  coast  tend  to  raise  the  tides,  while  those  that  blow  from  the 
coast  depress  them. 

At  the  entrances  of  the  Sound  the  strength  and  velocity  of  the 
current  is  governed  entirely  by  the  winds.  After  strong  South- 
easterly winds,  the  Ebb  runs  out  very  strong  ;  and  after  strong 
Northerly  winds  the  F'.ood  sets  hi  very  strong. 


^1 


I 


,i 


! 


f 


lHU 


■m: 


i 


I  i 

!'      Ill 


In' 


498 


EI.DKIDCKS  COAST   ril.OT. 


CHANDELEUR  ISLAND  ANCHORAGE. 

This  Aiirln)ra<;t',  whirli  is  iihoiit  I'j  milrs  to  the  SDnliiwcst,  of 
Cliaiidflcur  Li^lillioiisi',  lies  Soutliciistoily  uboiit  1-'  lllik•^4  IVom 
Ship  Island  Liylitlioiiso. 

Chandoleur  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Noitlioni  ixtiiMiiityof  CliaiKii'leiir  Isluiiil,  South  Hido 
of  tho  Clianinl  li'a(lin<;  to  Ship  I-^hind  Aiichora-j;!',  and  also  into 
Cut  Island  Clianncl,  is  a  Whilo  TowiT,  whiili  al  tliis  date  (1H«L'), 
shows  a  fixed  While  Light. 

lieinarh's. 

The  Anchorajro  to  the  Soiithwcsl  of  ('!■  /..lelenr  Island  Light- 
house is  safe  for  large  vessels  in  all  winds  and  weathrrs,  and  is  also 
easyofaeecss  by  night  or  by  day,  there  being  neither  bars  nor 
other  obstructions,  exeepling  a  Sho:d,  wliieh  extends  olf  Northwest 
about  ?4  mile  front  the  Lighthouse.  It  is  said  that  the  Kuglish 
men-of-war  found  shelter  in  these  UoaiU  during  the;  siege  of 
New  Orleans. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Chandoleur  Island 
Anchorage. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Northern  end 
of  Chandeleur  Island  is  made,  leave  it  about  1,'^  miles  on  the  Tort 
hand  ;  and  when  it  bears  E-SE.,  then  gradually  haul  in,  and  anehor 
with  the  Lighthouse  bearing  about  NE-  by  N.,  distant  ab  ml  1 'j 
miles,  in  about  4  fathoms  water. 

In  beating  in,  vessels  may  stand  to  thcAVestward  until  the  water 
slK-als  to  Syi  fathoms  without  danger.  These  directions  will 
answer  for  night  or  day. 

The  Coast  from  Chandeleur  Island  Lighthouse  to 
the  Grand  Grosier  Isle. 

From  Chandeleur  Island  Lighthouse  to  the  Grand  Grosier  Isle, 
a  distance  of  nearly  3"j  miles,  the  coas.  which  runs  to  the  South- 
ward consists  of  a  group  of  very  low  Keys,  called  tlic  Chandeleur 
Isles  ;  from  those  Shoal  Water  extends  off  to  the  Easuvard  (in  some 
places  quite  a  distance),  making  their  approach  e.--:ireme!y  dai- 
gerous,  especially  in  thick  weather  or  night-time ;    it  is  therefore 


lAQE. 

llllWI'St,  of 
,lilf!4    IVOIII 


ioutli  Hido 
iil-io  into 


111(1  Li^lit- 
iiiid  is  also 
•  liars  nor 
Nortliwist 
u-  Kiij^lisli 

I  sU'gii    of 

ind 

rlliern  cm  I 

II  Uic  Tort 
111(1  iinehdr 
al))iit  Iji 

1  tlio  water 
jlioiis   will 

louse  to 

rosier  Isle, 
tliu  Soulli- 
Cliandeleur 
n\  (in  some 
I'lnc!^'  ilaii" 
s  thurelbre 


H 


EMUUDGKS  fOAST  I'lLOT. 


400 


mlvisftl)li«  in  Riicli  tiiiu'sto  not  a()prnucli  this  part  of  tlio  coast  nonror 
tlmn  IDIallionis  water. 

Grand  Grosior  Islo  and  Islo-au-Broton. 

These  two  Ninall  Kc.vs,  which  are  very  low,  lie  Northwesterly 
about  IS  miles  from  1'ass-a-l.oiitre,  Hit-  Northern  entruneo  to  the 
Mis8issiii|ii  Kiver  ;  Shoal  Water  extends  olF  tt  lon<?  distaneo  Soulh- 
easterly  from  these  isles,  and  vessels,  even  in  da\  time,  faHiii;j;  to 
the  Northward,  lioiind  to  tlu;  Mississippi  Kiver,  shiiild  beware  of 
this  daiij,'er.  In  fair  weatiier,  it  is  saiil  tiiat  in  12  feet  water  these 
Islca  cannot  bo  seen  from  the  deek  of  a  common  vessel. 


PASS-A-LOUTRE,  LA. 

This  Pass,  whieli  is  the  Norliiermnost  that  leads  into  the  Missis- 
sippi Kiver,  lies  Southwesterly  «2  miles  from  Mobile  Point  Light- 
house. 

Pass-a-Loutre  Lighthouse. 

On  the  North  side  of  entrance  to  I'ass-a-Loulre,  on  Middle 
Ground  Island,  at  this  date  (1«82),  is  a  Hlaek  Tower,  with  While 
Dwelling-  about  JU)  yards  to  the  Southward  of  it ;  at  this  time  this 
Lijjlithonse  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  which  Hashes  White  every 
45  seconds.  A  Ulack  Day  Heacon,  of  oiieii  Iron  Framewoik 
surmonaled  by  a  IJall,  bears  E.  Vi  S-  from  it. 

Meinnrh's. 

In  cntcrinj;  the  Mississipi)i  River  by  way  of  Pass-a-Loutrc,  there 
is  usually  from  10  to  11  feet  water  upon  the  IJar,  but  as  the  chan- 
nel is  liable  to  suddmi  clianj^es  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  stran<iers 
in  vessels  of  more  than  H  feet  draiigiit  to  not  attempt  this  passage, 
as  .it  this  lime  there  are  no  pilots  in  attendance.  From  the  Bar 
Buoy  oil'  the  entrance  to  the  Lighthouse  at  the  Head  of  the  Passes, 
the  distance  is  Vd}4  miles,  thence  about  08  miles  to  the  city  of 
New  Orleans. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Pass-a-Loutre  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

When  the  Lighthouse  .it  Pass-a-Loutre  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
about  W.  by  N.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp 


i 


u 


'i 
1 


500 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


lookout  for  the  Outer  or  Bar  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  Wliile 
Perpendicular  Stripes  ;  wlien  this  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  ou  either 
hand,  and  run  for  tiie  Black  Buoy  off  tlie  Soutli  Lunii),  leaving  it  on 
tlic  Port  hand  ;  when  past  this  Buoy,  yfiu  will  see  the  2  Red  Piuoys 
wliicli  lie  off  the  Nortli  Lump  and  Middle  Ground,  botli  of  which 
are  left  on  tin;  Starl)()ard  iiand  ;  when  past  these,  run  up  with  the 
Liglilhousc  a  little  on  tlie  Starboard  bow,  and  leave  it  al)out  200 
yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  West, 
leaving  tlie  Buoy  painted  in  Bed  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes, 
wliieh  lies  about  'i,  mile;  to  the  Westward  of  tlie  Liglitliouse,  well  on 
tlie  Port  hand  ;  wlicn  past  the  hist-uauicd  Buoy,  keep  in  the  middle 
of  the  river,  carrying  deep  water  to  the  Head  of  the  Pass. 


II  i  !;■ 


SOUTH  PASS,  LA. 

Tlie  entrance  to  tliis  I'ass,  which  leads  into  the  Mississippi 
Ki\',-r,  lies  Southwesterly  about  14  miles  from  Pass-a-Loutre,  and 
Kast-Northcrly  about  15  miles  from  the  entrance  to  the  Southwest 
Pass. 

South  Pass  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  West  side  of  the  South  Pass  in  TiUt.  2il°  01'  North,  and 
Lon.  89°  10'  West,  is  a  Red  Framework  Pyramid,  enclosing  a 
Dwelling  and  a  Stairway  Cylinder;  at  this  date  (1SS2),  this 
Lio-lithouse  sliows  a  fixed  AVliite  Liulit  wliich  flashes  AVliitc  every 
T)  seconds  ;  the  Old  Tower  stands  about  100  feet  to  tlie  Westward 
of  tliis  Li'?iitliouse ;  U'-y  Tortugas  T.iglithouse  bears  from  the 
Lightliouse  at  the  South  Pass  SE-  by  E.  Ja  E.  425  miles,  and 
Ligiits  on  tlie  Jetties  at  the  entrance  of  the  Soutli  Pass  SE. 
l-j  E.  2;X  miles. 

Head  of  the  Passes  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Door  Isle,  at  tlie  junction  of  llic  Soulliwest  and  South 
Passes  is  a  Wiiite  Dwelling,  which  at  this  date  (1S82),  shows  a 
fixed  White  Liglit ;  at  tliis  time  a  Fog  Bell  is  placed  near  this 
Liglithouse,  A\hich  in  thick  weatlier  is  struck  Two  Blows  and  One 
r>l(jw  at  alternate  intervals  of  10  and  20  seconds ;  from  tlie  Bar 
P>uoy  at  entrance  of  this  Pass  to  tlie  Liglitliouse,  tlic  distance  ia 
11J;(  miles,  thence  about  68  miles  to  the  city  of  New  Orleans. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


501 


and  "Wliile 
to  on  cither 
aving  it  on 
Red  Buoys 
111  of  which 
p  with  the 

about  200 
urso  West, 
ital  Stripes, 
use,  well  on 

the  middle 

}S. 


Mississippi 
Loutre,  and 
}  Southwest 


North,  and 
enclosing  a 

1882),  this 
Wliito  every 
3  Westward 
3   from   the 

miles,  and 
1  Pass  SE. 


;  and  South 
\'2),  shows  a 
^d  near  this 
iws  and  One 
rom  the  Bar 
distance  id 
(rleans. 


South  Pass  Jetty  (East)  Lighthouse. 

At  the  mouth  of  the  South  I'ass,  about  200  yards  inside  the  end 
of  the  Eastern  Jetty,  is  a  Framework  Structure  2.')  feet  higli,  of 
unpainted  Scantling  resting  on  Piles,  and  supporting  a  Stalf  on 
wiiich  hangs  a  Lantern,  which  at  this  date  (18«2),  shows  a  Red 
Fixed  Litiht. 


South  Pass  Jetty  (West)  Lighthouse. 

At  tlie  mouth  of  tlie  South  Pass,  about  200  yards  inside  the  end 
of  the  Western  Jetty,  is  a  Framework  Structure  25  feet  hiuh,  of 
unpainted  Scantling  resting  on  Piles,  and  supporting  a  Stulf  on 
which  liangs  a  Lantern,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  White 
Fixed  Light. 

These  Lights  upon  the  Jetties  at  the  entrance  of  the  South  Pass 
are  about  o'>0  yards  apart,  and  are  intended  to  guide  vessels  both 
in  and  out  of  the  South  Pass. 


Head  of  the  Passes  Jetty  (East)  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Nortliern  end  of  the  upper  entrance  to  the  South  Pass, 
is  a  Framework  Structure  2;")  feet  high,  of  unpainted  Scantling  rest- 
ing on  Piles,  and  sui)porting  a  Staff  on  which  liangs  a  Lantern, 
which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light. 

Head  of  the  Passes  Jetty  (West)  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northern  end  of  the  Upper  Jetty  entrance  to  the  South 
Pass,  is  a  Framework  Structure  25  feet  high,  of  unpainted  Scant- 
ling resting  on  I'iles,  and  supporting  a  Staff  on  which  hangs  a 
Ltuitern,  which  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  lixed  White  Light. 

These  Lights,  which  are  about  350  yards  apart,  are  intended  to 
guide  vessels  bot?iout  and  in  to  the  upper  part  of  the  South  Pass. 

Memarks. 

At  this  date  (1881),  there  is  said  to  be  a  depth  of  about  30  feet 
water  between  the  Jetties  and  also  over  the  Bar  ;  but  as  the  chan- 
nel is  narrow,  and  there  may  be  mud  lumps  at  the  mouth,  it  is 
advisable  for  vessels  of  more  than  1-4  feet  draught  to  take  pilots, 


I   i: 


: 


r 


i; 


J! 
i  I 


i!    !il 


%     li' 


502 


ELDKIDGE'S   COAST  TILOT. 


which  are  always  at  hand.  The  Whistling  Buoy,  which  lies  in 
about  10  fatiioius  vntcr,  is  not  in  position  durinfj;  the  montlis  of 
June,  July,  August  and  September;  in  thick  weather,  during  thii 
time,  it  is  therefore  necessary  when  i:.  h.  s  than  10  fathoms  water, 
to  a)  iroach  tlie  entrance  to  the  Sol  '  .'ass  with  caution ;  NE. 
l}(\  u'S  from  the  entrance  to  this  Pass,  10  fathoms  water  was 
found,  East  5,^  mile,  11  fathoms;  SE.  Sg  mile,  10  fathoms; 
South  ^  mile,  10  fathoms;  and  SW-  114  miles,  10  fathoms. 


^    I; 


SI 


if: 


11 


ri 

ij 

i.,1 

jiii 

'i 

iH 

;, 

; 

j 

!• 

*: 

li.i 

;; 

1 

r 

i*! 

j;' 

: 

,; 

* 

)■! 

Sailing    Directions    for  the   South  Pass  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  14  or  15  feet  draught,  bound  into  the 
Mississippi  River  by  the  South  Pass,  should  iveep  in  not  less  th:>n 
10  fathoms  water  until  the  Whistling  Buoy  is  made  ;  then  leave  it 
close  to  on  either  hand,  and  steer  about  NW.  by  N.,  entering 
about  midway  between  the  Jetties,  and  keep  midway  between  them, 
carrying  about  30  feet  water  in  the  channel ;  when  abreast  the 
South  Pass  Liglithouse  keep  in  the  middle,  and  pass  tiirough 
between  tlic  Ui-por  Jetties  into  the  Mississippi  River ;  if  the 
AVhistling  Buoy  is  not  in  position,  bring  the  outer  ends  of  the 
Jetties  to  boar  about  NW-  by  N.  and  run  for  them,  and  enter  as 
before  directed. 

Tides  at  the  Lower  Entrance  of  the  South  Pass. 

At  the  lower  entrance  to  this  Pass,  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  tides 
is  usually  small,  the  time  and  height  of  high  and  low  water  are 
irregular,  and  much  influenced  by  the  winds;  winds  that  blow  on 
the  coast  tend  to  raise  the  tides,  while  those  that  blow  from  the 
coast  depress  them. 

Tides  at  the  Upper  Entrance  of  the  South  Pass. 

At  the  upi)or  entrances  of  the  Passes,  the  tides  are  much 
influenced  by  the  freshets,  especially  during  the  spring  mouths, 
when  there  is  but  little  rise  and  fall  at  the  above  places. 


Iiieh  lies  in 
!  montlis  of 
during  tbid 
oins  water, 
itiou;  NE. 
water  wtis 
0  fathoms ; 
thoins. 

in  Day- 
jather. 

ad  into  the 
»t  less  than 
en  leave  it 
^J.,  entering 
twoen  them, 
abreast  the 
iss  tli  rough 
ver ;  if  the 
ends  of  the 
md  enter  as 


ith  Pass. 

of  the  tides 
w  water  are 
lat  l)low  on 
ow  from  the 


uth  Pass. 

3   are   much 
Ing  mouths, 

I. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


503 


The  following  regulations  relating  to  the  naviga- 
tion of  the  South  Pass  entrance  to  the  Mississippi 
River,  are  hereby  established  for  the  protection 
of  said  Pass,  and  the  works  for  its  improvement : 

War  Department, 
Washington  City,  December  14, 1881. 

Ist.  Steam  vessels  navigating  the  South  Pass,  are  required  to 
reduce  tlieir  speed  to  not  exceeding  G  miles  per  hour,  between  a 
point  r)00  yards  above  the  South  Pass  Lighthouse  and  the  Head- 
quarters P>uilding  ;  and  a  similar  reduction  shall  be  made  in  other 
parts  of  the  Pass,  when  passing  the  boats,  barges,  iloatlng-mat- 
tresses,  &e.,  that  arc  being  used  in  the  construction  of  the  jetties 
or  the  improvement  of  the  channel,  or  In  passing  any  other  vessel ; 
and  after  dark  all  vessels  must  slow  down  to  6  miles  per  hour 
throughout  the  entire  Pass. 

The  South  Pass  is  considered  as  embracing  the  entire  extent  of 
channel  between  the  upper  ends  of  the  works  at  tlic  head  of  the 
Pass,  and  the  outer  or  sea  end  of  the  jetties  at  the  entrance  from 
the  Gulf  of  Mexlc 

The  point  referred  to  at  500  yards  above  the  lighthouse,  between 
which  and  the  Ileadtiuarters  Building,  vessels  are  required  to 
reduce  tlielr  speed,  is  marked  by  a  post  painted  white  on  the 
western  bank  of  the  Pass. 

2d.  All  vessels  anchoring  in  the  Pass  shall  take  position  near 
the  eastern  bank  of  the  Pass,  not  less  than  500  yards  abt)ve  the 
Lighthouse  and  below  the  Island  at  the  head  of  the  Pass;  and 
vessels  so  anchoring  shall  put  out  extra  moorings  as  may  be  neces- 
sary to  prevent  their  being  blown  athwart  the  channel,  and  thus 
endangering  the  navigation  of  the  Pass,  whenever  required  to  do  so 
by  the  United  States  Inspecting  Officer  of  the  works  for  the 
improvement  of  the  Pass. 

3d.  No  master  or  other  person  in  command  of  a  vessel  drawing 
more  than  12  feet  water  shall  enter  the  Jetty  Channel  from  sea  with 
such  vessel  until  after  a  descending  vessel  which  has  previously 
entered  said  channel  from  above  has  passed  to  sea ;  and  likewise 
no  such  vessel  descending  the  river  shall  enter  the  channel  at  the 
head  of  the  Pass  until  after  an  ascending  vessel  w'.lcli  shall  have 
passed  the  head  of  Goat  Island,  has  passed  through  the  entrance  at 
the  head  of  the  Pass. 


501 


ELDni DOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Hh.  All  npward-bomid  vessels  must  keep  to  the  right  or  nearest 
the  oast  bank  of  tlie  Pa.ss,  giving  the  riglit  of  way  to  those  bonnd 
in  tlic  opposite  diiection. 

5tli.  All  vessels  disehiirging  or  waiting  to  discharge  ballast  at 
Port  Eads*  nnist  be  moored  to  the  liunk  by  lines,  and  no  vessel 
slmll  diseharge  ballast  into  the  Gulf  of  jNIexieo  within  a  distance  of 
Tj  miles  from  the  sea  ends  of  tlie  jetties ;  nor  shall  ashes  or  otiier 
refuse  matter,  wliieh  may  be  liable  to  cause  a  shoaling  or  filling  up 
of  Scnith  Pass,  be  dumped  therein. 

Gtli.  Thediedge-lioat,G.  W.  II.  Bayley,  shall  have  the  exclusive 
right  of  way  over  all  vessels  navigating  the  South  Pass  while  site 
is  at  work  therein,  and  all  vessels  in  passing  her  must  be  governed 
by  her  signals;  she  shall  give  the  usual  steam-whistle  signal  for 
l)assing  to  her  Port  or  Starboard,  and  tiiis  shall  be  responded  to 
and  obeyed  by  the  passing  vessel  on  the  order  of  its  master  or 

pilot. 

7th.  Tow-boats  with  tows  are  not  permitted  to  go  down  tin- 
Pass  after  dark,  but  must  anchor  above  the  head  of  the  Pass  till 

after  daylight. 

Robert  T.  Lincoln, 

Secretary  of  War. 


SOUTHWEST  PASS,  LA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Pass,  which  leads  into  the  Mississippi  River, 
lies  AVest-Southerly  about  1.j  miles  from  the  entrance  to  the  South 
Puss,  and  p:ast-Soulherly  about  36  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  at 
the  entrance  to  Barata)ia  Bay. 

Southwest  Pass  Lighthouse. 

Upon  a  low,  marsliy  Island,  West  side  of  Southwest  Pass,  is  a 
Skeleton  Tower,  painted  Black.  This  Tower  is  a  truncated  pyr- 
amid, having  eight  sides,  with  the  keeper's  dwelling  in  the  lower 
part.  A  low  frame-building  stands  about  20  yards  Southeast  of 
the  Tower.  At  this  date  (1882),  this  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed 
Wliite  Light.  The  old  Tower  stands  N.  by  E-  li  E.  about  J^ 
mile  from  this  Lighthouse. 

*  Port  Eads  in  situated  nearly  opposite  tlic  Poutli  Pass  Lighthouse,  or 
aljout  2i  Hiiles  above  the  outer  end  of  the  jetties. 


it  or  nearest 
those  bound 

;e  balhist  at 
(I  no  vcssi  1 
L  distance  of 
ihes  or  other 
or  filling  up 

he  exclusive 
S3  while  she 
be  governed 
le  signal  Inr 
'esponded  to 
s  master  or 

;o  down  the 
the  Pass  till 

OLN, 

•y  of  War. 


issippi  River, 
to  the  South 
.ightbouse  at 


St  Pass,  is  a 
uncated  pyr- 
in the  lower 
Southeast  of 
:ows  a  fixed 
E.  about  Yi 

Lighthouse,  or 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


505 


Me/inarks. 

In  entering  the  Southwest  Pass  strangers  should  exereisc 
caution,  as  the  Channel  across  the  Bar  is  liablo  to  sudden  changes  ; 
the  usual  depth  of  water  is  from  1 1  to  12  feet  at  low  tide.  1  ilots 
can  usually  be  obtained,  although  at  this  time  but  few  vesaels  use 
'"lis  Pass.  At  this  date  (1882),  the  Channel  leading  in  is  well 
bnoyed.  From  the -outer  Dar  Buoy  to  the  head  of  the  Passes 
(entrance  to  llie  Jlississippi  River),  the  irstnnec  is  aboi;t  \->]2 
miles,  thence  about  G8  miles  to  the  city  of  Aew  Orleans, 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Southwest  Pass  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  f  ir  weather. 

Small  or  li»jht  draught  vessels  should  keep  in  not  less  than 
10  fathoms  water  until  the  Lighthouse  at  the  Southwest  Pass  is 
made  ;  then  bring  it  to  bear  N.  by  E.  ]i  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  outer  liar  lUioy  (Red)  ; 
leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  liand,  and  when  past  it 
you  will  see  the  two  Buoys,  Red  and  Black,  off  the  Kast  and  West 
Lumps,  and  also  the  two  Buoys,  Red  and  Black,  otf  the  East  and 
West  Banks ;  pass  midway  between  tiiese  Buoys,  and  steer  about 
NE.  by  N-  Y  N.,  leaving  Stake  Island  Beacon  about  yi  mile  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  the  Lighthouse  about  li  mile  on  the  same 
hand;  when  past  the  Liguthouse,  keep  in  the  middle  of  the 
Pass,  and  enter  the  River. 

In  Thick  Weather. 

In  order  to  avoid  danger,  vessels  l)ound  to  the  jMississippi  River 
should  not,  in  thick  weather,  approach  the  Passes  in  less  than  10 
fathoms  water. 

Bemarks  in  Appronchhifj  the  Passes  ft^om  Sea. 

The  land  at  the  entrances  of  the  Passes  which  leads  into  the 
Mississippi  River  is  nothing  more  than  mud  banks,  with  reeds  and 
rushes  growing  upon  them  at  a  height  of  from  10  to  12  feet  above 
the  water  ;  the  Lighthouses,  vessels  or  steamers  near  the  entrances 
to  the  Passes  are  generally  the  first  thing  made  by  vessels  from  sea. 
Captains  not  acquainted  on  the  coast  are  frequently  alarmed  when 
they  come  near  the  River  by  the  appearance  of  the  water,  especially 


!  l| 


nor 


ELDUIDOE'S  COAST  i'lLOT. 


I'lirlng  the  first  summer  months,  when  the  River  is  liigh,  for  at  that 
lime  tlie  fre.sh  water  rushot,  out  wilh  great  force,  niid,  being  lighter 
lliiui  tlic  ocean  water,  floats  on  toi),  nialcing  an  aijpearancc 
allogetlier  singuhir  and  ahirraing  ;  for  wlicn  tlic  fresli  water  has  not 
culircly  covered  the  salt  water,  but  leaving  spots,  it  has  the  appear- 
ance of  rocks,  the  River  water  being  of  a  milky  color,  while  the 
other  is  quite  dark  and  changes  suddenly.  "When  the  River  i^  high, 
the  nuuldy  water  has  been  found  to  extend  off  1')  miles  fro.n  the 
Passes,  and  before  entering  it  rii)ples  like  shoal  water.  In  older  to 
find  its  level,  it  must  be  ol)vious  to  every  intelligent  mariner  that 
so  large  a  quantity  of  water  as  that  of  the  Mi8sissii)pi  River,  rush- 
ing as  it  does  tiiiough  the  Passes  to  the  ocean,  produces  currents  ; 
vessels,  theref  )re,  from  the  Southwestward  approaching  the  Passes 
will,  when  the  River  is  high,  have  a  Southerly  current,  while  those 
approaching  from  the  Northeastwaid  will  find  a  Northerly  current. 


BARATARIA  BAY,  LA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  lies  West-Northerly  about  3G  miles 
from  the  Lighthouse  at  the  Southwest  Pass,  and  about  23  miles 
Northeasterly  from  the  entrance  to  Tirabalicr  Ray. 

Barataria  Bay  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  West  end  of  Grand  Terre  Island,  East  side  of  Grand 
Pass,  entrance  to  Barataria  Bay,  and  a  short  distance  to  the  West- 
ward of  Fort  Livingston,  is  a  White  Octagonal  Tower,  which  at 
this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Jieinarh's. 

There  are  three  entrances  to  this  Bay,  the  Northeasternmost  of 
which  is  called  Quatre  Pass,  the  middle  I^ast  Pass,  and  the  South- 
westernmost  Grand  Pass.  In  1857,  by  the  Grand  P-  j,  about  8 
feet  water,  at  low  tide,  could  be  carried  across  the  Br.r  into  Barataria 
Bay.  At  this  date  ( 1882) ,  there  arc  no  Buoys  to  mark  the  Channel 
leading  into  this  Bay ;  it  is,  therefore,  advisable  for  strangers 
bound  in  to  take  pilots.  There  is  good  anchorage  on  the  Starboard 
side  of  entrance  about  i^  mile  inside  the  Lighthouse  in  from  5  to 
7  fathoms  water. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


507 


for  at  that 
iiig  lighter 
Ijpearancc 
,t  r  has  not 
he  appear- 
while  the 
cr  i  ^  high, 
3  Iron  tlie 
[n  order  to 
iriner  that 
iver,  rush- 
1  currents ; 
the  Passes 
vhilc  those 
ly  current. 


t  3G  miles 
it  23  miles 


B  of  Grand 
<  the  West- 
r,  which  at 


ternmost  of 
the  South- 
j,  about  8 
o  Barataria 
he  Channel 
:  strangers 
3  Starboard 
n  from  5  to 


TIMLALIER  BAY,  LA. 

The  entrance  to  tills  Bay  lies  West-Suutlierly  about  50  miles 
from  the  Liglithouse  at  the  Southwest  Pass,  Soulhwestcrly  23  miles 
from  the  cMitraiice  to  B..  -ataria  Bay,  and  East-Northerly  about  42 
miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Ship  Island  Shoal. 

Timbalier  Lighthouse. 

Upon  tlie  West  side  of  the  Grand  Pass  in  about  7  feet  water,  off 
Timbalier  Island  is  a  Black  Pyramidal  Framework  on  pile  founda- 
tion, enclosing  a  Dwelling  and  a  Stairway  Cylinder.  At  tliis  date 
(1882),  tills  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  White  Light  varied  by  a  Red 
Flash  every  minute. 

Hemnrks. 

Vessels  passing  the  entrance  of  Timbaliev  Bay  should  not 
approach  the  Bar  in  less  than  5  fathoms  water,  in  1857  there  was 
at  low  tide  about  10  feet  water  in  the  Channel  across  the  Bar  ;  at 
this  date  (1882),  it  is  said  that  only  7  feet  water  at  low  tide  can  be 
carried  into  this  place ;  at  this  time  there  are  no  Buoys  to  mark 
the  Channel  leading  in ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers 
bound  to  Timbalier  Bay  to  take  pilots  off  ihe  Bar.  There  is  good 
anchorage  in  about  3)^  fathoms  water  inside  the  entrance,  a  short 
distance  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Lighthouse. 


SHIP  ISLAND  SHOAL. 

The  centre  of  this  Shoal,  which  is  off  the  coast  of  Louisiann;,  lies 
West-Southerly  about  38  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Timbalier  Bay. 

Ship  Island  Shoal  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northwestern  side  of  Ship  Island  Shoal,  in  about  10 
feet  water,  is  a  Black  Pyramidal  Framework  on  pile  fonndation, 
enclosing  a  Dwelling.  At  this  date  (1882),  this  Lighthouse  shows 
a  fixed  White  Light,  which  flashes  White  every  3C  seconds ;  there 
is  also  at  this  time  a  Bell  attached  to  this  Lighthouse,  which  is 
struck  in  thick  weather. 


I. 


a' 
l! 


.'  I 


' 


:!  'iS 


r>08 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


y.'j  miles. 
42     " 
11     " 


37 
G3 
30 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Ship  Island  Shoal  Lighthouse. 

Li<?litliouso  at  S.W.  Pass  cntranco  to  the  Mississippi,  E- 

l)y  N.,  nearly 

Tiinl)alicr  Liglithouse,  E-  by  N-  ji  N., 

Raccoon  T'oint  (tlv  nt-arest  land),  NE.  1>y  N-,    •     .     • 
Soutlnw      Vecf  r      thouse,  entrance  to  Atchalalaya  Bay, 

NW.,  

Trinity  SI' •-.:  iuv;       hip,  W.  -^/i  N.,  abont      .... 
Outer  Shoal   'iHi.  ot   1 5  ^eet,  W.  by  N.  ]{  N.,     •     •     . 

Meinarks. 

Ship  Island  Shoal  extends  E-  by  N.  ji  N-  and  W.  by  S-  J2  S- 
about  U)  miles,  with  1  width  of  from  1  to  3  miles  ;  the  least  water 
is  near  its  Northern  part,  where  there  is  from  5  to  10  feet;  between 
lliis  Shoal  and  die  shore  there  is  a  Channel  nearly  4  miles  wide,  with 
a  depth  of  from  1  to  5  fathoms  water.  Vessels  at  night-time 
heating  througli  this  Channel  may  boldly  stand  into  3  fathoms  on 
the  Northern  or  shore  side,  but  should  beware  of  the  Northern  side 
of  this  Shoal,  which  is  very  bold.  Large  vessels  passing  without 
this  danger  should  not  approach  the  Lighthouse  nearer  tluin  5  or  6 
miles,  or  in  less  than  5  fathoms  water ;  small  vessels  passing 
without  this  Shoal,  bound  in,  may  leave  the  Lighthouse  from  2  to  3 
miles  on  the  Starboard  hand  without  danger. 

Shoal  Spots. 

About  30  miles  West-Northerly  from  Ship  Island  Shoal  Lights 
house,  ar€  two  Shoal  Spots,  having  a  depth  of  about  15  feet  water  ; 
the  last-named  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  outer  spot  E.  by  S.  }( 
S.,  distance  30  miles;  Southwest  Reef  Lighthouse  N.  by  E.  21 
miles.  In  order  to  avoid  these  dangers  vessels  of  more  than  14 
feet  draught,  bound  East  or  West,  should  not  approach  the  coast 
in  less  than  5  or  6  fathoms  water. 


TRINITY  SHOAL. 

This  Shoal,  which  lies  more  th.an  20  miles  from  the  coast, 
extends  about  ENE.  and  W-SW.  U  miles,  and  has  a  width  in 
some  places  of  more  than  4  miles  ;  the  least  water  found  upon  it  is 


Lighthouse. 

DiHtancu. 

E. 

.  [)',j  miles. 

.  42     " 

.  11     " 

.  37  " 
.  63  " 
.     30     -' 


.  by  s.  y,  S. 

lO  least  water 
!ect ;  betw(>eu 
Ics  wide,  with 
it  niglit-tirae 
!  fiitlioms  on 
S'^ortlicni  side 
jsing  wltliout 
;r  tiitin  5  or  6 
sscls  passing 
le  from  2  to  3 


Shoal  Lights 
5  feet  water  ; 
t  E.  by  S.  }i 
N.  byE.  21 
norc  than  14 
icli  the  coast 


im  the  coast, 
las  a  width  in 
ind  upon  it  is 


KLDTUDOK'S   COAST   IMI.OT. 


noo 


8  feet,  whicli  is  noar  its  Southwestern  part.  Large  vess(>ls  passing 
outside  of  tliis  danger  should  not  approaeli  nearer  to  it  tlian  7 
fathoms  water. 

Trinity  Shoal  Light-ship. 

This  Liglit-slii|),  wliich  lies  in  about  S'j  fatlioms  water  o(T  to  the 
the  Northward  of  Trinity  Shoal,  has  two  masts,  is  seliooner  rigged, 
and  has  the  words  Trinity  Shoal  in  large  white  letters  on  each  side. 
At  this  date  (ISS-J),  this  Liglit-ship  sliows  one  fixed  'White  Light, 
and  has  a  Steam  Wliistle,  wiiich  in  thick  weather  gives  l)lasts  of  i 
seeon.ls'  duration  each  miimte.  This  Light-ship  is  intende.l  to 
guide  vessels  through  in  about  3  fathoms  water  between  Tiger  and 
Trinity  Shoals. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Trinity  Shoal  Light-ship. 

DiHtiincc. 

Ship  Shoal  Lighthouse,  E.  H  8 ^^  '»''««• 

Southwest   Reef  L'ghthousc,   entrance  to    Ateliafalaya 

Bav,  NE.  by  E.  >4' E., 4:^     " 

Calcasieu  Pass  Lightli()Use,W.NW 64     " 

CentreofTiger  Shoal,  N.  by  E.  about 15     " 


ATCHAFALAYA  BAY,  LA. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  lies  Northwesterly  30  miles  from  Ship 
Island  Shoal  Lighthouse,  and  Northeasterly  about  40  miles  from 
Trinity  Shoal  Light-ship. 

Southwest  Reef  Lighthouse. 

I'pon  the  West  side  of  the  entrance  to  Ateliafalaya  Bay,  in  about 
3  feet  water,  is  a  Black  Screw-pile  Structure,  which  at  this  date 
(1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  At  this  time  a  Steam  Whistle 
is  attached  to  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather  gives  blasts 
of  10  seconds  at  intervals  of  30  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances   from  Southwest  Reef  Lighthouse. 

Dlstnnce. 

Ship  Island  Shoal  Lighthouse,  SE., 37  miles. 

Trinity  Shoal  Light-ship,  SW-  l)y  W-  H  W.,  •     •     •     42     '^| 
Turn  Stake,  N.NW-, ^     " 


ni; 


:    hi 


! 


510 


ELDKIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Jteniat'kH. 

Ill  1878,  by  the  old  CliaiiiicI,  about  10  foot  wntor  at  low  tide 
could  bo  tjikcii  across  the  Bar  as  far  as  tho  Turn  Stake,  mid  from 
this  point  about  f.»^  foet  water  could  1m!  carried  u|)  to  tho  niontii  of 
Atoliafa!a3a  Kivor.  Tiiis  is  the  old  Clumnol,  wliioli  is  now  only 
used  bysailinjr  vessels.  From  the  Southwest  Reef  Li^ditliouse  (by 
tho  old  Chaniu'l)  tlie  distance  to  tho  mouth  of  the  Atchafalaya 
llivor  is  about  18  miles. 

Since  the  above  was  written  wo  loarn  that  Moriian's  Steam  Ship 
(•oinpany  has  cut  a  i)rivalo  Channel,  which  has  a  depth  of  10  foet 
water  at  low  tide,  and  is  comijaralivoly  straight  and  well  staked 
out. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Atchafalaya  Bay  (by  the  old 
Channel)  in  Dai^time,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels  of  not  more  than  G  feet  draught, 
coming  from  tiie  Eastward  inside  of  Shii)  Island  Shoal,  may  leave 
the  Lighthouse  on  the  Northwestern  part  of  tliis  danger,  about  2 
miles  on  the  Port  lian.l,  ami  when  it  boars  SE.  Jj  E.  make  good 
the  course  NW.  '/j  W.  about  .'50  miles,  carrying   from  4  fathoms 
to  12  feet  water;    when  the  Lighthouse   on   Soulhwest    Reef    is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  NW.  }i  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  it  about  }{  mile  on  tho  Tort  hand,  auK  tlio  Rod  Stake,  with 
Barrel  on  top,  w"li  on   the  Starlioird  hand  ;  wiion   past  tlie  Light- 
house, steer  about  NW.  ^i   N.,  leaving  tlie  Hrst  Red  Hnoy  400 
yards  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Turn  Ruoy  (Rod),  close  to  on  tho 
same  band;   from  tliis  Ruoy  tlie  Ligiitliouso  beais  S.SE.  2  miles; 
when  past  tho  Turn  IJuoy,  steer  E.  by  N.  }i  N.  about  2'/^  miles* 
until  up  with  tlic  Cut-off-Cliannel  Uiioy,  painted  in  Black  and  White 
rerpendicular  Stripes ;  leave  this  linoy  on  either  hand,  and   steer 
E  SE..  leaving  the  first  and  second  Channel  Buoys  close  to  on 
cither  hand  ;  when  past  tho  second  Channel  Buoy,  make  good  tho 
course  SE.  by  E.  J4  E-,  carrying  not  less  than  7  foot  water,  and 
leaving  the  Black  Beacon  olf  (Jrecian  Shoal  about  400  yards  on 
the  Port,  and  South  Stake  (Red),  well  on   the  Starboard  hand; 
continue  the  course  SE.  by  E.  'A  E.,  and  as  yon  enter  tho  Bay 
there  will  be  seen  two  Red  Beacons  ;  the  first  is  called  S(iU( boast 
Beacon  ;  the  secoud,  Narrows  Beacon ;  leave  tho  former  about  400 


ELDRIDOF/S  COAST   I'lI-OT. 


511 


at  low  tide 
e,  iiiid  JVoiii 
llio  inontli  «jf 
is  now  only 
fiitiioiisc  (l)y 
Atuliafalaya 

Steam  Sliip 
li  of  10  f(«i>t 
well  stukud 


ly  the  old 
inds  and 

H't  (Inuiglit, 
,  nia}-  leave 
(;r,  ai)oiit  2 
make  <roo(l 
I  4  fathoms 
st  Reef  is 
this  course, 
Stake,  with 
:.  tlie  Light- 
1  Hiujy  400 
ic  to  on  the 
3.  2  miles  ; 
2i/j  miles, 
and  Wiiitc 
and  steer 
;lose  to  on 

0  good  the 
water,  and 

1  yards  on 
:ii-d  hand  ; 
er  the  IJay 

Suutiieast 
about  400 


yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  nnd  run  f-r  the  latter  beam,'  E.  b 
N.  ;  ^vhen  about  :U)0  yards  fro„.  it,  steer  NE.  !^  N.  U'av.ng  t 
l;.t  2...)  yards  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Uhuk  Stake,  w.th 
liarrel  o.i  top,  about  200  yards  on  the  IV.rt  ha..d,  and  earrym;,' 
,,,out  7  feet  water  at  low  tide  through  the  Narrows  ;  ..ontMH.e  he 
course  NE.  '  '•  N-,  >mtd  the  Ib.lkhead  Ib.oy,  pa.nte.l  .n  Hlaek  .lu.l 
V  dte  f^^e^dieular  Stripes,  bears  NE-  by  N. ;  then  run  for  .t  on 
thiscours.Und  leaveitelo^e  to  oneithenujnd;   .iuMU>as^^^^^^ 

Buoy,  steer  NE.  H  E.  1]^  n.iles ;  then,  .n  Iron.  .5  ^<>  ^  ^II^"  '^ 
water,  with  the  month  of  the  River  fairly  open,  bearing  NE.  In 
N    I /,  N.,  run  in  and  anchor  at  the  entrance. 

Comin.  fron>  the  Eastward,  outside  Ship  Island  Shonl,  leave  the 
l/dZ  :«  on  this  danger  fron.  2  to  11  n.iles  on  the  Star  oard 
ha^d,  and  steer  NW.  !i  N-,  until  the  Lighthouse  on  Southwest 
Reefcntranc.toAtehafalayaUayis  made;  then  IbUow  the  d.rec 

'"c:m;^^':r';he  Westwam,  inside  Trinity  Shoal,  leave  the 
Li-dil-shil.  whieh  lies  to  the  Northward  of  this  dange.-,  close  to  on 
eiUu.r  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  E.  by  N.  ;^  N-,  l.av  ng 
eUuoy  off  Shell  Keys  well  on  the  Port  hand;  when  the  L.ght- 
hluse  at  the  entrance  to  Atchafalaya  T.ayis  ».ade,  follow  the  dn-ee- 
tions  before  given. 

Good  Anchorage. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  7  or  8  feet  draught,  wishing  to  anchor 
in  Atchafalaya  Bay,  n.ay  fallow  the  directions  belore  g.ven  nn,^ 
the  Lighthouse  on  the  Southwest  Reef  is  made,    '"-.•"« 
bearNW.  H  N-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leavn.g  it  about 
7"^e  on1ho  Port,  and  the    Rod   Stake    with  Rar.el  on  b.p 
dll  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  past  the  Lighthouse,  s  eer    bou^ 
NW    H  N.,  leaving  the  first  Red  Buoy  about  400  yards  on  tl  e 
Soad,and  the  Turn  P.uoy  (Red)  close  to  on  the  same  hand; 
frn  this  Buoy  the  Lighthouse  bears  S.SE.  2  utiles  ;  whe^^^^^^^^^^ 
Turn  Buoy,  run  about  E-NE-  about  a  nr.le,  and  anehoi  to  tit 
WeTtw'rof  the  Cut-oir-Channel  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and  Wh.te 
Perpendicular  Stripes,  in  about  0  feet  water. 

Jlifjh  Water. 

At  the  entrance  of  Atchafalaya  Bay,  the  rise  and  fall  of  tides  is 
usually  Lall,  the  time   and   height  of  high   and  low   water  are 


■   ' 


'■• 


M 


I  I) 


g 


I! 


I 


l\: 


ill 


'"I^  i:M)|{II)(;i;s  coast  mlot, 

im-„lar,u,  1  rnm.l,  inlLnuv,!  1,,  ,1.,:  ,via,l-. ;  win.Is  that  I.I.mv  on  tho 
.•oast  ten,l  ,.,  nu..c  tho  tides,  whiU-  ll.osc  tlial  blow  fi.„a  tlu-  ,...u«t 
ui'|»ii'in  tlicin. 

Shell  Koyu. 

Tlu'so  IV..V8  lie  .■il.nut  I  ,nil,..s  t„  tl,..  s,.„ilnvanl  ..C  ^^!U•.H|,  M-ind 
Mii.fil  wul,..r  Pxtcn.U  oif  IVom  (|„..n  i.l.oui  2  iiul-.s;  j.t  this  .luo 
(l«Hl),lhi.s,lany,.r  is  imulml  ..d'  it,  Suuthfin  i.ait  with  a  lied 
Can  Miioy. 

BoaringH  and  Distanooa  from   Shell  Key  Shoal  Buoy. 

H:..T..,.„i'oint,E.i.vS.  'rs  -I!'""T 

Mii|.  Island  SIm.mI  M-iitiiousc.  SE.  I.y  E.   '  ■   E.  4S      '• 

S<.i>t]nvc>t  K,.,r  Mol.ih.Mi.s..  (..nira..,;e   t„   Ald.alalava 

IKv),E.  h.vN.  ;j  N ,    i^j     .. 

lilMTk    lJ„oy   <,ll'  .Suiitiicast   pan   Ti-or   Shoal,  'about 

West y     ,, 

Tiinity  Siioal  Liyiit-sliip,  alujut  SW.  1.3-  W.  ,'4  W.     '.     22      " 

Tigor  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  which  extends  <.ir  ,Somlu;a.sLmI.y  about  11  uiilcs  from 
I '«iT  I'oint  (mainland),  has  as  little  at  4  fret  walvr  „,,un  it  in 
sonu.  places;  at  this  date  (1.SS2),  this  Shual  is  marked  oil"  its 
Soulheastpart  with  al'.IaekCan  15u.,y,  whieh  is  intended  to  gnidc 
vessels  into  Southwest  J'ass  (Veii,iilli,.n  15ay.) 

Bearing,  and  Disttinces  from  Tiger  Shoal  Buoy. 

Ship  Island  Sh„a!  Lighthouse,  E.SE 5(l"nZa. 

Shell  Wvy  Ihioy,  about  East, 9      u 

Trinity  Shoal  Light-ship,  SW.  nearly  ...."."."  j  6      " 
East  Shoal  Ihioy  at  the  cntranee  to  Southwest  Vass, 

N-  by  W •  .     .     .  7      » 

Tiger  Shoal  Slue. 

About  2^,  miles  Southeust  from  Ti^nn-  J'oiut,  in  Mid-channel,  is 
phiced  a. Nun  Ik.oy  paint..,!  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular 
Stripes,  which  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  tiirough  this  channel. 

Good  Anchorage. 

Light  draught  vessels  can  find  good  anchorage  in  Tiger  SUoal 
Slue,  near  the  Buoy. 


t  l)I()w  on  tlio 

ma  till'  I'uiist 


iriii'sli  Islniid. 

ill  this  iliUo 

with  u  linl 

il  Buoy. 

.  ")0  iiiilcH. 

.  -IS  »• 

I 

.  18  »' 

L 

•J  " 

.  •2'>  »k 


I  miles  rroiu 

ii|)()a  it  iu 

lived  oil"  its 

Hi   to  guide 


luoy. 

DIatance. 

o()  miles. 
J6      " 


•channel,  is 
ipcndiciilnr 
oiuiniiel. 


is?er  Shoal 


KI.DUIIHIE'H   COAST   I'lI.OT. 


Southwest  Pass  (Vormlllion  Bay).  La. 


ni:i 


The  ontninco  t..  this  Tuhs,  whi.h  is  lu.tvv,...n  tlu-  W.-t  iM.ii.t  ..I 
MmisI,  Ishmd  niul  the  Main  Land,  lies  NoilhweHlerly  Cr>  mdes  (n..n 
Ship  Man.l  Sh.Kil  Li-hUumse  ;  North weHlerlv,  U  miles  Iron.  Shell 
Kovs  Shoal  lluoy;  Northeasterly,  23  miles  from  Trin.ty  Shnal 
Li^rht-shii, :  an.l  nearly  N..rth  11  miles  from  lUaek  Ihioy  oil  South- 
east end  of  'i'i!:;er  Shoal. 

Jfrtnarh'H. 
All  vessels  b-nn-l  to  the  Salt  Mines  nmst  use  this  Tuhh  ;  vessels 
fromtheKastwardhoun.l  t<.  N'crmillion  Hay  l.y  the  (IramI  I'aHs, 
Hhould  either  make  the  U....ys  olf  Shell  Keys  Shoal  or  Ti-er  Shuid, 
both  of  xvhieh  have  before  been  deseiibed;  about  7  feel  water,  at 
low  tide,  ean  be  earrie.l  into  this  Hay  by  the  passage  to  the  Kast- 
^vard  of  Ti.rer  Shoal ;  at  this  date  (1H,S2),  the  channel  lea.lm-  into 
N-ermiHion''l'.ay  by  the  drand  Pass  is  well  Buoyed.  A  very  strong 
current  sets  in  and  out  of  this  Pass. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Grand  Pass  (Vermillion 
Bay)  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  wmds  and 
fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  7  feet  drau-ht,  eomin,;r  f.om  the  Knsl- 
ward  inside  Ship  Island  Shoal,  bound  to  V.^rmiUion  15ay  by  tlu' 
Crand  I'ass,  mav  brin<i  the   Lighthouse  on  Ship   Island  Sh-.al  to 
beir  SE.  by  E    H  E-  ii'i'l  make  good  the  course  NW.  by  W.  H 
W  -18  miles,  which  will  bring  them  up  with  the  Ued  Can  Ikioy  olf 
to  the  Southward  of  Shell  Keys  Shoal ;  leave  this  I'.uoy  close  to 
ou  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  NW.  by  W.  H  W-  about 
1-2  miles,  keeping  asharp  lookout  f.u- the  Red  Nun  IJuoy  oif  huA 
Shoal ;  when  this  is  made,  then  with  a  commanding  breeze  leave 
it  close  to  on  the  Starboanl  hand,  and  steer  for  the  rums  ol   the 
Old   Li.rhthonsc   bearing  N.    H  E.  on  the  West  end  of  Marsh 
Islan.l,  and  run  through  the  Pass,  leavitig  the  lilaek  Nun  Ib.oy  off 
the  West  Hank  close  toon  the  Port,  and  the  Ued  Can   P-uoy  which 
bears  about  N-  '<  W-  from  the  Old  Lighthouse  site  on  the  Star- 
board hand  ;  v:    n  past  this  last  lUioy  anchor  in  the  Htiy. 

Comin<'  from  :hc  Westward,  outside  of  Tiger  Shoal,  leave  the 
Li<dit-ship  off  Trinity  Shoal  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  make 
good  the  course  NE.  about  IG  miles,  keeping  a  sharp  lo-ko«it  ba- 
the Black  Can  Buoy  which  lies  olf  the  Southeast  end  of  Tiger 


5U 


EL.   RIDGE'S   COAST  TILOT. 


Shoal ;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Tort  hand, 
and  make  good  the  conrso  N.  by  W.  7  miles,  keeping  a  sliarp 
lookout  for  the  Red  Nun  Buoy  off  tiie  East  Shoal ;  when  this  Bucy 
is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  tlie  Staiixiaid  hand,  and  steer  for  the 
ruins  of  the  Old  Lighthouse  hearin-r  N-  ^  E.  on  the  West  'ind  of 
Marsh  Island,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  through  Tiger  Slioal  Slue,  bound  to 
Vermillion  Bay  by  the  Grand  Pass,  keep  in  not  less  than  2^ 
fathoms  water  until  Tiger  Point  is  made ;  then  bring  it  to  bear 
NE.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sliarp  lookout  for  tiie 
Nun  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Sliipcs, 
which  lies  in  Mid-channel  about  2?:^  miles  Southeast  from  tliis 
point :  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  Ijring  it  to  bear  about  E.NE.  and 
run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  close  to  on  eitlier  hand,  and 
carrying  about  '.)  feet  water;  w;hcn  past  this  Buoy  steer  about  E. 
J^  N.  10  miles,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Nun  P>uoy  off 
East  Shoal ;  when  this  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  steer  for  the  ruins  of  the  Old  Lighthduse,  bearing  N.  ^ 
E.  on  the  West  end  of  Marsh  Inland,  and  follow  the  directions 
before  given. 

High  Water. 

At  the  entrance  of  Vermillion  Bay,  the  rise  and  Hill  of  tides  is 
usually  small,  the  time  and  height  of  high  and  low  wr>ter  is  irregular, 
and  much  influenced  by  the  winds ;  winds  that  blow  on  the  coa^t 
tend  to  raise  the  tides,  while  those  that  blow  from  the  coast  depress 
them. 


CALCASIEU  PASS,  LA. 

This  Pass,  which  leads  into  Calcasieu  Lake,  lies  Wcst-Northerl3' 
about  125  miles  from  Ship  Island  Shoal  Lighthouse,  West-Xorth- 
crly  about  G3  miles  from  Trinity  Shoal  Light-ship,  West-Northerly 
57  miles  from  Tiger  Point,  and  East-Northerly  29  miles  from 
Sabine  Pass. 

Calcasieu  Pass  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  West  Bank  of  Calcasieu  Pass  is  a  Black  Pyramidal 
Tower  on  a  Screw-Pile  Foundation,  which  at  this  date  (1882), 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Trinity  Shoal  Light-ship  bears  from 
Calcasieu  Pass  Lighthouse  E.SE.  G4  miles  ;  Light-ship  olf'.'ntrance 
to  Galveston  Bay,  SW.  by  W.  J^  W.  about  80  miles. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


515 


c  Port  hand, 

iin,!?  a  sliarp 
■n  this  Hucy 
;ti'('r  for  the 
Vest  ■iiul  of 

ic,  bound  to 
58  than  2^ 
g  it  to  bear 
koiit  for  the 
liar  Sliipcs, 
it  from  this 
E.NE.  and 
r  hand,  and 
r  al)out  E. 
un  l>ii03'  off 
e  Starboard 
arin^'N.  ^ 
e  directions 


of  tides  is 
is  irregiihir, 
u  the  coa-^t 
mst  depress 


t-Nortlierl3' 
rest-Xortli- 
L-Northeriy 
miles   from 


Pyramidal 

ito  (1882), 
bears  from 
ilf  '.ntrance 


Memarka. 

At  this  date  (1882),  a  Nun  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and  White 
Perpendicular  Stripes,  is  placed  in  soft  bottom  off  the  Bar ;  the 
Channel  in  entering  is  liable  to  change  with  every  gale  from  sea- 
ward ;  at  this  time  there  are  Ranges  on  shore  to  guide  vessels  over 
the  Bar,  but  they  arc  kept  at  private  expense  ;  there  are  usually  at 
low  tide  from  4  to  6  feet  water  on  the  Bar ;  it  is  therefore  advis- 
able  for  light-draught  vessels  bound  to  this  place  to  take  pdots. 
Calcasieu  Lighthouse  at  this  time  bears  from  the  Bar  Buoy  N. 

The  Coast  from  Tiger  Point  to  Calcasieu  Pass. 

From  Ti'^er  Point  to  Calcasieu  Pass,  a  distance  of  o6  miles, 
there  are  no  dangers  except  the  Bars,  which  extend  from  the  shore. 
Vessels  fro.n  the  Eastward,  navigating  this  part  of  the  coast  in 
night-time  or  thick  weather,  may,  when  past  Trinity  Shoal,  approach 
the  shore  in  4  fathoms  water  without  danger. 


SABINE  PASS. 

This  Pass,  which  leads  up  to  Sabine  City  and  into  Sabine  Lake 
lies  West-Northerlv  83  miles  from  Trinity  Shoal  Light-ship,  West- 
Southerly  24  miles  from  Calcasieu  Pass,  and  East-Northerly  aliout 
53  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Galveston  Bay. 


Sabine  Pass  Lighthouse. 


Upon  Brant  Point,  East  side  of  entrance  to  Sabine  Pass,  is  a 
White  Octa-onal  Tower,  with  Dwelling  attached  ;  this  Lighthouse 
at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  wliicli  Hashes 
every  90  seconc^.s.  Trinity  Shoal  Light-ship  bears  frum  habme 
Pass  Lighthouse  E-  by  S-,  distance  88  miles.  Light-ship  at  the 
entrance  to  Galveston  Bay  SW-  by  W-,  distance  53  miles. 

Meniarh's. 

At  this  date  (1881),  a  straight  Channel  across  the  Bar  is  in 
course  of  construction  by  the  United  Stales  Government,  and  when 
completed  will,  it  is  said,  have  a  depth  of  from  m  to  1.  f.ct 
water;  at  this  time  vessels  of  7  feet  draught  have  difHculty  in 
crossing  this  Bar.  In  consequence  of  the  above,  no  practical  sail- 
lug  directions  at  this  time  can  be  given. 


516 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


The  Coast  from  Calcasieu  Pass  to  Sabine  Pass. 

From  Cale:isieii  Puss  to  Sabine  Pass,  a  distance  of  29  miles, 
tliere  arc  no  dangers,  cxept  the  Bars  which  extend  from  the  shore. 
Vessels  navigating  this  part  of  the  coast  in  night-time  or  tuick 
weatiier  may  tliereforc  approacii  the  siiorc  in  4  fathoms  water  with- 
out danger. 

High   Water. 

At  Sabine  Pass  tlic  rise  and  fall  of  tides  is  usnally  small,  the 
time  and  heiglit  of  high  and  low  water  is  irregular  and  mueli 
influenced  by  the  winds  ;  wind  ,  that  blow  on  the  coast  te'id  to  raise 
the  tides,  while  those  that  bl   sv  from  the  coast  depress  tliem. 


GALVESTON  BAY,  TEXAS. 

The  entrance  to  this  IJay  lies  West,  nearly,  about  194  miles  from 
Siiip  Island  Shoal  lagiithouse,  West-Southerly  'ibout  80  miles  from 
Calcasieu  Pass,  and  Nortlieasterly  about  104  miles  fron'.  tlie 
entrance  to  Malagoi'dn  Bay. 

Galveston  Light-ship. 

Inside  Galveston  Bar,  in  about  4  fatlionis  water,  at  this  date 
(1S«2),  is  mooreil  a  Liglit-ship,  which  is  schooner  rigged,  with  tlie 
word  (ialveston  in  large  lottos  on  each  side.  At  this  time  this 
Liglit-ship  shows  one  lixed  Red  Light,  and  has  a  Bell  and  Horn, 
oiii>  of  which  is  used  in  thick  weather.  Tiiis  Liglit-ship  is  intended 
to  guide  vessels  in  the  best  water  across  the  Bar. 


194       miles. 
132  " 

1/8       " 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Galveston  Light-ship. 

Distance. 
Ship  Island  Slioal  Lighthouse,  East  nearly    ,     ,     . 

Trinity  Slioal  Liglit-ship,  E.  ^s  N., 

Bolivar  Point  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  W-  ]i  W.,     . 

lIulC-Mooii  Shoal  Lighthouse  in  Galveston  Bay,  W. 

i>y  N.  3^  N., 

lUioy  paint(Kl  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes 

on  wreck  of  C.  W.  Corcoran,  NE.  %'E., 
Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes 

on  wreck  of  City  of  Waco,  E-SE.,  nearly       .     . 


2K 


4J4 


ELDKIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


517 


Distance. 

3 '3  miles. 


WhisUino;  Riioy*  ofT  the  Bar,  E.  }i  S.,     .     -     •     • 
Oiitt'i-  l}:ir  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Per- 

pendieiilar  Stripes,  E-  K  S-, 2>^ 

Siieleton   Pyramid,  surmounted   by  Black  Ball  on 

North  Breakers,  SE-  >i  S., ^ 

Bolivar  Point  Lighthouse. 

In  latitude!  2!)°  22'  North,  and  lougilude  9 1°  4(;'  West,  on  the 
North  side  of  entrance  to  Galveston  Bay,  is  a  White  Tower, 
which  at  (his  date  (1882),  is  painted  in  Black  and  White  Horizon- 
lal  Baniis ;  at  this  time  this  Lighthouse  shows  a  lixed  AVhite  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Bolivar  Point  Lighthouse. 

])l«laiii'0. 

Galveston  Light-ship,  SE.  hy  E.  ji  E.,       .... 

WhistUngBuoy  otrthe  Bar,  E.  by  S., 

Outer  Bar  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpen- 


Ija  miles. 


dicular  Stripes,  E.  by  S.  ^  S., 


4}+^ 


Fort  Point  Lighthouse. 


'  Off  Northeast  Point,  Galveston  Island,  is  a  White  Hexagonal 
Screw-pile  Structure,  which  at  this  d..te  (18S2),  shows  a  lixed 
White  light,  with  two  Red  Cuts,  one  to  show  the  Turn  Buoy,  the 
other  on  Galveston  Wharves. 

In  entering  Galveston  Harbor  at  night,  the  Fort  Point  Light  will 
not  be  seen  until  abreast  of  the  Light-ship,  when  it  will  appear  as 
a  fixed  White  Light,  and  continue  as  such  until  near  the  Turn 
Buoy  (Black),  when  it  will  change  to  fixed  Bed  ;  after  making  the 
turn  it  will  show  again  as  lixed  AVhite,  and  continue  as  such  until 
near  the  Wharves. 

Jtetnnrks. 

The  entrance  to  Galveston  Bay  is  across  Bars,  which  is  lial)le  to 
change  in  depth  and  location  with  every  gale  from  seaward.  At 
this  date  (1881),  the  channel  leading  in  is  well  marked  with 
Buoys,  and  a  Light-ship,  the  former  of  which  are  shifted  with  the 
changing  of  the  channel.  At  this  time  there  is  a  depth  of  from  10 
to  1 2  feet  water  in  the  Channel  on  the  Bar. 


*  TlioWhistlin,','  niioy  is  uot  iu  position  Uuriug  the  mouths  of  June,  July, 
August  uiul  September. 


1 


518 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Galveston  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  8  or  9  feet  draught  from  the  Eastw.-.rd, 
bound  to  Galveston  Ba}-,  should  keep  in  not  less  than  7  fathoms 
water  until  the  Lighthouse  on  IJolivar  Point  is  made  ;  then  if  tltc 
Bar  is  considered  smooth  enough  to  safely  cross,  bring  this  Light- 
house to  bear  W.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Whistling  Buoy  ;  wlicn  tliis  is  made,  leave  it 
close  to  on  either  hand,  and  steer  about  W.  %  N.  leaving  the  outer 
and  inner  Bar  Buoys  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  steer  for  the 
Light-ship,  bearing  about  W.  Ji(  N.  ;  leave  the  Light-ship  a  short 
distance  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  West,  carr}-- 
ing  deep  water.  If  bound  to  Galveston,  when  Bolivar  Point  Liglit- 
house  bears  N.NW. ,  then  in  about  Gj-^  fathoms  water,  steer  S.SW., 
leaving  the  Turn  Buoy  (Black),  about  }i  mile  on  the  Port  hand; 
as  yon  sail  in  yon  will  see  Quarantines  Buoy  (Red),  wiiich  lies 
about  y2  mile  Southwest  from  Fort  Point  Lighthouse  ;  bring  this 
Buoy  to  bear  S.SW.,  and  run  for  it,  carrying  about  0  feet  water; 
leave  this  last-named  Buoy  close  to  ou  the  Starboard  h:vnd,  luvX 
steer  about  S.  ^^  W.  about  J^  mile,  then  gradually  haul  more 
WefAerly,  keeping  close  to  the  wharves.  From  Quarantine  Buoy 
to  the  Wharves  the  Channel  is  deep,  Ixit  narrow  ;  it  is  therefore 
necessary  when  past  this  Buoy  to  proceed  with  cautioh  ^'.lese 
directions  were  good  for  1881. 

If  liound  up  Galveston  Bay,  '.%  .ugh  the  new  Dredgjd  Cha  mel, 
ft  pilot  is  necessary. 

/.nchorago. 

There  is  Anchorage  olf  Galveston  Irxv  in  from  6  to  7  fatlioms 
water,  the  Lighthouse  on  BoUvar  Point  bearing  IVom  NW.  by  W. 
to  W.NW. 

High  Water. 

At  the  entrance  of  Galveston  Bay,  the  rise  and  fall  of  tides  are 
usually  small,  tlie  time  and  heigiit  of  high  and  low  water  is  irregular 
and  much  influenced  r,y  winds  ;  winds  that  blow  on  the  coast  tend 
to  raise  the  tides,  while  those  that  blow  ffoin  the  coast  depressi 
them. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


519 


The  Coast  from  Sabine  Pass  to  Galveston  Bar 

t  ^nhino  Pass  to  Galveston  Bar,  a  distanc-e  of  about  50 
J:::::^l"nZ  dran..t  .ay  approaeU  tUe  sUore  in  5 
fatUoius  water  without  danger. 

Galveston  Bank. 

rZori-"  "otL  Wc,te>;  part  or  U.s  Ba,*  W./,  S., 
distance  about  22  miles. 


SAN  LUIS  PASS. 


This  I'ass   which  leads  into  Galveston  (West)  Bay  to  the  TVc^st- 
This  1  ass,  wnicu  Southwesterly  about  2.')  miles  irora 

wari  of  Galvceton  '*'"'  • '^  ,^°f  ^M  ^  "  f"""  '  '"  »  '•°"  """' 
•'"'T^';f  att^t  b  t  a".l.c,c  are  „o  l.,oy.  at  .«.  date 
:S,t  to .; 'a.rtroL„;c.  «,»,  >», .  .  »<„.«*  f„, stranger 
to  take  pilots  off  the  Bar. 


BBAZOS  BIVEB. 

to  this  Elver  is  about  38  miles  Southwesterly  from 

The  entrance  to  this  Eeis  Southwesterly   from 

Galveston  Light-slnp,  and  about  13    m  ^^  ^^^ 

San  Luis  Pass,  an,U^e..sBaKb^^a^^^^^^^  date  (1881),  to 

pilots  off  the  Bar. 

MATAGORDA  BAY.  TEXAS. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay    wh^.  is  ca^^;;^-- 
Southwesterly  about  lOo  mdes  ^-"^  f^^^^  f '^^^  l^,,,  \,    ^ulea 
westerly  about  SO  miles  from  San  Luis  Pass,  ami 
Northeaste  L-ly  from  Aransas  Pass. 


«il%- 


*^i? 


I  ! 


I 


ri'l 


I 


520 


KLDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Matagorda  Lighthouso. 

Near  the  Eastern  end  of  Matagorda  Island,  Southwest  sido  ox" 
entrance  to  IMatagorda  Bay  by  Pass  Cavallo,  is  a  Black  Conical 
Tower,  witli  White  Dwelling  a  few  yards  Northeast  from  it ;  at 
this  (late  (I881'),  this  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  White  Lii;ht  which 
flashes  White  every  00  seconds;  Ship  Island  Shoal  Lighthouse 
hoars  from  Matagorda  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N.  J4  N.  280  miles  ; 
Half  Moon  Rcof  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  N.  ^4  N.  l.')>^  miles. 

Half  Moon  Beef  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Sotithern  extremity  of  Half  Moon  Reef,  in  Matagorda 
Bay,  is  a  White  Screw-pile  Structure,  Lantern  and  IMles  Black  ; 
this  Liglithoii-c  at  this  date  (1882),  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light  and 
has  a  IIurn,\\li;(h  in  thick  weather  is  sounded  at  intervals  of  about 
6  seconds. 

In  running  along  the  coast  at  niglit  from  (he  Eastward,  Half 
j\loon  Reef  Light  may  be  made  before  Matagorda  Light,  and  in 
p.a,ssing  Sand  Hills  it  may  appear  as  a  Revolving  Light ;  going  up 
tho  rigging  a  few  feet,  will,  however,  dispel  the  illusion. 

Remarks, 

The  entrance  to  IMatagorda  Bay  is  atioss  a  Bar,  which  is  liable 
to  change  in  depth  and  location  with  every  gale  from  Seaward  ;  at 
this  date  (,18.S2),  about  7  feet  water  c  m  be  taken  at  low  tide  over 
the  Bar;  it  is  however  advisable  for  none  but  very  light  draught 
vessels  to  attempt  to  en'--!-  this  Bay  without  a  pilot ;  at  this  time 
the  channel  leading  in  is  well  Buoyed. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Matagorda  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Keep  in  G  fathoms  water  until  IMatagorda  Lighthouse  is  made ; 
then  bring  it  to  bear  about  W.  by  S.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
kei  ping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Outer  or  Sea  Buoy  painted  in  Black 
and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes,  which  lies  about  a  mile  outside 
the  Bar  ;  when  this  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  either  hand,  and 
run  to  the  Northwestward,  leaving  the  Inner  Bar  Buoy  painted  m 
Black  and  White  Perpendicular  Stripes  close  to  on  cither  banci, 
the  Red  Buoy  off"  Pelican  Flats  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Turn 
Buoy   (Black)  close  to  on  the  Port  hand;  when  past  this  last- 


!!.,._ 


ELlMUDilES   COAST  TILOT. 


521 


est  side  ox' 
ick  Conical 
from  it ;  at 
Liulit  •vv'hicli 
Li;j;litlioiiso 
280  miles  ; 
liloi]. 


Miitagorda 

iles  IJlaclc ; 

Liglit  and 

als  of  about 

wnrd,  Half 
^jlit,  and  in 
•  ;  going  up 


h  is  liable 
;award ;  at 
tide  OA'er 
it  draught 
i  this  time 


>aytime, 
bier. 

is  made  ; 
his  course, 
d  in  Black 
ile  outside 
hand,  and 
painted  in 
;her  banci, 
the  Turn 
this  last- 


named  Buoy  the  course  is  about  North,  carrying  deep  water  and 
keepin-  about  500  yards  from  the  Port  shore,  untd  the  Rod  Buoj 
olT  Uucan  Spit  boars  N-NE.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course   leav- 
ing it  close  to  ou  the  Starboard  hand  ;  ^vhen  pur,t  .t  you  ..U  sec 
the  remains  of  th.  CM  Lighthouses  ;  contuu.e  the  course  N-NE-, 
until  the  fn.t  bears  N.  by  W-  V^  W- ;  thcu  run  fo.  it,  leavu.g  . 
close  to  on  the  Port,  and  the  second  on  the  Starboard    ami     .he^. 
na.t  the  remains  of  the  second  Lighthouse,  steer  about  N.  1^  W- 
i  miles,  .inch  .iUbnng  you  up  .ith  the  Swash  Buoy  paujted 
in  r.lack  and  White  Perpeudicular  Stripes;  leave  1  us  f^"^ 
to  cither  hand,  and  if  bound  to  Tudianola    steer  ab.^t  NW-  .. 
W..  u"til  abreast  Powder  Horn  Wharf,  or  haul  up  NE.  >.  N-  Un 
Half  Moon  Reef  Lighthouse. 

Anchorage. 

There  is  Anchorage  off  the  Bar  in  from  7  to  8  mhoms  water, 
with  Matagorda  Lighthouse  bearing  West  to  W-N  W . 

irif/h  WaU'i'. 

At  the  entrance  to  Matagm-da  Bay,  the  rise  all  fall  of  tides  is 
usually  small,  the  time  and  height  of  high  and  low  water  ts  •      .ula  , 
and  much  influenced  by  the  winds  ;  winds  that  blow  on     ..    coas 
tend  to  raise  the  tides,  while  those  that  blow  from  the  coast  depress 
them. 

The  Coast  from  Galveston  Bar  to  the  Entrance  of 
Matagorda  Bay. 

From  Galveston  Bar  to  the  entrance  of  Matagorda  Bay,  a  dis- 
tance of  about  105  miles;  there  arc   no   dangers  except.ng   the 
Bars  which  extend  fron.  the  shore.     Vessels  navigatmg  th,s  par 
of  the  coast  may  approach  it  in  thick  weather  or  n.ght-time  ,n  . 
fathoms  water  without  danger. 


AEANSAS  PASS,  TEXAS. 

This  Pass  which  leads  into  Aransas  Bay,  lies  Southwesterly 
abou  151  miles  from  Galveston  Bar,  45  -'es  Southwest.  3^fvom 
Matagorda  Lighthouse,  and  Northwesterly  lU  miles  ftom  the 
entrance  to  the  Rio  Grande. 


I! 


rm 


522 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


Aransas  Pass  Lighthouse. 

Upon  ftlowlsland,  inaulc  of  Aransas  r.ass,  is  a  Brown  Octngnnal 
Tower  (dwelling  attached),  wiiich  at  this  date  (1H8-2),  sliows  a 
fixed  White  Lijj;ht.  Tiiis  Li!j;ht house,  hearing  NW-  }4  W-,  will 
show  between  the  two  points  of  the  Pass. 

MeniarJcs, 

At  this  date  (1881),  there  is  a  depth  of  about  7  feet  water  across 
tjie  bar  and  the  channel  leading  in  is  well  marked  with  Buoys  ;  but 
it  changes  so  often  that  strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  with- 
out a  pilot.  At  this  time  the  Lighthouse  bears  NW-  J4  W.  from 
the  Outer  Bar  Buoy,  which  lies  in  about  5}i  fathoms  water.  There 
is  good' anchorage  a  short  distance  without  this  Buoy. 

High  Water. 

At  the  entrance  to  Aransas  Pass  the  rise  and  fall  of  tides  is 
usually  small,  the  time  and  height  of  high  and  low  water  is  irregu- 
lar, and  much  influenced  by  the  winds ;  winds  that  blow  on  the 
coast  tend  to  raise  the  tides,  while  those  that  blow  from  the  coast 
depress  them. 


CORPUS  GHRISTI  PASS,  TEXAS. 

This  Pass  lies  Southwesterly  about  17  miles  from  Aransas  Pass, 
and  Northwesterly  about  98  miles  from  the  entrance  of  the  Rio 

Grande. 

At  this  date  (1881),  there  are  no  Buoys  to  mark  the  Channel 
leading  into  this  Pass,  and  we  have  not  any  reliable  information  in 
relation  to  the  depth  of  water  upon  the  Bar. 


BRAZOS  SANTIAGO,  TEXAS. 

The  entrance  to  Brazos  Santiago  lies  Southwesterly  about  233 
miles  from  Galveston  Light-ship,  about  144  miles  Southwesterly 
from  the  entrance  to  Matagorda  Bay,  and  Northwesterly  about  7 
miles  from  the  entrance  to  the  Rio  Grande. 


'  s.- 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


523 


Octngnnai 

),  8l\0\V3   a 

4  Wm  will 


ater  across 
[Jiioys ;  but 
enter  with- 
^  W.  from 
ter.    There 


of  tides  is 
3r  13  irrcgu- 
low  on  the 
m  the  coast 


■ansas  Pass, 
of  the  Rio 

the  Channel 
rormatiou  in 


Brazos  Santiago  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  West  side  of  the  South  end  of  Padre  Island,  North 
side  of  entrance  to  Ura/.os  Santiago,  is  a  Hexagonal  Screw-pilo 
Structure,  wliieh  at  tliis  date  (1882),  siiows  a  fixed  White  Light. 
The  lalilude  of  this  Lighthouse  is  2G°  01'  North,  and  longitude  97° 
10'  West.  Sliip  Island  Shoal  Lighthouse  bears  from  Brazos  San- 
tia<'0  Lighthouse  NE.  fa  E.  nearly,  distance  aCi  miles. 

Point  Isabel  Lighthouse. 

At  Point  Isabel,  Brazos  Santiago,  is  a  White  Tower,  which  at 

this  date  (18H-2),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  which  flashes  every 

minute.     About  5  feet  water  can  be  taken  up  abreast  Point  Isabel 

Lighthouse,  which   bears  W.   yi   N.  about   i!^    miles   from   the 

entrance. 

Ttemarlis. 

At  this  date  (1881),  there  is  a  depth  at  low  tide  of  about  7  feet 
water  in  the  Clumnel  across  the  Bar ;  at  this  time  a  Buoy,  painted 
in  Black  and  AVhitc  PerpeiidieuUir  Stripes,  is  placed  near  the 
entrance  for  the  use  of  pilots,  and  is  changed  whenever  the  Chan- 
nel shifts,  which  is  often  ;  under  no  circumstances  should  strangers 
attempt  tiiis  Bar  without  a  pilot,  wliii'h  nre  generally  in  attendance 
when  the  Bar  is  smooth  enough  to  safely  cross.  There  is  good 
anchorage  off  the  Bar  near  the  Buoy. 

Jlifjn  Water. 

At  the  entrance  of  Brazos  Santiago  the  rise  and  fall  of  tides  is 
usually  small,  the  time  and  height  of  high  and  low  water  is  irreg- 
ular and  much  influenced  by  the  winds ;  winds  that  blow  on  the 
coast  tend  to  raise  the  tides,  while  those  that  blow  from  the  coast 
depress  them. 


;fe 


lS. 

ly  about  233 
juthwesterly 
erly  about  7 


RIO  GRANDE  ENTRANCE. 

This  entrance,  which  is  in  latitude  25°  571^'  North,  and  longitude 
97°  071^'  Wcst,lies  SW.  Yz  W.  about  307  miles  from  Ship  Island 
Shoal  Lighthouse,  S-SW.  210  miles  from  Galveston  Light-shi[), 
S.  Vi  W.  about  150  miles  fiom  the  entrance  to  Matagorda  Bay, 
and  Southeasterly  about  7  miles  from  Brazos  Santiago  Lighthoose. 


'I 


H 


P 


524 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


Ni|i 


M 


t-;! 


Remarks, 

The  entrance  to  the  Rio  Grande  is  across  a  Bar,  which  is  liable 
to  change  in  depth  and  location  with  every  gale  from  soawurd  ;  in 
18r)7  about  4  feet  water  at  low  tide  could  bo  taken  over  this  Har 
into  the  River,  where  in  some  places  near  the  mouth  tliere  are  V/2 
fathoms  water. 

JUgh  Water, 

At  the  entrance  to  the  Rio  Grande  the  rise  and  fall  of  tides  is 
usually  small,  the  time  and  height  of  high  and  low  water  is  irreg- 
ular and  much  influenced  by  the  winds ;  winds  that  blow  on  the 
coast  tend  to  raise  the  tides,  while  those  that  blow  from  the  coast 
depress  them. 

Iteniarka  on  Currents,  etc. 

On  the  Northern  coast  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  especially  from  the 
Southwest  Pass  (entrance  to  Mississippi  River)  to  the  Kio  Grande, 
the  current  appears  to  be  governed  by  the  winds  ;  but  in  Northerly 
or  Northeasterly  winds  it  sets  stronger  to  the  Southward  than  in 
any  other.  Sailing  vessels,  therefore,  with  these  winds,  falling  to 
leeward  of  their  port,  will  find  it  very  difficult  to  get  to  ^vindward. 

During  the  most  of  the  time,  from  September  to  April,  there  is 
heavy  sea  upon  this  part  of  the  coast,  making  the  crossing  of  the 
Bars"  extremely  dangerous  ;  but  from  April  to  September  the  navi- 
gation is  better,  and  most  of  the  time  vessels  may  ride  without  the 
Bars  in  7  or  8  fathoms  water  without  danger. 


hich  is  liable 
I  soaw.ird  ;  in 
over  tills  IJar 
there  are  3^2 


ill  of  tides  is 

?ater  is  iircg- 

blow  on  tlie 

cm  tlie  coast 


iially  from  the 
3  Rio  Grande, 
t  in  Northerly 
iward  than  in 
lids,  falling  to 
to  Windward, 
ipril,  there  is 
rossing  of  the 
nber  the  navi- 
lo  without  the 


ELDUlDGliS  COAST  PILOT. 


C25 


LATITUDES  AND  LONGITUDES  OF  LIGHT- 
HOUSES AND  LIGHT-SHIPS. 


(From  United  States  Coast  Survey.) 


Absecom  Lighthouse, 
Assateague  Lighthouse,  . 
Amelia  l8land  Main  Light- 
house, .  .  •  •  • 
Alligator  Reef  Lighthouse,  . 
American  Shoal  Lighthouse,  . 
Aransas  Pass. Lighthouse, 

Bass  River  Lighthouse,   . 
Bishop  and  Clerks  Lighthouse, 
Brant  Point  Lighthouse,  . 
Bird  Island  Lighthouse,   . 
Brenton's  Reef  Light-ship, 
Beaver  Tail  Lighthouse,  . 
Bristol  Ferry  Lighthouse, 
Borden's  Flats  Lighthouse,       . 
Bullock's  Point  Lighthouse, 
Block  Island  Northern  Light- 
house,  .        .        •        • 


I).      M. 

71.25  W. 
75.21 


81.20 
80.37 
81.31 
97.03 

70.10 
70.15 
70.06 
70.43 
71.23 

7L21: 

71.1G 
7L10 
71.22 


71.35 


1 


Ifl 


;.     I 


il 

I, 

:i: 

1 

.1 

1 
t 

1 

1^ 

l, 

r 

t 

i 
1 

' 


,ll   ,• 

'  i 

F'   t 


I  I  ^ 


i 


!    1 


520 


r.i.nKinfii'Vs  coast  rir.oT. 


IJloc-k  Island  Southciifst   Light 

house,    . 
liliU'kwi'irs  Ishmd   l/i.^htlioiisc,  j 
Bartk'tt'8  livct'  Lij^ht-slilp, 
JJridgoporl  IIiii'I)or  Lighthouse, 
lihiek     Uock     Ilarhor    J^ight- 

liouse,    .... 
Bergen  Point  Lighthouse, 
IJarnegal  l/ighthousc, 
Brandy  wine  Slioal  Lighthouse 
]i()nil)iiy  Hook  J/ighthouse, 
JJaek  Kiver  Lighthouse,   . 
Bell's  Koek  Lighthouse,  . 
Bowler's  Rock  Lighthouse, 
Blakistone  Island  Lighthouse, 
Body  Island  Lighthouse, . 
Bull's  Bay  Lighthouse,     . 
Battery  Gladden  Lighthouse, 
Biloxi  Lighthouse,    . 
Barataria  Bay  Lighthouse, 
Bolivar  I'oint  Lighthouse, 
Brazos  Santiago  Lighthouse, 
Baysido  and  Wilson's  Beacons 

(Front), 

Cross  Rip  Light-ship, 
Ca])e  Poge  Lighthouse,    . 
Cnttyhunk  Lighthouse,     . 
Clark's  Point  Lighthouse, 


Latitude. 


11.   M. 

4l.()l)N. 

io.k; 

41. 1() 

1 1 .00 

4L0!) 

4().:w 
;}().4(> 

:5i).2ii 
a7.()r> 

.'{7.20 

;57.4y 

38.12 

30.49 

J}2.i")5 

30.40  ■ 

30.24 

29.17 

29.22 

20.04 

40.27 

4L27 
41.25 
41.25 
41.30 


XiunKltudai 


I),     M. 


7L33W. 


73.5() 
72.08 
73.11 


73.13 
74.09 
7l.()() 
75.07 
75.31 
70.1(> 
70.15 
70.44 
7().45 
75.34 
7i).34 


88.00 
88.54 
89.57 
94.40 
97.10 

74.07 

70.17 
70.27 
70.57 
70.54 


Iiuutcitude. 


7'2.()H 
7.'}.  11 

73.13 

74.0!) 
74.()(i 
75.07 
7.131 
76.10 
7G.15 
70.44 
7().45 
75.34 
79.34 
88.00 
88.54 
89.57 
94.40 
97.10 

74.07 

70.17 
70.27 
70.57 
70.54 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


// 


'<^   C^x 


*t  ^° 


{-^ 


f/j 


^<- 


1.0 


I.I 


1 5  0     ""'^= 

::  1^  12.0 


IM 

2.2 


1.8 


1-25      1.4      1.6 

.« 6"     

► 

& 


p^> 

'V^ 


/a 


Photogr^hic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


S 


v 


•1>^ 


:\ 


\ 


9> 


6^ 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


yn-g:?t'rr->--i'^i^-r'^ys'ms.-^-i^%-^sf%sK,^ 


K^'-mmr 


(/J 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  institute  for  Historicai  fViicroreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


.\ 


wvis'M«'aSv?a*P^ 


«. 


\^:?t^:r^5^^.;;;:3:,ra^ia^'-*ii(^^  " 


i;,y;j-t,;>j.'gqywi^fv«ig>!.;*f^y*»i^  ' 


ELDKIDGE'S   COAST  TILOT. 


Latitude. 


Conimicut  Point  Lighthouse,    . 
Cedar  Ishiiul  Lighthouse, 
Cornfield  Point  Light-ship,       . 
Conover  and  Chapel  Hill  Bea- 
cons (Front), 
Corner  Stake  Lighthouse, 
Cape  May  Lighthouse,      . 
Cape    Ilenlopcn    Main   Light- 
house,     

Cape  Ilenlopen  Beacon  Light, 
Cross  Ledge  Lighthouse, 
Cherry  Island   Beacon   Rnngo 
(Front),        .         •         •         • 
Cohansey  Lighthouse,       . 
Cape  Charles  Lighthouse, 
Cape  Henry  Lighthouse,  . 
Cove  Point  Lighthouse,    . 
Craighill      Channel       (Front) 

Lighthotise,  .         •         • 
Craney  Island  Lighthouse, 
Cherrystone  Lighthouse,  . 
Crisfield  Harbor  LighthuubO, 
Clay  Island  Lighthouse,  . 
Choptank  Kiver  Lighthouse, 
Currituck  Bench  Lighthouse, 
Cape  Ilatteras  Lighthouse, 
Cape  Lookout  Lighthouse, 
Cape  Fear  Lighthouse,     . 
Cape  Koman  Lighthouse, 


!>.     M. 

41.02 
4LU 

40.25 
40.139 
38.5(3 

38.47 
I  38.48 
I  39.10 
1 

I  39.45 
i  39.20 
I  :i7.07 
I  3().5G 

38.23 

3911 
3G.54 
37.10 

'-J7  -a 

38.U 
38  39 
3(3.23 
35.15 
34.37 
33.52 
33.01 


527 


Longitude. 


I).     M.   

71.21  W. 
72.1  G 
72.23 

74.03 
74.10 
74.58 

75.05 
75.05 
75.14 

75.30 
75.22 
75.54 

7(3.00 
76.23 


76.24 

7().20 

76.02 

75.53 

75.58 

76.11 

75.50 

75.31 

76.31 

78.00 

79.22 


rm 


*  iii!!i 


528 


ELDIUDOE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


i    SK 


' 


I!!     I 


Latitude. 


IionKitude. 


Charleston  Main  Llglilhoiisf, 

Coc-kspur  Island  Beacon, .  .  ',V2.{)1 

Cape  Canaveral  Lighthouse,  .  2S.l\S 

Can-j.^ibi-t  Reef  Lighthouse,  .  2.1.J;} 

Cedar  Keys  Lighthouse,  .  .  29.0() 

Cai)e  St.  George  Lighthouse,  .  20.;]."; 

Cape  San  Bias  Lighthouse,  .  j  21).4() 

Cat  Island  Lighthouse,     .  .  30.14 

Chandcleur  Lighthouse,    .  .  30.0,') 

Calcasieu  I'ass  Lighthouse,  .  29.40 

Dumpling  Rock  Lighthouse,  .  41.32 
Dutch  Island  Lighthouse,  .  41.30 
Dumpling  Lighthouse,  .  .  41.17 
Deepwater  Point  Range   Bea-  \ 

con  (Front),       "   .         .         .  j  39.41 
Delaware    Breakwater    Light-  I 

house, I  38.48 

Deepwater  Shoals  Lighth^^use,  37.09 
Dutch  Gap  Canal  Lights,  .    37.23 

Daufuskie      Range      Beacons 

(Front),        ....    32.08 
Dry  Tortugas  Lighthouse,        .    24.38 

Edgartown  Lighthouse,    .         .  41.23 

East  Chop  Lighthouse,     .        .  41.28 

Eel  Grass  GrDund  Light-ship, .  41.18 

Eaton's  l^eck  Lighthouse,         .  40.57 

Execution  Rocks  Lighthouse,  .  40.53 


H-      M.  1).     M. 

32.I2N.   7!».,G3W. 


)3 


so.;;i 

80.13 
83.04 
85.03 
85.22 
89.10 
8S.53 
93.17 


70.55 
7]. 24 
72.01 

75.31 


75.06 
7(3.3S 
77.22 

80.50 
82.56 

70.30 
70.34 
71.57 
73.24 
73.44 


j   ;■ 


^r-k 


LoriKitude. 


53 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


lifttitude. 


East  Beacon  Lighthouse  (San- 
dy IIoolc),     .         .         •         • 

Ehn  Tree  and  New  Dorp  Bea- 
cons (Front), 

Egg  Island  Lighthouse,   . 

Egniont  Key  Lighthouse, 

East  Pascagoula  River  Light- 
house,  .         .         ■         •         • 

Fuller's  Rock  Lighthouse, 

Falkner's  Island  Lighthouse,    . 

Fire  Island  Lighthouse,    . 

Fort  Tompkins  Lighthouse,      . 

Finn's    Point    Beacon    Range 
(Front),        .         .         .         • 

Fenwick's  Island  Lighthouse,  . 

Fort  Carroll  Lighthouse, . 

Fort  Washington  Lighthouse,  . 

Fishing  Battery  Lighthouse,    . 

Frying-pan  Shoals  Light-ship, . 

Fort  Sumter  Lighthouse, . 

Fort  Ripley  Lighthouse,  . 

Fig    Island    Range     Beacons 
(Front),        .         • 

Fowcy  Rocks  Lighthouse, 

Fort  Point  Lighthouse    (Gal- 
veston Harbor),    . 

Fort  Miffin  Bar  Range  Beacons, 

Five  Fathom  Bank  Light-ship, 

Fourteen-foot  Bank  Light-ship, 


1).     M. 

40.28  N, 

40.34 
30.11 
27.36 

30.21 

41.48 
41.13 
40.38 
40.3G 

39.36 
38.27 
39.13 
38.43 
39.30 
33.35 
32.45 
32.46 

32.05 
25.35 


29.20 
39.51 
38.48 
39.03 


629 


Xjongitude. 
D.    M. 

74.00  W. 


74.06 
75.08 
82.46 

88.34 

71.23 
72.39 
73.13 
74.03 

75.32 
75.03 
76.31 
77.02 
76.05 
77.50 
79.52 
79.54 

81.04 
80.06 

94.46 
75.16 
74.36 
75.11 


530 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Latitude. 


J     ',---. 


Gay  Head  Liglithouse,     . 
Goat  Island  Lighthouoe,  . 
Gardiner's  Island   Lij^dithoiise, 
Great  Captain's  Island  Light- 
house,    

Great  Beds  Lighthouse,   . 
Green  bury  Point  Lighthouse,  . 
Georgetown  Lighthouse, 
Galveston  Light-ship, 

Handkerchief  Light-ship, 

Harding's  Beach  Lighthouse,  . 

Hyannis  Harbor  Lighthouse,    . 

Hen  and  Chickens  Light-ship, 

Horton's  Point  Lighthouse, 

Highland  (IS^avesiuk)  Light- 
houses,   

Hereford  Inlet, 

Hawkin's  Point  Lighthouse,     . 

Hooper's  Straits  Lighthouse,    . 

Havre-de-Grace  Lighthouse,    . 

Hatteras  Inlet  Lighthouse, 

Hunting  Island  Lighthouse,     . 

Hilton  Head  Range  Lights 
(Front),        .         .         .         . 

Horn  Island  Lighthouse,  . 

Head  of  the  Passes  Lighthouse 
(Mississippi  River), 


I).     M. 

4L21N 

4L30 

4L09 

40.59 
40.29 
38.58 
33.13 
29.21 

41.30 
41.40 
47.38 
41.27 
41.05 

'♦0.24 
39.00 
39.12 
38.14 
39.32 
35.1G 
32.23 

32.10 
30.14 

29.09 


Iiongitude. 

70.50  W. 

71.20 

72.09 


73.37 
74.15 
70.27 
79.11 
94.43 


70.04 
G9.59 
70.17 
71.01 

72.27 


73.59 
74.47 
76.32 
76.04 
76.05 
75.40 
80.25 

80.43 

88.31 , 

89.15 


Iiongitude. 


1>.    M 

70.50  W. 

71.20 

72.09 

73.37 
74.15 
70.27 
79.11 
D4.43 

ro.o4 

G9.59 

ro.i7 
n.oi 

r2.27 

'3.59 

14.47 
'6.32 
'6.04 

ro.os 

^5.40 

50.25 

10.43 

!8.31 . 

!9.15 


_ 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


631 


Iiatitude. 


Half  Moon  Reef   Lighthouse 

(Matagorda  Bay), 
Hog  Island  Lighthouse,   . 

Jane's  Island  Lighthouse, 
Jordan's  Point  Lighthouse,       . 
Jupiter  Inlet  Lighthouse, 

Key  "West  Lighthouse,     . 

Lime  Eock  Lighthouse,    . 
Long  Beach  Bar  Lighthouse, 
Little  Gull  Island  Lighthouse, . 
Lloyd's  Harbor  Lighthouse,      • 
Leading  Point  Lighthouse,       . 
Lazaretto  Point  Lighthouse,     . 
Lambert's  Point  Lighthouse,    . 
Lower  Cedar  Point  Lighthouse, 
Love  Point  Lighthouse,    . 
Little  Cumberlandlsland  Light- 
house,  .        •        •         •        " 


I>.     M. 

28.33  N. 
37.23 

37.58 
37.19 
26.55 

24.33 

41.29 

41.07 

41.12 

40.55 

39.13 

39.16 

36.53 

38.20 

39.03 

30.59 


Longitude. 


D.    M. 


Monomoy  Lighthouse,      . 
Muscle  Bed  Shoals  Lighthouse, 
Mystic  Lighthouse,  . 
Montauk  Point  Lighthouse,      • 
Middle  Ground  Lighthouse,      . 
Mauric3  River  Lighthouse, 
Mispillion  Creek  Lighthouse,    . 


41.34 
41.38 
41.19 
41.04 
41.04 
39.12 
38.57 


96.15  W 

75.42 

75.55 

77.13 

80.05 

81.48 

71.20 

72.18 

72.06 

73.26 

76.33 

76.34 

76.20 

77.00 

76.17 

81.25 

70.00 

71.16 

71.59 

71.51 

73.06 

75.02 

75.19 


i^ 


632 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


Latitude. 

Ziongltude. 

I>.     M. 

I).     M. 

Malion's  Kivcr  Lighthouse, 

39.11  N. 

75.24  W. 

Mathias  Point  Liglithouso, 

38.24 

77.02 

Martin's  Industry  Liglit-ship,   . 

32.0G 

80.35     • 

Mobile  Point  l/ighthousc, 

30.14 

88.01 

Merrill's     Shell     Bank    Light- 

house,   ..... 

30.14 

89.15 

Matagorda  Lighthouse,     . 

28.20 

96.25 

Nantucket  Great  Point  Light- 

house,   ..... 

41.23 

70.03 

Nobska  Point  Lighthouse, 

41.31 

70.39 

Ned's  Point  Lighthouse,  . 

41.39 

70.48 

Norwalk  Lighthouse, 

41.03 

73.25 

North  Brother  Lighthouse,  .     . 

40.48 

73.54 

New  London  Lighthouse, 

41.19 

72.05 

Newcastle      Kange      Beacons 

(Front),        .... 

39.39 

75.36 

New  Point     Comfort     Light- 

house,     

37.18 

76.17 

Naval  Hospital  Lighthouse, 

36.51 

76.18 

Nansemond  River  Lighthouse, 

36.55 

76.26 

Northwest      Channel      Light- 

house,     

24.37 

81.54 

Old     Gay    Eock     Lighthouse 

(Wickford  Harbor),      . 

41.34 

71.26 

Old  Field  Point  Lighthouse,     . 

40.59 

73.07 

Old  Point  Comfort  Lighthouse, 

37.00 

76.18 

Ocracoke  Lighthouse, 

35.07 

75.59 

'm 


Ziongltude. 

I).     M. 

^5.24  W. 

7.02 

50.35 

18.01 


!0.15 
IG.25 


0.03 
0.39 
0.48 
3.2a 
3./54 
2.0i3 

5.3G 

G.17 
6.18 
6.26 

1.54 


1.26 
3.07 
6.18 
5.59 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


Latitude. 


1>.   M. 


Oiik    Island    Range    Beacons 
(Front),        .         .         •         • 
Oyster  Beds  Beacon, 

Pollock  Hip  Light-ship,    . 
rahuer's  Island  Lighthouse,      . 
rrudence  Island  Lighthouse,    . 
Ponihani  Hooks  Lighthouse,     . 
Point  Judith  Lighthouse, 
Plum  Island  Lighthouse,  . 
Penfield  Keef  Lightliouse, 
Princess  Bay  Lighthouse, 
Passaic  Lighthouse, . 
Port     Penn      Beacon     Eange 
(Front),        .         .         •         • 
Point  Lookout  Lighthouse, 
Point  of  Siioals  Lighthouse,      . 
Pool's  Island  Lighthouse, 
Piney  Point  Lighthouse,  . 
Paris     Island     Kange    Lights 
(Front),        .         .         .         • 
Pensacola  Lighthouse, 
Pass  Christian  Lighthouse, 
Pass-a-Loutre  Lighthouses,      . 
Point  Isabel  Lighthouse,  . 

Rose  Island  Lighthouse,  . 
Race  Rock  Lighthouse,  . 
Robbins'  Reef  Lighthouse, 


33.53  N, 
32.02 


41.32 

41.38 

41.36 

41.47 

41.22 

41.10 

41.07 

40.30 

40.42 

39.30 
38.02 
37.04 
39.17 

38.08 

32.18 
30.21 
30.19 
29.11 
26.05 

41.30 
4L15 
40.39 


533 


1),    M. 

78.02  W. 
80.54 

69.55 

70.55 

71.19 

71.22 

71.29 

72.13 

73.13 

74.13 

74.08 

75.35 
76.19 
76.39 
76.16 
76.32 

80.40 
87.19 

89.15 
89.02 
97.12 


71.21 
72.03 
74.04 


m. 


534 


KLDinnOK'S    COAST   PILOT. 


il 


.■    U'l 


«  1 

il 


^' 


Roedy  Island  Li^litliouse, 
liattlesnako  Shoal  Lig'ht-ship,  . 
Round  Island  Lighthouse, 

Shovelful  Li^ht-ship, 
Suceonnessc't  Li,i^ht-shlp,  . 
South  Shoal  Li<^lit-shlp,    . 
Sankaty  Head  Lig-hthoiise, 
Sow  and  I'igs  Li<^ht-ship, 
Sabine's  Point  Li;L^hthouse, 
Sassafras  Point  Lighthouse, 
Stoninjjton  IIai'l)or  Li>;hthouse, 
Stratford  Point  Lighthouse, 
Sand's  Point  Iiiglit house, 
Stepping  Stones  Lighthouse,    . 
Sayhrook  Lighthouse, 
Southwest  Ledge  Lighthouse,  . 
Stamford  Lighthouse, 
Shinnicoek  Lighthouse,     . 
Sandy  Hook  Liglit-ship,  . 
Scotland  Ligiit-ship, 
Sandy  Ilook  Lighthouse, . 
Ship  John  Shoal  Lighthouse,    . 
Schooner   Ledge   Range    Bea- 
cons (Front), 
Schuylkill      Range       Beacons 
(Front),        .         .         .         . 
Stingi-ay  Point  Lighthouse, 
Smith's  Point  Lighthouse, 


liatitude. 

30.17 

4L32 
41.32 
10.5(3 
41.17 
41.23 
41.40 
41.49 
41.20 
41.00 
^10..^2 
40.40 
41.1(3 
41.14 
41.01 
40.51 
40.27 
40.27 
40.28 
39.18 

39.51 

39.53 
37.3G 

37.i>J: 


Longitude. 


i>.    M. 

75.34  W. 
79.44 

88.35 

70.00 
70.27 
09..12 
09.58 
70.59 
71.23 
71.23 
71.54 
73.0(3 
73.44 
73.4t3 
72.21 
i  2.o;> 
73.:}2 
72.30 
73.52 
73.5G 
74.00 
75.23 


.19 


<o 


75.12 
70.10 
70.12 


LonRitude. 
1>.    M. 

( 5.:}  t  w. 

J8.35 

'0.00 
'0.27 
)!).r)2 
10.58 
O.oO 
1.23 
1.23 
IM 
■3.0() 
'3.44 
3.4i> 
2.21 

2.r>r> 

3.32 
2.30 
3.52 
3.56 
4.00 
5.23 

5.19 

• 

5.12 
l).l(i 
G.12 


'ELDHinOF/S   COAST   I'lLOT. 


535 


Latitude. 


lionptttudo. 


Sharp's  Islmul  Lij;htli()usc, 

Sandy  I'o'mt  Lij,'ht house, . 

Seven  Foot  Knoll  Ll^'hthousc,  . 

Solomon's  Lump  Li^'hthouse,    . 

Sullivan's    Island    Range    Ben- 
eons  (Front), 

Snpi'lo  ]Main  Lighthouse, . 
St.  Simon's  Lighthouse,    . 
St.  John's  River  Lighthouse, 
St.  Augustine  Lijrhthousc, 
Sonibr(>ro  Key  Lighthouse, 
Sand  Key  Lighthouse,      . 
St.  T^Iark's  Lighthouse,      . 
Sand  Island  Lighthouse,  . 
Ship  Island  Liglithousc,    . 
St.  Joseph's  Island  Lighthouse, 
South  Tass  Lighthouse,    . 
Southwest  Tass  Lighthouse,     . 
Ship  Shoal  Lighthouse,     . 
Southwest  lloef  Lighthouse,      . 
Sabine  Pass  Lighthouse,  . 


I>.    M. 

38.38  N.: 
30.01 
30.09 
38.03 

32.46 

31.23 

31.08 

30.24 

29.53 

2 1.38 

24.27 

30.04 

30.11 

30.13 

30.11 

29.01 

28.58 

28.55 

29.23 

29.44 


Tarpaulin  Cove  Lighthouse,  . 
Throg's  Neck  Lighthouse, 
Tucker's  Beach  Lighthouse,  . 
•  Tinicum  Island  liange  Beacons, 
(Front),  .  .  .  • 
Thomas'  Point  Lighthouse, 
Thimble  Shoal  Lighthouse, 


41.28 
40.48 
39.30 

39.51 
38.54 
37.01 


1>.    M.    

76.23  W. 
76.24 
76.25 
76.01 


79.51 
81.17 
81.23 
81.25 
81.17 
81.07 
81.53 
84.11 
88.03 
88.58 
89.26 
1  89.10 
89.23 
91.05 
91.30 
93.50 

70.45 
73.47 
74.17 


75.15 
76.26 
76.14 


cnc 


Ei.DRinnr/.s  c<x\st  pilot. 


Too's  Point  Li<i:hth()UHo,  . 
T(.rfii<,^'is  Harbor  Li^^liihouHr,  . 
Turkey  Point  Point  Lighthouse, 
'JVhco  Lighthouse,    . 
Tinihalii-r  Lightiiouso, 
Trinity  Shoal  Light-ship, . 

"West  Chop  Lighthouse,    . 
Wing's  N(.(.k  Lighthouse, 
Whale  Kock  Lighthouse,. 
Wai'wick  Liglithouse, 
Watch  Hill  Lighthouse,    . 
West  Beacon  (Sandy  Hook),  . 
Whiter  Quarter   Shoal   Light- 
ship,       

Wilmington  Lighthouse,  . 
Wolf  Trap  Lighthouse,     . 
Windmill  Point  Lighthouse, 
White  Shoal  Lighthouse, 
Watt's  Island  Lighthouse, 

York  Spit  Lighthouse,      . 


liktitude. 

LoDKitude. 

I>.     M. 

1'.     M. 

37.14  N. 

70.23  W 

2 1. 'AH 

82.53 

39.27 

7().0l 

32.01 

80.51 

2;M)1 

90.18 

29.12 

92.U 

41.29 
4L41 
41.27 
41.40 
41.18 
40.28 

37.57 
39.43 
37.23 
37.36 
37.01 
37.47 

37.13 


70.3G 
70.40 
71.25 
7L23 
71.52 
74.00 

75.0(j 
75.31 
76.12 
76.14 
76.32 
75.54 

76.15 


Lonxitude. 

I>.     M. 

7().()1 

!)().].8 
)2.U 


10.36 
'0.40 
^1.25 
'1.2.'} 
'1..'52 
i.OO 

nm 

G.12 
(>.14 
[>.32 
5M 

3.15 


I 


I 


